Függelék:Sanskrit-English/p

---

Sir Monier-Williams (1819–1899) - A Sanskrit-English Dictionary (1899)

a - ¤ - ā - i - ī - u - ū - ṝ - ḷ - ḹ - e - ai - o - au k - kh - g - gh - ṅ - c - ch - j - jh - ñ - ṭ - ṭh - ḍ - ḍh - ṇ t - th - d - dh - n - p - ¤ - ph - b - bh - m - y - r - l - v - ¤ - ś - ṣ - s - ¤ - h

p

pa

1. pa the first labial consonant

⋙pakāra

1. ○kāra m. the letter or sound pa

⋙pavarga

1. ○varga m. 'the p series', the labial series of consonants

pa

1. pa mf(pā and pī)n. (√1. pā) drinking (cf. aṃhri-, aneka- &c
2. also paka in taila-paka)
3. m. or (pā) f. the act of drinking L

pa

1. pa mfn. (√3. pā) guarding, protecting, ruling (ifc
2. cf. aja-, kula- &c
3. also paka in hasti-paka)
4. (ā), f. guarding, protecting L

pa

1. pa m. (in music for pañcama) the fifth note of the gamut

pa

1. pa m. (only L.) wind
2. a leaf
3. = pūta
4. (ā), f. = pūta and pūritaka

paṃś

1. paṃś or paṃs, cl. 1. and 10. P. paṃśati or ○sati, paṃśayati or ○sayati, to destroy Dhātup. xxxii, 73

paṃsaka

1. paṃsaka ○sana, prob. wṛ. for pāṃsaka, ○sana

pakatha

1. pakatha wṛ. for paktha

pakkaṭī

1. pakkaṭī f. Thespesia Populnea L

pakkaṇa

1. pakkaṇa m. n. the hut of a Cāṇḍāla or any outcast, a village inhabited by savages or barbarians MBh. Kād

paktapauḍa

1. pakta-pauḍa wṛ. for pakhauḍa

paktavya

1. paktavya pakti, paktha, pakva &c. See under √2. pac, p. 575

pakvaśa

1. pakvaśa m. a Cāṇḍāla L. (cf. pakkaṇa, pukkaśa)

pakvāpakvā

1. pakvāpakvā onomat. (imitative of the cry of birds) MBh

pakṣ

1. pakṣ cl. 1. and 10. P. (Dhātup. xvii, 14
2. xxxii, 17) pakṣati, ○ṣayati, to take, seize (parigrahe, Dhāt.)
3. to take a part or side W

≫pakṣa

1. pakṣá m. (ifc. f. ā or ī) a wing, pinion (in one passage, n.) RV. &c. &c
2. a symbol. N. of the number two Var. Hcat
3. a feather, the feathers on both sides of an arrow (cf. gārdhra-p○)
4. the fin of a fish (cf. nis-tvak-p○)
5. the shoulder
6. the flank or side or the half of anything RV. &c. &c
7. the side or wing of a building AV. [Page 573, Column]
8. the wing or flank of an army MBh. Hariv
9. the half of a lunar month (the first half from new moon to full moon was called pūrva or apūryamāṇa, later śukla or śuddha
10. the other half apara or apa-kṣīyamāṇa, later kṛṣṇa or tāmisra
11. each fortnight consists of 15 Tithis or lunar days called prathamā, dvitīyā &c.) Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. Var. &c
12. a side, party, faction
13. multitude, number, troop, set, class of beings
14. partisan, adherent, follower, friend (śatru- 'the enemy's side' or 'a partisan of the enemy'
15. mahā-, 'one who has many adherents') MBh. Kāv. &c
16. side, i.e. position, place, stead (○kṣe ifc. instead of or by way of) ib
17. quantity ( See keśa-)
18. one of two cases or one side of an argument, an alternative (○kṣe, 'on the other hand', with atra, 'in this case', pakṣântare, 'in the other case') Pāṇ. Sch
19. a point or matter under discussion, a thesis, a particular theory, a position advanced or an argument to be maintained (cf. pūrva-, uttara-)
20. an action or lawsuit Yājñ. Sch
21. (in logic) the proposition to be proved in a syllogism Tarkas. Bhāshāp
22. any supposition or view, motion, idea, opinion (mukhyaḥ pakṣaḥ, 'an excellent idea' Śak. Sch.) MBh. Kāv. &c
23. the sun Sāy. on RV. iii, 53, 16
24. N. of sev. men VP
25. (in alg.) a primary division or the side of an equation in a primary division
26. the wall of a house or any wall L
27. an army L
28. favour L
29. contradiction, rejoinder L
30. the ash-pit of a fire-place L
31. a royal elephant L
32. a limb or member of the body L
33. the feathers of the tail of a peacock, a tail L
34. proximity, neighbourhood L
35. a bracelet L
36. purity, perfection L
37. mfn. = pācaka, bādhaka Sāy. on RV. vi, 47, 19. [Cf. OGerm. fahs ; AnglṢax. feax.]

⋙pakṣakṛt

1. ○kṛt m. a partisan, follower VāmP

⋙pakṣakṣaya

1. ○kṣaya m. the end of a half month Var

⋙pakṣakṣepa

1. ○kṣepa m. the stroke or beat of a wing Bhpr. (v. l. pakṣôtk○)

⋙pakṣagama

1. ○gama mfn. moving with wing, flying
2. m. a bird R

⋙pakṣagupta

1. ○gupta m. 'wing-protected', a species of bird L

⋙pakṣagrahaṇa

1. ○grahaṇa n. taking the side of (gen.) Kām

⋙pakṣagrāha

1. ○grāha (Hariv.),

⋙pakṣagrāhin

1. ○grāḍhin (R.), mfn. one who takes the side or chooses the party of (gen. or comp.)

⋙pakṣaghāta

1. ○ghāta See pakṣâgh○

⋙pakṣaghna

1. ○ghna (with tri-śālaka), n. (a house) wanting (lit. killing) a side i.e. having three halls towards east and south and north (but not one towards the west) Var

⋙pakṣaṃgama

1. ○ṃ-gama mfn. = ○kṣa-g R

⋙pakṣacara

1. ○cara m. = -gama m. (cf. jala-pakṣa-c○)
2. an elephant strayed from the herd Kād
3. the moon L

⋙pakṣacchid

1. ○cchid m. 'cutter of the wings' (of mountains), N. of Indra Kālid

⋙pakṣaja

1. ○ja m. 'produced in half a month, 'the moon (also -janman) L
2. N. of partic. clouds VP

⋙pakṣatā

1. ○tā f. partisanship, adherence to a party (○tāṃ-√gam, with gen. 'to take the side of') MBh
2. (in phil.) the taking up a side or argument
3. maintaining or defending a thesis
4. the essential nature of a proposition
5. the being the premiss to be proved
6. N. of sev. wks
7. -kroḍa m. -grantha m. -ṭippanī and -ṭīkā f. -rahasya n. -vāda m. -vādârtha m. -vicāra m. -siddhânta-grantha m. N. of wks

⋙pakṣatva

1. ○tva n. the being a part of (comp.) Śaṃk
2. the being the premiss to be proved Tarkas
3. the being a lawsuit Yājñ. Sch
4. = -tā L

⋙pakṣadvaya

1. ○dvaya n. both sides of an argument W
2. a month (lit. 2 half months) ib

⋙pakṣadvāra

1. ○dvāra n. a side or inner or back door, private entrance Mṛicch

⋙pakṣadhara

1. ○dhara mfn. having wings (cf. m.)
2. taking the side of, clinging to (gen. or loc.) MBh
3. m. a bird Hariv
4. an elephant that has strayed from the herd L
5. the moon L. (cf. -cara)
6. N. of Jayadeva (author of the Tattva-cintāmaṇy-āloka) Cat
7. (ī), f. N. of wk
8. -miśra m. N. of an author
9. -vyākhyā f. ○rôddhāra f. N. of wks

⋙pakṣadharmatāvāda

1. ○dharmatā-vāda m. N. of wk

⋙pakṣanāḍī

1. ○nāḍī f. a quill Suśr

⋙pakṣanikṣepa

1. ○nikṣepa m. the placing on the side of. counting among (comp.) Sarvad

⋙pakṣapāta

1. ○pāta m. 'falling of the feathers, the moulting of birds L
2. flying, soaring Ratnâv. ii, 7
3. adopting a side or argument, siding with, partiality or inclination for (loc., gen., acc. with prati, or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (also Ratnâv. ii, 7)
4. a partisan, adherent W
5. -kṛta-sneha mfn. manifesting party attachment, sympathizing MW

⋙pakṣapātin

1. ○pātin mfn. flying
2. ifc. siding with, favouring Kāv. Pañc
3. ○ti-tā f. Rājat. Naish
4. ○ti-tva n. MW

⋙pakṣapāli

1. ○pāli f. a wing, Caṇḍak
2. a private or back door L

⋙pakṣapuccha

1. ○pucchá n. wings and tail ŚBr
2. ○cchá-vat mfn. having wings and tails ib

⋙pakṣapuṭa

1. ○puṭa m. a wing (lit. 'the hollow of the wing') Hariv. Kād

⋙pakṣapoṣaṇa

1. ○poṣaṇa mfn. favouring a party, factious BhP

⋙pakṣapradoṣavrata

1. ○pradoṣavrata n. N. of wk

⋙pakṣapradyota

1. ○pradyota m. N. of a partic. position of the hands in dancing Cat. [Page 574, Column]

⋙pakṣabala

1. ○bala n. strength of wing MW

⋙pakṣabindu

1. ○bindu m. 'wingspot, a heron L

⋙pakṣabhāga

1. ○bhāga m. the side or flank, (esp.) the flank of an elephant L

⋙pakṣabhukti

1. ○bhukti f. the course traversed by the sun in a fortnight BhP

⋙pakṣabheda

1. ○bheda m. distinction between two sides of an argument
2. the difference between the two halves of a lunar month MW

⋙pakṣamūla

1. ○mūla n. the √or articulation of a wing L

⋙pakṣayāga

1. ○yāga m. N. of wk

⋙pakṣaracanā

1. ○racanā f. forming a party or faction
2. -naipuṇya n. skill in forming &c. Daś

⋙pakṣarātri

1. ○rātri f. a kind of play or sport Cat

⋙pakṣavañcitaka

1. ○vañcitaka n. a partic. position of the hands in dancing ib

⋙pakṣavat

1. ○vat (○kṣá-), mfn. winged, having wings or flanks ŚBr. MBh. &c
2. belonging to a party, having adherents or followers MBh. (Nīlak. 'belonging to a good family, wellborn')

⋙pakṣavadha

1. ○vadha m. 'side stroke', paralysis of one side Car. Bhpr

⋙pakṣavāda

1. ○vāda m. expression of opinion, stating a case MBh

⋙pakṣavāhana

1. ○vāhana m. 'whose vehicles are wings', a bird L

⋙pakṣavikala

1. ○vikala mfn. having mutilated wṭwings Mṛicch

⋙pakṣavyāpin

1. ○vyāpin mfn. embracing the whole of an argument MW

⋙pakṣaśas

1. ○śas ind. by or for half months or fortnights MBh

⋙pakṣasammita

1. ○sammita mfn. corresponding to the (size of the) wings KātySr

⋙pakṣasundara

1. ○sundara m. Symplocos Racemosa L

⋙pakṣahata

1. ○hatá mfn. paralysed on one side ŚBr

⋙pakṣahara

1. ○hara m. a recreant, traitor MBh

⋙pakṣahoma

1. ○homa m. an oblation lasting for a fortnight or to be offered every fortnight L
2. -vidhi m. -samasya-vidhāna n. N. of wks

⋙pakṣākāra

1. pakṣâkāra mfn. wing-shaped MW

⋙pakṣāghāta

1. pakṣâghāta m.= ○kṣa-vadha Car. Suśr
2. refutation of an argument or view W

⋙pakṣādi

1. pakṣâdi m. the first day of a half month PārGṛ

⋙pakṣādhyāya

1. pakṣâdhyāya m. casuistry, logic Divyâv

⋙pakṣānta

1. pakṣânta m. the end of the wings of an army arranged in the shape of a bird MBh
2. the last or 15th Tithi of either half month, new or full moon Gobh. Mn. &c

⋙pākṣāntara

1. pâkṣântara n. an individual or particular case L
2. another side or view of an argument Śak. Sch

⋙pakṣābhāsa

1. pakṣâbhāsa m. a seeming or fallacious argument, a fallacy, a false plaint Yājñ. Sch

⋙pakṣāvalī

1. pakṣâvalī f. N. of wk

⋙pakṣāvasara

1. pakṣâvasara m. (L.),

⋙pakṣāvasāna

1. pakṣâḍvasāna n. (Var.) the last Tithi or day of either half month, day of new or full moon

⋙pakṣāṣṭamī

1. pakṣâṣṭamī f. the 8th Tithi or day of either half month PārGṛ

⋙pakṣāhati

1. pakṣâhati f. a stroke with the wings MW

⋙pakṣāhāra

1. pakṣâhāra m. one who eats food only once in a half month MBh

⋙pakṣeśvara

1. pakṣêśvara m. N. of an author (prob. = ṣa-dhara) Cat

⋙pakṣotkṣepa

1. pakṣôtkṣepa m. v. l. for ○kṣa-kṣepa

⋙pakṣodgrāhin

1. pakṣôdgrāhin mfn. = ○kṣa-grāhin MW

≫pakṣaka

1. pakṣaka m. a wing (ifc
2. cf. sa-)
3. N. of the number two Hcat
4. a fan Gal
5. a side door L
6. a side Śiś
7. a partisan L

≫pakṣati

1. pakṣatí f. the √or pit of a bird's wing VS. Kāv. Rājat. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 25)
2. the feathers or plumage of a bird Kād. Bālar. (ifc
3. -tā f.)
4. the first Tithi or day of the half month (also ○tī) L

⋙pakṣatipuṭa

1. ○puṭa m. pl. the expanded wings Caṇḍ. (cf. pakṣa-p○)

≫pakṣas

1. pákṣas n. a wing Uṇ. iv, 219 Sch
2. a side RV. vi, 47, 19
3. the side part of a carriage AV. ŚāṅkhBr. Gobh
4. the leaf or side-post of a door VS. TBr. Kāṭh
5. the wing of an army, ŚāṅkhBr a half or any division ŚrS
6. a half month TāṇḍBr
7. the side or shore of a river ib. ŚāṅkhŚr

≫pakṣālikā

1. pakṣālikā f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh

≫pakṣālu

1. pakṣālu m. a bird L

≫pakṣi

1. pakṣi m. a bird (only acc. sg. ○kṣim R. B. iii, 14, 2
2. pl. ○kṣīn MBh. xii, 9306)

≫pakṣi

1. pakṣi in comp. for ○kṣin

⋙pakṣikīṭa

1. ○kīṭa m. a species of small bird MW

⋙pakṣijyotiṣa

1. ○jyotiṣa n. N. of wk

⋙pakṣitīrtha

1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place Cat

⋙pakṣitva

1. ○tva n. the state or condition of a bird Kathās

⋙pakṣipati

1. ○pati m. 'prince of bird', N. of Sampāti R

⋙pakṣipānīyaśālikā

1. ○pānīya-śālikā f. a trough or reservoir for watering bird L

⋙pakṣipuṃgava

1. ○puṃgava m. 'bull among bird', N. of Garuḍa Hariv
2. of Jaṭāyu R

⋙pakṣipravara

1. ○pravara m. 'most excellent among bird's', N. of Garuḍa Hariv

⋙pakṣibālaka

1. ○bālaka m. a young bird MW

⋙pakṣimanuṣyālayalakṣaṇa

1. ○manuṣyâlaya-lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk

⋙pakṣimārga

1. ○mārga m. 'bird's Path', the air Gal

⋙pakṣimṛgatā

1. ○mṛga-tā f. the form or condition of a bird or of a beast Mn. xii, 9

⋙pakṣirāj

1. ○rāj or m. 'king of bird', N. of Garuḍa or of Jaṭayu R. Kathās

⋙pakṣirāja

1. ○rāja m. 'king of bird', N. of Garuḍa or of Jaṭayu R. Kathās

⋙pakṣirājya

1. ○rājya n. the sovereignty of the feathered tribes MW

⋙pakṣiśārdūla

1. ○śārdūla m. (in music) a kind of dance

⋙pakṣiśālā

1. ○śālā f. 'bird-house', an aviary or a nest L

⋙pakṣiśāvaka

1. ○śāvaka m. a young bird MW

⋙pakṣisiṃha

1. ○siṃha (L.),

⋙svāmin

1. svāmin (Hit.), m. lion or lord among bṭbird', N. of Garuḍa. [Page 574, Column]

⋙pakṣīndra

1. pakṣī7ndra m. = ○kṣi-rāj R. Ragh. Kathās

⋙pakṣīśa

1. pakṣī7śa m.id. R

≫pakṣin

1. pakṣín mfn. winged (lit. and fig.) RV. &c.&c
2. (ifc.) taking the side of. siding with Hariv
3. m. a bird or any winged animal RV. &c. &c
4. the bird Garuḍa as one of the 18 attendants of the Sun L
5. N. of Śiva MBh
6. a day with the 2 nights enclosing it L
7. an arrow L
8. a partic. sacrificial act TāṇḍBr
9. (iṇī), f. a female bird Hariv
10. (with or sc. rātri) a night with the 2 days enclosing it Gobh. Gaut
11. the day of full moon L
12. N. of a Śākini L

≫pakṣila

1. pakṣila m. N. of the saint Vātsyāyana L

⋙pakṣilasvāmin

1. ○svāmin m. id. (as identified with Cāṇakya) Sarvad

≫pakṣīkṛ

1. pakṣī-√kṛ to appropriate, become master of anything Hcar

≫pakṣīya

1. pakṣīya mfn. taking the side or party of, siding with (comp.) Hariv

≫pakṣu

1. pakṣu m. N. of a serpent-demon L. (wṛ. for vakṣu?)

≫pakṣma

1. pakṣma m. or an. eye-lash (in gen. pl. ○māṇām MBh. iv, 390)
2. n. lead Gal

≫pakṣma

1. pakṣma in comp. for ○man,

⋙pakṣmakopa

1. ○kopa m. irritation in the eye from the eyelashes turning in wards (Entropium) Suśr

⋙pakṣmapāta

1. ○pāta m. 'falling of the eyelashes', closing of the eyes Ragh

⋙pakṣmaprakopa

1. ○prakopa m. = -kopa Suśr

⋙pakṣmayūkā

1. ○yūkā f. a louse in the eyelashes L

⋙pakṣmasampāta

1. ○sampāta m.= -pāta
2. -ja (with kāla), m. an instant MBh

⋙pakṣmaspanda

1. ○spanda m. quivering of the eyelashes Kāvyâd. ii, 149

⋙pakṣmākṣa

1. pakṣmâkṣa mfn. suffering from Entropium (cf. above) L

≫pakṣman

1. pákṣman n. (sg. and pl.) the eyelashes (○ṇonipātena', in the twinkling of an eye, in an instant' MBh
2. cf. pakṣma-pāta &c.: above) TS. ŚBr. &c. &c
3. the hair (of a decr) Śiś. i, 8
4. the filament of a flower ib. v, 85
5. a thin thread L
6. the leaf of a flower Kād
7. a wing L
8. a whisker MW

≫pakṣmala

1. pakṣmala mf(ā)n. having long eyelashes Kāv. Suśr
2. having long or thick hair, hairy, shaggy Śiś
3. downy, soft Kād. Bālar

⋙pakṣmaladṛś

1. ○dṛś f. (a woman) having long eyelashes Viddh

≫pakṣya

1. pakṣyá mf(ā)n. being in or belonging to the wings (cf. below)
2. changing every half month RV. iii, 53, 16 (Sāy. 'descended from Paksha i.e. the sun')
3. produced or occurring in a fortnight W
4. (ifc.) siding or taking part with Kathās

⋙pakṣyavayas

1. ○vayas mfn. whose strength lies in his (its) wings, Śulbas

pakṣṇu

1. pakṣṇu See p. 575, col. 2

pakhoda

1. pakhoda and pakhauda m. Capparis Divaricata L

pagārā

1. pagārā f. N. of a place Inscr

paṅka

1. páṅka m. n. (g. ardharcâdi, said to be fr. √1. pac 'to spread') mud, mire, dirt, clay (ifc. f. ā) Suparṇ. Mn. MBh. &c
2. ointment, unguent (in comp
3. cf. kuṅkuma-, candana- &c.) Kāv. BhP
4. moral impurity, sin L

⋙paṅkakarvaṭa

1. ○karvaṭa m. mud on the banks of a river, soft mud L

⋙paṅkakīra

1. ○kīra m. an aquatic bird, lap-wing L

⋙paṅkakrīḍa

1. ○krīḍa and m. 'sporting in mud', a pig L

⋙paṅkakrīḍanaka

1. ○krīḍanaka m. 'sporting in mud', a pig L

⋙paṅkagaḍaka

1. ○gaḍaka m

⋙paṅkagaṇḍī

1. ○gaṇḍī and f. a small fish, Macrognathus Pancalus L

⋙paṅkagati

1. ○gati f. a small fish, Macrognathus Pancalus L

⋙paṅkagrāha

1. ○grāha m. the marine monster Makara L

⋙paṅkacchid

1. ○cchid m. 'mud-destroyer', Strychnos Potatorum (the fruit of which is used for purifying foul water) Mālav

⋙paṅkaja

1. ○ja n. (ifc. f. ā) 'mud-born', a species of lotus, Nelumbium Speciosum (whose flower closes in the evening) MBh. Kāv. &c. (in Kathās. once ā f.)
2. m. N. of Brahmā Cat. (for paṅkaja-ja)
3. mfn. lotus-eyed Jātakam
4. -janman m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā Hariv
5. -nayanā f. a lotus-eyed woman Bhām
6. -nābha m. 'having a lotus springing from his navel', N. of Vishṇu Ragh. BhP
7. -netra mfn. lotus-eyed' (said of Vishṇu) BhP
8. -pattra-netra m. having eyes like lotus-leaves MW
9. -mālin mfn. wearing a lotus-crown (Vishṇu) BhP
10. -lāvam ind. (fr. √lū) cutting off like a lotus-flower Bālar
11. -vat mfn. furnished with a lotus Nīlak. on MBh
12. ○jâkṣī f. = ○ja-nayanā Amar
13. ○jâṅghri mfn. whose feet are adorned with lotus-flowers (Vishṇu) BhP
14. jâvalī f. N. of a metre Col. (cf. paṅkâvalī)
15. ○jâsana-stha mfn. sitting on a lotus-throne (Brahmā) Var
16. ○jiṅ mfn. furnished with a lotus MBh
17. (nī), f. Nelumbium Speciosum (the plant or a group or the flexible stalk of such lotuses), also a lotus-pond (= ○nī-saras) Kāv. Pur

⋙paṅkajanman

1. ○janman n. = -ja n. L

⋙paṅkajāta

1. ○jāta n. id
2. = pāpa-samūha Dharmaś

⋙paṅkajit

1. ○jit m. N. of a son of Garuḍa MBh

⋙paṅkatā

1. ○tā f. the nature or property of mud, muddiness Śiś

⋙paṅkadanta

1. ○dantá mfn. having mud or clay between the teeth Suparṇ. [Page 574, Column]

⋙paṅkadigdha

1. ○digdha mfn. mud-smeared
2. -śarīra m. 'having a mud-smṭsmeared body', N. of a Dānava Hariv
3. ○dhâṅga m. 'having mud-smeared limbs', N. of a being attending on Skanda MBh

⋙paṅkaprabhā

1. ○prabhā f. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 7 divisions of hell (where mud takes the place of light) L

⋙paṅkabhāj

1. ○bhāj mfn. sunk in the mire W

⋙paṅkabhāraka

1. ○bhāraka mfn. laden with mud, muddy W

⋙paṅkabhāva

1. ○bhāva m. = -tā Ragh

⋙paṅkamagna

1. ○magna (paṅká.), mfn. immersed in mud Suparṇ

⋙paṅkamajjana

1. ○majjana n. immersion in mud MW

⋙paṅkamaṇḍuka

1. ○maṇḍuka (!), m. a bivalve conch L. (wṛ. ○dūka)

⋙paṅkamaya

1. ○maya mf(i)n. full of mud, muddy MW

⋙paṅkaruh

1. ○ruh and n. = -ja n. L

⋙paṅkaruha

1. ○ruha n. = -ja n. L
2. ○hiṇī f. (Vcar.) = -jinī

⋙paṅkalagna

1. ○lagna mfn. sticking in mud Bhpr

⋙paṅkavat

1. ○vat mfn. muddy, covered with mud Hariv. R

⋙paṅkavāri

1. ○vāri n. vḷ. for pakva-v○

⋙paṅkavāsa

1. ○vāsa m. 'mud-dweller', a crab L

⋙paṅkaśukti

1. ○śukti f. 'mud-shell', the stair-case shell L

⋙paṅkaśūraṇa

1. ○śūraṇa m. 'mud-√', the fibrous eatable √of a lotus (also written -ṣūraṇa, or -sūr○)

⋙paṅkākta

1. paṅkâkta mfn. smeared with mud Hit

⋙paṅkāvalī

1. paṅkâvalī f. N. of a metre Col. (cf. paṅkajâv○)

≫paṅkaya

1. paṅkaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make muddy, trouble Kir. xi, 19
2. to besmear Hcar

≫paṅkāra

1. paṅkāra m. (only L.) Blyxa Octandra
2. Trapa Bispinosa
3. a dam, dike
4. stairs, a ladder

≫paṅkin

1. paṅkin mfn. muddy, ifc. covered with anything as with mud MBh. (cf. mala-)

≫paṅkila

1. paṅkila mf(ā)n. = prec. MBh. Hariv
2. thick, condensed L
3. m. a boat, canoe L

≫paṅke

1. paṅke loc. of paṅka in comp

⋙paṅkeja

1. ○ja n. = ○ka-ja L

⋙paṅkeruh

1. ○ruh n. id., Prasann

⋙paṅkeruha

1. ○ruha n. id. Dhūrtas. BhP
2. m. the Indian crane L
3. -vasati m. loc-dweller, N. of Brahmā Vcar
4. ○hâkṣī
5. f. a loc-eyed woman Bhām
6. ○hiṇī f. Nelumbium Speciosum ib

⋙paṅkeśaya

1. ○śaya mfn. resting or dwelling in mud Suśr

paṅkaṇa

1. paṅkaṇa wṛ. for pakkaṇa

paṅkti

1. paṅkti (also ○ktī m. c. and in comp.), f. (fr. pañcan) a row or set or collection of five, the number 5 AV. Br. &c
2. a sort of five fold metre consisting of 5 Pādas of 8 syllables each ib
3. any stanza of 4 X 10 syllables Col. (= chandas L.)
4. the number 10 Hcat. (cf. -grīva &c. below)
5. any row or set or series or number, a group, collection, flock, troop, assembly, company (e.g. of persons eating together or belonging to the same caste) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
6. the earth L
7. wṛ. for pakti, q.v

⋙paṅktikaṭa

1. ○kaṭa m. a species of grass ĀpGṛ. Sch

⋙paṅktikaṇṭaka

1. ○kaṇṭaka m. a white-flowering Achyranthes L

⋙paṅktikanda

1. ○kanda m. a partic. bulbous plant L

⋙paṅktikrama

1. ○krama m. order, succession Hit

⋙paṅktigrīva

1. ○grīva m. 'ten-necked', N. of Rāvaṇa L

⋙paṅkticara

1. ○cara m. 'going in lines', an osprey L

⋙paṅktidūṣa

1. ○dūṣa (MBh.),

⋙paṅktidūṣaka

1. ○dūḍṣaka (Var.),

⋙paṅktidūṣaṇa

1. ○dūḍṣaṇa (Āpast.), mfn. 'defiling society', (any person) improper to associate with

⋙paṅktidoṣa

1. ○doṣa m. 'societybane', anything which defiles a social circle MBh

⋙paṅktipāvana

1. ○pāvana mfn. purifying society, respectable (opp. to dūṣa) Mn. MBh. &c
2. -pāvana mfn. doing honour to a social circle TS. Sch

⋙paṅktibīja

1. ○bīja m. Acacia Arabica L

⋙paṅktimālā

1. ○mālā f. a species of plant Gal

⋙paṅktiratha

1. ○ratha m. 'having 10 chariots', N. of Daśaratha (Rāma's father) Ragh. Pur

⋙paṅktirādhas

1. ○rādhas (○ktí-), mfn. containing fivefold (or numbers of) gifts RV

⋙paṅktivihaṃgamanāmabhṛt

1. ○vihaṃgama-nāma-bhṛt m. = -paṅkti-ratha, or daśa-r○ Vām. ii, 1, 13

⋙paṅktiśas

1. ○śas ind. by rows or numbers Śiś. xiv, 33

≫paṅktikā

1. paṅktikā f. the number ten, a decade Hcat
2. a row, line (in akṣara-p○) Bhartṛ

≫paṅktī

1. paṅktī for paṅkti in comp

⋙paṅktīkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. combined into groups Hariv

⋙paṅktīhara

1. ○hara See pāṅktīhari

⋙paṅktyuttarā

1. paṅkty-uttarā f. a kind of metre RPrāt

paṅgu

1. paṅgu mf(vii, or ū)n. (fr. √paj ?
2. Uṇ. i, 37 Sch.) lame, halt, crippled in the legs AV.Par. Yājñ. MBh. &c
3. N. of those elements of the body which are themselves without motion (but are moved by the wind) Bhpr
4. m. N. of the planet Saturn (as moving slowly) Cat. (cf. -vāsara)
5. of Nirjita-varman Rājat

⋙paṅgugraha

1. ○graha m. the seamonster Makara (cf. paṅka-g○) W
2. one of the signs of the zodiac (cf. makara) MW

⋙paṅgutā

1. ○tā f. lameness, motionlessness
2. -hāriṇī f. 'destroying lameness', a species of shrub L. Mn. xi, 51

⋙paṅgutva

1. ○tva n. = -tâ Tattvas

⋙paṅgubhāva

1. ○bhāva m. = -tā Vcar

⋙paṅguvakrakarmaprakāśa

1. ○vakra-karma-prakāśa m. N. of wk

⋙paṅguvāsara

1. ○vāsara m. Saturday KāśīKh

≫paṅguka

1. paṅguka mfn. = paṅgu, lame MBh

≫paṅgula

1. paṅgula mfn. id. L
2. n. (?) lameness Suśr
3. m. a horse of a glassy or silvery white colour L. [Page 575, Column]

≫paṅgūyita

1. paṅgūyita n. limping, lameness Śrīkaṇṭh

pac

1. pac or pañc, cl. 1, P. Ā. pacati, ○te, or pañcati, ○te, to spread out, make clear or evident Dhātup. vi, 14: Caus. -pañcayati (xxxii, 108), See pra-pañcaya

≫pañca

1. pañca mf(ā)n. spread out Uttarar
2. m. (in music) a kind of measure

pac

1. pac cl. P. Ā. (Dhātup. xxiii, 27) pácati, ○te (cl. 4. Ā. pácyate, below.
2. p. pacāna MBh. iii, 13239 [cf. kim-pacāna]
3. pf. papāca [2. sg. papaktha or pecitha Pāṇ. 6-4, 121 Sch.], pecur
4. pece, pecire [ápeciran, i AV
5. peciran Pat. on Pāṇ. 6-4, 12]
6. aor. pákṣat RV
7. apākṣīt, apakta Gr
8. Prec. pacyāt ib
9. fut. pakṣyati, ○te or paktā Br
10. ind. p. paktvā́ AV. MBh
11. inf. páktave AV. Br
12. paktum, pāṇ viii, 2, 30 Sch.), to cook, bake, roast, boil (Ā. also 'for one's self') RV. &c. &c
13. (with double acc.) to cook anything out of (e.g. tandulān odanam pacati, 'he cooks porridge out of rice-grains') Siddh
14. to bake or burn (bricks) ŚBr
15. to digest Suśr
16. to ripen, mature, bring to perfection or completion RV. &c. &c
17. (with double acc.) to develop or change into (e.g. puṇyâpuṇyaṃ sukhâsukham, 'merit and demerit into weal or woe') Vop
18. (intrans.) to become ripe or mature Bhpr.: Pass. pacyáte (○ti MBh
19. aor. apāci Gr.), to be cooked or burnt or melted or digested or ripened or developed RV. &c. &c
20. to be tormented Divyâv
21. also intrans. = pácyate (cf.above), to become ripe or mature, to develop or ripen RV. VS. Br. (with acc. of the fruit that is borne or ripens Maitr. Kāṭh
22. Pāṇ. 3-1, 87 Vārtt. 14 Pat
23. lokáḥ pácyamānaḥ, 'the developing world' ŚBr.): Caus. pācayati, ○te Br. (aor. apīpacat Gr
24. Pass. pācyate, p. ○cyamāna MBh.)
25. to cause to cook or be cooked (Ā. 'for one's self'), to have cooked or to cook ŚBr. MBh. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 74 ; 4, 52, (?) Sch.)
26. to cause to ripen TBr
27. to bring to completion or to an end, cure, heal Suśr.: Desid. pipakṣati Gr.: Intens. pāpacīti Gr
28. pāpacyate, to be much cooked, to cook very much or burn excessively, to be much afflicted BhP. Suśr.: Desid. of intens. pāpacishati, ○te Gr. [Cf. Gk. ? for ? ; Lat. coquo ; [575,] Slav. peka, pes8ti.]

≫paktavya

1. paktavya mfn. to be cooked or baked MBh
2. to be matured or digested W

≫pakti

1. paktí (VS. pákti), f. cooking, preparing food Mn. ix, 11 (anna-p○)
2. food or any dish of cooked food RV. VS
3. digesting, digestion Mn. Yājñ. Suśr
4. place of digestion (= -sthāna) Suśr
5. ripening, development (cf. loka-), having results or consequences Var. Kāv
6. purification MBh. xii, 9745 (Nilak.)
7. respectability, dignity, fame Suśr

⋙paktidṛṣṭi

1. ○dṛṣṭi f. du. digestive organs and sight Mn. xii, 120

⋙paktināśana

1. ○nāśana mfn. spoiling digestion Suśr

⋙paktiśūla

1. ○śūla n. violent pain or inflammation of the bowels proceeding from indigestion, colic L

⋙paktisthāna

1. ○sthāna n. place of digestion Suśr

≫paktṛ

1. paktṛ́ mfn. who or what cooks or roasts or bakes (with gen.) AV. ŚBr. MBh. &c
2. digestive, promoting digestion Suśr
3. m. or n. the digestive fire, force of digestion Car

⋙paktra

1. pakḍtra n. the state of a householder who possesses a sacred fire or that fire perpetually maintained by him Uṇ. iv, 166

⋙paktrima

1. pakḍtrima mfn. obtained by cooking Pāṇ. 3-3, 88 ; iv, 4, 20
2. ripe HPariś
3. cooked W

≫paktha

1. pakthá m. N. of a man protected by the Aśvins RV. (○thasya saubharasya, N. of 2 sāmans ĀrshBr.)
2. pl. N. of a people ib

⋙pakthin

1. pakḍthin m. 'who cooks the oblation' (Sāy
2. prob. N. of a man) ib

≫pakva

1. pakvá mf(ā)n. (considered as p.p. of √2. pac
2. Pāṇ. 8-2, 52) cooked, roasted, baked, boiled, prepared on a fire (opp. to āma) RV. &c. &c. (also applied to the milk in an udder)
3. warmed (cf. dviṣ-) Gobh. Mn. &c
4. baked or burnt (as bricks or earthenware pots) ŚBr. Var. &c
5. ripe, mature (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c. (also applied to a tree with ripe fruits)
6. grey, hoary (as the hair) Dhūrtas
7. accomplished, perfect, fully developed (as the understanding, character &c.) MBh. BhP
8. ripe for decay, near to death, decrepit, perishing, decaying ib
9. digested W
10. n. cooked food, dish RV. AV. ŚBr
11. ripe corn AV
12. the ashes of a burnt corpse ib

⋙pakvakaṣāya

1. ○kaṣāya mfn. whose passion has become extinguished BhP

⋙pakvakṛt

1. ○kṛt mfn. cooking, maturing, dressing food
2. m. Azadirachta Indica L

⋙pakvakeśa

1. ○keśa mfn. grey-haired W

⋙pakvagātra

1. ○gātra mfn. having a decrepit or infirm body Divyâv

⋙pakvatā

1. ○tā f. ripeness, maturity, greyness (of the hair) L. [Page 575, Column]

⋙pakvarasa

1. ○rasa m. wine or any intoxicating liquor made of the juice of the sugar cane Bhpr

⋙pakvavat

1. ○vat mfn. one who has cooked &c. MW

⋙pakvavāri

1. ○vāri n. sour rice-gruel (= kāñjika) L
2. boiling or distilled water W. (v. l. paṅka-v○)

⋙pakvasasyopamonnati

1. ○sasyôpamônnati m. a species of Kadamba L

⋙pakvaharitalūna

1. ○harita-lūna mfn. cut (grain), ripe but not dry L

⋙pakvātīsāra

1. pakvâtīsāra m. chronic dysentery Bhpr

⋙pakvādhāna

1. pakvâdhāna n. the receptacle for digested food, the stomach, abdomen Suśr

⋙pakvānna

1. pakvânna n. cooked or dressed food Mn. Var. &c

⋙pakvāśaya

1. pakvâśaya m.= ○vâdhāna MBh. Suśr. (cf. āmâś○)

⋙pakvāśin

1. pakvâśin mfn. eating only cooked food, Pracaṇḍ. i, 19

⋙pakveṣṭaka

1. pakvêṣṭaka mfn. made of burnt bricks Mṛicch
2. -cita n. a building constructed with burnt bricks Yājñ

⋙pakveṣṭakā

1. pakvêṣṭakā f. a burnt or baked brick Var
2. -maya mf(ī)n. made of burnt bricks Hcat

≫pakvaka

1. pakvaká m. (?) AV. xx, 130, 6

≫pakṣṇu

1. pakṣṇu mfn. who or what cooks or matures Vop

≫pac

1. pac mfn. (ifc
2. nom. -pak Pāṇ. 6-4, 15 Sch.) cooking, baking

≫paca

1. paca mfn. id. (cf. alpam-, iṣṭi-, kim- &c.)
2. m. and (a), f. the act of cooking &c. L

⋙pacapaca

1. ○paca m. 'continually bringing to maturity' (?), N. of Śiva MBh

⋙pacampacā

1. ○m-pacā f. Curcuma Aromatica or Xanthorrhiza Bhpr. (vḷ. -bacā L.)

≫paca

1. paca 2. sg. Impv. of √pac

⋙pacaprakūṭā

1. ○prakūṭā and f. g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi

⋙pacalavaṇā

1. ○lavaṇā f. g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi

≫pacaka

1. pacaka m. a cook, cooking, baking L

≫pacat

1. pacat mf(ntī)n. cooking, roasting &c

⋙pacatpuṭa

1. ○puṭa m. Hibiscus Phoeniceus L

≫pacata

1. pacatá mfn. cooked, boiled &c. RV. VS. ŚāṅkhBr
2. m. fire L
3. the sun L
4. N. of Indra L
5. n. cooked food (= pakti) Nir. vi, 16

≫pacata

1. pacata 2. pl. Impv. of √pac

⋙pacatabhṛjjatā

1. ○bhṛjjatā f. (2. pl. Impv. of √pac and √bhṛjj) continual baking and roasting, g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi

≫pacatikalpam

1. pacati-kalpam ind. (?) Pāṇ. 5-3, 67, (?) Sch

≫pacatya

1. pacatyá mfn. cooked, dressed RV. iii, 52, 2

≫pacana

1. pacana mfn. cooking, maturing (cf. anvāhārya-, eṇī-)
2. m. fire L
3. (ā), f. becoming ripe, ripening L
4. (ī), f. the wild citron tree L. (vḷ. pavanī)
5. n. (pác○) a means or instrument for cooking. RV. ŚBr
6. cooking, roasting, maturing, becoming cooked or ripe MBh. Suśr. BhP

⋙pacanakriyā

1. ○kriyā f. cooking, dressing food Gaut

⋙pacanāgāra

1. pacanâgāra n. 'cooking room', a kitchen ĀpGṛ. Sch

⋙pacanāgni

1. pacanâgni m. a fire for boiling ib

≫pacanikā

1. pacanikā f. a pan L

≫pacamānaka

1. pacamānaka mfn. accustomed to cook one's food Baudh

≫paci

1. paci m. fire L
2. cooking, maturing L

≫pacelima

1. pacelima mfn. being soon cooked, cooking or ripening quickly Pāṇ. 3-1, 96 Vārtt. 1 Pat. Kull. on Mn. iv, 172
2. m. (L.) Phaseolus Mungo or a similar species of bean
3. fire
4. the sun

⋙paceluka

1. paceḍluka m. a cook L

≫pacya

1. pacya mfn. becoming ripe, ripening ( kṛṣṭa-pacya)

paccanikā

1. paccanikā or paccanī f. a partic. part of a plough Kṛishis

pacchabda

1. pac-chabda pac-chas &c. See under 3. pad, p. 583

paj

1. paj or pañj, to become stiff or rigid, only pf. Ā. pāpaje with apa, he started back from (loc.) RV. x, 105, 3. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. pango.] [575,]

≫pajra

1. pajrá mf(ā́)n. solid, stout, fat, strong RV. [Gk. ?]
2. m. N. of Kakshivat and other men ib
3. [575,] (ā), f. the Soma plant ib
4. n. N. of a Sāman Lāṭy

⋙pajrahoṣin

1. ○hoṣin mfn. having fat or rich oblations (Indra-Agni) RV. vi, 59, 4 (cf. Nir. v, 22)

≫pajriya

1. pajriyá m. N. of Kakshīvat RV

≫pañjaka

1. pañjaka m. N. of a man Rājat

≫pañjara

1. pañjara n. a cage, aviary, dove-cot, net MBh. Kāv. &c
2. a skeleton, the ribs Prab. Caṇḍ. (also m. L.)
3. N. of partic. prayers and formularies VāmP
4. m. (L.) the body. Udbh
5. the Kali-yuga L
6. a purificatory ceremony performed on cows L
7. a kind of bulbous plant (v. l. pañjala)

⋙pañjarakapiñjala

1. ○kapiñjala m. a partridge in a cage Mṛicch

⋙pañjarakapota

1. ○kapota m. a pigeon in a cṭcage ib

⋙pañjarakesarin

1. ○kesarin m. a lion in a cṭcage Kād

⋙pañjaracālananyāya

1. ○cālana-nyāya m. the rule (exemplified by the story) of shaking the cage (by 11 birds who united their strength for this purpose although they differed in other ways) Śaṃk

⋙pañjarabhāj

1. ○bhāj mfn. 'keeping the cṭcage, remaining in it Kād. [Page 575, Column]

⋙pañjaraśuka

1. ○śuka m. a parrot in a cage Mṛicch

⋙pañjarākheṭa

1. pañjarâkheṭa m. a sort of basket or wicker trap in which fish are caught L

≫pañjaraka

1. pañjaraka m. or n. a cage, aviary &c. MBh. . Pañc

pajoka

1. pajoka m. N. of a poet Cat

pajja

1. paj-ja See 3. pad

pajihaṭikā

1. pajihaṭikā f. (pad +?) a small bell Chandom
2. a kind of metre ib

pañc

1. pañc See √1. pac, col. 1

≫pañca

1. pañca See under 1. pac ib

pañca

1. pañca in comp. for pañcan ( See p. 578)

⋙pañcakapāla

1. ○kapāla (páñca.), mf(i)n. prepared or offered in five cups or bowls, m. (with or, sc. puro-dāśa) an oblation so offered ŚBr. ŚrS

⋙pañcakarṇa

1. ○karṇa mfn. branded in the ear with the number 5 (as cattle) Pāṇ. 6-3, 115 (?)
2. m. N. of a man TĀr

⋙pañcakarpaṭa

1. ○karpaṭa m. pl. N. of a people MBh

⋙pañcakarma

1. ○karma n. (L.),

⋙pañcakarman

1. ○karman n. (Suśr.),

⋙pañcakarmī

1. ○karmī f. (L.) the 5 kinds of treatment (in medicine, viz. giving emetics, purgative medicines, sternutatories, and enemas of two kinds, oily and not oily)
2. ○mavidhi and ○mâdhikāra m. N. of medic. wks

⋙pañcakalpa

1. ○kalpa m. one who studies or has studied 5 Kalpas (esp. those belonging to the AV.) L
2. (ī), f. N. of wk

⋙pañcakalyāṇaka

1. ○kalyāṇaka m. a horse with white feet and a white mouth Hcat

⋙pañcakaṣāya

1. ○kaṣāya m. (?), a decoction from the fruits of 5 plants (the Jambū, Sālmali, Vāṭyāla, Bakula and Badara) L
2. -ja and ○yâttha mfn. produced from the above decoction Suśr

⋙pañcakāṭhakaprayogavṛtti

1. ○kāṭhaka-prayoga-vṛtti f. N. of wk

⋙pañcakāpittha

1. ○kāpittha mfn. prepared with the 5 products of Feronia Elephantum Suśr

⋙pañcakārukī

1. ○kārukī f. the 5 artisans in a village L

⋙pañcakālakriyādīpa

1. ○kāla-kriyā-dīpa m

⋙pañcakālapaddhati

1. ○kāla-paddhati f

⋙pañcakālapravartana

1. ○kāla-pravartana n. N. of wks

⋙pañcakūrca

1. ○kūrca n. = -gavya KāśīKh

⋙pañcakṛtya

1. ○kṛtya n. the 5 actions by which the supreme power manifests itself (viz. sṛṣṭi, sthiti, saṃhāra, tirobhāva and anugraha-karaṇa) Sarvad
2. (m.) a species of, plant L

⋙pañcakṛtvas

1. ○kṛtvas ind. 5 times Lāṭy. KātyŚr. Suśr

⋙pañcakṛṣṇa

1. ○kṛṣṇa m. 'having 5 black spots', a species of poisonous insect Suśr

⋙pañcakṛṣṇala

1. ○kṛṣṇala n. 5 Kṛishṇalas or coins so called Gaut
2. ○laka mfn. comprising 5 Kṛishṇalas MW

⋙pañcakoṇa

1. ○koṇa m. a pentagon Col

⋙pañcakola

1. ○kola or n. the 5 spices (viz. long pepper, its √, Piper Chaba, plumbago and dry ginger) Car. Bhpr

⋙pañcakolaka

1. ○koḍlaka n. the 5 spices (viz. long pepper, its √, Piper Chaba, plumbago and dry ginger) Car. Bhpr

⋙pañcakośa

1. ○kośa (ibc.) the 5 sheaths supposed to invest the soul W. (cf. kośa)
2. -viveka and -samṇyāsâcāra m. N. of wks

⋙pañcakrama

1. ○krama m. a particular Krama (or method of reciting the Vedic text) consisting of 5 members ( See pāṭha) L
2. N. of a Buddh. wk. (also -ṭippanī f.)

⋙pañcakrośa

1. ○krośa m. or a distance of 5 Krośas, the ground extending to that distance round Benares (cf. RTL. 218, 1 ; 435)

⋙pañcakrośī

1. ○kroḍśī f. a distance of 5 Krośas, the ground extending to that distance round Benares (cf. RTL. 218, 1 ; 435)
2. ○śa-mañjarī f. (○rī-sudarśana n.), ○śamāhātmya n. ○śa-yātrā f. or ○śī-yātrā-vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙pañcakroṣṭṛ

1. ○kroṣṭṛ mfn. = pañcabhiḥ kroṣṭrībhiḥ krītaḥ Pat

⋙pañcakleśabheda

1. ○kleśa-bheda mf(ā)n. afflicted by the 5 kinds of pain ŚvetUp

⋙pañcakṣāra

1. ○kṣāra n. = -lavaṇa, q.v

⋙pañcakhaṭva

1. ○khaṭva n

⋙pañcakhaṭvī

1. ○khaṭḍvī f. a collection of 5 bedsteads L

⋙pañcagaṅga

1. ○gaṅga n. (C.),

⋙pañcagaṅgā

1. ○gaṅgā f. (B.) N. of a locality MBh

⋙pañcagaṇayoga

1. ○gaṇa-yoga m. a collect. N. of 5 plants (viz. vidārī-gandhā, bṛhatī, pṛśni-parṇī, nidigdhikā and sva-daṃṣṭrā) L

⋙pañcagaṇḍaka

1. ○gaṇḍaka mfn. (prob.) consisting of 5 parts (said of the Dharma-cakra) Divyâv

⋙pañcagata

1. ○gata mfn. 'arrived at 5', raised to the 5th power Col

⋙pañcagatisamatikrānta

1. ○gati-samatikrānta m. 'having passed through the 5 forms of existence', N. of Gautama Buddha Divyâv. (some reckon 6 forms, See MWB. 121)

⋙pañcagava

1. ○gava n

⋙pañcagavī

1. ○gavī f. a collection of 5 cows
2. ○vadhana mfn. one whose property consists of 5 cows L

⋙pañcagavya

1. ○gavya n. the 5 products of the cow (viz. milk, coagulated or sour milk, butter, and the liquid and solid excreta) L
2. N. of wk
3. -ghṛta n. N. of a partic. mixture Rasar
4. -melana-prakāra m. N. of wk
5. ○vyâpâna-vat mfn. having an anus made of the Pañca-gavya Hcat

⋙pañcagārgya

1. ○gārgya mfn. = pañcabhir gārgibhiḥ krītaḥ Pat

⋙pañcagu

1. ○gu mfn. bought with 5 cows Pāṇ. 1-2, 44 Vārtt. 3 Pat

⋙pañcaguṇa

1. ○guṇa mfn. fivefold
2. having 5 virtues or good qualities MBh

⋙pañcagupta

1. ○gupta m. 'covered or protected in a fivefold manner', a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head
2. cf. pañcâṅga-g○) L
3. the materialistic system of the Cārvākas L

⋙pañcagupti

1. ○gupti f. Medicago Esculenta L

⋙pañcagṛhita

1. ○gṛhitá mfn. taken or taken up 5 times ŚBr. KātyŚr
2. ○tin mfn. one who has taken up 5 times Lāṭy., Sch,

⋙pañcagoṇi

1. ○goṇi mfn. 'carrying 5 loads', bearing a heavy burden, Vajras (cf. Pāṇ. 1-2, 50 Vārtt. 1 Pat.) [Page 576, Column]

⋙pañcagauḍabrāhmaṇajāti

1. ○gauḍa-brāhmaṇa-jāti

⋙pañcagranthī

1. ○granthī

⋙pañcagrahayogaśānti

1. ○graha-yoga-śānti f. N. of wks

⋙pañcagrāmī

1. ○grāmī f. a collection of 5 villages Yājñ

⋙pañcaghāta

1. ○ghāta m. (in music) a kind of measure

⋙pañcacakṣus

1. ○cakṣus m. 'five-eyed', N. of the Buddha (who was supposed to have the māṃsa-c○, dharma-c○, prajñā-c○, divya-c○ and buddha-c○ i.e. the carnal eye, the eye of religion, the eye of intellect, the divine eye and the eye of Buddha MW. (cf. Dharmas. lxvi)

⋙pañcacatvāriṃśa

1. ○catvāriṃśa mf(ī)n. the 49th (ch. of MBh. and R.)

⋙pañcacatvāriṃśat

1. ○catvāriṃśat (pá○) f. 45 ŚBr

⋙pañcacandra

1. ○candra m. N. of a man Rājat

⋙pañcacāmara

1. ○cāmara n. N. of 2 kinds of metre Col
2. -stotra n. N. of a hymn by Śaṃkara

⋙pañcacitīka

1. ○cit�īka (pá○), mfn. piled up in 5 tiers or layers ŚBr. Kāṭh. ĀpŚr. &c

⋙pañcacīra

1. ○cīra m. a Buddh. saint also named Mañjuśī (the teacher of Buddhism in Nepal MWB. 202, n. 1) W

⋙pañcacūḍa

1. ○cūḍa (pá○), mf(ā)n. having 5 protuberances (cf. f.)
2. (also -ka) having 5 crests or tufts of hair Kathās
3. (ā), f. = -coḍā ŚBr
4. N. of an Apsaras MBh. R
5. ○ḍā-maṇi m. N. of wk. (also ○ṇi-ṭīkā)

⋙pañcacoḍā

1. ○coḍā f. a brick with 5 protuberances TS. ĀpŚr. Śulb

⋙pañcacola

1. ○cola m. or n. N. of a part of the Himâlaya range L

⋙pañcajana

1. ○janá m. (pl.) the 5 classes of beings (viz. gods, men, Gandharvas and Apsaras, serpents, and Pitṛis) TS. ŚBr. &c. man, mankind Hcar. (○nêndra m. prince, king Rājat.)
2. (ibc.) the 5 elements MBh
3. N. of a demon slain by Kṛishṇa MBh. R. &c. (cf. pāñcajanya)
4. of a son of Saṃhrāda by Kṛiti BhP
5. of a Prajāpati ib
6. of a son of Sagara by Keśini Hariv
7. of a son of Sṛiñjaya and father of Soma-datta ib
8. (ī), f. an assemblage of 5 persons L
9. N. of a daughter of Viśva-rūpa and wife of Bharata BhP. (v. l. pāñcajanī)
10. ○nī́na mfn. devoted or consecrated to the 5 races TS. TBr. (also ○nīya AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
11. Pāṇ. 5-i, 9 Vārtt. 4 Pat.)
12. m. an actor, a buffoon L
13. the chief of 5 men W

⋙pañcajitaṃte

1. ○jitaṃ-te N. of a Stotra

⋙pañcajñāna

1. ○jñāna m. 'possessing fivefold knowledge', a Buddha L

⋙pañcaḍākinī

1. ○ḍākinī f. N. of a female attendant on Devi W

⋙pañcatakṣa

1. ○takṣa n

⋙pañcatakṣī

1. ○taḍkṣī f. a collection of 5 carpenters L

⋙pañcatattva

1. ○tattva n. the 5 elements collectively (cf. tattva) L
2. (in the Tantras) the 5 essentials (= pañca-makāra, q.v.)
3. -prakāśa m. ○tvâtmaka-stotra n. N. of wks

⋙pañcatantra

1. ○tantra n. N. of the well-known collection of moral stories and fables in 5 books from which the Hitopadeśa is partly taken (also -ka)
2. of a poem by Dharma-paṇḍita
3. -kāvya-darpaṇa m. N. of wk

⋙pañcatanmātra

1. ○tanmātra n. sg. the 5 subtle rudiments of the 5 elements Kap

⋙pañcatapa

1. ○tapa mfn. = -tapas mfn

⋙pañcatapas

1. ○tapas n. (ibc.) the 5 fires (to which an ascetic who practices self-mortification exposes himself. viz. one fire towards each of the 4 quarters, and the sun overhead)
2. mfn. sitting between the 5 fires Mn. vi, 23 (cf. MWB. 30, n. 2)
3. po'nvita mfn. id. R

⋙pañcatā

1. ○tā f. five foldness, fivefold state or amount Mn. viii, 151
2. an aggregate or a collection of 5 things (esp.) the 5 elements, viz. earth, air, fire, water and akāśa ether, and dissolution into them i.e. death (-tām with √gam, yā &c., to die, with upa-√nī, to kill) Kāv. Suśr. Pur

⋙pañcatāra

1. ○tāra mfn. five-starred MW

⋙pañcatikta

1. ○tikta n. 5 bitter things (viz. nimba, amṛtā, vṛṣa, paṭola, and ṇidigdhikā) Bhpr
2. -ghṛta n. a partic. mixture, Rasav

⋙pañcatīthī

1. ○tīthī f. any five principal places of pilgrimage (esp. Viśrānti Saukara, Naimisha, Prayāga, and Pushkara) VarP
2. N. of a sacred bathing-place Kathās
3. bathing on the day of the equinox (?) W

⋙pañcatriṃśa

1. ○triṃśá mf(ī)n. the 35th ŚBr
2. + 35 Jyot

⋙pañcatrinśat

1. ○trinśat (pá○), 35 ŚBr., ch. of MBh
2. ○śac-chlokī and ○śat-pīṭhikā f. N. of wks

⋙pañcatriṃśati

1. ○triṃśati f. 35 Rājat

⋙pañcatriṃśika

1. ○triṃśika mfn. having the length of 35, Śulb

⋙pañcatrika

1. ○trika mfn. (pl.) 5 x 3 MBh

⋙pañcatva

1. ○tva n. fivefoldness
2. the 5 elements BhP
3. dissolution, death (pañca-tvaṃ gata mfn. dead Hit
4. cf. -tā) Yājñ. R. Var. &c

⋙pañcadaka

1. ○daka (?), m.pl. N. of a people MBh

⋙pañcadaṇḍa

1. ○daṇḍa mfn. having 5 sticks Pañcad
2. -cchattra-prabandha m. N. of a tale. 1

⋙pañcadaśa

1. ○daśa mf(ī)n. the 15th AV. &c. &c
2. + 15 ŚāṅkhŚr
3. consisting of 15 RV. &c. &c
4. containing or representing the Pañca-daśa Stoma, connected with it Br
5. (ī), f. (sc. tithi) the 15th day of a half month, the day of full or new moon TBr. Yājñ. Var
6. N. of sev. wks. (also ○śī-tantra n. -prakaraṇa n. -yantra-vidhāna n. -viveka m. -vyākhyā, f. -viveka m. -vyākhyā f. -samāsa, m.) 2

⋙pañcadaśa

1. ○daśa for ○śan in comp
2. -karman n. N. of wk
3. -kṛtvas ind. 15 times Lāṭy
4. -cchadi (pá○), mfn. having 15 roofs TS
5. -dhā ind. in or into 15 parts or ways MārkP. [Page 576, Column]
6. -mālā-mantra-vidhi m. N. of wk
7. -rātra m. a period of 15 nights, a fortnight Pāṇ. 3-3, 137 Kāś
8. -rcá (for -ṛca), mfn. consisting of 15 verses AV. Br
9. -vat (○śá-), mfn. possessing the Pañca-daśa Stoma ŚBr
10. -varṇamālikā f. N. of. Stotra
11. -vartani mfn. forming the path of a Pañca-daśa Stoma TS
12. -vārṣika mf(ī)n. 15 years old Pañc
13. N. of a kind of Cāturmāsya ĀpŚr
14. ○śâkṣara (pá○), mfn. consisting of 15 syllables VS
15. ○śâha m. a period of 15 days Mn. v, 83
16. ○sâhika mf(ī)n. lasting 15 days Yājñ. iii, 323

⋙pañcadaśan

1. ○daśan (pá○), mfn. pl. (gen. ○śānām ŚBr
2. instr. ○śabhis L.) 15 RV. &c. &c

⋙pañcadaśama

1. ○daśama mf(ī)n. the 15th, KūrmaP

⋙pañcadaśika

1. ○daśika mfn. having the length of 15, Sulb

⋙pañcadaśin

1. ○daśín mfn. consisting of 15 parts ŚBr

⋙pañcadāman

1. ○dāman mf(mnī)n. having 5 cords Pāṇ. 4-1, 29 Kāś

⋙pañcadīrgha

1. ○dīrgha n. sg. the 5 long parts of the body (viz. the arms, eyes, belly knees Buddh., nose, and breast) L

⋙pañcadaivata

1. ○daivata mfn. having 5 deities (organs of sense) YogaśUp

⋙pañcadaivatya

1. ○daivatya n. a partic. gift to Brāhmans (at the offering of which 5 deities are thought to be present) Hcat

⋙pañcadrāviḍajāti

1. ○drāviḍa-jāti f. N. of wk. (cf. pañca-gauḍa-brāhmaṇa-j○)

⋙pañcadrauṇika

1. ○drauṇika mf(ī)n. containing 5 Droṇas (a partic. measure of capacity) MBh

⋙pañcadhanus

1. ○dhanus m. N. of a prince VP

⋙pañcadhā

1. ○dhā́ ind. in 5 ways or parts, fivefold AV. &c. &c
2. bandhyā-prakāśa (?), m. N. of wk

⋙pañcadhāraṇaka

1. ○dhāraṇaka mfn. upheld or subsisting by the 5 elements MBh

⋙pañcadhīva

1. ○dhīva mf(ā)n. = pañcabhir dhīvarībhiḥ krītaḥ Pat

⋙pañcanakha

1. ○nakha mfn. '5-clawed', having 5 nails Var
2. m. a 5-clawed animal Mn. MBh. R
3. an elephant L
4. a lion Gal
5. a tiger L. (also ○khin Gal.)
6. a tortoise L

⋙pañcanada

1. ○nada n. the Pañjāb or country of 5 rivers (viz. the Śata-dru, Vipāśā, Irāvati, Candra-bhāgā, and Vitastā, i.e. the Sutlej, Beās, Rāvii, Chenāb, and Jhelum or Behut) MBh. R. Rājat. (also ī f. Hcat.)
2. N. of sev. Tirthas (esp. of one near the junction of the Kiraṇā and, Dhūta-pāpā with the Ganges after the union of the latter river with the Yamunā and Sarasvati) MBh. SkandaP
3. m. or n. N. of a river produced by the junction of the 5 rivers of the Pañjāb and which falls into the Sindhu L
4. m. a prince of Pañca-nada MBh. (pl. the inhabitants of PṭPañca-nṭnada MBh.)
5. N. of an Asura Hariv
6. of a teacher VāmP
7. -kṣetra-māhātmya n. N. of wk
8. -tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place (cf. above)
9. -māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙pañcanalīya

1. ○nalīya n. N. of wk

⋙pañcanavata

1. ○navata mf(ī)n. the 95th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)
2. + 95 (○te dinaśate, on the 195th day) VarBṛS. xxi, 7

⋙pañcanavati

1. ○navati f. 95 (ch. of MBh.)
2. -tama mf(ī)n. 95th
3. the 95th (ch. of R.)

⋙pañcanātha

1. ○nātha m. N. of an author Cat

⋙pañcanāman

1. ○nāman (pá○), mf(mnī)n. hiving 5 names AV
2. ○mâvali f. N. of wk

⋙pañcanāli

1. ○nāli mfn. lasting 3 X 24 minutes Sāh

⋙pañcanidhana

1. ○nidhana n. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙pañcanimba

1. ○nimba n. sg. the 5 products (viz. the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark, and root) of the Azadirachta Indica L

⋙pañcanirgranthīsūtra

1. ○nirgranthī-sūtra n. N. of wk. =

⋙pañcanīrājana

1. ○nīrājana n. waving 4 things (viz. a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango or betel leaf) before an idol and then falling prostrate W

⋙pañcapakṣin

1. ○pakṣin m. or n. (?), N. of a small wk. containing auguries ascribed to Śiva (in which the 5 vowels a, i, u, e, o are connected with 5 birds) L
2. ○kṣi-śāstra n. N. of wk. on augury

⋙pañcapakṣī

1. ○pakṣī f. N. of sev. wks. on astrology
2. -ṭīkā f. N. of sev. Comms

⋙pañcapañcaka

1. ○pañcaka (R.),

⋙pañcapañcan

1. ○pañcan (BhP.), 5 X 5 (ibc.)

⋙pañcapañcanakha

1. ○pañcanakha m. species of 5 animals allowed to be killed and eaten (vix. the hare, porcupine, alligator, rhinoceros, and tortoise) W

⋙pañcapañcāśa

1. ○pañcāśa mf(i)n. the 55th (ch. of MBh.)

⋙pañcapañcāśat

1. ○pañcāśat (pá○), f. 55 ŚBr. &c. &c

⋙pañcapañcin

1. ○pañcin (pá○), mfn. fivefold Br

⋙pañcapaṭala

1. ○paṭala m. or n

⋙pañcapaṭalikā

1. ○paṭaḍlikā f. N. of wks

⋙pañcapaṭu

1. ○paṭu mfn. = pañcabhiḥ paṭviibhiḥ krītaḥ Pat

⋙pañcapattra

1. ○pattra mfn. having 5 feathers R
2. m. '5-leaved', a species of Caṇḍāla-kanda L

⋙pañcapada

1. ○pada (pá○), mf(ā)n. containing 5 Padas ŚBr
2. (ī), f. taking 5 steps, consisting of 5 feet or steps or parts TS. GṛS. (fr. -pad?)
3. 'only 5 steps', a cold or unfriendly relationship (opp. to sāptapadīna, q.v.), Bañc, ii, 123
4. the 5 strong cases (viz. nom. and voc. sg. du. pl
5. acc. sg. du.), APrāt
6. N. of a river in Śāka-dviipa BhP
7. ○dârthī f. ○dī-vivṛti f. N. of wks

⋙pañcapariṣad

1. ○pariṣad f. an assembly taking place every 5th year Buddh

⋙pañcaparṇikā

1. ○parṇikā or f. a species of small shrub L

⋙pañcaparṇī

1. ○parḍṇī f. a species of small shrub L

⋙pañcaparva

1. ○parva mf(ā)n. (river) having 5 windings ŚvetUp

⋙pañcaparvata

1. ○parvata n. 'the 5 peaks' (of the Himâlayas) L

⋙pañcaparvan

1. ○parvan mfn. 5-knotted (as an arrow) R
2. m. a stick with 5 knots Kauś
3. ○va- and ○vii-māhātmya n. ○viiya-vidhi m. N. of wks. [Page 576, Column]

⋙pañcapala

1. ○pala (Yājñ.),

⋙pañcapalika

1. ○palika (KātyŚr. Sch.), mfn. weighing 5 Palas
2. ○lī f. a weight of 5 Palas Kathās

⋙pañcapallava

1. ○pallava n. the aggregate of 5 sprigs or shoots of the Āmra, Jambū, Kapittha, Bīja-pūraka, and Bilva (according to others, of the Āmra, Aśvattha, Vaṭa, Parkaṭī, and Yajñôdumbara
2. or of the Panasa, Āmra, Aśvattha, Vaṭa, and Bakula L
3. or of the spondias, rose-apple, Bel or marmelos, citron, and wood-apple W.)

⋙pañcapaśu

1. ○paśu m. (!) sg. the 5 sacrificial animals KātyŚr
2. mfn. destined for the 5 sacrificial animals Vait

⋙pañcapātra

1. ○pātra n. a partic. vessel for purifying water used at the Ācamana (q.v.) RTL. xxi
2. n. 5 cups or vessels collectively or a Śrāddha in which offerings are made in 5 vessels L

⋙pañcapāda

1. ○pāda (pá○), mfn. 5-footed RV. AV
2. (ī), f. N. of wk. on the Uṇ-ādis

⋙pañcapādikā

1. ○pādikā f. N. of a philos. wk
2. -ṭīkā f. -ṭikā-tattva-dīpana n. -"ṣdhyāsabhāṣya-vyākhyā (○kâdh○), f. -vivaraṇa n. (○ṇa-prakāśikā f.), -vyākhyā f. -śāstra-darpaṇa m. N. of Comms

⋙pañcapitta

1. ○pitta n. the gall or bile of 5 animals (viz. the boar, goat, buffalo, fish, and peacock) L

⋙pañcapura

1. ○pura n. N. of a city Śukas

⋙pañcapurāṇīya

1. ○purāṇīya mfn. worth 5 Purāṇas (a partic. coin) Kull. on Mn. xi, 227

⋙pañcapuruṣam

1. ○puruṣam ind. through 5 generations of men ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙pañcapuṣpamaya

1. ○puṣpamaya mf(i)n. formed or consisting of 5 flowers Kathās

⋙pañcapūlī

1. ○pūlī f. 5 bunches Pāṇ. 2-1, 51 Vārtt. 6 Pat

⋙pañcaprakaraṇa

1. ○prakaraṇa n

⋙pañcaprakaraṇī

1. ○prakaraḍṇī f. N. of wks

⋙pañcaprayāga

1. ○prayāga m. a kind of oblation RTL. 367

⋙pañcaprayoga

1. ○prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙pañcaprastha

1. ○prastha mfn. having 5 elevations or rising grounds (said of a forest) BhP

⋙pañcapraharaṇa

1. ○praharaṇa mfn. having 5 carriage-boxes ib

⋙pañcaprāṇa

1. ○prâṇa m. pl. the 5 vital airs (supposed to be in the body)
2. ○ṇâhuti-khaṇḍa m. or n. (?) N. of wk

⋙pañcaprādeśa

1. ○prādeśa mf(ā)n. 5 spans long KātyŚr

⋙pañcaprāsāda

1. ○prāsāda m. a temple with 4 pinnacles and a steeple W

⋙pañcaphuṭṭika

1. ○phuṭṭika m. 'weaving 5 Phuṭṭikās (s.v.) in a day', N. of a Śūdra Kathās

⋙pañcabaddha

1. ○baddha mfn. pl. joined into 5 Hariv

⋙pañcabandha

1. ○bandha m. a fine equal to the 5th part of anything lost or stolen Yājñ

⋙pañcabandhura

1. ○bandhura See -vandh○

⋙pañcabala

1. ○bala n. the 5 forces (viz. faith, energy, recollection, self-concentration, reason) MWB. 50

⋙pañcabalā

1. ○balā f. the 5 plants called Balā (viz. balā, nāga-b○, mahā-b○, ati-b○, and rāja-b○) L

⋙pañcabāṇa

1. ○bāṇa m. 'having 5 arrows', N. of the god of love Kālid. Daś. &c
2. vijaya and -vilāsa m. N. of wks

⋙pañcabāṇī

1. ○bāṇī f. the 5 arrows (of the god of love) Naish

⋙pañcabāhu

1. ○bāhu m. '5-armed', N. of one of the attendants of Śiva Hariv

⋙pañcabinduprasṛta

1. ○bindu-prasṛta n. N. of a partic. movement in dancing Daś

⋙pañcabila

1. ○bila (pá○), mfn. having 5 openings ŚBr

⋙pañcabīja

1. ○bīja n. a collection of 5 kinds of seeds (viz. of Cardiospermum Halicacabum, Trigonella Foenum Graecum, Asteracantha Longifolia, Ligusticum Ajowan, and cumin-seed
2. or of Trapusa, Karkati, Dāḍima, Padma, and Vānari
3. or of Sinapis Racemosa, Ligusticum Ajowan, cumin-seed, sesamum from Khorasan, and poppy) L

⋙pañcabodha

1. ○bodha m. N. of wk

⋙pañcabrahmamantra

1. ○brahma-mantra m

⋙pañcabrahmavidyopaniṣad

1. ○brahma-vidyôpaniṣad or f. N. of wks

⋙pañcabrahmopaniṣad

1. ○brahmôpaniṣad f. N. of wks

⋙pañcabhaṅga

1. ○bhaṅga m. pl. boughs of 5 partic. trees Hcat

⋙pañcabhaṭṭīya

1. ○bhaṭṭīya n. N. of wk

⋙pañcabhadra

1. ○bhadra mfn. having 5 good qualities or auspicious marks Hcar
2. consisting of 5 good ingredients (as a decoction), ŚarṅgS
3. vicious L
4. m. a kind of pavilion Vāstuv
5. n. a partic. mixture Bhpr

⋙pañcabhāra

1. ○bhāra mfn. having the weight of 5 Bhāras Siṃhâs

⋙pañcabhāṣāmaṇi

1. ○bhāṣā-maṇi m. N. of wk

⋙pañcabhuja

1. ○bhuja m. 5-armed, pentagonal
2. m. N. of Ganêśa Gal
3. a pentagon W

⋙pañcabhūta

1. ○bhūta n. pl. the 5 elements (earth, air, fire, water, and ākāśa) Kap
2. -parityakta mfn. deserted by the 5 elements (as a dead body) MW
3. -vādârtha and -viveka m. N. of wks
4. ○tâtmaka mfn. consisting of 5 elements (as the human body) Suśr

⋙pañcabhūryābhimukhā

1. ○bhūryābhimukhā (!), f. N. of an Apsaras Kāraṇḍ

⋙pañcabhṛṅga

1. ○bhṛṅga m. or n. N. of the 5 plants Deva-dālī, Śamī, Bhaṅgā, Nirguṇi, and Tamala-pattra L

⋙pañcabhautika

1. ○bhautika wṛ. for pāñcabh○

⋙pañcamakāra

1. ○ma-kāra n. the 5 essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual (the words for which begin with the letter m, viz. madya, wine
2. māṃsa, meat
3. matsya, fish
4. mudrā, intertwining of the fingers
5. and maithuna, sexual union) W. (cf. -tattva and RTL. 192)

⋙pañcamantratanu

1. ○mantra-tanu m. whose body consists of 5 Mantras', N. of Śiva (with Śaivas) Sarvad

⋙pañcamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 (elements) MārkP

⋙pañcamahākalpa

1. ○mahākalpa m. N. of Vishṇu MBh. xii, 338

⋙pañcamahāpātakin

1. ○mahāpātakin mfn. guilty of the 5 great sins ( See mahā-pātaka) MW

⋙pañcamahābhūtamaya

1. ○mahābhūta-maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 elements Hcar. [Page 577, Column]

⋙pañcamahāyajña

1. ○mahāyajña m. pl. the 5 great devotional acts of the Hindūs ( See mahā-y○) W
2. -vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙pañcamahiṣa

1. ○mahiṣa n. the 5 products of the buffalo cow (cf. pañca-gavya) Suśr

⋙pañcamāṣaka

1. ○māṣaka (f. ī [!] Gaut.) and mfn. consisting of or amounting to 5 Māshas. 1

⋙pañcamāṣika

1. ○māḍṣika (Mn.), mfn. consisting of or amounting to 5 Māshas. 1

⋙pañcamāsya

1. ○māsya mfn. (for 2. See under pañcama) happening every 5 months or containing 5 months AitBr

⋙pañcamithyātvaṭīkā

1. ○mithyātva-ṭīkā f. N. of wk

⋙pañcamukha

1. ○mukha mf(ī)n. 5-faced or 5-headed (also applied to Prajā-pati) KaushUp
2. m. N. of Śiva L
3. a lion L
4. an arrow with 5 points R
5. (ī), f. Gendarussa Vulgaris L

⋙pañcamudrā

1. ○mudrā f. 5 gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol W

⋙pañcamuṣṭi

1. ○muṣṭ�i f. Trigonella Corniculata L

⋙pañcamuṣṭika

1. ○muṣṭika m. a partic. decoction Bhpr

⋙pañcamūtra

1. ○mūtra n. sg. the urine of 5 (female animals, viz. the cow, goat, sheep, buffalo, and ass) L

⋙pañcamūrti

1. ○mūrti and mfn. having a fivefold form (applied to a partic. offering to Brahmans) Hcat

⋙pañcamūrtika

1. ○mūrḍtika mfn. having a fivefold form (applied to a partic. offering to Brahmans) Hcat

⋙pañcamūla

1. ○mūla m. N. of an attendant of Durgā Kathās
2. n. (also ○laka) and (ī), f. a class or group of 5 roots or plants with tuberous roots (according to Suśr. there are 5 classes each containing 5 medicinal plant, viz. kanīyas or alpam or kṣudrakam, mahat, vallī-saṃjñaḥ [sc. gaṇaḥ], kaṇṭaka-s○, and triṇa-s○ i.e. the smaller and the larger clṭclasses, the creepers, the thorny plants and the 5 kinds of grass
3. other groups are also enumerated) Suśr. Bhpr. &c

⋙pañcameni

1. ○meni mfn. having 5 missiles AitBr

⋙pañcayakṣā

1. ○yakṣā f. N. of a Tirtha MBh

⋙pañcayajña

1. ○yajña m. pl. the 5 religious acts or oblations of a house-keeper (cf. pañca-mahāyajña)
2. -paribhraṣṭa m. a Brāhman who omits to perform the 5 religious acts MW

⋙pañcayāma

1. ○yāma (pá○), mfn. having 5 courses (as a sacrifice) RV
2. N. of a son of Ātapa (who was son of Vibhāvasu and Ushā) BhP

⋙pañcayuga

1. ○yuga n. a cycle of 5 years, a lustrum MBh

⋙pañcayojana

1. ○yojaná n. (AV.),

⋙pañcayojanī

1. ○yojaḍnī f. (Rājat.) a way or distance of 5 Yojanas

⋙pañcarakṣaka

1. ○rakṣaka m. a species of plant L

⋙pañcarakṣā

1. ○rakṣā f. N. of wk

⋙pañcaratna

1. ○ratna n. a collection of 5 jewels or precious things (viz. gold, diamond, sapphire, ruby, and pearl Hcat
2. or gold, silver, coral, pearl, and Rāga-paṭṭa L.)
3. N. of sev. wks
4. pl. the 5 gems or most admired episodes of the MBh. MW
5. -kalā f. -kiraṇâvali f. -prakāśa m. N. of wks
6. -maya mf(ā!)n. consisting of the 5jewels Hcat
7. -mālikā f. -stava m. ○nâkara-stotra n. N. of Stotras

⋙pañcaraśmi

1. ○raśmi (páñca-), mfn. (a chariot) having 5 strings or traces RV

⋙pañcarasā

1. ○rasā f. the Emblic Myrobolan tree L

⋙pañcarājīphala

1. ○rājī-phala m. Trichosanthes Dioeca L

⋙pañcarātra

1. ○rātra or m. a period of 5 days (nights) Kauś. Mn. &c

⋙pañcarātraka

1. ○rāḍtraka m. a period of 5 days (nights) Kauś. Mn. &c
2. (○trá), mfn. lasting 5 days ŚBr. MBh. (also ○traka Pañc.)
3. m. N. of an Ahīna ( See 1. áh○) which lasts 5 days TāṇḍBr. ŚrS
4. N. of the sacred books of various Vaishṇava sects (also pl.) MBh. R. &c
5. dīpikā f. -naivedya-vidhāna n. -pakvânna vidhāna n. -prāyaścitta n. -rakṣā f. N. of wks

⋙pañcarātrika

1. ○rātrika wṛ. for pāñcar○

⋙pañcarāśika

1. ○rāśika mfn. relating to the 5 ratios or proportions of numbers
2. n. the rule of 5, the rule of proportion with 5 terms Col

⋙pañcarudra

1. ○rudra m. N. of an author ○drīya n. ○drôpaniṣad-bhāṣya n. N. of wks

⋙pañcarūpakośa

1. ○rūpa-kośa m. N. of wk

⋙pañcarca

1. ○rcá (for -ṛca), mfn. consisting of 5 verses
2. m. a stanza consisting of 5 verses AV. ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙pañcalakṣaṇa

1. ○lakṣaṇa mfn. possessing 5 characteristics (said of the Purāṇas, which ought strictly to comprehend 5 topics, viz. the creation of the universe, its destruction and renovation, the genealogy of gods and patriarchs, the reigns of the Manus, and the history of the solar and lunar races)
2. n. a Purāṇa or mythological poem W
3. -vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙pañcalakṣaṇī

1. ○lakṣaṇī f. N. of sev. wks. (also -kroḍa m. -ṭīkā f. -prakāśa m. -vivecana n. ṇy-anugama, m.)

⋙pañcalambaka

1. ○lambaka n. N. of Kathās. xiv

⋙pañcalavaṇa

1. ○lavaṇa n. 5 kinds of salt (viz. kāca, saindhava, sāmudra, viḍa, and sauvarcala) Suśr

⋙pañcalāṅgala

1. ○lāṅgala (ibc.) a gift of as much land as can be cultivated with 5 ploughs (also -ka Hcat. MatsyaP.)
2. -dāna-vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙pañcaloha

1. ○loha n. a metallic alloy containing 5 metals (viz. copper. brass, tin, lead, and iron) L

⋙pañcalohaka

1. ○lohaka n. the 5 metals (viz. gold, silver, copper, tin, and lead) L

⋙pañcavaktra

1. ○vaktra mfn. 5-faced Hariv. R
2. m. N. of Śiva Dhūrtas
3. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
4. a lion L
5. (ā), f. N. of Durgā Cat
6. -rasa m. a partic. mixture Bhpr
7. -stotra n. N. of a Stotra

⋙pañcavaṭa

1. ○vaṭa m. '5-threaded', the Brāhmanieal cord (but RTL. 361) L
2. N. of a man Rājat
3. (ī), f. the 5 fig-trees (N. applied to Aśvattha, Bilva, Vaṭa, Dhātri, and Aśoka) SkandaP. [Page 577, Column]
4. (also n.) N. of a part of the great southern forest where the Godāvarī rises and where the banished Rāma resided MBh. R. Ragh
5. ○ṭa- or ○ṭī-māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙pañcavadanastotra

1. ○vadana-stotra n. N. of a Stotra (cf. pañcavaktra-st○)

⋙pañcavandhura

1. ○vandhura mfn. having 5 seats BhP. (cf. tri-v○)

⋙pañcavarga

1. ○varga m. a class or group or series of 5, e.g. the 5 constituent elements of the body (cf. 1. dhātu) R. ii, 118, 27
2. the 5 classes of spies (viz. a pilgrim or rogue, an ascetic who has violated his vows, a distressed agriculturist, a decayed merchant, a fictitious devotee) Kull. vii, 154
3. the 5 organs of sense, the 5 devotional acts &c. (also i f.)
4. mfn. proceeding in 5 lines or at, times KātyŚr

⋙pañcavarṇa

1. ○varṇa mfn. '5-coloured' L. (Mṛicch. i, 7/8?)
2. fivefold, of 5 kinds (-tā f.) Hcat
3. m. N. of a mountain Hariv
4. of a forest ib. (v. l. pāñc○)

⋙pañcavardhana

1. ○vardhana m. a species of plant L

⋙pañcavarṣa

1. ○varṣa (KātyŚr.),

⋙pañcavarṣeka

1. ○varḍṣeka (MBh.), mfn. 5 years old
2. ○ṣadeśīya (L.) and ○ṣaka-deśīya (MBh.), mfn. about 5 years old

⋙pañcavarṣikamaha

1. ○varṣika-maha m. a kind of festival or ceremony L

⋙pañcavarṣiya

1. ○varṣiya mfn. 5 years old Śatr

⋙pañcavali

1. ○vali mfn. having 5 folds or incisions KātyŚr

⋙pañcavalkala

1. ○valkala n. a collection of the bark of 5 kinds of trees (viz. the Indian, glomerous, holy, and waved-leaf fig-tree, and Calamus Rotang, i.e. Nyag-rodha, Udumbara, Aśvattha, Plaksha, and Vetasa
2. but other trees are sometimes substituted) Rasar

⋙pañcavallabhā

1. ○vallabhā f. 'dear to 5', N. of Draupadi Gal

⋙pañcavastu

1. ○vastu n. (?), N. of wk

⋙pañcavātīya

1. ○vātī́ya m. a partic. oblation offered to the 5 winds at the Rājasūya ŚBr

⋙pañcavāda

1. ○vāda m. N. of wk
2. -kroḍa-pattra n. ṭīkā f. N. of wks

⋙pañcavārṣika

1. ○vārṣika mf(ī)n. 5 years old, recurring every 5 years
2. n. and

⋙pañcamaha

1. ○maha m. (prob.) = pañca-varṣika-maha Divyâv. L

⋙pañcavāhin

1. ○vāhín mfn. yoked with 5, drawn by 5 (as a carriage) AV

⋙pañcaviṃśa

1. ○viṃśá mf(ī)n. the 25th ŚBr. &c
2. containing or consisting of 25 ib
3. representing the Pañcaviṃśa Stoma, belonging to it, celebrated with it, &c. Br. ŚāṅkhŚr
4. m. a Stoma consisting of 25 parts VS. ŚBr
5. N. of Vishṇu regarded as the 25th Tattva BhP
6. -brāhmaṇa n. a Brāhmaṇa consisting of 25 books, N. of the TāṇḍyaBr

⋙pañcaviṃśaka

1. ○viṃśaka mfn. the 25th BhP
2. consisting of 25 L
3. (with vayasā) 25 years old R

⋙pañcaviṃśat

1. ○viṃśat f. 25 Hcat

⋙pañcaviṃśati

1. ○viṃśati (pá○), f. id. VS. ŚBr
2. a collection of 25 (also ○tī and ○tikā
3. See vetāla-)
4. -gaṇa m. a multitude of 25 Kap
5. -tama or ○ti-ma mf(ī)n. the 25th MBh
6. -rātra mfn. lasting 25 nights (days) KātyŚr
7. -sāhasrikā f. N. of a Prajñāpāramitā L

⋙pañcaviṃśatika

1. ○viṃśatika mfn. (a fine) consisting of or amounting to 25 (Paṇas) Yājñ. ii, 205
2. n. the number 25 MBh
3. (ā), f. See -viṃśati

⋙pañcavikrama

1. ○vikrama mfn. (a carriage) moving in a fivefold manner BhP

⋙pañcavigrāham

1. ○vigrāham ind. by distributing 5 times or by a fivefold distribution ĀśvŚr

⋙pañcavijaya

1. ○vijaya m. N. of wk

⋙pañcavidha

1. ○vidha (páñca- or pañcá-), mfn. of 5 kinds, fivefold ŚBr
2. -nāma-bhāṣya n. -sūtra n. N. of wks

⋙pañcavidheya

1. ○vidheya n. = -vidhasūtra

⋙pañcavīragoṣṭha

1. ○vīra-goṣṭha n. (prob.) an assembly. room named 'the 5 heroes', i.e. the 5 sons of Pāṇḍu Daś

⋙pañcavṛkṣa

1. ○vṛkṣa n. sg. or m.pl. 'the 5 trees' (of Svarga, viz. Mandāra, Pārijātaka, Saṃtāna, Kalpa-vṛiksha, and Hari-candana) MW

⋙pañcavṛt

1. ○vṛt (ŚāṅkhGṛ.) and ind. fivefold, 5 times

⋙pañcavṛtam

1. ○vṛtam (Gobh.), ind. fivefold, 5 times

⋙pañcaśata

1. ○śata mf(ī)n. 500 (pl.) MBh. BhP
2. (a fine) amounting to 500 Yājñ
3. fined 500 (Paṇas) Mn
4. the 500th (○te kāle, in the 500th year) MBh
5. n. 105 Lāṭy. ; 500 Mn. MBh
6. (ī), f. 500 Kathās
7. a period of 500 years Vajracch
8. N. of wk
9. -tama mf(ī)n. the 105th (ch. of R.)
10. ○tīprabandha m. N. of wk

⋙pañcaśatika

1. ○śatika mfn. 500 (feet &c.), high Hcat

⋙pañcaśara

1. ○śara m. = -bāṇa Prab. (ī f. = -bā́ṇī Naish.)
2. -nirṇaya m. -vijaya m. -vyākhyā f. N. of wks

⋙pañcaśarāva

1. ○śarāva mfn. (a measure) containing 5 Śarāvas (q.v.) Jaim

⋙pañcaśala

1. ○śala (pá○), m. or n. (?) a distance of 5 Salas (q.v.) AV

⋙pañcaśas

1. ○śas ind. by fives, 5 by 5 BhP

⋙pañcaśasya

1. ○śasya See -sasya

⋙pañcaśākha

1. ○śākha mfn. 5-branched, 5-fingered R
2. m. the hand Dhūrtan

⋙pañcaśāradīya

1. ○śāradī́ya m. N. of a Pañcâha representing 5 years Br. ŚrS

⋙pañcaśāstra

1. ○śāstra n. N. of the sacred books of various Vaishṇava sects Hcat. (cf. -rātra)

⋙pañcaśikha

1. ○śikha mfn. '5-crested', having tufts of hair on the head (as an ascetic) MBh. (○khi-kṛta mfn. made an ascetic Bhartṛ.)
2. m. a lion L
3. N. of a Śāṃkhya teacher (called also -muni, a pupil of Āsuri) MBh. VāyuP. &c
4. of an attendant of Śiva Kathās
5. of a Gandharva L

⋙pañcaśikhin

1. ○śikhin mfn. = -śikha mfn. AV.Pariś

⋙pañcaśirīṣa

1. ○śirīṣa m. a medicine composed of 5 parts (viz. √, bark, leaf, flower, and fruit) of the Acacia Sirissa Car. [Page 577, Column]

⋙pañcaśila

1. ○śila mf(ā)n. consisting of 5 rocks Cat

⋙pañcaśīrṣa

1. ○śīrṣa mf(ā)n. 5-headed MBh. ; 5-eared(as corn, sc. on one stalk) ib
2. m. N. of a mountain Buddh

⋙pañcaśīla

1. ○śīla n. the 5 chief rules of conduct for Buddhists MWB. 89 ; 126

⋙pañcaśukla

1. ○śukla m. 'having 5 white spots', a species of venomous insect Suśr

⋙pañcaśūraṇa

1. ○śūraṇa n. the 5 -bulbous plants called) Śūraṇas (q.v.) L

⋙pañcaśairīṣaka

1. ○śairīṣaka n. the 5 products of the Acacia Sirissa (cf. śirīṣa). L

⋙pañcaśaila

1. ○śaila mṆ. of a mountain MārkP

⋙pañcaślokī

1. ○ślokī f. N. of wk

⋙pañcaṣa

1. ○ṣa mf(ā)n. pl. 5 or 6 Kāv

⋙pañcaṣaṣṭa

1. ○ṣaṣṭa mf(ī)n. the 65th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)

⋙pañcaṣaṣṭi

1. ○ṣaṣṭi f. 65 (ch. of MBh.)
2. -tama mf(ī)n. the 65th (ch. of MBh. and R.)

⋙pañcasaṃskāra

1. ○saṃskāra m. '5 rites', N. of wk
2. -prayoga m. -mahiman m. -vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙pañcasattra

1. ○sattra n. N. of a place Rājat

⋙pañcasaṃdhi

1. ○saṃdhi m. N. of wk

⋙pañcasapta

1. ○sapta (in comp. for ○ptan), 5 x 7, 35 MārkP

⋙pañcasaptata

1. ○saptata mf(i) n. the 75th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)

⋙pañcasaptati

1. ○saptati f. 75 (ch. of MBh.)
2. -tama mf(ī)n. the 75th (ch. of MBh. and R.)

⋙pañcasamāsīya

1. ○samāsīya n. N. of wk

⋙pañcasavana

1. ○savana n. (a sacrifice) containing 5 Savanas (q.v.) ĀpŚr

⋙pañcasasya

1. ○sasya n. sg. 5 species of grain (viz. Dhānya, Mudga, Tila, Yava, and Śveta-sarshapa or Māsha) L

⋙pañcasahasrī

1. ○sahasrī f. sg. (ifc. -ka mfn. ) 5000 Kathās

⋙pañcasāṃvatsarika

1. ○sāṃvatsarika mf(ī)n. 'recurring every 5 years', N. of a kind of Cāturmāsya ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙pañcasāmaka

1. ○sāmaka

⋙pañcasāyaka

1. ○sāyaka n. (?) N. of wks

⋙pañcasāra

1. ○sāra mfn. consisting of 5 parts or ingredients Suśr
2. n. (?) N. of wk

⋙pañcasiddhānta

1. ○siddhânta m. N. of the Bhāsvati-karaṇa (q.v.)

⋙pañcasiddhāntikā

1. ○siddhântikā f. N. of an astron. wk. by Varāha-mihira (founded on the 5 older astron. wks., and called by Var. himself Karaṇa)

⋙pañcasiddhauṣadhika

1. ○siddhâuṣadhika mfn. consisting of 5 kinds of medic. plants L

⋙pañcasiddhanṣadhī

1. ○siddhan9ṣadhī f. the 5 medic. plants ib

⋙pañcasugandhaka

1. ○sugandhaka n. a collection of 5 kinds of aromatic vegetable substances (viz. cloves, nutmeg, camphor, aloe wood, and Kakkola, q.v.) L

⋙pañcasūkta

1. ○sū7kta n. '5 Vedic hymns', N. of wk

⋙pañcasūtra

1. ○sūtra n. (and ī f.)' 5 Sūtras', N. of wk

⋙pañcasūnā

1. ○sūnā m. pl. 5 things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed (viz. the fire-place, slab for grinding condiments, broom, pestle and mortar, and water-pot) W. RTL. 418

⋙pañcaskandha

1. ○skandha (ibc.) = ○dhī
2. -vimocaka m. N. of Buddha Divyâv

⋙pañcaskandhaka

1. ○skandhaka n. N. of wk

⋙pañcaskandhī

1. ○skandhī f. sg. the 5 Skandhas (s.v.) or constituent elements Buddh

⋙pañcastava

1. ○stava m. (and vyākhyā f.),

⋙pañcastavī

1. ○stavī f. N. of wks

⋙pañcasmṛti

1. ○smṛti f. 5 law-books', N. of wk

⋙pañcasrotas

1. ○srotas n. = manas Nīlak

⋙pañcasvarā

1. ○svarā f. N. of an astrol. wk. on divination
2. -nirṇaya m. N. of Comm
3. ○rêdaya m. N. of wk

⋙pañcasvastyayana

1. ○svastyayana n. N. of wk

⋙pañcahavis

1. ○havis mfn. furnished with 5 oblations ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙pañcahasta

1. ○hasta m. '5-handed', N. of a son of Manu VP
2. of a place Rājat

⋙pañcahāyana

1. ○hāyana mfn. 5 years old BhP

⋙pañcahāva

1. ○hāva m. N. of a son of Manu Rohita Hariv. (v. l. -hotra)

⋙pañcahotṛ

1. ○hotṛ (pá○), mfn. attended by 5 priests (?) RV. v, 42, 1
2. m. (sc. mantra) N. of a partic. formula in which 5 deities are named (as Hotṛi, Adhvaryu &c.) Br. ŚrS

⋙pañcahotra

1. ○hotra See -hāva

⋙pañcahradatīrtha

1. ○hrada-tīrtha n. N. of a place of pilgrimage SkandaP

⋙pañcāṃśa

1. pañcâṃśa m. the 5th part, 1/5 Var

⋙pañcākṣa

1. pañcâkṣa m. '5-eyed', N. of a Gaṇa of Śiva Hariv

⋙pañcākṣara

1. pañcâkṣara mfn. consisting of 5 syllables VS. AitBr. &c
2. m. N. of a poet
3. (ī), f. See s.v
4. -kalpa m. N. of wk
5. -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 syllables Hcat
6. -mākātmya n. N. of wk
7. -śas ind. by 5 syllables Lāṭy

⋙pañcākṣarī

1. pañcâkṣarī f. 5 syllables Viddh
2. -yantrôpadeśa m. -vidhāna n. -ṣaṭprayoga m. -stotra n. N. of wks

⋙pañcākhyāna

1. pañcâkhyāna n. = ○ca-tantra (q.v.)
2. -varttika n. N. of wk

⋙pañcāgni

1. pañcâgni (mostly in comp.) = ○ca-tapas (q.v.), n. the 5 sacred fires (viz. Anvāhārya-pacana or Dakshiṇa, Gārhapatya, Āhavanīya, Sabhya, and Āvasathya) ; 5 mystic fires supposed to be present in the body W
2. mfn. -"ṣca-tapas mfn. Kathās
3. maintaining the 5 sacred fires KaṭhUp. Mn. &c
4. acquainted with the doctrine of the 5 mystic fires W
5. -ka n. N. of a partic. observance MānSr
6. -tva n. a collection or aggregate of 5 fires or inflammatory passions Kathās
7. -vidyā f. the (esoteric) doctrine of the 5 fires Śaṃk. (-prakaraṇa n. N. of wk.)
8. -sādhana n. 'doing the 5 fire penance' (a form of self-mortification) Cat. (cf. pañcatapas)
9. ○gny-ādhāna n. setting up the 5 sacred fires TBr. Sch

⋙pañcāṅga

1. pañcâṅga n. (mostly ibc.) 5 members or parts of the body Kir. ; 5 parts of a tree (viz. √, bark, leaf, flower, and fruit) L. ; 5 modes of devotion (viz. silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols, and feeding Brāhmans) W. [Page 578, Column]
2. any aggregate of 5 parts ib
3. mf(ī)n. 5-limbed, 5-membered (with praṇāma m. obeisance made with the arms, knees, head, voice, and look Tantras.)
4. having 5 parts or subdivisions Kāv. (also ○gika Suśr.)
5. m. a tortoise or turtle L. (cf. pañcâṅga-gupta) a horse with 5 spots in various parts of his body L. (cf. pañca-bhadra)
6. (ī), f. a bit for horses KātyŚr
7. a kind of bandage Suśr
8. n. a calendar or almanac (treating of 5 things, viy. solar days, lunar days, Nakshatras Yogas. and Karaṇas) L
9. -kautuka n. -kaumudī f. -gaṇita n. N. of wks
10. -gupta m. a tortoise or turtle L. (cf. pañca-g○)
11. -tattva n. N. of wk
12. -pattra n. a calendar or almanac L. ( See above)
13. -phala n. -ratnâvalī f. -rudranyāsa m. -vinoda m. N. of wks
14. -viprahīna and -vipratihīna m. N. of Buddha Divyâv
15. -śuddhi f. the favourableness of 5 (astrological circumstances, viz. the solar day, lunar day, Nakshatra, Yoga, and Karaṇa) MW
16. -śodha n. -saralī f. -sādhana n. (○na-grahôdāharaṇa n. ○nasāraṇī f.), -sāraṇī f. N. of wks
17. ○ṅgâdika mfn. (a pantomime) dealing with 5 members (cf. above) &c., Malav. i, 6/7
18. ○ṅgânayana n. N. of wk

⋙pañcāṅguri

1. pañcâṅguri mfn. 5-fingered AV

⋙pañcāṅgula

1. pañcâṅgula mfn. measuring 5 fingers
2. m. Ricinus Communis (which has 5-lobed leaves) Suśr
3. (ī), f. a species of shrub L

⋙pañcāṅguli

1. pañcâṅguli mfn. 5 fingers broad Caṇḍ
2. having 5 fingers or finger-like divisions W

⋙pañcāja

1. pañcâja n. the 5 products of the goat Suśr. (cf. ca-gavya)

⋙pañcātapā

1. pañcâtapā f. doing penance with 5 fires KālP. (cf. ○ca-tapas)

⋙pañcātmaka

1. pañcâtmaka mfn. consisting of 5 elements (as the body), fivefold (-tva n.) ŚvetUp

⋙pañcādhyāyī

1. pañcâdhyāyī f. 'consisting of 5 chapters', N. of sev. wks

⋙pañcānana

1. pañcânana mfn. very fierce or passionate (lit. 5-faced) L
2. m. N. of Śiva L. (cf. RTL. 79)
3. a lion Vcar. (also at the end of names of learned men, e.g. jayarāma-p○, viśvanātha-p○)
4. N. of partic. strong medic. preparations Rasar
5. N. of an author and other men
6. (i) f. N. of Durgā Rājat
7. -deśa m. N. of a place Cat

⋙pañcānandamāhātmya

1. pañcânanda-māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙pañcānugāna

1. pañcânugāna n. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙pañcāpañcīnā

1. pañcāpañcī́nā f. N. of a partic. brick MaitrS

⋙pañcāpūpa

1. pañcâpūpa mfn. having 5 cakes AV

⋙pañcāpsaras

1. pañcâpsaras (R.),

⋙pañcāpsarasa

1. pañcâpsaḍrasa (BhP.), n. N. of a lake or pool, supposed to have been produced by Manda-karṇi (Śātakarṇi) through the power of his penance (so called because under it Mandakarni formed a secret chamber for 5 Apsaras who had seduced him)

⋙pañcābjamaṇḍala

1. pañcâbja-maṇḍala n. N. of a mystical circle Tantras

⋙pañcābdakhya

1. pañcâbdakhya mfn. existing for 5 years Mn. ii, 134

⋙pañcāmṛta

1. pañcâmṛta n. sg. and pl. the 5 kinds of divine food (viz. milk, coagulated or sour milk, butter, honey, and sugar) Hcat
2. the 5 elements Mālatīm. v, 2
3. mfn. consisting of 5 ingredients (as a medicine) L
4. n. the aggregate of any 5 drugs of supposed efficacy W
5. N. of a Tantra
6. ○tâbhiṣekaprakāra m. N. of wk

⋙pañcāmla

1. pañcâmla n. sg. the aggregate of 5 acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias, and citron) Bhpr

⋙pañcāyatana

1. pañcâyatana n. N. of a partic. ceremony (at which 5 symbols are used) RTL. 410-416
2. -paddhati f. -pratiṣṭhā-paddhati f. and ○nártha-varṇa-śīrṣopaniṣad f. N. of wks

⋙pañcāyudha

1. pañcâyudha m. = ○ca-bāṇa, in -prapañca m. -ratna-mālā, f. -stava m. -stotra n. N. of wks

⋙pañcāra

1. páñcâra mfn. (a wheel) having 5 spokes RV

⋙pañcārcis

1. pañcârcis m. 'having 5 rays', the planet Mercury VP

⋙pañcārtha

1. pañcârtha n. sg. the 5 things (with Pāśupatas) Sarvad
2. -bhāṣyadījiṣikā f. N. of wk

⋙pañcārṣeya

1. pañcârṣeya mf(ī)n. one who is descended from 5 Ṛishis ĀpGṛ. Sch

⋙pañcāvaṭa

1. pañcā-vaṭa = pañca-v○, q.v

⋙pañcāvatta

1. pañcâvattá mfn. 5 times cut off or taken up, consisting of 5 Avadānas ŚBr
2. n. (MānŚr.), -tā f. and -tva n. (KātyŚr. Sch.) 5 AṭAvadānas
3. ○ttin mfn. one who offers oblations consisting of AṭAvadānas GṛS. KātyŚr. Sch
4. ○ttī́ya mfn. offered in 5 Avadānas TBr

⋙pañcāvadāna

1. pañcâvadāna n. the offering (of the Havis) in 5 Avadānas MānGṛ

⋙pañcāvayava

1. pañcâvayava mfn. consisting of 5 members or parts
2. (with vākya) n. a 5-membered argument, a syllogism Tarkas

⋙pañcāvaraṇastotra

1. pañcâvaraṇa-stotra n. N. of a Stotra

⋙pañcāvarta

1. pañcâvarta mf(ā)n. having 5 whirls ŚvetUp

⋙pañcāvastha

1. pañcâvastha m. a corpse (resolved into the 5 elements) Gal

⋙pañcāvika

1. pañcâvika n. the 5 products of the sheep Suśr. (cf. pañca-gavya, ○câja),

⋙pañcāśīta

1. pañcāśīta mf(ī)n. the 85th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)

⋙pañcāśīti

1. pañcâśīti f. 85 (ch. of MBh.)
2. N. of wk
3. -tama mf(i)n. the 85th (ch. of MBh. and R.)

⋙pañcāśra

1. pañcâśra mfn. 5-cornered Hcat

⋙pañcāsva

1. pañcâsva m. 'having 5 horses', N. of a prince VP. [Page 578, Column]

⋙pañcāsuvandhura

1. pañcâsuvandhura mfn. whose carriage-seats (?) are the 5 vital airs BhP

⋙pañcāstikāya

1. pañcâstikāya m. N. of wk
2. -bālâvabodha m. -saṃgraha-sūtra n. N. of wks

⋙pañcāsya

1. pañcâsya mfn. 5-faced, 5-headed MBh. Hariv. ; 5-pointed (as an arrow) MBh
2. m. a lion Kāv
3. N. of a partic. strong medicine Rasar

⋙pañcāha

1. pañcâha m. a period of 5 days Kathās
2. (○há), mfn. lasting 5 days
3. m. a Soma oblation with 5 Sutyā days Br. ŚrS

⋙pañcāhika

1. pañcâhika mfn. containing 5 feast days or festivals KātyŚr. Sch

⋙pañcedhmīya

1. pañcêdhmīya n. (?) a nocturnal rite in which 5 torches &c. are used Āpast

⋙pañcendra

1. pañcêndra mfn. one who has the 5 Indrāṇīs as his deity Pāṇ. 1-2, 49 Sch
2. -kalpa mfn. like 5 Indras MW
3. ○dropâkhyāna (?), n. N. of wk

⋙pañcendriya

1. pañcêndriya n. the 5 organs of sense (viz. the eye, ear, nose, tongue, and skin) or the 5 organs of action (viz. hands, feet, larynx, and organs of generation and excretion) W
2. pl. N. of a tale
3. mfn. having the 5 organs of sense MBh

⋙pañceṣu

1. pañcêṣu m. = ○ca-bāṇa Kāv

⋙pañcopacāraka

1. pañcôpacāraka mf(ikā)n. consisting of 5 oblations Śāktân

⋙pañcopākhyāna

1. pañcôpâkhyāna n. N. of the Pañca-tantra
2. -saṃgraha m. N. of wk

⋙pañcaudana

1. pañcâudana mfn. prepared with fivefold pulp of mashed grain &c. AV

≫pañcaka

1. pañcaka mfn. consisting of 5, relating to 5, made of 5 &c. Mn. MBh. Suśr. Pur. ; 5 days old ( See below)
2. bought with 5 Pāṇ. 5-1, 22 Sch
3. (with śata n.) 5 percent Mn. Yājñ
4. taking 5 per cent Pāṇ. 5-1, 47 Vārtt. 1 Pat
5. m. any collection or aggregate of 5 W. (also n
6. g. ardharcâdi)
7. a partic. caste VP
8. N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
9. of a son of Nahusha VP
10. pl. the 5 first disciples of Gautama Buddha Jātakam
11. (ikā), f. a book consisting of 5 Adhyāyas (as those of the AitBr.)
12. N. of a game played with 5 shells Pāṇ. 2-1, 10 Sch
13. n. an aggregate of 5, a pentad Hariv. Var. &c
14. a field of battle L
15. -mālā f. a kind of metre L
16. -māsika mfn. one who receives or earns 5 per month Pāṇ. 5-4, 116 Vārtt. 4 Pat
17. -vidhāna n. -vidhi m. N. of wks
18. -śata n. 5 percent Bijag
19. -śānti f. -śānti-vidhi m. N. of wks
20. ○kâvalī f. a kind of metre L. (cf. Śiś. iii, 82 Sch.)
21. ○kâṣṭaka-cayana-sūtra n. N. of wk

≫pañcat

1. pañcat mfn. consisting of five Pāṇ. 5-1, 60

≫pañcataya

1. pañcataya mf(ī)n. fivefold, having five parts or limbs Kap
2. Yog. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 42)

≫pañcatha

1. pañcatha mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 50) the fifth Kāṭh. [Cf. Zd. pukhdha
2. Gk. ? ; Lat. quinctus, [578,] quintus for pinctus ; Lith. pénktas ; Goth. fimfta ; Germ. fū0nfte ; Angl. Sax. fifta ; Eng. fifth.]

≫pañcathu

1. pañcathu m. time L
2. the Koil or Indian cuckoo L

≫pañcan

1. páñcan pl. (said to be fr. √1. pac, to spread out the hand with its five fingers
2. nom. acc. páñca AV. v, 15, 5 pañcá]
3. instr. ○cábhis
4. dat. abl. ○cábhyas
5. loc. ○cásu [Class. also, ○cabhis, ○cabhyás, ○casú, Pāṇ. 6-1, 179 &c.]
6. gen. ○cānā́m) five RV. &c. &c. (cf. under indriya, kṛṣṭi, carṣaṇi, jana, bhūta, mātra, yajña, svasṛ &c.) ; sg. N. of Kathās. xiv. [Cf. Zd. pañcan
7. Gk. ?, Aeol. ? ; Lat. quinque ; Lith. [578,] penkí ; Goth. fimf ; Germ. fū0nf ; Angl. Sax. fif ; Eng. five.]

≫pañcanī

1. pañcanī f. a chequered cloth for playing at draughts &c., a chess-board (= śāri-śṛṅkhatā) L

≫pañcama

1. pañcamá mf(ī)n. the fifth VS. AV. &c. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 49)
2. forming the 5th part (with or sc. aṃśa = 1/5) TBr. Mn. &c
3. = rucira or dakṣa L
4. m. (in music) the 5th (later 7th) note of the gamut (supposed to be produced by the air drawn from 5 parts of the body) MBh. Sāh
5. -rāga Gīt
6. the 21st Kalpa (called after the musical note) VāyuP
7. the 5th consonant of a Varga (i.e. the nasal) VPrāt. Pāṇ. Sch
8. N. of a Muni Cat
9. (ī), f. See below
10. n. the fifth part, 1/5 (cf. above and Pāṇ. 5-3, 49)
11. copulation (as the 5th of the Tattvas of the Tā2ntrikas
12. cf. pañca-tattva)
13. (am), ind. for the fifth time, fifthly TBr. Mn. viii, 125

⋙pañcamabhāgīya

1. ○bhāgīya mfn. belonging to the fifth part KātyŚr. ; 1/5 (of a Purusha) long, Śulbas

⋙pañcamarāga

1. ○rāga m. one of the Rāgas or musical modes Gīt

⋙pañcamavat

1. ○vat mfn. having the 5th (note) Pāṇ. 5-2, 130 Sch

⋙pañcamavilāsa

1. ○vilāsa m

⋙pañcamasārasaṃhitā

1. ○sāra-saṃhitā f. N. of wks

⋙pañcamasvara

1. ○svara n. N. of a metre, Prasann

⋙pañcamāra

1. pañcamâra m. (with Jainas) the 5th spoke in the wheel of time (also -ka) Śatr
2. N. of a son of Bala-deva L. 2

⋙pañcamāsya

1. pañcamâsya m. (for 1. See p. 577, col. 1) the Indian cuckoo or Koil (as producing the 5th note of the scale with its mouth or throat) L

≫pañcamaka

1. pañcamaka mfn. the fifth, Śrut. [Page 578, Column]

≫pañcamin

1. pañcamin mfn. being in the fifth (month or year) of one's age Pāṇ. 5-2, 130

≫pañcamī

1. pañcamī f. (of ○ma, q.v.) the fifth day of the half month (sc. tithi), ŚrGṛS. MBh. &c
2. the 5th or ablative case (or its terminations), a word in the ablative Pāṇ. 2-1, 12 &c
3. a termination of the imperative Kāt
4. (in music) a partic. Rāgiṇi or Mūrchanā
5. a brick having the length of 1/5 (of a Purusha), Śulb
6. = pañcanī L
7. N. of Draupadi (who was the wife of 5
8. cf. pāñcāli) L
9. of a river MBh. VP

⋙pañcamīkalpa

1. ○kalpa m

⋙pañcamīkramakalpalatā

1. ○krama-kalpa-latā f

⋙pañcamīvarivasyārahasya

1. ○varivasyā-rahasya n

⋙pañcamīsādhana

1. ○sādhana n

⋙pañcamīsudhodaya

1. ○sudhôdaya m

⋙pañcamīstava

1. ○stava m

⋙pañcamīstavarāja

1. ○stava-rāja m. N. of wks

≫pañcārī

1. pañcārī f. = pañcanī L

≫pañcāśa

1. pañcāśa mf(ī)n. the 50th(ch. of MBh. and R.)
2. + 50 (e.g. ○śaṃ śatam, 150
3. Pāṇ. 5-2, 46)

≫pañcāśaka

1. pañcāśaka mf(ikā)n. 50 Pur
2. (ikā), f. a collection or aggregate of 50 (cf. caura-pañcāśikā, ṣaṭ-p○)
3. N. of sev. wks

≫pañcāśac

1. pañcāśac in comp. for ○śat

⋙pañcāśacchas

1. ○chas ind. by fifties, 50 by 50 ĀśvGṛ

≫pañcāśat

1. pañcāśát f. (pañcan + daśaṭ
2. cf. triṃ-śat, catvāriṃ-śat) fifty AV. &c. &c. (also mfn. pl. MBh. Hariv.) [Cf. Zd. pañcāśata
3. Gk. ? ; Lat. quinquāginta.]

⋙pañcāśattama

1. ○tama mf(ī)n. the [578,] 50th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)
2. -vārṣa KātyŚr. Sch

⋙pañcāśatpaṇika

1. ○paṇika mfn. (a fine) consisting of 50 Paṇas Yājñ

⋙pañcāśatpalika

1. ○palika mfn. having the weight of 50 Palas ib. Hcat

[[]]

1. pañcāśatsahasrīmahākālasaṃhitā3pañcāśát--sahasrī-mahākālasaṃhitā f. N. of wk

≫pañcāśata

1. pañcāśata n. (MBh.),

⋙pañcāśati

1. pañcāśaḍti f. (Rājat.) fifty

≫pañcāśatka

1. pañcāśatka mf(ā)n. consisting of 50 Car. 50 years old Kām

≫pañcāśad

1. pañcāśad in comp. for ○śat

⋙pañcāśadgāthā

1. ○gāthā f. N. of a Jaina wk

⋙pañcāśaddhā

1. ○dhā ind. in fifty parts R

⋙pañcāśadbhāga

1. ○bhāga m. the 50th part Mn. vii, 130

⋙pañcāśadvarṣa

1. ○varṣa mfn. 50 years old (-tā f.) ĀśvŚr

≫pañcāśā

1. pañcāśā f. fifty Hcat. (wrongly divided into pañcan + āśā)

≫pañci

1. pañci m. N. of a man (son of Nahusha) VP

≫pañcika

1. pañcika mfn. having the length of 5 Sulbas
2. (ā), f. See under pañcaka

≫pañcin

1. pañcin mfn. divided into 5, consisting of 5, five fold AitBr. Lāṭy

≫pañcī

1. pañcī in comp. for ○ca = ○can

⋙pañcīkaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. (√1. kṛ) making into 5, causing anything to contain all the 5 elements Vedântas
2. N. of sev. wks
3. -tātparya-candrikā f. -prakriya- f. -mahāvākyârtha m. (and ○tha-bodha, m.), -vārttika n. (and ○kâbharaṇa n.), -vivaraṇa n. -viveka m. ○ṇânandâkhyā f. N. of wks

⋙pañcīkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. made into 5 (cf. above) Vedântas
2. -ṭīkā f. N. of wk

pañcāla

1. pañcālá m.pl. (fr. pañcan
2. cf. pātāla) N. of a warrior-tribe and their country in the north of India ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. apara-, pūr. va-)
3. of a Vedic school ŚBr. RPrāt
4. (sg.) a man belonging to the tribe of the Pañcālas L
5. a king of the Pañcālas MBh. (cf. pāñc○)
6. N. of Śiva ib
7. of a man brought by Vishvak-sena to the childless Gaṇdūsha Hariv
8. of a serpent-demon L
9. a partic. venomous insect MW
10. n. (?) N. of a metre Col
11. (ī), f. a doll, puppet Kād
12. a style of singing L
13. a chequered cloth for playing at draughts &c. W

⋙pañcālacaṇḍa

1. ○caṇḍa m. N. of a teacher AitĀr

⋙pañcālapadavṛtti

1. ○padavṛtti f. (prob.) a kind of hiatus L

⋙pañcālarāja

1. ○rāja or m. a king of PṭPañcālas MW

⋙pañcālarājan

1. ○rājan m. a king of PṭPañcālas MW

≫pañcālaka

1. pañcālaka mfn. relating to the Pañcālas MBh. (prob. wṛ. for pāñc○)
2. m. pl. the Pañcālas BhP
3. (sg.) a species of venomous insect Suśr
4. (ikā), f. a doll L
5. a style of singing L

pañci

1. pañci m. N. of a man VP

pañchihila

1. pañchihila mṆ. of a man Inscr

pañj

1. pañj pañjaka, pañjara &c. See under √paj. p. 575, col. 2

pañjala

1. pañjala m. a kind of bulbous plant L

pañji

1. pañji or pañjī f. the ball of cotton from which thread is spun L
2. (ī), f. an almanac, calendar, register L

⋙pañjikāraka

1. pañji-kāraka m. -pañjikā-k○ L

⋙pañjīkara

1. pañjī-kara m. id. L

≫pañjikā

1. pañjikā f. = [paJj�I] L
2. a perpetual commentary which explains and analyses every word (also = kātantra-vṛttip○)
3. a book in which receipts and expenditure are entered L
4. the register or record of human actions kept by Yama L

⋙pañjikākāraka

1. ○kāraka m. a writer, a man of the Kāyastha tribe
2. an almanacmaker

⋙pañjikāpradīpa

1. ○pradīpa m. N. of wk. [Page 579, Column]

paṭ

1. paṭ cl. 1. P. paṭati, to go, move Dhātup. ix, 9
2. to flow (pf. papāṭa) Śiś. vi, 72
3. to split, open, burst asunder (intr.) Hcar
4. cl. 10. or Caus. paṭayati, to string together, wrap (granthe, or veṣṭane
5. cf. paṭa) Dhātup. xxxv, 5
6. pāṭayati, to speak or shine Dhātup. xxxiii, 79
7. ○ti or (MBh.) ○te, to split, burst (trans.), cleave, tear, pierce, break, pluck out, remove Up. Yājñ. MBh. &c.: Pass. pātyate, to split, burst, open (intr.) Suśr

≫paṭa

1. paṭa m. (n. L
2. ifc. f. ā) woven cloth, cloth, a blanket, garment, veil, screen MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. marut-, vāta-)
3. a painted piece of cloth, a picture Yājñ. Kād
4. monastic habit Kāraṇḍ
5. a kind of bird Lalit
6. Buchanania Latifolia L
7. = puras-kṛta L
8. (ī), f. a narrow piece of cloth, the hem or edge of a garment Bālar. Hcar
9. the curtain of a stage L. (cf. apaṭī)
10. n. a thatch or roof (= paṭala) L

⋙paṭakāra

1. ○kāra m. a weaver
2. a painter L

⋙paṭakuṭī

1. ○kuṭī f. a tent of wool or felt KātyŚr. Sch

⋙paṭagata

1. ○gata mfn. 'being on cloth', painted MBh

⋙paṭacaura

1. ○caura m. a cloth-stealer L

⋙paṭabhedana

1. ○bhedana n. = puṭa-bh○ L

⋙paṭamaṇḍapa

1. ○maṇḍapa m. 'canvas-house', a tent Ragh

⋙paṭamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. made of cloth
2. n. (scil. gṛha) = prec. Śiś. vi, 24

⋙paṭavardhana

1. ○vardhana m. N. of a family Cat

⋙paṭavādya

1. ○vādya n. (in music) a kind of cymbal

⋙paṭavāpa

1. ○vāpa m. wṛ. for next. -1

⋙paṭavāsa

1. ○vāsa m. a tent L. -2

⋙paṭavāsa

1. ○vāsa m. a petticoat L. -3

⋙paṭavāsa

1. ○vāsa m. perfumed powder (-tā f.) Ratnâv

⋙paṭavāsaka

1. ○vāsaka m. = prec. 3. ib
2. N. of a serpent-demon MBh

⋙paṭavāsinī

1. ○vāsinī f. a kind of woman L

⋙paṭaveśman

1. ○veśman n. a tent Śiś

⋙paṭaśātaka

1. ○śātaka m. or n. = pārīraṇa L

⋙paṭākṣepa

1. paṭâkṣepa m. the not tossing or pushing aside of the stage-curtain (Prob. wṛ. for paṭī-kṣepa
2. cf. also apaṭī-kṣepa)

⋙paṭāñcala

1. paṭâñcala m. the hem or edge of a garment Mālatīm

⋙paṭānta

1. paṭânta m. id. MBh. Hariv. Ratnâv

⋙paṭāntaram

1. paṭântaram or (prob.) wṛ. for ○ntam Śak. (Pi.) iii, 26/27 (79/80)

⋙paṭāntare

1. paṭântaḍre (prob.) wṛ. for ○ntam Śak. (Pi.) iii, 26/27 (79/80)

⋙paṭīkṣepa

1. paṭī-kṣepa m. (dram.) the tossing aside of the stage-curtain
2. ○peṇa-pra-√viś, to enter in a hurry Bālar

⋙paṭoṭaja

1. paṭôṭaja n. (L.) a mushroom
2. a tent
3. sunshine (?)

⋙paṭottarīya

1. paṭôttarīya n. an upper garment (of cloth) Mṛicch

⋙paṭauka

1. paṭâuka prob. = next
2. -śrī-darpaṇa m. N. of wk

⋙paṭaukas

1. paṭâukas n. a tent L

≫paṭaka

1. paṭaka m. cotton-cloth L
2. a camp, encampment L
3. the half of a village L. (vḷ. for pāṭ○)

≫paṭara

1. paṭará m. or n. a ray (of sunlight) AV
2. (ī), f. g. gaurâdi
3. (paṭará), m. N. of the third of the 7 suns TĀr. VP. (vḷ. paṭala)
4. N. of Varuṇa TĀr. ('having a cloth-like skin' Sāy.)

≫paṭaraka

1. paṭaraka m. a species of plant (= gundra) L

≫paṭala

1. paṭala n. (and rarely ī f.) a roof, thatch Var
2. a veil, cover Kāv. Pur. Sāh. (ifc. f. ā)
3. a basket, chest, box Bālar
4. a heap, mass, multitude (esp. in comp. with a word denoting 'cloud') MBh. Kāv. &c
5. n. or m. an enclosing or surrounding skin or membrane (esp. of the eyes), a film over the eyes, cataract &c. Suśr. Kāraṇḍ
6. a chip, piece, portion Kād
7. a section or chapter of a book (esp. of RPrāt.)
8. n. train, retinue L
9. a (sectarian or ornamental) mark on the forehead or other parts of the body with sandal-wood L
10. m. vḷ. for paṭara ( See above)
11. mf. a tree or a stalk (vṛkṣa vḷ. vṛnta) L

⋙paṭalaprānta

1. ○prânta m. the edge of a roof. L

⋙paṭalāṃśuka

1. paṭalâṃśuka m. the cover of the veil (of darkness), Śāh

⋙paṭalānta

1. paṭalânta m. = ○la-prânta L

≫paṭalaka

1. paṭalaka m. or n. a cover, screen, veil Kād
2. a little chest or box or basket ib. Kathās
3. (ikā), f. = prec. Nalac
4. heap, mass, multitude Kāv

≫paṭi

1. paṭi f. a kind of cloth Pañc. (cf. paṭī under paṭa)
2. = vāguli L
3. a species of plant L

≫paṭikā

1. paṭikā f. woven cloth Līl

⋙paṭikāvetravānavikalpa

1. ○vetra-vāna-vikalpa m. a partic. art Cat. (cf. paṭṭikā-vetra-bāṇa-v○)

paṭaccara

1. paṭac-cara m. (fr. next + cara ?) a thief or robber MBh. (Nīlak. 'a class of Asuras')
2. pl. N. of a people MBh
3. n. old or ragged clothes, a worn garment Kād. Bālar

paṭat

1. paṭat onomat. (also paṭat-paṭad-iti, paṭat-paṭ-iti and paṭat-paṭêti) L

paṭatkakantha

1. paṭatka-kantha n. N. of a town, g. cihaṇâdi

paṭapaṭā

1. paṭapaṭā onomat. (with √kri, bhū
2. and as) L

≫paṭapaṭāya

1. paṭapaṭāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati, ○te L

paṭabhākṣa

1. paṭabhākṣa m. a kind of optical instrument Daś. (Sch.)

paṭaha

1. paṭaha m. (rarely n. or f. ī) a kettledrum, a war-drum, drum, tabor (acc. with √dā, or Caus. of √dā or √bhram, to proclaim anything by the sound of a drum) MBh. Kāv. &c. [Page 579, Column]
2. m. beginning L
3. hurting L

⋙paṭahaghoṣaka

1. ○ghoṣaka m. a crier who beats a drum before making a proclamation Kathās

⋙paṭahaghoṣaṇā

1. ○ghoṣaṇā f. a proclamation made by beating a drum (acc. with √dā &c. as above) ib

⋙paṭahatā

1. ○tā f. the noise or function of a dṭdrum Megh

⋙paṭahadhvani

1. ○dhvani m. the sound of a dṭdrum
2. mfn. sounding like a drum MW

⋙paṭahaprodghoṣaṇa

1. ○prôdghoṣaṇa and n. = -ghoṣaṇā Kathās

⋙paṭahabhramaṇa

1. ○bhramaṇa n. = -ghoṣaṇā Kathās

⋙paṭahaśabda

1. ○śabda m. = -dhvani m. Pañc

⋙paṭahānantara

1. paṭahânantara mfn. (speech) accompanied by the sound of a drum Kathās

⋙paṭahīvādaka

1. paṭahī-vādaka m. a drummer Pañcad

paṭāka

1. paṭāka m. a bird Uṇ. iv, 14 Sch. (cf. paiṭ○)
2. (ā), f. a flag, banner L. (cf. patākā)

paṭālukā

1. paṭālukā f. a leech L. (cf. jalukā, &c.)

paṭi

1. paṭi See under paṭa, col. 1

paṭiman

1. paṭiman paṭiṣṭha, paṭīyas, See under paṭu below

paṭisa

1. paṭisa wṛ. for paṭṭiśa

paṭīra

1. paṭīra m. (√paṭ?) the sandal tree Bhpr
2. a ball for playing with or a thorn (kanduka, or kaṇṭaka) L
3. the god of love L
4. n. (only L.) Catechu
5. the belly
6. a sieve
7. a radish
8. a field
9. a cloud
10. bamboo manna
11. height
12. catarrh
13. = haraṇīya

⋙paṭīramāruta

1. ○māruta m. wind that comes from sandal trees or is produced by fanning with a kind of sieve Hcar

paṭu

1. paṭu mf(u, or vii)n. (√paṭ?) sharp, pungent, acrid, harsh, shrill, keen, strong, intense, violent MBh. Kāv. &c
2. smart, clever, skilful, crafty, cunning ib
3. great or strong in, fit for, able to
4. capable of (loc. or comp.) ib
5. saline (cf. tri-)
6. cruel, hard L
7. healthy L
8. eloquent L. (cf. vāk-)
9. clear, manifest L
10. m. Trichosanthes Dioeca or its leaf L
11. Momordica Charantia L
12. Nigella Indica L
13. a kind of perfume L
14. a species of camphor L
15. N. of a man Pravar
16. of a poet Cat
17. (pl.) of a people MārkP
18. of a caste VP
19. m. n. a mushroom L
20. n. salt, pulverized salt L

⋙paṭukaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa mfn. having sound organs ML

⋙paṭukalpa

1. ○kalpa mfn. tolerably clever Pāṇ. 5-3, 67 Sch

⋙paṭughaṇṭā

1. ○ghaṇṭā f. a shrill bell MBh

⋙paṭujātīya

1. ○jātīya mfn. of a clever sort Daś. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 69 Sch.)

⋙paṭutara

1. ○tara mfn. more or very sharp or clever &c. (am ind.) Kāv
2. -gir mfn. having a shriller voice Vikr
3. -vana-dâha m. a raging forest-fire, Ṛit
4. -viveka mfn. of keen understanding Bhartṛ

⋙paṭutā

1. ○tā f. See vāk-paṭutā

⋙paṭutṛṇaka

1. ○tṛṇaka n. a kind of pungent grass L

⋙paṭutva

1. ○tva n. sharpness, acuteness, keenness, cleverness Kāv. Hit

⋙paṭudeśīya

1. ○deśīya or mfn. = -kalpa Pāṇ. 5-3, 67 Sch

⋙paṭudeśya

1. ○deśya mfn. = -kalpa Pāṇ. 5-3, 67 Sch

⋙paṭupattrikā

1. ○pattrikā f. a species of shrub L

⋙paṭuparṇikā

1. ○parṇikā f. a species of plant L

⋙paṭuparṇī

1. ○parṇī f. Bryonia Grandis L

⋙paṭumat

1. ○mat m. N. of a prince VP

⋙paṭumati

1. ○mati mfn. clever-minded Kāv

⋙paṭumitra

1. ○mitra m. N. of a prince VP

⋙paṭurūpa

1. ○rūpa mfn. very clever W. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 66)

≫paṭiman

1. paṭiman m. sharpness, pungency &c., Sṛiṅgār. (cf. g. pṛthv-ādi)

≫paṭiṣṭha

1. paṭiṣṭha mfn. very sharp or clever or skilful (cf. vacana-)

≫paṭīyas

1. paṭīyas mfn. sharper, more clever
2. also = prec
3. very able to or fit for (loc. or inf.) Śiś. i, 18 ; 59

≫paṭuka

1. paṭuka m. Trichosanthes Dioeca L

≫paṭūkṛ

1. paṭū-√kṛ to sharpen, stimulate, raise, increase Jātakam

paṭuśa

1. paṭuśa m. N. of a Rākshasa MBh

paṭusa

1. paṭusa m. N. of a prince Hariv. (vḷ. praghasa)

paṭola

1. paṭola m. (cf. paṭu, paṭuka) Trichosanthes Dioeca
2. n. its fruit Suśr. Pañc
3. a kind of cloth L
4. (ī), f. a species of small cucumber L

≫paṭolaka

1. paṭolaka m. an oyster (= śukti) L
2. (ikā), f. = paṭolī L. (cf. dīrgha-paṭolikā)

paṭaura

1. paṭaurá m. (Padap. paṭa + ūra?) a partic. member of the body AV

paṭṭa

1. paṭṭa m. (fr. pattra?) a slab, tablet (for painting or writing upon) MBh
2. (esp.) a copper plate for inscribing royal grants or orders (cf. tāmra-)
3. the flat or level surface of anything (cf. lalāṭa-, śilā-) MBh. Kāv. &c
4. a bandage, ligature, strip, fillet (of cloth, leather &c.) MBh. Suśr
5. a frontlet, turban (5 kinds, viz. those of kings, queens, princes, generals, and the prasāda-paṭṭas, or turban of honour [Page 579, Column]
6. VarBṛS. xlix), tiara, diadem MBh. Kāv. Rājat. (ifc. f. ā)
7. cloth (= paṭa)
8. coloured or fine cloth, woven silk (= kauśeya) Kāv. Pañc. (cf. cīna-p○, paṭṭâṃśuka &c.)
9. an upper or outer garment Bhaṭṭ
10. a place where 4 roads meet (= catuṣ-patha) L
11. Corchorus Olitorius W
12. = vidūṣaka Gal
13. N. of sev. men Rājat
14. (ī), f. a forehead ornament L
15. a horse's food-receptacle (= tāla-sāraka) L
16. a species of Lodhra L
17. a city, town (cf. -nivasana)

⋙paṭṭakarman

1. ○karman4 n. making cloth, weaving Pañc
2. ○ma-kara m. a weaver ib

⋙paṭṭakila

1. ○kila m. (for khila?) the tenant (by royal edict) of a piece of land Vet

⋙paṭṭaja

1. ○ja n. a kind of cloth MBh

⋙paṭṭatalpa

1. ○talpa m. a silken bed Vet

⋙paṭṭadevī

1. ○devī f. a turbaned queen, the principal wife of a king Rājat

⋙paṭṭadola

1. ○dola m. (or ○lā f. ?) a swing made of cloth Mṛicch. iv, 26/27

⋙paṭṭanivasana

1. ○nivasana m. a town-dweller, citizen Daś

⋙paṭṭabandha

1. ○bandha m. or binding or crowning the head with a turban or tiara L

⋙paṭṭabandhana

1. ○banḍdhana n. binding or crowning the head with a turban or tiara L

⋙paṭṭamahādevī

1. ○mahādevī or f. = -devii L

⋙paṭṭamahiṣī

1. ○mahiṣī f. = -devii L

⋙paṭṭaraṅga

1. ○raṅga

⋙paṭṭarañjaka

1. ○rañjaka

⋙paṭṭarañjana

1. ○rañjana and n. Caesalpina Sappan (a plant used in dyeing) L

⋙paṭṭarañjanaka

1. ○rañjanaka n. Caesalpina Sappan (a plant used in dyeing) L

⋙paṭṭarāga

1. ○rāga m. sandal L

⋙paṭṭarājñī

1. ○rājñī f. = -devii L

⋙paṭṭalakṣaṇa

1. ○lakṣaṇa n. 'description of various turbans', N. of VarBṛS. xlix

⋙paṭṭavastra

1. ○vastra n. a kind of cloth (○trântarī-√kṛ, to wrap in that cloth) Suśr
2. mfn. = next

⋙paṭṭavāsas

1. ○vāsas mfn. attired in coloured cloth or wove silk MBh

⋙paṭṭavāsitā

1. ○vāsitā f. a kind of head-ornament L

⋙paṭṭaśāka

1. ○śāka n. a species of pot-herb L

⋙paṭṭaśāṭaka

1. ○śāṭaka = paṭa-ś○ L

⋙paṭṭaśālā

1. ○śālā f. 'cloth-house', a tent Hcat

⋙paṭṭasūtra

1. ○sūtra n. a silk thread
2. -kāra m. a silk-weaver (N. of a class of Hindus who are feeders of silk-worms &c.) Col
3. -maya mf(ī)n. made of silk-thread Hcat

⋙paṭṭastha

1. ○stha mfn. 'standing on cloth', painted Hariv

⋙paṭṭāṃśuka

1. paṭṭâṃśuka n. a kind of garment (prob. made of silk), Ratnâv. (cf. aṃśu-paṭṭa)

⋙paṭṭābhirāma

1. paṭṭâbhirāma m. N. of an author (also -śāstrin) Cat
2. -tippaṇī, t., -śāstri-pattra n. ○rāmīya n. N. of wks

⋙paṭṭābhiṣeka

1. paṭṭâbhiṣeka m. consecration of a tiara KātyŚr. Sch

⋙paṭṭārohā

1. paṭṭârohā f. = next W

⋙paṭṭārhā

1. paṭṭârhā f. = paṭṭa-devii

⋙paṭṭāvali

1. paṭṭâvali f. N. of a class of wks

⋙paṭṭeśvaramāhātmya

1. paṭṭêśvara-māhātmya n. N. of ch. of BhavP

⋙paṭṭopadhāna

1. paṭṭôpadhāna n. a silken pillow or cushion Kād

⋙paṭṭopādhyāya

1. paṭṭôpâdhyāya m. the writer of royal grants or documents &c. Rājat

⋙paṭṭolikā

1. paṭṭôlikā f. (for ○ṭṭâval○?) a title deed, a written legal opinion L

≫paṭṭaka

1. paṭṭaka m. a board or plate (esp. for writing upon). Rājat. Kathās
2. a bandage, girdle Hcat
3. (ikā), f. a tablet, plate Naish. Sch
4. a bandage, ribbon, piece of cloth, fillet Rājat. Kathās. BhP
5. cloth, wove silk
6. a species of Lodhra L
7. N. of a woman L
8. n. a document on a plate Rājat
9. a bandage, piece of cloth Suśr

≫paṭṭāya

1. paṭṭāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be like a plate of (comp.) Kād

≫paṭṭi

1. paṭṭi (prob.) = paṭi

⋙paṭṭikāra

1. ○kāra m. (ī f.) a silk-weaver (?). L

⋙paṭṭilodhra

1. ○lodhra and m. a species of Lodhra L

⋙paṭṭilodhraka

1. ○loḍdhraka m. a species of Lodhra L

≫paṭṭikā

1. paṭṭikā f. of paṭṭaka, q.v

⋙paṭṭikākhya

1. ○"ṣkhya (○kâkh○), m. a species of tree Bhpr

⋙paṭṭikālodhra

1. ○lodhra m. a species of Lodhra ib

⋙paṭṭikāvāpaka

1. ○vāpaka prob. wṛ. for

⋙paṭṭikāvāyaka

1. ○vāyaka m. a silk-weaver, ribbon-maker R

⋙paṭṭikāvetrabāṇavikalpa

1. ○vetra-bāṇa-vikalpa m. N. of a partic. art BhP. Sch. (cf. paṭikā-vetra-vāna-v○)

≫paṭṭin

1. paṭṭin m. a kind of Lodhra Bhpr

≫paṭṭila

1. paṭṭila m. Guilandina Bonduc L

paṭṭana

1. paṭṭana n. a city (cf. deva-pallī-, dharma-, and pattana)
2. (ī), f. id. L

paṭṭalā

1. paṭṭalā f. a district, a community Cat. (cf. pattalā)

paṭṭava

1. paṭṭava m. or n. (?) a kind of cloth Rājat. v, 161 (wṛ. for paṭṭa-ja?)

paṭṭāra

1. paṭṭāra m. or n. (?) N. of a district, g. dhūmâdi

paṭṭi

1. paṭṭi m. pl. N. of a people VP. (cf. patti)

paṭṭikā

1. paṭṭikā See above

paṭṭiśa

1. paṭṭiśa m. a spear with a sharp edge or some other weapon with three points MBh. R. &c. (written also paṭṭisa, paṭisa and paṭṭīsa)

≫paṭṭiśin

1. paṭṭiśin mfn. armed with the weapon called Paṭṭiśa MBh. Hariv

paṭṭubhaṭṭa

1. paṭṭu-bhaṭṭa m. N. of an author (1416) Cat. [Page 580, Column]

paṭṭeraka

1. paṭṭeraka m. Cyperus Hexastachyus Communis L

paṭh

1. paṭh cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. ix, 45) paṭhati (○te MBh. &c
2. pf. papāṭha ib
3. aor. [ap�AThIt] Gr
4. fut. paṭhiṣyati, paṭhitā ib
5. ind. p. paṭhitvā Kāv.), to read or repeat aloud, to recite, rehearse TĀr. MBh. &c
6. to repeat or pronounce the name of a god, to invoke (acc., also with nāmabhis) MBh. Hariv
7. to read or repeat or recite to one's self, to peruse, study Mn. R. BhP. Hit
8. to teach, cite, quote, mention, express, declare Lāṭy. MBh. BhP. Suśr
9. to learn from (abl.) BhP.: Pass. paṭhyate, to be read or recited or taught or mentioned &c. MBh. Hariv.: Caus. pāṭhayati (aor. apīpaṭhat Pāṇ. 7-4, 1 Sch
10. fut. pāṭhayiṣyati Kathās
11. Pass. pāṭhyate Hit.), to cause or teach to speak or read, to teach, instruct in (with double acc. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 52)
12. to read, recite Kathās.: Intens. pāpaṭhīti, pāpaṭhyate, to recite often or repeatedly Kathās
13. to read or study diligently Var

≫paṭha

1. paṭha m. reading, recitation (?, See comp.)
2. N. of a serpent-demon MBh

⋙paṭhamañjarī

1. ○mañjarī

⋙paṭhasamañjarī

1. ○samañjarī f. (in music) N. of Rāgiṇīs

⋙paṭhahaṃsikā

1. ○haṃsikā f. N. of a Rāga

≫paṭhaka

1. paṭhaka m. a reader, reciter

≫paṭhana

1. paṭhana n. reciting, reading, studying, mentioning Kāv. Pur. Sch. Cat

⋙paṭhanādhinātha

1. paṭhanâdhinātha m. a master in reading or studying Cat

≫paṭhanīya

1. paṭhanīya mfn. fit to be read or studied, legible, readable Vop. Mṛicch. Sch

≫paṭhi

1. paṭhi f. = paṭhana L

≫paṭhita

1. paṭhita mfn. recited, read, studied, mentioned MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c

⋙paṭhitatva

1. ○tva n. the being mentioned Hcat

⋙paṭhitasiddha

1. ○siddha mfn. effective on being (merely) recited Kathās
2. -sārasvata-stotra n. N. of wk

⋙paṭhitāṅga

1. paṭhitâṅga m. or n. a kind of girdle BhavP

≫paṭhitavya

1. paṭhitavya mfn. to be studied or read or mentioned Pat. MārkP

⋙paṭhitavyatva

1. ○tva n. the being to be studied &c. Nyāyam. Sch

≫paṭhiti

1. paṭhiti f. N. of a partic. figure of speech Cat

≫paṭhitṛ

1. paṭhitṛ mfn. reading, a reader W

paṭharvan

1. páṭharvan m. N. of a man RV

paḍ

1. paḍ in comp. for pad, or pal, q.v

⋙paḍgṛbhi

1. ○gṛbhi (páḍ-), m. N. of a demon or a man RV

⋙paḍbīśa

1. ○bīśa (RV. TS. AV.),

⋙paḍvīśa

1. ○vīśa (VS.) or (páḍ-), n. a fetter, (esp.) a fetter for the foot of a horse

⋙paḍviṃśa

1. ○viṃśa (páḍ-), n. a fetter, (esp.) a fetter for the foot of a horse
2. (-śaṅku m. a post for tying to ŚBr.) ; m. a place for fettering, halting-place TBr. [Lat. vincio, vinculum?]

paṇ

1. paṇ cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xii, 6) páṇate (ep. also ○ti
2. pf. peṇe Gr
3. aor. apaṇiṣṭa Bhaṭṭ
4. fut. paṇiṣyate, ○ṇitā ib.), to honour, praise Naigh. iii, 14
5. to barter, purchase, buy Br. MBh
6. to negotiate, bargain Āpast
7. to bet, stake, lay a wager, play for (with gen. [e.g. prâṇā-nām Bhaṭṭ
8. Pāṇ. 2-3, 57. Kāś.] or acc. [e.g. kṛṣṇāṃ] MBh.)
9. to risk or hazard (as a battle) MBh
10. to win anything (instr.) from (acc.) ib.: Caus. paṇayati (aor. apīpaṇat), to negotiate, bargain Kāv. (Cf. paṇāya and √pan.)

≫paṇa

1. paṇa m. (ifc. f. ā) play, gaming, playing for a stake, a bet or a wager (with gen
2. loc. or ifc
3. paṇaṃ-√kṛ, to make a bet
4. paṇe ni-√as, to stake at play) Yājñ. MBh. R. &c
5. a compact stipulation, agreement, treaty Kathās. Vet. Hit
6. the thing staked or the sum played for, wages, hire, reward MBh. Mṛicch. Kathās
7. a weight of copper used as a coin (= 20 Māshas = 4 Kākinīs) Mn. Yājñ
8. a partic. measure Pāṇ. 3-3, 66 ('a handful' Sch.)
9. a commodity for sale L
10. price L
11. wealth, property L
12. business L
13. a publican or distiller L
14. a house, dwelling (gṛha wṛ. for glaha?) L

⋙paṇakāla

1. ○kāla m. time for playing MBh

⋙paṇakriyā

1. ○kriyā f. putting in a stake, play or contest for (comp.) Bālar

⋙paṇakrīta

1. ○krīta mfn. received as hire or reward Hcat

⋙paṇagranthi

1. ○granthi m. a fair, market L

⋙paṇatā

1. ○tā f

⋙paṇatva

1. ○tva n. the state of condition of a pledge or stake
2. price, value W

⋙paṇadhā

1. ○dhā f. Panicum Verticillatum L. (cf. paṇyaṃ-dha and paṇyândhā)

⋙paṇabandha

1. ○bandha m. making a treaty, making peace Ragh
2. a bet or wager (also -na n.) Daś

⋙paṇasundarī

1. ○sundarī (HPariś.),

⋙paṇastrī

1. ○strī (Mṛicch.), f. a venal woman, a prostitute, harlot

⋙paṇāṅganā

1. paṇâṅganā f. id. L

⋙paṇārdha

1. paṇârdha m. or n. (?) half a Paṇa (coin) Kāv

⋙paṇārpaṇa

1. paṇârpaṇa n. making an agreement, contract W

⋙paṇārha

1. paṇârha mfn. fit to be laid as a wager MW

⋙paṇāsthi

1. paṇâsthi and n. Cypraea Moneta, a cowrie L. [Page 580, Column]

⋙sthika

1. sthika n. Cypraea Moneta, a cowrie L. [Page 580, Column]

≫paṇana

1. páṇana n. purchasing, buying ŚBr
2. sale, selling, dealing in (comp.) L
3. betting W

≫paṇanīya

1. paṇanīya mfn. to be laid as a wager, negotiable MW

≫paṇayitṛ

1. paṇayitṛ m. a seller Mālatīm

≫paṇasa

1. paṇasa m. a commodity, an article of sale or commerce L
2. Artocarpus Integrifolia L

≫paṇāya

1. paṇāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati, to honour, praise L

≫paṇāya

1. paṇāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati id. Pāṇ. 3-1, 28 Naigh. iii, 14 (vḷ. ○te)
2. to sell (inf. ○yitum) Kathās

≫paṇāyā

1. paṇāyā f. business, transaction L
2. a market-place W

≫paṇāyita

1. paṇāyita mfn. praised, transacted W

≫paṇāyitṛ

1. paṇāyitṛ m. a seller Mālatīm

≫paṇāyya

1. paṇā́yya mfn. praiseworthy, laudable ŚBr

≫paṇi

1. paṇí m. a bargainer, miser, niggard (esp. one who is sparing of sacrificial oblations) RV. AV
2. N. of a class of envious demons watching over treasures RV. (esp. x, 108) AV. ŚBr
3. a thief appearing as a Purohita BhP
4. a market L

≫paṇika

1. paṇika See pañcāśat-p○

≫paṇita

1. paṇita mfn. praised or transacted as business L
2. betted, staked MBh
3. one who has betted or wagered ib. i, 1225
4. n. (also -ka L.) a bet, wager, stake MBh

≫paṇitavya

1. paṇitavya mfn. vendible, negotiable Pāṇ. 3-1, 101
2. to be praised W

≫paṇitṛ

1. paṇitṛ m. a trader, seller Naish

≫paṇin

1. paṇin m. N. of a man Pāṇ. 6-4, 165 (cf. pāṇina and ○ni)

≫paṇīkṛ

1. paṇī-√kṛ to bet or stake at play (-kṛta mfn. Cat.)

≫paṇya

1. paṇya mfn. to be praised or commended ĀpŚr
2. to be bought or sold, vendible ( See n. and comp.)
3. to be transacted L
4. (ā), f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum L
5. n. (ifc. f. ā) an article of trade, a ware, commodity ŚBr. Kauś. Gobh. MBh. &c
6. trade, traffic, business Kām. Kāv. (cf. jñāna-)
7. a booth, shop Daś

⋙paṇyakambala

1. ○kambala m. Pāṇ. 6-2, 42 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙paṇyajana

1. ○jana m. a trader Var

⋙paṇyatā

1. ○tā f. the being praiseworthy or (and) an article of trade Kāv

⋙paṇyadāsī

1. ○dāsī f. a hired female servant Daś

⋙paṇyaṃdha

1. ○ṃ-dha m. (or -dhā f.) Panicum Verticillatum L. (cf. paṇyândhā and paṇa-dhā)

⋙paṇyapati

1. ○pati m. a great merchant, large trader (-tva n.) R

⋙paṇyapariṇītā

1. ○pariṇītā f. a concubine Divyâv

⋙paṇyaphalatva

1. ○phala-tva n. prosperity or profit in trade W

⋙paṇyabhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. being an article of trade Mṛicch

⋙paṇyabhumi

1. ○bhumi f. a place where goods are stored, a warehouse (guṇa-paṇya-bh○, receptacle of all virtues) Inscr

⋙paṇyamūlya

1. ○mūlya n. the price of a commodity W

⋙paṇyayoṣit

1. ○yoṣit f. a venal woman, courtesan, harlot Mn

⋙paṇyavat

1. ○vat mfn. furnished with many goods or commodities R

⋙paṇyavarcas

1. ○varcas n. Vop. vi, 78

⋙paṇyavikraya

1. ○vikraya m. trade, commerce Car
2. -śālā f. a market-place, bazar L
3. ○yin m. a trader, merchant R

⋙paṇyavilāsinī

1. ○vilāsinī f. = -yoṣit Kathās
2. Unguis Odoratus L

⋙paṇyavīthikā

1. ○vīthikā (L.),

⋙paṇyavīthī

1. ○vīthī (Vāsav.), f. a place of sale, market

⋙paṇyaśālā

1. ○śālā f. a bazar or shop L

⋙paṇyastrī

1. ○strī f. = -yoṣit Var. Kāv. Rājat

⋙paṇyahoma

1. ○homa m. a sacrifice consisting of wares ĀpGṛ

⋙paṇyāṅganā

1. paṇyâṅganā f. = -yoṣit Bhartṛ. Kathās

⋙paṇyājira

1. paṇyâjira n. a market L

⋙paṇyājīva

1. paṇyâjīva m. 'living by trade', a tradesman L
2. n. (also -ka) a market W

⋙paṇyāndhā

1. paṇyândhā f. Panicum Verticillatum L. (cf. paṇa-dhā and paṇyaṃ-dha)

⋙paṇyārha

1. paṇyârha mfn. fit for sale, vendible W

paṇaphara

1. paṇaphara n. (fr. ?) the astrological house following upon a Kendra (q.v.) Var

paṇava

1. paṇava m. (prob. fr. pra-ṇava) a small drum or a kind of cymbal (used to accompany singing) MBh. Kāv. (also ā f. L.)
2. a kind of metre Col. (vḷ. pan○)
3. N. of a prince VP

≫paṇavin

1. paṇavin mfn. possessing a drum (applied to Śiva) MBh

paṇḍ

1. paṇḍ (prob. invented to serve as the √of the words below), cl. 1. Ā. paṇḍate, to go, move Dhātup. viii, 29
2. cl. 10. P. paṇḍayati, to heap together, pile up (vḷ. for piṇḍ), xxxii, 130 Vop
3. cl. 1. or 10. P. paṇḍati, ○ḍayati, to destroy, annihilate, xxxii, 73 (vḷ. for paṃs)

≫paṇḍa

1. paṇḍa m. a eunuch, weakling Nār. (cf. paṇḍra, ṣaṇḍa)
2. (ā), f. See below

⋙paṇḍāpūrva

1. paṇḍâpūrva n. non-occurrence of the results of fate or destiny L

≫paṇḍaka

1. páṇḍaka m. = paṇḍa MaitrS. Yājñ. Kām. Daśar. (-tva, n. Kāṭh.)
2. m. N. of one of the sons of the third Manu Savarṇa

≫paṇḍaga

1. páṇḍaga m. (prob.) = paṇḍa, ○ḍaka AV. [Page 580, Column]

≫paṇḍā

1. paṇḍā f. wisdom, knowledge, learning L. (cf. g. tārakâdi)

⋙paṇḍāvat

1. ○vat m. a learned man L

≫paṇḍita

1. paṇḍitá mfn. (according to some, for spandita) learned, wise, shrewd, clever, skilful in, conversant with (loc. or comp
2. Pāṇ. 2-1, 40) ŚBr. Up. MBh. &c
3. m. a scholar, a learned man, teacher, philosopher, a Pandit MBh. Kāv. &c
4. N. of a man (= ○taka) MBh
5. of a Brāhman changed into an antelope Hariv
6. incense L

⋙paṇḍitakarabhiṇḍipāla

1. ○kara-bhiṇḍi-pāla m. N. of wk

⋙paṇḍitajātīya

1. ○jātīya mfn. of a clever sort, rather learned, wise Divyâv. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 69)

⋙paṇḍitatā

1. ○tā f. (Bhartṛ.),

⋙paṇḍitatva

1. ○tva n. (Mṛicch.) learning, knowledge, wisdom, cleverness, skill

⋙paṇḍitaparitoṣa

1. ○paritoṣa m. N. of wk

⋙paṇḍitapīḍāviśārada

1. ○pīḍā-viśārada m. N. of a man Kautukas

⋙paṇḍitapraśnottara

1. ○praśnôttara n. N. of wk

⋙paṇḍitamānika

1. ○mānika (MBh.),

⋙paṇḍitamānin

1. ○mānin (ib. R.),

⋙paṇḍitammanya

1. ○m-manya (Kād. Prab.),

⋙paṇḍitammanyamāna

1. ○m-manyamāna (KaṭhUp.), mfn. fancying one's self learned or clever, an ignorant and conceited person

⋙paṇḍitarāja

1. ○rāja m. 'prince of learned men', N. of any great scholar
2. (esp.) of Jagan-nātha (1600)
3. of another man BhP
4. -kṛti f. -śataka n. N. of wks

⋙paṇḍitavādin

1. ○vādin mfn. pretending to be wise MW

⋙paṇḍitavaidya

1. ○vaidya and m. N. of authors Cat

⋙paṇḍitaśaśin

1. ○śaśin m. N. of authors Cat

⋙paṇḍitaśiromaṇi

1. ○śiromaṇi m. N. of Rāmakṛishṇa-bhaṭṭa Cat

⋙paṇḍitaśrīvara

1. ○śrī-vara m. N. of an author ib

⋙paṇḍitasabhā

1. ○sabhā f. an assembly of Pandits or literati MW

⋙paṇḍitasarvasva

1. ○sarvasva n. N. of wk

⋙paṇḍitasūri

1. ○sūri and m. N. of authors Cat

⋙paṇḍitasvāmin

1. ○svāmin m. N. of authors Cat

⋙paṇḍitāhlādinī

1. paṇḍitâhlādinī f. N. of wk

≫paṇḍitaka

1. paṇḍitaka mfn. wise, learned, pedantic MBh
2. m. N. of a son of Dhṛiṭa-rāshṭra ib

≫paṇḍitāya

1. paṇḍitāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become learned or wise, g. bhṛśâdi

≫paṇḍitiman

1. paṇḍitiman m. wisdom, learning, scholarship, g. dṛḍhâdi

≫paṇḍu

1. paṇḍu m. (prob.) wṛ. for next

≫paṇḍra

1. paṇḍra or m. a eunuch, impotent man Sāh. MārkP. (cf. paṇḍa, ṣaṇḍa)

⋙paṇḍraka

1. paṇḍḍraka m. a eunuch, impotent man Sāh. MārkP. (cf. paṇḍa, ṣaṇḍa)

paṇḍālu

1. paṇḍālu m. or f. or n. a kind of pot-herb Śrīkaṇṭh

pat

1. pat cl. 4. Ā. (Dhātup. xxvi, 50) pátyate, to be master, reign, rule, govern, control, own, possess, dispose of (acc. or instr.) RV
2. to partake of, share in (loc.) ib
3. to be fit or serve for (dat.) ib. [Prob. Nom. of páti ; Lat. potiri.]

pat

1. pat cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. xx, 15) pátati (ep. also ○te
2. pf. papāta, paptimá, petátur, paptúr
3. paptivás RV
4. papatyāt AV
5. aor. apaptat RV
6. Pass. apāti Br
7. fut. patiṣ-yáti AV
8. ○te, patitā MBh
9. Cond. apatiṣyat Br
10. inf. patitum ib. &c. &c
11. ind. p. patitvā́ AV. Br
12. -pátya or -pā́tam Br.), to fly, soar, rush on RV. &c. &c
13. to fall down or off, alight, descend (with acc. or loc.), fall or sink (with or without adhas or narake, 'to go down to hell'
14. with caraṇau or ○ṇayoḥ, 'to fall at a person's feet') Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
15. to fall (in a moral sense), lose caste or rank or position ChUp. Mn. Yājñ. &c
16. to light or fall upon, fall to a person's share (loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
17. to fall or get into or among (loc.) Kathās. Hit
18. to occur, come to pass, happen Pañc.: Caus. patáyati, to fly or move rapidly along RV. VS
19. to speed (trans
20. cf. patayát)
21. ○te, to drive away or throw down (?) RV. i, 169, 7
22. pātáyati (ep. also ○te
23. aor. apīpatat AV
24. Pass. pātyate MBh. &c.), to let fly or cause to fall, to fling, hurl, throw AV. &c. &c
25. to lay low, bring down (lit. and fig.), overthrow, ruin, destroy MBh. R. &c. to throw upon or in, lay on (loc.) Kāv. Suśr
26. (with or scil. ātmānam) to throw one's self MBh. Mṛicch
27. to cut off (a head) Hariv
28. to knock out (teeth) BhP
29. to pour out or shed (water, tears) MBh. Hariv
30. to kindle (fire) Pañc
31. to cast (dice) Hariv. Kathās
32. to turn, direct, fix (eyes) R
33. to impose or inflict (punishment) Mn. Yājñ
34. to set in motion, set on foot Rājat. v, 173
35. to seduce to, betray into (loc.) Kathās
36. (with dvedhā) to divide in two ŚBr
37. to subtract Jyot. Sch
38. (Ā.) to rush on, hasten RV. viii, 46, 8: Desid. pipatiṣati (AV. MaitrS. ŚBr.) and pitsati (Pāṇ. 7-4, 54), to be about to fly or fall: Intens. panīpatyate or ○pātīti Pāṇ. 7-4, 84. [Cf. Zd. pat
39. Gk. ? ; Lat. peto.] [580,]

≫pat

1. pat mfn. flying, falling (ifc
2. cf. akṣi-pát)

≫pata

1. pata m. flying, falling (cf. g. pacâdi and jvalâdi)

⋙pataga

1. ○ga m. a winged or flying animal, bird Mn. MBh. &c
2. the sky-flying luminary, i.e. the sun MBh
3. N. of one of the 5 fires in the Svadhākāra Hariv
4. -pati m. 'lord of birds', N. of Garuḍa Mṛicch. [Page 581, Column]
5. -pannaga m. pl. birds and serpents R
6. -rāja m. 'king of birds', N. of Garuḍa BhP
7. -vara m. 'chief of birds', N. of Jaṭāyu R
8. ○gêśvara m. 'lord of birds', N. of Garuḍa (MBh.) or Jaṭāyu (R.)
9. ○gôraga m. pl. bird and snake deities Mn. vii, 23

≫pataṃ

1. pataṃ acc. of pata in comp

⋙pataṃga

1. ○gá mfn. flying RV. i, 118, 4
2. any flying insect, a grasshopper, a bee, a butterfly or moth ŚBr. (○táṃga) Up. Mn. &c. (-tā f. Prasannar.)
3. a horse Naigh. i, 14
4. the sun (cf. pata-ga) RV. AV. Var. &c
5. N. of one of the 7 suns TĀr. VP
6. a ball for playing with BhP
7. a spark (Sāy
8. 'a Piśāca' Mahīdh.) RV. iv, 4, 2
9. a species of rice Car
10. of tree L
11. 'the Flier', N. of Kṛishṇa MBh. xii, 1510 (= garuḍa Nīlak.) BhP
12. N. of the author of RV. x, 17 and of this hymn itself ŚāṅkhBr
13. of a mountain BhP
14. = -grāma Rājat
15. (pl.) N. of a caste in Plakshadviipa BhP
16. (ā), f. N. of a mythical river Divyâv
17. (ī), f. N. of one of the wives of Tārksha and mother of the flying animals BhP
18. m. or n. quicksilver L
19. n. a species of sandal wood Bhpr
20. -kānta m. the sun-stone (cf. sūrya-k○) Śiś. iv, 16
21. -grāma m. N. of a village Rājat
22. -rāja m. = pataga-r○ Pañc
23. -vat, ind, like a moth Kum
24. -vṛtti f. the manner of the moth (attracted by a light) i.e. rashness, temerity Ratnâv
25. mfn. behaving like a moth (i.e. very inconsiderately) Pañc
26. ○gâśman m. the sun-stone (cf. above) Śrīkaṇṭh

⋙pataṃgaka

1. ○gaka m. N. of a mountain Pur
2. (ikā), f. a little bird MBh
3. a little bee L

⋙pataṃgama

1. ○gama m. a butterfly or moth BhP
2. a bird L

⋙pataṃgara

1. ○gará mfn. bird-like RV. iv, 40, 2

⋙pataṃgin

1. ○gin m. a bird
2. (nī f.) a female bird Hariv

≫pataka

1. pataka mfn. who or what falls or descends &c
2. m. an astronomical table W

≫patat

1. patat mf(ntī)n. flying, falling, descending &c
2. m. a bird Āpast. Kāv

⋙patatpataṃga

1. ○pataṃga m. the setting sun Śiś. i, 12

⋙patatprakarṣa

1. ○prakarṣa mfn. (in rhet.) 'where preference or superiority sinks or is not observed', either prosaical or illogical (-tā f.) Kpr. Sāh. &c

≫patatra

1. pátatra n. a wing, pinion, feather &c. RV. &c. &c
2. a vehicle L. (cf. pattra)

≫patatri

1. patatri m. a bird (only gen. pl. ○trīṇām) MBh
2. N. of a partic. fire PārGṛ
3. N. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh

≫patatri

1. patatri in comp. for ○trin

⋙patatriketana

1. ○ketana mfn. 'characterised by a bird', (with deva) N. of Vishṇu Hariv

⋙patatrirāj

1. ○rāj (BhP.),

⋙patatrirāja

1. ○rāja (pát○ Suparṇ.),

⋙patatrivara

1. ○vara (MBh.), m. 'king or best of birds', N. of Garuḍa

≫patatrin

1. patatrín mfn. winged, feathered, flying (also applied to Agni, the vehicle of the Aśvins &c.) RV. AV. VS. Up. &c
2. m. a bird AV. &c. &c
3. a horse, (esp.) the horse in the Aśva-medha sacrifice R. i, 13, 36
4. an arrow MBh. iii, 16430
5. a partic. fire TS
6. n. du. day and night RV. i, 158. 4

≫patad

1. patad in comp. for ○tat

⋙patadgraha

1. ○graha m. 'receiving what falls', a receptacle for alms
2. a spittoon (also -grāha) HPariś. Sch. (also n.)
3. the rear of an army L

⋙patadbhīru

1. ○bhīru m. 'terrible to birds', a hawk or falcon L

≫patana

1. patana mfn. who or what flies or falls Pāṇ. 3-2, 150
2. m. N. of a Rākshasa MBh
3. (pát○), n. the act of flying or coming down, alighting, descending, throwing one's self down at or into (loc. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
4. setting (as the sun) MBh
5. going down (to hell) Mn. vi, 61
6. hanging down, becoming flaccid (said of the breasts) Bhartṛ
7. fall, decline, ruin, death MBh. Kāv
8. loss of caste, apostacy Pur
9. (with garbhasya) miscarriage Var
10. (in arithm.) subtraction Col
11. (in astron.) the latitude of a planet W

⋙patanadharmin

1. ○dharmin mfn. what is likely to fall out or off (○mi-tva, n.) Suśr

⋙patanasīla

1. ○sīla mfn. accustomed to fall down Kāv

≫patanīya

1. patanīya mfn. (fr. patana) leading to, a fall, causing the loss of caste
2. n. a degrading crime or sin MBh. Yājñ

≫patantaka

1. patantaka m. (fr. patat) a kind of Aśva-medha performed in a hurried manner Lāṭy. Nid

≫patama

1. patama m. a bird L
2. a grasshopper L
3. the moon L. (cf. patasa)

≫patayālu

1. patayālú mf(ū)n. (fr. Caus.) flying, falling, liable to fall AV. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 158)

≫patayiṣṇu

1. patayiṣṇú (RV.),

⋙patayiṣṇuka

1. patayiṣḍṇuká (AV.), mfn. id

≫patara

1. patará or mfn. flying, fugitive RV

⋙pataru

1. patáru mfn. flying, fugitive RV

≫patasa

1. patasa m. = patama L

≫patāka

1. patāka m. ('flying'), a flag or banner (perhaps incorrect for ○kā) AdbhBr
2. a partic. position of the hand or the fingers in shooting off an arrow, SārṅgP. (cf. tri-p○)
3. (ā), f. See next

≫patākā

1. patākā f. (ifc. f. ā) a flag, pennon, banner, sign, emblem Br. MBh. Kāv. &c. (○kāṃ-√labh or hṛ, 'to win the palm' Daś. Vcar.) [Page 581, Column]
2. a flag-staff L
3. a partic. high number MBh. (= mahā-padma Nīlak.)
4. (in dram.) an episode or episodical incident Daśar
5. good fortune, auspiciousness L
6. N. of wk

⋙patākāṃśuka

1. ○"ṣṃśuka (○kâṃś○), n. a flag Kathās

⋙patākādaṇḍa

1. ○daṇḍa m. a flag-staff MBh

⋙patākādhvajamālin

1. ○dhvaja-mālin mfn. garlanded with flags and banners ib

⋙patākāsthāna

1. ○sthāna and n. (in dram.) intimation of an episodical incident Daśar. Sāh. Sch

⋙patākāsthānaka

1. ○sthāḍnaka n. (in dram.) intimation of an episodical incident Daśar. Sāh. Sch

⋙patākocchrāyavat

1. patākôcchrāya-vat mfn. with hoisted banners MBh

≫patākāya

1. patākāya Nom. ○yate, to represent a flag or banner Nalac

≫patākika

1. patākika mfn. having or carrying a flag or banner L

≫patākin

1. patākin mfn. having or bearing a flag, adorned with flags MBh. R. &c
2. (with nau) furnished with sails (?) MBh
3. m. an ensign or standard-bearer ib
4. a flag Hariv
5. a chariot Śiś. xiii, 4
6. a figure used in divination L
7. N. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh
8. (inī), f. an army Ragh. Kād. (cf. dhvajinī)
9. N. of a partic. divinity BrahmaP

≫patāpata

1. patāpata mfn. going or inclined to fall Kauś. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-1, 12 Vārtt. 6 Pat. ; vii, 4, 58 Vārtt. 1 Pat.)

≫patita

1. patitá mfn. fallen, dropped, descended, alighted AV. &c. &c
2. (ifc.) fallen upon or from (Pāṇ. 2-1, 24 and 38 Sch.)
3. (with pādayos or pāda-) having thrown one's self at a person's feet Kāv
4. fallen (morally), wicked, degraded, out-caste (-tva n.) ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c
5. fallen into, being in (loc. or comp.) Kathās
6. happened, occurred Pañc. Śukas
7. n. flying MBh

⋙patitagarbhā

1. ○garbhā f. a woman who miscarries MW

⋙patitatyāgavidhi

1. ○tyāga-vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙patitamūrdhaja

1. ○mūrdhaja mfn. one whose hair has fallen out MBh

⋙patitavṛtta

1. ○vṛtta mfn. leading the life of an out-caste Hariv

⋙patitasāvitrīka

1. ○sāvitrīka m. 'one who is deprived of the Sāvitrī', a man of the first 3 classes whose investiture (upa-nayana, q.v.) has been unduly performed or omitted GṛS. Gaut. (cf. sāvitrī-patita)

⋙patitasthita

1. ○sthita mfn. lying on the ground Kathās

⋙patitānna

1. patitânna n. an out-caste's food Mn. iv, 213

⋙patitekṣita

1. patitêkṣita mfn. looked at by an out-caste W

⋙patitotthita

1. patitôtthita mfn. 'fallen and risen', sunk (in a shipwreck) and saved Ratnâv
2. fallen out and grown again
3. -danta mfn. ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙patitotpanna

1. patitôtpanna mfn. sprung from an out-caste W

≫patitavya

1. patitavya n. the going down to hell MBh. xii, 3688

≫patiṣṭha

1. pátiṣṭha mfn. (superl. of 3. pat) flying most or best RV

≫patīyas

1. pátīyas ind. (compar. of 3. pat) quickly, speedily TāṇḍBr

≫patera

1. patera m. 'flying, moving', a bird Uṇ. i, 59
2. a bird L
3. a measure of capacity (= āḍhaka) L

≫pattra

1. páttra n. (and m. Śātkat
2. ifc. f. ā and ī) the wing of a bird, pinion, feather VS. ŚBr. &c
3. the feather of an arrow R. Ragh
4. a bird L
5. any vehicle, a chariot, car, horse, camel &c. Mn. MBh. Kāv
6. a leaf, petal (regarded as the plumage of a tree or flower) KātyŚr. Mn. MBh. &c
7. the leaf of a partic. fragrant plant or a partic. plant with fragrant leaves VarBṛS. xvi, 30
8. Laurus Cassia (L.) and its leaf Bhpr
9. a leaf for writing on, written leaf, leaf of a book, paper
10. a letter, document Kāv. Rājat. Pañc. (pattram āropya, 'having committed to paper' Śak.)
11. any thin leaf or plate of metal or gold-leaf. Var. Suśr. (cf. paṭṭa)
12. the blade of a sword or knife (cf. asi-)
13. a knife, dagger L
14. = -bhaṅga Ragh. Gīt. [Cf. Gk. ? (for ?) ; Lat. penna (older [581,] pesna for pet-na) ; Germ. Feder ; Eng. feather.]

⋙pattrakartarī

1. ○kartarī f. shears for cutting off leaves Kuṭṭanīm

⋙pattrakāhalā

1. ○kāhalā f. the noise made by the flapping of wings or rustling of leaves L

⋙pattrakṛcchra

1. ○kṛcchra m. a sort of penance (drinking an infusion of the leaves of various plants and Kuśa grass for a given time) L. (cf. parṇa-k○)

⋙pattrakaumudī

1. ○kaumudī f. N. of wk

⋙pattragupta

1. ○gupta m. a kind of bird Lalit. (cf. pakṣa-g○)
2. Asteracantha Longifolia L

⋙pattraghanā

1. ○ghanā f. (prob.) a species, of cactus L

⋙pattracārikā

1. ○cārikā f. a kind of magic Divyâv

⋙pattracchaṭā

1. ○cchaṭā f. = -bhaṅga Naish

⋙pattraccheda

1. ○ccheda m. leaf-cutting (a kind of sport or art) Kuṭṭanīm
2. -bhakti f. a piece cut out of a leaf Śak. (Pi.) iii. 63/64 (70/71)

⋙pattracchedaka

1. ○cchedaka m. a leaf-cutter (a partic. trade) L

⋙pattracchedya

1. ○cchedya n. = -ccheda Kād. (Mṛicch. v, 5 Sch. = ālekhya?)

⋙pattrajhaṃkāra

1. ○jhaṃkāra m. the current of a river (or the rustling of leaves?) L

⋙pattrataṇḍulā

1. ○taṇḍulā f. Andrographis Paniculata (also ○tī f.) L
2. a woman L

⋙pattrataru

1. ○taru m. a species of tree kindred to Acacia Catechu L. [Page 581, Column]

⋙pattradāraka

1. ○dāraka m. 'leaf-divider', a saw L

⋙pattradevī

1. ○devī f. N. of a Buddh. deity

⋙pattradhārā

1. ○dhārā f. the edge of a leaf Śak

⋙pattranāḍikā

1. ○nāḍikā f. the fibre or vein of a leaf L

⋙pattranāmaka

1. ○nāmaka m. a cinnamon-leaf Bhpr

⋙pattranyāsa

1. ○nyāsa m. inserting the feathers (into an arrow) L

⋙pattrapati

1. ○pati m. N. of Garuḍa Śiś. xx, 73

⋙pattraparaśu

1. ○paraśu or m. a fine file or saw L

⋙pattraparśu

1. ○parśu m. a fine file or saw L

⋙pattrapāka

1. ○pāka m. a medicine which requires cooking L

⋙pattrapāṭha

1. ○pāṭha m. the perusal of a writing MW

⋙pattrapāla

1. ○pāla m. a long knife or dagger L
2. (ī), f. the feathered part of an arrow L

⋙pattrapāśyā

1. ○pāśyā f. a kind of ornament on the forehead L

⋙pattrapiśācikā

1. ○piśācikā f. a sort of cap or umbrella for the head made of leaves L

⋙pattrapuṭa

1. ○puṭa m. n. (R. Ragh.),

⋙pattrapuṭikā

1. ○puṭikā f. (Cāṇ.) a kind of cup made of a leaf folded or doubled

⋙pattrapuṣpa

1. ○puṣpa m. a sort of red basil
2. (ā), f. holy basil with small leaves L

⋙pattrapuṣpaka

1. ○puṣpaka m. Betula Bhojpatra L

⋙pattraprakāśa

1. ○prakāśa m. N. of partic. astronomical tables

⋙pattrabandha

1. ○bandha m. adorning with leaves or flowers L

⋙pattrabāla

1. ○bāla m. an oar L

⋙pattrabhaṅga

1. ○bhaṅga m. (Kād.),

⋙pattrabhaṅgi

1. ○bhaṅgi (Dharmaśarm.) and f. a decoration consisting in lines or streaks drawn on the face and body with musk and other fragrant substances

⋙pattrabhaṅgī

1. ○bhaṅgī (Naish.), f. a decoration consisting in lines or streaks drawn on the face and body with musk and other fragrant substances

⋙pattrabhadrā

1. ○bhadrā f. a species of plant L

⋙pattramañjarī

1. ○mañjarī f. = -bhaṅga L

⋙pattramāla

1. ○māla m. Calamus Rotang L

⋙pattramūlaka

1. ○mūlaka mfn. resembling leaves and roots, g. sthūlâdi

⋙pattrayauvana

1. ○yauvana n. a young leaf, sprout W

⋙pattrarañjana

1. ○rañjana n. embellishing a page, illuminating, gilding MW

⋙pattraratha

1. ○ratha m. 'using wings as a vehicle', a bird MBh. R. &c
2. -śreṣṭha m. 'chief of birds', N. of Garuḍa Hariv
3. ○thêndra m. id. BhP
4. (○draketu m. 'characterised by Garuḍa, N. of Vishṇu Ragh.)
5. ○thêśvara m. 'lord of birds', N. of Jaṭāyu R

⋙pattrarekhā

1. ○rekhā f. = -bhaṅga. Ragh

⋙pattralatā

1. ○latā f. id. Kād
2. a long knife or dagger L
3. N. of a woman Hcar

⋙pattralavaṇa

1. ○lavaṇa n. 'leaf-salt', a kind of drug made of partic. leaves mixed with salt Suśr

⋙pattralekhā

1. ○lekhā f. = -bhaṅga (ifc. f. ā) Hariv. Kāv
2. N. of a woman Kathās

⋙pattravallarī

1. ○vallarī f. = -bhaṅga L

⋙pattravalli

1. ○valli f. id. (also ○lī Śiś. viii, 59)
2. N. of 2 kinds of creeper L

⋙pattravāja

1. ○vāja mfn. feathered (as an arrow) Hariv

⋙pattravāha

1. ○vāha m. 'feather-bearing', a bird Śiś. xviii, 73
2. an arrow ib. xx, 25
3. a letter-carrier, postman L

⋙pattraviśeṣaka

1. ○viśeṣaka m. or n. = -bhaṅga Kum. Ragh

⋙pattravṛścika

1. ○vṛścika m. a species of venomous reptile Suśr

⋙pattraveṣṭa

1. ○veṣṭa m. a kind of ear-ring Ragh

⋙pattraśabara

1. ○śabara m. a Śabara (barbarian or mountaineer) who decorates himself with feathers L

⋙pattraśāka

1. ○śāka fn. vegetables consisting of leaves Mn. xii, 65 Yājñ. iii, 213 (or n. 'leaves and pot-herbs' ?)
2. -tṛṇa n. pl. leaves, pot-herbs and grass Mn. vii, 132

⋙pattraśṛṅgī

1. ○śṛṅgī or f. Anthericum Tuberosum L

⋙pattraśreṇī

1. ○śreṇī f. Anthericum Tuberosum L

⋙pattraśreṣṭha

1. ○śreṣṭha m. Aegle Marmelos L

⋙pattrasaṃskāra

1. ○saṃskāra wṛ. for -jhaṃkāra

⋙pattrasirā

1. ○sirā f. the vein or fibre of a leaf. L. = -bhaṅga L

⋙pattrasundara

1. ○sundara m. or n. (?) a species of plant L

⋙pattrasūci

1. ○sūci f. 'leaf-needle', a thorn L

⋙pattrahasta

1. ○hasta mf(ā)n. holding a leaf of paper in the hand Śak

⋙pattrahima

1. ○hima n. cold, wintry or snowy weather L

⋙pattrākhya

1. pattrâkhya n. the leaf of Laurus Cassia or of Flacourtia Cataphracta L

⋙pattrāṅga

1. pattrâṅga n. (wrongly written ○raṅga) red sanders
2. Caesalpinia Sappan
3. Betula Bhojpatra
4. = padmaka L

⋙pattrāṅgulī

1. pattrâṅgul�ī f. = ○tra-bhaṅga L

⋙pattrāñjana

1. pattrâñjana n. 'paper-unguent', ink L

⋙pattrāḍhya

1. pattrâḍhya m. 'rich in feathers or leaves &c.', a peacock Gal
2. n. the √of long pepper L
3. a species of grass L
4. Caesalpinia Sappan L

⋙pattrāmlā

1. pattrâmlā f. Oxalis Corniculata L

⋙pattrārūḍha

1. pattrârūḍha mfn. committed to paper, written down Śak

⋙pattrālī

1. pattrâlī f. = ○trabhaṅga L

⋙pattrāli

1. pattrâli m. a species of bulbous plant or reed L

⋙pattrāvalambana

1. pattrâvalambana n. N. of wk

⋙pattrāvali

1. pattrâvali f. red chalk L
2. ([l�I]), a row of leaves L
3. = ○tra-bhaṅga Mālatīm. Caṇḍ
4. (○lī), a mixture of young Aśvattha leaves with barley and honey MW

⋙pattrāsura

1. pattrâsura m. N. of a man L

⋙pattrāhāra

1. pattrâhāra m. feeding on leaves MW

⋙pattreśvaratīrtha

1. pattrêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place ŚivaP

⋙pattropaskara

1. pattrôpaskara m. Cassia Sophora L

⋙pattrorṇa

1. pattrôrṇa m. Calosanthes Indica L
2. pl. N. of a people MBh
3. wove silk or a silk-garment. (perhaps also) cotton MBh. R. &c. (also ○ṇaka Var
4. or ○ṇā f. Hariv.)

⋙pattrollāsa

1. pattrôllāsa m. the bud or eye of a plant L

≫pattraka

1. pattraka ifc. (f. ā) = pattra, a wing, leaf &c
2. m. a leaf (cf. karṇa-)
3. Achyranthes Triandra L
4. (ikā), f. See below
5. n. a leaf, (esp.) the leaf of Laurus Cassis Bhpr
6. = pattra-bhaṅga L

≫pattraṇā

1. pattraṇā f. putting feathers on an arrow L. [Page 582, Column]

≫pattraya

1. pattraya Nom. P. ○yati id
2. ○trita mfn. feathered (is an arrow) Hariv

≫pattrala

1. pattrala mfn. rich in leaves, leafy HPariś. (cf. g. sidhmâdi)
2. n. thin sour milk L

≫pattrāya

1. pattrāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be converted into leaves (for writing), Vāsav

≫pattri

1. pattri in comp. = ○trin

⋙pattrivāha

1. ○vāha m. a bird L

≫pattrika

1. pattrika m. g. purohitâdi Kāś

≫pattrikā

1. pattrikā f. (of ○traka), a leaf (for writing upon), a letter, document &c. Śak. Kād. Pañc
2. a kind of earring (cf. danta-) Śiś
3. N. of wk

⋙pattrikākhya

1. ○"ṣkhya (○kâkh○), n. a species of camphor L

⋙pattrikāpraveśa

1. ○praveśa m. a festival on the 7th day of the month Āśvina MW

≫pattrin

1. pattrin mfn. having wings or feathers or leaves MBh. Kāv. &c
2. m. a bird (esp. a hawk or falcon L.) Hariv. Kālid
3. an arrow MBh. Hariv
4. a mountain L
5. possessing a carriage or driving in one L
6. a chariot L
7. a tree L
8. the wine-palm L
9. a species of Achyranthes L
10. a species of creeper and other plants L
11. (iṇī), f. a sprout, shoot L

≫patman

1. pátman n. flight, course, path, way RV. VS. Kāṭh

≫patmin

1. patmín mfn. wṛ. for padmin (?) Suparṇ

≫patya

1. patya n. falling ( See garta-)

≫patvan

1. pátvan mf(varī)n. flying RV. VS. ŚāṅkhBr. Kauś
2. n. flying, flight RV. VS. (cf. āśū-, raghu-, śyena-)

≫patsala

1. patsala m. a way, road Uṇ. iii, 74 Sch

pata

1. pata mfn. well fed (= puṣṭa) L

patañcala

1. patáñcala or patañcalá m. N. of a man ŚBr. (with the patr. kāpya) Pravar

patañcikā

1. patañcikā f. a bow-string L

patañjala

1. patañjala m. N. of a man
2. pl. his family, g. upakâdi

patañjali

1. patañjali m. (fr. pata + añj○?
2. Pāṇ. 6-1, 94 Vārtt. 4 Pat., g. śakandhv-ādi) N. of a celebrated grammarian (author of the Mahābhāshya)
3. of a philosopher (the propounder of the Yoga philosophy)
4. of a physician &c

⋙patañjalikāvya

1. ○kāvya n

⋙patañjalicarita

1. ○carita n

⋙patañjaliyoga

1. ○yoga m

⋙patañjalisūtra

1. ○sūtra n. N. of wks

pati

1. páti m. (cf. √1. vat
2. when uncompounded and meaning 'husband', instr. pátya
3. dat. pátye
4. gen. abl. pátyur
5. loc. pátyau
6. but when meaning 'lord, master', and ifc. regularly inflected with exceptions
7. Pāṇ. 1-4, 8 ; 9) a master, owner, possessor, lord, ruler, sovereign RV. &c. &c
8. a husband ib. (in comp. either with the stem or with the gen., e.g. duhitṛ-p○ or ○tuH-p○ Pāṇ. 6-3, 24
9. when mfn. f. = m. e.g. -jīvat-patyā tvayā R. ii, 24, 8, or patikā e.g. pramīta-patikā Mn. ix, 68)
10. one of the 2 entities (with pāśupatás) RTL. 89
11. a √L
12. f. a female possessor, mistress Pāṇ. 4-1, 33 Sch
13. a wife (vṛddha-p○ = -patnī, the wife of an old man ib. 34 Sch.) [Cf. Gk. ?, 'husband' ; [582,] Lat. potis, pos-sum for potis-sum ; Lith. patis, 'husband' ; Goth. (bruth-) faths, 'bridegroom']

⋙patiṃvarā

1. ○ṃ-varā f. a woman who chooses her husband for herself (cf. svayaṃ-vara) Ragh. Rājat

⋙patikāma

1. ○kāma (páti-), mfn. wishing for a husband AV. KātyŚr

⋙patikhecara

1. ○khecara m. N. of Śiva MBh. (Nīlak. 'Garuḍa')

⋙patigaṇitaṭīkā

1. ○gaṇita-ṭīkā f. N. of Comm. on Līl

⋙patighātinī

1. ○ghātinī f. the murderess of her husband Var

⋙patighna

1. ○ghna mf(ī)n. killing a husband GṛS
2. ○ghnī-pāṇi-lekhā f. a line on the hand indicating that a woman will be faithless to her husband Pāṇ. 3-2, 53 Sch
3. ○ghnī-lakṣaṇa n. the mark of a husband-killer W

⋙patijuṣṭā

1. ○juṣṭā (páti-), f. (a woman) liked by her husband RV

⋙patitva

1. ○tvá (RV. &c. &c.) and n. matrimony, marriage

⋙patitvana

1. ○tvaná (RV.), n. matrimony, marriage

⋙patidarśanalālasa

1. ○darśana-lālasa mf(ā)n. longing to See one's husband Nal

⋙patidevatā

1. ○devatā (MBh. R. &c.),

⋙patidevā

1. ○devā (BhP.), f. regarding a hṭhusband as a divinity, honouring a husband above all others

⋙patidviṣ

1. ○dvíṣ f. hating one's husband RV

⋙patidharma

1. ○dharma m. duty towards a hṭhusband MBh
2. -vatī f. fulfilling the duties towards a husband, faithfully devoted to a husband ib

⋙patiprāṇā

1. ○prâṇā f. (a wife) whose hṭhusband is (as dear to her as) her life Hit

⋙patimatī

1. ○matī f. having a husband, married BhP
2. having a lord or master in (instr., e.g. tvayā) Pat

⋙patiyāna

1. ○yāna mfn. (a way) leading to a hṭhusband Gobh

⋙patirip

1. ○ríp f. deceiving a husband RV

⋙patilaṅghana

1. ○laṅghana n. injuring a hṭhusband (by marrying another) MW. (cf. Mn. v, 151)

⋙patilālasa

1. ○lālasa mf(ā)n. longing for a hṭhusband Nal

⋙patiloka

1. ○loká m. 'husband's world', the sphere of a husband in a future life RV. &c. &c

⋙pativaṃsya

1. ○vaṃsya mfn. belonging to a hṭhusband's family L

⋙pativatī

1. ○vatī (pá○ RV. x, 85, 21), [Page 582, Column]

⋙pativatnī

1. ○vatnī (Ragh. Kathās
2. Pāṇ. 4-1, 32 Sch.), having a husband, a married woman

⋙pativayas

1. ○vayas f. (regarded as) having the hṭhusband's age Āpast

⋙patividya

1. ○vídya n. finding a husband RV. x, 102, 11

⋙pativedana

1. ○védana mfn. procuring a hṭhusband (Aryaman) AV. xiv, 1, 17
2. m. du. a partic. part of the body (attracting a hṭhusband?), viii, 6, 1
3. n. procuring a husband (by means of magical formulas), ii, 36, 2

⋙pativrata

1. ○vrata n. loyalty or fidelity to a hṭhusband R
2. -guṇa m. the virtue of loyalty or fidelity MBh

⋙pativratā

1. ○vratā f. a devoted and virtuous wife Mn. MBh. &c
2. -tva n. devotion or loyalty to a husband MBh. R. Kathās
3. -"ṣdhyāya (○tâdh○), m. N. of ch. of Skandap
4. -maya mf(ī)n. consisting in a faithful wife Mcar. Bālar
5. -māhātmya and ○tôpâkhyāna n. N. of wks

⋙patiśuc

1. ○śuc f. grief for a husband Hcar

⋙patiśoka

1. ○śoka m. id
2. ○kâkula mfn. agitated with grief for a husband Nal

[[]]

1. patisahagamananiṣedhanirāsaprakāśa3páti--sahagamana-niṣedha-nirāsa-prakāśa m. N. of wk

⋙patisevā

1. ○sevā f. devotion to a husband Mn. ii, 67

≫patīya

1. patīya Nom. P. ○yati, to be or become a master AitĀr
2. to become strong ŚBr
3. to wish for a husband HPariś. Bhaṭṭ
4. to take as husband Pañcad

≫patīya

1. patīya n. being master or mistress MantraBr

≫patnī

1. pátnī f. (rarely patni) a female possessor, mistress RV. &c. &c
2. a wife (RV. i, 140, 6 ; iv, 24, 8, even applied to cows) ib. (cf. pati f.)
3. (in astrol.) N. of the 7th mansion Var. [Cf. Gk. ?.] [582,]

⋙patnīkarman

1. ○karmán n. the business of a wife ŚBr

⋙patnītva

1. ○tva n. wifehood, matrimony (-tve-√grah, to take as a wifehood) MārkP

⋙patnīmantra

1. ○mantra m. pl. N. of partic. verses Vait

⋙patnīyūpa

1. ○yūpá m. the sacrificial post assigned to the wives of the gods ŚBr. KātyŚr

⋙patnīvat

1. ○vat (pát○), mfn. having a wṭwifehood or accompanied by wives RV. VS. ŚBr

⋙patnīśāla

1. ○śā́la n. or a kind of hut or tent for the wives or for the domestic use of the sacrificer Br. Lāṭy. MBh

⋙patnīśālā

1. ○śālā f. a kind of hut or tent for the wives or for the domestic use of the sacrificer Br. Lāṭy. MBh

⋙patnīsaṃyāja

1. ○saṃyājá m. pl. the 4 Ājya oblations (offered to Soma, Tvashṭṛi, the wives of the gods, and Agni Gṛiha-pati) Br. ŚrS

⋙patnīsaṃyājana

1. ○saṃyājana n. performing the Patnī-saṃyāja KātyŚr

⋙patnīsaṃnahana

1. ○saṃnahana n. girding a wṭwifehood ib
2. the girdle of a wifehood ib. Sch

⋙patnyāṭa

1. patny-āṭa m. the women's apartments L

≫patnīka

1. patnīka mfn. for patnī ifc. (cf. a-, bahu-, sa-)

patkāṣin

1. pat-kāṣin &c. See p. 583, col. 1

pattaṅga

1. pattaṅga m. (n. L
2. fr. pattrâṅga) red sandal Suśr
3. n. Caesalpina Sappan L

pattana

1. pattana m. pl. N. of a people VP
2. (ā), f. N. of a wife of Vikrama L
3. n. (ifc. f. ā) a town, city MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. dharma- and paṭṭaṇa)

⋙pattanavaṇij

1. ○vaṇij m. a town-tradesman L

⋙pattanādhipati

1. pattanâdhipati m. 'tṭtown-governor', N. of a prince MBh

pattaraṅga

1. pattaraṅga n. = paṭṭa-r○ L

pattalaka

1. pattalaka m. N. of a prince VP

pattalā

1. pattalā f. = paṭṭalā Inscr

pattalī

1. pattalī (for pattr○?) -√kṛ, to beat into thin leaves Bhpr

pattave

1. páttave See √2. pat, p. 580

pattas

1. pat-tas patti, See p. 583, col. 1

pattūra

1. pattūra m. Achyranthes Triandra Suśr
2. n. red sandal Bhpr

pattorṇa

1. pattorṇa vḷ. for pattrôrṇa L

pattra

1. pattra &c. See p. 581, col. 2

pattraṅga

1. pattraṅga See pattrâṅga, p. 581

pattrāṇya

1. pattrāṇya n. Caesalpina Sappan L

patni

1. patni for patnī, See above

path

1. path (cf. √panth), cl. 1. P. páthati, to go, move
2. to fly Suparṇ. Dhātup. xx, 17: Caus. pāthayati, to throw, send (xxxii, 20, vḷ. for pṛth and prath)

≫patha

1. patha m. a way, path, road, course, reach MBh. Kāv. &c. (generally ifc. for pathin
2. cf Pāṇ. 5-4, 74)

⋙pathakalpanā

1. ○kalpanā f. juggling tricks, conjuring L

⋙pathadarśaka

1. ○darśaka m. 'way-shower', a guide, conductor MW

⋙pathasundara

1. ○sundara m. or n. N. of a plant L. (vḷ. pattra-s○)

⋙pathātithi

1. pathâtithi m. 'way-guest', a traveller Rājat

⋙patheṣṭhā

1. pathe-ṣṭhā́ mfn. standing in the way or road RV

⋙pathopadeśaka

1. pathôpadeśaka m. = ○tha-darśaka Ratnâv. iv, (in Prākṛit)

≫pathaka

1. pathaka mfn. knowing the way, a guide L
2. m. or n. a district, canton L

≫pathat

1. pathat mf(ntī)n. going, travelling
2. m. a road L. [Page 582, Column]

≫pathanvat

1. páthan-vat mfn. containing the word pathin ŚBr. (cf. pathi-mat below)

≫pathi

1. pathi for pathin in comp

⋙pathikāra

1. ○kāra m. N. of a man, g. kurv-ādi

⋙pathikṛt

1. ○kṛt mfn. making a way or road, preparing a way RV. AV. ŚBr. ŚrS
2. m. N. of Agni TS

⋙pathideya

1. ○deya n. a toll levied on public roads L

⋙pathidruma

1. ○druma m. Acacia Catechu L

⋙pathipā

1. ○pā́ mfn. protecting roads MaitrS

⋙pathiprajña

1. ○prajña mfn. acquainted with roads W

⋙pathipriya

1. ○priya m. an agreeable fellow-traveller (?) Pāṇ. 6-1, 199 Sch

⋙pathimat

1. ○mat mfn. containing the word pathin Br

⋙pathimadhye

1. ○madhye ind. in the middle of the road MW

⋙pathirakṣas

1. ○rákṣas (VS.),

⋙pathirakṣi

1. ○rákṣi (RV.), mfn. = -pā́

≫pathi

1. pathi loc. of pathin in comp

⋙pathivāhaka

1. ○vāhaka mfn. cruel, hard L
2. m. a bird-catcher or a burden-bearer L

⋙pathiṣad

1. ○ṣad (PārGṛ.),

⋙pathiṣadi

1. ○ṣádi (AV.), mfn. sitting in the way

⋙pathiṣṭhā

1. ○ṣṭhā́ (AV.),

⋙pathistha

1. ○stha (MBh.), mfn. being in or on the way, going

⋙pathyaśana

1. pathy-aśana n

⋙pathyodana

1. pathy-odana m. provender for a journey, viaticum Kāv

≫pathika

1. pathika mf(ā or ī)n. knowing the way, going on a road W
2. m. a traveller, wayfarer, guide MBh. Kāv. &c
3. (ā), f. red grapes L

⋙pathikajana

1. ○jana m. a traveller or travellers Pañc. ii, 1/2

⋙pathikasaṃhati

1. ○saṃhati and f. (L.),

⋙pathikasaṃtati

1. ○saṃtati f. (L.),

⋙pathikasārtha

1. ○sârtha m. (Mṛicch. Mālav.) a company of travellers, a caravan

⋙pathikāśraya

1. pathikâśraya m. an asylum for travellers, an inn MW

≫pathikāya

1. pathikāya (only ○yita n. impers.), to act as a traveller Subh

≫pathin

1. pathin m. (strong stem pánthan, older pánthā
2. middle pathí
3. weak path
4. sg. pánthās (nom. voc.), pánthānam [pánthām RV. AV.]
5. pathā́, ○thé, ○thás, ○thí
6. du. pánthānau, pathíbhyām, pathós
7. pl. pánthānas [pánthās, ○thāsas RV
8. patháyas Br.]
9. pathás [pāthás RV. ii, 2, 4, perhaps gen. sg.?]
10. pathíbhis, ○bhyas
11. pathā́m [○thīnā́m RV. AV.]
12. pathíṣu
13. Pāṇ. 7-1, 85 &c.) a way, path, road, course (lit. and fig
14. panthānaṃ-√dā, with gen. to cede the way to
15. pathânena, 'in this way or manner', pathi ni-√as, See under ny-as) RV. &c. &c
16. range, reach (cf. karṇa-, darśana- &c.)
17. sect, doctrine L
18. a division of hell Mn. iv, 90
19. N. of a teacher with the patr. Saubhara BṛĀrUp. [Cf. patha ; Zd. panthan
20. Gk. ? ; Lat. pont-em ; Old Pruss. pintis ; Slav. [582,] [pat�i]]

≫pathila

1. pathila m. a traveller Uṇ. i, 58

≫pathī

1. pathī See ā-pathī

≫pathya

1. pathya mfn. 'belonging to the way', suitable, fit, proper, wholesome, salutary (lit. and fig
2. esp. said of diet in a medical sense) Yājñ. MBh. Suśr. &c
3. containing elements or leading forms, regular, normal Lāṭy. Nid
4. m. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina L
5. N. of a teacher of AV
6. (ā́), f. a path, way, road (with revátī, 'the auspicious path, personified as a deity of happiness and welfare) RV. TS. Br
7. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina and other plants L
8. N. of sev. metres Nid. Col
9. N. of a woman Kathās
10. n. a species of salt L

⋙pathyaśāka

1. ○śāka m. a species of vegetable L

⋙pathyāpathya

1. pathyâpathya mfn. wholesome and unwholesome, beneficial or hurtful (esp. in sickness) W
2. m. or n. N. of wk
3. -nighaṇṭu m. -nirṇaya m. -vidhāna n. -vidhi m. -viniścaya m. -vibodha m. N. of wks

⋙pathyāśin

1. pathyâśin mfn. eating or an eater of wholesome diet W

pad

1. pad cl. 1. P. padati vḷ. for bad, to stand fast or fixed Dhātup. iii, 1, 4 Vop

pad

1. pad cl. 4. Ā. (Dhātup. xxvi, 60) padyate (○ti AitBr. MBh
2. Pot. padyām R
3. Impv. patsva MBh
4. pf. papāda RV
5. pede Br
6. aor. apadmahi, ○dran RV. [Subj. padāti ib.]
7. apatsi, patthās AV
8. Prec. padīṣṭá RV. AV
9. fut. patsyati Br
10. ○te Up
11. pattā Gr
12. inf. páttave RV
13. ○tos, ○tum Br
14. -pádas RV
15. ind. p. -pádya ib
16. -pā́dam Br.), to fall, fall down or out, perish RV. AV. VS. Br
17. to go, resort or apply to, participate in (acc.), keep, observe MBh.: Caus. pādáyati, ○te, to cause to fall AV. AitBr. (Pass. pādyate Br
18. Desid. pipādayiṣati Br. &c.)
19. padayate, to go Dhātup. xxxv, 44: Desid. pitsate Pāṇ. 7-4, 54: Intens. panīpadyate Kāv
20. panīpadīti Pāṇ. 7-4, 84

≫pac

1. pac in comp. for 3. pad

⋙pacchabda

1. ○chabda (for śabda), m. the noise of feet or footsteps L

⋙pacchas

1. ○chas (for śas), ind. foot by foot, Pāda by Pāda Br. PārGṛ. ChUp
2. -chaḥ-śasya n. the recitation by Pādas Vait

⋙pacchauca

1. ○chauca (for śauca), n. cleansing or purifying to feet ĀśvGṛ

≫paj

1. paj in comp. for 3. pad

⋙pajja

1. ○ja m. 'born from the feet (of Brahmā)', a Śūdra L. [Page 583, Column]

≫pat

1. pat in comp. for 3. pad

⋙patkāṣin

1. ○kāṣin mfn. rubbing or galling the feet, walking painfully Sarvad. Pāṇ. 6-3, 54 (W. 'going on foot
2. m. a footman, foot-soldier')

⋙pattas

1. ○tás ind. from or at the feet RV. Br. ŚrS. (also -tatás AV. vi, 131, 1)
2. -to-dāśa mfn. lined with fringes at the fringes ĀpŚr

⋙patsaṅgin

1. ○saṅgín mfn. sticking or adhering to the fringes AV

⋙patsukha

1. ○sukha mfn. pleasant to the fringes Hariv

≫patti

1. patti f. (fr. √2. pad) going, moving, walking L

≫patti

1. pattí m. (prob. fr. 3. pad) a pedestrian, footman, foot-soldier, infantry VS. &c. &c. (m. c. also ○tī, R B.)
2. a hero L
3. (pl.) N. of a people MBh. (vḷ. paśu)
4. f. the smallest division of an army (1 chariot, 1 elephant, 3 horsemen and 5 foot-soldiers
5. according to others = 55 foot-soldiers) MBh

⋙pattikarman

1. ○karman n. the business or operations of infantry MW

⋙pattikāya

1. ○kāya m. (body of) infṭinfantry L

⋙pattikāra

1. ○kāra wṛ. for paṭṭi-k○

⋙pattigaṇaka

1. ○gaṇaka m. (prob.) an officer whose business is to number or muster the infṭinfantry L

⋙pattipaṅkti

1. ○paṅkti f. a line of infṭinfantry W

⋙pattisaṃhati

1. ○saṃhati f. (L.),

⋙pattisainya

1. ○sainya n. (MBh.) a body or troop of infantry

≫pattika

1. pattika mfn. going on foot, pedestrian Hariv

≫pattin

1. pattin m. = 2. patti, a foot-soldier, footman ib

≫patsutas

1. patsu-tás ind. (from loc. of 3. pad + tas) at the feet RV. viii, 43, 6

⋙patsutaḥśī

1. patsu-ḍtaḥ-śī mfn. lying at the feet ib. i, 32, 8

≫pad

1. pád m. (in strong cases pā́d
2. ifc. f. pad or padī) a foot (padā, padbhyām and ○bhis, also 'on foot' RV. &c. &c
3. ifc. also 'sticking to the feet of'
4. cf. śrī-viṣṇu-padī)
5. a step R
6. a fourth part, a quarter AV. ŚBr. [Cf. pada
7. Gk. ? ; [583,] Lat. pes, ped-is ; Goth. fôtus ; Angl. Sax. fôt ; Eng. foot ; Germ. Fuss.]

⋙padanuṣaṅga

1. ○anuṣaṅgá m. anything appended to a Pada or quarter of a verse ŚBr. (cf. padânuṣ○)

⋙padāsa

1. ○āsa

⋙padāsana

1. ○āsana See padâsa, ○sana under pada

⋙padga

1. ○ga mfn. going on foot, pedestrian
2. m. a foot-soldier L

⋙padghoṣa

1. ○ghoṣá m. the noise of feet or footsteps AV

⋙paddhaḍī

1. ○dhaḍī f. (in music) a kind of composition (prob. Prākr. = -dhatī See next)

⋙paddhati

1. ○dhati (for -hati), f. 'foot-stroke', a way, path, course, line Hariv. Kāv. &c. (also ○tī g. bahv-ādi)
2. sign, token Jātakam
3. N. of a class of writings (described as guide-books or manuals for partic. rites and ceremonies and the texts relating to them) and of sev. wks
4. a family N. or title (or rather the characteristic word denoting caste or occupation in comps. serving as proper names, e.g. -gupta, -dāsa at the end of Vaiśya and Śūdra names). L
5. -candrikā f. -cintāmaṇi m. -prakāśa m. -prakāśikā, f. -bhūṣaṇa n. -ratna n. -sāra m. N. of wks

⋙paddhima

1. ○dhima (for -hima), n. coldness of the feet Pāṇ. 6-3, 54

⋙padratha

1. ○ratha m. a footman, foot-soldier BhP

⋙padvat

1. ○vát mfn. having feet, running
2. n. an animal that uses its feet for locomotion RV. AV

⋙padāvihāra

1. padāvihāra m. paying honour by walking round Divyâv

≫pada

1. padá n. (rarely m.) a step, pace, stride
2. a footstep, trace, vestige, mark, the foot itself. RV. &c. &c. (padena, on foot
3. pade pade, at every step, everywhere, on every occasion
4. trīṇi padāni viṣṇoḥ, the three steps or footprints of Vishṇu [i.e. the earth, the air, and the sky
5. RV. i, 154, 5 Vikr. i, 1], also N. of a constellation or according to some 'the space between the eyebrows'
6. sg. viṣṇoḥ padam, N. of a locality
7. padaṃ-√dā, padāt padaṃ-√gam or √cal, to make a step move on
8. padaṃ-√kṛ, with loc. to set foot in or on, to enter
9. with mūrdhni, to set the foot upon the head of gen. i.e. overcome
10. with citte or hṛdaye, to take possession of any one's heart or mind
11. with loc. or prati, to have dealings with padaṃ ni-√dhā with loc., to set foot in = to make impression upon
12. with padavyām, to set the foot on a person's gen. or ibc. track, to emulate or equal
13. padam ni-√bandh with loc., to enter or engage in)
14. a sign, token, characteristic MBh. Kathās. Pur
15. a footing, standpoint
16. position rank station, site, abode, home RV. &c. &c. (padam ā-√tan, to spread or extend one's position
17. padāt padam bhrāmayitvā, having caused to wander from place to place)
18. a business affair, matter, object or cause of (gen. or comp.) Kāv. Pañc. &c
19. a pretext L
20. a part, portion, division (cf. dvi-, tri-)
21. a square on a chess-board R
22. a plot of ground Inscr
23. the foot as a measure of length (= 12 or 15 fingers' breadth, or 1/2 or 1/3 or 3/7 of a Prakrama) KātyŚr
24. a ray of light (m. L.)
25. a portion of a verse, quarter or line of a stanza RV. &c. &c
26. a word or an inflected word or the stem of a noun in the middle cases and before some Taddhitas Pāṇ. 1-4, 14 &c. [Page 583, Column]
27. = pada-pāṭha Prāt
28. common N. of the P. and Ā. Cat
29. any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required
30. a period in an arithmetical progression Col
31. a square √Sūryas
32. a quadrant ib
33. protection L. [Cf. Gk. ? ; [583,] Lat. peda ; op-pidum for op-pedum.]

⋙padakamala

1. ○kamala n. a lotus-like foot L

⋙padakāra

1. ○kāra m. the author of the Pada-pāṭha Pāṇ. Mahīdh

⋙padakārikāratnamālā

1. ○kārikā-ratnamālā f. N. of wk

⋙padakāla

1. ○kāla m. = -pāṭha Sāy

⋙padakṛt

1. ○kṛt m. = -kāra L

⋙padakṛtya

1. ○kṛtya n. N. of Comm. on Tarkas

⋙padakaumudī

1. ○kaumudī f. N. of wk

⋙padakrama

1. ○krama m. a series of steps, pace, walking Śiś. i, 52 (cf. citra-padakramam)
2. a series of quarters of verses R
3. a partic. method of reciting or writing the Veda ( See krama)
4. m. pl. (or ibc.) the Pada-pāṭha and the different Krama-pāṭhas MBh
5. -lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk
6. -vid mfn. familiar with the Pada and Krama-pāṭha Hariv

⋙padakramaka

1. ○kramaka n. the Pada- and Krama-pāṭha Pāṇ. 2-4, 5 Sch

⋙padaga

1. ○ga mfn. going on foot
2. m. a footman, foot-soldier L

⋙padagata

1. ○gata mfn. gone on foot
2. described or recorded in a line or stanza W

⋙padagati

1. ○gati f. going on foot, manner of going, gait Pañc

⋙padagāḍha

1. ○gāḍha m. or n. N. of wk

⋙padagotra

1. ○gotra n. a family supposed to preside over a partic. class of words VPrāt. (cf. -devatā)

⋙padaghātam

1. ○ghātam ind. (with √han) to strike with the feet upon (acc.) Pāṇ. 3-4, 37

⋙padacaturūrdhva

1. ○catur-ūrdhva n. a kind of metre (in which every Pada is 4 syllables longer than the preceding) Col

⋙padacandrikā

1. ○candrikā f. 'elucidation of words', N. of sev. wks

⋙padacihna

1. ○cihna n. a footwords (in speaking), parsing Śiksh

⋙padacyuta

1. ○cyuta mfn. fallen from a position, dismissed from office BhP

⋙padajāta

1. ○jāta n. a class of words Prāt
2. a group of (connected) words, a sentence or period L

⋙padajñā

1. ○jñā́ mfn. knowing places or one's own place (i.e. home) RV. AV

⋙padajyotis

1. ○jyotis n. N. of wk

⋙padatā

1. ○tā f. the original form of a word RPrāt
2. = next Śiś

⋙padatva

1. ○tva n. the state of (being) a word, APrāt. Pāṇ. 1-2, 45 Sch

⋙padatvarā

1. ○tvarā f. 'foot-speeder (?)', a shoe L

⋙padadārḍhya

1. ○dārḍhya n. fixedness or security of text, APrāt

⋙padadīpikā

1. ○dīpikā f. N. of sev. wks

⋙padadevatā

1. ○devatā f. a deity supposed to preside over a partic. class of words VPrāt. (cf. -gotra)

⋙padadyotinī

1. ○dyotinī f. N. of Comm. on Gīt

⋙padanidhana

1. ○nidhana mfn. having the Nidhana (q.v.) at the end of every quarter of a verse (as a Sāman), TaṇḍBr. Lāṭy

⋙padanī

1. ○nī́ mfn. following the steps of another AV. xi, 2, 13

⋙padanyāsa

1. ○nyāsa m. putting down the feet, step, footmark MBh. R. &c
2. position of the feet in a partic. attitude W
3. conduct, procedure (?), id
4. writing down (quarters of) verses Kāv
5. Asteracantha Longifolia or Tribulus Lanuginosus L

⋙padapaṅkaja

1. ○paṅkaja n. = -kamala L

⋙padapaṅkti

1. ○paṅkti f. a series of footsteps, track Kālid. Pañc
2. a series of words Kir
3. a kind of metre (of 5 Padas of 5 syllables each) RPrāt
4. a sacred brick called after this metre KātyŚr

⋙padapañcaka

1. ○pañcaka m. or n. N. of wk

⋙padapaddhati

1. ○paddhati f. a series or row of footsteps R

⋙padapadma

1. ○padma n. = -kamala L

⋙padapāṭha

1. ○pāṭha m. the Pada method of recitation or writing (a method of arranging each word of a Vedic text separately in its original form [cf. pada] without regard to the rules of Saṃdhi
2. cf. krama and saṃhitā-pāṭha) VPrāt. Sch

⋙padapāta

1. ○pāta m. foot-fall, tread, step W

⋙padapūraṇa

1. ○pūraṇa mfn. filling out or completing a verse Nir
2. n. the action of completing a verse L

⋙padabandha

1. ○bandha m. a footstep, pace L

⋙padabhañjana

1. ○bhañjana n. separation or analysis or explanation of words L

⋙padabhañjikā

1. ○bhañjikā f. a commentary which separates or analyses or explains words L
2. a register, journal, calendar or almanac W

⋙padabhāvārthacandrikā

1. ○bhāvârtha-candrikā f. N. of wk

⋙padabhraṃśa

1. ○bhraṃśa m. loss of a place, dismissal from an office Prasannar

⋙padamañjarī

1. ○mañjarī f. N. of various wks

⋙padamālā

1. ○mālā f. 'word-wreath', a magical formula, an incantation, DeviiP

⋙padayojana

1. ○yojana n

⋙padayojanā

1. ○yojaḍnā and f. N. of wks

⋙padayojanikā

1. ○yojaḍnikā f. N. of wks

⋙padayopana

1. ○yópana mf(ī)n. destroying (n. the act of destroying) the footsteps AV

⋙padaracanā

1. ○racanā f. arrangement of words, literary composition Vām

⋙padaratnāvalī

1. ○ratnâvalī f

⋙padavākyaratnākara

1. ○vākya-ratnâkara (and ○ra-kārikā-saṃgraha), m

⋙padavākyārthapañjikā

1. ○vākyârtha-pañjikā f. N. of wks

⋙padavādya

1. ○vādya n. (in music) a sort of drum

⋙padavāya

1. ○vāyá m. (√vii) a leader, guide, forerunner AV

⋙padavi

1. ○vi f. = -vii, a way, path L

⋙padavikṣepa

1. ○vikṣepa m. a step, pace, walking
2. a horse's paces W

⋙padavigraha

1. ○vigraha (Hariv.),

⋙padaviccheda

1. ○viccheda (VPrāt.), m. separation of words

⋙padavid

1. ○víd mfn. conversant or familiar with (gen.) ŚBr. (cf. -jñā)

⋙padavirāma

1. ○virāma m. the pause after a quarter of a verse TPrāt

⋙padaviṣṭambha

1. ○viṣṭambha m. tread, step, stamp with the foot W

⋙padavī

1. ○vī́ m. (nom. s) a leader, guide, forerunner RV. AV. (cf. -vāya) [Page 583, Column]
2. f. (nom. vii) a road, path, way, track, reach, range
3. acc. with √gam, yā &c., to go the way of (cf. under artha-padavii, ghana-, pavana-, mokṣa-, yauvana-, sādhu-, smaraṇa-, hāsya-
4. padam-√dhā or ni-√dhā padavyām comp. or gen., to tread in the footsteps of a person i.e. imitate or rival him) MBh. Kāv. &c
5. station, situation, place, site R. Pañc
6. -"ṣviíya n. footsteps, track RV. x, 71, 3 (if not acc. for vyám)

⋙padavṛtti

1. ○vṛtti f. the hiatus between two words in a sentence RPrāt
2. N. of Comm. on Kpr

⋙padavedin

1. ○vedin m. 'acquainted with words', a linguist or philologist Kuṭṭanīm

⋙padavyākhyāna

1. ○vyākhyāna n. explanation of words, g. ṛg-ayanâdi

⋙padaśabda

1. ○śabda m. the noise of footsteps Mālatīm

⋙padaśas

1. ○śas ind. step by step, gradually R
2. word by word, APrāt. Sch

⋙padaśāstra

1. ○śāstra n. the science of separately written words, APrst. Sch

⋙padaśreni

1. ○śreni f. a series of steps Kathās

⋙padaṣṭhīva

1. ○ṣṭhīva n. sg. the feet and knees Pāṇ. 5-4, 77

⋙padasaṃhitā

1. ○saṃhitā f. = -pāṭha TPrāt

⋙padasaṃghāṭa

1. ○saṃghāṭa m. connecting those words together which in the Saṃhitā are separated by a kind of refrain Pāṇ. 3-2, 49 Vārtt. 3 Pat

⋙padasaṃghāta

1. ○saṃghāta m. id. ib. VPrāt
2. a writer, an annotator, one who collects or classifles words W

⋙padasadhātu

1. ○sadhātu n. a manner of singing Lāṭy

⋙padasaṃdarbha

1. ○saṃdarbha m. N. of wk

⋙padasaṃdhi

1. ○saṃdhi m. the euphonic combination of words R

⋙padasamaya

1. ○samaya m. = -pāṭha TPrāt. Sch

⋙padasamūha

1. ○samūha m. a series of words or parts of verses Gīt. Sch
2. = -pāṭha VPrāt

⋙padastobha

1. ○stobha m. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr
2. N. of wk

⋙padastha

1. ○stha mfn. standing on one's feet, going on foot R
2. = -sthita MBh. R

⋙padasthāna

1. ○sthāna n. footprint, footmark Hariv

⋙padasthita

1. ○sthita mfn. being in a station or office Kathās

⋙padākrānta

1. padâkrānta mfn. following at one's heels Śak

⋙padāghāta

1. padâghāta m. a stroke with the foot, a kick L

⋙padāṅka

1. padâṅka m. footmark
2. -dūta m. 'the messenger of the footmark (Kṛishṇa)', N. of a poem

⋙padāṅgī

1. padâṅgī f. Cissus Pedata L

⋙padāṅguṣṭha

1. padâṅguṣṭha m. the great toe MBh. (vḷ. pād○)

⋙padaji

1. padáji

⋙padāti

1. padâti &c., See sv

⋙padādi

1. padâdi m. the beginning of a verse or of a word Prāt
2. ○dy-avid (or ○dya-vid), m. a bad student (lit. who does not know or who knows only the beginning of verses or words) L

⋙padādhyayana

1. padâdhyayana n. the recitation of the Veda according to the Pada-pāṭha APrāt
2. ○dhyāyin mfn. reciting the Veda in this way ib

⋙padādhyāhāravāda

1. padâdhyāhāra-vāda m. N. of wk

⋙padānuga

1. padânuga mfn. following at one's (gen.) heels, an attendant or companion MBh. R. (ifc.)
2. suitable, agreeable to R

⋙padānurāga

1. padânurāga m. a servant
2. an army W

⋙padānuśāsana

1. padânuśāsana n. the science of words, grammar L

⋙padānuṣaṅga

1. padânuṣaṅga m. anything added or appended to a Pada ŚāṅkhŚr. (cf. pad-anuṣ○)

⋙padānusāra

1. padânusāra m. following at one's heels
2. ○reṇa upa-√labh, to overtake Mālatīm

⋙padānusvāra

1. padânusvāra n. N. of partic. Sāmans Lāṭy. Sch

⋙padānta

1. padânta m. the end of a line in a stanza Lāṭy
2. the end of a word VPrāt. Pāṇ
3. mfn. ending with the word pada Pāṇ. 7-3, 9
4. -śuddhâśuddhīya n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
5. ○tīya (R and VPrāt.), ○tya (APrāt.), mfn. being at the end of a word, final

⋙padāntara

1. padântara n. an interval of one step (○re sthitvā, stopping after taking one step) Śak. (cf. a-pad○)
2. another word Vedântas

⋙padānveṣin

1. padânveṣin mfn. following a footmark Daś

⋙padābja

1. padâbja n. = pada-kamala L

⋙padābhilāṣin

1. padâbhilâṣin mfn. wishing for an office MW

⋙padābhihoma

1. padâbhihoma m. pouring out the oblation (homa) upon a footprint Vait

⋙padāmnāyasiddhi

1. padâmnāya-siddhi f. N. of wk

⋙padāmbhoja

1. padâmbhoja n. = pada-kamala L

⋙padāyata

1. padâyata mfn. as long as a footprint L
2. (ā), f. a shoe L

⋙padāravinda

1. padâravinda n. = pada-kamala L

⋙padārtha

1. padârtha m. the meaning of a word VPrāt. Prab. BhP. &c. (ifc. also -ka Pat.)
2. that which corresponds to the meaning of a word, a thing, material object, man, person Var. Kāv. Pur
3. a head, subject (16 with Naiyāyikas)
4. a category, predicament (7 with Vaiśeshikas, 25 with Sāṃkhyas, 7 with Vedântins)
5. a principle (-tritaya n. a triad of principles RTL. 119)
6. -kaumudī f. (○dī-kośa and -sāra-kośa, m.), -khaṇḍana, n. (○na-ṭippaṇa-vyākhyā f.), -guṇa-cintāmaṇi m. -candrikā, f. -tattva n. (○tva-nirūpaṇa n. -nirṇaya m. -vivecana n.), -dipikā f. -dīpinī f. -dharmasaṃgraha, m. -nirūpaṇa n. -pārijāta m. -prakāśa m. -prakāśikā, f. -pradeśa m. -bodha m. -bhāskara m. -maṇimālā or -mālā f. -mālāvṛtti f. -ratna-mañjūṣā f. -ratnamālā, f. -vidyā-sāra m. -viveka m. -saṃgraha m. -sarasī, f. ○thâdarśa m. N. of wks. [Page 584, Column]
7. ○thânusamaya m. the performance of one ritual act for all objects in orderly succession before performing another act for all objects in the same order ĀśvGṛ. Sch. &c. (cf. kāṇḍânus○)
8. ○thī7ya-divya-cakṣus n. ○thôddeśa m. N. of wks

⋙padāvagrāham

1. padâvagrāham ind. making a pause after every quarter of a verse AitBr. Vait

⋙padāvalī

1. padâvalī f. a series of verses or words Gīt
2. N. of a grammar

⋙padāvṛtti

1. padâvṛtti f. the repetition of a word VPrāt
2. (in rhet.) the repetition of the same word with another meaning Kāvyâd

⋙padāsa

1. padâsa (or ○d-āsa?), n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙padāsana

1. padâsana n. a footstool L

⋙padāhata

1. padâhata mfn. struck by the foot, kicked MW

⋙padaikadeśa

1. padâikadeśa m. a part of a word TPrāt. Sch

⋙padoccaya

1. padôccaya m. (in dram.) accumulation of words which belong to the subject matter (e.g. Śak. i, 20) Sāh

⋙padopahata

1. padôpahata mfn. (prob.) = padâhata Pāṇ. 6-3, 52

≫padaka

1. padaka mfn. versed in the Pada-pāṭha Divyâv. (g. kramâdi)
2. m. a kind of ornament (= niṣka) L
3. N. of a man
4. pl. his descendants, g. yaskâdi
5. n. a step, pace MBh
6. an office, dignity Rājat
7. a foot BhP
8. (ikā), f. See tri-padikā and dvi-p○

≫padana

1. padana mfn. who or what goes or moves W. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 150)

≫padanīya

1. padanī́ya mfn. to be investigated ŚBr. (-tva n. Śaṃk.)

≫padāji

1. padāji m. (fr. pada + āji? Pāṇ. 6-3, 52) a footman, foot-soldier L

≫padāta

1. padāta wṛ. for next and pādāta

≫padāti

1. padāti mfn. (fr. pada + āti? Pāṇ. 6-3, 52) going or being on foot
2. m. a pedestrian, footman, foot-soldier MBh. R. &c
3. a peon (in chess) Pañcad
4. N. of a son of Janam-ejaya MBh

⋙padātijana

1. ○jana m. a footman, pedestrian MBh
2. -saṃkula mfn. mingled with footmen or pedestrian ib

⋙padātimātra

1. ○mātra m. only a foot-soldier MW

⋙padātilava

1. ○lava m. a most humble (lit. atom) servant Bālar. (cf. bhṛtyaparamâṇu)

⋙padātyadhyakṣa

1. padāty-adhyakṣa m. a commander of infantry R

≫padātika

1. padātika m. (ifc. f. ā) a footman, foot-soldier, peon L

⋙padātin

1. padāḍtin mfn. having foot-soldiers MBh
2. going or being on foot
3. m. a foot-soldier MBh. R

⋙tīya

1. tīya m. = prec. m. MBh

≫padāra

1. padāra m. the dust of the feet L
2. a boat L

≫padālika

1. padālika m.= dhundhumāra L. (vḷ. pād○)

≫padi

1. pádi m. (prob.) a kind of animal RV. i, 125, 2 (a bird Mahīdh
2. = gantu Nir. v, 18)

≫padika

1. padika mf(ī)n. going on foot, pedestrian, g. parpâdi
2. one Pada long KātyŚr. Sch
3. comprising (only) one partition or division Var. Hcat
4. n. the point of the foot L

≫padibaddha

1. padi-baddhá mf(ā)n. (loc. of 3. pad + b○) tied or bound by the feet TS

≫padīkṛ

1. padī-√kṛ to raise to the square √Āryabh. Sch
2. -kṛta-tva n. the being raised &c. ib

≫paduka

1. paduka or m. pl. N. of a people VP

⋙paduma

1. paḍduma m. pl. N. of a people VP

≫padeka

1. padeka m. a hawk, falcon L

≫padya

1. pádya mf(ā)n. (fr. 3. pad and pada) relating or belonging to a foot RV. Kāṭh
2. hurting or coming in contact with the feet Pāṇ. 4-4, 83 ; vi, 3, 53. Sch
3. marked with footsteps ib. iv, 4, 87 Sch
4. measuring a Pada in length or breadth KātyŚr. (also in comp. with numerals
5. cf. ardha-, daśa-)
6. consisting of Padas or parts of verses Br. ĀśvGṛ. RPrāt
7. consisting of one Pada KātyŚr. Sch
8. forming the end, final, APrāt
9. m. a Śūdra L. (cf. paj-ja)
10. a part of a word, verbal element RPrāt
11. (pádyā), f. footsteps, paces (pl.) RV
12. a way, path, road L
13. a foot as a measure of length KātyŚr
14. n. a verse, metre, poetry (opp. to gadya, prose) Vām. Kāvyâd. Sāh. &c
15. N. of sev. hymns

⋙padyakādambarī

1. ○kādambarī f. N. of wk. of Kshemêndra

⋙padyatrayīvyākhyāna

1. ○trayī-vyākhyāna n. N. of a Comm. on the first 3 verses of BhP. (also bhāgavata-trṭtrayī-vy○)

⋙padyapañjāśikā

1. ○pañjāśikā f

⋙padyaprasūnāñjali

1. ○prasūnâñjali m. N. of wks

⋙padyamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of verses Sāh

⋙padyamālā

1. ○mālā f

⋙padyamuktāvalī

1. ○muktâvalī f

⋙padyaracanā

1. ○racanā f

⋙padyaveṇī

1. ○veṇī f

⋙padyaśataka

1. ○śataka n

⋙padyasaṃgraha

1. ○saṃgraha m. N. of wks

⋙padyatmikopaniṣad

1. padyátmikôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up

⋙padyāmṛta

1. padyâmṛta f. (ibc.) nectar of poetry
2. -taraṃgiṇī, -samudraṭīkā f. -saro-vara n. -sôpāna, n. N. of wks

⋙padyālaya

1. padyâlaya m

⋙padyāvali

1. padyâvali f. N. of wks

≫padra

1. padra

⋙padva

1. padva See p. 585, col. 2

≫padvan

1. padvan m. a road, path, way Uṇ. iv, 112

≫pan

1. pan in comp. before nasals= 3. pad

⋙pannaddhā

1. ○naddhā f. a shoe HPariś

⋙pannaddhrī

1. ○naddhrī id. L

⋙panniṣka

1. ○niṣka m. 1/4 Nishka L

⋙pannejana

1. ○nejana n. washing of the feet ĀpŚr. Sch. [Page 584, Column]
2. (néjanī), f. pl. (sc. āpas) a bath for the feet TS

⋙panmiśra

1. ○miśra = pāda-m○ Pāṇ. 6-3, 56

≫panna

1. panna mfn. fallen, fallen down, gone &c
2. m. (!) downward motion, fall, creeping on the ground Uṇ. iii, 10 Sch

⋙pannaga

1. ○gá m. (ifc. f. ā) 'creeping low', a serpent or serpent-demon Suparṇ. MBh. &c
2. Cerasus Puddum L
3. (ī), f. See below
4. -kesara m. Mesua Roxburghī L
5. -nāśana m. 'serpent-killer', N. of Garuḍa Hariv
6. -purī f. the city of the serpent-demons L
7. -bhojana m. 'serpent-eater', N. of Garuḍa MBh
8. -maya mf(ī)n. formed or consisting of serpent Hariv
9. -rāja m. serpent-king MBh
10. -"ṣgâri m. 'serpent-foe', N. of Garuḍa Hariv
11. of a teacher (vḷ. -gāni) VP
12. -"ṣgâśana m. = -gabhojana L
13. -gêndra and -"ṣgeśvara m. 'serpent king' MBh

⋙pannagī

1. ○gī f. a female serpent-demon, a sṭserpent-maid MBh. R. &c
2. a kind of shrub L
3. -gīrta-kīrti mfn. whose praise is sung by sṭserpent-maids Bālar

⋙pannada

1. ○da mfn. one whose teeth have fallen out KātyŚr. Sch

⋙pannarūpa

1. ○rūpa mf(ā)n. deprived of colour, pale (as a maiden) Car
2. ○pīya mfn. (chapter) concerning them ib

⋙pannāgāra

1. pannâgāra m. N. of a man
2. pl. his family Pāṇ. 2-4, 66 Sch

padma

1. padma m. n. (2. or 3. pad?) a lotus (esp. the flower of the lotus-plant Nelumbium Speciosum which closes towards evening
2. often confounded with the water-lily or Nymphaea Alba) MBh. Kāv. &c. (ifc. f. ā)
3. the form or figure of a lotus R. MārkP. (a N. given by the Tāntrikas to the 6 divisions of the upper part of the body called Cakras, q.v.)
4. a partic. mark or mole on the human body R
5. red or coloured marks on the face or trunk of an elephant L
6. a partic. part of a column or pillar Var
7. a kind of temple ib
8. an army arrayed in the form of a lotus Mn. MBh
9. a partic. posture of the body in religious meditation, Vedânt. (cf. padmâsana)
10. a kind of coitus L
11. one of the 9 treasures of Kubera (also personified) R
12. one of the 8 treasures connected with the magical art called Padminī MBh. Hariv. &c
13. a partic. high number (1000 millions or billions) MBh. R. &c
14. a partic. constellation Var
15. N. of a partic. cold hell Buddh
16. a partic. fragrant substance MBh. (vḷ. ○maka)
17. the √of Nelumbium Speciosum L
18. a species of bdellium L
19. lead L
20. m. a species of plant L
21. an elephant L
22. a species of serpent Suśr
23. N. of Rāma (son of Daśa-ratha) Śatr
24. of two serpent-demons MBh. R. &c
25. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
26. of a mythical Buddha MWB. 136, n. 1
27. (with Jainas) N. of the 9th Cakra-vartin in Bhārata and of one of the 9 white Balas
28. N. of a king MBh
29. of a prince of Kaśmīra (founder of Padma-pura and of a temple
30. See padma-svāmin) Rājat
31. of another man ib
32. of a Brāhman Lalit
33. of a mythical elephant R. (cf. mahā-padma)
34. of a monkey R
35. of a mountain Var
36. (ā), f. 'the lotus-hued one', N. of Śrī Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. padma-śrī)
37. a species of plant Suśr. (Clerodendrum Siphorantus or Hibiscus Mutabilis L.)
38. cloves L
39. the flower of Carthamus Tinctoria L
40. N. of the mother of Muni-suvrata (the 20th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī) L
41. of a female serpent-demon (= the goddess Manasā, wife of the sage Jarat-kāru
42. cf. padma-priyā) L
43. of a daughter of king Bṛihadratha and wife of Kalki Pur
44. mfn. lotus-hued, being of the colour of a lotus ṢaḍvBr

⋙padmakandāda

1. ○kandâda m. a species of bird Gal

⋙padmakara

1. ○kara m. a lotus-like hand BhP
2. mf(ā)n. lotus in hand Prab
3. m. N. of the sun W
4. (ā), f. N. of Śrī BhP

⋙padmakarkaṭī

1. ○karkaṭī f. lotus-seed L

⋙padmakarṇika

1. ○karṇika m. or n. (?) and f. the pericarp of a lotus or the central part of an army arrayed in that form MBh

⋙padmakarṇikā

1. ○karṇiḍkā f. the pericarp of a lotus or the central part of an army arrayed in that form MBh
2. (ā), f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs

⋙padmakalikā

1. ○kalikā f. an unblown lotus MW

⋙padmakalyāṇakhaṇḍa

1. ○kalyāṇa-khaṇḍa n. N. of ch. of a Pur

⋙padmakāṣṭha

1. ○kāṣṭha n. the wood of Cerasus Puddum L

⋙padmakīṭa

1. ○kīṭa m. a species of venomous insect Suśr

⋙padmakuṇḍa

1. ○kuṇḍa n. a partic. mystical figure Cat

⋙padmakuṭa

1. ○kuṭa m. N. of a prince of the Vidyā-dharas Kathās
2. n. N. of the palace of Su-bhīmā Hariv

⋙padmaketana

1. ○ketana m. N. of a son of Garuḍa MBh

⋙padmaketu

1. ○ketu m. a partic. comet Var

⋙padmakesara

1. ○kesara n. the filament of a lotus L

⋙padmakośa

1. ○kośa m. the calyx of a lotus R. BhP. (○śāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to resemble the calyx of a lotus Bālar
2. ○śi-√kṛ, to make into the calyx of a lotus HPariś.)
3. a partic. position of the fingers resembling the calyx of a lotus Cat
4. N. of wk. (also -jātaka n.)

⋙padmakṣetra

1. ○kṣetra n. N. of one of 4 districts in Orissa held especially sacred L

⋙padmakhaṇḍa

1. ○khaṇḍa n. a quantity of lotuses Mṛicch. [Page 584, Column]
2. N. of ch. of the Brahmâṇḍa P
3. -nagara n. N. of a city Siṃhâs

⋙padmagandha

1. ○gandha mf(ā)n. smelling like a lotus L

⋙padmagandhi

1. ○gandhi mfn. id. R
2. n. Cerasus Puddum Bhpr

⋙padmagarbha

1. ○garbha m. the interior or calyx of a lotus Kāvyâd. ii, 41
2. 'sprung from a lotus or containing lotuses', N. of Brahmā RPrāt. (Introd.)
3. of Vishṇu Hariv
4. of Śiva Śivag
5. of the sun L
6. of a lake Hit
7. of a Buddha Lalit
8. of a Bodhisattva L
9. of a Brāhman who was changed into a swan Hariv

⋙padmagiripurāṇa

1. ○giri-purāṇa n. N. of a legend

⋙padmagupta

1. ○gupta m. N. of a poet (called also Pari-mala) Cat

⋙padmagṛhā

1. ○gṛhā f. 'lotus-housed', N. of Lakshmi MBh

⋙padmacaraṇa

1. ○caraṇa m. 'lotus-foot', N. of a disciple of Śaṃkarâcārya Cat

⋙padmacāriṇī

1. ○cāriṇī f. Hibiscus Mutabilis Bhpr
2. a partic. personification MānGṛ

⋙padmaja

1. ○ja m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā BhP

⋙padmajātaka

1. ○jātaka n. N. of wk

⋙padmajāti

1. ○jāti f. = -bandha Kāv

⋙padmatantu

1. ○tantu m. the fibre of a lotus-stalk L

⋙padmatā

1. ○tā f. the state or condition of a lotus Kāvyâd

⋙padmadarśana

1. ○darśana m. 'looking like a lotus', the resin of the Pinus Longifolia L
2. N. of a man Kathās

⋙padmadalekṣaṇa

1. ○dalêkṣaṇa mfn. lotus-(leaf-)eyed Mṛicch

⋙padmadhara

1. ○dhara m. 'lotus-bearer', N. of a prince Bhadrab

⋙padmanandi

1. ○nandi or m. N. of an author Sarvad. Cat

⋙padmanandin

1. ○nanḍdin m. N. of an author Sarvad. Cat

⋙padmanābha

1. ○nābha m. 'lotus-naveled', N. of Vishṇu (from whose navel sprang the lotus which contained Brahmā, the future creator) MBh. Hariv. R
2. N. of the 11th month (reckoned from Mārgaśīrsha) Var
3. a magical formula spoken over weapons R
4. N. of a serpent-demon MBh
5. of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra ib
6. of the first Arhat of the future Ut-sarpiṇī L
7. of sev. authors (also -tīrtha, -datta, -dīkṣita, -purī, -bhaṭṭa, -yājñika) and other men Cat. Inscr
8. -dvadaśī f. N. of the 12th day in the light half of the month Āśvayuja Cat
9. -bija n. the algebra of Padma-nābha Col

⋙padmanābhi

1. ○nābhi m. N. of Vishṇu L. (cf. -nābhu)

⋙padmanāla

1. ○nāla m. a lotus stalk L

⋙padmanidhi

1. ○nidhi m. N. of one of the 9 treasures of Kubera (also personified) Pañc

⋙padmanibhekṣaṇa

1. ○nibhêkṣaṇa mfn. having eyes like lotus-leaves MW

⋙padmanimīlana

1. ○nimīlana n. the closing of a lotus Śak

⋙padmanetra

1. ○netra m. 'lotus-eyed', a species of bird Gal
2. N. of a future Buddha L

⋙padmapaṇḍita

1. ○paṇḍita m. N. of an author Cat

⋙padmapattra

1. ○pattra n. a lotus-leaf MBh. (-nibhêkṣaṇa mfn. lotus-lotus-eyed. MW.)
2. = -parṇa Bhpr

⋙padmapada

1. ○pada m. = -pāda Cat

⋙padmaparṇa

1. ○parṇa n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

⋙padmapāṇi

1. ○pāṇi m. 'lotus-handed' or 'holding a lotus in the hand', N. of Brahmā L
2. of Vishṇu Cat
3. of the Bodhi-sattva Avalokitêśvara MWB. 195 &c
4. the sun L

⋙padmapāda

1. ○pāda m.= -caraṇa Cat. (cf. pāda-padma)
2. -rahasya n. N. of wk
3. ○dâcārya m. N. of a teacher Cat

⋙padmapura

1. ○pura n. N. of a city Rājat

⋙padmapurāṇa

1. ○purāṇa n. N. of sev. Purāṇas

⋙padmapuṣpa

1. ○puṣpa m. Pterospermum Acerifolium L
2. a species of bird L
3. ○ṣpâñjali-stotra n. N. of a Stotra

⋙padmaprabha

1. ○prabha m. N. of a future Buddha
2. of a Deva-putra Lalit
3. of 6th Arhat of present Avasarpiṇī L
4. (with sūri) of an author Cat
5. (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Mahā-daṃshṭra Kathās

⋙padmaprabhu

1. ○prabhu m. N. of an author Cat

⋙padmapriyā

1. ○priyā f. N. of the goddess Manasā (wife of Jarat-kāru) L

⋙padmabandha

1. ○bandha m. an artificial arrangement of the words of a verse in a figure representing a lotus-flower Kpr

⋙padmabandhu

1. ○bandhu m. 'friend of the lotus', N. of the sun L
2. a bee L
3. -kula n. N. of a family Cat

⋙padmabīja

1. ○bīja n. lotus-seed L
2. ○jâbha mfn. 'resembling the lotus-sṭseed', the sṭseed of Euryala Ferox L

⋙padmabhava

1. ○bhava m. = -ja Hariv. BhP

⋙padmabhāśa

1. ○bhāśa m. 'brilliant with (or like) a lotus', N. of Vishṇu Hariv. (vḷ. -nābha
2. cf. -hāsa)

⋙padmabhū

1. ○bhū m.= -ja Dhūrtan

⋙padmamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. made or consisting of lotus-flowers Hariv. BhP

⋙padmamālin

1. ○mālin mfn. lotus-garlanded
2. m. N. of a Rakshas R
3. (nī), f. N. of Śrī MBh

⋙padmamihira

1. ○mihira m. 'lotus-sun', N. of a writer of the history of Kaśmīra Rājat

⋙padmamukhī

1. ○mukhī f. Alhagi Maurorum L

⋙padmamūla

1. ○mūla n. lotus-√L

⋙padmayoni

1. ○yoni m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā Gṛihyās. MBh. &c. (also ○nin Hariv.)
2. of a Buddha Lalit
3. of sev. men, APariś. Lalit

⋙padmarati

1. ○rati f. N. of 2 princesses Kathās

⋙padmaratna

1. ○ratna m. N. of the 23rd Buddh. patriarch L

⋙padmaratha

1. ○ratha m. N. of sev. princes Rājat. HPariś

⋙padmarāga

1. ○rāga m. 'lotus-hued', a ruby L. (also -ka Hcat
2. ○ga-maya mf[ī]n. made or consisting of rubies, Kāraṇḍ)
3. (ī), f. N. of one of the tongues of Agni Gṛihyās

⋙padmarāja

1. ○rāja m. 'lotus-king', N. of sev. men Rājat
2. of a poet Cat

⋙padmarūpa

1. ○rūpa mf(ā)n. lotus-hued
2. (ā), f. N. of Śri MBh

⋙padmarekhā

1. ○rekhā f. 'lotus-line', a line in the palm of the hand indicating the acquisition of great wealth L

⋙padmalāñchana

1. ○lāñchana m. (L.) 'lotus-marked', a king
2. N. of Brahmā
3. of Kubera, the sun
4. (ā), f. N. of Śrī
5. of Sarasvatī
6. of Tārā

⋙padmalīlāvilāsinī

1. ○līlā-vilāsinī f. N. of an astron. wk. [Page 585, Column]

⋙padmalekhā

1. ○lekhā f. N. of a woman Rājat

⋙padmalocana

1. ○locana mfn. lotus-eyed MBh

⋙padmavat

1. ○vat mfn. full of lotus-flowers Hariv
2. (ī), f. N. of a wife of Aśoka (cf. padmā-vatī)
3. of a town BhP

⋙padmavanabāndhava

1. ○vanabāndhava m. the sun (cf. padma-bandhu)
2. -vaṃśa m. the race of kings descended from the sun (cf. sūrya-v○) Prasannar

⋙padmavarcas

1. ○varcas mfn. lotushued MBh. R

⋙padmavarṇa

1. ○varṇa mfn. id. Hariv
2. m. N. of a son of Yadu ib

⋙padmavarṇaka

1. ○varṇaka n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

⋙padmavāsā

1. ○vāsā f. = -gṛhā L

⋙padmavāhinī

1. ○vāhinī f. N. of wk

⋙padmaviṣaya

1. ○viṣaya m. N. of a country Kathās

⋙padmavṛkṣa

1. ○vṛkṣa m. Cerasus Puddum L

⋙padmavṛṣabhavikrāmin

1. ○vṛṣabha-vikrāmin m. N. of a future Buddha L

⋙padmaveṣa

1. ○veṣa m. N. of a king of the Vidyādharas Kathās

⋙padmavyākośa

1. ○vyākośa n. a crevice shaped like a lotus-bud (made by a thief in a wall) Mṛicch. iii, 13

⋙padmavyūha

1. ○vyūha m. N. of a Samādhi L

⋙padmaśas

1. ○śas ind. by thousands of billions MBh

⋙padmaśāyinī

1. ○śāyinī f. a species of bird Gal

⋙padmaśekhara

1. ○śekhara m. N. of a king of the Gandharvas Kathās

⋙padmaśrī

1. ○śrī 'beautiful as a lotus flower', N. of Avalokitêśvara Kāraṇḍ
2. of a Bodhi-sattva
3. f. N. of sev. women Rājat. HPariś
4. of a lady who wrote on Kāma-śāstra Cat
5. -garbha m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva

⋙padmaṣaṇḍa

1. ○ṣaṇḍa n. a multitude of lotuses MBh. (cf. -khaṇḍa)

⋙padmasaṃhitā

1. ○saṃhitā f. N. of wk

⋙padmasaṃkāśa

1. ○saṃkāśa mfn. resembling a lotus MW

⋙padmasadman

1. ○sadman m. 'lotus-dweller', N. of Brahmā Bālar

⋙padmasamāsana

1. ○samāsana m. id. VP

⋙padmasambhava

1. ○sambhava m. = -ja Hariv
2. N. of a Buddhist teacher who founded the Red sect in Tibet MWB. 272 &c

⋙padmasaras

1. ○saras n. lotus-lake, N. of sev. lakes MBh. Rājat. Pañc

⋙padmasundara

1. ○sundara m. N. of an author Cat

⋙padmasūtra

1. ○sūtra n. a lotus-garland Hariv

⋙padmasena

1. ○sena m. N. of sev. men Kathās
2. (ā), f. N. of a woman HPariś

⋙padmasaugandhika

1. ○saugandhika n. pl. the flowers Nelumbium Speciosum and Nymphaea Alba R
2. mfn. (a pond) abounding in these flowers MBh. R. &c
3. -vat mfn. id. MBh

⋙padmasnuṣā

1. ○snuṣā f. (L.) N. of Gaṅgā
2. of Śrī
3. of Durgā

⋙padmasvastika

1. ○svastika n. a SvṭSvastika mark consisting of lotus-flowers MW

⋙padmasvāmin

1. ○svāmin m. N. of a sacred edifice built by Padma Rājat

⋙padmahasta

1. ○hasta m. a partic. measure of length AgP

⋙padmahāsa

1. ○hāsa m. 'smiling like or with a lotus', N. of Vishṇu L. (cf. -bhāsa)

⋙padmahemamaṇi

1. ○hema-maṇi m. N. of a teacher Cat

⋙padmākara

1. padmâkara m. (ifc. f. ā) a lotus-pool or an assemblage of lotuses Bhartṛ. Kathās
2. -deva and -bhaṭṭa m. N. of authors Cat

⋙padmākāra

1. padmâkāra mfn. lotus-shaped MW

⋙padmākṣa

1. padmâkṣa mf(ī)n. lotus-eyed, id
2. n. lotus-seed W

⋙padmāṅkamudrā

1. padmâṅka-mudrā f. a partic. Mudrā Kāraṇḍ

⋙padmāṅghri

1. padmâṅghri m. = ○dma-pāda Cat

⋙padmācala

1. padmâcala m. N. of a mountain R

⋙padmācārya

1. padmâcārya m. N. of a teacher Cat

⋙padmāṭa

1. padmâṭa m. Cassia Tora Bhpr

⋙padmādi

1. padmâdi a lotus-flower &c
2. -tva n. Kāvyâd. ii, 95

⋙padmādhīśa

1. padmâdhī7śa m. N. of Vishṇu, Dhūrtain

⋙padmānanda

1. padmânanda m. N. of a poet
2. -śataka n. his wk

⋙padmāntara

1. padmântara m. a lotus-leaf MW

⋙padmālaṃkārā

1. padmâlaṃkārā f. N. of a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ

⋙padmālaya

1. padmâlayá m. 'dwelling in a lotus', N. of Brahmā MBh
2. (ā), f. N. of Śrī ib. Hariv
3. n. N. of a city Siṃhâs

⋙padmāvatī

1. padmā-vatī f. (cf. ○dma-v○ and Pāṇ. 6-3, 119 &c.) Hibiscus Mutabilis L
2. a kind of Prākṛit metre Col
3. N. of Lakshmī Gīt
4. of the goddess Manasā L
5. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh
6. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs
7. of a Jaina deity L
8. of a wife of king Śṛigāla Hariv
9. of a wife of Yudhi-shṭhira (kṭking of Kaśmīra) Rājat
10. of the wife of Jaya-deva Gīt
11. of a wife of king Vīra-bāhu Vet
12. of a wife of king Naya-pāla ib
13. of a poetess Cat
14. of the city of Ujjayinī in the Kṛita-yuga Kathās
15. of another city. VP
16. of a river L
17. of Kathās. xvii
18. -kalpa m. -pañcâṅga n. -stotra n. N. of wks
19. -priya m. 'husband of Padmavatī (= Manasā)', N. of Jarat-kāru L

⋙padmāvabhāsa

1. padmâvabhāsa m. N. of a kind of philosopher's stone Kāraṇḍ

⋙padmāvali

1. padmâvali f. N. of wk

⋙padmāsana

1. padmâsana n. a lotus as seat (esp. of an idol) Hariv. Kum
2. a partic. posture in religious meditation Bhartṛ. (cf. MWB. 240)
3. a kind of coitus L
4. mf(ā)n. sitting in a lotus or in the position called Padmâsaṇa (-tā f. Cat.)
5. m. N. of Brahmā VP
6. of Śiva Śivag
7. the sun L
8. (ā), f. N. of the goddess Manasā L

⋙padmāhvaya

1. padmâhvay9a m. Cerasus Puddum Bhpr

⋙padmāhvā

1. padmâhvā f. Hibiscus Mutabilis L

⋙padmeśaya

1. padme-śaya m. 'sleeping in a lotus', N. of Vishṇu MBh. Hariv

⋙padmottama

1. padmôttama m. N. of a Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
2. of a partic. world ib
3. of a Buddha living in Padmôttama and of a future BṭBuddha ib

⋙padmottara

1. padmôttara m. Carthamus Tinctorius L
2. N. of a Buddha MWB. 136, n. 1
3. of the father of Padma L
4. ○râtmaja m. patr. of the 9th Cakra-vartin in Bhārata Jain
5. ○rikā-śāka n. a species of pot-herb Car. [Page 585, Column]

⋙padmotpalakumudvat

1. padmôtpala-kumudvat mfn. furnished with the lotus flowers called Padma, Utpala and Kumuda BhP

⋙padmodbhava

1. padmôdbhava mf(ā)n. sprung from a lotus MBh
2. m. N. of Brahmā ib
3. of a man Daś
4. (ā), f. N. of the goddess Manasā L
5. -prādur-bhāva m. N. of ch. of KūrmaP

⋙padmopaniṣad

1. padmôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up
2. -dīpikā f. N. of Comm. on it

≫padmaka

1. padmaka m. or n. red spots on the skin of an elephant L
2. the wood of Cerasus Puddum MBh. &c
3. m. an army arrayed in the form of a lotus-flower MBh
4. a species of tree R. (B.)
5. N. of a partic. constellation Hcat
6. of sev. men Rājat
7. n. a partic. posture in sitting Vedântas
8. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

≫padmakin

1. padmakin m. Betula Bhojpatra L

≫padmāya

1. padmāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to resemble the flower of Nelumbium Speciosum Kāvyâd

≫padmāvata

1. padmāvata m. N. of a kingdom founded by Padma-varṇa Hariv

≫padmin

1. padmin mfn. spotted (as an elephant) MBh
2. possessing lotuses L
3. m. an elephant L
4. (nī), f. See next

≫padminī

1. padminī f. (of prec.) Nelumbium Speciosum, a lotus (the whole plant, ifc. ○nīka mfn
2. cf. abjinī, nalinī &c.)
3. a multitude of lotuses or a lotus-pond MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. g. puṣkarâdi)
4. a lotus-stalk L
5. a female elephant L
6. a partic. magical art MārkP
7. an excellent woman, a woman belonging to the first of the 4 classes into which the sex is divided RTL. 389
8. N. of sev. women Siṃhâs

⋙padminīkaṇṭaka

1. ○kaṇṭaka m. a kind of leprosy Suśr

⋙padminīkānta

1. ○kānta m. 'beloved of lotuses', N. of the sun L

⋙padminīkhaṇḍa

1. ○khaṇḍa n. a multitude or lake of lotuses Pañc
2. N. of a city Siṃhâs

⋙padminīpattra

1. ○pattra n. a lotus-leaf. R

⋙padminīvallabha

1. ○vallabha and m. the sun L. (cf. -kānta)

⋙padminīśa

1. ○"ṣśa (○nī7śa), m. the sun L. (cf. -kānta)

⋙padminīṣaṇḍa

1. ○ṣaṇḍa (and -pura), n. N. of a city Siṃhâs

≫padmiṣṭhā

1. padmiṣṭhā f. N. of a woman Kathās

padra

1. padra m. (√2. pad?) a village or = saṃveśa Uṇ. ii, 13 Sch. (-vaḍa, -saṇḍa and -saḍa ḥPariś. perhaps wṛ. for -baṭu, or -baṇḍa, 'village lad or cripple')
2. a road in a village L
3. the earth L
4. N. of a district L

padva

1. padva n. (√2. pad?) the earth L
2. a road L
3. a car L
4. mfn. See nisarga-padva

padvat

1. pad-vat See p. 583, col. 1

pan

1. pan cl. 1. Ā. pánate (pf. -papana, papné aor. 3. sg. paniṣṭa), to be worthy of admiration or to admire (acc.) RV.: Pass. panyáte ib.: Caus. panáyati, ○te, to regard with surprise or wonder, to admire, praise, acknowledge RV
2. (Ā.) to rejoice at, be glad of (gen.) ib. (cf. √paṇ
3. paṇāya)

≫panayāyya

1. panayā́yya mfn. astonishing, surprising RV

≫panasya

1. panasya Nom. Ā. ○syáte (P. ○syáti Naigh. iii, 14), to excite admiration or praise RV

⋙panasyu

1. panaḍsyú mfn. showing one's self worthy of admiration, glorious ib

≫panāya

1. panāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yáti, ○te, to show ostentatiously, boast of (gen.) RV. vi, 75, 6 (cf. Nir. ix, 16)

⋙panāyya

1. paḍnā́yya mfn. admirable, surprising RV. AitBr

≫panita

1. panitá mfn. admired, praised RV

≫panitṛ

1. panitṛ́ mfn. praising, acknowledging ib

≫panipnat

1. pánipnat mfn. (fr. Intens.) showing one's self worthy of admiration or praise ib

≫paniṣṭama

1. paniṣṭama (prob.) wṛ. SV

≫paniṣṭi

1. pániṣṭi f. (prob.) admiration, praise ib

≫paniṣṭha

1. pániṣṭha mfn. (superl.) very wonderful or glorious RV

≫panīyas

1. pánīyas mfn. (compar.) more or very wonderful ib

≫panū

1. pan�ū́ f. admiration ib

≫panya

1. pánya mfn. astonishing, glorious. ib. (superl. -tama)

≫panyas

1. pányas mfn. = pánīyas ib

panaka

1. panaka m. a kind of Arum, Śīl

panasa

1. panasa m. (√pan?) the bread-fruit or Jaka tree, Artocarpus Integrifolia MBh. R. &c
2. a thorn L
3. a species of serpent Suśr
4. N. of a monkey MBh. R
5. (ī), f. = panasikā Suśr
6. n. the bread-fruit ib

⋙panasatālikā

1. ○tālikā or f. the bread-fruit tree L

⋙panasanālikā

1. ○nālikā f. the bread-fruit tree L

⋙panasāsthi

1. panasâsthi n. the kernel of the bread-fruit Suśr

≫panasikā

1. panasikā f. a kind of disease, pustules on the ears and neck Suśr. (cf. pinasa, pīnasa). [Page 585, Column]

paniṣpada

1. paniṣpadá mf(ā)n. (Intens. of √spand) quivering, palpitating AV

panth

1. panth cl. 1. 10. P. panthati, or ○thayati, to go, move Dhātup. xxxii, 39 (cf. √path)

≫panthaka

1. panthaka mfn. produced in or on the way Pāṇ. 4-3, 29
2. m. N. of a Brāhman L

⋙panthalikā

1. panḍthalikā f. a narrow way or path Kāraṇḍ. Divyâv

panthāna

1. panthāna m. N. of a partic. magical spell spoken over weapons R. (vḷ. saṃdhāna)

pandara

1. pandara m. N. of a mountain VP

panna

1. panna &c. See p. 584, col. 2

pannaddhā

1. pan-naddhā &c. See p. 584, col. 1

papasya

1. papasya v. l. for pampasya

papi

1. papí mfn. (√1. pā) drinking (with acc.) RV. vi, 23, 4 (cf. Pāṇ. 2-3, 69 Kāś.)
2. m. the moon L

≫papī

1. papī́ m. (nom. s) the sun or the moon Uṇ. iii, 159

≫papīti

1. papīti f. (fr. Intens, of √1. pā) mutual or reciprocal drinking W

papu

1. papu m. (√3. pā) a protector
2. f. a nurse L

papuri

1. pápuri mfn. (√pṝ) bountiful, liberal
2. abundant RV

≫papri

1. pápri mfn. giving, granting (with gen. or acc
2. superl. -tama) RV. VS. (cf. Pāṇ. 7-1, 103 Sch.)

papṛkṣeṇya

1. papṛkṣêṇya mfn. (√prach) desirable RV. v, 33, ?

papri

1. pápri mfn. (√1. pṛ) delivering, saving RV.: AV. TS

paphaka

1. paphaka m. N. of a man

⋙paphakanaraka

1. ○naraka m. pl. the descendants of Paphaka and Naraka, g. tika-kitavâdi

pabbeka

1. pabbeka m. N. of the father of Kedāra-bhaṭṭa (author of the Vṛitta-ratnâkara) Cat

pamarā

1. pamarā f. a kind of fragrant substance L

pampasya

1. pampasya Nom. P. ○syati, to feel pain, g. kaṇḍv-ādi (vḷ. pap○)

pampā

1. pampā f. (√1. pā? Uṇ.iii, 28. Sch.) N. of a river in the south of India MBh. R. &c
2. of a lake Ragh. Sch

⋙pampāmāhātmya

1. ○māhātmya n. N. of ch. of SkandaP

pamb

1. pamb cl. 1. P. pambati, to go, move Dhātup. xi, 35 Vop

pay

1. pay cl. 1. Ā. payate, to go, move Dhātup. xiv, 3

paya

1. paya See kat-payá

paya

1. paya in comp. for ○yas

⋙payaāhuti

1. ○āhutí f. an oblation of milk ŚBr

⋙payopavasana

1. payôpavasana n. a kind of fast when milk is the only food Pāṇ. 6-3, 109 Vārtt.6, P

⋙payoṣṇī

1. payôṣṇī (MBh. Var. Pur.),

⋙payoṣṇikā

1. payôṣḍṇikā (VP.), f. N. of a river rising in the Vindhya mountain
2. ○ṇi-jātā f. N. of the river Sarasvati L

≫payaḥ

1. payaḥ in comp. for ○yas

⋙payaḥkandā

1. ○kandā f. Batatas Paniculata L

⋙payaḥkṣīra

1. ○kṣīra n. a partic. extract from barley L

⋙payaḥpayoṣṇi

1. ○payôṣṇi = payôṣnī MBh

⋙payaḥpāna

1. ○pāna n. drinking milk, a draught of milk Pāṇ. 6-2, 150 Kāś

⋙payaḥpāyikā

1. ○pāyikā f. id. iii, 3, 111 Kāś

⋙payaḥpārāvara

1. ○pārâvara m. the ocean of mṭmilk Kāv

⋙payaḥpūra

1. ○pūra m. flood of water Ratnâv

⋙payaḥpratibimba

1. ○pratibimba n. the reflected image or fancied appearance of water (in deserts) Subh

⋙payaḥphenī

1. ○phenī f. a partic. small shrub L

⋙payaḥsāman

1. ○sāman n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

⋙payaḥsphāti

1. ○sphāti (pá○), f. abundance of milk AV. xix, 31, 10 (printed gáyasph○)

≫payaś

1. payaś in comp. for ○yas

⋙payaścaya

1. ○caya m. a reservoir, piece of water, lake L

≫payas

1. páyas n. (√1. pī) any fluid or juice, (esp.) milk, water, rain
2. semen virile, (met.) vital spirit, power, strength RV. &c. &c
3. a species of Andropogon Bhpr
4. N. of a Sāman ŚrS
5. of a Virāj RPrāt
6. night Naigh. i, 7

⋙payaskaṃsa

1. ○kaṃsa m. a cup of milk L

⋙payaskarṇī

1. ○karṇī f. Pāṇ. 8-3, 46 Sch. (cf. dadhi-karṇa)

⋙payaskāma

1. ○kāma mfn. (prob.) wishing for milk ib

⋙payaskāmya

1. ○kāmya Nom. P. ○yati, to wish for milk Pāṇ. 8-3, 38 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙payaskāra

1. ○kāra (?), viii, 3, 46 Sch

⋙payaskumbha

1. ○kumbha m. a pitcher for holding mṭmilk ib

⋙payaskuśā

1. ○kuśā f. ib

⋙payaspa

1. ○pa m. 'milk-drinker', a cat W
2. night MW. [Page 586, Column]

⋙payaspati

1. ○pati m. N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ

⋙payaspā

1. ○pā́ mfn. drinking milk RV

⋙payaspātra

1. ○pātra n. a milk-bowl L

⋙payasvat

1. ○vat (pá○), mfn. full of juice or sap, juicy, succulent, containing water or milk or semen
2. overflowing, exuberant, copious, powerful, strong RV. AV. TS. Br. GṛŚrS
3. (ī), f. the night L
4. pl. rivers Naigh. i, 13

⋙payasvala

1. ○vala mf(ā)n. rich in milk Hariv. (vḷ. ○vin)
2. m. a goat L

⋙payasvin

1. ○vin mfn. abounding in sap or milk Br. GṛS. Mn. MBh. &c
2. (nī), f. a milch-cow MBh. Var. Ragh
3. a she-goat L
4. a river or N. of a river BhP. (cf. g. puṣkarâdi)
5. the night L
6. N. of sev. plants (Asteracantha Longifolia, Batatas Paniculata, = kākolī, kṣīra-kāk○, jīvantī, dugdhaphenī &c.) Bhpr. L

≫payasa

1. payasá mfn. full of juice or sap AV. (corrupted fr. vāyasa?)
2. n. water L

≫payasiṣṭha

1. payasiṣṭha or mfn. superl. of payas-vin Pat

⋙payiṣṭha

1. payiṣṭha mfn. superl. of payas-vin Pat

≫payaska

1. payaska mfn. (ifc.) = payas L

≫payasya

1. payasya mfn. made of milk (as butter, cheese &c.). Lāṭy
2. m. a cat L
3. N. of a son of Aṅgiráś MBh
4. (ā), f. coagulated milk, curds (made by mixing sour with hot sweet milk) TS. Br. ŚrS
5. N. of sev. plants (Gynandropsis Pentaphylla, = kākolī, kuṭumbinī, dugdhikā &c.) L

≫payasya

1. payasya Nom. P. ○syati, to flow, become liquid, g. kaṇḍv-ādi)
2. Ā. ○syate = next Pāṇ. 3-1, 11 Vārtt. 1 Pat

≫payāya

1. payāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be fluid Pāṇ. ib

≫payiṣṭha

1. payiṣṭha See payasiṣṭha above

≫payo

1. payo in comp. for ○yas

⋙payogaḍa

1. ○gaḍa m. (wṛ. for guḍa?) 'water-drop', hail L
2. m. n. an island L

⋙payograha

1. ○grahá m. an oblation of milk ŚBr
2. -samarthana-prakāra m. N. of wk

⋙payoghana

1. ○ghana m. water-lump, hail L

⋙payojanman

1. ○janman m. 'water-birthplace', a cloud L

⋙payoda

1. ○da mf(ā)n. milk-giving (as a cow) Hariv
2. yielding water (as a cloud) Subh
3. m. a cloud Kālid. Var. &c. (-suhṛd m. 'friend of clouds', a peacock Sāh.)
4. N. of a son of Yadu Hariv
5. (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh

⋙payoduh

1. ○duh mfn. yielding milk or semen SV

⋙payodhara

1. ○dhara m. 'containing water or milk', a cloud Kāv. Rājat
2. (ifc. f. ā) a woman's breast or an udder MBh. Kāv. &c
3. the √of Scirpus Kysoor L
4. a species of sugar-cane L
5. the cocoa-nut L
6. a species of Cyperus L
7. an amphibrach Col
8. ○rī-√bhū, to become an udder Ragh
9. ○rônnati f. a high breast (and 'rising clouds') Kāv

⋙payodhas

1. ○dhas m. (√1. dhā) a rainy cloud
2. the ocean Uṇ. iv, 229 Sch

⋙payodhā

1. ○dhā́ mfn. (√dhe) sucking milk RV

⋙payodhārā

1. ○dhārā f. a stream of water (○gṛha n. a bath-room with flowing water) Mṛicch
2. N. of a river Hariv

⋙payodhi

1. ○dhi m. 'water-receptacle', the ocean Kāv
2. -ja n. 'sea-born', Os Sepiae L

⋙payodhika

1. ○dhika n. 'sea-foam', cuttle-fish bone L

⋙payodhra

1. ○dhra m. a woman's breast or an udder Gal. (cf. -dhara)

⋙payonidhana

1. ○nidhana n. N. of a Sāman Lāṭy

⋙payonidhi

1. ○nidhi m. = -dhi Kāv

⋙payobhakṣa

1. ○bhakṣa m. drinking (eating) only milk SaṃhUp

⋙payobhṛt

1. ○bhṛt m. 'water-holder' a cloud Śiś. xvi, 61

⋙payomaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of wṭwater Kathās

⋙payomānuṣī

1. ○mānuṣī f. a water-nymph Subh

⋙payomukha

1. ○mukha mfn. having milk on the surface, milk-faced Hit

⋙payomuc

1. ○muc mfn. discharging or yielding wṭwater or milk MBh. Hcat
2. m. a cloud MBh. Var. Kāv

⋙payomṛtatīrtha

1. ○'mṛta-tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place Cat

⋙payoraya

1. ○raya m. the current of a river ŚārṅgP

⋙payorāśi

1. ○rāśi m. a piece of water, the ocean ib
2. N. of the number 4 L

⋙payoruha

1. ○ruha n. 'water-growing', a lotus L

⋙payolatā

1. ○latā f. Batatas Paniculata L

⋙payovāha

1. ○vāha m. 'water-bearer', a cloud Ragh. Var. Rājat

⋙payovidārikā

1. ○vidārikā f. Batatas Paniculata L

⋙payovṛdh

1. ○vṛ́dh mfn. full of sap, overflowing, exuberant, vigorous RV

⋙payovrata

1. ○vrata n. a vow to subsist on nothing but milk BhP
2. offering milk to Vishṇu and subsisting upon it for 12 days (also for 1 or 3 days as a religious act) W
3. (pá○), mf(ā)n. subsisting on nothing but milk ŚBr
4. ○tá-tā f. ib

≫payora

1. payora m. Acacia Catechu L

para

1. pára mf(ā)n. (√1. pṛ
2. abl. sg. m. n. párasmāt, ○rāt
3. loc. párasmin, ○re
4. nom. pl. m. páre, ○rās, ○rāsas
5. Pāṇ. 1-1, 34 ; vii, 1, 16 ; 50) far, distant, remote (in space), opposite, ulterior, farther than, beyond, on the other or farther side of, extreme
6. previous (in time), former
7. ancient, past
8. later, future, next
9. following, succeeding, subsequent
10. final, last
11. exceeding (in number or degree), more than
12. better or worse than, superior or inferior to, best or worst, highest, supreme, chief (in the compar. meanings [where also -tara], with abl., rarely gen. or ifc
13. exceptionally paraṃ śatam, more than a hundred, lit. 'an excessive hundred, a hundred with a surplus' R. [Page 586, Column]
14. parāḥ koṭayaḥ Prab. Hcat.) RV. &c. &c
15. strange, foreign, alien, adverse, hostile ib
16. other than, different from (abl.) Prab
17. left, remaining Kathās
18. concerned or anxious for (loc.) R
19. m. another (different from one's self), a foreigner, enemy, foe, adversary RV. &c. &c
20. a following letter or sound (only ifc. mfn. e.g. ta-para, having t as the following letter, followed by t) RPrāt. Pāṇ
21. (scil. graha) a subsidiary Soma-graha TS
22. N. of a king of Kosala with the patr. Āṭṇāra Br
23. of another king MBh
24. of a son of Samara Hariv
25. (sc. prāsāda) of the palace of Mitravindā ib
26. m. or n. the Supreme or Absolute Being, the Universal Soul Up. R. Pur
27. (ā), f. a foreign country, abroad (?) Kathās
28. a species of plant L
29. N. of a sound in the first of its 4 stages L
30. a partic. measure of time Sāy
31. N. of a river MBh. VP. (vḷ. pārā, veṇā, veṇṇā)
32. of a goddess (cf. s.v.), n. remotest distance MBh
33. highest point or degree ib
34. final beatitude L. (also -taram and parāt para-taram)
35. the number 10, 000, 000, 000 (as the full age of Brahmā) VP
36. N. of partic. Sāmans Kāṭh
37. any chief matter or paramount object (ifc. [f. ā] having as the chief object, given up to, occupied with, engrossed in, intent upon, resting on, consisting of, serving for, synonymous with &c. MBh. Kāv. &c.)
38. the wider or mare extended or remoter meaning of a word Jaim. Kull
39. (in logic) genus
40. existence (regarded as the common property of all things) W
41. (am), ind. afterwards, later
42. (with abl.) beyond, after (e.g. paraṃ vijñānāt, beyond human knowledge
43. astam-ayāt p○, after sunset
44. mattaḥ p○, after me
45. ataḥ p○ or param ataḥ, after this, farther on, hereafter, next
46. itaḥ p○, henceforward, from now
47. tataḥ p○ or tataś ca p○, after that, thereupon
48. nâsmāt p○ [for mâsm"ṣp○], no more of this, enough) MBh. Kāv. &c
49. in a high degree, excessively, greatly, completely ib
50. rather, most willingly, by all means ib
51. I will, so be it Divyâv
52. at the most, at the utmost, merely, no more than, nothing but ib
53. but, however, otherwise (paraṃ tu or paraṃ kiṃ tu id
54. yadi p○, if at all, perhaps, at any rate
55. na-p○, not-but
56. na paraṃ-api, not only-but also
57. pṭparaṃ na-api na, not only not-but not even
58. na paraṃ-yāvat, not only-but even) ib
59. (páreṇa), ind. farther, beyond, past (with acc.) RV. &c. &c
60. thereupon, afterwards, later than, after (with abl.or gen.). Mn. MBh. &c
61. (paré), ind. later, farther, in future, afterwards RV. MBh. Kāv. [Cf. Zd. para
62. Gk. ? ; Lat. peren-die ; Goth. [586,] faírra ; Germ. fern ; Eng. far and fore.]

⋙parakathā

1. ○kathā f. pl. talk about another Bhartṛ

⋙parakaragata

1. ○kara-gata mfn. being in anṭanother's hands Pañc

⋙parakarman

1. ○karman n. service for another Kām
2. ○nirata m. 'engaged in service for another a servant Var

⋙parakalatra

1. ○kalatra n. another's wife
2. ○râbhigamana n. approaching another's wife, adultery W

⋙parakāyapraveśana

1. ○kāya-praveśana n. entering anṭanother's body (a supernatural art) Cat

⋙parakārya

1. ○kārya n. another's business or affair Pañc

⋙parakāla

1. ○kāla mfn. relating to a later time, mentioned later (opp. to pūrva-) VPrāt

⋙parakṛti

1. ○kṛti f. the action or history of another, an example or precedent Nyāyam. Sch. Kull

⋙parakṛtya

1. ○kṛtya n. another's business or affair Kāv
2. mfn. busy for another, hostile Mudr
3. -pakṣa m. the hostile party ib

⋙parakrama

1. ○krama m. doubling the other (i.e. second) letter of a conjunction of consonants RPrāt

⋙parakrāthin

1. ○krāthin m. N. of a Kuru warrior MBh

⋙parakrānti

1. ○krānti f. the greatest declination, inclination of the ecliptic Sūryas

⋙parakṣudrā

1. ○kṣudrā f. pl. the very short verses (of Veda) VāyuP. (cf. kṣudrasū7kta)

⋙parakṣetra

1. ○kṣetra n. another's field or wife (cf. kṣetra) Mn
2. the body in another life Pāṇ. 5-2, 92 (cf. kṣetriya)

⋙parakhātaka

1. ○khātaka mfn. dug by another AV.Pariś

⋙paragata

1. ○gata mfn. being with or relating to anṭanother MBh

⋙paragāmin

1. ○gāmin mfn. id. Pāṇ. 1-3, 72

⋙paraguṇa

1. ○guṇa (ibc.) the virtues of anṭanother (-grâhin mfn. assuming them) Kāv
2. mfn. beneficial to another or to a foe R

⋙paragṛhavāsa

1. ○gṛha-vāsa or m. dwelling in anṭanother's house Kāv

⋙paragehav

1. ○geha-v○ m. dwelling in anṭanother's house Kāv

⋙paragranthi

1. ○granthi m. 'extreme point of a limb', an articulation, joint L

⋙paraglāni

1. ○glāni f. the subjugation of a foe W

⋙paracakra

1. ○cakra n. the army of a foe MBh. Var. (Sch. 'a hostile prince')
2. -sūdana m. destroyer of it BhP

⋙paracittajñāna

1. ○citta-jñāna n. knowing the thoughts of another L

⋙paracintā

1. ○cintā f. thinking of or caring for anṭanother Kāv

⋙paracchanda

1. ○cchanda m. another's will BhP. (○dânuvartana n. following it L.)
2. mfn. depending on another's will, subservient (also -vat) L

⋙paracchidra

1. ○cchidra n. another's fault or defect Kāv

⋙paraja

1. ○ja mfn. being behind another, inferior Kāṭh
2. coming from a foe MBh. [Page 586, Column]

⋙parajana

1. ○jana m. another person, a stranger
2. (coll.) strangers (opp. to sva-j○) Mn. xi, 9

⋙parajanman

1. ○janman n. a future birth
2. ○mika mfn. relating to it MW

⋙parajāta

1. ○jāta m. 'born of another', a stranger or servant L. (vḷ. -jita, 'conquered by another')

⋙parajñānamaya

1. ○jñāna-maya mf(ī)n. consisting in knowledge of the Supreme Being VP

⋙parataṅgaṇa

1. ○taṅgaṇa (?), m. pl. N. of a people MBh

⋙paratattva

1. ○tattva in -nirṇaya m. -prakāśikā f. -vāda m. N. of wks

⋙paratantra

1. ○tantra n. a rule or formula for another rite KātyŚr
2. mf(ā)n. dependent on or subject to another, obedient (opp. to sva-t○) MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c
3. n. (ibc.) and -tā f. (Sāh.) dependence on another's will Sāh
4. -dṛṣṭi mfn. one who asserts the dependence of the will Jātakam
5. -haṃsôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up
6. ○trī-kṛta mfn. made dependent, brought into another's power Kull
7. ceded, sold Kathās

⋙paratama

1. ○tama and mfn. superl. and compar. of para

⋙paratara

1. ○tara mfn. superl. and compar. of para

⋙paratarkaka

1. ○tarkaka or m. a beggar Var

⋙paratarkuka

1. ○tarkuka m. a beggar Var

⋙paratalpa

1. ○talpa m. pl. another's wife Āpast
2. -gāmin m. one who approaches another's wife ib

⋙paratas

1. ○tas ind. = abl. of para Kāv. Pur
2. farther, far off, afterwards, behind (itas-paratas, here-there
3. sapta puruṣān itaś ca paraś ca, seven ancestors and seven descendants Gaut
4. sani parataḥ, sc. sati, when san follows Pāṇ. 2-4, 48 Sch.) RPrāt. Hariv. R. &c
5. high above (in rank) Rājat
6. (with prec. abl.) after (in time) MBh. Yājñ. &c
7. beyond, above (in rank) Bhag. Kām
8. otherwise, differently W
9. ○taḥ-poṣa mfn. receiving food from another BhP
10. -"ṣtas-tva n. (the state of) being from elsewhere or without Sarvad

⋙paratā

1. ○tā f. highest degree, absoluteness, (ifc.) the being quite devoted to or intent upon Bhāshāp. Rājat

⋙paratāpana

1. ○tāpana m. 'paining-foes', N. of a Marut Hariv

⋙paratīrthika

1. ○tīrthika m. the adherent of another sect L

⋙paratoṣayitṛ

1. ○toṣayitṛ mfn. gratifying others Śiś

⋙paratra

1. ○tra ind. elsewhere, in another place, in a future state or world, hereafter Mn. MBh. &c
2. below i.e. in the sequel (of a book) Vop. Sch
3. -bhīru m. 'one who stands in awe of futurity', a pious or religious man W

⋙paratva

1. ○tvá n. distance, remoteness, consequence, posteriority, difference, strangeness, superiority to (gen.) Āpast. MBh. Pur. &c
2. = -tā Kap
3. -ratnâkara m. N. of wk

⋙paradāra

1. ○dāra m. sg. or pl. another's wife or wives Mn. MBh. &c
2. adultery Gaut. xxii, 29
3. -gamana n. ○râbhigamana n. ○râbhimarśa m. ○rôpasevana n. (○vā f.) approaching or touching or courting anṭanother's wife or wives, adultery W
4. -parigraha (R.), -bhuj (MārkP.), -"ṣdārin: (R.), m. one who takes or approaches or enjoys another's wife or wives, an adulterer R

⋙paraduḥkha

1. ○duḥkha n. another's pain or sorrow W

⋙paradūṣaṇa

1. ○dūṣaṇa m. (sc. saṃdhi) peace purchased by the entire produce of a country Kām. Hit. (vḷ. para-bhūṣaṇa and pari-bh○)

⋙paradevatā

1. ○devatā f. the highest deity ĀpŚr. Sch
2. -stuti f. N. of a hymn

⋙paradeśa

1. ○deśa m. another or a foreign or a hostile country (opp. to sva-d○) Var. Kaṭh. Pañc
2. -sevin mfn. living abroad, a traveller W
3. ○śin mfn. foreign, exotic
4. m. a foreigner or a traveller ib

⋙paradoṣa

1. ○doṣa in -kīrtana n. the proclaiming of another's faults, censoriousness W
2. -jña mfn. knowing another's faults Subh

⋙paradravya

1. ○dravya n. pl. another's property Hit
2. ○vyâpahāraka mfn. robbing another's property Mn

⋙paradroha

1. ○droha m. injuring another ŚārṅgP
2. -karma-dhī mfn. injṭinjuring another in deed or thought Mn
3. ○hin mfn. tyrannizing over another W

⋙paradveṣin

1. ○dveṣin mfn. hating another, inimical to another W

⋙paradhana

1. ○dhana n. another's wealth VP
2. ○nâsvādana-sukha n. feeding luxuriously at anṭanother's expense Hit

⋙paradharma

1. ○dharma m. another's duty or business, the duties of another caste Mn. BhP
2. another's peculiarity (-tva n.) Kap

⋙paradhyāna

1. ○dhyāna n. intent meditation W

⋙paranindā

1. ○nindā f. reviling others MW

⋙paranipāta

1. ○nipāta m. the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound (opp. to pūrva-n○) Pāṇ. Sch

⋙paranirmitavaśavartin

1. ○nirmita-vaśa-vartin m. 'constantly enjoying pleasures provided by others', N. of a class of Buddh. deities Lalit. (cf. MWB. 208)

⋙paranirvāṇa

1. ○nirvāṇa n. the highest Nirvāṇa (with Buddhists) Sarvad

⋙paraṃtapa

1. ○ṃ-tapa mfn. destroying foes (said of heroes) MBh. R. &c
2. m. N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa Hariv
3. of a prince of Magadha Ragh

⋙parapakṣa

1. ○pakṣa m. the other side, hostile party, enemy Hit
2. N. of a son of Anu VP. (vḷ. paramêkṣu)

⋙parapatnī

1. ○patnī f. the wife of another or of a stranger Mn. Kathās

⋙parapada

1. ○pada n. the highest position, final emancipation Mahān

⋙paraparigraha

1. ○parigraha m. another's property Āpast
2. another's wife Mn. ix, 42, 43

⋙paraparibhava

1. ○paribhava m. humiliation or injury suffered from others Mṛicch

⋙paraparivāda

1. ○parivāda m. = -nirvā Pañc

⋙parapāka

1. ○pāka m. another's food or meal Mn. &c
2. -nirvṛtta m. one who cooks his own food without observing a partic. ceremony W. [Page 587, Column]
3. -rata m. one who lives upon others but observes the due ceremonies ib
4. -ruci m. a constant guest at others' tables ib
5. ○kôpabhojin mfn. eating another's or a stranger's food Suśr

⋙parapārabhūta

1. ○pāra-bhūta m. N. of Vishṇu VP

⋙parapiṇḍa

1. ○piṇḍa in -puṣṭaka m. 'nourished by another's food', a servant Mṛicch. viii, 25/26
2. ○ḍâda m. 'eating another's food', id. L

⋙parapuraṃjaya

1. ○puraṃjaya mfn. conquering an enemy's city (said of heroes) MBh. R. &c
2. m. N. of a king VP

⋙parapurapraveśa

1. ○pura-praveśa m. entering an enemy's city (as a supernatural art), Sāṃkhyas. Sch

⋙parapuruṣa

1. ○puruṣa m. the husband of another woman Kālid
2. 'the Supreme Spirit', N. of Vishṇu L

⋙parapuṣṭa

1. ○puṣṭa mfn. nourished by anṭanother or a stranger L
2. m. the Kokila or Indian cuckoo (cf. -bhṛt below and anya-p○) MBh. Kāv. &c
3. (ā), f. a female cuckoo Var
4. a harlot L
5. a parasitical plant L
6. N. of a daughter of a king of Kauśāmbi Kathās
7. -maya mf(ī)n. being a cuckoo Hcar
8. -mahôtsava m. 'the cuckoo's great feast', a mango tree L

⋙parapūruṣa

1. ○pūruṣa m. the husband of another woman Kathās

⋙parapūrvatva

1. ○pūrva-tva n. the state of preceding that which ought to follow Sāy. on RV. i, 53, 9

⋙parapūrvā

1. ○pūrvā f. a woman who has had a former husband Mn. v, 163
2. -pati m. her husband ib. iii, 166

⋙parapauravatantava

1. ○pauravatantava m. N. of a son of Viśvāmitra MBh

⋙paraprakāśaka

1. ○prakāśaka and m. N. of 2 poets Cat

⋙parapraṇava

1. ○praṇava m. N. of 2 poets Cat

⋙paraprayojana

1. ○prayojana mf(ā)n. useful or beneficial to others Ragh

⋙parapravādin

1. ○pravādin m. a false teacher Divyâv

⋙parapreṣyatva

1. ○prêṣya-tva n. the service of another, slavery Mn. xii, 78

⋙parabala

1. ○bala n. the foe's army Mn.vii, 174

⋙parabalīyas

1. ○balīyas mfn. each more important than the preceding Gaut

⋙parabrahman

1. ○brahman n. the Supreme Spirit or Brahman Bhartṛ
2. N. of anUp
3. ○ma-prakāśikā f. ○ma-stotra n. ○mânanda-bodha m. ○mâṣṭôttara-śata-nāman n. ○môpaniṣad f. N. of wks

⋙parabhāga

1. ○bhāga m. superior power or merit, excellence, supremacy Kālid. (-tā f.) Pañc. Kathās
2. good fortune, prosperity L
3. the last part, remainder W

⋙parabhāgya

1. ○bhāgya n. another's wealth or prosperity W
2. ○gyôpajīvin mfn. living upon another's fortune MW. -1

⋙parabhāva

1. ○bhāva mf(ā)n. loving another MBh. -2

⋙parabhāva

1. ○bhāva m. the being subsequent or second member in a compound Pat. (cf. -bhūta)

⋙parabhāṣā

1. ○bhāṣā f. a foreign language L

⋙parabhū

1. ○bhū in -jāti-nirṇaya m. -prakaraṇa n. N. of wks

⋙parabhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. following or subsequent (said of words) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-1, 36

⋙parabhūmi

1. ○bhūmi f. a foreign or hostile country
2. -ṣṭha mfn. being in it Hit

⋙parabhūṣaṇa

1. ○bhūṣaṇa n. another's ornament W. (wṛ. for pari-bh○ and para-dūṣaṇa)

⋙parabhṛt

1. ○bhṛt mfn. nourishing another BhP
2. m. a crow L. (cf. next)

⋙parabhṛta

1. ○bhṛta m. 'nourished by another', the Kokila or Indian cuckoo (supposed to leave its eggs to be hatched by the crow) Kāv
2. (ā), f. the female Kokila ib
3. -maya mf(ī)n. consisting entirely of cuckoos Kād

⋙parabhṛtikā

1. ○bhṛtikā f. a female cuckoo Mālav
2. N. of a woman ib

⋙parabhṛtya

1. ○bhṛtya mfn. to be nourished or supported by another (-tva, n.) Hariv. R

⋙parabhedaka

1. ○bhedaka (W.),

⋙parabhedana

1. ○bhedana (Śiś.), mfn. destroying enemies

⋙paramaṇi

1. ○maṇi m. 'excellent jewel', N. of a prince Kathârṇ

⋙paramata

1. ○mata n. a different opinion or doctrine, heterodoxy W
2. -kālânala m. N. of a pupil of Śaṃkara Cat
3. -khaṇḍana-saṃgraha m. -bhaṅga m. -bhañjana n. N. of wks

⋙paramada

1. ○mada m. highest degree of intoxication, ŚārṅgS

⋙paramantra

1. ○mantra vḷ. for mātra

⋙paramanthu

1. ○manthu or m. N. of a son of Kaksheyu Hariv. (vḷ. ○markṣa)

⋙paramanyu

1. ○manyu m. N. of a son of Kaksheyu Hariv. (vḷ. ○markṣa)

⋙paramarma

1. ○marma (for -marman), in -jña mfn. knowing the secret plans or intentions of another Mn. vii, 154 Kull
2. -bhāṣaṇa n. telling another's secrets Siṃhâs

⋙paramātra

1. ○mātra m. or n. (with Buddhists) a partic. high number (vḷ. -mantra)

⋙paramāra

1. ○māra m. N. of a son of the Ṛishi Śaunaka and ancestor of Bhoja-deva Inscr. Cat. (cf. -mṛtyu)

⋙paramukhacapeṭikā

1. ○mukhacapeṭikā f. 'slap in the face of another', N. of a controversial wk

⋙paramṛtyu

1. ○mṛtyu m. a crow L. (cf. -māra)

⋙paramokṣanirāsakārikā

1. ○mokṣa-nirāsa-kārikā f. pl. 'memorial rules for preventing another's final beatitude', N. of wk

⋙parampara

1. ○m-para mfn. one following the other, proceeding from one to another (as from father to son), successive, repeated MBh. Suśr
2. (am), ind. successively. uninterruptedly VPrāt
3. m. a great great-grandson or great-grandson with his descendants L
4. a species of deer L
5. -tas ind. successively continually, mutually W
6. -bhojana n. eating continually L

⋙paramparā

1. ○m-parā f. an uninterrupted row or series, order, succession, continuation, mediation, tradition (○rayā ind. by tradition, indirectly) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. lineage, progeny L
3. hurting, killing L
4. -prâpta (Bhag.), -"ṣyāta (○rây○ Var.), mfn. received by tradition [Page 587, Column]
5. -vāhana n. an indirect means of conveyance (e.g. the horse which draws a carriage) L
6. -sambandha m. an indirect conjunction Pāṇ. 8-1, 24 Sch

⋙paraparāka

1. ○parāka m. immolating an animal at a sacrifice L

⋙paraparita

1. ○parita mfn. forming an uninterrupted series, continuous Kpr

⋙paraparīṇa

1. ○parī́ṇa mf(ā)n. hereditary, traditional Bhaṭṭ

⋙parayuvatiga

1. ○yuvati-ga m. = -dārin Var

⋙parayoṣit

1. ○yoṣit f. another's wife Gaut

⋙pararamaṇa

1. ○ramaṇa m. 'a strange lover', a paramour Pañc

⋙pararāṣṭra

1. ○rāṣṭra n. the country of an enemy Kull. on Mn. vii, 153

⋙pararūpa

1. ○rūpa n. the following or subsequent sound (-tva n.) Pāṇ. Sāy

⋙paraloka

1. ○loka m. the other or future world ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c
2. -ga, -gata mfn. going or gone to the future world, dying, dead MBh. Kāv
3. -gama m. -gamana n. dying, death L
4. -bādha, mḷoss of the future world MW
5. -yāna n. = -gama ib
6. -vaha mf(ā)n. (a river) flowing in or toward the other world MBh
7. -vidhi m. rites for the other world, funeral rites Kum
8. -sthāna n. the state of (being in) the other world ŚBr
9. -hasta mfn. holding in hand (i.e. quite certain of) the oṭother world Mṛicch. viii, 46/0. -1

⋙paravat

1. ○vat ind. like a stranger Kathās. -2

⋙paravat

1. ○vat mfn. subject to or dependent on (instr., gen., loc. or comp.), subservient, obedient MBh. Kālid
2. helpless, destitute Mālatīm. viii, 9/10
3. -tā f. subjection, obedience to Vikr. Rājat

⋙paravarga

1. ○varga m. the party or side of another Cāṇ

⋙paravallabha

1. ○vallabha m. pl. N. of a people VP

⋙paravaśa

1. ○vaśa mfn. subject to another's will, subdued or ruled by (comp.), subservient, obedient Mn. Pañc. Hit
2. śâkṣepa m. an objection to anything under the pretext of being dependent on another Kāvyâd. ii, 150

⋙paravaśya

1. ○vaśya mfn. = -vaśa
2. -tā f. R

⋙paravastu

1. ○vastu m. N. of a poet Cat

⋙paravācya

1. ○vācya mfn. blamable by others (-tā f.) MBh
2. n. another's fault or defect Śiś. xvi, 30

⋙paravāṇi

1. ○vāṇi m. (L.) a judge
2. a year
3. N. of Kārttikeya's peacock

⋙paravāda

1. ○vāda m. the talk of others, popular rumour or report, slander Pañc. ŚārṅgP
2. objection, controversy Sāṃkhyak
3. ○din m. an opponent, controversialist Śatr

⋙paravāraṇa

1. ○vāraṇa m. one who averts or drives away enemies Vikr. iv, 19

⋙paravitta

1. ○vitta n. another's wealth R. (wṛ. pari-)

⋙paravīrahan

1. ○vīra-han m. killer of hostile heroes MBh

⋙paraveśman

1. ○veśman n. another's house Var
2. the dwelling of the Supreme L

⋙paravyākṣepin

1. ○vyākṣepin mfn. scattering foes Mcar

⋙paravyūhavināśana

1. ○vyūha-vināśana m. the destroyer of an enemy's ranks MBh

⋙paravrata

1. ○vrata m. N. of Dhṛita-rāshṭra L

⋙paraśakti

1. ○śakti m. N. of an author of Mantras Cat

⋙paraśarīrāveśa

1. ○śarīrâveśa m. = -kāya-praveśana ib

⋙paraśāsana

1. ○śāsana n. the order of another MW

⋙paraśiva

1. ○śiva m. N. of an author of Mantras Cat
2. -mahima-stotra n. N. of a Stotra
3. ○vêndrasarasvatī m. N. of an author

⋙paraśuci

1. ○śuci m. N. of a son of Manu Auttama MārkP

⋙paraśrī

1. ○śrī f. another's good fortune Siṃhâs

⋙paraśvas

1. ○śvas ind. the day after to-morrow MBh. Hariv. &c. (cf. paraḥ-śvas under paras)

⋙parasaṃgata

1. ○saṃgata mfn. associated or engaged i.e. fighting with another MBh

⋙parasaṃcāraka

1. ○saṃcāraka m. pl. N. of a people VP

⋙parasaṃjñaka

1. ○saṃjñaka m. 'called Supreme', the soul L

⋙parasambandha

1. ○sambandha m. relation or connection with another
2. ○dhin mfn. related or belonging to another W

⋙parasavarṇa

1. ○savarṇa mfn. homogeneous with a following letter Pāṇ
2. ○ṇī-√bhu, to become homogeneous &c. Pat

⋙parasasthāna

1. ○sasthāna mfn. = -savarṇa Prāt

⋙parasātkṛ

1. ○sāt-√kṛ to give (a woman) into the hands of another i.e. in marriage Pañc

⋙parasevā

1. ○sevā f. service of another Kathās

⋙parastrī

1. ○strī f. the wife of another or an unmarried woman depending on another Sāh

⋙parasthāna

1. ○sthāna n. another place, strange place Hit

⋙parasva

1. ○sva n. sg. or pl. another's property Mn. MBh. &c
2. mfn. = sarvasva-bhūta MantraBr. Sch
3. -graha m. seizing another's property Prab
4. -tva n. another's right W. (-tvâpâdāna n. conferring a right upon another as by gift &c. ib.)
5. -haraṇa n. = -graha L
6. -hṛt (Var.), -"ṣsvâdāyin (Mn.), mfn. taking or seizing another's property
7. -"ṣsvêhā f. desire of another's property
8. -"ṣsvôpajīvika (W.), ○jīvin (R.), mfn. living upon anṭanother's property, dependent

⋙parahaṃsa

1. ○haṃsa m. = parama-h○ Cat

⋙parahan

1. ○han m. 'foe-killer', N. of a prince MBh

⋙parahita

1. ○hita mfn. friendly, benevolent W
2. n. another's welfare Bhartṛ
3. -grantha m. N. of wk
4. -rakṣita m. N. of an author
5. -saṃhitā f. N. of wk

⋙parāṅkuśa

1. parâṅkuśa in -nātha m. N. of an author, -pañcaviṃśati f. -pādukā-pañcāśat f. ○kuśâṣṭaka n. N. of Stotras

⋙parāgama

1. parâgama m. the arrival or attack of an enemy Var

⋙parāṅga

1. parâṅga n. the hinder part of the body Kāv
2. a part of that which follows Pāṇ. 2-1, 2

⋙parāṅgada

1. parâṅga-da m. 'giving form to another (sc. to Durgā with whom he forms one body, or to Kāma-deva whose body he restored after reducing it to ashes)', N. of Śiva L

⋙parācita

1. parâcita m. 'nourished by another', a servant L. [Page 587, Column]

⋙parātman

1. parâtman m. the Supreme Spirit BhP
2. mfn. one who considers the body as the soul MBh. BhP

⋙paradhi

1. parádhi m. or f. 'the paining of others (?)', hunting L

⋙parādhīna

1. parâdhīna mf(ā)n. = ○ra-vaśa Mn. MBh. &c
2. (ifc.) entirely engaged in or intent upon or devoted to Kād. Rājat
3. -tā f. (Kāv.), -tva n. (MW.) dependence upon another, subjection

⋙parananda

1. paránanda (or ○rân○? under. parā below), m. N. of an author
2. -purāṇa n. N. of wk

⋙parānīka

1. parânīka n. a hostile army Mālatīm

⋙parānta

1. parânta m. 'the last end', death (-kāla m. time of death) MuṇḍUp
2. 'living at the remotest distance', N. of a people MBh

⋙parāntaka

1. parântaka m. a frontier Divyâv
2. pl. N. of a people L

⋙parānna

1. parânna n. the food of another Kāv. KātyŚr. Sch
2. -paripuṣṭatā f. the living on another's food Yājñ
3. -bhojin mfn. eating another's food Hit
4. m. a servant L

⋙parāpara

1. parâpara mfn. remote and proximate, prior and posterior (as cause and effect), earlier and later, higher and lower, better and worse MBh. Kāv. &c
2. m. = -guru below
3. n. (in logic) a community of properties in a small class under the larger or generic, a species or class between the genus and individual W
4. Grewia Asiatica Bhpr
5. -guru m. a Guru of an intermediate class
6. N. of the goddess Durgā W. (cf. parāt-parag○)
7. -jña, knowing what is remote and proximate &c. MBh
8. -tā f. -tva n. higher and lower degree, absolute and relative state, priority and posteriority
9. the state of being both a genus and a species Bhāshāp
10. -dṛṣṭârtha mfn. knowing the real nature of the remote and proximate &c. Hariv
11. ○rêśa m. 'lord of the remote and property, &c.', N. of Vishṇu VP
12. ○râitṛ (párâp○), mfn. going after another, going in a line (to the next world) AV. 1

⋙parāmṛta

1. parâmṛta n. (for 2. See p. 590, col. 2) 'the best nectar', rain L. 1

⋙parāyaṇa

1. parấyaṇa n. (for 2. See p. 590, col. 3) final end or aim, last resort or refuge, principal object, chief matter, essence, summary (○ṇaṃ-√kṛ, to do one's utmost) ŚBr. Up. MBh. &c
2. (in medic.) a universal medicine, panacea Car
3. a religious order or division W
4. (ifc
5. f. ā) making anything one's chief object, wholly devoted or destined to, engaged in, intent upon, filled or occupied with, affected or possessed by (-tā f. Daś.) Mn. MBh. &c
6. mf(ā)n. violent, strong (as pain) MBh. i, 8367 (Nīlak.)
7. principal, being the chief object or final aim ib
8. dependent on (gen.) R
9. leading or conducive to (gen.) MBh
10. m. N. of a pupil of Yājñavalkya VāyuP
11. -vat mfn. occupying the principal point, most elevated MBh

⋙parayatta

1. paráyatta mf(ā)n. dependent upon another R. Pañc
2. (ifc.) wholly subdued or overwhelmed by Kād. Bālar

⋙parāyus

1. parâyus m. 'one who has reached the highest age or 100 years, N. of Brahmā BhP

⋙parārtha

1. parârtha m. the highest advantage or interest, an important object MBh
2. sexual intercourse Pañc
3. another's advṭadvantage or intṭinterest (ibc., ○rtham or ○rthe ind. for another or for others or for something else) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
4. mfn. (also -ka) having another object
5. designed for another
6. dependent on something else (-tā f. -tva n.) ŚrS. Sāṃkhyak. Tarkas
7. -cara mfn. intent upon another's welfare Jātakam
8. -caryā f. care for another welfare ib
9. -niṣṭha mfn. fixed on the supreme good MW
10. -vādin mfn. speaking for another, a mediator, a substitute Yājñ. Sch
11. ○rthin mfn. striving after the supreme good (emancipation) Cāṇ

⋙parārdha

1. parârdhá m. the more remote or opposite side or half. Br. KaṭhUp. MBh
2. mn. the highest number (100, 000 billions) VS. TS. MBh. &c
3. the number of mortal days corresponding to 50 years of Brahmā's life Pur
4. (as mfn. wṛ. for ○dhya.)

⋙parārdhaka

1. parârdhaka m. or n. one half of anything Kāv

⋙parārdhya

1. parârdhyá mf(ā)n. being on the more remote or opposite side or half. ŚBr
2. most distant in number, of the highest possible number ib
3. highest in rank or quality, most excellent, best Br. ChUp. MBh. &c
4. more excellent than (abl.) Ragh. x, 65
5. n. a maximum (only ifc. 'amounting at the most to') GṛŚrS

⋙parārbuda

1. parârbuda m. a species of fire-fly L

⋙parāvajñā

1. parâvajñā f. insulting another MW

⋙parāvat

1. parā-vat (for ○ra-vat), mfn. offering beatitude Āpast

⋙parāvara

1. parâvara mf(ā)n. distant and near, earlier and later, prior and subsequent, highest and lowest, all-including (-tva n.) MBh. Pur. &c
2. handed down from earlier to later times, traditional MuṇḍUp
3. each successive BhP
4. m. pl. ancestors and descendants Mn. i, 105 ; iii, 38
5. n. the distant and near &c
6. cause and effect, motive and consequence, the whole extent of an idea, totality, the universe MuṇḍUp. MBh. Vedântas
7. -jña (MBh.), -dṛś (MW.), -vid (BhP.), mfn. knowing or seeing both distant and near or past and future &c. [Page 588, Column]
8. -vibhāgavid mfn. knowing the difference between the dṭdistant and near &c. MBh
9. ○rêśa m. N. of Vishṇu VP. (cf. parâparêśa)

⋙parāvasathaśāyin

1. parâvasatha-śāyin mfn. sleeping in another's house Hit

⋙paraśraya

1. paráśraya m. dependence on others Hariv
2. a refuge to enemies BhP
3. mfn. clinging to others, dependent on others Śiksh
4. (ā), f. a parasitical plant L

⋙parāśrita

1. parâśrita mfn. = (and vḷ. for) prec. mfn
2. a dependent, servant slave Hit

⋙parasaṅga

1. parásaṅga m. cleaving or adhering to (comp.) Suśr

⋙parāskandin

1. parâskandin m. 'assailing another', a thief, robber L

⋙parāha

1. parâha m. the next day L

⋙parāhata

1. parâhata m. struck by another, assailed, attacked W

⋙parāhṇa

1. parâhṇa m. the afternoon Var. Pañc. (wṛ. ○hna)

⋙paretara

1. parêtara mfn. other than hostile, faithful, friendly Kir. i, 14

⋙pareśa

1. parêśa m. 'the highest lord', N. of Brahmā or Vishṇu Pur
2. ○śêśa m. 'lord of the highest lord', N. of Vishnu MBh

⋙pareṣṭi

1. parêṣṭi m. 'having the highest worship', N. of Brahman W

⋙pareṣṭukā

1. parêṣṭukā f. 'highest desire (?)', a cow which has often calved L

⋙paraidhita

1. parâidhita m. 'nourished by another', the Indian cuckoo (cf. para-bhṛta)
2. a servant L

⋙paroktakhaṇḍana

1. parôkta-khaṇḍana n. 'refutation of another's words', N. of wk

⋙paroḍhā

1. parôḍhā f. another's wife Sāh

⋙parodvaha

1. parôdvaha m. 'descendant of another i.e. of the crow', the Indian cuckoo Gal. (cf. para-bhṛta)

⋙paropakaraṇa

1. parôpakaraṇa n. = -kāra Cāṇ
2. ○ṇī-√kṛ, to make one's self an instrument of others Hit

⋙paropakāra

1. parôpakāra m. assisting others, benevolence, charity Kāv
2. ○râikarasa mfn. wholly devoted to the service of others
3. (ā), f. a wife wholly devoted to her husband MW
4. -dharma-kṣānti f. Dharmas. 107

⋙paropakārin

1. parôpakārin mfn. assisting others, beneficent, charitable merciful Kathās. (○ri-tva n. Bhartṛ.)
2. m. N. of a king Kathās

⋙paropakṛta

1. parôpakṛta mfn. helped or befriended by another MW

⋙paropakṛti

1. parôpakṛti f. = -kāra ib

⋙paropaga

1. parôpaga mfn. relating to something else (as an adjective) L

⋙paropajāpa

1. parôpajāpa m. the dissension (or causing dissension) of enemies Daś

⋙paropadeśa

1. parôpadeśa m. giving advice or instruction to others Hit

⋙paroparuddha

1. parôparuddha mfn. besieged by an enemy, blockaded, invested MW

⋙paropavāsa

1. parôpavāsa m. dwelling together with another Āpast

⋙paropasarpaṇa

1. parôpasarpaṇa n. approaching another, begging Bhām

≫para

1. para in comp. for ○ras

⋙parauru

1. ○uru (○rá-), mf(vii)n. broad on the outside or behind ŚBr. (cf. paro-varīyas)

⋙parauṣṇih

1. ○uṣṇih f. a kind of metre Chanda?s. (also parôṣṇih ib.)

⋙paraṛkśatagātha

1. ○ṛk-śatagātha mfn. containing 100 verses of the Veda as well as Gāthās AitBr

≫paraḥ

1. paraḥ in comp. for ○ras

⋙paraḥkṛṣṇa

1. ○kṛṣṇa mfn. more than black, extremely dark ChUp

⋙paraḥpuṃsā

1. ○puṃsā́ f. (a wife) dissatisfied with her husband ŚBr

⋙paraḥpuruṣa

1. ○puruṣa mfn. higher than a man ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙paraḥśata

1. ○śatá mf(ā́)n. pl. more than 100 ŚBr. Kāṭh. MBh
2. containing more than 100 verses TBr
3. -rg-gātha (r for ṛ), mfn. = para-ṛk-śata-gātha ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙paraḥśvas

1. ○śvas ind. = para-śv○ L

⋙paraḥṣaṣṭa

1. ○ṣaṣṭá mfn. pl. more than 60 ŚBr

⋙paraḥsahasra

1. ○sahasrá (AV
2. páraḥ-sahasra ŚBr.), mf(ā)n. pl. more than 1000

⋙paraḥsāman

1. ○sāman (pá○), mfn. having superfluous or surplus Sāmans
2. m. pl. N. of partic. sacrificial days TS. TBr. Kāṭh

≫paraka

1. paraka ifc. = para, 'the following sound or word', e.g. iti-śabda-p○, followed by the word iti Pāṇ. Sch

≫parakīya

1. parakīya mf(ā)n. belonging to another or a stranger, strange, hostile (-tā f.) Mn. (nipāna n. a tank belonging to another, iv, 201) Śak. Kām
2. (ā), f. another's wife or a woman dependent on others (-tva n.) Sāh

≫parama

1. paramá mf(ā)n. (superl. of pára) most distant, remotest, extreme, last RV. &c. &c
2. chief, highest, primary, most prominent or conspicuous
3. best, most excellent, worst (○meṇa cetasā, with all the heart
4. ○ma-kaṇṭhena, 'with all the throat', roaring, speaking aloud) ib
5. (with abl.) superior or inferior to, better or worse than MBh. R
6. m. N. of 2 authors Cat
7. n. highest point, extreme limit (catur-viṃśati-p○, at the utmost 24) MBh. &c
8. chief part or matter or object (ifc., f. ā = consisting chiefly of, completely occupied with or devoted to or intent upon) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
9. (am), ind. yes, very well
10. (also parama- in comp
11. See below) very much, excessively, excellently, in the highest degree MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙paramakaṇṭha

1. ○kaṇṭha only in ○ṭhena-√kruś, to try with all one's throat i.e. might Lāṭy

⋙paramakāṇḍa

1. ○kāṇḍa m. or n. a very auspicious moment, Vāsav

⋙paramakrānti

1. ○krānti f. = para-kr○
2. -jyā f. the sine of the greatest declination Sūryas. Sch

⋙paramakruddha

1. ○kruddha mfn. extremely angry R

⋙paramakrodhin

1. ○krodhin m. id., N. of one of the Viśve-devās MBh. [Page 588, Column]

⋙paramagati

1. ○gati f. any chief resource or refuge (as a god or protector) W
2. final beatitude ib

⋙paramagava

1. ○gava m. an excellent bull L

⋙paramagahana

1. ○gahana mfn. very mysterious or profound W

⋙paramacetas

1. ○cetas n. all the heart MW

⋙paramajā

1. ○jā́ f. = prakṛti TS. Sch. (prob. corrupted)

⋙paramajyā

1. ○jyā́ mfn. holding supreme power (as Indra) RV

⋙paramatattva

1. ○tattva n. the highest truth
2. -prakāśikā f. -rahasyôpaniṣad f. N. of wks

⋙paramatas

1. ○tas ind. in the highest degree, excessively
2. worst of all MW

⋙paramatā

1. ○tā (○má-), f. highest position or rank
2. highest end or aim ŚBr

⋙paramadāruṇa

1. ○dāruṇa mfn. very dreadful MBh

⋙paramaduḥkhita

1. ○duḥkhita mfn. deeply afflicted Nal

⋙paramadurmedhas

1. ○durmedhas mfn. exceedingly stupid. MW

⋙paramadru

1. ○dru m. Amyris Agallocha ib

⋙paramadharmātman

1. ○dharmâtman mfn. very dutiful or virtuous MBh

⋙paramananda

1. ○nanda m. N. of a teacher Cat. (wṛ. for ○mân○?
2. cf. parân○ under para)

⋙paramapada

1. ○pada n. the highest state or position, eminence, final beatitude W
2. -nirṇāyaka m. and -sopāna n. N. of wks
3. ○dâtmavat mfn. whose essence is the highest of all states (i.e. Brahmā) VP

⋙paramaparama

1. ○parama mfn. highest or most excellent of all BhP

⋙paramapuṃs

1. ○puṃs m. the Supreme Spirit, N. of Vishṇu VP

⋙paramapuruṣa

1. ○puruṣa m. id
2. -prârthanā-mañjarī f. -mahôtsava-prâyaścitta n. -saṃhitā f. N. of wks

⋙paramapūruṣa

1. ○pūruṣa m. = -pur○ RāmatUp

⋙paramaprabha

1. ○prabha m. N. of a man L

⋙paramaprīta

1. ○prīta mfn. exceedingly rejoiced MBh

⋙paramabrahmacāriṇī

1. ○brahmacāriṇī f. N. of Durgā L

⋙paramabrahman

1. ○brahman n. the Supreme Spirit W

⋙paramabhāsvara

1. ○bhāsvara mfn. excessively radiant MW

⋙paramamanyumat

1. ○manyumat mfn. deeply distressed Nal

⋙paramamahat

1. ○mahat mfn. infinitely great Yogas

⋙paramamokṣa

1. ○mokṣa m. final emancipation Sāṃkhyapr

⋙paramarasa

1. ○rasa m. 'most excellent beverage', buttermilk mixed with water L

⋙paramarahasya

1. ○rahasya n. the deepest mystery
2. -japa-saṃgraha m. -vāda m. -saṃhitā f. ○syôpadeśa-saṃgraha m. ○syôpaniṣad f. N. of wks

⋙paramaraja

1. ○raja m. a supreme monarch Laghuk

⋙paramarkṣa

1. ○rkṣa (= ma-ṛkṣa), m. N. of a king Hariv. (vḷ. para-manthu and -manyu)

⋙paramarddhika

1. ○rddhika m. (○ma-ṛddhika) excessively fortunate HPariś

⋙paramarṣi

1. ○rṣi m. (○ma-ṛṣi) a great or divine sage MBh. Pur. &c

⋙paramalaghumañjūṣā

1. ○laghumañjūṣā f. N. of wk

⋙paramavismita

1. ○vismita mfn. greatly surprised or amazed MW

⋙paramavyomnika

1. ○vyomnika mfn. dwelling in the highest heaven L

⋙paramaśiva

1. ○śiva (with ācārya and ○vêndra-sarasvatī), m. N. of authors

⋙paramaśobhana

1. ○śobhana mfn. exceedingly brilliant or beautiful MBh

⋙paramasaṃhitā

1. ○saṃhitā f. N. of wk

⋙paramasaṃhṛṣṭa

1. ○saṃhṛṣṭa mfn. = -prīta Nal

⋙paramasaṃtuṣṭa

1. ○saṃtuṣṭa mfn. highly pleased or satisfied R

⋙paramasamudaya

1. ○samudaya mfn. very auspicious or successful Mṛicch. i, 4

⋙paramasammata

1. ○sammata mfn. highly esteemed, much revered MBh. R

⋙paramasarvatra

1. ○sarvatra ind. everywhere, throughout L

⋙paramasvadharman

1. ○svadharman mfn. most exact in the observance of the duties of one's own (caste or tribe) W

⋙paramahaṃsa

1. ○haṃsa m. an ascetic of the highest order, a religious man who has subdued all his senses by abstract meditation MBh. Pur. &c. (cf. RTL. 87)
2. -kavaca m. or n. -dharma-nirūpaṇa n. -nirṇaya m. -pañcâṅga n. -paṭala m. or n. -paddhati f. -parivrājaka-dharma-saṃgraha m. N. of wks
3. -parivrājakâcārya m. N. of Śāṃkarâcārya
4. -parivrājakôpaniṣad f. -priyā f. -saṃhitā f. -sahasra-nāman n. -stava-rāja m. -stotra n. ○sôpaniṣad f. (○ṣad-hṛdaya n.), ○sôpâsana-prakāra m. N. of wks

⋙paramākṣara

1. paramâkṣara n. the sacred syllable 'Om' or Brahmā VP. Sch

⋙paramākhya

1. paramâkhya mfn. called supreme, considered as the highest R

⋙paramāgama

1. paramâgama in -cūḍāmaṇi-saṃhitā f. and -sāra m. N. of wks

⋙paramāṅganā

1. paramâṅganā f. an excellent or beautiful woman MBh. R

⋙paramāṭika

1. paramâṭika m. N. of a school of the Yajus AV.Pariś. (cf. ○mâvaṭ○)

⋙paramāṇu

1. paramâṇu m. an infinitesimal particle or atom (30 are said to form a mote in a sun-beam) Yājñ. Yogas. MBh. &c. (cf. bhṛtya-p○)
2. the passing of a sun-beam past an atom of matter Pur
3. n. 1/8 of a Mātrā VPrāt
4. -kāraṇa-vāda m. the atomistic system of the Vaiśeshikas, Saṃk
5. -tā f. infinite minuteness, the state of an atom Ragh. BhP
6. -maya mf(ī)n. consisting merely of atoms BhP
7. ○ṇv-aṅgaka m. 'subtle-bodied', N. of Vishṇu L. 1

⋙paramātma

1. paramâtmá m. a partic. personification MaitrS. 2

⋙paramatma

1. paramátma in comp. = ○tman
2. -gati-prakāśa m. -prakāśa m. -vinoda m. -saṃdarbha, m. -stava m. N. of wks
3. -maya mf(ī)n. being entirely the soul of the universe Hcar

⋙paramātmaka

1. paramâtmaka mf(ikā)n. the highest, greatest MBh

⋙paramātman

1. paramâtman m. all the heart (only instr. = parameṇa cetasā, col. 1) MBh
2. the Supreme Spirit Up. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 37). [Page 588, Column]

⋙paramādīśvara

1. paramâdī7śvara (l), m. N. of Sch. on Āryabh

⋙paramādvaita

1. paramâdvaita m. 'the highest being without a second', N. of Vishṇu GāruḍaP
2. n. pure, non-duality W

⋙paramānanda

1. paramânanda m. supreme felicity
2. the Supreme Spirit, soul of the universe MBh. Bhartṛ. &c
3. N. of sev. authors (also -cakravartin, -dāsa, -deva, -nātha, -pāṭhaka, -bhaṭṭâcārya, -yogī7ndra, -sarasvatī, ○dâśrama) Cat
4. -tantra n. -mādhava-stava m. -laharī-stotra n. N. of wks

⋙paramānna

1. paramânna n. 'best food', rice boiled in milk with sugar (offered to gods or deceased ancestors) Hariv. Var. &c

⋙paramāpakrama

1. paramâpakrama m. = para-krānti Sūryas

⋙paramāpad

1. paramâpad f. the greatest misfortune MW

⋙paramāpama

1. paramâpama m. 'greatest declination', the inclination of a planet's orbit to the ecliptic W

⋙paramāpsaras

1. paramâpsaras f. an excellent APsaras R

⋙paramāmṛta

1. paramâmṛta n. N. of wk

⋙paramāyuṣa

1. paramâyuṣa m. Terminalia Tomentosa L

⋙paramayus

1. paramáyus mfn. reaching to a very advanced age Var

⋙paramārādhya

1. paramârādhya m. N. of a man Cat

⋙paramārta

1. paramârta mfn. much pained or depressed
2. -vat ind. very piteously R

⋙paramārtha

1. paramârtha m. the highest or whole truth, spiritual knowledge MBh. Kāv. Vedântas. &c. (ibc
2. ○ena, āt, in reality)
3. any excellent or important object W
4. the best sense ib
5. the best kind of wealth ib
6. -tas ind. in reality, really, in the true sense of the word R. Kālid. &c
7. -tā f. the highest truth, reality Kap. Sch
8. -daridra mfn. really poor Mṛicch
9. -darśana m. N. of a Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
10. -nirṇaya m. -prakāśa m. -pradīpikā f. -prapā f. -bodha m. N. of wks
11. -bhāj mfn. partaking of the highest truth Mcar
12. -matsya m. a real fish Ragh
13. -vid m. one who knows the highest truth, a philosopher W
14. -vinda mfn. acquiring knowledge of truth, obtaining the best kind of wealth &c. ib
15. -viveka m. -saṃvṛti-satya-nirdeśa m. -saṃgraha m. N. of wks
16. -satya n. the real or entire truth L
17. -saṃdarbha m. N. of wk
18. -sarit f. really a river Vikr
19. -sāra m. (○ra-saṃkṣepa-vivṛti f. ○ra-saṃgraha, m.) N. of wks
20. -supta mfn. really asleep Mṛicch
21. -stuti f. N. of wk

⋙paramarya

1. paramárya m. a Bodhi-sattva (q.v.) L

⋙paramārhata

1. paramârhata m. 'most excellent Arhat', N. of Kumāra-pāla L

⋙paramāvaṭika

1. paramâvaṭika m. pl. N. of a school of the white Yajus, Āryav. (cf. ○mâṭika)

⋙paramāvadhi

1. paramâvadhi m. utmost term or limit W

⋙paramāsana

1. paramâsana m. (with Śāktas) N. of an author of Mantras Cat

⋙paramāha

1. paramâha m. an excellent day L

⋙paramekṣu

1. paramêkṣu m. N. of a son of Anu VP. (vḷ. ○mêṣu)

⋙parameśa

1. paramêśa m. the supreme lord, Supreme Being, N. of Vishṇu MBh
2. -stotrâvali
3. f. N. of wk

⋙parameśvara

1. paramêśvara m. the supreme lord, Supreme Being, God
2. N. of Śiva
3. of Vishṇu
4. of Indra
5. of any eminent prince or illustrious man MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. RTL. 35 &c.)
6. a Jaina L
7. N. of sev. authors (○rīya n. a work of Paramêśa) Cat
8. (ī), f. N. of Durgā Hariv
9. of Sītā RāmatUp. (○rī-dāsâbdhi m. N. of wk.)
10. n. (sc. liṅga) N. of a Liṅga sacred to Śiva Cat
11. -tantra n. N. of wk
12. -tā f. -tva n. supremacy Sarvad
13. -datta m. N. of an author
14. -pañca-mukha-dhyāna n. -pañca-ratna n. N. of wks
15. -praṇi-dhāna n. meditation on God Sarvad
16. -rakṣita m. N. of an author
17. -varman m. N. of a man L
18. -saṃhitā f. N. of wk
19. -sâkṣāt-kāra m. intuitive perception of God Sarvad
20. -stuti f. -stotra n. N. of wks
21. ○râstitva-vādin m. one who asserts the existence of God Sarvad

⋙parameṣvāsa

1. paramêṣvāsa m. an excellent aecher, (-ta f.) MBh

⋙paramaiśvarya

1. paramâiśvarya n. supremacy Sāy

⋙paramopāsaka

1. paramôpâsaka m. an excellent 'server' or layman Buddh. Hcar

≫paramaka

1. paramaka mf(ikā)n. the most excellent, highest, best, greatest, extreme MBh. R. &c. (wṛ. pār○ and paramika)

≫parame

1. parame loc. of ○ma in comp

⋙parameṣṭha

1. ○ṣṭha mfn. standing at the top, supreme, superior Pāṇ. 8-3, 97
2. m. N. of Brahma or any supreme deity W
3. (ā), f. a kind of metre L

⋙parameṣṭhi

1. ○ṣṭhi m. a superior or a chief god of the Jainas Śatr
2. -tā f. supremacy, superiority TāṇḍBr

⋙parameṣṭhin

1. ○ṣṭhín mfn. standing at the head, highest, chief, principal AV. &c. &c
2. m. N. of any supreme being, of Agni AV
3. of Prajā-pati ib. &c
4. a son of Prajā-pati Br
5. of Brahmā MBh
6. of Śiva ib
7. of Vishṇu Ragh
8. of Garuḍa MBh
9. of Manu Cakshus MārkP
10. (with Jainas) = -ṣṭhi L
11. the teacher of the teacher of any one's teacher L
12. a kind of Virāj RPrāt
13. a kind of ammonite L
14. N. of a son of Aja-mīḍha MBh
15. of a son of Indradyumna (Devadyumna) Pur
16. du. Vishṇu and Śrī BhP
17. (nī), f. Ruta Graveolens L. [Page 589, Column]

⋙parameṣṭhina

1. ○ṣṭhína = -ṣṭhín AV. xix, 9, 4

≫paraś

1. paraś in comp. for ○ras

⋙paraścatvāriṃśa

1. ○catvāriṃśá mfn. pl. more than forty ŚBr

≫paras

1. parás ind. beyond, further, off, away
2. in future, afterwards
3. (as prep. with acc.) on the other side of, beyond, higher or more than
4. (with instr.) id. (also pará enā́ or enā́ paráḥ)
5. without
6. (with abl.) beyond, on the other side of (also enā́ paráḥ)
7. exclusive of, except, without
8. (with loc.) over, more than (only triṃśáti tráyas paráḥ, three more than thirty, i.e. 33) RV. VS. AV. ŚBr
9. (often in comp. with numerals to express a surplus or superiority
10. prec. and under paraḥ)

⋙parastaram

1. ○tarám (RV.),

⋙parastarām

1. ○tarā́m (AV.), ind. further away, further
2. parastarām par○, further and further away TāṇḍBr

⋙parastāt

1. ○tāt (pár○), ind. further away, further on, towards (opp. to avastāt, arvāk
2. with gen.) beyond, above RV. &c. &c
3. from afar off, from before or behind Br
4. aside, apart ib
5. hereafter, afterwards, later (opp. to pūrvam) RV. &c. &c

⋙paraspa

1. ○pa (○rás), mfn. protecting
2. n. (VS.) = -tvá n. (ŚBr.) protection

⋙paraspā

1. ○pā́ m. a protector, protecting RV. TBr. ŚrS

≫paraspara

1. paras-para (fr. nom. sg. m. of para + para
2. cf. anyo'nya), mf(ā)n. mutual, each other's Bhaṭṭ
3. pl. like one another MBh. xii, 2420
4. (mostly in the oblique cases of m. sg. ○am, eṇa, āt, asya), ind. one another, each other, with or from one another, one another's, mutually, reciprocally Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
5. so also ibc. (cf. below)
6. rarely ifc., e.g. avijñāta-parasparaiḥ, 'not knowing each other' Ragh. xvii, 51

⋙parasparajña

1. ○jña m. 'knowing one another', a friend, an intimate W

⋙parasparaprīti

1. ○prīti f. mutual delight or content Pañc

⋙parasparaviruddha

1. ○viruddha mfn. opposed to one another Mn

⋙parasparavivāda

1. ○vivāda m. quarrelling with one another Vet

⋙parasparavyāvṛtti

1. ○vyāvṛtti f. mutual exclusion, Saṃk

⋙parasparasakhya

1. ○sakhya n. mutual friendship Hit

⋙parasparasamāgama

1. ○samāgama m. the meeting one another R

⋙parasparasukhaiṣin

1. ○sukhâiṣin mfn. wishing one another's happiness Nal

⋙parasparasthita

1. ○sthita mfn. standing opposite to one another Ragh

⋙parasparahata

1. ○hata mfn. killed by oṭone another Nal

⋙parasparahita

1. ○hita n. one anṭanother's happiness or welfare R

⋙parasparākrandin

1. parasparâkrandin mfn. calling to oṭone another Kum

⋙parasparādin

1. parasparâdin mfn. consuming one anṭanother or one's own kind Mn

⋙parasparānumati

1. parasparânumati f. mutual concurrence or assent W

⋙parasparāmiṣatā

1. parasparâmiṣatā f. the being oṭone another's prey Kām

⋙parasparāśraya

1. parasparâśraya mfn. mutual, reciprocal Ragh
2. m. mutual dependence (esp. as a fault in argument) L

⋙parasparotpīḍana

1. parasparôtpīḍana n. mutual pressing or squeezing, Ṛit

⋙parasparopakāra

1. parasparôpakāra m. mutual assistance
2. ○rin m. an ally or associate W

≫parasmai

1. parasmai dat, of para in comp. (cf. ātmane and Pāṇ. 6-3, 8)

⋙parasmaipada

1. ○pada n. 'word for another', the transitive or active verb and its terminations Pāṇ. 1-4, 99, &c
2. (pl.) iii, 4, 82

⋙parasmaipadin

1. ○padin mfn. taking those terminations Pāṇ. Sch

⋙parasmaibhāṣa

1. ○bhāṣa mfn. id. Pat
2. (ā), f. = -pada Pāṇ. Sch

≫parā

1. parā (for 2. See col. 2), f. of para in comp

⋙parācintāmaṇi

1. ○cintāmaṇi m. N. of wk

⋙parātriṃśikā

1. ○triṃśikā f. N. of wk

⋙parādevī

1. ○devī f. a partic. form of Devii
2. -rahasya-tantra n. N. of wk

⋙parāpur

1. ○púr f. a great body (?) VS. Sch

⋙parāpūjā

1. ○pūjā f

⋙parāpraveśikā

1. ○praveśikā f. N. of wks

⋙parāprasādamantra

1. ○prasāda-mantra m. N. of a partic. mystical prayer L

⋙parārahasya

1. ○rahasya n. N. of wk

⋙parāvedī

1. ○vedī f. = bṛhatī L

⋙parāśakti

1. ○śakti f. (with Śāktas) a partic. form of Śākti Cat

⋙parāstotra

1. ○stotra n. N. of wk

≫parāt

1. parāt abl. of para in comp

⋙parātpara

1. ○para mfn. superior to the best W
2. senior to the senior (cf. next)
3. -guru m. the teacher of the teacher of the teacher of a teacher Cat. (cf., parâpara-g○ under para)

⋙parātpriya

1. ○priya m. a species of gourd L

≫parāri

1. parāri ind. (para +?) in the year before last Pāṇ. 5-3, 22

⋙parāritna

1. parāri-tna mfn. belonging to the year before last, iv, 3, 23 Vārtt

≫pare

1. pare (for 2. See p. 606, col. 1), loc. of para in comp

⋙paredyavi

1. ○dyavi ind. to-morrow Naish. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 22)

⋙paredyus

1. ○dyus ind. id. W

⋙parepa

1. ○'pa mfn. (fr. ap) any place whence the water has receded L

⋙pareprāṇa

1. ○prâṇa mfn. of higher value or more precious than life Kathās

≫paro

1. paro in comp. for ○ras

⋙paroṃhu

1. ○'ṃhu (○ró-), mf(vii)n. narrow on the outside or at the top ŚBr

⋙parokṣa

1. ○'kṣa (○ró-), mf(ā)n. beyond the range of sight, invisible, absent, unknown, unintelligible AV. &c. &c
2. past, completed (in a partic. sense, below. and Kāś. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 115)
3. (ibc.) in an invisible or imperceptible manner (cf. below)
4. (am), ind. out of sight, behind one's back, in the absence or without the knowledge of (instr
5. later gen. or comp.) ŚBr. &c. &c
6. (eṇa), ind. out of sight, secretly, mysteriously Br. Up
7. (āt), ind. secretly, without the knowledge of (instr.) Br. [Page 589, Column]
8. (e), ind. behind the back of (gen.) Mṛicch. Pañc. &c
9. one's self not being present Pāṇ. 3-2, 115
10. m. an ascetic L
11. N. of a son of Anu BhP
12. (ā), f. (sc. vṛtti) a past or completed action APrāt
13. (sc. vibhakti) a termination of the perfect tense Kāt
14. N. of a river VP
15. -kāma (○kṣá-), mfn. liking what is secret or mysterious ŚBr
16. -kṛta mfn. (a hymn) in which a deity is not addressed but only spoken of in the 3rd person Nir. vii, 1
17. -jit mfn. victorious in an imperceptible manner BhP
18. -tā f. (MBh.), -tva n. (Vedântas.) invisibility, imperceptibility
19. -pṛṣṭha m. a partic. Pṛishṭhya ŚrS
20. -priya mfn. = -kāma AitBr
21. -bandhu (parôkṣa-), mfn. not clear in its relation MaitrS
22. -buddhi mfn. regarding as something distant, indifferent to, Jātakam
23. -bhoga m. enjoyment or possession of anything in the proprietor's absence W
24. -manmatha mfn. inexperienced in love Śak
25. -vṛtti mfn. living out of sight Kām
26. formed in an obscure or indistinct manner Nir. Sch
27. ○kṣârtha mfn. having a secret or recondite meaning
28. n. an absent or invisible object Hit

⋙parogavyūti

1. ○gavyūtí ind. beyond the area of pasture-land RV
2. mfn. further than a Gavyūti (q.v.) Kāṭh

⋙parogoṣṭhām

1. ○goṣṭhâm ind. beyond the cowhouse MaitrS

⋙parobāhu

1. ○bāhú mfn. beyond the arm or reach ŚBr

⋙paromātra

1. ○mātra (○ró-), mfn. immense, huge, vast RV

⋙parorajas

1. ○rajas (○ró-), mfn. being beyond the dust or above the world ŚBr
2. untouched by passion MW

⋙parolakṣa

1. ○lakṣa mfn. (pl.) more than 100, 000 L

⋙parovaram

1. ○'varám ind. from top to bottom, from hand to hand, in succession, one after another ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
2. ○rīṇa mfn. (fr. prec.) having both superior and inferior, prior and subsequent &c. Pāṇ. 5-2, 10 Sch

⋙parovarīyas

1. ○varīyas (○ró-), mfn. broader on the outside or at the top TS. AitBr. Kāṭh
2. better than good, most excellent of all ChUp. (-tva n. Bālar.)
3. n. the highest happiness ib

⋙paroviṃśa

1. ○viṃśá mfn. pl. more than 20 ŚBr

⋙parośīta

1. ○'śītá mfn. pl. more than 80 ib

⋙parohavis

1. ○havis n. more than an oblation Āpast

⋙parohu

1. ○'hu wṛ. for 'ṃhu above

paraṇa

1. paraṇa mfn. (√1. pṛ) crossing (cf. aritra-)
2. n. wṛ. for pāraṇa, reading Hariv
3. N. of a town Cat

pararu

1. pararu m. a species of pot-herb L. (vḷ. pavaru)

paraśa

1. paraśa m. a species of gem BrahmaP

paraśu

1. paraśú m. a hatchet, axe, the axe of a woodcutter
2. (Naigh. ii, 20) a thunderbolt RV. &c. &c
3. N. of a king MBh
4. wṛ. for parśu, q.v. [Cf. Gk. ?, [589,] &c.]

⋙paraśudhara

1. ○dhara m. 'axe-bearer', N. of Gaṇêśa
2. of Paraśu-rāma L

⋙paraśupalāśa

1. ○palāśa m. the blade of an axe Kauś

⋙paraśuphāṇṭa

1. ○phāṇṭa m. or n. an infusion warmed by a heated axe ib

⋙paraśumat

1. ○mát mfn. having an axe RV

⋙paraśurāma

1. ○rāma m. 'Rama with the axe', N. of one of the three Rāmas (son of Jamad-agni and sixth Avatāra of Vishṇu, he was a typical Brāhman and his history typifies the contests between the Brahmans and Kshatriyas) Kāv. Pur. MWB. xiii, 1 RTL. 110 ; 270 (also -ka)
2. N. of a prince and of sev. authors (also with garjara, deva, miśra, muni) Cat
3. -jayantī f. the third day in the light half of Vaisākha Cat
4. -prakāśa m. -pratāpa m. -sūtra n. N. of wks
5. ○mâvatāra m. (and ○tāra-kathana n.) N. of wks

⋙paraśuvana

1. ○vana n. -pradur-bhāva m. -sahasra-nāman n. 'forest of axes', N. of a hell MBh

⋙paraśuhastā

1. ○hastā f. 'axe in hand', N. of a female attendant on Devii W

≫paraśava

1. paraśava (L.) and mfn. fr. paraśu (cf. pāraśavya)

⋙paraśavya

1. paraśaḍvya (Pāṇ. 4-1, 168), mfn. fr. paraśu (cf. pāraśavya)

≫paraśvadha

1. paraśvadha m. (ifc. f. ā) a hatchet, axe MBh. Var. Kāv. &c. (also written parasv○)

⋙paraśvadhāyudha

1. paraśvadhâyudha mfn. armed with an axe L

≫paraśvadhin

1. paraśvadhin mfn. furnished with an axe MBh

paraśvat

1. paraśvat or ○śvan m. a kind of snake KaushUp. Sch. (cf. next)

parasvat

1. párasvat m. (prob.) the wild ass RV. AV. VS. Nyāyam. (cf. prec. and pārasvata)

parā

1. párā (for 1. See col. 1). ind. away, off, aside, along, on, (Lat. per
2. it occurs only in -taram and -vat, and as a prefix to nouns and verbs
3. it is prob. akin to para, paras, pra.)

⋙parātaram

1. ○tarám ind. further away RV

⋙parāvat

1. ○vát f. distance (opp. to arvā-vat) ib. AV. Br

parāk

1. parāk parāka &c. See parāñc. [Page 589, Column]

parākāśa

1. parā-kāśa m. (√kāś) distant view, remote expectation (only in āśā-parākāśan4) ŚBr

parākṛ

1. parā-√kṛ P. -karoti (Pāṇ. 1-3, 79
2. p. -kurvat Bhaṭṭ.), to set aside, reject, disregard

⋙parākaraṇa

1. parā-ḍkaraṇa n. setting aside, disdaining W

⋙parākṛkṛta

1. parā-√kṛ--kṛta mfn. set aside, rejected, disdained ib

parākṛṣ

1. parā-√kṛṣ (only ind. p. -kṛṣya), to draw away or down MBh

⋙parākṛṣṭa

1. ○kṛṣṭa mfn. disparaged, reviled ib

parākṝ

1. parā-√kṝ (only ind. p. -kīrya), to throw away, lose, forfeit MBh

parākram

1. parā-√kram P. Ā. -kramati, ○te (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 39
2. ind. p. -kramya AV. ŚāṅkhŚr
3. aor. parâkraṃsta Bhaṭṭ.), to march forward, advance
4. to show courage or zeal, excel, distinguish one's self AV. &c. &c
5. to turn back MW

⋙parākrama

1. ○krama m. (sg. and pl
2. ifc. f. ā) bold advance, attack, heroism, courage, power, strength, energy, exertion, enterprise MBh. Kāv. &c
3. going out or away L
4. N. of Vishṇu L
5. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh
6. of a chief of the Vidyā-dharas (associated with Ā-krama, Vi-krama and Saṃkrama) Kathās
7. -kesarin m. N. of a prince (son of Vikrama-kesarin) Vet
8. -jña mfn. knowing the strength (of an enemy) W
9. -vat (MārkP.), ○min (MBh. Hariv.), mfn. showing courage or strength, exerting power

⋙parākrānta

1. ○krānta (párā-), mfn. advanced, valorous, strong, bold, active, energetic AV. &c. &c
2. eagerly intent upon (with loc., e.g. palāyane, on fleeing) MBh
3. n. displaying power or energy Jātakam

⋙parākrāntṛ

1. ○krāntṛ mfn. showing courage, exerting power MBh

parākṣip

1. parā-√kṣip P. Ā. -kṣipati, ○te, to throw over, upset, carry or tear away BhP

⋙parākṣipta

1. ○kṣipta mfn. upset, wrested away
2. -manas mfn. having the mind carried away or enraptured ib

parākhyā

1. parā-√khyā (only pf. -cakhyau), to see afar off ŚBr

parāga

1. parāga m. (prob. for apa-r○), the pollen of a flower Kāv. Pur. &c
2. dust Ragh. iv, 30
3. fragrant powder used after bathing L
4. sandal L
5. an eclipse of the sun or moon L
6. fame, celebrity L
7. independence L
8. N. of a mountain L

⋙parāgapuṣpa

1. ○puṣpa m. a species of Kadamba L

⋙parāgavat

1. ○vat (W.),

⋙parāgagin

1. ○gin (Śiś.), mfn. laden or covered with pollen

parāgam

1. parā-√gam P. -gacchati, to go away, depart, die AV. ŚBr

⋙parāgagata

1. ○gata (párā-), mfn. gone, deceased ib
2. come, arrived Kād
3. covered with, full of (comp.) Śiś

⋙parāgagantṛ

1. ○gantṛ = parā-yati Sāy. on RV. ix, 71, 7

⋙parāgagama

1. ○gama m. arrival Nalac
2. approach or invasion (of an enemy) Var

parāgā

1. parā-gā √1. (only aor. -gās, -gāt), to go away, fly, escape RV. AV

parāgdṛś

1. parāg-dṛś &c. See p. 590, col. 1

parāghātana

1. parā-ghātana n. (√han, Caus.) place of execution, slaughter-house Car

parāṅāvṛtta

1. parāṅ-āvṛtta -manas &c. See p. 590, col. 1

parāṅgava

1. parāṅgava m. (fr. ?) the ocean L

parācar

1. parā-√car P. -carati, to go away. depart RV

parāji

1. parā-√ji Ā. -jayate (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 19
2. pf. -jigye RV
3. p. -jigyāna TS
4. aor. parâjaiṣṭa MBh
5. fut. -jayiṣye ib
6. but also P., e.g. Pot. -jayet, or -jayyāt MBh
7. pf. -jigyathur RV
8. aor. parâjaiṣīt MBh
9. inf. -jetum R
10. ind. p. -jitya ib.), to be deprived of, suffer the loss of (acc.), be conquered, succumb RV. &c. &c
11. to submit to, be overcome by (abl.) Pāṇ. 1-4, 26
12. to conquer, win, vanquish, overthrow MBh. Kāv. &c
13. to defeat in a lawsuit Yājñ. ii, 75

⋙parāgajaya

1. ○jaya m. the being deprived of or conquered, loss, defeat (also in a lawsuit) MBh. Kāv. Yājñ
2. conquest, victory MBh. R. Ragh
3. turning away from, desertion MW

⋙parāgajit

1. ○jit m. N. a son of Rukma-kavaca Hariv

⋙parāgajita

1. ○jita (párā-), mfn. conquered, defeated, overthrown, cast (in a lawsuit), condemned by law RV. &c. &c

⋙parāgajiṣṇu

1. ○jiṣṇu mfn. conquered, succumbing ( á-parāj○)
2. victorious, triumphant MBh

parāñc

1. parāñc mfn. (fr. 2. añc
2. nom. āṅ, ācī, āk, or āṅ) directed or going away or towards some place beyond (opp. to arvāñc) [Page 590, Column]
3. turned away, averted, distant, turning from, being beyond or outside of (abl.), not returning, done away with, gone, departed RV. AV. TS. Br. Up
4. having any one behind
5. standing or going behind one another, following (abl.) ib
6. directed outwards or towards the outer world (as the senses) KaṭhUp. BhP
7. n. the body BhP. iv, 11, 10
8. (k), ind. away, off KātyŚr. AitUp
9. (k or ṅ), outwards, towards the outer world KaṭhUp. BhP

≫parāk

1. parāk in comp. for ○rāñc

⋙parāktva

1. ○tva n. not turning back, non-recurrence ŚāṅkhBr. Lāṭy

⋙parākpuṣpī

1. ○puṣpī f. Achyranthes Aspera L

≫parāka

1. parāká distance (only e and āt, at or from a distance) RV. (cf. Naigh. iii, 26)
2. m. N. of a Tri-rātra Br. ŚrS
3. of a sort of religious penance (said to consist in fasting for 12 days and nights and keeping the mind attentive and organs subdued) Mn. Yājñ
4. a sacrificial sword L
5. a kind of disease L
6. a species of animal L
7. mfn. small L

⋙parākāttāt

1. parākā́ttāt ind. from a distance RV. viii, 81, 27

≫parāg

1. parāg in comp. for ○rāñc

⋙parāgdṛś

1. ○dṛś mfn. having the eye tumed towards the outer world BhP

⋙parāgvasu

1. ○vasu mfn. keeping off wealth Kauś. (opp to arvāg-v○
2. cf. parā-v○)

≫parāṅ

1. parāṅ in comp. for, ○rāñc

⋙parāṅāvṛtta

1. ○āvṛtta mfn. turned away, flying Āpast

⋙parāṅmanas

1. ○manas (pár○), mfn. having the mind or thoughts directed backwards AV

⋙parāṅmukha

1. ○mukha mf(ī)n. having the face turned away or averted, turning the back upon (also am ind.)
2. flying from
3. averse from, hostile to, regardless of, shunning, avoiding (loc
4. gen
5. acc. with prati, or comp.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
6. unfavourable, unkind (as fate &c.) MBh. Kālid
7. m. a spell or magical formula pronounced over weapons R
8. n. (ch. cf MBh.), -tā f. (Amar.), -tva n. (Var.) turning away, aversion
9. ○khaya Nom. P. ○yati, to turn back or away Bhaṭṭ. Sch
10. ○khī-√kṛ, to cause any one to avert the face, put to flight MBh
11. ○khī-√bhū, to become averted, turn away the face, take to flight, retreat Kāv. Vet
12. -bhūta mfn. averse from, inauspicious, unfavourable (as fate) Pañc

≫parācī

1. parācī f. of ○rāñc, in

⋙parācīkarman

1. ○karman n. N. of wk. on funeral rites

≫parācīna

1. parācī́na mfn. turned away or downwards or opposite, averted VS. &c. &c
2. being opposite or beyond or outside of BhP. averse from, indifferent to (abl.) MBh
3. unfit, improper Hcar
4. (am), ind. away from, beyond (abl.) ŚBr
5. more than Kāṭh
6. after TS
7. before the time L

⋙parācīnarātra

1. ○rātra n. the second half of the night ĀpŚr

≫parācais

1. parācaís ind. away, aside, off RV. AV

≫parāñcana

1. parâñcana n. turning away from, bending aside Nir. xi, 25

⋙parāñcin

1. parâñḍcin mfn. not returning, non-recurring Br

parāñja

1. parāñja m. (only L.) an oil-mill
2. froth or foam
3. the blade of a sword or knife (cf. parañja)

parāṇ

1. parâṇ (parā with √an), P. parâṇiti (Desid. parâṇiṇiṣati) Pāṇ. 8-4, 19 &c. 2

⋙parāṇ

1. parâṇ mfn. ib. 20

⋙parāṇa

1. parâṇa n. (with vāyoḥ) N. of a Sāman L

parāṇī

1. parā-ṇī (√nī), P. Ā. -ṇayati, ○te, to lead away or back AV

parāṇud

1. parā-ṇud (√nud), P. Ā. -ṇudáti, ○te (Ved. inf. -ṇúde), to push or drive away, banish, remove RV. &c. &c

⋙parāṇutti

1. parā-ḍṇutti f. driving away, expulsion, removal TS

parātaṃsa

1. parā-taṃsa m. (√taṃs) the being thrust or pushed aside Kāṭh

parātaram

1. parā-taram See parā, p. 589, col. 2

parātras

1. parā-√tras only Caus. aor. parâtitrasat, to drive away AV

parādana

1. parādana m. a horse of Persian breed L

parādā

1. parā-dā √1. P. -dadāti, (pf. -dadātha aor. -dās, -dāt often as ṣubj., -dur
2. Ved. inf. -daí), to give up or over, deliver, throw away RV. AV. ŚBr
3. give in exchange for, barter against (dat.) RV. viii, 1, 5
4. to exclude from BhP

⋙parātta

1. parā-tta mfn. given up &c. Pāṇ. 7-4, 47 Sch

⋙parādadi

1. parā-dadí mfn. giving up, delivering over RV

⋙parādāna

1. parā-dā́na n. the act of giving up &c. VS. [Page 590, Column]

parādiś

1. parā-√diś (only pf. -dideśa), to order off, remove AV

parādṛś

1. parā-√dṛś (pf. -dadṛśur ind. p. -dṛ́śya), to perceive, behold AV. ŚBr

parādru

1. parā-√dru P. -dravati, to run away, flee, escape BhP

parādhāv

1. parā-dhāv √1. P. -dhāvati, to run away RV

parādhmā

1. parā-√dhmā P. -dhamati, to blow away RV

parānasā

1. parānasā f. (fr. ?) administering remedies, medical treatment L

parāpa

1. parâpa n. (fr. parā + ap) Pāṇ. 6-3, 97 Vārtt. 1 Pat
2. mfn. (a place &c.) whence water has retired W

parāpat

1. parā-√pat P. -patati, to fly awny or past, escape, depart RV. &c. &c
2. to fall out, fail, be missing AV. Br. GṛS. Uttarar
3. to fly or rush along Kād
4. to fly towards, approach, arrive Hcar. Kād.: Caus. -pātayati, to drive away AV
5. -pā́tam ind. p. flying away MaitrS

⋙parāpātin

1. parā-pātin mfn. flying off, getting loose ĀpŚr

⋙parāpātuka

1. parā-pā́tuka mfn. miscarrying, abortive TS

parāpaś

1. parā-√paś P. -paśyati, to look far off (or to a distance) AV. TS. ŚBr
2. to see or perceive (at a distance) ŚBr. KātyŚr

parāpū

1. parā-√pū P. -punāti (ind. p. -pāvam), to purify, cleanse away VS. AV. ĀpŚr

⋙parāpavana

1. parā-pavana n. cleansing away, removing by purification ĀpŚr

parāpṛṣṭhībhūtvā

1. parā-pṛṣṭhī-bhūtvā ind. having the back turned (?) Divyâv

parābaba

1. parābaba n. N. of two Sāmans L. (vḷ. ○bava)

parābhikṣa

1. parābhikṣa wṛ. for parṇa-bh○

parābhū

1. parā-√bhū P. -bhavati (fut. -bhaviṣyati
2. Ved. inf. -bhúve), to perish, disappear, be lost, succumb, yield AV. Br. &c
3. to overcome, conquer R. Kām
4. (Pass. p. -bhūyamāna BhP.) to harm, hurt, injure MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -bhāvayati, to overthrow, destroy AV. Br. &c
5. (Ā.) to vanish, perish, sustain a loss BhP

⋙parābhava

1. parā-bhavá m. vanishing, disappearance, dissolution, separation R
2. overthrow, defeat, humiliation, mortification, contempt, injury, destruction, ruin ŚBr. MBh. Kāv. &c
3. N. of the 40th (or 14th) year in Jupiter's cycle of 6o years Var. (cf. parāvasu)
4. -pada n. an object of contempt MW

⋙parābhāva

1. parā-bhāva m. defeat, overthrow MBh
2. humiliation, contempt L

⋙parābhāvana

1. parā-bhāvana n. suppression ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙parābhāvuka

1. parā-bhāvuka mfn. about to decline, going to pass away Kāṭh

⋙parābhūta

1. parā-bhūta (párā-), mfn. vanished, perished, forlorn ŚBr. (cf. á-parābh○)
2. defeated, overcome, harmed, injured, degraded, humbled MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙parābhūti

1. parā-bhūti (párā-), f. defeat, overthrow, humiliation, injury AV. Kāv. Pur

parābhṛta

1. párā-bhṛta mfn. (√bhṛ) borne or taken off, put aside, hidden, concealed RV. AV

parāmi

1. parā-√mi or mī (only fut. p. -meṣyat), to come back, return AitBr

parāmṛta

1. parā-mṛta mfn. (for 1. See p. 587, col. 3) one who is beyond (i.e. no longer subject to) death Up. Śaṃk

parāmṛś

1. parā-√mṛś P. -mṛśati (inf. -marṣṭum ind. p. -mṛśya), to seize or lay hold of, touch, feel, stroke, handle, clutch ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c
2. to handle roughly, violate (as a woman or a temple) MBh. R
3. to point or refer to (acc.) Śaṃk. Nīlak
4. to consider, deliberate Bhām.: Pass. -mṛśyate, to be touched, be referred to or meant Kāś. Kull. (wṛ. -mṛṣ○)

⋙parāmarśa

1. parā-marśa m. seizing, pulling (keśa-, by the hair) MBh
2. bending or drawing (of a bow) R
3. violation, injury, assault, attack MBh. R. Kād
4. affection (by disease &c.) MārkP
5. remembrance, recollection Vedântas
6. referring or pointing touched Sāh
7. reflection, consideration, judgment MBh. Bhāshāp
8. (in logic) inference, conclusion, drawing conclusions from analogy or experience, knowledge of the minor premiss in its connection with the major
9. N. of wk
10. -kāraṇapakṣatā-vāda m. -karya-kāraṇa-bhāva-vicāra m. -grantha m. -grantha-rahasya n. -ṭippanī f. -pūrva-pakṣa-grantka-ṭīkā f. (○thakroḍa m. ○tha-dīdhiti-ṭīkā f. ○tha-prakāśa m. ○tha-vivecana n. ○thânugama m.), -pūrvapakṣa-rahasya n. -rahasya n. -vāda m. -vādârtha m. -vicāra m. -siddhânta-grantha-ṭīkā f. (○tha-kroḍa m. ○tha-prakāśa, m. ○tha-vivecana n. ○thâloka, m.), -siddhânta-rahasya n. -hetutā-vicāra m. N. of wks. [Page 590, Column]

⋙parāmarśana

1. parā-marśana n. taking hold of, touching, seizing Kauś. Sch
2. recollection, consideration L

⋙parāmarśin

1. parā-marśin mfn. calling or bringing to mind, pointing or referring to (○śitva n.) Sāh

⋙parāmṛṣṭa

1. parā-mṛṣṭa (párā-), mfn. seized or laid hold of, grasped, handled, touched, felt, roughly treated, violated, afflicted (by disease &c.) AV. MBh. &c
2. recollected, considered, referred to RPrāt
3. borne, endured W

parāyaṇa

1. parâyaṇa n. (parā +√i) going away, departure or way of departure, final end, last resort RV. AV. ŚBr. (cf. 1. parâyaṇa, p. 587)

parāyati

1. parā-yáti m. (√yat) = parā-ganṭri RV. ix, 91, 7 (Sāy.)

parāyatta

1. parâyatta &c. See p. 587, col. 3

parāyā

1. parā-√yā P. -yāti, to go away RV. AV.: Caus. -yāpáyati, to bid go away Kauś

parārīka

1. parārīka m. (or ○kā f.) leek Āpast. (vḷ. palārīka)

parāru

1. parāru m. Momordica Charantia L. (vḷ. pavāru)

parāruka

1. parāruka m. a stone or rock L. (vḷ. pavāruka)

parārtha

1. parârtha parârdha &c. See under para, p. 587, col. 3

parāvac

1. parā-√vac P. -vakti, to contradict (opp. to anu-vac) ŚBr

⋙parāvāka

1. parā-vāká m. contradiction AV

⋙parokta

1. parôkta mfn. contradicted ŚBr

⋙parocya

1. parốcya mfn. to be contradicted TS

parāvat

1. parā-vat See under 2. parā, p. 589

parāvata

1. parāvata m. Grewia Asiatica L

parāvad

1. parā-√vad P. -vadati, to warn off or remove by speaking or reciting AV

parāvadh

1. parā√vadh (only aor. -avadhīt, -vadhīt), to strike down, crush, tear RV. i, 38, 6 (párā-parā vadhīt) AV. TS

parāvap

1. parā-vap √2. P. -vapati, to lay aside, remove (as dead bodies, arrows &c.) AV. VS. MaitrS. Br

parāvam

1. parā-√vam P. -vamiti, or -vamati, to spit or vomit away Kāṭh

parāvara

1. parâvara &c. See p. 587, col. 3

parāvarta

1. parā-varta &c. See parā-vṛt

parāvalg

1. parā√-valg Ā. -valgate, to jump away TS

parāvasu

1. parā-vásu mfn. keeping off wealth ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. (cf. parāg-v○)
2. m. N. of the 40th year of Jupiter's cycle of 60 years Var. (cf. parābhava)
3. of a Gandharva (associated with Viśvā-vasu) BhP
4. of a son of Raibhya (associated with Arvā-vasu) MBh

parāvah

1. parā-√vah P. -vahati (aor. Subj. -vakṣat), to carry off take away, bring to (dat.) RV. AV

⋙parāvaha

1. parā-ḍvaha m. N. of one of the 7 winds (the other 6 being called ā-vaha, ud-, pari-, pra-, vi- and saṃ-vaha) MBh. Hariv

parāvā

1. parā-vā √2. P. -vāti, to blow away, remove by blowing RV

parāvāka

1. parā-vāka See parā-vac above

parāvṛj

1. parā-√vṛj P. -vṛṇakti (impf. vṛvak
2. pf. -vavṛjur
3. aor. -vark, -varktam), to turn away
4. (with śīrṣā) to flee RV
5. to wring off (as a head) ib
6. to throw away, remove, reject, abandon ib

⋙parāvṛkta

1. parā-ḍvṛkta (párā-), mfn. rejected, cast off RV. iv, 30, 16

⋙parāvṛj

1. parā-ḍvṛj m. an out-caste, wretch, miserable RV. (Sāy. 'N. of a person')

parāvṛt

1. parā-√vṛt Ā. -vartate (ind. p. -vṛtya), to turn back or round (intrans.), return, desist from (abl.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -vartayati, to turn round (trans.) RV. i, 38, 9 [Page 591, Column]
2. cause to return MBh. vii, 9201 (B. pari-vartaya)

⋙parāvarta

1. parā-ḍvarta m. turning back or round
2. exchange, barter HPariś
3. reversal of a sentence (in law) W
4. restoration W

⋙parāvartana

1. parā-ḍvartana n. turning back or round MBh

⋙parāvartin

1. parā-ḍvartin mfn. turning back, taking to flight MBh. R. (a-parāv○)

⋙parāvartya

1. parā-ḍvartya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be turned back or exchanged or reversed (as a sentence) or restored W
2. -vyavahāra m. appeal (in law) ib

⋙parāvṛt

1. parā-ḍvṛt m. N. of a son of Rukmakavaca VP

⋙parāvṛtta

1. parā-ḍvṛtta mfn. turned (also to flight) returned, averted from (abl.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. passed away, disappeared R. BhP. HPariś
3. wallowing, rolling (n. as a subst.) L
4. exchanged W
5. reversed (as a judgment) ib
6. given back, restored ib

⋙parāvṛtti

1. parā-ḍvṛtti f. turning back or round, returning, revolving Hariv. (cf. a-parāv○)
2. change, interchange, exchange, barter Kāv
3. reversion of a sentence or judgment W
4. restoration of property ib
5. recoiling, rebounding, not taking effect Cat

parāvyadh

1. parā-√vyadh P. -vidhyati, to hurl or fling away or out TS. MaitrS
2. to strike, hit, wound MBh

⋙parāviddha

1. parā-ḍviddha m. N. of Kṛishṇa or Kubera L. (cf. pari-viddha under pari-vyadh)

⋙parāvyādha

1. parā-ḍvyādha m. a stone's throw, the range of any missile ŚBr

parāśara

1. parā-śara See parā-śṝ below

parāśas

1. parā-śás f. (√śaṃs) calumny, curse, imprecation TS. AV

parāśātayitṛ

1. parā-śātayitṛ m. (√śad, Caus.) crusher, destroyer Nir. vi, 30

parāśṝ

1. parā-śṝ P. -śṛṇāti (Impv. -śṛṇīhi, ○ṇītam, ○ṇantu RV
2. aor. -śarīt, or -śarait AV.), to crush, destroy

⋙parāśara

1. parā-ḍśará m. a crusher, destroyer RV. AV
2. a partic. wild animal Bhagavatīg. (wṛ. ○sara)
3. N. of a Nāga MBh
4. N. of a son of Vasishṭha or of a son of Śakti and grandson of Vasishṭha (according to MBh. the father of Vyāsa
5. said to be the author of RV. i, 65-73 and part of ix, 97)
6. of a son of Kuṭhumi VP
7. of the author of a well-known code of laws RTL. 51 &c
8. of sev. writers on medicine and astrology &c. (with bhaṭṭa, N. of a poet) Cat
9. -kṣetra-māhātmya n. -tantra n. -dharma m. -purāṇa, n. -mādhaviiya n. -vaṃśa-varṇana n. -vijaya m. -saṃhitā f. -sampāta m. -siddhânta m. -sūtra-vṛtti, f. -smṛti f. -smṛti-saṃgraha m. ○rôpapurāṇa n. N. of wks
10. ○rin m. = pārāśarin L
11. ○rêśvara m. N. of a Liṅga SkandaP
12. ○vara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha ŚivaP

⋙parāśīrṇa

1. parā-śīrṇa mfn. crushed, destroyed Nir. vi, 30

parāśraya

1. parâśraya parâśrita, See under para, p. 588, col. 1

parāśvas

1. parā-√śvas (only ind. p. -śvasya), to confide in (loc.) MBh

parās

1. parâs (parā +√2. as), P. parâsyati (impf. parâsyat
2. pf. parâsa), to throw away or down, cast aside, expose (as a new-born child), abandon, reject, leave RV. &c. &c

⋙parāsa

1. parâsa m. she range or distance of anything thrown ŚāṅkhŚr
2. n. tin L

⋙parāsana

1. parâsana n. killing, slaughter, massacre L

⋙parāsin

1. parâsin mfn. throwing or measuring the distance of anything thrown TāṇḍBr

⋙parāsisiṣu

1. parâsisiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to drive away Kir
2. desirous to throw or send W
3. wishing to overcome ib

⋙parāsta

1. parâsta mfn. thrown away, rejected, repudiated Sāh
2. defeated W

⋙parāsya

1. parâsya or mfn. to be thrown away ŚBr

⋙parāsya

1. parâsyá mfn. to be thrown away ŚBr

parāsic

1. parā-√sic P. -siñcati (aor. -asicat
2. Pass. -sicyate aor. -aseci), to pour or throw away, cast aside, remove RV. TS. AV. ŚBr. ŚrS

⋙parāsikta

1. parā-sikta mfn. poured or thrown away, spilled ŚBr. (cf. á-parās○)
2. set aside, rendered useless MBh

parāsu

1. parâsu mfn. one whose vital spirit is departed or departing
2. dying or dead MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙parāsukarṇa

1. ○karṇa mfn. causing death, killing MBh

⋙parāsutā

1. ○tā f

⋙parāsutva

1. ○tva n. exhaustion, death MBh

parāsū

1. parā-√sū P. -suvati (aor. -sāviiḥ), to frighten away RV. AV. VS. TS

parāsṛ

1. parā-√sṛ P. -sarati, to come near, approach RV. [Page 591, Column]

parāsṛj

1. parā-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to give away, bestow MBh

parāsedha

1. parā-sedha m. (√1. sidh) arrest, imprisonment Nār

parāstambh

1. parā-√stambh P. -stabhnāti, to hold back, hinder ŚBr

parāhan

1. parā-√han P. -hanti (impf. 2. 3. sg. párâhan pf. 3. pl. parā-jaghnúr), to strike down or away, hurl down, overthrow RV. MBh
2. to touch, feel, grope VS. ŚBr

⋙parāhata

1. parā-ḍhata (párā-), mfn. turned over, tilled (the earth) RV. v, 56, 3
2. struck down or back, repelled, averted, rejected MBh. Kāv
3. refuted, contradicted Nyāyam

⋙parāhati

1. parā-ḍhati f. contradiction Sarvad

parāhā

1. parā-hā √2. Ā. -jihīte, to give way, let slip, abandon, evade (acc.) TS

parāhṛta

1. parā-hṛta mfn. (√hṛ) carried off, removed ĀpŚr. BhP

pari

1. pári ind. round, around, about, round about
2. fully, abundantly, richly (esp. ibc. [where also parī] to express fulness or high degree) RV. &c. &c
3. as a prep. (with acc.) about (in space and time) RV. AV
4. against, opposite to, in the direction of, towards, to ib. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-4, 90
5. also at the beginning of a comp. mfn
6. ib. ii, 2, 18 Vārtt. 4 Pat. and pary-adhyayana)
7. beyond, more than AV
8. to the share of (with √as, or bhū, to fall to a person's lot) Pāṇ. 1-4, 90
9. successively, severally (e.g. vṛkṣam pari siñcati, he waters tree after tree) ib
10. (with abl.) from, away from, out of RV. AV. ŚBr. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-4, 93)
11. outside of, except Pāṇ. 1-4, 88 Kāś. (often repeated ib. viii, 1, 5
12. also at the beginning or the end of an ind. comp. ib. ii, 1, 12)
13. after the lapse of Mn.iii, 119 MBh. xiii, 4672 (some read parisaṃvatsarāt)
14. in consequence or on account or for the sake of RV. AV
15. according to (esp. dhármaṇas pári, according to ordinance or in conformity with law or right) RV. [Cf. Zd. pairi
16. Gk. ?.] [591,]

pariṃśa

1. pariṃśá m. (pari + aṃśa) the best part of (gen.) RV. i, 187, 8

parikath

1. pari-√kath P. -kathayati, to mention, call, name Tattvas

⋙parikathā

1. pari-kathā f. a religious tale or narrative Divyâv

parikandala

1. pari-kandala mf(ā)n. teeming with, full of (comp.) Bhojapr

parikamp

1. pari-√kamp Caus. -kampayati, to cause to tremble, shake BhP

⋙parikampa

1. pari-kampa m. tremor, great fear or terror L

⋙parikampin

1. pari-kampin mfn. trembling violently Uttarar

parikara

1. pari-kara pari-karman &c. See pari-kṛ, col. 3

parikarkaśa

1. pari-karkaśa mfn. very harsh Jātakam

parikarta

1. pari-karta ○tana &c. See pari-kṛt

parikarṣa

1. pari-karṣa See pari-kṛṣ

parikal

1. pari-kal √2. P. -kālayati, to drive about, chase, persecute MBh. R

⋙parikālita

1. pari-kālita mfn. persecuted, dogged MBh

parikal

1. pari-kal √3. P. -kalayati, to seize, take hold of Bālar. ix, 18
2. to swallow, devour Kād. Hcar
3. to observe, consider as Śiś. viii, 9

⋙parikalayitṛ

1. pari-kalayitṛ mfn. surrounding, encircling Mcar. v, 10 (read ○yitā)

⋙parikalitin

1. pari-kalitin mfn. = ○kalitaṃ yena saḥ g. iṣṭâdi

parikalkana

1. pari-kalkana n. deceit, cheating Dhātup. (cf. kalkana)

parikalpa

1. pari-kalpa ○pana &c. See pari-kḷp, p. 592, col. 1

parikāṅkṣita

1. pari-kāṅkṣita m. (√kāṅkṣ) a devotee, religious ascetic L. (cf. pārikāṅkṣin)

parikātara

1. pari-kātara mfn. very timid or cowardly Jātakam

parikāyana

1. parikāyana (?), m. pl. N. of a school L

parikāsana

1. pari-kāsana n. (√kās) frequent coughing ĀpGṛ. [Page 591, Column]

parikiraṇa

1. pari-kiraṇa -kīrṇa &c. See pari- √1. kṝ, p. 592

parikīrt

1. pari-√kīrt P. -kīrtayati, to proclaim on all sides, announce, relate, celebrate, praise, declare, call, name GṛS. Mn. MBh. &c

⋙parikīrtana

1. pari-kīrtana n. proclaiming, announcing, talking of, boasting, naming, calling Mn. MBh. &c

⋙parikīrtita

1. pari-kīrtita mfn. proclaimed, announced, boasted of, said, called ib

parikup

1. pari-√kup P. -kupyati, to become greatly moved or excited, to be in a rage, to be very angry MBh.: Caus. -kopayati, to excite violently, to make very angry ib

⋙parikupita

1. pari-kupita mfn. much excited, very angry, wrathful ib

⋙parikopa

1. pari-kopa m. violent anger, wrath Pañc

⋙parikopita

1. pari-kopita mfn. (fr. Caus.) greatly excited, very angry MBh

parikūṭa

1. pari-kūṭa m. N. of a serpent-demon L
2. a barrier or trench before the gate of a town L

parikūla

1. pari-kūla n. (prob.) the land lying on a shore Pāṇ. 6-2, 82 Sch

parikṛ

1. pari-kṛ √1. P. -karoti &c. (cf. pari-ṣ-kṛ), to surround MBh
2. to uphold Divyâv

⋙parikara

1. pari-kara mf(ī)n. who or what helps or assists W
2. m. (ifc. f. ā) attendants, followers, entourage, retinue, train (sg. and pl.) MBh. Kāv. &c
3. multitude, abundance Bhartṛ. Bālar
4. a girth, zone, waist-band, (esp.) a girdle to keep up a garment (○ram-√bā́ndh, or ○raṃ-√kṛ, ('to gird up one's loins, make preparations', and so pari-kara = ārambha L.) Hariv. Kāv. Rājat. &c
5. (in dram.) covert or indirect intimation of coming events in a plot, the germ of the Bīja Daśar
6. (in rhet.) a partic. figure in which many significant epithets or adjectives are employed one after the other to give force to a statement Kpr. Sāh. &c
7. -śloka Alaṃkārav
8. discrimination, judgement L
9. -bandha m. the binding on of a girdle in order to begin any work MW
10. -bhūta mfn. being instrumental Āryabh. Sch
11. -vijaya m. N. of wk
12. -śloka m. versus auxiliaris Alaṃkārav

⋙parikarita

1. pari-karita mfn. accompanied by (instr.) Vcar

⋙parikartṛ

1. pari-kartṛ m. a priest who performs the marriage ceremony for a younger brother whose elder brother is not yet married L

⋙parikarman

1. pari-karman m. a servant, assistant L
2. n. attendance, worship, adoration BhP
3. dressing, painting or perfuming the body (esp. after bathing) MBh. Kālid
4. cleansing, purification Śiś
5. preparation Kathās. (cf. ○kara)
6. arithmetical computation or operation W
7. ○makathā f. prayer (?) Divyâv
8. ○mâṣṭaka n. the 8 fundamental rules of arithmetic (viz. addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, finding the square, extracting the square √, finding the cube, extracting the cube root) Col

⋙parikarmaya

1. pari-karmaya Nom. P. ○yati, to anoint, decorate, adorn Gīt
2. to make ready Divyâv
3. ○mita mfn. arranged, prepared, put in order Var. Sarvad

⋙parikarmin

1. pari-karmin mfn. adorning, decorating W
2. m. an assistant, servant, slave ŚrS. Suśr

⋙parikṛta

1. pari-kṛta mfn. surrounded MBh

⋙parikriyā

1. pari-kriyā f. surrounding, inclosing, intrenching L
2. attending to, care of (comp
3. cf. agni-parikriyā)
4. exercise, practice, enjoyment (cf. rājya-parik○)
5. (in dram.) illusion to future action (= parikara) Daśar

parikṛt

1. pari-kṛt √2. P. -kṛntati, (ind. p. -kṛtya), to cut round, clip, cut off AV. R
2. to exclude from (abl.) Mn. iv, 219

⋙parikartana

1. pari-kartana mfn. cutting up or to pieces MBh
2. n. cutting, cutting off or out, a circular incision Suśr
3. = next ib

⋙parikartikā

1. pari-kartikā f. sharp shooting pain (esp. in the rectum) Suśr

⋙parikṛtta

1. pari-kṛtta mfn. cut round, clipped, cut off ŚBr

parikṛt

1. pari-kṛt √3. (only p. pres. Ā. -kṛtyamāna), to wind round AV

parikṛś

1. pari-√kṛś only Caus. -karśayati, to harass, afflict BhP

≫parikṛśa

1. pari-kṛśa mfn. very thin, emaciate, wasted Vop
2. -tva n. a slender size Lalit

parikṛṣ

1. pari-√kṛṣ P. Ā. -karṣati, ○te, to draw or drag about (Ā. also 'each other') MBh
2. to lead (an army) R
3. to rule, govern, be master of (acc.) MBh
4. to harass, afflict ib
5. to ponder, reflect constantly upon (acc.) ib
6. (P. -kṛṣati) to draw or make furrows, to plough ŚBr. KātyŚr
7. to draw a circle, Śulbas.: Caus. -karṣayati, to drag to and fro, torment, harass, vex, trouble R. BhP. [Page 592, Column]
8. to carry (as a nurse) Divyâv

⋙parikarṣa

1. pari-karṣa m. dragging about MBh. (cf. g. nirudakâdi)

⋙parikarṣaṇa

1. pari-karṣaṇa n. id. ib
2. a circle, Śulbas

⋙parikarṣita

1. pari-karṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) dragged about, harassed, tortured R. BhP

⋙parikarṣin

1. pari-karṣin mfn. dragging away, carrying about (to different places) R

⋙parikṛṣṭa

1. pari-kṛṣṭa m. N. of a teacher VāyuP

parikṝ

1. pari-kṝ √1. P. -kirati, (ind. p. -kīrya), to scatter or strew about ŚBr. KātyŚr
2. to throw upon, impose, deliver over to (loc.), Rāgh. xviii, 32

⋙parikiraṇa

1. pari-kiraṇa n. scattering or strewing about Kauś. Sch

⋙parikīrṇa

1. pari-kīrṇa mfn. spread, diffused, scattered around, surrounded, crowded MBh. Kāv. &c

parikḷp

1. pari-√kḷp Caus. -kalpayati (Pass. -kalpyate), to fix, settle, determine, destine for (with acc., artham ifc., loc. or an inf. with pass. sense) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. to choose VarBṛS. lix, 11
3. to perform, execute, accomplish, contrive, arrange, make Yājñ. Ragh. Kathās
4. to distribute, divide (with an adv. in dhā) Mn. Var. MBh
5. to admit or invite to (loc.) MBh
6. to suppose, presuppose Sarvad

⋙parikalpa

1. pari-kalpa m. īllusion Buddh
2. wṛ. for ○kampa

⋙parikalpana

1. pari-kalpana n. fixing, settling, contriving, making, inventing, providing, dividing, distributing
2. (ā), f. making, forming, assuming ( See rūpa-parik○)
3. reckoning, calculation Var

⋙parikalpita

1. pari-kalpita mfn. settled, decided
2. fixed upon, chosen, wished for, expected, made, created, imagined, invented, contrived, arranged, distributed, divided (with khaṇḍa-śaḥ, cut or broken in pieces) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙parikalpya

1. pari-kalpya mfn. to be settled &c
2. to be calculated Var

⋙parikḷpta

1. pari-kḷpta mfn. distributed, scattered, found here and there MBh

parikeśa

1. pari-keśa m. g. nirudakâdi

parikrand

1. pari-√krand (only aor. Caus. -acikradat), to cry or make a noise round about (acc.) RV

parikram

1. pari-√kram P. [-kr�Amati] (rarely Ā. ○te
2. p. [-kr�Amat]
3. pf. -cakrāma, -cakramur
4. aor. -akramīt
5. inf. -krāntum
6. ind. p. -krā́mam, or -kramya), to step or walk round or about, circumambulate, roam over, walk through, visit (with acc.) RV. &c. &c
7. to go past, escape AitBr
8. to outstrip, overtake R.: Intens. -caṅkramati, to move or walk about perpetually BhP

⋙parikrama

1. pari-krama m. roaming about, circumambulating, walking through, pervading MBh. Pur
2. transition RPrāt. (vḷ. parā-kr○)
3. following the course of a river down from its source to its mouth and then on the other bank up to its source again RTL. 348
4. succession, series, order Lāṭy. Kauś. Mn. iii, 214 (read āvṛt-parikramam)
5. a remedy, medicine Car
6. -saha m. 'one who bears running about', a goat L

⋙parikramaṇa

1. pari-kramaṇa n. walking or roaming about ŚāṅkhBr

⋙parikrānta

1. pari-krānta mfn. walked round, stepped upon, trod
2. n. the place stepped upon, foot-steps, traces R

⋙parikrānti

1. pari-krānti f. moving round, revolution BhP

⋙parikrāmitaka

1. pari-krāmitaka n. (fr. Caus.) walking about (only ○kena, ind., in stage-directions) Bālar. Viddh. Pracaṇḍ

parikriyā

1. pari-kriyā See pari-kṛ

parikrī

1. pari-√krī Ā. -krīṇīte (Pāṇ. 1-3, 18
2. really more frequent in P., e.g. impf. -akrīṇam AV
3. Pot. -krīṇīyāt ŚāṅkhŚr
4. ind. p. -krīya Gobh.), to purchase, buy, barter, gain, acquire AV. ŚBr. Lāṭy. Gobh. (with instr. or dat. of the price, e.g. śatena, or śatāya, to buy for a hundred Pāṇ. 1-4, 44)
5. to hire, engage for stipulated wages ŚBr. ŚrS
6. to recompense, reward (only p. Ā. -krīṇāna) Bhaṭṭ

⋙parikraya

1. pari-kraya m. giving up at the cost of (cf. prāṇaparikr○)
2. hire, wages KātyŚr. Sch
3. redemption, buying off W
4. a peace purchased with money Kām. Hit

⋙parikrayaṇa

1. pari-krayaṇa n. hiring, engaging Pāṇ. 1-4, 44

⋙parikrī

1. pari-krī m. N. of an Ekaha ŚrS

⋙parikrīta

1. pari-krīta mfn. purchased, bought, hired MBh. (applied to a son = reto-mūlya-dānena tasyām eva [i.e. bhāryāyām] janitaḥ Nīlak.)

parikrīḍ

1. pari-√krīḍ Ā. -krīḍate (Pāṇ. 1-3, 21
2. but P. p. -krīḍat pf. -cikrīḍuḥ ŚBr.), to play about (Impv. Ā. -krīḍasva Bhaṭṭ.)

parikrudh

1. pari-√krudh P. -krudhyati, to fly into a rage, become enraged R

parikruś

1. pari-√kruś P. -krośati (cf. -cukruśur ind. p. -kruśya), to go about crying, to wail, lament MBh. R. [Page 592, Column]

⋙parikruṣṭa

1. pari-kruṣṭa mfn. lamented
2. n. lamentation has been made by (instr.) R

⋙parikrośa

1. pari-krośá m. 'crier', prob. N. of a demon RV. i, 29, 7

pariklam

1. pari-√klam P. -klāmati, ○myati, to be tired out or exhausted Kād

⋙pariklānta

1. pari-klānta mfn. very tired, tired out, exhausted MBh

pariklinna

1. pari-klinna mfn. (√klid) very wet, excessively moist or humid R

⋙parikleda

1. pari-kleda m. humidity, wetness MBh

⋙parikledin

1. pari-kledin mfn. wetting or wet Suśr

parikliś

1. pari-√kliś P. Ā. -kliśyati, ○te (p. -kliśyamāna Pāṇ. 3-4, 55), to suffer, feel pain, be troubled or vexed MBh. R
2. (only ind. p. -kliśya) to pain, torment, vex, harass R

⋙parikliśa

1. pari-kliśa m. (?) vexation, trouble W

⋙parikliṣṭa

1. pari-kliṣṭa mfn. much vexed or troubled, pained, harassed, afflicted, exhausted MBh. R. &c
2. n. = ○kleśa L
3. (am), ind. with uneasiness or reluctance, unwillingly

⋙parikleśa

1. pari-kleśa m. hardship, pain, trouble, fatigue MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙parikleṣṭṛ

1. pari-kleṣṭṛ m. a tormentor, torturer MBh

parikvaṇana

1. pari-kvaṇana mfn. (√kvaṇ) loud-sounding, loud Nir. vi, 1

parikvath

1. pari-√kvath P. -kvathati, to become boiling hot Bālar. v, 48/49

parikṣata

1. pari-kṣata mfn. (√kṣan) wounded, hurt, injured, killed Mn. MBh. Kāv

⋙parikṣati

1. pari-kṣati f. wounding, injury, lesson Śiś

parikṣaya

1. pari-kṣaya See pari- √4. kṣi

parikṣar

1. pari-√kṣar P. -kṣarati (aor. -akṣār), to cause to flow round (in a stream) RV
2. to bestow by pouring forth in a stream ib

parikṣal

1. pari-kṣal √2. P. -kṣālayati, (ind. p. -kṣālya), to wash out, rinse, wash off ŚBr

⋙parikṣālana

1. pari-kṣālana n. water for washing KātyŚr

parikṣava

1. pari-kṣavá m. (√kṣu) frequent or ill-omened sneezing AV

parikṣā

1. pari-kṣā f. (√kṣai) clay, mud, dirt L

⋙parikṣāṇa

1. pari-kṣāṇa mfn. charred or burnt to a cinder AitBr

⋙parikṣāma

1. pari-kṣāma mfn. excessively emaciated, dried up, fallen away Kād. Rājat

parikṣi

1. pari-kṣi √4. P. -kṣiṇoti, to destroy BhP.: Pass. -kṣīyate, to waste away, decay, become exhausted Hit

⋙parikṣaya

1. pari-kṣaya m. disappearing, ceasing, dissolution, decay, destruction, loss, ruin, end Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙parikṣīṇa

1. pari-kṣīṇa mfn. vanished, disappeared, wasted, exhausted, diminished, ruined, lost, destroyed
2. (in law) insolvent Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c

parikṣi

1. pari-kṣi √2. P. -kṣeti, to dwell around (with acc.) AitBr. vi, 32

⋙parikṣi

1. pari-kṣi m. vḷ. for next VP

⋙parikṣit

1. pari-kṣít mfn. dwelling or spreading around, surrounding, extending (as Agni, heaven and earth &c.) RV. AV. AitBr
2. m. N. of an ancient king (son of Abhimanyu and father of Janam-ejaya) MBh. Hariv
3. of a son of Kuru and father of another JanṭJanam Hariv
4. of a son of A-vikshit and brother of JanṭJanam MBh
5. of a king of A-yodhyā ib. (cf. parī-kṣit under 1. parī, p. 605, col. 1)

⋙parikṣita

1. pari-kṣita wṛ. for pari-cita, or -kṣit

parikṣip

1. pari-√kṣip P. -kṣipati (pf. -cikṣepa
2. ind. p. -kṣipya), to throw over or beyond R
3. to put or lay or wind round Suśr
4. to throw about, surround, encircle, embrace ib. MBh. R. &c
5. to throw or put or fix in (loc.) MBh
6. to throw away, squander (as a treasure) Kathās

⋙parikṣipta

1. pari-kṣipta mfn. thrown, thrown about, scattered, surrounded, overspread MBh. R. &c
2. left, abandoned W

⋙parikṣepa

1. pari-kṣepa m. throwing about, moving to and fro Hariv
2. surrounding, encircling, being (or that by which anything is) surrounded MBh. Kāv. &c
3. circumference, extent Car
4. abandoning, leaving W

⋙parikṣepaka

1. pari-kṣepaka mf(ikā)n. hung with (ifc.) Kāraṇḍ. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 146)

⋙parikṣepin

1. pari-kṣepin mfn. who or what scatters or distributes W. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 142)

parikṣība

1. pari-kṣība or ○va mfn. drunk, quite intoxicated W

parikhacita

1. pari-khacita mfn. (√khac) strewn or inlaid with (comp.) Kāraṇḍ

parikhaṇḍa

1. pari-khaṇḍa See pari-ṣaṇḍa

⋙parikhaṇḍana

1. pari-khaṇḍana See māna-parikh○

⋙parikhaṇḍaya

1. pari-khaṇḍaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make small, break, conquer Bālar. Bhaṭṭ. [Page 592, Column]

parikhan

1. pari-√khan (only ind. p. -khāya), to dig round, dig up ĀśvGṛ

⋙parikhā

1. pari-khā f. (once ibc. ○kha BhP.) a moat, ditch, trench or fosse round a town or fort (also applied to the sea surrounding the earth) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. N. of a village in the North country, g. palady-ādi (iv, 2, 110)
3. -sthita mfn. impregnable, secure MBh. xii, 6250
4. ○khī-kṛta mfn. made into a moat or ditch Ragh. i, 30

⋙parikhāta

1. pari-khāta mfn. dug round
2. m. a furrow, rut BhP

parikhid

1. pari-√khid P. -khidyati, to be depressed or afflicted, feel uneasy BhP.: Caus. -khedayati, to trouble, afflict, destroy ib. &c

⋙parikhinna

1. pari-khinna mfn. depressed, afflicted, exhausted MBh. R. &c

⋙parikheda

1. pari-kheda m. (ifc. f. ā) lassitude, weariness, exhaustion MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙parikhedita

1. pari-khedita mfn. (fr. Caus.) afflicted, exhausted, ruined, destroyed Kāv. BhP

parikhyā

1. pari-√khyā P. -khyāti (Subj. -khyatam, -khyan RV.), to look round, look at, perceive RV. &c. &c
2. to observe, regard, consider MBh. R
3. to overlook, disregard RV.: Pass. -khyāyate, to be perceived ChUp

⋙parikhyāta

1. pari-khyāta mfn. regarded as, passing for (nom.)
2. called, named
3. celebrated, famous MBh. R

⋙parikhyāti

1. pari-khyāti f. fame, reputation W

parigaṇ

1. pari-√gaṇ P. -gaṇagati (ind. p. -gaṇya), to count over, reckon up completely, ascertain by calculation Suśr. Hcar. BhP
2. to calculate, reckon, consider, reflect Megh. (cf. aparigaṇayat)

⋙parigaṇana

1. pari-gaṇana n

⋙parigaṇanā

1. pari-gaṇanā f. complete enumeration, accurate calculation or statement Megh. Kull

⋙parigaṇanīya

1. pari-gaṇanīya (Kull.),

⋙parigaṇya

1. pari-gaṇya ( See a-parig○), mfn. to be enumerated completely or stated accurately

⋙parigaṇita

1. pari-gaṇita mfn. enumerated, calculated, reckoned BhP. (cf. a-parig○)

⋙parigaṇitin

1. pari-gaṇitin mfn. one who has well considered everything Pāṇ. 2-3, 36, Kaś

parigaṇa

1. parigaṇa m. or n. (?), a house L

parigad

1. pari-√gad (only inf. -gaditum), to describe, relate, tell Bhām. ii, 75

⋙parigaditin

1. pari-gaditin mfn. = parigaditaṃ yena saḥ g. iṣṭâdi

parigam

1. pari-√gam P. -gacchati (aor. -agamat AV
2. -gman RV
3. pf. -jagmatuḥ MBh
4. p. -jaganvas RV
5. ind. p. [-gáty�A] RV. ŚBr
6. -gamya MBh
7. inf. -gantum R. ), to go round or about or through, circumambulate, surround, inclose RV. &c. &c
8. to come to any state or condition, get, attain (acc.) MBh.: Pass. -gamyate MBh.: Caus. -gamayati, to cause to go round, to pass or spend (time) Ragh. viii, 91

⋙pariga

1. pari-ga mfn. going round, surrounding Pāṇ. 8-4, 38 Sch

⋙parigata

1. pari-gata mfn. gone round or through, surrounded, encompassed MBh. R. &c
2. filled, possessed of, visited by, afflicted with (instr. or comp.) ib
3. diffused, spread Kāv
4. deceased, dead Bhartṛ. iii, 49
5. experienced, known, learnt from (abl.) Kāv
6. forgotten L
7. obtained L
8. = ceṣṭita L
9. ○târṭha mfn. acquainted or familiar with anything Kālid

⋙parigantavya

1. pari-gantavya mfn. to be got or obtained L

⋙parigama

1. pari-gama m. going round, surrounding Bālar
2. knowing, ascertaining, partaking of, occupation with (comp.) ib. Pracaṇḍ
3. spreading, extending W
4. obtaining ib

⋙parigamana

1. pari-gamana n. id. MW

⋙parigamita

1. pari-gamita mfn. (fr. Caus.) brought, conducted, driven, passed, spent (time). Ragh

⋙parigamya

1. pari-gamya mfn. accessible, to be circumambulated (a-parig○) KātyŚr

parigarj

1. pari-√garj P. -garjati, to roar, cry, scold R

parigarvita

1. pari-garvita mfn. (√garv) very proud or arrogant Cāṇ

parigarh

1. pari-√garh Ā. -garhate, to blame greatly, censure, despise, abuse MBh.: Caus. -garhayati id. ib

⋙parigarhaṇa

1. pari-garhaṇa n. excessive blame, censure ib

parigalita

1. pari-galita mfn. (√gal) fallen down MBh
2. sunk Pañc
3. flowing, fluid, melted W

parigahana

1. pari-gahana n. g. kṣubhnâdi

parigā

1. pari-√gā P. -jigāti (aor. -agāt, -gāt, -agur), to go round or through, circumambulate, permeate RV. AV
2. to enter (acc.) VS. ĪśUp
3. to come near, approach, reach, visit, afflict RV. MBh
4. to go out of the way, avoid, shun RV
5. to disregard, neglect AitBr
6. to fail, miss, not to master or understand BhP. [Page 593, Column]

pariguṇita

1. pari-guṇita mfn. (fr. -guṇaya) reiterated, repeated BhP
2. augmented by addition of (comp.) VarBṛS. lxv, 5

pariguṇṭhita

1. pari-guṇṭhita mfn. (√guṇṭh) veiled in, hidden by (instr.) R

pariguṇḍita

1. pari-guṇḍita mfn. covered with dust, Śīl

parigup

1. pari-√gup only Desid. -jugupsate, to beware of, be on one's guard against (abl.) MBh

parigūḍhaka

1. pari-gūḍhaka mfn. g. ṛśyâdi

parigṛddha

1. pari-gṛddha mfn. very greedy Divyâv

⋙parigredha

1. pari-gredha (!), m. excessive greediness L

parigai

1. pari-√gai P. -gāyati, to go about singing, sing or celebrate everywhere TS. ŚBr. ŚrS
2. to proclaim aloud (esp. Pass. -gīyate) MBh. &c

⋙parigīta

1. pari-gīta mfn. sung, celebrated, proclaimed, declared MBh. BhP

⋙parigīti

1. pari-gīti f. a kind of metre Col

parigras

1. pari-√gras P. Ā. -grasati, ○te, to devour NṛisUp

parigrah

1. pari-√grah P. Ā. -gṛhṇāti, ○ṇīte (Impv. 2. sg. -gṛhāṇa MBh. Kālid
2. impf. -agṛhṇāḥ RV
3. 3. sg. -agṛhṇat TS
4. 3. pl. -agṛhṇan AV
5. Ā. -agṛhṇanta MBh
6. pf. 1. sg. -jagrábha RV
7. 3. sg. -jagrāha MBh. &c
8. ind. p. -gṛhya ŚBr. MBh. Kāv. &c.), to take hold of on both sides, embrace, surround, enfold, envelop VS. AV. Br. MBh. &c
9. to fence round, hedge round TS. AV. ŚBr. KātyŚr
10. to occupy on both sides (sarasvatīm) MBh
11. to seize, clutch, grasp, catch ib
12. to put on, wear (as a dress or ornament) ib
13. to take or carry along with one ib. Kāv. &c
14. to take possession of, master, overpower RV. AV. Br. Var
15. to take (in war), take prisoner, conquer MBh
16. to take (food) ŚBr
17. to receive, (also as a guest) accept ib. MBh. Śak. BhP
18. to take, adopt, conform to, follow Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
19. to take by the hand, assist MBh
20. to take (a wife), marry Śak. Pañc
21. to surpass, excel Mn. Prab
22. (in Ved. gram.) to enclose (iti) between a word twice repeated RPrāt. (cf. pari-graha)

⋙parigṛhīta

1. pari-gṛhīta mfn. taken hold of on both sides AV
2. surrounded, embraced, enclosed, enveloped, fenced TS. ŚBr. MBh. &c
3. seized, grasped, taken, received, obtained, accepted, adopted, admitted, followed, obeyed Br. MBh. Kāv. &c
4. opposed, checked W
5. m. g. ācitâdi

⋙parigṛhīti

1. pari-gṛhīti (pári-), f. grasping, comprehension TS. Br

⋙parigṛhītṛ

1. pari-gṛhītṛ wṛ. for ○grah○. 1

⋙parigṛhya

1. pari-gṛhya ind. having taken or seized, in company or along with (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. considering regarding W
3. -vat (○gríhya-), mfn. containing the word parigṛhya TS. 2

⋙parigṛhya

1. pari-gṛhya mfn. to be taken or accepted or regarded W
2. (ā), f. designation of a partic. kind of Vedi or sacrificial mound Kauś
3. a married woman L

⋙parigraha

1. pari-grahá m. (ifc. f. ā) laying hold of on all sides, surrounding, enclosing, fencing round (esp. the Vedi or sacrificial altar by means of three lines or furrows) ŚBr. KātyŚr. &c
2. wrapping round, putting on (a dress &c.), assuming (a form &c.) Kāv
3. comprehending, summing up, sum, totality, SāṅkhBr. Mn
4. taking, accepting, receiving or anything received, 2 gift or present MBh. Kāv. &c
5. getting, attaining, acquisition, possession, property (ifc. 'being possessed of or furnished with') ib
6. household, family, attendants, retinue, the seraglio of a prince ib
7. a house, abode Hariv
8. √, origin, foundation MBh
9. admittance (into one's house), hospitable reception Mn. MBh. R. Kāraṇḍ
10. taking (a wife), marrying, marriage Mn. MBh. &c
11. a wife (also collect.) MBh. Kāv. &c
12. choice, selection ib
13. understanding, conception Pāṇ. Sch
14. undertaking, beginning, commission or performance of, occupation with Mn. R. Hariv
15. homage, reverence, grace, favour, help, assistance MBh. Kāv. &c
16. dominion, control (ifc. 'dependent on, subject to') R. Var. MārkP
17. force, constraint, punishment (opp. to anu-graha) R
18. claim on, relation to, concern with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c
19. (in Ved. gram.) the double mention of a word both before and after iti
20. the form which precedes iti RPrāt
21. a curse, imprecation, oath L
22. an eclipse of the sun L
23. the rear or reserve of an army L. (vḷ. prati-gr○)
24. -tva n. state of a wife, marriage Daś
25. -dvitīya mfn. āc4companied by one's wife or family MW
26. -bahu-tva n. multitude of wives Śak
27. -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of a family Prab
28. -vat, or ○hin mfn. possessed of, wealth, having property MBh. [Page 593, Column]
29. ○hârthīya mfn. having the sense of comprehension i.e. generalization Nir. i, 7

⋙parigrahaka

1. pari-grahaka mfn. grasping, taking hold of, undertaking (ifc.) L

⋙parigrahaṇa

1. pari-grahaṇa n. wrapping round, putting on Prab

⋙parigrahītavya

1. pari-grahītavya mfn. to be admitted or supposed, Saṃk
2. to be ruled or controlled Pat
3. to be taken hold of or got into possession Vajracch

⋙parigrahītṛ

1. pari-grahītṛ mfn. taking hold of, seizing
2. m. assister, helper VāyuP
3. ruler Pat
4. an adoptive father Pravar. Kull
5. a husband Śak

⋙parigrāha

1. pari-grāhá m. the surrounding or fencing round of the Vedi or sacrificial altar with three lines or furrows TS

⋙parigrāhaka

1. pari-grāhaka mfn. favouring, befriending Bālar

⋙parigrāhya

1. pari-grāhya mfn. to be treated or addressed kindly MBh

pariglāna

1. pari-glāna mfn. (√glai) wearied out, languid, exhausted MBh. R. &c
2. averse from (dat.) Pat

parigha

1. pari-gha m. (√han) an iron bar or beam used for locking or shutting a gate (= argala) ChUp. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. (fig.) a bar, obstacle, hindrance Ragh. Kathās
3. (once n.) an iron bludgeon or club studded with iron MBh. R. &c
4. a child which presents a peculiar cross position in birth Suśr
5. a line of clouds crossing the sun at sunrise or sunset Var. MBh. &c
6. (du.) two birds flying on each side of a traveller (regarded as an omen) Var
7. the gate of a palace, any gate R
8. a house L
9. (in astrol.) N. of the 19th Yoga L
10. a pitcher, water-jar L
11. a glass pitcher L
12. killing, striking, a blow L
13. N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
14. of a Cāṇḍāla ib
15. of a virtuous man Cat

⋙parighaguru

1. ○guru mfn. as heavy as an iron bar Mālav

⋙parighaprāṃśubāhu

1. ○prâṃśu-bāhu in one whose arm is as long as an iron bar Śak

⋙parighabāhu

1. ○bāhu m. one whose arm resembles an iron bar MBh

⋙parighasaṃkāśa

1. ○saṃkāśa mfn. resembling an iṭiron bar MBh

⋙parighastambha

1. ○stambha m. a door-post Mālav

⋙parighopama

1. parighôpama mfn. resembling an iron beam Nal

≫parighāta

1. pari-ghāta m. killing, destroying. removing Var
2. a club, an iron bludgeon L

⋙parighātana

1. pari-ghātana n. id. L

⋙parighātin

1. pari-ghātin mfn. destroying, setting at nought, transgressing (a command &c.) R

parighaṭṭ

1. pari-√ghaṭṭ Caus. P. -ghāṭayati, to strike, cause to vibrate (as the strings of a musical instrument) Mṛicch

parighaṭṭ

1. pari-√ghaṭṭ P. -ghaṭṭayati, to press or rub on all sides, stir, excite, affect (as the ear with a tale) Śiś. ix, 64

⋙parighaṭṭana

1. pari-ghaṭṭana n. stirring round, stirring up MBh
2. rubbing Śiś. Sch

⋙parighaṭṭita

1. pari-ghaṭṭita mfn. stirred about, touched or rubbed repeatedly MW

parighargharam

1. pari-ghargharam ind. with loud murmuring or grunting VP. (wṛ. ○ghurgharam, or ○ghurghuram)

parigharmya

1. pari-gharmya m. a vessel for preparing any hot sacrificial beverage ŚrS

parighāta

1. pari-ghāta &c. See under pari-gha

parighuṣ

1. pari-√ghuṣ (only p. -ghuṣyat), to proclaim aloud Sarvad

⋙parighoṣa

1. pari-ghoṣa m. (L.) sound, noise
2. thunder
3. improper speech

parighūrṇ

1. pari-√ghūrṇ P. -ghūrṇati, to whirl about, flutter, tremble MBh

parighṛṣ

1. pari-√ghṛṣ P. -gharṣati, to rub or pound to pieces Hariv

⋙parighṛṣṭika

1. pari-ghṛṣṭika wṛ. for ○pṛcchika, or ○pṛṣṭika

parighrā

1. pari-√ghrā (only p. Ā. -jighramāṇa), to kiss passionately, cover with kisses MBh

paricakra

1. pari-cakra m. N. of a ch. of the Dvā-viṃśaty-avadānaka
2. (ā), f. N. of a town (vḷ. ○vakra) L

paricakṣ

1. pari-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe (3. pl. -cakṣate
2. Pot. -cakṣīta Pass. -cakṣyate
3. Ved. inf. -cákṣi), to overlook, pass over, despise, reject Br. Up. BhP
4. to declare guilty, condemn ŚBr
5. to forbid Āpast
6. to mention, relate, own, acknowledge MBh
7. to call, name Mn. MBh. &c
8. to address (acc.), answer BhP

⋙paricakṣā

1. pari-cakṣā́ f. rejection, disapprobation ŚBr

⋙paricakṣya

1. pari-cákṣya mfn. to be despised or disapproved RV

paricaturdaśa

1. pari-caturdaśa and ○san (nom. acc. ○śa instr. ○śais), fully fourteen, more than fourteen MBh. Hariv. [Page 593, Column]

paricapala

1. pari-capala mfn. always moving about, very volatile MBh

paricaya

1. pari-caya &c. See under pari- √1. 2. ci

paricar

1. pari-√car P. -carati (pf. -cacāra ind. p. -carya), to move or walk about, go round (acc.), circumambulate RV. &c. &c
2. to attend upon or to (acc., rarely gen.), serve, honour ib.: Caus. P. -cārayati (ind. p. -cārya), to surround Kauś
3. to wait on, attend to Divyâv
4. to cohabit ib
5. (Ā. ○te), to be served or waited upon ŚBr. KaṭhUp

⋙paricara

1. pari-cará mf(ā́)n. moving, flowing VS. AV
2. m. an attendant, servant, follower ŚBr. Suśr
3. a patrol or body-guard L
4. homage, service Hariv
5. (ā), f. N. of partic. verses which may be put at the beginning or middle or end of a hymn TāṇḍBr. Lāṭy

⋙paricaraṇa

1. pari-cáraṇa m. an assistant, servant ŚāṅkhBr
2. n. going about ŚBr
3. serving, attending to, waiting upon Kauś. GṛS. MBh

⋙paricaraṇīya

1. pari-caraṇīya mfn. to be served or attended to Kull
2. belonging to attendance Gobh

⋙paricaritavya

1. pari-caritavya mfn. to be attended on or served or worshipped Bhartṛ

⋙paricaritṛ

1. pari-caritṛ m. an attendant or servant ChUp

⋙paricarya

1. pari-carya mfn. = ○caritavya ChUp. MBh. Hariv
2. (ā), f. circumanibulation, wandering about or through (comp.) Hāsy. i, 9 (wṛ. ○carcā)
3. attendance, service, devotion, worship MBh. Kāv. &c
4. ○ryāvat mfn. one who attends upon or worships MBh

⋙paricāra

1. pari-cāra m. attendance, service, homage MBh
2. a place for walking ib
3. an assistant or servant ib

⋙paricāraka

1. pari-cāraka m. an assistant or attendant Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. executor (of an order &c.) Hariv
3. (ikā), f. a female attendant, a waiting maid MBh. R. &c

⋙paricāraṇa

1. pari-cāraṇa n. (m. c. for ○caraṇa) attendance MBh. Daśar

⋙paricāraya

1. pari-cāraya Nom. P. ○yati, to take a walk, roam about SaddhP
2. to cohabit Divyâv
3. to attend to, wait on ib

⋙paricārika

1. pari-cārika m. a servant, assistant MBh
2. pl. fried grain L

⋙paricārita

1. pari-cārita n. amusement, sport Divyâv

⋙paricārin

1. pari-cārin mfn. moving about, moveable MBh
2. attending on or to, serving, worshipping MBh. Hariv. &c
3. m. man-servant (○cāriṇī f. maid) TāṇḍBr. MBh. R
4. ○ri-tā f. Kām

⋙paricārya

1. pari-cārya mfn. to be served or obeyed or worshipped W

⋙paricīrṇa

1. pari-cīrṇa mfn. attended to, taken care of MBh

paricartana

1. pari-cartana See pari-cṛt

paricarmaṇya

1. pari-carmaṇya n. (p○ + carman) a strip of leather ŚāṅkhBr

parical

1. pari-√cal Caus. -cālayati, to cause to move round, turn round MBh

parici

1. pari-ci √1. P. Ā. -cinoti, ○nute, to pile up ŚBr
2. to surround or enclose with (instr.), Sulb
3. to heap up, accumulate, augment, increase RV. &c. &c.: Pass. -cīyate, to be increased or augmented, to grow Ragh. 1

⋙paricaya

1. pari-caya m. heaping up, accumulation Kauś
2. -vat mfn. being at its height, complete, finished Mālav. iii, 20. 1

⋙paricayanīya

1. pari-cayanīya mfn. to be collected or accumulated W

⋙paricāyya

1. pari-cāyya m. (sc. agni) a sacrificial fire arranged in a circle ŚBr. TS. Kāṭh. Śulbas
2. raising the rent or revenue of a land W

⋙paricit

1. pari-cít mfn. piling up or arranging all around VS. 1

⋙paricita

1. pari-cita mfn. heaped up, accumulated, gathered Megh. Rājat. BhP
2. (with instr.) filled with, containing, Bhp. 1

⋙paricetavya

1. pari-cetavya mfn. to be collected together W. 1

⋙pariceya

1. pari-ceya mfn. to be collected all round or from every side ib

parici

1. pari-ci √2. (2. sg. Impv. -cinu
2. p. -cinvat
3. inf. -cetum), to examine, investigate, search MBh. R
4. to find out, know, learn, exercise, practise, become acquainted with (acc.) Kāv. Rājat. Pañc.: Pass. -cīyate Kāv. Hit.: Caus. Ā. -cāyayate, to search, seek for Kāv. 2

⋙paricaya

1. pari-caya m. acquaintance, intimacy, familiarity with, knowledge of (gen., loc., instr. with or sc. samam, or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. trial, practice, frequent repetition Kāv. (cf. rati-p○)
3. meeting with a friend W
4. ○yâvasthā f. (with Yogins) a partic. state of ecstasy Cat. 2

⋙paricayanīya

1. pari-cayanīya mfn. to be known W. 2

⋙paricita

1. pari-cita mfn. known, familiar (○taṃ-√kṛ, to make a person's acquaintance) Hariv. Kāv
2. -bhū mfn. having (its) place well known MW
3. -vivikta mfn. familiarised to seclusion Śak. v, 10

⋙pariciti

1. pari-citi f. acquaintance, familiarity, intimacy, Śāntiś. 2. [Page 594, Column]

⋙paricetavya

1. pari-cetavya or mfn. to be known

⋙pariceya

1. pari-ceya mfn. to be known
2. to be investigated or searched W

paricint

1. pari-√cint P. -cintayati (ind. p. -cintya), to think about, meditate on, reflect, consider MBh. Kāv. &c
2. to call to mind, remember ib
3. to devise, invent ib

⋙paricintaka

1. pari-cintaka mfn. reflecting about, meditating on (gen. or comp.) MBh. BhP

⋙paricintanīya

1. pari-cintanīya mfn. to be well considered Kāv

⋙paricintita

1. pari-cintita mfn. thought of, found out R

paricihnita

1. pari-cihnita mfn. marked, signed, subscribed MBh. Yājñ

paricud

1. pari-√cud Caus. -codayati, to set in motion, urge, impel, exhort Mn. iii, 233

⋙paricodita

1. pari-codita mfn. set in motion, brandished Hariv
2. impelled, incited MBh

paricumb

1. pari-√cumb P. -cumbati (ind. p. -cumbya), to kiss heartily or passionately, cover with kisses Kāv
2. to touch closely ib

⋙paricumbana

1. pari-cumbana n. the act of kissing heartily &c. Bālar. Caurap

⋙paricumbita

1. pari-cumbita mfn. kissed passionately or touched closely Caurap

paricṛt

1. pari-√cṛt P. -cṛtati (ind. p. -cṛtya), to wind round
2. to tie or fasten together Kauś

⋙paricartana

1. pari-cártana n. pl. the part of a horse's harness from the girth to the breast and the tail TS

paricchad

1. pari-cchad (√chad), Caus. -cchādayati (ind. p. -cchādya), to envelop, cover, conceal MBh. Pañc

⋙paricchad

1. pari-cchad mfn. furnished or provided or adorned with (comp.) Ragh. i, 19

⋙paricchada

1. pari-cchada m. a cover, covering, garment, dress, ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c
2. paraphernalia, external appendage, insignia of royalty R
3. goods and chattels, personal property, furniture Mn. MBh. &c
4. retinue, train, attendants, necessaries for travelling MBh. Kāv. &c
5. ifc. = -cchad ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. Hariv. &c

⋙paricchanda

1. pari-cchanda m. train, retinue L

⋙paricchanna

1. pari-cchanna mfn. covered, clad, veiled, concealed, disguised MBh. R. Hit. &c

paricchid

1. pari-cchid (√chid
2. inf. -cchettum ind. p. -cchidya), to cut on both sides, clip round, cut through or off or to pieces, mutilate ŚBr. Lāṭy. MBh. &c
3. to mow or reap (corn), Kārand
4. to limit on all sides, define or fix accurately, discriminate, decide, determine Kāv. Pañc. Pur
5. to separate, divide, part Siddh
6. to avert, obviate MW

⋙paricchitti

1. pari-cchitti f. accurate definition Kap
2. limitation, limit, measure Pāṇ. 3-3, 20 Sch
3. partition, separation W

⋙paricchinna

1. pari-cchinna mfn. cut off, divided, detached, confined, limited, circumscribed (-tva n.) R. BhP. &c
2. determined, ascertained Kum
3. obviated, remedied W

⋙pariccheda

1. pari-ccheda m. cutting, severing, division, separation Śaṃk. Suśr
2. accurate definition, exact discrimination (as between false and true), right and wrong &c.), decision, judgment Kāv. Śaṃk. Kull
3. resolution, determination Kād
4. a section or chapter of a book Cat
5. limit, boundary. W
6. obviating, remedying ib
7. -kara m. N. of a Samādhi L
8. -vyakti f. distinctness of perception Mālatīm
9. ○dâkula mfn. perplexed (through inability) to decide Śak
10. ○dâtī7ta mfn. surpassing all definition Mālatīm

⋙paricchedaka

1. pari-cchedaka mfn. ascertaining, defining Sarvad
2. n. limitation, limit, measure L

⋙paricchedana

1. pari-cchedana n. (L.) discriminating, dividing
2. the division of a book
3. joyful laughter (?)

⋙paricchedya

1. pari-cchedya mfn. to be defined or estimated or weighed or measured Ragh. (a-paricch○) Pāṇ. Sch. Kull

paricyavana

1. pari-cyavana n. (√cyu) descending from heaven (to be born as a man) HPariś
2. loss, deprivation of (abl.) Āpast. Sch

⋙paricyuta

1. pari-cyuta mfn. fallen or descended from (abl.) MBh. Kāv
2. fallen from heaven (to be born as a man) HPariś
3. swerved or deviated from (abl.) R
4. deprived or rid of (abl.) Gaut. MBh. Pur
5. ruined, lost, miserable (opp. to sam-ṛddha) MBh
6. streaming with (instr.) ib

⋙paricyuti

1. pari-cyuti f. falling down Kathās

parijagdha

1. pari-jagdha m. (√jakṣ) a proper name Pāṇ. 6-2, 146 Sch

parijana

1. pari-jana m. (ifc. f. ā) a surrounding company of people, entourage, attendants, servants, followers, suite, train, retinue (esp. of females) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. a single servant Kālid. Kathās. Pañc

⋙parijanatā

1. ○tā f. the condition of a servant, service Kir. x, 9. [Page 594, Column]

parijanman

1. pari-janman m. the moon L
2. fire L. (cf. pari-jman)

parijapita

1. pari-japita mfn. (√jap) muttered, whispered, prayed over in a low voice Gobh

⋙parijapta

1. pari-ḍjapta mfn. id. Var
2. enchanted Divyâv

parijayya

1. pari-jayya See pari-ji

parijalp

1. pari-√jalp P. -jalpati, to chatter, talk about, speak of (acc.) MBh. Hariv

⋙parijalpita

1. pari-ḍjalpita n. the covert reproaches of a mistress neglected by her lover W

parijā

1. pari-jā́ f. (√jan) place of origin, source AV

⋙parijāta

1. pari-jāta (pári-), mfn. begotten by, descended from (abl.) ib
2. fully developed (a-parij○) ĀśvGṛ

⋙parijātaka

1. pari-jātaka n. N. of wk. on domestic rites

pariji

1. pari-√ji P. -jayati (inf. -jetum), to conquer, overpower MBh

⋙parijayya

1. pari-jayya mfn. to be conquered or mastered Pāṇ. 5-1, 93

⋙parijetṛ

1. pari-jetṛ m. a victor, conqueror L

parijihīrṣā

1. pari-jihīrṣā f. (√hṛ Desid.) desire of avoiding or removing Kād

⋙parijihīrṣita

1. pari-jihīrṣita mfn. kept away, avoided, shunned Gobh

⋙parijihīrṣu

1. pari-jihīrṣu mfn. wishing to avoid L

parijṛmbh

1. pari-√jṛmbh Ā. -jṛmbhate, to spread all around Prasannar

parijṝ

1. pari-jṝ √1. P. Ā. -jīryati, ○te, to become worn out or old or withered
2. to be digested Suśr

⋙parijīrṇa

1. pari-jīrṇa mfn. worn out, old, withered, faded, decayed MBh

⋙parijīryat

1. pari-jīryat mfn. becoming old MBh

parijñā

1. pari-√jñā P. Ā. -jānāti, ○nīte (inf. -jñātum ind. p. -jñāya), to notice, observe, perceive, learn, understand, comprehend, ascertain, know or recognise as (2 acc.) RV. &c. &c

⋙parijñapti

1. pari-jñapti f. (fr. Caus.) recognition or conversation Kathās. xxi, 128

⋙parijñā

1. pari-jñā f. knowledge L

⋙parijñāta

1. pari-jñāta mfn. thoroughly known, recognised, ascertained, learned MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙parijñātṛ

1. pari-jñātṛ mfn. one who knows or perceives, an observer, knower Bhag
2. wise, intelligent W

⋙parijñāna

1. pari-jñāna n. perception, thorough knowledge, ascertainment, experience, discrimination MBh. Hariv. R. &c
2. -maya mf(ī)n. consisting in knowledge BhP
3. ○nin mfn. having much knowledge, wise Kathās

⋙parijñeya

1. pari-jñeya mfn. to be recognised or ascertained, comprehensible MBh. Var. &c

parijman

1. pári-jman mfn. (√gam) running or walking or driving round, surrounding, being everywhere, omnipresent (said of the sun, of the clouds, of sev. gods &c.) RV. AV. (as loc. or ind. all around, everywhere RV.)
2. m. the moon L
3. fire L. (cf. pari-janman)

parijyāni

1. pari-jyāni See a-p○

parijri

1. pári-jri mfn. (√jri) running round, spreading everywhere RV

parijvan

1. pari-jvan m. (Uṇ. i, 158) the moon L
2. fire L. (cf. pari-jman)
3. a servant L
4. a sacrificer L
5. Indra W

parijval

1. pari-√jval P. -jvalati, to burn brightly, blaze, glare Kir

pariḍīna

1. pari-ḍīna or ○naka n. (√ḍī) the flight of a bird in circles, flying round MBh

pariṇati

1. pari-ṇati See pari-ṇam

pariṇad

1. pari-ṇad (√nad), P. -ṇadati, to utter loud cries Pāṇ. 8-4, 14 (-nadya MBh. vi, 3256 prob. wṛ.)

pariṇam

1. pari-ṇam (√nam), P. Ā. -ṇamati, ○te (aor. pary-aṇaṃsīt ind. p. pari-ṇamya), to bend or turn aside AV
2. to bend down, stoop Kāv
3. to change or be transformed into (instr.) Vedântas. Madhus
4. to develop, become ripe or mature Bālar
5. to become old Kir
6. to be digested MBh. Pañc
7. to be fulfilled (as a word) Pañc.: Caus. -ṇāmayati (ind. p. -ṇāmya
8. Pass. -ṇāmyate, p. ṇāmyamāna, or ○myat), to make ripe, ripen, mature ŚvetUp
9. to bring to an end, pass (as a night) R
10. to bend aside or down, stoop MBh

⋙pariṇata

1. pari-ṇata mfn. bent down (is an elephant stooping to strike with its tusks) Megh
2. bent down or inclined by (comp.) Bhartṛ
3. changed or transformed into (instr. or comp.) Kālid. Kād. Sāh
4. developed, ripened, mature, full-grown, perfect
5. full (as the moon) [Page 594, Column]
6. set (as the sun) MBh. Kāv. &c
7. advanced (vayasā, in age R
8. also impers. ○taṃ vayasā, 'life is advanced, old age has come' Kathās.)
9. digested (as food) Suśr
10. elapsed (as time) BhP
11. n. capital, wealth accumulated for the sake of profit(?) W
12. -dik-karika mfn. containing mythical elephants ( See dik-karin) stooping to strike with their tusks Śiś
13. -dvirada m. an elephant stooping &c. Kir
14. -prajña mfn. of mature understanding MBh
15. -pratyaya mfn. (an action) whose results are matured Divyâv
16. -vayas mfn. advanced in age Veṇis. Suśr
17. -śarvad f. the latter part of the autumn Megh
18. ○târuṇa m. the setting sun Śak

⋙pariṇati

1. pari-ṇati f. bending, bowing W
2. change, transformation, natural development Sāh. Pañc. Sarvad
3. ripeness, maturity Megh. Mcar
4. mature or old age Vikr. Śiś
5. result, consequence, issue, end, termination (ibc. finally, at last
6. śravaṇa-pariṇatiṃ-√gam, to come at last to a person's ears
7. pariṇatiṃ-√yā, to attain one's final aim) Kāv
8. fulfilment (of a promise), Śāntiś
9. digestion L

⋙pariṇamana

1. pari-ṇamana n. change, transformation, changing into (instr.) Kap. Sch
2. (ā), f. (with Buddh.) a kind of worship Dharmas. xiv

⋙pariṇamayitṛ

1. pari-ṇamayitṛ mfn. causing to bend or to ripen Megh. Viddh

⋙pariṇāma

1. pari-ṇāma m. change, alteration, transformation into (instr.), development, evolution Sāṃkhyak. Yogas. Pur. Suśr
2. ripeness, maturity Kir. Uttarar. Mālatīm
3. alteration of food, digestion Suśr. Tarkas
4. withering, fading ŚārṅgP
5. lapse (of time) MBh. R
6. decline (of age), growing old ib. Suśr
7. result, consequence, issue, end (ibc. and ○me ind. finally, at last, in the end) Kāv
8. (in rhet.) a figure of speech by which the properties of any object are transferred to that with which it is compared Kuval
9. N. of a holy man RTL. 269
10. -darśin mfn. looking forward to the issue or consequences (of any event), prudent, fore-sighted MBh
11. -dṛṣṭi f. foresight, providence MW
12. -nirodha m. obstruction (of felicity caused) by human vicissitude (as birth, growth, death &c.) W
13. -pathya mfn. suited to a future state or condition ib
14. -mukha mfn. tending or verging towards the end, about to terminate Śak
15. -ramaṇīya mfn. (a day) delightful at its close ib
16. -vat mfn. having a natural development (○ttva n.) Śaṃk
17. -vāda m. the 'doctrine of evolution', the Sāṃkhya doctrine Sarvad
18. -śūla n. violent and painful indigestion Cat

⋙pariṇāmaka

1. pari-ṇāmaka mfn. effecting vicissitudes (as time) Hariv

⋙pariṇāmana

1. pari-ṇāmana n. bringing to full development Jātakam
2. the turning of things destined for the community to one's own use (Buddh.) L

⋙pariṇāmika

1. pari-ṇāmika mfn. resulting from change L
2. easily digestible Subh. (wṛ. for pāriṇ○?)

⋙pariṇāmin

1. pari-ṇāmin mfn. changing, altering, subject to transformation, developing VP. Śaṃk. (○mi-tva n. ib.)
2. ripening, bearing fruits or consequences BhP
3. ○mi-tva n. ib
4. ○mi-nitya mfn. eternal but continually changing Sāṃkhyak. Sch

⋙pariṇinaṃsu

1. pari-ṇinaṃsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) about to stoop or to make a side thrust (with the tusks, as an elephant) Śiś

pariṇaya

1. pari-ṇaya ○yana &c. See under pari-ṇī

pariṇaś

1. pari-ṇaś (√2. naś), P. -ṇasyati Pāṇ. 8-4, 36 Sch

⋙parinaṣṭa

1. pari-naṣṭa (!), mfn. ib

pariṇah

1. pari-ṇah (√nah
2. only Pot. -ṇahet), to bind round, gird, embrace, surround MBh

⋙pariṇaddha

1. pari-ṇaddha mfn. bound or wrapped round Kālid. Var
2. broad, large Ragh

⋙pariṇah

1. pari-ṇah = parīṇah, q.v

⋙pariṇahana

1. pari-ṇahana n. binding or girding or wrapping round, veiling, covering Gobh. MānGṛ

⋙pariṇāha

1. pari-ṇāha m. compass, circumference, extent, width, breadth, circumference of a circle, periphery MBh. Kāv. Sūryas. Suśr
2. N. of Śiva L. (cf. parī-ṇāha)
3. -vat mfn. = expensive, large Vikr
4. ○hin mfn. id. Hariv. Kum
5. (ifc.) having the extent of, as large as Pañc

pariṇāya

1. pari-ṇāya ○yaka, See pari-ṇī

pariṇi

1. pari-ṇi for pari-ni, according to Pāṇ. 8-4, 17 before a number of roots, viz. gad, ci, dā, dih, drā, dhā ( See below), nad, pat, pad, psā, mā, me, yam, yā, vap, vah, viś ( See below), śam, so, han ( below)

pariṇiṃsaka

1. pari-ṇiṃsaka mfn. (√niṃs) tasting, eating, an eater (with gen.) Bhaṭṭ
2. kissing W

⋙pariṇiṃsā

1. pari-ṇiṃsā f. eating, kissing W. [Page 595, Column]

pariṇidhā

1. pari-ṇi-√dhā (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. -dadhāti, to place or lay round ŚBr
2. ind. p. -ni-dhāya (l) KātyŚr

pariṇiviś

1. pari-ṇi-√viś (Pāṇ. ib.), to sit down about ŚBr

pariṇiṣṭhā

1. pari-ṇiṣṭhā See pari-niṣṭhā

pariṇihan

1. pari-ṇi-√han (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. -hanti, to encompass (with stakes &c. fixed in) around ŚBr
2. to strike, smite MBh. (B. and C. -nighnantyaḥ!)

pariṇī

1. pari-ṇī (√nī), P. Ā. -ṇayati, ○te (pf. Ā. -ṇinye Daś
2. -ṇayām āsa MBh
3. 3. pl. aor. -aneṣata RV
4. ind. p. -ṇīya Kum.), to lead or bear or carry about or round RV. &c. &c., (esp.) to lead a bride and bridegroom round the sacrificial fire (with 2 acc.), to marry (said of a bridegroom) MBh. Kāv. &c
5. to lead forward to, put or place anywhere (agram, at the head), Bṛ
6. to carry away RV
7. to trace out, discover, investigate Mn. MBh
8. (with anyathā) to explain otherwise Śaṃk.: Caus. -ṇāyayati, to pass or spend (time) MBh
9. (also ṇāpayati), to cause a man to marry a woman (acc.) Pañcad

⋙pariṇaya

1. pari-ṇaya m. leading round, (esp.) leading the bride round the fire, marriage Gṛihyās. (cf. nava-pariṇayā)
2. (ena), ind. round about ĀpŚr
3. -vidhi m. marriage-ceremony Vcar

⋙pariṇayana

1. pari-ṇayana n. the act of leading round (cf. prec.), marrying, marriage ŚrS. &c

⋙pariṇāya

1. pari-ṇāya m. leading round
2. moving or a move (at chess &c.) L

⋙pariṇāyaka

1. pari-ṇāyaka m. a leader, guide (in a-parīṇ○, being without a guide) R
2. a husband Śiś
3. = -ratna Divyâv

⋙pariṇīta

1. pari-ṇīta mfn. led round, married MBh
2. completed, finished, executed ib
3. n. marriage Uttarar
4. -pūrvā f. a woman married before Śak
5. -bhartṛ m. (prob.) a husband who has married (but not yet led home) his wife Vet
6. -ratna n. (with Buddh.) one of the 7 treasures of a Cakra-vartin Dharmas. lxxxv

⋙pariṇetavya

1. pari-ṇetavya mfn. to be led round or married Pañcad
2. to be exchanged or bartered against (instr.) Nyāyam. Sch

⋙pariṇetṛ

1. pari-ṇetṛ m. 'one who leads round', a husband Kālid. Rājat

⋙pariṇeya

1. pari-ṇeya mfn. to be led round ĀśvGṛ
2. (ā), f. to be led round the fire or married (as a bride) Kathās
3. to be investigated or found out Pat
4. to be exchanged for or bartered against (instr.) Sāy

pariṇuta

1. pari-ṇuta mfn. (√4. nu) praised, celebrated BhP

pariṇud

1. pari-ṇud (√nud), P. -ṇudati, to pierce, hurt, wound Suśr

paritaṃs

1. pari-√taṃs (only inf. of Caus. -taṃsayádhyai), to stir up RV

paritakana

1. pari-takana n. (√tak) running round or about L

≫paritakmya

1. pári-takmya mfn. wandering, unsteady, uncertain, dangerous RV
2. (ā), f. travelling, peregrination ib
3. night (as the wandering, x,. 127) ib

paritaḍ

1. pari-√taḍ P. -tāḍayati, to strike against, touch Kathās

⋙paritāḍin

1. pari-tāḍin mfn. striking or hurting everywhere Bālar

paritan

1. pari-√tan P. Ā. -tanoti, ○nute (aor. -atanat
2. ind. p. -tatya), to stretch round, embrace, surround RV. ŚBr. KātyŚr

⋙paritatnu

1. pari-tatnú mfn. embracing, surrounding AV

paritap

1. pari-√tap P. -tapati (fut. -tapiṣyati MBh
2. -tapsyati R
3. ind. p. -tápya RV.), to burn all round, set on fire, kindle
4. to feel or suffer pain
5. (with tapas) to undergo penance, practise austerities RV. &c. &c.: Pass. -tapyate (○ti), to be purified (as by fire) Sarvad
6. to feel or suffer pain, do penance, practise austerities MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -tāpayati, to scorch, cause great pain, torment R. Pañc. Hit

⋙paritapta

1. pari-tapta (pári-), mfn. surrounded with heat, heated, burnt, tormented, afflicted RV. &c. &c

⋙paritapti

1. pari-tapti f. great pain or torture, anguish L

⋙paritāpa

1. pari-tāpa m. glow, scorching, heat Kālid. MārkP
2. pain, agony, grief, sorrow R. Kathās. BhP. &c
3. repentance MBh. Pañc
4. N. of a partic. hell L

⋙paritāpin

1. pari-tāpin mfn. burning hot, scorching Kām
2. causing pain or sorrow, tormenting R. Śiś

paritam

1. pari-√tam P. -tāmyati, to gasp for breath, be oppressed Suśr

paritark

1. pari-√tark P. -tarkayati, to think about, reflect, consider MBh. R

⋙paritarkaṇa

1. pari-tarkaṇa n. consideration, reflection MBh. [Page 595, Column]

⋙paritarkita

1. pari-tarkita mfn. thought about, expected (a-parit○) Hariv
2. examined (judicially) R

paritarj

1. pari-√tarj Caus. -tarjayati, to threaten, menace R. Bhartṛ

paritas

1. parí-tas ind. (fr. pari) round about, all around, everywhere (na-paritaḥ, by no means, not at all) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. as prep. (with acc., once with gen.) round about, round, throughout AV. &c. &c

paritāḍin

1. pari-tāḍin mfn. (√tāḍ) striking or hitting everywhere Bālar

paritāraṇīya

1. pari-tāraṇīya mfn. (√tṝ, Caus.) to be delivered or saved (?) Cat. (perhaps wṛ. for -cāraṇīya = -caraṇīya)

paritikta

1. pari-tikta mfn. extremely bitter, jātakam
2. m. Melia Azedarach L

paritīra

1. pari-tīra n. (prob.) = pari-kūla Pāṇ. 6-2, 182 Sch

paritud

1. pari-√tud P. -tudati, to trample down, pound, crush MBh

parituṣ

1. pari-√tuṣ P. -tuṣyati (○te BhP.), to be quite satisfied with (gen. or loc. or instr.), to be much pleased or very glad MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -toṣayati, to satisfy completely, to appease, delight, flatter ib

⋙parituṣṭa

1. pari-tuṣṭa mfn. completely satisfied, delighted, very glad Mn. MBh. &c
2. ○ṭâtman mfn. contented in mind MW
3. ○ṭârtha mfn. completely satisfied Kathās

⋙parituṣṭi

1. pari-tuṣṭi f. complete satisfaction, contentment, delight Tattvas

⋙parituṣya

1. pari-tuṣya ind. being delighted or glad Kathās

⋙paritoṣa

1. pari-toṣa m. (ifc. f. ā) = ○tuṣṭi
2. (with loc. or gen.) delight in Mn. MBh. &c
3. N. of a man Cat
4. -vat mfn. satisfied, delighted Kathās

⋙paritoṣaka

1. pari-toṣaka mfn. satisfying, pleasing Siṃhâs

⋙paritoṣaṇa

1. pari-toṣaṇa mfn. id. BhP
2. n. satisfaction, gratification ib

⋙paritoṣayitṛ

1. pari-toṣayitṛ mfn. any one or anything that gratifies, pleasing Śiś. (v. l. para-t○)

⋙paritoṣita

1. pari-toṣita mfn. satisfied, gratified, delighted Hariv. R. Kathās

⋙paritoṣin

1. pari-toṣin mfn. contented or delighted with (comp.) MBh. Kathās

paritṛd

1. pari-√tṛd P. -tṛṇatti (Impv. -tṛndhi), to pierce or thrust through RV. ŚBr

paritṛp

1. pari-√tṛp Caus. -tarpayati, to satiate or satisfy completely MBh. R

⋙paritarpaṇa

1. pari-tarpaṇa mfn. satisfying, contenting BhP
2. n. the act of satisfying Dhātup
3. a restorative Car

⋙paritṛpta

1. pari-tṛpta mfn. completely satisfied or contented Śaṃk

⋙paritṛpti

1. pari-tṛpti f. complete satisfaction Up

paritṛṣita

1. pari-tṛṣita mfn. (√tṛṣ) anxiously longing for (comp.) Kāraṇḍ

parityaj

1. pari-√tyaj P. -tyajati (○te R. MārkP
2. ind. p. -tyajya), to leave, quit, abandon, give up, reject, disregard, not heed Mn. MBh. &c
3. (with deham) to forsake the body i.e. die BhP
4. (with prâṇān, or jīvitam) to resign the breath, give up the ghost Mn. MBh. Daś. Vet
5. (with nāvam) to disembark MW.: Pass. -tyajyate, to be deprived or bereft of (instr.) Mn. Pañc. Hit. &c.: Caus. -tyājayati, to deprive or rob a person of (2 acc.) R

⋙parityakta

1. pari-tyakta mfn. left, quitted &c
2. let go, let fly (as an arrow) W
3. deprived of, wanting (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
4. n. anything to spare Divyâv
5. (am), ind. without (comp.) Pañc

⋙parityaktṛ

1. pari-tyaktṛ mfn. one who leaves or abandons, a forsaker Mn

⋙parityaj

1. pari-tyaj mfn. id. MBh

⋙parityajana

1. pari-tyajana n. abandoning, giving away, distributing W

⋙parityajya

1. pari-tyajya ind. having left or abandoned &c
2. leaving a space, at a distance from (acc.) Var
3. with she exception of, excepting ib

⋙parityāga

1. pari-tyāga m. (ifc. f. ā) the act of leaving, abandoning, deserting, quitting, giving up, neglecting, renouncing Mn. MBh. &c
2. separation from (sakāśāt) R
3. (pl.) liberality, a sacrifice Hit
4. N. of wk

⋙parityāgin

1. pari-tyāgin mfn. leaving, quitting, forsaking, renouncing (mostly ifc.) MBh. R

⋙parityājana

1. pari-tyājana n. causing to abandon or give up MW

⋙parityājya

1. pari-tyājya mfn. to be left or abandoned or deserted &c. MBh
2. to be given up or renounced ib
3. to be omitted Sāh

paritrasta

1. pari-trasta mfn. (√tras) terrified, frightened, much alarmed Hariv. R. &c

⋙paritrāsa

1. pari-trāsa m. (ifc. f. ā) terror, fright, fear MBh. Kāv

paritrigartam

1. pari-trigartam ind. round about or outside Tri-garta Pāṇ. 2-1, 11 ; 12 Sch. [Page 595, Column]

paritrai

1. pari-√trai P. Ā. -trāti, or -trāyate (Impv. -trāhi, -trātu, -trāyasva
2. fut. -trāsyate
3. inf. -trātum), to rescue, save, protect, defend (-trāyatām or ○yadhvam, help! to the rescue!) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙paritrāṇa

1. pari-trāṇa n. rescue, preservation, deliverance from (abl.), protection or means of protection, refuge, retreat Mn. MBh. &c
2. self-defence L
3. the hair of the body L
4. moustaches Gal

⋙paritrāta

1. pari-trāta mfn. protected, saved, rescued, preserved Kāv. Pur
2. m. N. of a man L

⋙paritrātavya

1. pari-trātavya mfn. to be protected or defended or saved from (abl.) Vikr. Bālar

⋙paritrātṛ

1. pari-trātṛ mfn. protecting, a protector or defender (with gen. or acc.) MBh. R. Pañc

paridaṃśita

1. pari-daṃśita mfn. (√daṃś) completely armed or covered with mail MBh

⋙paridaṣṭa

1. pari-daṣṭa mfn. bitten to pieces, bitten
2. -dacchada mfn. biting the lips BhP

paridaśa

1. pari-daśa mf(ā)n. pl. full ten Jātakam

paridah

1. pari-√dah P. -dahati, to burn round or through or entirely, consume by fire, dry up Suśr.: Pass. -dahyate (○ti Divyâv.), to be burnt through or wholly consumed, to burn (lit. and fig.) MBh. Ṛit. &c

⋙paridagdha

1. pari-dagdha mfn. burnt, scorched MBh. Hariv. &c

⋙paridahana

1. pari-dahana n. burning W. (cf. parīd○) W

⋙paridāha

1. pari-dāha m. burning hot Suśr
2. mental anguish, pain, sorrow MBh

⋙paridāhin

1. pari-dāhin mfn. burning hot L

paridā

1. pari-dā √1. P. Ā. -dadāti, -datte, (pr. 1. pl. -dadmasi RV
2. Impv. -dehi
3. pf. -dadau, -dade
4. ind. p. -dāya
5. inf. -dātum), to give, grant, bestow, surrender, intrust to or deposit with (dat., loc. or gen.) RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -dāpayati (ind. p. -dāpya). to cause to be delivered or given up MBh

⋙paridā

1. pari-dā́ f. giving one's self up to the favour or protection of another, devotion ŚBr. KātyŚr

⋙paridāna

1. pari-dāna n. id. ĀśvGṛ. Kauś
2. restitution of a deposit L. (v. l. prati-d○)

⋙paridāyin

1. pari-dāyin m. a father (or another relation) who marries his daughter or ward to a man whose elder brother is not yet married L

≫parītta

1. párī-tta (for 2. See p. 605, col. 1), mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-3, 124) given away, given up, delivered up to (loc.) VS. MBh

⋙parītti

1. parī-tti f. delivering TBr

paridiv

1. pari-div √1. P. -devati, ○vayati, (rarely Ā
2. pr. p. f. -devatīm MBh
3. aor. paryadeviṣṭa pf. pari-didevire Bhaṭṭ
4. inf. -devitum R.), to wail, lament, cry, bemoan, weep for (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙parideva

1. pari-deva m. lamentation MBh. Lalit

⋙paridevaka

1. pari-devaka mf(ikā)n. who or what laments or complains Bhaṭṭ. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 147)

⋙paridevana

1. pari-devana (wṛ. -vedana), n. lamentation, bewailing, complaint MBh. Kāv. &c
2. (ā), f. id. Yājñ. MBh. Hit

⋙paridevita

1. pari-devita (wṛ. -vedita), mfn. lamented, bewailed MBh. R. &c
2. plaintive, miserable (am ind.) ib
3. n. wailing, lamentation ib
4. impers. with instr., e.g. ○taṃ-ṛāmeṇa, 'wailing was made by R.'

⋙paridevin

1. pari-devin mfn. lamenting, bewailing Śak

⋙paridyūna

1. pari-dyūna mfn. sorrowful, sad ŚBr
2. made miserable by (instr. or comp.) MBh. R

paridiś

1. pari-√diś (pf. -dideśa), to announce, make known, point out Br

⋙paridiṣṭa

1. pari-diṣṭa mfn. made known, pointed out MBh

paridih

1. pari-√dih (only Subj. -dehat), to cover or smear over RV

⋙paridigdha

1. pari-digdha n. meat covered with meal L

paridīna

1. pari-dīna mfn. much dejected or afflicted
2. -mānasa (R.), -sattva (MBh.), mfn. distressed in mind

paridīp

1. pari-√dīp Ā. -dīpyate (○ti), to flare up (lit. and fig.) MBh

paridu

1. pari-du √2. Ā. -dūyate, to burn (instr.), be consumed by pain or grief MBh. R

paridurbala

1. pari-durbala mfn. extremely weak or decrepit MBh. R
2. -tva n. Jātakam

paridṛṃhaṇa

1. pari-dṛṃhaṇa n. (√dṛṃh) making firm, strengthening ĀpŚr

⋙paridṛḍha

1. pari-dṛḍha mfn. very firm or strong
2. m. N. of a man (cf. pāridṛḍha) L

paridṛś

1. pari-√dṛś (pl. Ā. -dadṛśrām AV
2. inf. -draṣṭum MBh.), to look at, see, behold, regard, consider, find out, know: Pass. -dṛśyate (pf. -dadṛśe), to be observed or perceived, appear, become visible KaṭhUp. R. &c.: Caus. -darśayati, to show, explain MBh. Bhāshāp. [Page 596, Column]

⋙paridṛṣṭa

1. pari-dṛṣṭa mfn. seen, beheld, perceived, learnt, known MBh
2. -karman mfn. having much practical experience (○ma-tā f.) Car

⋙paridraṣṭṛ

1. pari-draṣṭṛ m. a spectator, perceiver MBh

paridṝ

1. pari-√dṝ (only 3. sg. Prec. Ā. -darṣīṣṭa), to break through (the foe) RV. i, 132, 6: Pass. -dīryate, to peel or drop off on all sides, to become dropsical TS. ŚBr

⋙paridara

1. pari-dara m. a disease of the gums in which the skin peels off and bleeds Suśr

⋙paridīrṇa

1. pari-dīrṇa (pári-), mfn. rent on all sides, swollen, dropsical ŚBr

paridyūna

1. pari-dyūna See pari-div

paridraḍhaya

1. pari-draḍhaya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. pari-dṛḍha), to make firm or strong Pat

paridru

1. pari-√dru P. -dravati, to run round RV

paridvīpa

1. pari-dvīpa m. N. of a son of Garuḍa. MBh. (v. l. sarid-dviipa)

paridveṣas

1. pári-dveṣas m. a hater RV

paridhā

1. pari-dhā √1. P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, (pf. -dadhur, -dadhire
2. fut. -dhāsyati
3. aor. -dhāt, -dhīmahi
4. ind. p. -dhā́ya
5. Ved. inf. pári-dhātavaí), to lay or put or place or set round RV. &c. &c
6. to cast round, turn upon (dṛṣṭim, with loc. Hariv.)
7. to put on, wear (with or sc. vāsas), dress VS. AV. ŚBr. &c
8. surround, envelop, enclose RV. &c. &c
9. to conclude or close (the recitation of a hymn) TS. Br.: Caus. -dhāpayati (ind. p. ○yitvā Pāṇ. 7-1, 38 Sch.), to cause a person to wrap round or put on (2 acc.) Br. &c
10. to clothe with (instr.) AV.: Desid. -dhitsate, to wish to put on MBh

⋙paridhāna

1. pari-dhā́na (and ○dhāná), n. putting or laying round (esp, wood), wrapping round, putting on, dressing, clothing KātyŚr. R. Pañc
2. a garment, (esp.) an under garment (ifc. f. ā) AV. ŚBr. &c. (also parī-dh○)
3. closing or concluding (a recitation) ŚāṅkhBr
4. -vastra n. an upper garment Pañc. iv, 63/64
5. ○nī√kṛ, to make into an upper garment Śiś. Sch
6. ○nīya n. an under garment
7. (ā), f. (sc. ṛc) a concluding or final verse Br

⋙paridhāpana

1. pari-dhāpana n. causing to put on (a garment) Kauś
2. ○nīya mfn. relating to it ib

⋙paridhāya

1. pari-dhāya m. (L.) train, retinue
2. the hinder parts
3. a receptacle for water

⋙paridhāyaka

1. pari-dhāyaka m. a fence, enclosure L

⋙paridhi

1. pari-dhí m. an enclosure, fence, wall, protection, (esp.) the 3 fresh sticks (called madhyama, dakṣiṇa, uttara) laid round a sacrificial fire to keep it together RV. &c. &c
2. a cover, garment BhP
3. (fig.) the ocean surrounding the earth ib
4. a halo round the sun or moon Ragh. Var. BhP
5. the horizon MBh. BhP
6. any circumference or circle Var. Sūryas
7. epicycle ib
8. the branch of the tree to which the sacrificial victim is tied (?) W
9. N. of a man, g. śubhrâdi
10. pl. (ṣaḍ aindrāh) N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr
11. -saṃdhi m. (prob.) the putting together of the 3 fire-sticks (cf. above) MānŚr
12. -stha mfn. being on the horizon (as the sun) MBh
13. m. a guard posted in a circle L
14. ○dhī√kṛ, to hang about Mcar
15. ○dhy-upânta mf(ā)n. bordered by the ocean (as the earth) BhP

⋙paridhin

1. pari-dhin m. N. of Śiva MBh. (Nīlak.)

⋙paridheya

1. pari-dheya mfn. to be put round &c
2. = paridhi-bhava VS. (Mahīdh. TS. v. l. barhi-ṣad)
3. n. an under garment (?) MW

≫parihita

1. pári-hita mfn. put round or on, covered, invested, clothed RV. &c. &c

paridhāv

1. pari-√dhāv P. -dhā́vati (ep. also ○te), to flow or stream round or through RV. Suśr
2. to run or drive about (with mṛgayām, 'to hunt') MBh
3. to run or move round anything (with acc.) AV. MBh. &c
4. to run through or towards or after (with acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -dhāvayati, to surround, encircle MBh

⋙paridhāvana

1. pari-dhāvana n. the running away from, escaping MBh

⋙paridhāvin

1. pari-dhāvin m. 'running round', N. of the 46th (or 20th) of the 60 years' cycle of Jupiter Var

paridhīra

1. pari-dhīra mfn. very deep (as a tone or sound) Ghaṭ

paridhū

1. pari-√dhū (only 3. pl. Ā. -dhunvate), to shake off BhP

paridhūpana

1. pari-dhūpana pari-dhūmana and pari-dhūmāyana n. = dhūmāyana Suśr

paridhūsara

1. pari-dhūsara mfn. quite dustcoloured or grey (-tva n.) Prasannar. [Page 596, Column]

paridhṛ

1. pari-√dhṛ P. -dhārayati, to carry about, bear, support AV. MBh

⋙paridhāraṇa

1. pari-dhāraṇa n. bearing, supporting, enduring (with gen.) MBh
2. (ā), f. patience, perseverance Mcar

⋙paridhārya

1. pari-dhārya mfn. to be preserved or maintained Hariv

⋙paridhṛta

1. pari-dhṛta mfn. borne (in the womb) MBh

paridhṛṣ

1. pari-√dhṛṣ P. -dharṣayati, to attack, rush upon MBh

⋙paridharṣaṇa

1. pari-dharṣaṇa n. assault, attack, injury ib

paridhvaṃsa

1. pari-dhvaṃsa m. (√dhvaṃs) distress, trouble, ruin MBh. Hit
2. obscuration, eclipse ( See vidhu-)
3. (also ā f.) loss of caste, mixture of castes Āpast. Mn. (also varṇa- Āp. Sch.)
4. an outcaste Āpast

⋙paridhvaṃsin

1. pari-dhvaṃsin mfn. falling off Suśr
2. destroying, ruining Kām. Hit. v, 118 (v. l.)

⋙paridhvasta

1. pari-dhvasta mfn. covered with (comp.) R
2. destroyed, ruined ib

parinand

1. pari-√nand (only ind. p. -nandya), to rejoice greatly, give great pleasure to (acc.) MBh. xv, 522

parinartana

1. pari-nartana n. (√nṛt), g. kṣubhnâdi

parinābhi

1. pari-nābhi ind. round the navel Śiś

pariniḥstan

1. pari-niḥ-√stan P. -stanati, to groan loud R

parinind

1. pari-√nind P. -nindati (or -ṇindati Pāṇ. 8-4, 33), to censure or blame severely MBh. BhP

⋙parinindana

1. pari-nindana n. g. kṣubhnâdi

⋙parinindā

1. pari-nindā f. strong censure MBh
2. censoriousness Subh

parinimna

1. pari-nimna mfn. much depressed, deeply hollowed Suśr

parinirjita

1. pari-nir-jita mfn. (√ji) vanquished, conquered MBh. R

parinirṇij

1. pari-nir-ṇij (√nij
2. only ind. p. -ṇijya), to wash, cleanse MBh

parinirmita

1. pari-nir-mita mfn. (√3. mā) formed, created (said of Vishṇu) Vishṇ
2. marked off, limited R
3. settled, determined MBh

⋙parivaśavartin

1. pari-vaśavartin m. pl. N. of a class of gods in Indra's world Yogas. Sch. (cf. paranirmita v"ṣ v○)

parinirluṭh

1. pari-nir-luṭh √2. P. -luṭhati, to roll down Rājat

parinirvapaṇa

1. pari-nirvapaṇa n. (√2. vap) distributing, dispensing, giving W

⋙parinirvivapsā

1. pari-nirvivapsā f. (fr. Desid.) desire of giving, liberality

⋙parinirvivapsu

1. pari-nirvivapsu mfn. desirous of giving Bhaṭṭ

parinirvā

1. pari-nir-vā √2. P. -vāti, to be completely extinguished or emancipated (from individual existence), attain absolute rest Lalit.: Caus. -vāpayati, to emancipate completely by causing extinction of all re-births Vajracch

⋙parivāṇa

1. pari-vāṇa mfn. completely extinguished or finished (a-parinirv○) Śak
2. n. complete extinction of individuality, entire cessation of re-births MWB. 50 ; 122 &c
3. N. of a place where Buddha disappeared L
4. -vaipulya-sūtra n. N. of a Buddh. Sūtra

⋙parivāpayitavya

1. pari-vāpayitavya mfn. to be completely extinguished or emancipated Vajracch

⋙parivāyin

1. pari-vāyin mfn. being completely exṭextinguished or emancipated Divyâv

parinirviṇṇa

1. pari-nirviṇṇa mfn. (√3. vid) extremely disgusted with (loc.) MBh

⋙paricetas

1. pari-cetas mfn. faint-hearted, despondent ib

parinirvṛta

1. pari-nirvṛta mfn. (√1. vṛ) completely extinguished, finally liberated Divyâv

⋙parinirvṛti

1. pari-nirvṛti f. final liberation, complete emancipation Rājat

parinirhan

1. pari-nir-√han (only Impv. -jahi), to drive away, expel AV

parinivṛt

1. pari-ni-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to pass away MBh

pariniścaya

1. pari-niścaya m. fixed opinion or resolution MBh

pariniśnath

1. pari-ni-√śnath (only aor. -śiśnathaḥ), to push or strike down RV

pariniṣad

1. pari-ni-ṣad (√sad), P. -ṣīdati (3. pl. pf. Ā. -ṣedire ind. p. -ṣadya), to sit around RV. [Page 596, Column]

pariniṣic

1. pari-ni-ṣic (√sic), P. -ṣiñcati, to pour down upon, endow richly MBh. (cf. next)

pariniṣev

1. pari-ni-ṣev (√sev), Ā. -ṣevate MBh. xiii, 3087, prob. w. r. for -ṣecyate (√sic)

pariniṣṭhā

1. pari-ni-ṣṭhā (√sthā), Caus. -ṣṭhāpayati, to teach thoroughly Uttarar

⋙pariniṣṭhā

1. pari-niṣṭhā f. extreme limit, highest point MBh. Kap
2. complete knowledge, familiarity with (loc. or comp.) Śaṃk. Pur

⋙pariniṣṭhāna

1. pari-niṣṭhāna (only a-n○). n. the being completely fixed L
2. mfn. having a final end or object Nyāyam. Sch

⋙pariniṣṭhāpanīya

1. pari-niṣṭhāpanīya mfn. to be exactly fixed or defined ĀpŚr

⋙pariniṣṭhita

1. pari-niṣṭhita mfn. quite perfect, accomplished Śaṃk
2. being in (loc.) Hariv. Pur
3. completely skilled in or acquainted with (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙parinaiṣṭhika

1. pari-naiṣṭhika mf(ī)n. highest, utmost, most perfect MBh

pariniṣpad

1. pari-niṣ-√pad Ā. -padyate, to change or turn into (nom.) Kāraṇḍ

⋙pariniṣpatti

1. pari-niṣpatti f. perfection Vajracch

⋙pariniṣpanna

1. pari-niṣpanna mfn. developed, perfect, real, existing Saṃk. Buddh
2. -tva n. real being, reality Saṃk

⋙pariniṣpādita

1. pari-niṣpādita mfn. (fr. Caus.) developed, manifested Kāraṇḍ

parinṛt

1. pari-√nṛt P. -nṛ́tyati, to dance about or round (acc.) TS. AV. MBh

parinaiṣṭhika

1. pari-naiṣṭhika See under pari-ni-ṣṭhā

parinyasta

1. pari-ny-asta mfn. (√2. as) stretched out, extended Kathās

⋙parinyāsa

1. pari-nyāsa m. completing the sense of a passage W
2. alluding to the development of the seed (bīja) or origin of a dramatic plot Daśar

paripac

1. pari-√pac P. -pacati, to bring to maturity Divyâv.: Pass. -pacyate, to be cooked Pañc
2. to be burnt (in hell) Hariv
3. to become ripe, (fig.) have results or consequences Hariv. Var
4. approach one's end or issue MBh.: Caus. -pācayati, to cook, roast Suśr
5. to cause to ripen, bring to maturity or perfection Kāraṇḍ

⋙paripakva

1. pari-pakva mfn. completely cooked or dressed W
2. completely burnt (as bricks) Var
3. quite ripe, mature, accomplished, perfect MBh. Kāv. Suśr
4. highly cultivated, very sharp or shrewd SaddhP
5. near death or decay, about to pass away MBh. Suśr
6. fully digested W
7. -kaṣāya mfn. = jitêndriya Kull. on Mn. vi, 1
8. -tā f. being dressed or cooked, maturity
9. digestion
10. perfection
11. shrewdness W
12. -śāli m. ripe rice, Ṛit,

⋙paripacana

1. pari-pacana n. = tailapācanikā Car. Sch

⋙paripāka

1. pari-pāka m. being completely cooked or dressed Bhpr
2. digestion Vedântas
3. ripening, maturity, perfection Kāv. Sāṃkhyak. Suśr
4. result, consequence (āt and atas, in consequence of) Mcar. Rājat
5. cleverness, shrewdness, experience Naish. (cf. parī-p○)

⋙paripākin

1. pari-pākin mfn. ripening, digesting W
2. (inī), f. Ipomoea Turpethum L

⋙paripācana

1. pari-pācana mfn. cooking, ripening Suśr
2. (fig.) bringing to maturity Lalit
3. n. and -tā f. the act of bringing to maturity Lalit

⋙paripācayitṛ

1. pari-pācayitṛ mfn. cooking, ripening Megh. Sch

⋙paripācita

1. pari-pācita mfn. cooked, roasted Suśr

paripaṭh

1. pari-√paṭh P. -paṭhati, to discourse Sarvad
2. to enumerate completely, detail, mention, name MBh. Suśr. Pur

⋙paripāṭha

1. pari-pāṭha m. complete enumeration
2. (ena), ind. in detail, completely MBh

⋙paripāṭhaka

1. pari-pāṭhaka mfn. enumerating completely, detailing Cat

paripaṇa

1. pari-paṇa m. n. (√paṇ) = nīvii (capital, stock ?) L

⋙paripaṇana

1. pari-paṇana n. playing for, wagering Mudr

⋙paripaṇita

1. pari-paṇita mfn. pledged, wagered, promised W

paripaṇḍiman

1. pari-paṇḍiman m. complete whiteness Śiś

paripat

1. pari-√pat P. -patati (3. pl. pf. -petur), to fly or run about, wheel or whirl round, rush to and fro, move hither and thither RV. &c. &c
2. to leap down from (abl.) MBh
3. to throw one's self upon, attack (with loc.) ib. Kāv.: Caus. -pātayati, to cause to fall down, shoot down or off MBh
4. to throw into (loc.) Mṛicch
5. to destroy Divyâv

⋙paripatana

1. pari-patana n. flying round or about Śak

paripati

1. pári-pati m. the lord of all around RV. VS. (Mahīdh. 'flying about')

paripad

1. pari-√pad Caus. -pādayati, to change (m before r and the sibilants) into Anu-svāra RPrāt

⋙paripad

1. pari-pád f. a trap or snare RV

⋙paripadin

1. pari-padin m. an enemy L. (wṛ. for ○parin ?). [Page 597, Column]

⋙paripanna

1. pari-panna n. the change of m into Anusvāra (cf. above) RPrāt

⋙paripāda

1. pari-pāda m. g. nirudakâdi

paripanthaka

1. pari-panthaka m. (√panth) one who obstructs the way, an antagonist, adversary, enemy Rājat

⋙paripantham

1. pari-pantham ind. by or in the way L

⋙paripanthaya

1. pari-panthaya Nom. P. ○yati, to obstruct the way, oppose, resist (with acc.) Rājat

⋙paripanthika

1. pari-panthika m. an adversary, enemy MBh

⋙paripanthin

1. pari-panthín mfn. standing in the way, hindering
2. m. = prec. RV. &c. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 89)
3. ○thi-tva n. Sāh. Sarvad

⋙paripanthībhū

1. pari-panthī-√bhū to become the adversary of (gen.) Veṇis

paripara

1. pari-para See a-pari-para

≫pariparin

1. pari-parín m. (prob. fr. pari + pari) an antagonist, adversary VS. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 89)

paripavana

1. pari-pavana See pari-pū, col. 2

paripaś

1. pari-√paś P. -paśyati, to look over, survey RV. AV
2. to perceive, behold, see, observe RV. TS. Br. Up
3. to fix the mind or thoughts upon (acc.) MBh
4. to learn, know, recognise as (2 acc.) MuṇḍUp. MBh. BhP

paripaśavya

1. pári-paśavya mfn. (paśu) relating to the sacrificial victim ŚBr. KātyŚr

paripā

1. pari-pā √1. P. -pibati, to drink before or after (acc.) AitBr
2. to drink or suck out, take away, rob Kād

⋙paripāna

1. pari-pā́na n. a drink, beverage RV

⋙paripīta

1. pari-pīta mfn. drunk or sucked out, gone through Kāv
2. soaked with (comp.) Suśr

paripā

1. pari-pā √3. P. -pāti, (aor. Subj. -pāsati RV.), to protect or defend on every side, to guard, maintain RV. &c.&c

⋙paripāṇa

1. pari-pā́ṇa n. protection, defence, covert RV

⋙paripālaka

1. pari-pālaka mf(ikā)n. (cf. √pāl) guarding, keeping, maintaining Pur
2. taking care of one's property SaddhP

⋙paripālana

1. pari-pālana n. the act of guarding &c. Vishṇ. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. fostering, nourishing Pañc
3. (ā), f. protection, care, nurture Bālar

⋙paripālanīya

1. pari-pālanīya mfn. to be guarded or preserved or kept or maintained Kād

⋙paripālayitṛ

1. pari-pālayitṛ mfn. protecting, defending Śaṃk

⋙paripālya

1. pari-pālya mfn. = ○pālanīya MBh. R. &c

⋙paripipālayiṣā

1. pari-pipālayiṣā f. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) desire of protecting or sustaining or preserving Śaṃk

paripāka

1. pari-pāka ○kin &c. See pari-pac

paripāṭala

1. pari-pāṭala mfn. of a pale red colour, pale red Kālid. Śiś. &c

⋙parilita

1. pari-lita m. dyed pale red Hariv

paripāṭi

1. pari-pāṭi ○ṭī f. succession, order, method, arrangement Var. Caṇḍ. Bhām. Sāh
2. arithmetic Col

paripāṇḍu

1. pari-pāṇḍu mfn. very light or pale Kālid. Ratnâv

⋙paripāṇḍiman

1. pari-pāṇḍiman m. excessive pallor or whiteness Śiś

⋙paripāṇḍura

1. pari-pāṇḍura mfn. dazzling white Bālar. Vcar

⋙paripāṇḍurita

1. pari-pāṇḍurita mfn. made very pale ib

paripārśva

1. pari-pārśva mfn. being at or by one's side, near, at hand KātyŚr

⋙paripārśvacara

1. ○cara mfn. going at or by one's side MBh

⋙paripārśvatas

1. ○tas ind. at or by the side, on both sides of (gen.) MBh. Hariv

⋙paripārśvavartin

1. ○vartin mfn. being at the side or near Kum. Prab

paripiṅga

1. pari-piṅga mfn. quite reddishbrown

⋙paripiṅgakṛ

1. pari-piṅga-√kṛ to dye reddish-brown Śiś

paripiccha

1. pari-piccha n. an ornament made of the feathers of a peacock's tail BhP

paripiñja

1. pari-piñja mfn. full of (instr.) Kum

paripiñjara

1. pari-piñjara mf(ā)n. of a brownish red colour Kād. Vcar

paripiṇḍīkṛta

1. pari-piṇḍī-kṛta mfn. made up like a ball Divyâv

paripiṣ

1. pari-√piṣ (only pf. -pipeṣa), to crush, pound, strike R

⋙paripiṣṭa

1. pari-piṣṭa mfn. crushed, trampled down MBh

⋙paripiṣṭaka

1. pari-piṣṭaka n. lead L

paripīḍ

1. pari-√pīḍ P. -pīḍayati, to press all round, press together, squeeze Kāv. Suśr
2. to torment, harass, vex MBh. Kāv. &c
3. (in augury) to cover, cover up Var

⋙paripīḍana

1. pari-pīḍana n. squeezing or pressing out Suśr
2. injuring, prejudicing Kām

⋙paripīḍā

1. pari-pīḍā f. pressing, tormenting R

⋙paripīḍita

1. pari-pīḍita mfn. pressed
2. embraced
3. tormented Kāv. [Page 597, Column]

paripīvara

1. pari-pīvara mfn. very fat or plump Hariv

paripuṅkhita

1. pari-puṅkhita mfn. feathered (as an arrow) Bhām

paripucchaya

1. pari-pucchaya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to wag the tail Pāṇ. 3-1, 20 Sch

paripuṭ

1. pari-√puṭ Pass. -puṭyate, to peel off, lose the bark or skin Suśr

⋙paripuṭana

1. pari-puṭana n. peeling, losing the bark or skin ib
2. -vat mfn. peeling or dropping off ib

⋙paripoṭa

1. pari-poṭa m. peeling off (a partic. disease of the ear) Suśr
2. -ka m. id. ib
3. -vat mfn. peeling off, losing the skin ib

⋙paripoṭana

1. pari-poṭana n. peeling off, desquamation, losing the bark or skin ib

paripuṣ

1. pari-√puṣ Caus. -poṣayati (Pass. pr. p. -poṣyamāṇa), to nourish, foster

⋙paripuṣṭa

1. pari-puṣṭa mfn. nourished, cherished (-tā f. Yājñ.)
2. amply provided with, abounding in (comp.) Kull
3. augmented], increased Sāh

⋙paripoṣa

1. pari-poṣa m. full growth or development Sāh

⋙paripoṣaka

1. pari-poṣaka mfn. nourishing, confirming. Rājat

⋙paripoṣaṇa

1. pari-poṣaṇa n. the act of cherishing or furthering or promoting BhP

⋙paripoṣaṇīya

1. pari-poṣaṇīya mfn. to be nourished or promoted Pañc

paripuṣkarā

1. pari-puṣkarā f. Cucumis Maderaspatanus L

paripū

1. pari-√pū P. Ā. -punāti, ○nīte, to purify completely, strain
2. Ā. (RV. -pavate), to flow off clearly

⋙paripavana

1. pari-pavana n. cleaning, winnowing corn Kull
2. a winnowing basket Nir

⋙paripūta

1. pari-pūta mfn. purified, strained, winnowed, threshed RV. Mn. &c

⋙paripūti

1. pari-pūti f. complete cleaning or purification Bālar

paripūj

1. pari-√pūj P. -pūjayati, to honour greatly, adore, worship MBh. Kāv

⋙paripūjana

1. pari-pūjana n. honouring, adoring W

⋙paripūjā

1. pari-pūjā f. id. MW

⋙paripūjita

1. pari-pūjita mfn. honoured, adored, worshipped ib

paripṛcchaka

1. pari-pṛcchaka &c. See pariprach

paripṝ

1. pari-√pṝ Pass. -pūryate, to fill (intrans.), become completely full Rājat.: Caus. -pūrayati, to fill (trans.), make full, cover or occupy completely MBh. Kāv. &c
2. to fulfil, accomplish, go through Kāraṇḍ

⋙paripūraka

1. pari-pūraka mfn. filling, fulfilling Bhartṛ
2. causing fulness or prosperity Kull

⋙paripūraṇa

1. pari-pūraṇa n. the act of filling Kāv
2. accomplishing, perfecting, rendering complete Śaṃk. Kāraṇḍ

⋙paripūraṇīya

1. pari-pūraṇīya mfn. to be filled or fulfilled Hcat

⋙paripūrayitavya

1. pari-pūrayitavya mfn. id. Kāraṇḍ

⋙paripūrita

1. pari-pūrita mfn. filled or occupied by, furnished with (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. accomplished, finished, gone through, experienced Gīt

⋙paripūrin

1. pari-pūrin mfn. granting or bestowing richly Śiś

⋙paripūrṇa

1. pari-pūrṇa mfn. quite full Kauś
2. completely filled or covered with, occupied by (comp.) MBh. R. &c
3. accomplished, perfect, whole, complete ib
4. fully satisfied, content R
5. -candra-vimala-prabha m. N. of a Samādhi L
6. -tā f. -tva n. completion, fulness, satiety, satisfaction L
7. -bhāṣin mfn. speaking perfectly i.e. very wisely R
8. -mānasa mfn. satisfied in mind R
9. -mukha mf(ī)n. having the face entirely covered or smeared or painted with (comp.) Caurap
10. -sahasra-candra-vatī f. 'possessing a thousand full moons', N. of Indra's wife L
11. -vyañjanatā f. having the sexual organs complete (one of the 80 secondary marks of a Buddha) Dharmas. lxxxiv, 24
12. ○ṇârtha mfn. having attained one's aim R
13. full of meaning, wise (as a speech) MBh. R
14. ○ṇêndu m. the full moon Mṛicch

⋙paripūrti

1. pari-pūrti f. fulness, completion RPrāt. Sch

paripelava

1. pari-pelava mf(ā)n. very fine or small, very delicate Var
2. n. (also -pela L.) Cyperus Rotundus or a similar kind of grass Suśr

paripoṭa

1. pari-poṭa &c. See pari-puṭ

paripoṣa

1. pari-poṣa &c. See pari-puṣ

paripragrah

1. pari-pra-√grah P. -gṛhṇāti, to hand or pass round KātyŚr

pariprach

1. pari-√prach P. Ā. -pṛcchati, ○te (pf. -papraccha
2. fut. -prakṣyati
3. ind. p. -pṛcchya
4. inf. -praṣṭum), to interrogate or ask a person about anything, to inquire about (with 2 acc. or with acc. of pers. and acc. with prati loc. or gen. of thing) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙paripṛcchaka

1. pari-pṛcchaka m. an interrogator, inquirer GopBr

⋙paripṛcchanikā

1. pari-pṛcchanikā f. a subject for discussion Divyâv

⋙paripṛcchā

1. pari-pṛcchā f. question, inquiry L. [Page 597, Column]

⋙paripṛcchika

1. pari-pṛcchika mfn. one who receives anything only when asked for MBh. (Nīlak.)

⋙paripṛṣṭika

1. pari-pṛṣṭika mfn. id. ib

⋙paripraśna

1. pari-praśna m. question, interrogation Bhag
2. inquiry about (comp.). Pāṇ. 2-1, 63 &c

paripraṇī

1. pari-pra-ṇī (√nī, only Pass. -ṇīyáte), to fetch from (abl.) RV. i, 141, 4

pariprath

1. pari-√prath (only pf. Ā. -paprathé), to stretch round or over (acc.) RV. vi, 7, 7

paripradhanv

1. pari-pra-√dhanv (only Impv. dhanva), to run or stream about RV

paripramuc

1. pari-pra-√muc (only Impv. Ā. -muñcasva), to free one's self from (abl.) RV. x, 38, 5

pariprayā

1. pari-pra-√yā (only 2. pl. pr. -yāthá), to travel round (acc.) RV. iv, 51, 5

paripravac

1. pari-pra-√vac (only aor. -pravocan), to tell anything earlier than another person (acc.), ChUP. iv, 10, 2

paripravṛt

1. pari-pra-√vṛt Caus. -vartayati, to turn hither RV. x, 135, 4

paripraśna

1. pari-praśna See pari-prach

pariprasyand

1. pari-pra-√syand Ā. -syándate (aor. P. -ásiṣyadat), to flow forth or round RV

pariprāp

1. pari-prâp (-pra + √āp), Caus. -prâpayati, to get done, bring about, accomplish Lalit. Divyâv

⋙pariprāpaṇa

1. pari-prâpaṇa n. taking place, occurrence Pat

⋙pariprāpti

1. pari-prâpti f. obtaining, acquisition R

⋙pariprāpya

1. pari-prâpya mfn. to be done Divyâv

⋙pariprepsu

1. pari-prêpsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to gain or obtain, desirous of (acc.) MBh

pariprārdha

1. pari-prârdha n. proximity, nearness ŚāṅkhBr

pariprī

1. pari-prī́ mfn. very dear, highly valued RV

⋙pariprīta

1. pári-prīta mfn. id. ib
2. much gratified, delighted MBh

paripruṣ

1. pari-√pruṣ (only pr. p. -pruṣṇát), to sprinkle about TS

⋙paripruṣ

1. pari-prúṣ mfn. sprinkling, splashing RV

paripre

1. pari-pré (-pra +√i, only pr. p. -prayát), to run through on all sides RV. ix, 68, 8

paripreraka

1. pari-prêraka mfn. (√īr) exciting, causing, effecting Sāy

paripreṣ

1. pari-prêṣ (-pra + √1. iṣ), Caus. prat9ṣayati, to send forth, despatch Bhaṭṭ

⋙paripreṣaṇa

1. pari-prêṣaṇa n. sending forth
2. abandoning W

⋙paripreṣita

1. pari-prêṣita mfn. sent forth
2. abandoned ib

⋙paripreṣya

1. pari-prêṣya m. a servant MBh. iv, 32 (v. l. pare pr○)

pariplu

1. pari-√plu Ā. -plavate (ind. p. -plutya MBh
2. -plūya Pāṇ. 6-4, 58), to swim or float or hover about or through Br. &c. &c
3. to revolve, move in a circle ŚBr
4. to move restlessly, go astray Br
5. to hasten forward or near MBh.: Caus. -plāvayati (ind. p. -plāvya), to bathe, water MBh

⋙pariplava

1. pari-plavá mfn. swimming VS. Kāṭh
2. swaying or moving to and fro ŚāṅkhBr
3. running about, unsteady, restless Śiś
4. m. trembling, restlessness Bhpr
5. bathing, inundation W
6. oppression, tyranny ib
7. a ship, boat R. (v. l. pāripl○)
8. N. of a prince (son of Sukhī-bala or Sukhī-vala or Sukhī-nala) Pur
9. (ā), f. a sort of spoon used at sacrifices KātyŚr

⋙pariplāvya

1. pari-plāvya mfn. to be poured over MBh

⋙paripluta

1. pari-pluta mfn. bathed, one who has bathed in (loc. or comp.) MBh
2. flooded, immersed, overwhelmed or visited by (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
3. n. a spring, jump Var
4. (ā), f. spirituous liquor L

paripluṣṭa

1. pari-pluṣṭa mfn. (√pluṣ) burnt, scorched, singed L

⋙pariploṣa

1. pari-ploṣa m. burning, internal heat Car

pariphulla

1. pari-phulla mfn. widely opened (as eyes) Śiś
2. covered with erected hairs ib

paribandh

1. pari-√bandh Ā. -badhnīte (impf. 3. sg. pary-abandhata MBh
2. Pass. pary-abadhyata ib
3. pf. Ā. pari-bedhiré AV.), to tie to, bind on, put on
4. to surround, encircle: Caus. -bandhayati, to tie round, embrace, span Cat

⋙paribaddha

1. pari-baddha mfn. bound, stopped, obstructed R

⋙paribandhana

1. pari-bandhana n. tying round L

paribādh

1. pari-√bādh Ā. -bādhate, to ward or keep off, exclude from, protect or defend against (abl.) VS. Br. &c. [Page 598, Column]
2. to vex, molest, annoy MBh. Kāv.: Desid. -bibādhiṣate, to strive to keep or ward off ŚBr

⋙paribādh

1. pari-bā́dh f. hindrance or a hinderer RV

⋙paribādha

1. pari-bādha m. a noxious or troublesome demon MantraBr
2. (ā), f. trouble, toil, hardship Śak

paribubhukṣita

1. pari-bubhukṣita mfn. (Desid. of pari- √3. bhuj), very hungry MBh

paribṛṃh

1. pari-bṛṃh (√2. bṛṃh, also written vṛṃh in verb. forms and deriv.), P. Ā. -bṛṃhati (or -bṛhati), ○te (p. pf. Ā. -babṛhāṇa, prob. solid, strong RV. v, 41, 12), to embrace, encircle, fasten, make big or strong Br.: Caus. -bṛṃhayati, to make strong, strengthen MBh

⋙paribarha

1. pari-barha m. (ifc. f. ā) 'surroundings', retinue, train, furniture, attire, trim, property, wealth, the necessaries of life MBh. R. &c
2. royal insignia L
3. -vat mfn. (a house) provided with suitable furniture Ragh

⋙paribarhaṇa

1. pari-barhaṇa n. retinue, train, attire, trim MBh
2. worship, adoration BhP
3. (ā), f. growth, increase Nir. Sch

⋙paribṛṃhaṇa

1. pari-bṛṃhaṇa n. prosperity, welfare BhP
2. an additional work, supplement Mn. MBh

⋙paribṛṃhita

1. pari-bṛṃhita (or ○vṛhita
2. Pāṇ. 7-2, 21 Sch.), mfn. increased, augmented, strengthened by, connected or furnished with (instr. or comp.) MBh. BhP
3. n. the roar of an elephant L

⋙paribṛḍha

1. pari-bṛḍha (pári-), mfn. firm, strong, solid ŚBr. Nir
2. m. (only -vṛḍha) a superior, lord Rājat. (cf. Pāṇ. 7-2, 21)
3. comp. -vraḍhīyas Pat
4. superl. -vraḍhiṣṭha ib
5. or -vṛḍha-tama (with brahma n. the supreme spirit) Saṃk
6. Nom. P. -vraḍhaya, ○yati Pat
7. -vraḍhiman m. (g. dṛḍhâdi) ability, capability Śiś. v, 41 (a-pariv○)

paribodha

1. pari-bodha m. (√budh) reason (-vat mfn. endowed with reason Śak. v, 21, v, l.)

⋙paribodhana

1. pari-bodhana n. exhortation, admonitinn (also ā f.) Kād

⋙paribodhanīya

1. pari-bodhanīya mfn. to be admonished ib

paribrū

1. pari-√brū P. -braviiti (Pot. -brūyāt), to utter a spell or charm, lay under a spell, enchant AV. Kāṭh

paribhakṣ

1. pari-√bhakṣ P. -bhakṣayati, to drink or eat up (esp. what belongs to another), devour, consume MBh

⋙paribhakṣaṇa

1. pari-bhakṣaṇa n. eating up, consuming MBh
2. being eaten up by (instr.) ib

⋙paribhakṣā

1. pari-bhakṣā f. passing over any one at a meal, N. of a partic. observance ĀpŚr

⋙paribhakṣita

1. pari-bhakṣita mfn. drunk or eaten up, devoured, consumed ŚāṅkhBr. Lāṭy. Sch. MBh

paribhagna

1. pari-bhagna mfn. (√bhañj) broken, interrupted, disturbed, stopped MBh. R
2. -krama mfn. stopped in one's course, checked in one's progress MBh

⋙paribhaṅga

1. pari-bhaṅga m. breaking to pieces, shattering W

paribhaj

1. pari-√bhaj (only ind. p. -bhajya), to divide MBh

paribhaya

1. pari-bhaya m. or n. (√bhī) apprehension, fear Śaṃk

paribharts

1. pari-√bharts P. -bhartsati, or -bhartsayati, to threaten, menace, scold, chide MBh. R

⋙paribhartsana

1. pari-bhartsana n. threatening, menacing R

⋙paribhartsita

1. pari-bhartsita mfn. threatened, chided ib

paribhava

1. pari-bhava ○vana &c. See pari-bhū

paribhāṇḍa

1. pari-bhāṇḍa n. furniture, utensils Āpast

paribhāva

1. pari-bhāva ○vana &c. See pari-bhū

paribhāṣ

1. pari-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate, to speak to (acc.), address, admonish MBh. Hariv. R
2. to declare, teach, explain, define Gṛihyās. Hariv. Kāś
3. to persuade, exhort, encourage MW
4. to abuse Divyâv

⋙paribhāṣaka

1. pari-bhāṣaka mfn. abusive Divyâv

⋙paribhāṣaṇa

1. pari-bhāṣaṇa mfn. speaking much (a-paribh○) R
2. n. speaking, talking, discourse Subh
3. admonition, reprimand, reproof Mn. MBh. Lalit
4. rule, precept W
5. agreement (?) ib

⋙paribhāṣaṇīya

1. pari-bhāṣaṇīya mfn. to be addressed or spoken to
2. reprehensible, deserving reproof W

⋙paribhāṣā

1. pari-bhāṣā f. speech, discourse, words MBh. BhP
2. blame, censure, reproof (only pl.) Pat. Bālar
3. any explanatory rule or general definition, (in gram.) a rule or maxim which teaches the proper interpretation or application of other rules Pāṇ
4. (in medic.) prognosis
5. a table or list of abbreviations or signs used in any work
6. (also pl.) N. of sev. wks
7. -kroḍa-pattra n. -"ṣṅka-sūtra (○ṣâṅk○), n. -chando-mañjarī f. -ṭīkā f. -prakaraṇa n. -prakāśa, m. -prakāśikā f. -pradīpa m. -pradīpârcis n. -bhāṣya-sūtra n. -bhāskara m. -mañjarī f. -rahasya, n. -"ṣrtha-mañjarī (○ṣârth○), f. -"ṣrtha-saṃgraha (○ṣârth○), m. -viveka m. -viśeṣa m. -vṛtti f. -śiromaṇi m. -saṃgraha m. -sāra m. -sāra-saṃgraha m. -sūtra n. ○ṣêndu-bhāskara m. ○ṣêndu-śekhara m. ○ṣêndu-śekharasaṃgraha m. ○ṣôpaskāra m. N. of wks. [Page 598, Column]

⋙paribhāṣita

1. pari-bhāṣita mfn. explained, said, stated as (nom.), taught, established as a rule, formed or used technically Hariv. Bālar. Bījag
2. -tva n. RPrāt. Sch

⋙paribhāṣin

1. pari-bhāṣin mfn. speaking, telling (ifc.) R

⋙paribhāṣya

1. pari-bhāṣya mfn. to be stated or taught (a-paribh○) Pat

paribhās

1. pari-√bhās Ā. -bhāsate, to appear ŚBr

⋙paribhāsita

1. pari-bhāsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) embellished, adorned Cat

paribhid

1. pari-√bhid Pass. -bhidyate, to be broken or destroyed MBh

⋙paribhinna

1. pari-bhinna (pári-), mfn. broken, split or cleft open, crumbled ŚBr. R
2. disfigured, deformed MBh

⋙paribheda

1. pari-bheda m. hurt, injury R

⋙paribhedaka

1. pari-bhedaka mfn. breaking through Cat

paribhuj

1. pari-bhuj √1. P. -bhujati, (-ábubhojīr RV. i, 33, 9), to span, encompass, embrace RV. VS. TāṇḍBr

⋙paribhugna

1. pari-bhugna mfn. bowed, bent Bhaṭṭ. (Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch.)

paribhuj

1. pari-bhuj √3. P. Ā. -bhunakti, -bhuṅkte, (inf. -bhoktum), to eat before another (with acc.) MBh
2. to neglect to feed BhP
3. to feed upon, eat, consume, enjoy Kāv. Sāh

⋙paribhukta

1. pari-bhukta mfn. eaten before another, anticipated in eating MBh
2. eaten, enjoyed, possessed Kāv
3. worn (as a garment) Divyâv

⋙paribhoktṛ

1. pari-bhoktṛ mfn. eating, enjoying SaddhP
2. living at another's cost Mn. ii, 201

⋙paribhoga

1. pari-bhoga m. enjoyment, (esp.) sexual intercourse MBh. Kāv. Var
2. illegal use of another's goods W
3. means of subsistence or enjoyment MBh

⋙paribhogya

1. pari-bhogya (!), n. use Divyâv

paribhū

1. pari-√bhū P. Ā. -bhavati, ○te (pf. -babhūva, ○bhūtha, ○bhūvuḥ RV
2. aor. -abhūvan, -bhuvat
3. Subj. -bhūtas, -bhūthas ib
4. Impv. -bhūtu ib
5. Ved. inf. -bhvé ib
6. ind. p. -bhūya MBh. Kāv. &c.: Pass. -bhūyate R
7. fut. -bhaviṣyate Bhaṭṭ.), to be round anything, surround, enclose, contain RV. AV. Br
8. to go or fly round, accompany, attend to, take care of, guide, govern RV. AV
9. to be superior, excel, surpass, subdue, conquer RV. &c. &c
10. to pass round or over, not heed, slight, despise, insult MBh. Kāv. &c
11. to disgrace MBh
12. to disappear, be lost (= parā-bhū) ib.: Caus. -bhāvayati, ○te (ind. p. -bhāvya), to spread around, divulge, make known Uttarar
13. to surpass, exceed BhP
14. to soak, saturate, sprinkle Suśr. ŚārṅgS
15. to contain, include BhP
16. to conceive, think, consider, know, recognise as (acc.) Prab. Rājat. BhP. Pañc

⋙paribhava

1. pari-bhava m. insult, injury, humiliation, contempt, disgrace MBh. Kāv. &c
2. -pada n. an object or occasion of contempt Kālid. Hit
3. -vidhi m. humiliation, Śṛiṅgār
4. ○vâśpada n. = ○va-pada Vikr. MārkP

⋙paribhavana

1. pari-bhavana n. humiliation, degradation Mālav

⋙paribhavanīya

1. pari-bhavanīya mfn. liable to be insulted or offended or humiliated Mālav. Kād. Kathās

⋙paribhavin

1. pari-bhavin mfn. injuring, despising, ridiculing Inscr
2. suffering disrespect W. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 157)

⋙paribhāva

1. pari-bhāva (also pari-bh○), m. contempt Pañc. i, 258/259 (B. ○bhava)

⋙paribhāvana

1. pari-bhāvana n. cohesion, union MBh
2. (ā), f. thought, contemplation Uttarar
3. (in dram.) words exciting curiosity Sāh

⋙paribhāvita

1. pari-bhāvita mfn. enclosed, contained BhP
2. (-tva n. RPrāt. Sch., wṛ. for ○bhāṣita-tva)
3. penetrated, pervaded ib
4. conceived, imagined ib

⋙paribhāvin

1. pari-bhāvin mfn. injuring, despising, slighting, mocking, defying (ifc.) Kālid. Ratnâv

⋙paribhāvuka

1. pari-bhāvuka mf(ī)n. who or what shames or humbles or outstrips another (with acc.), Śis

⋙paribhū

1. pari-bhū́ mfn. surrounding, enclosing, containing, pervading, guiding, governing RV. AV. TS. TBr. ĪśUp

⋙paribhūta

1. pari-bhūta mfn. overpowered, conquered, slighted, disregarded, despised Kāv. Pur
2. m. (with bhaṭṭa) N. of a poet Cat
3. -gati-traya mfn. surpassing three times the age of man BhP
4. -tā f. humiliation, degradation Vajracch

⋙paribhūti

1. pari-bhūti (pári-), f. superiority RV
2. contempt, humiliation, disrespect, injury Kathās. Pañc. BhP

paribhūṣ

1. pari-√bhūṣ P. -bhū́ṣati, to run round, circumambulate RV
2. to wait upon, serve, attend, honour, obey, follow ib
3. to fit out, decorate ib. [Page 598, Column]
4. to be superior, surpass in (instr.) ib. ii, 12, 1

⋙paribhūṣaṇa

1. pari-bhūṣaṇa m. (sc. saṃdhi) peace obtained by the cession of the whole revenue of a land Kām. (v. l. para-bh○)

⋙paribhūṣita

1. pari-bhūṣita mfn. decorated, adorned MBh

paribhṛ

1. pari-√bhṛ P. Ā. -bharati, ○te (pf. P. -babhrima [!] BhP
2. Ā. -jabhre RV.), to bring RV
3. (Ā.) to extend or pass beyond ib. (also trans. = extend, spread, i, 97, 15)
4. to roam or travel about, Bhp. (cf. above)

paribheda

1. pari-bheda ○dhaka, See pari-bhid

paribhoga

1. pari-bhoga &c. See pari- √3. bhuj

paribhraṃś

1. pari-√bhraṃś only pr. p. Ā. in a-paribhraśyamāna mfn. not escaping Kām

⋙paribhraṃśa

1. pari-bhraṃśa m. escape Hariv

⋙paribhraṃśana

1. pari-bhraṃśana n. falling from, loss of (abl.) Pañc

⋙paribhraṣṭa

1. pari-bhraṣṭa mfn. fallen or dropped off
2. fallen from (often = omitting, neglecting)
3. deprived of (abl. or comp., rarely instr.) Mn. MBh. &c
4. fallen, lost, ruined
5. sunk, degraded MBh. Kāv. &c
6. escaped, vanished MBh. Kathās
7. -satkarman mfn. one whose virtuous acts are lost or in vain BhP
8. -sukha mfn. fallen from happiness MBh

paribhrajj

1. pari-√bhrajj only pr. p. -bhṛjjyat (with pass. meaning, Bh. B. xi, 97, C. -bhujyat) and Caus. -bharjayati (Bhpr.), to fry, roast, parch

⋙paribhṛṣṭa

1. pari-bhṛṣṭa mfn. fried, roasted, parched Suśr

paribhram

1. pari-√bhram P. -bhramati, -bhrāmyati (ep. also ○te
2. pr. p. -bhramat, -bhrāmyat and -bhramamāṇa
3. pf. -babhrāma, 3. pl. -babhramuḥ, or -bhremuḥ
4. ind. p. -bhramya
5. inf. -bhramitum or -bhrāntum), to rove, ramble, wander about or through MBh. Kāv. &c
6. (also with maṇḍalam) to turn or whirl round, move in a circle, describe a circle round, revolve, rotate MaitrUp. Hariv. R. BhP.: Caus. -bhrāmayati, to stir up, shake through Bhpr

⋙paribhrama

1. pari-bhrama mfn. flying round or about ( khe-paribhr○)
2. m. wandering, going about BhP
3. circumlocution, rambling discourse Mṛicch. i, 2/3
4. error W

⋙paribhramaṇa

1. pari-bhramaṇa n. turning round, revolving (as of wheels) BhP
2. moving to and fro, going about Prasaṅg
3. circumference Sūryas

⋙paribhrāmaṇa

1. pari-bhrāmaṇa n. (fr. Caus.) turning to and fro BhP

⋙paribhrāmin

1. pari-bhrāmin mfn. moving hither and thither in (comp.) Bālar

paribhrāj

1. pari-√bhrāj (only pf. -babhrāja), to shed brilliance all around R

parimaṇḍala

1. pari-maṇḍala mf(ā)n. round, circular, globular ŚBr. MBh. &c
2. of the measure of an atom A
3. m. (sc., maśaka) a species of venomous gnat Suśr
4. n. a globe, sphere, orbit, circumference MBh. BhP. Hcat
5. -kuṣṭha n. a kind of leprosy Car
6. -tā f. whirling about Kir
7. roundness, rotundity, circularity Kād. Suśr. (also -tva n. MW.)

⋙parimaṇḍalita

1. pari-maṇḍalita mfn. rounded, made round or circular Kir

parimaṇḍita

1. pari-maṇḍita mfn. (√maṇḍ) adorned or decorated all around R

parimath

1. pari-√math (only impf. -ámathnāt), to pluck (the Soma plant) RV. i, 93, 6

⋙parimathita

1. pari-mathita mfn. (Agni) produced by attrition ib. iii, 9, 5

⋙parimāthin

1. pari-māthin mfn. torturing Mālatīm

pariman

1. pari-√man (only Pot. -mamanyāt
2. pf. -mamnā́the
3. aor. Subj. -máṃsate), to overlook, neglect, disregard RV

⋙parimat

1. pari-mat mfn. Vop. xxvi, 78

parimantrita

1. pari-mantrita mfn. (√mantr) charmed, consecrated, enchanted MBh

parimanthara

1. pari-manthara mf(ā)n. extremely slow or tardy Śiś. Caṇḍ

⋙parimantharatā

1. ○tā f. slowness, dullness Veṇis

parimanda

1. pari-manda mfn. very dull or faint or weak Śiś
2. (ibc.) a little ib

⋙parimandatā

1. ○tā f. fatigue, ennui ib

parimanyu

1. pari-manyú mfn. wrathful, angry RV

parimara

1. pari-mara pari-marda, pari-marśa, See pari-mṛ, -mṛd, -mṛś, p. 599

parimala

1. pari-mala m. (Prākr. fr. √mṛd?) fragrance, or a fragrant substance, perfume (esp. arising from the trituration of fragrant substances) Kāv. Pañc. &c
2. copulation, connubial pleasure Kir. ( See below) [Page 599, Column]
3. a meeting of learned men L
4. soil, stain, dirt L
5. N. of a poet (also called Padmagupta) Cat
6. of sev. wks. and Comms
7. -ja mfn. (enjoyment) arising from copulation Kir. x, 1
8. -bhṛt mfn. laden with perfumes Bhartṛ
9. -samā f. N. of Comm. on VarBṛS

⋙parimalaya

1. pari-malaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make fragrant Prasannar

⋙parimalita

1. pari-malita mfn. soiled, deprived of freshness or beauty W
2. perfumed ib

parimā

1. pari-√mā Ā. -mimīte (pf. -mame
2. Pass. -mīyate
3. inf. -mātum), to measure round or about, mete out, fulfil, embrace RV. &c. &c
4. to measure, estimate, determine MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙parimā

1. pari-mā f. measure, periphery MaitrS

⋙parimāṇa

1. pari-mā́ṇa n. measuring, meting out KātyŚr. Var
2. (also -ka n. Bhāshāp.) measure of any kind, e.g. circumference, length, size, weight, number, value, duration (ifc. 'amounting to' RV. &c. &c. cf. parīm○)
3. -tas ind. by measure, in weight Mn. viii, 133
4. -vat (L
5. ○t-tva n.)
6. ○ṇin Pāṇ.). mfn. having measure, measured, measurable

⋙parimita

1. pari-mita (pári-), mfn. measured, meted, limited, regulated RV. &c. &c
2. moderate, sparing MBh. Kāv. &c
3. -katha mf(ā)n. of measured discourse, speaking little Megh
4. -tva n. moderation, limited condition Kap. Sch
5. -bhuj mfn. eating sparingly, abstemious W
6. -bhojana n. moderation in eating, abstemiousness MW
7. ○tâbharaṇa mf(ā)n. moderately adorned Mālav. Pañc
8. ○tâyus mfn. shortlived R
9. ○tâhāra mfn. = ○ta-bhuj MBh
10. ○têcchatā f. moderation in desire MW

⋙parimiti

1. pari-miti f. measure, quantity, limitation Bhāshāp
2. -mat mfn. limited Kāv

⋙parimeya

1. pari-meya mfn. measurable, limited, few MBh. (a-parim○) Kāv. &c
2. -tā f. measurableness, calculableness MW
3. -puraḥ-sara mfn. having only few attendants Ragh

parimād

1. pari-mā́d f. -māda m. (√mad) N. of 16 Sāmans which belong to the Mahā-vratastotra Br. Lāṭy

parimārg

1. pari-√mārg P. Ā. -mārgati, ○te (inf. -mārgitum), to seek about, search through, strive after, beg for (acc.) MBh. R. 1

⋙parimārga

1. pari-mārga m. (for 2. See pari-mṛj) searching about Pratāp

⋙parimārgaṇa

1. pari-mārgaṇa n. tracing, searching, looking for (gen.) MBh. R

⋙parimārgitavya

1. pari-mārgitavya mfn. to be sought after Bhag

⋙parimārgin

1. pari-mārgin mfn. tracking, going after, pursuing (comp.) MBh

parimi

1. pari-mi √1. P. -minoti, to set or place or lay round TS. Kāṭh

⋙parimit

1. pari-mít f. the beam of a roof, joist, rafter &c. AV

parimilana

1. pari-milana n. (√mil) touch, contact Ratnâv

⋙parimilita

1. pari-milita mfn. mixed or filled with, pervaded by (instr.) Śiś
2. met from all sides Prasannar

parimīḍha

1. pari-mīḍha mfn. (√mih) sprinkled with urine PārGṛ

⋙parimeha

1. pari-meha m. a magical rite in which urine is sprinkled about ib

parimukham

1. pari-mukham ind. round or about the face, round, about (any person, &c.) Pāṇ. 4-4, 29

parimugdha

1. pari-mugdha &c. See pari-muh

parimuc

1. pari-√muc P. -muñcáti (ind. p. -mucya
2. inf. -moktum), to unloose, set free, liberate, deliver from (abl.) AV. MBh. &c
3. to let go, give up, part with (acc.) Kāv
4. to discharge, emit Kathās.: Pass. -mucyate (○ti MuṇḍUp.), to loosen or free one's self, get rid of (abl., gen. or instr.) RV. &c. &c
5. to be liberated or emancipated (from the ties of the world) Kauś. Up

⋙parimukta

1. pari-mukta mfn. released, liberated from (comp.)
2. -bandhana mfn. released from bonds, unfettered Śak

⋙parimukti

1. pari-mukti f. liberation A

⋙parimocita

1. pari-mocita mfn. (fr. Caus.) liberated, emancipated Vajracch

parimuṣ

1. pari-√muṣ P. -muṣṇāti, -muṣati (Pass. pr. p. -muṣyat MBh.), to steal, plunder, rob a persons of (2 acc.) AV. &c. &c

⋙parimoṣa

1. pari-moṣá m. theft, robbery TS. &c. &c

⋙parimoṣaka

1. pari-moṣaka mfn. stealing MBh

⋙parimoṣaṇa

1. pari-moṣaṇa n. taking away Āpast

⋙parimoṣin

1. pari-moṣin mfn. stealing
2. a thief or robber ŚBr

parimuh

1. pari-√muh P. Ā. -muhyati, ○te, to be bewildered or perplexed, go astray, fail ŚvetUp. MBh. R.: Caus. -mohayati (○te Pāṇ. 1-3, 89), to bewilder, perplex, entice, allure, trouble, disturb Kauś. MBh. Kāv

⋙parimugdha

1. pari-mugdha mfn. bewitchingly lovely (-tā f.) Śiś

⋙parimūḍha

1. pari-mūḍha mfn. disturbed, perplexed (-tā f.) Uttarar. Śiś. [Page 599, Column]

⋙parimohana

1. pari-mohana n. (fr. Caus.) bewildering, fascination, beguiling Uttarar. Caurap

⋙parimohita

1. pari-mohita mfn. bewildered, deprived of consciousness or recollection MBh. Hariv. R

⋙parimohin

1. pari-mohin mfn. perplexed Śiś
2. fascinating, bewitching W

parimṛ

1. pari-√mṛ Ā. -mriyate (pf. 3. pl. -mamruḥ AitBr.), to die (in numbers) round (acc.) Br. Up

⋙parimara

1. pari-mará mfn. one round whom people have died TS
2. m. the dying in numbers or round any one
3. (with daivaḥ) the dying of the gods KaushUp
4. (with brahmaṇaḥ) N. of a magical rite for the destruction of adversaries AitBr. TUp

⋙parimūrṇa

1. pari-mūrṇa mf(ī́)n. worn out, decrepit, old (as a cow) ŚBr. KātyŚr. (Sch. = vṛddhā)

parimṛg

1. pari-√mṛg Ā. -mṛgayate (Pass. p. -mṛgyamāṇa), to seek, search for R

parimṛj

1. pari-√mṛj P. -mārṣṭi, -mṛjati, -mārjati, mārjayati (rarely Ā., e.g. Pot. -mṛjīta Gobh
2. ind. p. -mṛjya
3. inf. -mārṣṭum, or -mārjitum), to wipe all round, wash, cleanse, purify RV. &c. &c
4. (with cakṣuṣī) to wipe tears from the eyes MBh. R
5. (also Ā.) to cleanse or rinse the mouth, Gant. Āpast. Gobh. MBh
6. to touch lightly, stroke MBh
7. to wipe off or away, remove, efface, get rid of (acc.) R. Kālid. BhP.: Pass. -mṛjyate, to be rubbed or worn out by use (as teeth) MBh. xii, 5303: Intens. -marmṛjyate, to sweep over (acc.) RV. i, 95, 8 (Sāy. 'to cover with radiance'). 2

⋙parimārga

1. pari-mārga (for 1. See pari-mārg), m. wiping, cleaning
2. friction, touch W

⋙parimārgya

1. pari-mārgya mfn. to be cleaned or rubbed Pāṇ. 3-1, 113 (cf. mṛjya)

⋙parimārja

1. pari-mārja and See tundapari-mārja, ○jaka

⋙parimārjaka

1. pari-mārjaka See tundapari-mārja, ○jaka

⋙parimārjana

1. pari-mārjana n. wiping off, cleaning, washing KātyŚr. Gaut
2. wiping away, removing Hcat
3. a dish of honey and oil L

⋙parimārjita

1. pari-mārjita mfn. cleaned, polished MBh

⋙parimṛj

1. pari-mṛj mfn. washing, cleaning (in kaṃśa-pari-mṛj) Pāṇ. 8-2, 36 Sch

⋙parimṛja

1. pari-mṛja See tunda-parimṛja

⋙parimṛjita

1. pari-mṛjita mfn. wiped, rubbed, cleaned Prab

⋙parimṛjya

1. pari-mṛjya mfn. to be cleaned or rubbed Pāṇ. 3-1, 113 (cf. ○mārgya). 1

⋙parimṛṣṭa

1. pari-mṛṣṭa mfn. (for 2. See pari-mṛś) wiped off, rubbed, stroked, smoothed, polished Āpast. R
2. wiped or washed away, removed BhP
3. paricchada mfn. trim, neat, spruce ib

parimṛd

1. pari-√mṛd P. -mṛdnāti, -mardati (ep. also Ā. -mardate), to tread or trample down, crush, grind, wear out MBh. Kāv
2. to rub, stroke MBh
3. rub off, wipe away (as tears) R
4. to excel, surpass MBh

⋙parimarda

1. pari-marda m. crushing, wearing out, using up, destroying MBh

⋙parimardana

1. pari-mardana n. id. L
2. rubbing in Car
3. a remedy for rubbing in ib

⋙parimṛdita

1. pari-mṛdita mfn. trodden or trampled down, crushed, rubbed, ground, Bhavab

parimṛś

1. pari-√mṛś P. Ā. -mṛśati, ○te (pf. -mamarśa
2. 3. pl. ṛV. -māmṛśuḥ
3. aor. -amṛkṣat
4. ind. p. -mṛśya), to touch, grasp, seize RV. &c. &c
5. to examine, consider, inquire into ib
6. to observe, discover BhP.: Pass. -mṛśyate (with pavanais), to be touched i.e. fanned by the wind Suśr
7. to be considered MBh.: Intens. -marmṛśat, to encompass, clasp, embrace RV

⋙parimarśa

1. pari-marśa m. touching, contact Dharmaś
2. consideration, reflection MBh

⋙parimārkṣṇu

1. pari-mārkṣṇu mfn. Vop. xxvi, 144. 2

⋙parimṛṣṭa

1. pari-mṛṣṭa mfn. (for 1. See pari-mṛj) touched Bhaṭṭ
2. seized, caught, found out Mālav
3. considered ( See duḥ-parim○) Suśr
4. spread, pervaded, filled with (instr.) Kir

parimṛṣ

1. pari-√mṛṣ P. -mṛṣyati (Pāṇ. 1-3, 82), to be angry with, envy (dat.) Bhaṭṭ

⋙parimarṣa

1. pari-marṣa m. envy, dislike, anger W
2. v. l. for ○marśa, touching Hariv

parimokṣ

1. pari-√mokṣ P. -mokṣayati (ind. p. -mokṣya), to set free, liberate MBh

⋙parimokṣa

1. pari-mokṣa m. setting free, liberation, deliverance MBh. R
2. removing, relieving Ragh. ix, 62 (v. l. pari-moṣa)
3. emptying, evacuation BhP
4. escape from (abl. or gen.) MBh
5. final beatitude (= nir-vāṇa) A

⋙parimokṣaṇa

1. pari-mokṣaṇa n. unloosing, untying Suśr
2. liberation, deliverance from (gen.) MBh. Mṛicch

parimoṭana

1. pari-moṭana n. (√muṭ) snapping, cracking VarBṛS. (= caṭācaṭā-śabda Sch.)

parimlai

1. pari-√mlai Ā. -mlāyate, to fade or wither away, wane, faint Mṛicch

⋙parimlāna

1. pari-mlāna mfn. faded, withered Kāv. BhP
2. exhausted, languid MBh. [Page 599, Column]
3. become thinner, emaciated Car
4. disappeared, gone Vām. iv, 3, 8
5. n. change of countenance by fear or grief W
6. soil, stain ib

⋙parimlāyin

1. pari-mlāyin mfn. stained, spotted Suśr
2. m. a kind of disease of the lens or pupil of the eye (liṅga-nāśa) ib
3. ○yi-tva n. falling, sinking ib

pariyaj

1. pari-√yaj P. -yajati (aor. 2. sg. pary-áyās), to obtain or procure by sacrificing RV. ix, 82, 5
2. to sacrifice or worship before or after another, to perform a secondary or accompanying rite Br. ŚrS

⋙pariyajña

1. pari-yajña m. a secondary or accompanying rite (which precedes or follows another in any ritual) KātyŚr
2. mfn. constituting a secondary rite ib

⋙pariyaṣṭṛ

1. pari-yaṣṭṛ m. a younger brother performing a Soma sacrifice antecedently to the elder Āpast. (v. l.)

⋙parīṣṭa

1. parī7ṣṭa m. an elder brother antecedently to whom the younger performs a Soma sacrifice ib

pariyat

1. pari-√yat Ā. -yatate, to surround, beset TāṇḍBr

⋙pariyatta

1. pári-yatta mfn. surrounded, beset, hemmed in RV. TS. AitBr

pariyam

1. pari-√yam P. -yacchati, to aim, hit RV.: Caus. -yamayati, to serve, assist Sāy

pariyā

1. pari-√yā P. -yāti, to go or travel about, go round or through (acc.) RV. &c. &c
2. to run through i.e. assume successively (all shapes) RV. ix, 111, 1
3. to surround, protect, guard RV
4. to avoid, shun ib
5. to flow off (as Soma) ib.: Caus. -yāpayati (ind. p. -yāpya), to cause to go round or circumambulate MBh

⋙pariyāṇa

1. pari-yāṇa n. going about &c. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29 (cf. paryāṇa)

⋙pariyāṇi

1. pari-yāṇi See a-pariyāṇi

⋙pariyāṇika

1. pari-yāṇika n. a travelling carriage Gal

⋙pariyāṇīya

1. pari-yāṇīya mfn. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29

⋙pariyāta

1. pari-yāta mfn. come near, arrived from (abl.) R
2. one who has travelled about Hcat

pariyu

1. pari-yu √2. Desid. -yuyūṣati, to strive to span or embrace RV. vi, 62, 1

⋙pariyuta

1. pari-yuta mfn. clasping, embracing Nir. ii, 8

pariyoga

1. pari-yoga m. (√yuj) = pali-y○ Pāṇ. 8-2, 22 Vārtt. 1

⋙pariyogya

1. pari-yogya m. pl. N. of a school L

parirakṣ

1. pari-√rakṣ P. -rákṣati (ep. also ○te
2. inf. -rakṣitum), to guard well or completely, rescue, save, defend from (abl.) RV. &c. &c
3. to keep, conceal, keep secret Mn. MBh. &c
4. to protect, rule, govern (acc.) R
5. to avoid, shun Suśr
6. (Ā.) to get out of a person's (gen.) way R

⋙parirakṣaka

1. pari-rakṣaka m. a guardian, protector L

⋙parirakṣaṇa

1. pari-rakṣaṇa mf(ī)n. guarding, protecting, a protector Hariv
2. n. the act of guarding, defending, preserving, keeping, maintaining
3. protection, rescue, deliverance Mn. MBh. &c
4. care, caution Suśr

⋙parirakṣaṇīya

1. pari-rakṣaṇīya mfn. to be completely protected or preserved Pañc. Prasannar

⋙parirakṣā

1. pari-rakṣā f. keeping, guarding, protection Mn. v, 94 &c

⋙parirakṣita

1. pari-rakṣita mfn. well guarded or preserved or kept MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙parirakṣitavya

1. pari-rakṣitavya mfn. to be guarded, to be kept secret MBh

⋙parirakṣitin

1. pari-rakṣitin g. iṣṭâdi

⋙parirakṣitṛ

1. pari-rakṣitṛ mfn. keeping, protecting, a protector, defender MBh. R

⋙parirakṣin

1. pari-rakṣin mfn. (ifc.) guarding, protecting MBh

⋙parirakṣya

1. pari-rakṣya mfn. = ○rakṣitavya MBh. R

pariraṭana

1. pari-raṭana n. (√raṭ) the act of crying or screaming W

⋙parirāṭaka

1. pari-rāṭaka (Pāṇ. 3-2, 146)

⋙parirāṭin

1. pari-rāṭin (142), mfn. crying aloud, screaming

parirathya

1. pári-rathya n. a partic. part of a chariot AV
2. (ā), f. id. MBh
3. a street, road A

parirandhita

1. pari-randhita mfn. (√radh, Caus.) injured, destroyed BhP

parirabh

1. pari-√rabh Ā. -rabhate (pf. 3. pl. -rebhire
2. fut. -rapsyate
3. ind. p. -rabhya
4. inf. -rabdhum), to embrace, clasp MBh. Kāv. &c.: Desid. -ripsate, to wish or try to embrace Ragh. Prab

⋙parirabdha

1. pari-rabdha mfn. one who has embraced R
2. encircled, embraced BhP

⋙parirambha

1. pari-rambha m. (cf. parīr○),

⋙parirambhaṇa

1. pari-rambhaṇa n. embracing, an embrace Kāv

⋙parirambhita

1. pari-rambhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) embraced, quite occupied with or engrossed by (comp.) BhP

⋙parirambhin

1. pari-rambhin mfn. (ifc.) clasped, girt by ib
2. embracing Śiś

⋙pariripsu

1. pari-ripsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to embrace Hariv

pariram

1. pari-√ram P. -ramati (Pāṇ. 1-3, 83), to take pleasure in, be delighted with (abl.) Bhaṭṭ

⋙pariramita

1. pari-ramita mfn. (fr. Caus.) delighted (by amorous sport) Chandom. [Page 600, Column]

parirāj

1. pari-√rāj P. Ā. -rājati, ○te, to shine on all sides, spread radiance everywhere R

parirāp

1. pari-rā́p (Padap. -rap), m. pl. (√rap) crying or talking all around, N. of a class of demons RV

⋙parirāpin

1. pari-rāpín mfn. whispering to, talking over, persuading AV

pariripsu

1. pari-ripsu See pari-rabh

paririh

1. pari-√rih P. -riháti, to lick or gnaw on all sides RV. i, 140, 9 (cf. pari-lih)

pariruc

1. pari-√ruc Ā. -rocate, to shine all around BhP

pariruj

1. pari-√ruj P. -rujáti, to break from all sides AV. xvi, 1, 2

parirudh

1. pari-rudh √2. (only ind. p. -rodham TBr., -rudhya Kpr.), to enclose, obstruct, keep back, hinder

⋙pariruddha

1. pari-ruddha mfn. obstructed by, filled with (comp.) R

⋙parirodha

1. pari-rodha m. obstructing, keeping back, resistance Rājat

parila

1. parila m. N. of a man, g. śivâdi (cf. pārila)

parilagna

1. pari-lagna mfn. (√lag) stuck, held fast Śak. i, 32/33 (in Prākr.)

parilaghu

1. pari-laghu mfn. very light or small Uttarar
2. easy to digest Megh

parilaṅgh

1. pari-√laṅgh P. -laṅghayati, to overleap, transgress Pañc

⋙parilaṅghana

1. pari-laṅghana n. leaping to and fro, jumping over R

parilabh

1. pari-√labh Ā. -labhatc, to get obtain Cat

parilamb

1. pari-√lamb Ā. -lambate, to remain behind, be slow, stay out Hariv. Sūryas

⋙parilamba

1. pari-lamba m

⋙parilambana

1. pari-lambana n. lagging, lingering Kād

⋙parilambya

1. pari-lambya wṛ. for ○rabhya Gīt. xi, 25

parilaṣ

1. pari-√laṣ P. -laṣati, to desire, long for BhP

parilas

1. pari-√las (only pr. p. -lasat), to shine all around Inscr

parilikh

1. pari-√likh P. -likhati, to draw a line or a circle or a furrow round (acc.) ŚBr. Kauś
2. to scrape or smooth round about R
3. to write down, copy Hcat

⋙parilikhana

1. pari-likhana n. smoothing, polishing MārkP

⋙parilikhita

1. pari-likhita (pári-), mfn. enclosed in a circle TS

⋙parilekha

1. pari-lekha m. outline, delineation, picture Kauś. KātyŚr
2. ○khâdhikāra m. N. of ch. of Sūryas

⋙parilekhana

1. pari-lekhana m. a sacred text beginning with parilikhitam ĀpŚr
2. n. drawing lines round about KātyŚr

parilip

1. pari-√lip P. -limpati, to smear or anoint all round ŚBr. Kauś. MBh. Suśr

parilih

1. pari-√lih P. -leḍhi, to lick all round, lick over, lick Yājñ. R. Pañc.: Intens. (pr. p. -lelihat, ○hāna) to lick all round, lick repeatedly MBh. Pañc. BhP

⋙parilīḍha

1. pari-līḍha mfn. licked all round, licked over R

⋙parilehin

1. pari-lehin m. a partic. disease of the ear Suśr. (cf. pari-rih)

pariluṭh

1. pari-luṭh √2. P. -luṭhati, to roll about or up and down Daś

pariluḍ

1. pari-√luḍ Caus. -loḍayati, to stir up, disturb MBh

parilup

1. pari-√lup P. -lumpati, to take away, remove, destroy AitBr.: Pass. -lupyate, to be taken away or omitted RPrāt. Daś

⋙parilupta

1. pari-lupta mfn. injured, lost RPrāt. Sch
2. -saṃjña mfn. unconscions, senseless MW

⋙parilopa

1. pari-lopa m. injury, neglect, omission RPrāt. Kull

parilubh

1. pari-√lubh Ā. -lobhate, to entice, allure Mṛicch. viii, 33: Caus. -lobhayati id. R. Kām

parilūna

1. pari-lūna mfn. (√lū) cut off, severed Caṇḍ

parileśa

1. pari-leśa m. = pariṃśa Sāy. on RV. i, 187, 8

parilok

1. pari-√lok P. -lokayati, to look around, view from all sides R

parilolita

1. pari-lolita mfn. (√lul, Caus.) tossed about, shaken, trembling Kir. [Page 600, Column]

parivaṃśa

1. pari-vaṃśa m. ○śaka mfn. g. ṛśyâdi

parivakrā

1. pári-vakrā f. a circular pit ŚBr
2. N. of a town ib. Sch

parivañc

1. pari-√vañc P. -vañcati, to sneak about VS. TS

⋙parivañcana

1. pari-vañcana n. or taking in, deception L

⋙parinā

1. pari-nā f. taking in, deception L

⋙parivañcita

1. pari-vañcita mfn. (fr. Caus.) deceived, taken in Hariv. Hit

parivat

1. pári-vat mfn. containing the word pari Br

parivatsa

1. pari-vatsa m. a calf belonging to (a cow) Hariv. (v. l. ○vaṃsa and pārivatsa)

⋙parivatsaka

1. pari-vatsaka m. a son MBh. (Nīlak.)

parivatsara

1. pari-vatsará m. a full year, a year RV. TBr. Mn. MBh. &c
2. the second of a cycle of 5 years AV. TS. Br. Kauś. Var

⋙parivatsarīṇa

1. pari-vatsarīṇa (RV. AV.),

⋙parivatsarīya

1. pari-vatsarīya (MānGṛŚr.), mfn. relating to a full year, lasting a whole year (cf. Pāṇ. 5-1, 92)

parivad

1. pari-√vad P. -vadati, to speak out, speak of or about (acc.) AV. Br. MBh
2. (also Ā.) to speak ill of, revile, slander, accuse MBh. Kāv

⋙parivadana

1. pari-vadana n. reviling, accusing, clamouring W

⋙parivāda

1. pari-vādá m. blame, censure, reproach, charge, accusation AV. &c. &c. (cf. parī-v○)
2. an instrument with which the Indian lute is played L
3. -kathā f. abusive language, censure, reproof MBh
4. -kara m. a slanderer, calumniator Mālav
5. -gir f. (pl.) = -kathā Prab

⋙parivādaka

1. pari-vādaka m. a complainant, accuser, calumniator W
2. one who plays on the lute L

⋙parivādita

1. pari-vādita

⋙paritin

1. pari-tin g. iṣṭâdi

⋙parivādin

1. pari-vādin mfn. speaking ill of, abusing, blaming MBh
2. crying, screaming W
3. censured, abused ib
4. m. an accuser, a plaintiff, complainant ib
5. (ī), f. a lute with 7 strings Kāv

⋙parivivadiṣu

1. pari-vivadiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing or trying to accuse others Śiś

≫paryudita

1. pary-udita mfn. spoken, uttered ŚBr

parivand

1. pari-vand P. -vandati, to praise, celebrate RV

parivap

1. pari-vap √1. P. -vapati, (ind. p. a-pary-upya), to clip or shear round Kauś. PārGṛ. ĀpŚr

⋙parivapaṇa

1. pari-vapaṇa n. clipping, shearing Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch

⋙parivāpaṇa

1. pari-vāpaṇa (Āp. ○na), n. id. Pāṇ. 5-4, 67

⋙parivāpita

1. pari-vāpita mfn. shorn L

parivap

1. pari-vap √2. P. -vapati, to scatter, strew Lāṭy

⋙parivāpa

1. pari-vāpá m. fried grains of rice Br. Kāṭh. &c. (= dadhi KātyŚr. Sch.)
2. standpoint, place MBh. v, 3822 (Nīlak.)
3. a reservoir, piece of water L
4. furniture &c. (= pari-cchada) ib
5. scattering, sowing ib. (cf. parī-v○)

⋙parivāpika

1. pari-vāpika and g. kumudâdi and prêkṣâdi

⋙parivāpin

1. pari-vāpin g. kumudâdi and prêkṣâdi

⋙parivāpī

1. pari-vāpī f. a partic. oblation ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙parivāpya

1. pari-vāpya mf(ā)n. having or requiring or deserving the Pari-vāpa ( See above) KātyŚr. (cf. parī-v○)

≫paryupta

1. pary-upta mfn. sown
2. set (as a gem in a ring) W

⋙pariupti

1. pari-upti f. scattering seed, sowing L

parivapya

1. pari-vapya m. (fr. vapā) the Homa which begins and concludes the rites to be performed with the caul or omentum ĀpŚr. &c. (wṛ. -vāpya)

parivarga

1. pari-varga -varjaka &c. See parivṛj, p. 601

parivarta

1. pari-varta -vartaka &c. See parivṛt, p. 601

parivartula

1. pari-vartula mfn. quite round or circular Subh

parivartman

1. pari-vartman mfn. going round about, describing a circle Kāṭh. Kauś

parivardhaka

1. pari-vardhaka ○dhana &c. See pari-vṛdh, p. 601, col. 3

parivardhita

1. pari-vardhita mfn. (√vardh) cut, excavated MW

parivarman

1. pari-varman mfn. wearing a coat of mail, armed Lāṭy

parivarha

1. pari-varha ○haṇa, See pari-barha &c. under pari-bṛṃh, p. 598

parivalana

1. pari-valana n. winding round or that with which anything is wound round Hcar

parivas

1. pari-vas √4. (only pr. p. Ā. -vásāna), to put on, assume RV. iii, 1, 5 [Page 600, Column]
2. to surround, attend AV. xiii, 2, 22

⋙parivastrā

1. pari-vastrā f. a curtain Hcar. (v. l. ○tra n.)

⋙parivāsas

1. pari-vāsas n. (an upper garment ?), N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

parivas

1. pari-vas √5. P. -vasati, (ind. p. pary-uṣya), to abide, stay, remain with (instr.) KātyŚr. R. &c
2. (with saṃsargitayā) to associate with (acc.) Kull. on Mn. xi, 190: Caus. vāsayati, to let stand overnight ĀśvGṛ

⋙parivasatha

1. pari-vasatha m. a village L. 1

⋙parivāsa

1. pari-vāsa m. (2. See s.v.) abode, stay, sojourn KātyŚr. Mn. MBh
2. the expulsion of a guilty member Buddh

⋙parivāsita

1. pari-vāsita mfn. respectfully attentive to superiors (?) W

≫paryuṣaṇa

1. pary-uṣaṇa n. (or ○ṇā f.) spending the rainy season (Buddh.) HPariś. Kalpas
2. ○ṇā-daśa-śataka-vṛtti f. ○ṇâṣṭâhnīkā (wṛ. paryūṣaṇ○), f. N. of wks

⋙pariuṣita

1. pari-uṣita mfn. having passed the night Pañc. MārkP
2. (ifc.) having stood for a time or in some place (e.g. niśā-p○, gomūtra-p○ Suśr.), not fresh, stale, insipid Mn. MBh. &c
3. (with vākyam) a word that has not been strictly kept MBh
4. -bhojin m. the eater of stale food (said to become a maggot or worm in the next birth) W

⋙pariuṣitavya

1. pari-uṣitavya n. impers. (the rainy season) is to be spent Kalpas

⋙pariuṣṭa

1. pari-uṣṭa mfn. old, faded, withered BhP

parivas

1. pari-vas √8. P. -vāsayati, to cut off all around, cut out Br. ĀpŚr

⋙parivāsana

1. pari-vāsana n. a shred, chip ĀpŚr. KātyŚr. Sch

parivah

1. pari-√vah P. -vahati (Pāṇ. 1-3, 82 Sch.), to carry about or round RV. &c. &c
2. to drag about MBh
3. to flow around TS. Āpast
4. to lead home the nuptial train or the bride, take to wife, marry (Pass. -uhyáte, p. -uhyámāna) RV. BhP

⋙parivaha

1. pari-vaha m. N. of one of the 7 winds (for the others See parā-vaha) MBh. Hariv. Śak. vii, 6
2. of one of the 7 tongues of fire Col

⋙parivāha

1. pari-vāha m. the overflowing of a tank, a natural or artificial inundation, a watercourse or drain to carry off excess of water MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-v○)
2. -vat m. 'having a channel', a tank, pool L

⋙parivāhita

1. pari-vāhita mfn. drained W

⋙parivāhin

1. pari-vāhín mf(ṇī)n. overflowing VS
2. (ifc.) streaming with Śak

parivāra

1. pari-vāra ○raṇa &c. See pari-vri

parivāś

1. pari-√vāś (only Ā. impf. paryavāśanta), to cry about or together with (acc.) MBh. (B.) xvi, 49 (C. -arāsanta)

parivāsa

1. pari-vāsa m. (√vās) fragrance, odour Mālatīm. (for 1. See pari- √5. vas)

pariviṃśat

1. pari-viṃśat f. quite twenty, twenty at least MBh

parivikrayin

1. pari-vikrayin mfn. (√krī) selling, trading in (gen.) MBh

parivikṣata

1. pari-vikṣata mfn. (√kṣan) sorely wounded, much hurt MBh

parivikṣobha

1. pari-vikṣobha m. (√kṣubh) shaking violently, destroying MBh

parivighaṭṭana

1. pari-vighaṭṭana n. (√ghaṭṭ) scattering, destroying Cat

parivicar

1. pari-vi-√car P. -carati, to stream forth in all directions RV

pariviṇṇa

1. pari-viṇṇa = pari-vinna, See pari- √3. vid

parivitarka

1. pari-vitarka m. thought or anything thought of Buddh
2. examination Divyâv

parivid

1. pari-vid √1. (pf. [-ved�A] for pres
2. Gk. [600,] ?), to know thoroughly, understand fully RV. AV.: Caus. -vedayate Nir. xiv, 22

⋙pariveda

1. pari-veda m. complete or accurate knowledge MBh

⋙parivedana

1. pari-vedana n. id. ib. (v. l. pada-v○)

⋙parivedin

1. pari-vedin mfn. knowing, shrewd W

parivid

1. pari-vid √3. P. -vindati, to find out, ascertain Hariv
2. to twine, twist round ( See below)
3. to marry before an elder brother (only Pass. yayā [Mn. iii, 17] or yā [MBh. xii, 610] pari-vidyate, the woman with whom such a marriage is contracted)

⋙parivitta

1. pari-vitta (pári-), mfn. twined or twisted round AV
2. m. = -vitti VS. TS. &c. (pari-vittá TBr.)
3. = ○vinna ĀpŚr

⋙parivitti

1. pari-vitti m. an unmarried elder brother whose younger brother is married Mn. MBh. &c
2. -tā f. Mn
3. -tva n. Kull

⋙parivindaka

1. pari-vindaka m. a younger brother married before the elder W. [Page 601, Column]

⋙parivindat

1. pari-vindat m. an unmarried elder brother ib

⋙parivinna

1. pari-vinna (also written ○viṇṇa), m. = ○vitti MBh. xii, 6110
2. an elder brother whom a younger has anticipated in receiving his share Āpast. Sch

⋙parivividāna

1. pari-vividāná m. a younger brother who marries before an elder VS. Kauś.: a younger brother who has taken his share before an elder Āpast. Sch

⋙parivettṛ

1. pari-vettṛ m. = ○vindaka MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-vettṛ)

⋙parivedaka

1. pari-vedaka m. id. Yājñ. iii, 238

⋙parivedana

1. pari-vedana n. the marrying of a younger brother before the elder Mn. Yājñ. &c
2. gain, acquisition W
3. discussion ib
4. (ā), f. shrewdness, wit, prudence ib

⋙parivedanīyā

1. pari-vedanīyā or f. the wife of a Parivettṛi ( See above) W

⋙parivedinī

1. pari-vedinī f. the wife of a Parivettṛi ( above) W

⋙parivedya

1. pari-vedya n. the marrying of a younger brother before the elder VP

parividdha

1. pari-viddha See pari-vyadh

parividhāv

1. pari-vi-√dhāv P. -dhāvati, to run through on all sides RV
2. to run about R

parivivadiṣu

1. pari-vivadiṣu See pari-vad

parivivas

1. pari-vi-vas √2. (only pr. p. f. -vyucchántī), to shine forth from i.e. immediately after (abl.) RV. iv, 52, 1

pariviś

1. pari-√viś P. -viśati (fut. -vekṣyati), to beset, besiege TS. TBr. R. (often confounded with pari-viṣ)

⋙pariveśa

1. pari-veśa See ○veṣa under pari-viṣ

⋙pariveśana

1. pari-veśana n. circumference, the rim of a wheel MBh. (also written ○veṣaṇa)

⋙pariveśas

1. pari-veśas (pári-), m. a neighbour AV

pariviśrānta

1. pari-viśrānta mfn. (√śram) quite rested or reposed MBh

pariviśvas

1. pari-vi-√śvas Caus. -śvāsayati, to comfort, console R

⋙pariviśvasta

1. pari-viśvasta mfn. feeling secure, confident MBh

pariviṣ

1. pari-√viṣ P. -veṣati MBh. (mostly Intens. -veveṣṭi Subj. -veviṣati Pot. -veviṣyāt AV. Br. Kāṭh
2. -veviṣāṇi, -aveviṣat Pāṇ. 7-3, 87 Sch
3. Ā. fut. p. -vekṣyamāṇa KātyŚr. BhP
4. ind. p. -víṣya AV
5. Ved. inf. -víṣe RV.), to serve, wait on, offer or dress food: Pass. -viṣyate, to be served &c. MBh
6. to have a halo (said of sun or moon) ṢaḍvBr. Gobh. Hariv.: Caus. -veṣayati (ind. p. -veṣya, also written -veś○), to offer food, wait on (acc.) Mn. iii, 228 MBh. R. BhP
7. to dress food Campak

⋙pariviṣṭa

1. pari-viṣṭa (pári-), mfn. surrounded, beset, besieged RV. i, 116, 20 (fr. pari-viś ?)
2. surrounded by a halo (sun or moon) MBh. Var
3. dressed, offered, presented (as food) KātyŚr

⋙pariviṣṭi

1. pari-viṣṭi (pári-), f. service, attendance RV

⋙pariviṣyamāṇa

1. pari-viṣyamāṇa mfn. being waited on, being at table ChUp

⋙pariveṣa

1. pari-veṣá m. (also spelt ○veśa) winding round or that with which anything is wound round Hcar
2. dressing or offering of food AV
3. a circle, circumference, the disc of the sun and moon or a halo round them MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-v○)
4. a wreath or crown (of rays) Viddh. Rājat
5. anything surrounding or protecting (e.g. kṛtâṅgarakṣā-p○, surrounded by a bodyguard MW.)
6. putting on, clothing, dressing L
7. ○ṣa-vat, or ○ṣin mfn. surrounded by a halo MBh

⋙pariveṣaka

1. pari-veṣaka mf(ikā)n. (also ○veśaka) one who serves up meals, a waiter, servant MBh

⋙pariveṣaṇa

1. pari-véṣaṇa n. (cf. ○veśana under pari-viś) attendance, waiting, serving up meals, distributing food Br. Gobh. KātyŚr
2. a circle, circumference MBh
3. a halo round the sun or moon ib
4. surrounding, enclosing W

⋙pariveṣṭavya

1. pari-veṣṭavya (Kull.),

⋙pariveṣya

1. pari-veṣya (MW.), mfn. to be served up or offered or presented
2. n. See paścāt-pariveṣya

⋙pariveṣṭṛ

1. pari-veṣṭṛ́ mf(rī́)n. one who serves up meals, a waiter AV. Br. &c
2. ○ṭrī-mat mfn. having a female servant KaushUp

pariviṣṇu

1. pari-viṣṇu ind. = sarvato viṣṇum, or viṣṇuṃ viṣṇum pari L

parivihāra

1. pari-vihāra m. walking or roaming about, walking for pleasure BhP

parivihvala

1. pari-vihvala mfn. extremely agitated, bewildered R

⋙parivihvalatā

1. ○tā f. bewilderment W

parivī

1. pari-vī -viita, See pari-vye

parivīj

1. pari-√vīj Ā. -viijate, to blow upon, fan MBh.: Caus. -viijayati id. R. Pur. ○viijita mfn. fanned, cooled R

parivṛ

1. pari-vṛ √1. P. Ā. -varati, ○te, (pf. -vavrur, p. -vavṛvás
2. ind. p. -vṛtya), to cover, surround, conceal, keep back, hem in RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -vārayati, ○te (Pāṇ. 3-1, 87 Vārtt. 16 Pat. [Page 601, Column]
3. ind. p. -vārya), to cover, surround, encompass, embrace (bāhubhyām) AV. &c. &c

⋙parivāra

1. pari-vāra m. (also parī-v○) a cover, covering MBh. (also -ka KātyŚr. Sch.)
2. surroundings, train, suite, dependants, followers (ifc. [f. ā] surrounded by) MBh. Kāv. &c
3. a sheath, scabbard Śiś
4. a hedge round a village Gal. (cf. parī-v○)
5. -tā f. subjection, dependance Śiś. ii, 90
6. -pāṭha m. N. of a Buddh. work MWB. 62
7. -vat mfn. having a great retinue MBh
8. -śobhin mfn. beautified by a retinue, R1gh
9. ○rī-√kṛ, to use as a retinue, surround one's self with (acc.) Kathās

⋙parivāraṇa

1. pari-vāraṇa n. a cover, covering (ifc. 'covered with' i.e. 'only consisting of') MBh
2. a train, retinue ib
3. keeping or warding off ib

⋙parivārita

1. pari-vārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) surrounded by, covered with, veiled in (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙parivṛta

1. pari-vṛta (pári-), mfn. id. Br. &c. &c
2. n. a covered place or shed enclosed with walls used as a place of sacrifice ŚBr. KātyŚr. Gobh
3. (párī.), mfn. = prec. mfn. RV. AV. AitBr
4. surrounding RV
5. filled by, full of (comp.) Cat

⋙parivṛti

1. pari-vṛti f. surrounding, standing round R

parivṛ

1. pari-vṛ √2. Ā. -vṛṇīte, to choose RV

parivṛṃh

1. pari-√vṛṃh or -vṛh, See paribṛṃh, p. 598, col. 1

parivṛj

1. pari-√vṛj P. -vṛṇakti (Impv. -vṛṅdhi, -vṛṇaktu
2. aor. Subj. -varjati Pot. -vṛjyāt), to turn out of the way of (acc.), avoid, shun, spare, pass over RV. AV. VS. Br. Āpast
3. to cast out, expel AitBr
4. (Ā.) to surround, enclose BhP.: Caus. -varjayati, ○te (ind. p. -varjya), to keep off, remove AV
5. to avoid, shun, quit, abandon, not heed, disregard Mn. MBh. &c

⋙parivarga

1. pari-vargá m. avoiding, removing, omitting RV. (cf. a-parivargam)
2. dependance VarBṛS. xv, 32

⋙parivargya

1. pari-vargyá mfn. to be avoided AV

⋙parivarjaka

1. pari-varjaka mfn. (ifc.) shunning, avoiding, giving up MBh

⋙parivarjana

1. pari-varjana n. the act of avoiding, giving up, escaping, abstaining from (gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
2. killing, slaughter L

⋙parivarjanīya

1. pari-varjanīya mfn. avoidable, to be avoided Var. Rājat

⋙parivarjita

1. pari-varjita mfn. (fr. Caus.) shunned, avoided Kathās
2. abandoned or left by, deprived or devoid of (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (with saṃkhyayā, countless, innumerable Pañc
3. with aṣṭabhis, less by 8, minus 8 Rājat.)
4. wound round, girt R

⋙parivṛkta

1. pari-vṛktá (or pári-vṛkta), mfn. avoided, despised RV. AV
2. (esp.) párivṛktā, or pari-vṛktī́ f. 'the disliked or despised one', N. of a wife lightly esteemed in comparison with the favourite wife (mahiṣī, vāvātā) TS. AV. Br. KātyŚr

⋙parivṛj

1. pari-vṛ́j f. avoiding, removing RV
2. purification, expiation MW

parivṛḍha

1. pari-vṛḍha See under pari-bṛṃh

parivṛt

1. pari-√vṛt Ā. -vartate (ep. also ○ti
2. ind. p. -vṛtya, or parī-vartam), to turn round, revolve, move in a circle or to and fro, roll or wheel or wander about, circumambulate (acc.) RV. &c. &c
3. (with hṛdi or hṛdaye) to run in a person's mind MBh
4. to return, go or come back to (acc.) ib
5. to be reborn in (loc.) VP
6. (also with anyathā) to change, turn out different MBh. Kāv
7. to abide, stay, remain Mn. MBh. &c
8. to act, proceed, behave R.: Caus. -vartayati, to cause to turn or move round or back or to and fro MBh. Kāv. &c
9. (Ā.) to roll or bring near (Subj. -vartayāte) RV. v, 37, 3
10. to overthrow, upset (a carriage) Hariv
11. to invert, put in a reverse order Mṛicch. v, 9/10 (read -vartya for -vṛtya)
12. to change, barter, exchange MBh. Hariv. &c
13. to renew (an agreement) Mn. viii, 154 &c
14. to understand or explain wrongly (words &c.) MBh. Kāv
15. to turn topsyturvy i.e. search thoroughly R
16. to destroy, annihilate ib
17. to straiten, contract Car
18. (Ā.) to cause one's self to be turned round (in having one's head shaved all round) TBr. ŚBr. (cf. -vartana): Intens. -vávartti, to turn (intrans.) continually RV. i, 164, 11

⋙parivarta

1. pari-varta m. revolving, revolution (of a planet &c.) Sūryas
2. a period or lapse or expiration of time (esp. of a Yuga, q.v.) MBh. R. &c
3. (with lokānām) the end of the world R
4. a year L
5. moving to and fro, stirring Prasannar
6. turning back, flight L
7. change, exchange, barter (also parī-v○) Yājñ. MBh. Kāv. &c
8. requital, return W
9. an abode, spot, place Hariv
10. a chapter, section, book &c. Lalit
11. N. of a son of Do?-saha (son of Mṛityu) MārkP. [Page 601, Column]
12. of the Kūrma or 2nd incarnation of Vishṇu (also parī-v○) L

⋙parivartaka

1. pari-vartaka mfn. causing to turn round or flow back Kathās. MārkP
2. bringing to an end, concluding (gen. or comp.) MBh
3. m. (in rhet.) the artificial separation of vowels and consonants to get another meaning of a word Vām. iv, 1, 6
4. (in dram.) change of occupation Bhar. Daśar. Sāh. exchange, barter Vas
5. N. of a son of Du?-saha (son of Mṛityu) MārkP
6. (ikā), f. contraction of the prepuce, phimosis Suśr

⋙parivartana

1. pari-vártana mf(ī)n. causing to turn round
2. (ī), f. (with vidyā) N. of a partic. magical art Kathās
3. n. turning or whirling round, moving to and fro (trans. and intrans.) Kāv. Suśr. Pañc. BhP
4. rolling about or wallowing on (comp.) Kālid
5. revolution, end of a period of time MBh. Hariv
6. barter, exchange Kathās. Pañc. Mṛicch
7. cutting or clipping the hair ŚBr
8. protecting, defending Nalac
9. = prêraṇa TBr. Sch
10. inverting, taking or putting anything in a wrong direction W
11. requital, return ib

⋙parivartanīya

1. pari-vartanīya mfn. to be exchanged, capable of being exchanged Kull. on Mn. x, 94

⋙parivartita

1. pari-vartita mfn. (fr. Caus.) turned round, revolved &c. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. exchanged, bartered Hariv. Var. Kathās
3. put aside, removed, destroyed Mṛicch. MārkP
4. searched thoroughly R
5. taken or put on in a wrong direction W
6. n. the action of turning or wallowing BhP
7. the place where anybody has wallowed on the earth R

⋙parivartin

1. pari-vartin mfn. moving round, revolving, ever-recurring MBh. Kāv. &c
2. (ifc.) changing, passing into Kathās
3. being or remaining or staying in or near or about (loc. or comp.) MBh. R. &c
4. flying, retreating W
5. exchanging, requiting, recompensing ib
6. (ī), f. (sc. vi-ṣṭuti) a hymn arranged according to the recurring form abc, abc TāṇḍBr. Lāṭy

⋙parivṛtta

1. pari-vṛtta mfn. (also -ka g. ṛśyâdi) turned, turned round, revolved, rolling, moving to and fro MBh. Kāv. &c
2. lasting, remaining Śak. vii, 34 (v. l.)
3. passed, elapsed, finished, ended Hariv
4. = pari-vṛta, covered, surrounded L
5. retreated, returned W
6. exchanged ib
7. n. rolling, wallowing MBh. (v. l. ○tti) Mālatīm
8. an embrace MW
9. -tejas mfn. spreading brilliance all around BhP
10. -nctra mfn. rolling the eyes R
11. -phalā f. N. of a plant Gal
12. -bhāgya mfn. whose fortune has changed or is gone Mālatīm
13. ○ttârdha-mukha mf(ī)n. having the face half turned round Vikr

⋙parivṛtti

1. pari-vṛtti f. turning, rolling, revolution MBh. Śiś
2. return (into this world) Āpast
3. exchange, barter (○ttyā ind. alternately) BhP
4. moving to and fro or staying or dwelling in a place MBh
5. end, termination Kir
6. surrounding, encompassing ib
7. (in rhet.) a kind of figure in which one thing is represented as exchanged with another (e.g. Mālav. iii, 16
8. Vām. iv, 3, 16)
9. substitution of one word for another without affecting the sense (e.g. vṛṣa-lāñchana for vṛṣadhvaja) Kpr
10. contraction of the prepuce, phimosis (= ○vartikā) Suśr
11. m. wṛ. for pari-vitti
12. (ī), f. (pári-v○), prob. wṛ. for pari-vṛktī

parivṛdh

1. pari-√vṛdh Ā. -vardhate, to grow, grow up, increase Kāv. Rājat. Suśr.: Caus. -vardhayati, ○te, to bring up, rear, increase, augment MBh. Kāv
2. to rejoice, delight (with gen.) Hariv

⋙parivardhaka

1. pari-vardhaka m. 'rearer, sc. of horses', a groom, hostler Kād. Hcar

⋙parivardhana

1. pari-vardhana n. increasing, augmenting, multiplying MBh. Kām
2. breeding, rearing (as of cattle) Mn. ix, 331. 2

⋙parivardhita

1. pari-vardhita (for 1. See p. 600), mfn. increased, augmented, grown, swollen (as the sea) Kālid
2. reared, brought up (fam. also -ka) Śak. iv, 15

⋙parivṛddha

1. pari-vṛddha mfn. grown, increased by (comp.), strong, powerful Hariv. Kāv. &c
2. -tā f. increase, extension, the swelling and becoming sour of food (in the stomach) Suśr

⋙parivṛddhi

1. pari-vṛddhi f. increase, growth Āpast. MBh. Kāv. &c

parivṛṣ

1. pari-√vṛṣ Ā. -varṣate, to cover with (instr.) as with rain R

parivṛsti

1. pari-vṛsti wṛ. for -vitti

parive

1. pari-√ve P. Ā. -vayati, ○te, to interweave BhP
2. to fetter, bind ib

≫paryuta

1. páry-uta mfn. enclosed or set with ŚBr

parivedana

1. pari-vedana ○dita wṛ. for pari-devana, ○vita ( See pari-div)

parivep

1. pari-√vep -vepate, to tremble R

pariveṣṭ

1. pari-√veṣṭ Caus. -veṣṭayati, to wrap up, cover, clothe, surround, embrace ŚBr. &c. &c. [Page 602, Column]
2. to cause to shrink up, contract MBh. (B. saṃ-v○)

⋙pariveṣṭana

1. pari-veṣṭana n. a cover, covering MBh
2. a ligature, bandage Mṛicch. iii, 16
3. surrounding, encompassing W
4. circumference ib
5. (ā), f. tying round or up Sāh

⋙pariveṣṭita

1. pari-veṣṭita mfn. surrounded, beset, covered, veiled, swathed Hariv. R. &c. (-vat mfn. as pf. Kathās.)

⋙pariveṣṭitṛ

1. pari-veṣṭitṛ m. one who surrounds or encloses ŚvetUp

parivyakta

1. pari-vyakta mfn. very clear or distinct
2. (am), ind. very clearly or distinctly MW

parivyath

1. pari-√vyath only -vyathā iti PraśnUp. (according to Sch. = Caus. -vyathayatu) to disquiet, vex, afflict

parivyadh

1. pari-√vyadh P. -vidhyati, to shoot at (acc.), hit, pierce with (instr.) MBh

⋙parividdha

1. pari-viddha m. N. of Kubera L. (cf. parā-v○)

⋙parivyādha

1. pari-vyādha m. Calamus Fasciculatus or Pterospermum Acerifolium L
2. N. of an ancient sage MBh

⋙parivyādhi

1. pari-vyādhi wṛ. for prec. Car

parivyaya

1. pari-vyaya m. (pari-vi-√i) condiment, spices Mn. vii, 127
2. expense, cost Jātakam

parivyākula

1. pari-vyākula mfn. much confused or disordered
2. ○lī-√kṛ, to trouble or confound thoroughly Jātakam

parivyāvṛj

1. pari-vy-ā-√vṛj (only Impv. -vṛñjantu), to separate i.e. deliver from (abl.), ŚaṅkhGṛ

parivye

1. pari-√vye P. Ā. -vyayati, ○te (aor. -avyata, -vyata RV
2. ind. p. -vyāya and -viiya, Pāṇ. 6-1, 44), to wrap or tie round
3. (Ā.) to wrap one's self up RV. &c. &c

⋙parivī

1. pari-vī́ mfn. wound round VS

⋙parivīta

1. pari-vīta (pári-), mfn. veiled, covered, pervaded, overspread, surrounded, encompassed by (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
2. n. N. of the bow of Brahmā L

⋙parivyayaṇa

1. pari-vyáyaṇa n. winding round, covering ŚBr. ŚrS
2. the covered spot ŚBr

⋙parivyayaṇīya

1. pari-vyayaṇīya mfn. relating to wrapping round or binding on ŚrS

⋙parivyāṇa

1. pari-vyāṇa n. winding round ĀpŚr. Sch

parivraj

1. pari-√vraj P. -vrajati (ind. p. -vrajya), to go or wander about, walk round, circumambulate (acc.) ŚBr. GṛŚrS. &c
2. to wander about as a religious mendicant Up. Mn. MBh. &c
3. (with Jainas) to become a recluse HPariś.: Caus. -vrājayati, to cause a person to become a recluse ib

⋙parivrajya

1. pari-vrajya mfn. to be gone about (n. impers.) MBh
2. (ā), f. strolling, wandering from place to place, (esp.) leading the life of a religious mendicant, abandonment of the world Mn. Kathās

⋙parivrāj

1. pari-vrāj m. (MBh. R. &c., nom. ṭ),

⋙parivrāja

1. pari-vrāja (Āpast.), m. a wandering mendicant, ascetic of the fourth and last religious order (who has renounced the world)

⋙parivrājaka

1. pari-vrājaka m. (ikā, f
2. ifc. f. akā) a wandering religious mendicant Mālav. Pañc. Hit

⋙parivrājī

1. pari-vrāj�ī f. Sphaeranthus Mollis L

⋙parivrājya

1. pari-vrājya n. religious mendicancy W

parivraḍhiman

1. pari-vraḍhiman ○ḍhiṣṭha &c. See pari-bṛṃh, p. 598

parivraśc

1. pari-√vraśc P. -vṛścati, to cut ŚBr

⋙parivṛkṇa

1. pari-vṛkṇa mfn. mutilated ChUp

pariśaktave

1. pári-śaktave inf. of pari-√śak, to overpower, to conquer RV

pariśaṅk

1. pari-√śaṅk Ā. -śaṅkate (inf. -śaṅkitum), to suspect, doubt, distrust (acc.) MBh. R. &c
2. to believe, fancy to be (2 acc.) ib

⋙pariśaṅkanīya

1. pari-śaṅkanīya mfn. to be doubted or distrusted or feared or apprehended (n. impers. 'distrust must be felt') Kāv. Pur

⋙pariśaṅkā

1. pari-śaṅkā f. suspicion, distrust Jātakam
2. hope, expectation R

⋙pariśaṅkita

1. pari-śaṅkita mfn. suspicious, distrustful, afraid of (abl. or comp.) MBh. R. Pur
2. suspected, questionable MBh
3. believed, expected (a-pariś○) MBh
4. thought to be, taken for (nom ) Gīt

⋙pariśaṅkin

1. pari-śaṅkin mfn. fearing, apprehending Ragh
2. afraid on account of (comp.) BhP

pariśaṭha

1. pari-śaṭha mfn. thoroughly dishonest or wicked Car

pariśanna

1. pari-śanna mfn. (√śad) fallen away or by the side ĀśvŚr

pariśap

1. pari-śap P. Ā. -śapati, ○te, to curse, execrate TāṇḍBr
2. to abuse, revile (aor. pary-aśāpsīt) Bhaṭṭ

⋙pariśapta

1. pari-śapta n. cursing, reviling, anathema TāṇḍBr

⋙pariśāpa

1. pari-śāpa m. id. W. [Page 602, Column]

pariśabdita

1. pari-śabdita mfn. (√śabd) mentioned, communicated MBh

pariśamita

1. pari-śamita mfn. (√śam, Caus.) allayed, quenched, destroyed Gīt

pariśāyana

1. pari-śāyana See pari-śī

pariśāśvata

1. pari-śāśvata mfn. continuing for ever, perpetually the same MBh

pariśiñjita

1. pari-śiñjita mfn. (√śiñj) made to hum or resound from all sides MBh

pariśithila

1. pari-śithila mfn. very loose or lax Jātakam

pariśiṣ

1. pari-√śiṣ P. -śinaṣṭi (Pot. -śiṃṣyuḥ), to leave over, leave as a remainder Br
2. Ā. (pf. -śiśiṣe, ○ṣire
3. fut. -śekṣyate) and Pass. -śiṣyate (p. -śiṣyamāṇa), to be left as a remainder, 10 remain behind AV. &c. &c.: Caus. -śeṣayati, to leave over, suffer to remain, spare Ragh. Rājat. Pur
4. to quit or leave Bhaṭṭ
5. to supply L

⋙pariśiṣṭa

1. pari-śiṣṭa (pári-), mfn. left, remaining TS. &c. &c
2. n. a supplement, appendix (N. of a class of wks. supplementary to Sūtras)
3. -kadamba m. or n. -paryāya m. pl., -parvan n. -prakāśa m. (and ○śasya-sāra-mañjarī f.), -prabodha m. -saṃgraha m. -siddhânta-ratnâkara m. -sūtra-pattra n. N. of wks

⋙pariśeṣa

1. pari-śeṣa mfn. left over, remaining ŚāṅkhŚr. Var
2. m. n. remnant, remains, rest MBh. Var
3. supplement, sequel MBh
4. termination, conclusion L
5. (eṇa), ind. completely, in full
6. (āt), ind. consequently, therefore Śaṃk
7. -khaṇḍa m. or n. N. of wk
8. -vat mfn. having a supplement or appendix Cat
9. -śāstra n. a supplementary work L

⋙pariseṣaṇa

1. pari-seṣaṇa n. remainder, residue BhP

⋙pariśeṣita

1. pari-śeṣita mfn. left over, remaining from (comp.) BhP

pariśī

1. pari-√śī Ā. -śete (impf. 3. pl. aśeran
2. 2. du. -aśāyatam
3. 3. sg. -aśāyata), to lie round or near or in, surround, remain lying RV. TS. ŚBr

⋙pariśāyana

1. pari-śāyana n. causing to lie completely in, complete immersion Baudh

pariśīl

1. pari-√śīl P. -śīlayati, to practise, use frequently Kāv
2. to treat well, cherish, Prasann

⋙pariśīlana

1. pari-śīlana n. touch, contact (lit. and fig.), intercourse with, application or attachment to, pursuit of (comp.), constant occupation, study Kāv. Sāh

⋙pariśilita

1. pari-śilita mfn. practised, used, employed, pursued, studied Kāv
2. inhabited Pāṇ. 4-2, 52 Sch

pariśuc

1. pari-√śuc P. Ā. -śocati, ○te, to mourn, wail, lament (trans. and intrans.) MBh.: Caus. -śocayati (ind. p. -śocya), to pain, torment MBh. (B.) vi, 1902
2. to lament, bewail MBh. vii, 10

pariśudh

1. pari-√śudh P. Ā. -śudhyati, ○te, to be washed off, become clean or purified Subh
2. (Ā.) to purify or justify one's self, prove one's innocence Rājat.: Caus. -śodhayati, to clear, clean R
3. to clear off, restore Yājñ. ii, 146
4. to try, examine Kathās
5. to solve, explain, clear up Gīt

⋙pariśuddha

1. pari-śuddha mfn. cleaned, purified, pure
2. cleared off, paid
3. acquitted, discharged MBh. Kāv. Pur
4. (ifc.) diminished by, that from which a part has been taken away MBh

⋙pariśuddhi

1. pari-śuddhi f. complete purification or justification, acquittal (○dhiṃ-√kṛ, to prove one's innocence) Ragh. Bālar. Kathās
2. rightness, correctness Kāraṇḍ

⋙pariśodha

1. pari-śodha m. = next W

⋙pariśodhana

1. pari-śodhana n. cleaning, purification Uttarar
2. discharging, paying off Kull

pariśubh

1. pari-√śubh (śumbh), P. -śúmbhati, to prepare AV
2. Ā. -śobhate, to shine, be bright or beautiful MBh

⋙pariśobhita

1. pari-śobhita mfn. adorned or beautified by (instr. or comp.) Hariv. R
2. -kāyā f. N. of an Apsaras and a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ

pariśuśrūṣā

1. pari-śuśrūṣā See pari-śru

pariśuṣ

1. pari-√śuṣ P. Ā. -śuṣyati, ○te, to be thoroughly dried up, to shrivel, wither (lit. and fig.), pine, waste away MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -śoṣayati (Pass. -śoṣyate), to dry up, emaciate Kāv. Pañc. Suśr

⋙pariśuṣka

1. pari-śuṣka mfn. thoroughly dried or parched up, withered, shrivelled, shrunk (as a vein), hollow (as the cheeks) &c. MBh. Kāv. Var. Suśr
2. (with māṃsa), n. meat fried in ghee dried and spiced L
3. -tālu mfn. having the palate dried up, Ṛit
4. -palāśa mfn. having withered foliage R

⋙pariśoṣa

1. pari-śoṣa m. complete dryness, desiccation, evaporation (○ṣaṃ-√gam, to become dry or thin) R. Suśr. [Page 602, Column]

⋙pariśoṣaṇa

1. pari-śoṣaṇa mfn. drying up, parching MBh. (v. l. ○ṣin)
2. n. drying, parching, emaciating MBh

⋙pariśoṣita

1. pari-śoṣita mfn. dried up, parched Cat

⋙pariśoṣin

1. pari-śoṣin mfn. becoming dry or withered, shrivelling Rājat
2. v. l. for ○śoṣaṇa MBh

pariśūnya

1. pari-śūnya mfn. quite empty, (ifc.) totally free from or devoid of Ragh

pariśṛta

1. pari-śṛta m. or n. (√śrā ?) ardent spirits, liquor L. (cf. pari-srut, -srutā under pari-sru)

pariśṝ

1. pari-√śṝ Pass. -śīryate (ep. also ○ti), to be cleft or rent asunder, to be split MBh

pariśram

1. pari-√śram (only ind. p. -śramya), to fatigue or exert one's self R.: Caus. -śramayati, to fatigue, tire Naish

⋙pariśrama

1. pari-śrama m. fatigue, exertion, labour, fatiguing occupation, trouble, pain MBh. Kāv. &c
2. mâpaha mfn. relieving weariness MW

⋙pariśramaṇa

1. pari-śramaṇa mfn. (?) free from fatigue or weariness BhP. Sch

⋙pariśrānta

1. pari-śrānta mfn. thoroughly fatigued or worn out, (ifc.) tired of, disgusted with Mn. MBh. &c

⋙pariśrānti

1. pari-śrānti f. fatigue, exhaustion
2. labour, trouble W

⋙pariśrāma

1. pari-śrāma m. fatiguing, occupation, trouble BhP

pariśri

1. pari-√śri P. -śrayati (ind. p. -śritya
2. Ved. inf. pári-śrayitavaí), to surround, encircle, fence, enclose TS. Br. ŚrS.: Pass. -śrīyasva, be surrounded or surround thyself VS. xxxvii, 13

⋙pariśraya

1. pari-śraya m. an enclosure, fence (in sá-pariś○) ŚBr
2. a refuge, asylum Pañc. (B.) i, 252
3. an assembly, meeting L
4. N. of a prince VP

⋙pariśrayaṇa

1. pari-śrayaṇa n. encompassing, surrounding with a fence KātyŚr. Sch

⋙pariśrit

1. pari-śrít f. pl. 'enclosers', N. of certain small stones laid round the hearth and other parts of an altar ŚBr. KātyŚr. (ifc. ○śritka)

⋙pariśrita

1. pari-śrita mfn. standing round MBh
2. surrounded by (instr. or comp.) Kathās. BhP
3. wṛ. for ○śruta MBh
4. n. (pári-) = pári-vṛta n. ( See under pari- √1. vṛ) TS. Br. ŚrGṛS

pariśru

1. pari-√śru P. -śṛṇoti (ind. p. -śrutya), to hear, learn, understand R

⋙pariśuśrūṣā

1. pari-śuśrūṣā f. complete or implicit obedience Śukas

⋙pariśruta

1. pari-śruta mfn. heard, learnt MBh. R. Hariv
2. known as, passing for (nom.) ib
3. famous, celebrated MBh. BhP
4. wṛ. for prati-ś○ MBh
5. m. N. of an attendant of Skanda ib

pariśrut

1. pari-śrút f. = -srút AV. xx, 127, 9

pariślatha

1. pari-ślatha mfn. quite loose or relaxed Vcar

pariśliṣṭa

1. pari-śliṣṭa mfn. (√śliṣ) clasped, embraced W

⋙pariśleṣa

1. pari-śleṣa m. an embrace ib

pariṣañj

1. pari-ṣañj (√sañj), P. -ṣajati Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 Sch
2. Ā. -sajjate, to have one's mind fixed on, be attached or devoted to MBh.: Desid. -ṣiṣaṅkṣati Pāṇ. 8-3, 64 Sch

pariṣaṇḍa

1. pari-ṣaṇḍa m. or n. a partic. part of a house L
2. (ā), f. a valley (?) Divyâv, (v. l. ○khaṇḍa)

⋙pariṣaṇḍavārika

1. ○vārika m. a servant ib

pariṣad

1. pari-ṣad (√sad), P. -ṣadati RV
2. -ṣīdati AV. MBh. (C. also -sīdati)
3. to sit round, besiege, beset RV. AV. Kauś
4. to suffer damage, be impaired MBh

⋙pariṣad

1. pari-ṣád mfn. surrounding, besetting RV
2. f. an assembly, meeting, group, circle, audience, council ŚBr. Kauś. Mn. (○ṣat-tva n. xii, 114) MBh. &c
3. N. of a village in the north, g. palady-ādi
4. -vala mfn. surrounded by a council (as a king) Pāṇ. 5-2, 112 Sch
5. forming or containing assemblies Bhaṭṭ
6. m. a member of an assembly, assessor, spectator L

⋙pariṣada

1. pari-ṣada v. l. for pāri-ṣada, pārṣada

⋙pariṣadya

1. pari-ṣádya mfn. to be sought after RV. vii, 4, 7 (Nir. 'to be avoided' Sāy. sufficient, adequate, competent')
2. to be worshipped VS. v, 32 (Mahīdh. 'belonging to an assembly')
3. m. a member of an assembly, spectator, guest L

⋙pariṣadvan

1. pari-ṣádvan mfn. surrounding, besetting RV

⋙pariṣanna

1. pari-ṣanna (!), mfn. lost or omitted AV.Pariś

pariṣaya

1. pari-ṣaya See pari-ṣo

pariṣah

1. pari-ṣah (√sah), Ā. -ṣahate (impf. pary-aṣahata or -asahata
2. fut. pari-soḍhā [Vop. -ṣahitā]
3. inf. -soḍhum Pāṇ. 8-3, 70 &c
4. aor. pary-asahiṣṭa Bhaṭṭ.), to sustain, bear up against (acc.): Caus. aor. pary-asīṣahat Pāṇ. 8-3, 116

⋙pariṣahā

1. pari-ṣahā f. forbearance, patience W. (cf. parī-ṣ○). [Page 603, Column]

pariṣic

1. pari-ṣic (√sic), P. -ṣiñcati (impf. pary-aṣiñcat Pāṇ. 8-3, 63
2. ind. p. -siñcitvā [!], Saddhp
3. Pass. pr. p. -ṣicyamāna R.), to pour out or in (esp. from one vessel into another), to pour or scatter about, sprinkle, diffuse RV.: Caus. -ṣecayati, or -ṣiñcayati, to sprinkle MBh
4. to soak, macerate Suśr.: Desid. -ṣiṣikṣati Pāṇ. 8-3, 64 Sch

⋙pariṣikta

1. pari-ṣikta (pári-), mfn. poured out, sprinkled about, diffused RV. Lāṭy. Śiś

⋙pariṣeka

1. pari-ṣeka m. sprinkling over, moistening Suśr
2. a bath, bathing apparatus ib. MBh. Var. (cf. parī-ṣ○)

⋙pariṣecaka

1. pari-ṣecaka mfn. pouring over, sprinkling (comp.), g. yājakâdi (v. l. ○veṣaka Kāś.)

⋙pariṣecana

1. pari-ṣecana n. pouring over, sprinkling ŚrS. Var. Suśr
2. water for watering trees MBh

pariṣidh

1. pari-ṣidh (√sidh), P. -ṣedhati (impf. pary-aṣedhat) Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 ; 65 Sch.: Desid. -ṣiṣedhayiṣati, 64 Sch. (cf. pari-sidh)

pariṣiv

1. pari-ṣiv (√siv), P. -ṣīvyati (impf. pary-aṣīvyat Pāṇ. 8-3, 70), to sew round, wind round KātyŚr.: Caus. aor. pary-asīṣivat Pāṇ. 8-3, 116

⋙pariṣīvaṇa

1. pari-ṣīvaṇa n. sewing round, winding round KātyŚr

pariṣusu

1. pari-ṣu-su √3. P. -ṣuṇoti, (impf. pary-aṣuṇot fut. pari-soṣyati) Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 &c. Sch

pariṣū

1. pari-ṣū (√1. sū), P. -ṣuvati (impf. pary-aṣuvat) Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 ; 65 Sch
2. -ṣauti, to grasp, bunch together (?) ĀpŚr

⋙pariṣavaṇa

1. pari-ṣavaṇa n. grasping, bunching together ib

⋙pariṣūta

1. pari-ṣūtá mfn. urged impelled to come forth, elicited (sc. by the gods, said of young grass) TS

⋙pariṣūti

1. pari-ṣūti (pári-), f. urging from all sides, beleaguering, oppression, vexation RV

pariṣeṇa

1. pari-ṣeṇa m. (p○ + senā) N. of a man ( pāriṣeṇya)

⋙pariṣeṇaya

1. pari-ṣeṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, (prob.) to surround with an army Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 Sch.: Desid. ○ṣiṣeṇayiṣati, 64 Sch

pariṣev

1. pari-ṣev (√sec), Ā. -ṣevate (impf. pary-aṣevata
2. pf. pari-ṣiṣeva Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 &c
3. but there occurs also -sevate &c.), to frequent, practise, pursue, enjoy, honour Kāv. Pur. Pañc

pariṣo

1. pari-ṣo (√so), P. -ṣyati Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 Sch

⋙pariṣaya

1. pari-ṣaya m

⋙pariṣita

1. pari-ṣita mfn. ib. 70

pariṣoḍaśa

1. pari-ṣoḍaśa mfn. pl. full sixteen MBh

pariṣkand

1. pari-ṣkand (√skand), P. -ṣkandati, or -skandati (Pāṇ. 8-3, 74), to leap or spring about Bhaṭṭ.: Intens. -caniṣkadat, id. RV. viii, 58, 9

⋙pariṣkaṇṇa

1. pari-ṣkaṇṇa (Pāṇ. 8-3, 74) or (MBh.), spilled, scattered

⋙pariskanna

1. pari-skanna (MBh.), spilled, scattered
2. m. = or wṛ. for next L. 1

⋙pariṣkanda

1. pari-ṣkandá (or ○skanda), m. (Pāṇ. 8-3, 75 Sch.) a servant (esp. one running by the side of a carriage) VS. AV. MBh. &c
2. a foster-child, one nourished by a stranger W. 2

⋙pariṣkanda

1. pari-ṣkanda m. a temple Gaut. xix, 14 (v. l. ○ṣkandha)

pariṣkṛ

1. pari-ṣ-√kṛ (ṣ for s inserted, or perhaps original in a √skṛ = √1. kṛ, cf. upa-skṛ and saṃ-s-kṛ), P. -kṛṇoti (3. pl. -kṛṇvánti RV. ix, 14, 2 ; 64, 23
2. p. -kṛṇvát ib. 39, 2
3. impf. pary-aṣkarot, or -askarot Pāṇ. 8-3, 70 ; 71), to adorn, fit out, prepare, make ready or perfect RV. (cf. pari-kṛ and Pāṇ. 6-1, 137),

⋙pariṣkara

1. pari-ṣ-kara m. ornament, decoration MBh. viii, 1477 (according to Nīlak. = 1. ○ṣkanda)

⋙pariṣkāra

1. pari-ṣ-kāra m. = prec. (ifc. f. ā) MBh. &c
2. cooking, dressing W
3. domestic utensils, furniture SaddhP
4. purification, initiation ib
5. self-discipline Lalit. (one of the ten powers of a Bodhi-sattva Dharmas. lxxiv)
6. -cīvara n. a kind of garment L

⋙pariṣkṛta

1. pari-ṣ-kṛta (pári-), mfn. prepared, adorned, embellished, furnished with, surrounded or accompanied by (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
2. cooked, dressed W
3. purified, initiated ib

⋙pariṣkṛti

1. pari-ṣkṛti f. finishing, polishing W
2. (in rhet.) a partic. figure of speech = pari-kara ( See under pari-kṛ) Cat

⋙pariṣkriyā

1. pari-ṣ-kriyā f. adorning, decorating MārkP
2. v. l. for pari-kriyā in agni-p○, q.v

pariṣṭambh

1. pari-ṣṭambh (√stambh), P. -ṣṭabhnoti or -ṣṭabhnāti (Caus. aor. pary-astambhat) Pāṇ. 8-3, 67 ; 116 Sch

pariṣṭi

1. pari-ṣṭi f. (√1. as
2. cf. abhi-ṣṭi, upa-sti) obstruction, impediment, distress, dilemma RV. [Page 603, Column]

pariṣṭu

1. pari-ṣṭu (√stu), P. -ṣṭauti (impf. pary-aṣṭaut, or -astaut Pāṇ. 8-3, 70), to praise Kām

⋙pariṣṭavana

1. pari-ṣṭavana n. praise L

⋙pariṣṭavanīya

1. pari-ṣṭavanīya mfn. intended for a praise (as a hymn) SāṅkhŚr

⋙pariṣṭuta

1. pari-ṣṭuta mfn. praised, sung ib

⋙pariṣṭuti

1. pari-ṣṭuti (pári-), f. praise, celebration RV

⋙pariṣṭoma

1. pari-ṣṭoma m. = paristoma L

pariṣṭubh

1. pari-ṣṭubh (√stubh), P. -ṣṭobhati (Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 ; 65), to cry or exult on every side RV. TāṇḍBr

⋙pariṣṭubh

1. pari-ṣṭúbh mfn. exulting on every side RV

⋙pariṣṭobha

1. pari-ṣṭobha m. embellishing a Sāman with Stobhas (s.v.) TāṇḍBr

pariṣṭhala

1. pari-ṣṭhala n. (Pāṇ. 8-3, 96) surrounding place or site W

pariṣṭhā

1. pari-ṣṭhā (√sthā), P. Ā. -tiṣṭhati, ○te (pf. -taṣṭhau
2. fut. -ṣṭhāsyati Pāṇ. 8-3, 64. Sch
3. 3. pl. pf. -tasthuḥ RV. Pañc
4. aor. -ṣṭhāt, -ṣṭhuḥ RV
5. -ṣṭhāḥ Padap
6. -sthāḥ AV.), to stand round, be in a person's way, obstruct, hinder RV. &c. &c
7. to crowd from all sides Pañc
8. (Ā.) to remain, survive MBh.: Caus. -sthāpayati (ind. p. -sthāpya), to beset, surround AV
9. to place near, cause to stay close by Kathās

⋙pariṣṭhā

1. pari-ṣṭhā́ mfn. obstructing, hindering
2. f. obstruction, impediment RV. AV

⋙pariṣṭhiti

1. pari-ṣṭhiti f

⋙paristhāna

1. pari-sthāna (!), n. abode, residence, fixedness, firmness MW

pariṣyanda

1. pari-ṣyandá or -syanda m. (√syand
2. Pāṇ. 8-3, 72) a river, stream (fig. of words) Bhartṛ
3. moisture L
4. (with ṣ) a sandbank, island ŚBr. KātyŚr
5. keeping or entertaining (a sacred fire) MBh. (v. l. -spanda)
6. decoration of the hair L. (v. l. -spanda)

⋙pariṣyandana

1. pari-ṣyandana or n. dropping, oozing W

⋙parisyandana

1. pari-syandana n. dropping, oozing W

⋙pariṣyandin

1. pari-ṣyandin or mfn. flowing, streaming L

⋙parisyandin

1. pari-syandin mfn. flowing, streaming L

pariṣvaj

1. pari-ṣvaj (√svaj, svañj), Ā. -ṣvajate, rarely P. ○ti (impf. pary-aṣvajata, or -asvajata Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 ; 70
2. pr.p. -ṣvajāna R
3. pf. -ṣasvajé AV. MBh
4. -ṣasvajire R
5. -ṣasvajaḥ BhP
6. ind. p. -ṣvajya MBh
7. inf. -ṣvaktum R
8. inf. -ṣváje RV.), to embrace, clasp, occupy RV. &c. &c.: Desid. -ṣiṣvaṅkṣate Pāṇ. viii, 3. 64 Sch

⋙pariṣvakta

1. pari-ṣvakta mfn. embraced, encircled, surrounded MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙pariṣvaṅga

1. pari-ṣvaṅga m. embracing, an embrace MBh. R. &c
2. touch, contact with (comp.) Kām. Hit
3. N. of a son of Devakī BhP

⋙pariṣvaṅgin

1. pari-ṣvaṅgin mfn. succumbing, Sāṃkhyas. Sch

⋙pariṣvajana

1. pari-ṣvajana n. embracing, an embrace Nir. ii, 27

⋙pariṣvajīyas

1. pari-ṣvajīyas (pári-), mfn. clasping more firmly AV

⋙pariṣvajya

1. pari-ṣvajya mfn. to be embraced MBh

⋙pariṣvañjana

1. pari-ṣvañjana n. embracing, an embrace (putrasya Pāṇ. 3-116 Sch.)

⋙pariṣvañjalya

1. pari-ṣvañjalya (pári-), m. or n. a partic. domestic utensil AV

pariṣvan

1. pari-ṣvan (√svan), only Intens. -saniṣvaṇat, to sound, whiz RV. viii, 69, 9

pariṣvaṣkita

1. pari-ṣvaṣkita n. (√ṣvaṣk) the act of leaping about L

parisaṃlih

1. pari-saṃ-√lih P. -leḍhi (pr. p. -lihat), to lick all round, lick over, lick MBh

parisaṃvatsara

1. pari-saṃvatsara m. a whole or full year Mn. iii, 119 MBh
2. mfn. a full year old (or older), inveterate, chronic (as a disease) Suśr. Car
3. waiting a full year Gobh

parisaṃvad

1. pari-saṃ-√vad P. -vadati, to speak together about, agree with regard to (acc.) MBh

parisaṃśuddha

1. pari-saṃ-śuddha mfn. (√śudh) perfectly clean or pure BhP

parisaṃsṛṣṭa

1. pari-saṃ-sṛṣṭa mfn. (√sṛj) got at from all sides MBh

parisaṃstambh

1. pari-saṃ-√stambh (only ind. p. -stabhya), to strengthen, comfort MārkP

parisaṃstu

1. pari-saṃ-stu (only Pass. pr. p. -stūyamāna), to praise, celebrate MBh

parisaṃstṛ

1. pari-saṃ-√stṛ (only ind. p. -stīrya), to spread i.e. kindle a fire at different places MBh

parisaṃsthita

1. pari-saṃ-sthita mfn. (√sthā) standing together on every side MBh
2. standing i.e. stopping, remaining (in a-paris○) R. [Page 603, Column]

parisaṃspṛś

1. pari-saṃ-√spṛś P. -spṛśati, to touch at different places, stroke MBh. R

parisaṃhā

1. pari-saṃ-hā √2. (only pr. p. -jíhāna), to start or spring from (abl.) RV. vii, 33, 10

parisaṃhṛṣṭa

1. pari-saṃ-hṛṣṭa mfn. (√hṛṣ) greatly rejoiced, delighted R

parisakhya

1. pari-sakhya n. perfect or true friendship PārGṛ

parisaṃkrīḍ

1. pari-saṃ-√krīḍ P. -krīḍati, to play about, amuse one's self R

parisaṃkṣip

1. pari-saṃ-√kṣip P. -kṣipati, to encompass, surround R

parisaṃkhyā

1. pari-saṃ-√khyā P. -khyāti (inf. khyātum), to count, enumerate ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. MBh
2. to limit to a certain number KātyŚr. Sch
3. to reckon up, calculate, add together MBh. R. Suśr
4. to make good, restore Car. Jaim. Sch

⋙parikhyā

1. pari-khyā f. enumeration, computation, sum, total, number ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. MBh. &c
2. (in phil.) exhaustive enumeration (implying exclusion of any other), limitation to that which is enumerated Jaim. Kull. on Mn. iii, 45
3. (in rhet.) special mention or exclusive specification Kpr. Sāh

⋙parikhyāta

1. pari-khyāta mfn. reckoned up, enumerated, specified exclusively W

⋙parikhyāna

1. pari-khyāna n. enumeration, total, a number MBh
2. exclusive specification BhP
3. a correct judgment. proper estimate Yājñ. iii, 158

parisaṃghuṣṭa

1. pari-saṃ-ghuṣṭa mfn. (√ghuṣ) filled with cries or noise, resonant on all sides MBh

parisaṃcakṣ

1. pari-saṃ-√cakṣ (only 3. pl. pr. -cakṣate), to enumerate Gobh
2. to avoid ( See next)

⋙paricakṣya

1. pari-cakṣya mfn. to be avoided Pāṇ. 2-4, 54 Vārtt. 9 Pat

parisaṃcara

1. pari-saṃ-cara mfn. (√car) roving about, vagrant Bhar
2. m. 'a very difficult pass or defile', a critical period VāyuP

parisaṃcita

1. pari-saṃ-cita mfn. (√1. ci) collected, accumulated Sāh

parisatya

1. pari-satya n. the full or pure truth ĀśvŚr

parisaṃtap

1. pari-saṃ-√tap (only ind. p. -tapya), to be tormented or afflicted R

⋙paritapta

1. pari-tapta mfn. scorched, singed ib

parisaṃtāna

1. pari-saṃtā́na m. (√tan) a string, cord TS

parisabhya

1. pari-sabhya m. (sabhā) a member of an assembly, assessor L

parisamanta

1. pari-samanta m. (ifc. ○taka) circumference, circuit L

parisamāp

1. pari-sam-√āp Pass. -āpyate, to be fully completed, arrive at completion BhP
2. to be contained in (loc.) Bhag
3. to relate or belong to (loc. or prati) Pat

⋙parisamāpana

1. pari-sam-āpana n. the act of finishing completely W

⋙parisamāpanīya

1. pari-sam-āpanīya or mfn. to be completely finished Jaim. Sch

⋙paripayitavya

1. pari-payitavya mfn. to be completely finished Jaim. Sch

⋙parisamāpta

1. pari-sam-āpta mfn. finished, complete Śak
2. centred, comprehended Śiś

⋙parisamāpti

1. pari-sam-āpti f. entire completion, end, conclusion Śaṃk. Sāh. Pāṇ. Sch
2. relating or belonging to (loc. or prati) Pat

parisamutsuka

1. pari-samutsuka mfn. very anxious, greatly agitated or excited R

parisamūh

1. pari-sam-ūh √1. P. Ā. -ūhati, ○te, to heap or sweep together ŚBr. GṛŚrS

⋙parisamūhana

1. pari-samūhana n. heaping up or sweeping together GṛŚrS. BhP

⋙parisamohana

1. pari-sam-ohana (!), n. id. Kauś. Sch

parisame

1. pari-samê (-sam-ā-√i), to go back to (acc.) BhP

parisambhū

1. pari-sam-√bhū (only 3. pl. pf. -babhūvúḥ), to arise, spring, be produced from (abl.) AV

parisara

1. pari-sara pari-sarpa, See parisṛ, pari-sṛp, p. 604

parisahasra

1. pari-sahasra mfn. pl. a full thousand ŚāṅkhŚr

parisādh

1. pari-√sādh Caus. -sādhayati, to overpower, subject Hariv. Kām
2. to settle, arrange Mn. viii, 187 [Page 604, Column]
3. to prepare (food) Pañcar

⋙parisādhana

1. pari-sādhana n. accomplishing, settling, arranging Mn. R
2. determining, ascertaining W

parisāntv

1. pari-√sāntv (also written śāntv), Caus. -sāntvayati, ○te (ind. p. -sāntvya), to console, comfort, conciliate MBh. R. Kathās

⋙parisāntvana

1. pari-sāntvana n. the act of consoling and c
2. pl. friendly words, flattering speech Kād

⋙parisāntvita

1. pari-sāntvita mfn. consoled, conciliated MBh. R. BhP

parisāman

1. pari-sāman n. a Sāman which is occasionally inserted Lāṭy

parisāvakīya

1. pari-sāvakīya Nom. P. ○yati = sāvakam icchati Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 Vārtt. 5 Pat. (cf. abhi-sāvakīya under abhi-ṣu)

parisiddhikā

1. pari-siddhikā f. (fr. -siddhi ?) a kind of rice gruel L

parisidh

1. pari-√sidh Caus. -sedhayati, to drive about (cows) Pāṇ. 8-3, 113 Kāś. (cf. pari-ṣidh)

parisīman

1. pari-sīman m. a boundary, extreme term or limit W

parisīram

1. pari-sīram ind. g. pari-mukhâdi (iv, 3, 58)

≫parisīrya

1. pári-sīrya n. a leather thong on a plough ŚBr

parisṛ

1. pari-√sṛ P. -sarati (pf. -sasāra, -sasruḥ
2. ind. p. -sṛtya), to flow or go round, circumambulate (acc.) RV. &c. &c
3. to flow or walk about or to and fro MBh. BhP

⋙parisara

1. pari-sara mfn. adjacent, adjoining, contiguous Sāy. on RV. iii, 33, 2
2. lying near or on (comp.) Megh. Uttarar
3. m. position, site Suśr
4. verge, border, proximity, neighbourhood, environs Kāv. Pañc. (cf. parī-s○)
5. a veils or artery BhP
6. death L
7. a rule, precept L
8. a god L
9. -viṣaya m. an adjoining place, neighbourhood Kir. v, 38

⋙parisaraṇa

1. pari-saraṇa n. running or moving about
2. -śīla mfn. of a restless disposition Suśr

⋙parisaryā

1. pari-saryā f. = ○saraṇa Pāṇ. 3-3, 101 Pat
2. near approach W
3. service W. (cf. parī-s○)

⋙parisāra

1. pari-sāra m. wandering about, perambulation W

⋙parisāraka

1. pari-sāraka m. (g. vimuktâdi) N. of a place near the Sarasvatī AitBr. (cf. pāriś○)

⋙parisārin

1. pari-sārin mfn. wandering or running about Pāṇ. 3-2, 142

⋙parisṛta

1. pari-sṛta mfn. having roamed or wandered through (acc.) R
2. spread everywhere ib
3. m. or n. an enclosed or fenced place MBh

parisṛj

1. pari-√sṛj Caus. -sarjayati, to avoid MBh

⋙parisṛṣṭa

1. pari-sṛṣṭa (pári-), mfn. surrounded, covered AV

⋙parisraṣṭṛ

1. pari-sraṣṭṛ mfn. being in contact or connected with MBh

parisṛp

1. pari-√sṛp P. Ā. -sarpati, ○te (ind. p. -sárpam), to move round about or to and fro, hover RV. ŚBr. MBh. &c
2. to creep or crawl upon Gobh. ( See ○sṛpta)
3. to be near, approach, go to (acc.) MBh.: Caus., ○sarpita

⋙parisarpa

1. pari-sarpa m. going about in search of, following, pursuing Daśar. Pratāp
2. walking about, roaming L
3. surrounding, encircling L
4. a species of serpent Suśr
5. N. of a mild form of leprosy (= vi-sarpa) Suśr. Car. (cf. parīs○)

⋙parisarpaṇa

1. pari-sarpaṇa n. crawling upon (comp.) Mṛicch
2. running to and fro, going or flying about, constantly changing one's place ĀśvŚr. R. Mṛicch. BhP
3. a kind of disease (= ○sarpaṇa) Suśr

⋙parisarpita

1. pari-sarpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) crawled upon by vermin Car

⋙parisarpin

1. pari-sarpin mfn. going or moving or roaming about MBh

⋙parisṛpta

1. pari-sṛpta mfn. = ○sarpita Gobh

parisauvīram

1. pari-sauvīram ind. round about (i.e. except) the Sauviiras Pāṇ. 6-2, 33 Vārtt. 1 Pat

pariskand

1. pari-√skand See pari-ṣkand

pariskhal

1. pari-√skhal P. -skhalati, to reel, stagger Kathās

⋙pariskhalita

1. pari-skhalita n. reeling, staggering ib

paristṛ

1. pari-stṛ P. Ā. -stṛṇoti, ○ṇute, or -stṛṇāti, ○ṇīte (perf. 3. pl. -tastaruḥ Bhaṭṭ., -tastarire Śiś
2. ind. p. -stīrya GṛS
3. Ved. inf. páriśtarītavaí MaitrS. [Pāṇ. 6-2, 51 Sch.), to strew or lay round, enclose (as fire with grass) AV. ŚBr. &c
4. to envelop, cover (lit. and fig.) Kir. Siś
5. to spread, extend GṛS. R. &c

⋙paristara

1. pari-stara m. strewing round or heaping together MBh
2. a cover, covering ib. (v. l. pari-cchada)

⋙paristaraṇa

1. pari-stáraṇa n. = prec. AV. GṛŚrS. &c
2. (ī), f. a partic. sacred text ĀpŚr. [Page 604, Column]

⋙paristaraṇikā

1. pari-staraṇikā f. a cow killed at a funeral ceremony (the limbs of the corpse being covered with its limbs) R. (cf. anu-stáraṇī)

⋙paristaraṇīya

1. pari-staraṇīya mfn. fit to be strewed around, serving for a cover ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙paristaritṛ

1. pari-staritṛ m. one who strews or lays round ib

⋙paristīrṇa

1. pari-stīrṇa (MBh. R.) and spread around, strewed over, covered

⋙paristṛta

1. pari-stṛta (Yājñ. BhP.), spread around, strewed over, covered

paristoma

1. pari-stoma m. a coverlet, cushion MBh. R

paristhā

1. pari-√sthā pari-sthāna, See pariṣṭhā

parispand

1. pari-√spand Ā. -spandate (or ○ti), to tremble, throb, quiver MBh. R

⋙parispanda

1. pari-spanda m. throbbing, stirring, starting, arising, movement MBh. Kāv. &c
2. keeping, maintaining (a sacred fire) MBh. (v. l. ○ṣyanda)
3. train, retinue L
4. decoration of the hair L
5. pressure, crash MW

⋙parispandana

1. pari-spandana n. throbbing, vibration, motion L

⋙parispandita

1. pari-spandita n. throbbing, rising, appearing Mcar

parispardhin

1. pari-spardhin mfn. (√spṛdh) vying with, rivalling, emulating (in comp.) Śak. iv, 4 (v. l.)

⋙parispṛdh

1. pari-spṛ́dh f. a rival RV. ix, 53, 1

parispṛś

1. pari-√spṛś P. -spṛśati (pf. 3. pl. -paspṛśire), to touch, stroke MBh. R
2. to pursue, practise HPariś

⋙parispṛś

1. pari-spṛś mfn. (ifc.) touching HPariś

⋙parispṛṣṭa

1. pari-spṛṣṭa mfn. smeared or soiled with (blood) MBh

parisphar

1. pari-√sphar Caus. -sphārayati, to spread, divulge L

parisphīta

1. pari-sphīta mfn. (√sphāy) swollen, turgid, Parśvan

parisphuṭ

1. pari-√sphuṭ P. -sphuṭati, or -sphoṭati, to burst open Suśr

≫parisphuṭa

1. pari-sphuṭa mfn. very clear or manifest BhP
2. fully developed L
3. (am), ind. very clearly or distinctly Kād

parisphur

1. pari-√sphur P. -sphurati, to throb, quiver, vibrate Kāv
2. to glitter, gleam BhP
3. to burst forth, appear Kull

⋙parisphuraṇa

1. pari-sphuraṇa n. glancing
2. shooting
3. budding W

⋙parisphurita

1. pari-sphurita mfn. quivering, palpitating Uttarar
2. dispersed, reflected on all sides Mālatīm
3. opened, expanded W
4. shot, glanced ib

⋙parisphūrti

1. pari-sphūrti f. shining forth, appearing, becoming clear or manifest Kuval

parismāpana

1. pari-smāpana n. (√smi, Caus.) causing wonder, surprising
2. (with dambhena) outwitting L

parisyanda

1. pari-syanda ○dana &c. See pariṣyanda, p. 603, col. 2

parisraj

1. pari-sraj f. (√sṛj) a garland ĀpŚr

⋙parisrajin

1. pari-srajín mfn. wearing a garland TBr. Kāṭh

parisrasā

1. pari-srásā f. (√sraṃs) rubbish, lumber TBr

parisru

1. pari-√sru P. -sravati, to flow round or off, stream, trickle RV. &c. &c
2. (with acc.) cause to flow RV. Hariv
3. to swim or float about Sāy
4. to glide or pass away (as life) Bhartṛ

⋙parisrava

1. pari-srava m. flowing, streaming, a stream MBh. R. &c
2. gliding down (garbha-p○, the birth of a child) R
3. Rottleria Tinctoria L

⋙parisrāva

1. pari-srāva m. flowing, efflux, effluxion Suśr
2. N. of a morbid state ascribed to the overflowing of the moistures of the body ib
3. -kalpa m. a kind of straining or filtering vessel L

⋙parisrāvaṇa

1. pari-srāvaṇa n. a straining or filtering vessel L

⋙parisrāvin

1. pari-srāvin mfn. flowing
2. m. (sc. bhagaṃ-dara) a form of fistula of the anus Suśr
3. n. (sc. udara) an incurable form of swollen or enlarged abdomen ib. Bhpr

⋙parisrut

1. pari-srút mfn. flowing round or over, foaming, fermenting RV
2. f. a kind of intoxicating liquor prepared from herbs AV. VS. ŚBr. (○srún-mat mfn. possessing it ŚBr.)
3. dropping, flowing W

⋙parisruta

1. pari-sruta mfn. flowed or streamed round, trickled, oozed R. Kathās
2. (ā), f. = ○srut f. L

parisvāra

1. pari-svāra m. (√svar) a partic. mode of singing Lāṭy

parisvid

1. pari-√svid Caus. -svedayati, to cause to sweat (by applying sudorifics) Suśr

parihan

1. pari-√han P. -hanti, to wind round Kāṭh. ŚāṅkhŚr
2. to extinguish (fire) ŚBr
3. Pass. -hanyate, to be changed or altered MBh. (v. l. prati-h○) [Page 604, Column]
4. to cease, perish Pañc. (v. l. -hīyate)

⋙parihaṇana

1. pari-haṇana n. Pāṇ. 8-4, 22 Sch

⋙parihata

1. pari-hata mfn. (Śak. v, 22/23 and Gīt. v, 13) wṛ. for pari-hṛta

parihara

1. pari-hara ○raṇa &c. See pari-hṛ

pariharṣaṇa

1. pari-harṣaṇa ○ṣin, See parihṛṣ, p. 605

parihava

1. pari-havá m. (√hve) crying or calling upon, invoking (?) AV

⋙parihūta

1. pari-hūta mfn. called together BhP

parihas

1. pari-√has P. -hasati (Pass. aor. pary-ahāsi), to laugh, jest or joke with (acc.), laugh at, ridicule, deride MBh. Kathās. Rājat

⋙parihasita

1. pari-hasita mfn. laughed at, ridiculed MW

⋙parihāsa

1. pari-hāsa m. jesting, joking, laughing at, ridiculing, deriding
2. a jest, joke, mirth, merriment MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-h○)
3. -kathā f. an amusing story Ragh
4. -pura n. N. of a town Rājat
5. -pūrvam ind. jokingly, in jest Ragh
6. -vastu n. an object of jest (○stu-tā f.) Pañc
7. -vijalpita mfn. uttered in jest Śak
8. -vedin m. a jester, a witty person W
9. -śīla mfn. of a gay or joyous disposition, fond of jesting Var. Kāv
10. ○la-tā f. Ratnâv
11. -hari m. N. of a temple of Vishṇu Rājat

⋙parihāsya

1. pari-hāsya mfn. laughable, ridiculous MW

parihasta

1. pari-hastá m. (g. nir-udakâdi) an amulet put round the hand to secure the birth of a child AV

parihā

1. pari-hā √3. P. -jahāti, (ind. p. -hāya
2. inf. -hātum), to leave, abandon, quit R. BhP
3. to omit, neglect, disregard Mn. MBh. Hariv.: Pass. -hīyate (with fut. -hāsyati MBh.), to be avoided or omitted, be destitute or deprived of, desist or be excluded from (abl.), be wanting or deficient, be inferior to (abl. or instr.), wane, fail, decrease, pass away Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -hāpayati, to cause to relinquish or abandon Naish
4. to interrupt, leave unfinished Mn. viii, 206

⋙parihāṇa

1. pari-hāṇa n. being deprived of anything, suffering a loss (only a-parih○) ŚāṅkhBr

⋙parihāṇi

1. pari-hāṇi or f. decrease, loss, deficiency Ragh. Var. Suśr. (cf. Uṇ. iv, 51 Sch.)

⋙parihāni

1. pari-hāni f. decrease, loss, deficiency Ragh. Var. Suśr. (cf. Uṇ. iv, 51 Sch.)

⋙parihāpaṇīya

1. pari-hāpaṇīya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be omitted Kād

⋙parihāpita

1. pari-hāpita mfn. robbed or deprived of (instr.) BhP

⋙parihāpya

1. pari-hāpya ind. excluding, excepting (acc.), except ĀpŚr

⋙parihīṇa

1. pari-hīṇa (also written hīna), mfn. omitted, lost, disappeared, wanting MBh. Kāv. BhP
2. abstaining from, deficient in, deprived or destitute of (abl. or -tas instr., or comp.) ib

parihāṭaka

1. pari-hāṭaka mfn. consisting or made of pure gold MBh
2. a ring worn round the arm or leg, an armlet, anklet L

parihāra

1. pari-hāra &c. See pari-√hṛ

parihi

1. pari-√hi P. -hinóti, to send or forward to (dat.) RV. vii, 104, 6

parihiṃsā

1. pari-hiṃsā f. (√hiṃs) = pari-barhaṇā Nir. Sch

parihiṇḍ

1. pari-√hiṇḍ Ā. -hiṇḍate, to fly about Daś

parihita

1. pari-hita See pari-dhā, p. 596

parihṛ

1. pari-√hṛ P. Ā. -harati, ○te (fut. -hariṣyati MBh
2. aor. 3. pl. -ahṛṣata RV
3. ind. p. -hṛtya R. Var
4. -hā́ram Br.), to move or carry or take round TS. Br. GṛŚrS
5. to put or wrap round (Ā. round one's self) AV. &c. &c
6. to put aside, save for (dat.) ŚBr
7. to leave, quit, desert Śiś
8. to defend or preserve from (abl.) ChUp
9. to spare VP
10. to shun, avoid, leave out, omit ŚBr. Gobh
11. to save or spare anything (as trouble, care &c.) to (gen.), Ratnâv
12. to take away, remove, beware of or abstain from (acc.). MBh. VP
13. (Ā.) to keep away from i.e. neglect, not heed Āpast
14. to answer, refute Pat. Śaṃk
15. to put twice, repeat (in the Krama-pāṭha), APrāt
16. to nourish, foster, cherish Lalit.: Desid. -jihīrṣati, to wish to keep away or avoid or shun, remove or conceal Gobh. R. (cf. -jihīrṣā, p. 594)

⋙parihara

1. pari-hara m. v. l. for ○hāra, reserve, concealment Śak. (Pi.) i, 24/25

⋙pariharaka

1. pari-haraka m. v. l. for ○hāraka L

⋙pariharaṇa

1. pari-haraṇa n. moving or taking round ŚrS
2. avoiding, shunning VP
3. leaving W
4. seizing ib
5. refuting ib

⋙pariharaṇīya

1. pari-haraṇīya mfn. to be shunned or avoided Śak. Prab
2. to be taken away W
3. to be confuted ib
4. -tā f. disdain, rejection Śiś
5. disappearance, unattainableness ib
6. refutation ib

⋙parihartavya

1. pari-hartavya mfn. to be handed over or forwarded, Nyāyam. Sch. [Page 605, Column]
2. to be shunned or avoided or abstained from Nir. Kāv. Pañc
3. to be kept secret or concealed Mṛicch
4. to be confuted Śaṃk
5. to be repeated (before and after iti, next.) APrāt

⋙parihāra

1. pari-hāra (pári-), m. leading round KātyŚr
2. delivering or handing over Nyāyam. Sch
3. shunning, avoiding, excluding, abandoning, giving up, resigning ŚBr. &c. &c
4. seizing, surrounding W
5. concealment, reserve MBh. Śak
6. leaving out, omission Sāh
7. taking away, removing, (esp.) removing by arguments, confutation Śaṃk
8. caution Car
9. contempt disrespect L
10. objection L
11. any objectionable thing or person W
12. (in gram.) the repetition of a word (before and after iti, cf. pari-graha) APrāt
13. (in dram.) remedying or atoning for any improper action Sāh
14. an extraordinary grant, exemption from taxes, immunity Mn. R. MārkP. Rājat
15. = -sthāna (below) Mn. viii, 237
16. bounty, largess W. (cf. parī-h○)
17. 1. -vat mfn. avoidable MBh. (a-parih○)
18. 2. -vat ind. (ifc.) like the omission of Sāh
19. -viśuddhi f. (with Jainas) purification by such mortification and penance as are enjoined by the example of ancient saints or sages W
20. -sū f. (a cow) bearing a calf only after a long time (of barrenness) TS. Sch
21. -sthāna n. a space of common land extending round a village or town Kull. on Mn. viii, 238

⋙parihāraka

1. pari-hāraka mf(ikā)n. repelling, refuting MW
2. m. or n. an armlet L. (cf. ○haraka and parihāṭaka)

⋙parihārin

1. pari-hārin mfn. (ifc.) avoiding, shunning Daś. Bālar

⋙parihārya

1. pari-hārya mfn. to be shunned or avoided or omitted or escaped from MBh. R. &c
2. to be severed or separated Kathās
3. to be taken off or away W
4. to be endowed with a privilege Yājñ. Sch
5. to be repeated (cf. ○hartavya), APrāt
6. m. a bracelet L. (cf. pārihārya)

⋙parihṛta

1. pari-hṛta mfn. shunned, avoided Kāv
2. abandoned, quitted W
3. taken, seized ib
4. n. what has been wrapped round or put on BhP

⋙parihṛti

1. pari-hṛti f. shunning, avoiding AitBr. 1

⋙parihṛtya

1. pari-hṛtya ind. keeping away, excluding, with the exception of (acc.) R
2. at a distance of (acc.) Var. 2

⋙parihṛtya

1. pari-hṛtya mfn. to be delivered or handed over AitBr

parihṛṣ

1. pari-√hṛṣ Caus. -harṣayati, to delight greatly, cause to rejoice MBh. Hariv

⋙pariharṣaṇa

1. pari-harṣaṇa mf(ī)n. greatly delighting MBh

⋙pariharṣita

1. pari-harṣita mfn. greatly delighted ib

⋙pariharṣin

1. pari-harṣin mfn. delightful MBh

⋙parihṛṣita

1. pari-hṛṣita mfn. delighted, very glad ib

⋙parihṛṣṭa

1. pari-hṛṣṭa mfn. id. (-mānasa mfn. R.)
2. blunt, obtuse (teeth) Bhpr

parihṇuta

1. pari-hṇuta mfn. (√hnu) denied, refused AV

parihrut

1. pari-hrút mfn. (√hvṛ) causing to fall RV

⋙parihvṛta

1. pari-hvṛta See á-pari-hvṛta

⋙parihvṛti

1. pari-hvṛti (pári-), f. deceiving, injuring, harming RV. viii, 47, 6 (loc. hṛtā́!) ; ix, 79, 2

parihvālam

1. pari-hvā́lam ind. (√hval) stammering, faltering ŚBr

parī

1. parī in comp. for pari

⋙parīkṣit

1. ○kṣit m. (√2. kṣi) N. of a son of Abhi-manyu and father of Janam-ejaya MBh. &c
2. of a son of Kuru Pur
3. of a son of An-aśvan and father of Bhīma-sena MBh
4. of a king of A-yodhyā ib. (cf. pari-kṣit)

⋙parīkṣita

1. ○kṣita (ŚārṅgP.) and m. = prec

⋙parīkṣiti

1. ○kṣiti (Prab. Sch.), m. = prec

⋙parīṇaśe

1. ○ṇáśe Vedic inf. (√1. naś) to attain or to be attained RV. i, 54, 1

⋙parīṇah

1. ○ṇáh f. (√nah
2. nom. ṇat Pāṇ. 6-3, 116 ; viii, 2, 34 Sch.) enclosure or anything enclosed, (esp.) a receptacle or box belonging to a carriage RV. AV.: ŚBr. Kāṭh
3. N. of a place on the Saras-vatī Br. ŚrS

⋙parīṇāma

1. ○ṇāma m. (√nam) course or lapse of time R. (cf. pari-ṇ○)

⋙parīṇāya

1. ○ṇāya m. (√nī) = pari-ṇ○ L

⋙parīṇāha

1. ○ṇāha m. (√nah) circumference, width MBh. R. Suśr
2. a piece of common land encircling a village Yājñ
3. N. of Śiva L. (cf. pari-ṇ○)

⋙parītat

1. ○tat (√tan) Pāṇ. 6-3, 116 Sch

⋙parītāpa

1. ○tāpa m. = pari-t○ MBh

⋙parītoṣa

1. ○toṣa m. = pari-t○ Gīt. 1

⋙parītta

1. ○tta mfn. See pari-dā (p. 595). 2

⋙parītta

1. ○tta mfn. (√do
2. Pāṇ. 6-3, 124) cut round, circumscribed, limited Buddh
3. -śubha m. pl. N. of the gods of the 13th order MWB. 212
4. -ttâbha m. pl. N. of the gods of the 10th order ib. 211

⋙parīdāha

1. ○dāha m. burning, cauterizing Suśr. Car

⋙parīdhāna

1. ○dhāna n. a mantle, garment MBh. (cf. paridh○)

⋙parīdhāvin

1. ○dhāvin m. = pari-dh○ W

⋙parīdhyai

1. ○√dhyai (only pf. -dadhyau), to meditate, ponder R

⋙parīpāka

1. ○pāka m. ripening, maturing, full development Suśr. Car. Kāraṇḍ
2. the result or consequences of anything Mcar. (cf. pari-p○)

⋙parībhāva

1. ○bhāva m. = pari-bh○ L

⋙parīmāṇa

1. ○māṇa n. measure, circumference, size, weight, number, amount MBh. Yājñ. Hcat. (cf. pari-m○). [Page 605, Column]

⋙parīrambha

1. ○rambha m. = pari-r○ Gīt. Prab. Bālar

⋙parīvarta

1. ○varta m. exchange, barter Hit. (v. l.)
2. N. of the Kūrma or 2nd incarnation of Vishṇu L. (cf. pari-v○). -vartam ind. (√vṛt) in a circle, recurring, repeatedly TāṇḍBr

⋙parīvāda

1. ○vāda m. reproof, censure Mn. Āpast

⋙parīvāpa

1. ○vāpá m. fried grains or sour milk VS
2. furniture L
3. a piece of water L
4. sowing L. (cf. pari-v○ under pari- √2. vap)

⋙parīvāpya

1. ○vāpya mfn. = pari-v○ (under pari- √2. vap) KātyŚr

⋙parīvāra

1. ○vāra m. train, retinue MBh. Kāv. &c
2. a sheath, scabbard L. (cf. pari-v○ under pari- √1. vṛ)

⋙parīvāha

1. ○vāha m. = pari-v○ MBh
2. the royal insignia L

⋙parīvettṛ

1. ○vettṛ m. = pari-v○ Mn. iii, 172

⋙parīveṣa

1. ○veṣa m. a halo round the sun or moon Hariv. (cf. pari-v○)

⋙parīśāsa

1. ○śāsa m. (√śas) anything cut out, an excision AV
2. a kind of tongs used for lifting a kettle from the fire ŚBr

⋙parīśeṣa

1. ○śeṣa m. rest, remainder AitBr. (cf. pari-ś○)

⋙parīṣahā

1. ○ṣahā f. = pari-ṣ○ (under pari-ṣah) HYog

⋙parīṣeka

1. ○ṣeka m. = pari-ṣ○ (under pari-ṣic) Suśr

⋙parīsara

1. ○sara m. circumference, surroundings Bālar. (cf. pari-s○)

⋙parīsarpa

1. ○sarpa m. a species of worm causing leprosy Suśr
2. a kind of leprosy Car. (cf. pari-s○ under pari-sṛp)

⋙parīsaryā

1. ○saryā f. = pari-s○ L

⋙parīsāra

1. ○sāra m. going about or round L

⋙parīhāra

1. ○hāra m. avoiding, shunning, caution Suśr
2. disrespect L
3. (in gram. and dram.) = pari-h○

⋙parīhāsa

1. ○hāsa m. = pari-h○ Cāṇ
2. -keśava m. N. of a temple of Vishṇu Rājat
3. -kṣama mfn. able to deride or surpass Bhartṛ
4. -śīla mfn. = pari-hāsa-ś○ Rājat

parī

1. parī7 (pari-√i), P. pary-eti (Impv. parī7hi MBh
2. Pot. pártyām TS
3. impf. paryait ŚBr
4. pf. párī7yāya TS
5. fut. pary-etā ChUp
6. ind. p. parī7tya PārGṛ
7. pary-āyaṃ Br
8. inf. páry-etave RV.), to go about, move in a circle
9. (trans.) to go or flow round (acc.), circumambulate, surround, include, grasp, span RV. &c. &c
10. to run against or into, reach, attain AV. ŚBr. ChUp
11. (with or sc. manasā) to perceive, ponder MBh. R.: Intens. Ā. párī7yate, to move round or in a circle RV

⋙parīta

1. parī7ta mfn. standing or moving round, surrounding MBh
2. past, elapsed, expired R
3. surrounded, encompassed, filled, taken possession of, seized (with instr. or in comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
4. = viparī7ta, inverted MBh
5. wṛ. for parītta ib
6. m. pl. N. of a people VP
7. ○ta-tā f. the being surrounded or filled L
8. ○tin mfn. (ifc.) filled with, seized by Suśr

⋙parītya

1. parī7tya mfn. to be circumambulated (a-par○) KātyŚr

≫paryaya

1. pary-aya m. revolution, lapse, expiration, waste or loss (of time) Mn. MBh. &c
2. the time of revolution (of a planet) Gaṇit
3. change, alteration ib
4. inversion, irregularity, confusion with (comp.) MBh. Suśr
5. contrariety, opposition W
6. deviation from enjoined or customary observances, neglect of duty ib

⋙paryayaṇa

1. pary-ayaṇa n. going about, walking round, circumambulating (e.g. of a sown field) MānGṛ. Gobh. (Sch. 'the reaping of corn')
2. fit to be wound round (an arrow or other object) Kauś
3. a horse's saddle or housings (= paryāṇa) L

≫paryāya

1. pary-āya m. going or turning or winding round, revolving, revolution KātyŚr
2. course, lapse, expiration of time MBh. Hariv. Vet
3. regular recurrence, repetition, succession, turn (ibc. or eṇa, ind. in turn, successively, alternately
4. caturthe paryāye, at the fourth time) KātyŚr. Lāṭy. Mn. &c
5. a regularly recurring series or formula (esp. in the Ati-rātra ceremony) Br. ŚrS. (-tva n.)
6. = -sū7kta Sāy
7. a convertible term, synonym (-tā f. -tva n.) Pañc. Sāh. Pāṇ. Sch
8. way, manner, method of proceeding (anena pary-āyeṇa, in this manner) SaddhP
9. probability MBh
10. (in rhet.) a partic. figure of speech Kpr. Sāh
11. (with Jainas) the regular development of a thing and the end of this development Sarvad
12. opportunity, occasion L
13. formation, creation L
14. point of contact L
15. -krama m. order of succession, regular rotation or turn MW
16. -cyuta mfn. one who has lost his turn, superseded, supplanted ib
17. -pada-mañjarī f. -muktâvalī f. -ratna-mālā f. N. of wks
18. -vacana n. a convertible term, synonym Vārtt. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 68
19. -vākya n. similar words Hariv
20. -vācaka mfn. expressing a corresponding notion
21. (with śabda), m. a synonym MBh
22. -vṛtti f. alternate course or action MW
23. -śabda m. a synonym Tattvas
24. -śayana n. alternate sleeping and watching W
25. -śas ind. by phrases or sentences ĀśvŚr
26. periodically Kāṭh. Suśr
27. in succession, by turns MBh
28. -śastra (!), n. pl. N. of wk
29. -sū7kta n. a hymn with regularly recurring phrases or sentences AV. Anukr
30. -sevā f. service by rotation Kum.: ○yâtman m. the finite nature, finiteness Sarvad. [Page 605, Column]
31. ○yánna n. food intended for another Yājñ
32. ○yârṇava m. 'ocean of synonyms', N. of a lexicon
33. ○yôkta n. (in rhet.) a partic. figure of speech (in which the fact to be intimated is expressed by a turn of speech or periphrasis) Sāh
34. ○yôkti f. id. Vām

⋙paryāyika

1. pary-ḍāyiká mfn. composed in strophes AV

⋙paryāyin

1. pary-ḍāyín mfn. embracing, including AitBr
2. encompassing (in a hostile manner) AV
3. periodical VS

≫paryetṛ

1. pary-etṛ́ m. subduer, conqueror RV

⋙paryehi

1. pary-ḍehi m. N. of a man
2. (ī), f. N. of a woman, g. śārṅgaravâdi

parīkṣ

1. parī7kṣ (pari-√īkṣ), Ā. parī7kṣate (pr. p. parī7kṣat MBh
2. imp. pary-aikṣat [Sāy. -aicchat] ŚBr.), to look round, inspect carefully, try, examine, find out, observe, perceive ŚBr. &c. &c.: Caus. parī7kṣayati, to cause to examine or investigate Mn

⋙parīkṣaka

1. parī7kṣaka mfn. trying, examining W
2. m. a prover, examiner, judge Rājat. Pañc

⋙parīkṣaṇa

1. parī7kṣaṇa n. (rarely ○ṇā f.) trying, testing, experiment, investigation Mn. MBh. &c

⋙parīkṣaṇīya

1. parī7kṣaṇīya mfn. to be tried or investigated (-tva n.) Nyāyam. Sch
2. to be submitted to ordeal W

⋙parīkṣā

1. parī7kṣā f. inspection, investigation, examination, test, trial by ordeal of various kinds ( See 2. divya) Mn. MBh. &c
2. N. of wk
3. -kṣama mfn. standing the test Sarvad
4. -tattva n. -paddhati f. N. of wks
5. ○kṣârtha mfn. wishing to try or test Āpast

⋙parīkṣita

1. parī7kṣita mfn. carefully inspected, tried, examined Mn. MBh. &c

⋙parīkṣitavya

1. parī7kṣitavya mfn. to be tried or tested or examined or proved Var. Prab

⋙parīkṣin

1. parī7kṣin See nāṇaka-p○

⋙parīkṣya

1. parī7kṣya mfn. = ○kṣitavya MBh. Var

⋙parīcikṣiṣu

1. parī7cikṣiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to try or examine L

parījyā

1. parī7jyā f. (pari + ijyā, √yaj) a secondary rite (= pari-yajña) ŚāṅkhŚr

parīṇas

1. párīṇas m. (√pṝ ?) plenty, abundance RV
2. (asā), ind. richly, abundantly ib. (cf. Naigh. i, 3)

⋙parīṇasa

1. parīṇasá n. = ○ṇas m. RV

parīta

1. parī7ta See 2. parī7, col. 2

parīti

1. parīti = puṣpâñjana L

parītta

1. parī-tta. 2 See under pari-dā and 1. parī

parīdhya

1. parī74dhya (pari + idhya, √indh), to be kindled TS

parīndana

1. parīndana n. gratification, present Vajracch

⋙parīndita

1. parīnḍdita mfn. gratified, presented ib

parīps

1. parī7ps ○psā, ○psu, See pary-āp

parīman

1. párīman (√pṝ ?), bounty, plenty
2. (○maṇi), ind. plentifully RV. ix, 71, 3

≫parīra

1. parīra n. a fruit Uṇ. iv, 30 Sch

parīraṇa

1. parīraṇa n. a tortoise L
2. a stick L
3. = paṭṭa-śāṭaka L

parīś

1. parī7ś (pari-√īś), Ā. parī7ṣṭe, to be able to (inf.) KāśīKh

parīṣ

1. parī7ṣ (pari- √3. iṣ), P. pary-eṣati (aor. pary-aiṣiṣat), to seek or search about for ChUp. MBh
2. (Ā.) SaddhP.: Caus. pary-eṣayati id. SaddhP

⋙parīṣṭi

1. parī7ṣṭi f. investigation, research, inquiry Jaim. Pat
2. service, attendance, homage L
3. freedom of will L

≫paryeṣaṇa

1. pary-eṣaṇa n. search, inquiry, investigation MBh
2. striving after Nyāyas
3. (ā), f. = parī7ṣṭi Pāṇ. 3-3, 107 Vārtt. 3 Pat

⋙paryeṣṭavya

1. pary-ḍeṣṭavya mfn. to be sought MBh
2. to be striven after Car

⋙paryeṣṭi

1. pary-ḍeṣṭi f. searching for, inquiry SaddhP
2. striving after worldly objects Jātakam

parīṣṭa

1. parī7ṣṭa See pari-yaj, p. 599

paru

1. paru m. (√pṝ
2. cf. párus below) a limb, member ( See yathā-p○)
3. a mountain L
4. the ocean L
5. the sky, paradise L

⋙paruśas

1. ○śás ind. limb by limb, member by member AV

≫parucchepa

1. paruc-chepa m. (prob. fr. parut = ○rus + śepa) N. of a Ṛishi (son of Divo-dāsa and author of RV. i, 127) Nir. TS. ŚāṅkhBr

≫parutka

1. parut-ka mfn. (fr. parut = ○rus
2. prec.) having knots or joints (as grass) ĀpŚr

≫paruśśas

1. paruś-śas ind. (fr. parus) = paru-śas (above) MaitrS. Kāṭh

≫paruṣa

1. paruṣá mf(ā)n. (older, f. páruṣṇī) knotty (as reed) AV
2. spotted, variegated, dirty-coloured RV. &c. &c
3. hard, stiff, rugged, rough, uneven, shaggy MBh. Kāv. &c
4. intertwined with creepers (as a tree) Kathās. [Page 606, Column]
5. piercing, keen, sharp, violent, harsh, severe, unkind ib. (am, ind.)
6. m. a reed AV
7. an arrow ŚāṅkhŚr. Lāṭy
8. Grewia Asiatica or Xylocarpus Granatum L
9. (parúṣa), m. N. of a demon Suparṇ
10. (ā), f. a kind of riddle MW
11. (○ṣṇī), f. N. of one of the rivers of the Panjāb now called Rāvii RV
12. n. harsh and contumelious speech, abuse MBh. Kāv. &c
13. the fruit of Grewia Asiatica or Xylocarpus Granatum L
14. a species of Barleria with blue flowers L

⋙paruṣaghana

1. ○ghana m. a dirty-coloured or dark cloud Pañc. v, 4

⋙paruṣacarman

1. ○carman n. a rough skin Pañc

⋙paruṣatara

1. ○tara mfn. harsher, sterner Pañc

⋙paruṣatva

1. ○tva n. roughness, harshness MW

⋙paruṣavacana

1. ○vacana mfn. speaking harshly or unkindly Bhartṛ
2. n. harsh or contumelious speech W

⋙paruṣavāc

1. ○vāc mfn. harsh-spoken, f. = prec. n. W

⋙paruṣavādin

1. ○vādin mfn. = speaking unkindly Mcar. Pañc

⋙paruṣākṣara

1. paruṣâkṣara mfn. 'harsh-worded', harsh (am ind.) Kālid. Pañc

⋙paruṣākṣepa

1. paruṣâkṣepa m. (in rhet.) an objection or contradiction containing harsh words Kāvyâd. ii, 144

⋙paruṣāhva

1. paruṣâhva m. a species of reed AV

⋙paruṣetara

1. paruṣêtara mfn. other than rough, gentle, mild Ragh

⋙paruṣokti

1. paruṣôkti f. abusive or harsh language Kāv
2. ○ktika mfn. using it L

≫paruṣita

1. paruṣita mfn. addressed or treated harshly MBh. R. Hit

≫paruṣiman

1. paruṣiman m. rough or shaggy appearance AitBr

≫paruṣī

1. paruṣī in comp. for ○ṣa

⋙paruṣīkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. spotted, soiled, stained Hariv
2. treated roughly, Am

⋙paruṣībhū

1. ○√bhū to be soiled or dirty Śak. vii, 17 (v. l.)

≫paruṣmat

1. paruṣ-mat mfn. having knots or joints (parut-ka) ĀpŚr. Sch

≫paruṣya

1. paruṣya mfn. variegated, manifold AitBr

≫parus

1. párus n. a joint or knot (esp. of a cane or reed, orig. 'fullness', i.e. the full or thick part of the stalk), a limb or member of the body RV. AV. VS. ŚBr
2. a part or portion RV. TS. TBr
3. Grewia Asiatica L

≫parūṣa

1. parūṣa m. Grewia Asiatica (from the berries of which a cooling beverage is prepared) or Xylocarpus Granatum Suśr

⋙parūṣaka

1. parūḍṣaka m. id
2. n. the fruit of this tree ŚāṅkhŚr. Var. Suśr

parut

1. parut ind. (Pāṇ. 5-3, 22) last year L. [Cf. parāri
2. Gk. ?, ? ; Lith. pérnay ; Goth. [606,] faírneis ; Angl. Sax. fyrn ; HGerm. vert, verne.]

⋙paruttna

1. parut-tna mfn. belonging to last year, last year's Pāṇ. 4-3, 23 Vārtt. 1

parudvāra

1. parudvāra or parula m. a horse L

paruṣa

1. paruṣa See under paru

pare

1. parê (parā-√i
2. for 1. See p. 589, col. 1), P. parâiti (Impv. 2. 3. sg. párêhi, parâitu
3. pr. p. parā-yát
4. ind. p. parêtya), to go or run away, go along, go towards (acc.) RV. &c. &c
5. to depart, die RV. AV
6. to reach, attain, partake of (acc.) MBh. Kir

⋙pareta

1. párêta mfn. departed, deceased, dead RV. AV. Yājñ
2. m. a kind of spectre, a ghost, spirit L
3. -kalpa mfn. almost dead R
4. -bhartṛ m. 'lord of the departed', N. of Yama Śiś
5. -bhūmi f. 'place of the departed', a cemetery Kum
6. -rāj (L.), -rāja (Naish.), m. = -bhartṛ L
7. ○tâcarita mfn. frequented or inhabited by the dṭdeparted Daś
8. ○tâvāsa m. = -bhūmi ib

⋙pareti

1. párêti f. departure RV

⋙pareyivas

1. parêyivás mfn. one who has departed or died RV

parekṣ

1. parêkṣ = parā-√īkṣ (Pot. párêkṣeta
2. ind. p. parêkṣya), to look at (anything at one's side) TS. ŚBr

pareṇa

1. pareṇa See under 1. pára, p. 586, col. 2

paredyavi

1. pare-dyavi pare-dyus &c. See p. 589, col. 1

pareman

1. páreman prob. wṛ. for parīman SV

pareṣṭu

1. pareṣṭu and ○ṭukā f. a cow which has often calved L

paroṃhu

1. paroṃhu parokṣa &c. See under paro, p. 589, col. 1

paroṣṇī

1. paroṣṇī f. a cockroach (also written ○ṣṭī) L
2. N. of a river Rājat. (Cf. paruṣṇī under paruṣa.)

parka

1. parka See madhu-p○

parkaṭa

1. parkaṭa m. a heron L
2. (ī), f. Ficus Infectoria (-vṛkṣa). Hit. (also ○ṭī L.)
3. a fresh betel-nut L
4. n. regret, anxiety L

parjanya

1. parjánya m. (√pṛc, or pṛj ?) a raincloud, cloud RV. &c. &c. [Page 606, Column]
2. rain Bhag. iii, 14
3. rain personified or the god of rain (often identified with Indra) RV. &c. &c
4. N. of one of the 12 Ādityas Hariv
5. of a Deva-gandharva or Gandharva MBh. Hariv
6. of a Ṛishi in several Manv-antaras Hariv. MārkP
7. of a Prajā-pati (father of Hiraṇya-roman) VP
8. (○nyā or ○nī), f. Curcuma Aromatica or Xanthorrhiza L. [Cf. Goth. fairguni ; Icel fi"rgyn ; Lith. perkúnas.]

⋙parjanyakrandya

1. ○krandya (○ján○), mfn. muttering like Parjanya or a rain-cloud RV

⋙parjanyajinvita

1. ○jinvita (○ján○), mfn. impelled by Parjanya ib

⋙parjanyanātha

1. ○nātha m. having PṭParjanya as protector or patron MW

⋙parjanyaninada

1. ○ninada m. 'Parjanya's sound', thunder R

⋙parjanyapatnī

1. ○patnī (○ján○), f. having Parjanya for husband AV

⋙parjanyaprayoga

1. ○prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙parjanyaretas

1. ○retas (○ján○), mfn. sprung from the seed of Parjanya, i.e. nourished by rain (as reed) RV

⋙parjanyavṛddha

1. ○vṛddha (○ján○), mfn. nourished by Parjanya or the rain-cloud (as Soma) ib

⋙parjanyaśānti

1. ○śānti f. N. of wk

⋙parjanyasūkta

1. ○sū7kta n. a hymn to PṭParjanya (as RV. v, 83) Cat

⋙parjanyātman

1. parjányâtman mfn. having the nature of Parjanya TS

⋙parjanyāvāta

1. parjányā-vā́ta m. du. the god of rain and the god of wind RV

parṇ

1. parṇ cl. 10. P. parṇayati (Dhātup. xxxv, 84, a), to be green or verdant (prob. Nom. fr. next or invented to explain it)

≫parṇa

1. parṇá n. a pinion, feather (also of an arrow), wing RV. &c. Br. MBh
2. a leaf (regarded as the plumage of a tree) RV. &c. &c. (ifc. f. ā, but in N. of plants ī
3. Pāṇ. 4-1, 64)
4. the Pān or betel leaf L
5. m. Butea Frondosa (a large-leaved sacred tree whose wood is used for making sacred vessels, later generally called palāśa) RV. AV. Br. Yājñ. (-tvá n. MaitrS.)
6. N. of a teacher VāyuP. (cf. g. śivâdi)
7. (pl.) of a people VP
8. of a place, iv, 2, 145
9. (ī), f. a collect. N. of 4 plants ending with parṇī Car
10. Pistia Stratiotes L
11. the leaf of Asa Foetida (?) L. [According to Uṇ. iv, 6 fr. √pṝ. but more probably fr. a √pṛ, orig. spṛ ; Lith. sparna ; HGerm. varn, Farn ; Angl. Sax. fearn ; Eng. fern.]

⋙parṇakaṣāyaniṣpakva

1. ○kaṣāyá-niṣpakva (ŚBr.) and mfn. boiled with the juice of the bark of the Butea Frondosa or with the juice of any leaves

⋙parṇakaṣāyapakva

1. ○kaṣāyapakva (KātyŚr.), mfn. boiled with the juice of the bark of the Butea Frondosa or with the juice of any leaves

⋙parṇakāra

1. ○kāra m. a vender of betel lṭleaves

⋙parṇakuṭikā

1. ○kuṭikā or f. a hut made of lṭleaves L

⋙parṇakuṭī

1. ○kuṭī f. a hut made of leaves L

⋙parṇakṛcchra

1. ○kṛcchra m. 'leaf-penance', living for a time upon an infusion of leaves and Kuśa grass as a religious observance Vishṇ. Yājñ

⋙parṇakhaṇḍa

1. ○khaṇḍa m. a tree without apparent blossoms, any tree L

⋙parṇacara

1. ○cara m. 'leafstalker', a kind of deer L

⋙parṇacīrapaṭa

1. ○cīra-paṭa mfn. clad in a garment made of leaves (Śiva) MBh

⋙parṇacoraka

1. ○coraka m. a gall-nut L

⋙parṇatva

1. ○tvá n. the state of the Butea Frondosa MaitrS

⋙parṇadatta

1. ○datta m. N. of a man L

⋙parṇadhi

1. ○dhí m. 'feather-holder', the part of an arrow to which the feather are fastened AV

⋙parṇadhvas

1. ○dhvas mfn. (nom. t) causing the falling of leaves Sch. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 76 &c

⋙parṇanara

1. ○nara m. 'man of leaves', an effigy stuffed with leaves or made of leaves and burnt as a substitute for a lost corpse Cat

⋙parṇanāla

1. ○nāla m. a leaf-stalk, petiole Śaṃk

⋙parṇapuṭa

1. ○puṭa m. n. a leaf rolled into the shape of a funnel MBh. R

⋙parṇapuruṣa

1. ○puruṣa m. (prob. = -nara) N. of wk

⋙parṇaprātyika

1. ○prātyika m. or n. N. of a place Rājat. (wṛ. for prāsika ?)

⋙parṇaprāśanin

1. ○prâśanin (Bālar.),

⋙parṇabhakṣa

1. ○bhakṣa (Hariv.), mfn. feeding upon leaves

⋙parṇabhedinī

1. ○bhedinī f. the Priyaṅgu tree L

⋙parṇabhojana

1. ○bhojana mfn. = -bhakṣa
2. m. any animal eating leaves, a goat L

⋙parṇamaṇi

1. ○maṇí m. a kind of magical instrument (made of Priyaṅgu wood ?) AV

⋙parṇamaya

1. ○máya mf(ī)n. made of the wood of the Butea Frondosa TS. TBr. Kāṭh
2. ○yī-tva n. Nyāyam. Comm

⋙parṇamācāla

1. ○mācāla (?), m. Averrhoa Carambola L

⋙parṇamuc

1. ○muc mfn. (nom. ṭ) = -dhvas Uṇ. ii, 22 Sch

⋙parṇamṛga

1. ○mṛga m. any animal which frequents the boughs of trees (as a monkey, squirrel &c.) Suśr

⋙parṇaruh

1. ○ruh mfn. (nom. ṭ) causing leaves to grow Uṇ. ii, 22 Sch

⋙parṇalatā

1. ○latā f. the betel plant L

⋙parṇavat

1. ○vat mfn. abounding in leaves, leafy Kāṭh. MBh

⋙parṇavalka

1. ○valká m. the bark of the Butea Frondosa (also pl.) TS. TBr. ĀpŚr
2. N. of a man, g. gargâdi

⋙parṇavallī

1. ○vallī f. a species of creeping plant L

⋙parṇavādya

1. ○vādya n. 'leaf-music', sounds produced by blowing into a folded leaves Hariv

⋙parṇavilāsinī

1. ○vilāsinī f. a partic. fragrant substance Gal

⋙parṇavī

1. ○vī́ mfn. 'wing-borne', carried by wings RV

⋙parṇavīṭikā

1. ○vīṭikā f. the Areca nut cut in pieces and sprinkled with spices and rolled up in betel leaves Rājat

⋙parṇaśada

1. ○śadá m. the falling of leaves AV. VS
2. ○dyá mfn. relating to it TS

⋙parṇaśabara

1. ○śabara m. pl. N. of a people MārkP
2. (ī), f. (prob.) N. of a divine female Cat

⋙parṇaśabda

1. ○śabda m. the rustling of leaves Pañc

⋙parṇaśayyā

1. ○śayyā f. a couch of leaves R

⋙parṇaśar

1. ○śar m. a leaf-stalk (esp. of the Butea Frondosa) AitBr

⋙parṇaśākhā

1. ○śākhā́ f. a bough of the BṭButea Frondosa ŚBr

⋙parṇaśāda

1. ○śāda m. = -śada Kāṭh

⋙parṇaśālā

1. ○śālā f. 'leaf-hut', an arbour R. Ragh. Kād. (esp. as the dwelling of a Buddhist monk RTL. 81 ; 430) [Page 606, Column]
2. N. of a great settlement of Brāhmans in Madhya-deśa between the Yamunā and Gaṅgā MBh
3. ○lâgra m. N. of a mountain in Bhadrâśva MārkP
4. ○lāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be like an arbour Naish

⋙parṇaśuṣ

1. ○śuṣ mfn. (nom. ṭ) drying or shrivelling leaves Uṇ. ii, 22 Sch

⋙parṇasaṃstara

1. ○saṃstara m. having leaves for a bed, sleeping on leaves MW

⋙parṇāḍhaka

1. parṇâḍhaka m. N. of a man
2. pl. of his descendants, g. yaskâdi

⋙parṇāda

1. parṇâda m. 'feeding upon leaves', N. of an ancient sage MBh
2. of a Brāhman Nal

⋙parṇāśa

1. parṇâśa (or ○sa), m. Cedrela Toona or a species of Basilicum Hariv. L
2. (ā), f. N. of sev. rivers MBh. Hariv. Pur

⋙parṇāśana

1. parṇâśana n. the feeding on leaves SaṃhUp
2. m. a cloud W

⋙parṇāśin

1. parṇâśin mfn. feeding on leaves Vishṇ

⋙parṇāsi

1. parṇâsi m. Ocymum Sanctum W

⋙parṇāhāra

1. parṇâhāra mfn. = ○ṇâśin R

⋙parṇoṭaja

1. parṇôṭaja n. 'leaf-hut', an hermitage Uttarar

⋙parṇotsa

1. parṇôtsa m. N. of a village Rājat

≫parṇaka

1. párṇaka m. = bhilla Mahīdh
2. N. of a man
3. pl. of his descendants, g. upakâdi
4. (ikā), f. a kind of vegetable Car
5. N. of an Apsaras Hariv

≫parṇaya

1. parṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to be green Dhātup

≫parṇaya

1. parṇáya m. N. of an enemy ('of an Asura' Sāy.) slain by Indra RV

⋙parṇayaghna

1. ○ghná n. the slaying of Parṇaya ib

≫parṇala

1. parṇala mfn. full of leaves, leafy, g. sidhmâdi
2. ○lī-bhūta mfn. being leafy or green Bhaṭṭ

≫parṇasa

1. parṇasa mfn. g. tṛṇâdi

≫parṇasi

1. parṇasi m. (only L.) a house upon or by the water
2. a lotus
3. a vegetable
4. adorning, decoration

≫parṇika

1. parṇika mf(ī)n. selling or dealing in Parṇī, g. kisarâdi

≫parṇin

1. parṇín mfn. winged, plumed RV
2. leafy ib
3. made of the wood of the Butea Frondosa R
4. m. a tree MBh
5. Butea Frondosa L
6. (○ṇinī), f. a species of plant Suśr
7. a collect. N. for 4 partic. plants Car
8. N. of an Apsaras Hariv

⋙ṇilatā

1. ṇi-latā f. Piper Betle L

≫parṇila

1. parṇila mfn. leafy Uṇ. iii, 6 Sch

≫parṇīya

1. parṇīya mfn. g. utkarâdi

≫parṇya

1. parṇyá mfn. relating to leaves, leafy TS

parṇāla

1. parṇāla m. a boat L
2. a spade or hoe L
3. single combat L

partṛ

1. partṛ́ (√pṛ), only instr. pl., with aids, helpfully RV

pard

1. pard cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. ii, 28) to break wind downwards Sarasv. i, 25. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. pe1do, [606,] po1dex ; Lith. pérdś3u ; Germ. farśen, furśen ; Angl. Sax. feortan ; Eng. fart.]

≫parda

1. parda m. breaking wind downwards L
2. thick hair L

⋙pardana

1. parḍdana n. breaking wind L

≫pardi

1. pardi m. or f. N. of a person L

parp

1. parp cl. 1. P. parpati, to go Dhātup. xi, 18 (a doubtful √and questionably connected with the following words)

≫parpa

1. parpa n. a wheel-chair (for cripples) Siddh
2. young grass
3. a house Uṇ. iii, 28 Sch

≫parpaṭa

1. parpaṭa m. a species of medicinal plant Suśr. (Hedyotis Burmanniana or Mollugo Pentaphylla L.)
2. a kind of thin cake made of rice or pease-meal and baked in grease L
3. (ī), f. a red-colouring Oldenlandia Bhpr
4. a kind of fragrant earth L
5. a thin crisp cake (prob. = m.) W

⋙parpaṭadruma

1. ○druma m. a kind of tree (= kumbhī-vṛkṣa) L. (also ○TI-dr○)

≫parpaṭaka

1. parpaṭaka m. a species of medicinal plant (= ○paṭa) Suśr. Car. Bhpr
2. (ī), f. the same or some other med. plant Car

≫parpaṭi

1. parpaṭi m. (with rāja-putra) N. of a poet Cat

≫parpika

1. parpika m. (and ○kī f.) a cripple who moves about by the aid of a chair Pāṇ. 4-4, 10 Sch

parparī

1. parparī f. a braid of hair L

parparīka

1. parparīka m. the sun (√pṝ Uṇ. iv, 19 Sch.)
2. fire L
3. a tank or piece of water L

parparīṇa

1. parparīṇa m. (only L.) the vein of a leaf
2. = parṇa-cūrṇa-rasa
3. = dyūta-kam-bala
4. n. = parvan

parpharīka

1. parpharī́ka m. one who tears to pieces or fills RV. x, 106, 6 (Sāy.)

parb

1. parb cl. 1. P. parbati, to go, move Nalac. (Dhātup. xi, 21
2. cf. parp)

parmāḍi

1. parmāḍi m. N. of a prince of Karṇāṭa (v. l. ○māṇḍi) Rājat

paryak

1. pary-ak ind. (orig. n. of an unusual pary-añc [Page 607, Column]
2. cf. praty-añc &c.) round about, in every direction BhP

paryagu

1. paryagu mfn. (?) in pāramahaṃsyap○ BhP. iv, 21, 40

paryagni

1. pary-agni m. circumambient fire (either a torch carried round the sacrificial animal or = next) Br

⋙paryagnikaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. the ceremony of carrying fire round the sacrificial animal GṛŚrS
2. ○ṇīya mfn. relating to this ceremony TBr. Sch

⋙paryagnikartṛ

1. ○kartṛ
2. m. one who carries fire round the sacrificial animal MānŚr

⋙paryagnikṛ

1. ○√kṛ (ind. p. -kṛtvā, or -kṛtya), to carry fire round (acc.) Br. Āpast

⋙paryagnikṛta

1. ○kṛta (pár○), mfn. encircled with fire Br

⋙paryagnikriyamāṇa

1. ○kriyamāṇa mfn. being encircled with fire
2. (e), ind. during the encircling with fire AitBr

paryaṅkh

1. pary-√aṅkh (only 3. sg. Subj. Ā. pary-aṅkháyāte), to clasp or encircle round RV. x, 16, 7

paryaṅgya

1. pary-aṅgya mfn. (pari + aṅga) being about or at the side ŚBr

paryañc

1. pary-√añc (only 1. sg. pr. P. páryacāmi), to turn about or round, revolve RV. x, 119, 5

≫paryaṅka

1. pary-aṅka m. (also paly○ Pāṇ. 8-2, 22) a bed, couch, sofa, litter, palanquin KaushUp. MBh. Kāv. &c. (also ○kikā f. Kād
2. ○kī-kṛta mfn. turned into a couch Gīt.)
3. a partic. mode of sitting on the ground (a squatting position assumed by ascetics and Buddhists in meditation) Buddh. (cf. below)
4. a cloth wound round the back and loins and knees while so sitting L
5. N. of a mountain (son of Vindhya) L

⋙paryaṅkagranthibandha

1. ○granthi-bandha m. the bending of the legs crossways under the body in sitting Mṛicch. i, 1

⋙paryaṅkapaṭṭikā

1. ○paṭṭikā (Bhpr.),

⋙paryaṅkapādikā

1. ○pādikā (L.), f. a species of Lupinus

⋙paryaṅkabaddha

1. ○baddha mfn. sitting with the legs bent crossways under the body, squatting Buddh

⋙paryaṅkabandha

1. ○bandhá m. (Kum.),

⋙paryaṅkabandhana

1. ○bandhana n. (L.) the act of sitting with the legs bent and binding a cloth round the back and loins and knees

⋙paryaṅkabhogin

1. ○bhogin m. a kind of serpent MW

⋙paryaṅkastha

1. ○stha mfn. sitting on a sofa ib

paryaṭ

1. pary-√aṭ P. Ā. pary-aṭati, ○te (Impv. pary-aṭasva
2. fut. pary-aṭiṣyati), to roam or wander about, travel over (acc. or loc.) MBh. Kāv. Pañc

⋙paryaṭa

1. pary-ḍaṭa m. pl. N. of a people R

⋙paryaṭaka

1. pary-ḍaṭaka m. a tramp, vagabond Mṛicch. Sch

⋙paryaṭana

1. pary-ḍaṭana n. wandering about, roaming through (gen. or comp.) Pañc. BhP

⋙paryaṭita

1. pary-ḍaṭita mfn. one who has roamed or wandered Pañc
2. n. = prec. ib

paryadhyayana

1. pary-adhyayana mfn. averse from study Pāṇ. 2-2, 18 Vārtt. 4 Pat

paryan

1. pary-√an P. pary-aniti Pāṇ. 8-4, 20 Vārtt. 1 Pat

paryanubandha

1. pary-anu-bandha m. (√bandh) binding round L

paryanuyuj

1. pary-anu-√yuj (ind. p. -yujya Naish.), to ply with questions

⋙paryanuyukta

1. pary-anu-ḍyukta mfn. asked, questioned Car

⋙paryanuyoktavya

1. pary-anu-ḍyoktavya mfn. to be questioned, to be urged to answer a question Śaṃk

⋙paryanuyoga

1. pary-anu-ḍyoga m. asking, inquiring, questioning ĀpŚr. Sch
2. an inquiry with the object of refuting a statement L
3. censure, reproach Yājñ. Sch

⋙paryanuyojya

1. pary-anu-ḍyojya mfn. to be blamed or censured (jyôpêkṣaṇa n. omitting to blame what ought to be blamed) Nyāyas. Sarvad

paryanta

1. pary-antá m. circuit, circumference, edge, limit, border
2. side, flank, extremity, end TBr. MBh. Kāv. &c. (ifc. 'bounded by', 'extending as far as' [f. ā]
3. or ibc. 'adjoining, neighbouring')
4. (am), ind. entirely, altogether, Śukas
5. (ifc.) to the end of, as far as Kap
6. paryantāt paryantam, from one end to the other Var
7. (e), ind. at the end Kathās
8. mf(ā)n. coming to an end with, being a match for Lalit
9. extending in all directions Hariv. (v. l. pary-asta)

⋙paryantadeśa

1. ○deśa m. a neighbouring or adjacent district Hariv

⋙paryantaparvata

1. ○parvata m. an adjoining hill L

⋙paryantabhū

1. ○bhū f. ground contiguous to the skirts of a river or mountain W

⋙paryantasaṃsthita

1. ○saṃsthita (Ṛit.),

⋙paryantastha

1. ○stha (Kathās.),

⋙paryantasthita

1. ○sthita (W.), mfn. limitative, confining, neighbouring

≫paryantikā

1. paryantikā f. loss of all good qualities, depravity L

≫paryantīkṛ

1. paryantī-√kṛ to finish
2. -kṛta mfn. finished Divyâv

≫paryantīya

1. paryantīya mfn. being at the end ĀpŚr

paryanya

1. paryanya wṛ. for parjanya. [Page 607, Column]

paryanviṣ

1. pary-anv-iṣ √3. P. -icchati, to seek for, search after MBh

paryaya

1. pary-aya pary-ayaṇa, pary-āya, See under 2. parī7

paryarṣaṇa

1. pary-arṣaṇa See under pary-ṛṣ

paryavakṝ

1. pary-ava-√kṝ P. -kirati, to scatter round or about, shed over MBh

paryavacchid

1. pary-avacchid (ava + √chid), P. -cchinatti (-cchinadāni), to cut off on both sides or all round AitBr

paryavadāta

1. pary-ava-dāta mfn. (√dai) perfectly clean or pure Kād
2. very accomplished Divyâv
3. well acquainted or conversant with (loc.) Car. (-tva n.)
4. well known, very familiar ib

⋙paryavadātaśruta

1. ○śruta mfn. perfectly skilled in art (-tā f.) Car

paryavado

1. pary-ava-√do P. -dyati, to cut off or slice all round TS

⋙paryavadāna

1. pary-ava-ḍdāna n. complete destruction or disappearance Lalit

⋙paryavadāpayitṛ

1. pary-ava-ḍdāpayitṛ m. (fr. Caus.) a distributor Divyâv

paryavadhāraṇa

1. pary-ava-dhāraṇa n. (√dhṛ) precise determination, careful consideration, refining, subtilizing Vedântas. Sch

paryavanaddha

1. pary-ava-naddha mfn. (√nah) overgrown Divyâv

paryavanud

1. pary-ava-√nud P. -nudati, to push towards (acc.) TāṇḍBr

paryavapanna

1. pary-ava-panna mfn. (√pad) broken down, destroyed, annihilated, frustrated Pat

⋙paryavapāda

1. pary-ava-ḍpāda m. transformation ib
2. ○dya mfn. effecting transformation ib

paryavarodha

1. pary-ava-rodha m. (√rudh) obstruction, hindrance L

paryavaśiṣ

1. pary-ava-√śiṣ (only Pot. -śiṣyet), to border, circumscribe Vait

⋙paryavaśeṣa

1. pary-ava-ḍśeṣa m. end, termination MW

⋙paryavaśeṣita

1. pary-ava-ḍśeṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) left remaining BhP
2. regarded as the end of all (i.e. God) MW

paryavaṣṭambh

1. pary-ava-ṣṭambh (√stambh
2. Pass. -ṣṭabhyate ind. p. -ṣṭabhya), to surround, invest Kāv

⋙paryavaṣṭabdha

1. pary-ava-ḍṣṭabdha mfn. surrounded, invested Mālatīm

⋙paryavaṣṭambhana

1. pary-ava-ḍṣṭambhana n. surrounding, investing Uttarar

paryavasṛp

1. pary-ava-√sṛp P. -sarpati, to creep up to, approach in a creeping manner ŚāṅkhBr

paryavaso

1. pary-ava-√so P. -syati, to result or end in, amount to (loc. or acc. with prati) Kāv. Sāh
2. to finish, complete, conclude, include MW
3. to endeavour ib
4. to perish, be lost, decline A

⋙paryavasāna

1. pary-ava-sāna n. end, termination, conclusion, issue (āt ind. in consequence of) Gobh. Nāg. Hit
2. comprehending, including, amounting to (loc.) Sarvad

⋙paryavasānika

1. pary-ava-sānika mfn. coming to a close, tending towards an end MBh. (v. l. pāryavas○)

⋙paryavasāya

1. pary-ava-sāya m. = ○sāna
2. ifc. = next Bālar

⋙paryavasāyin

1. pary-ava-sāyin mfn. ending with, amounting to Uttarar. Śaṃk. (○yi-tva n.)

⋙paryavasita

1. pary-ava-sita (pary-áva-), mfn. living farther off (= not quite near) ŚBr. Sch
2. (with lokântaram) departed to Uttarar
3. finished, concluded, ended MBh. Kāv. &c
4. amounting to (loc.) Śaṃk
5. resolved, settled, definitive Sāh
6. -mati mfn. thoroughly acquainted or familiar with (loc.) BhP

paryavaskanda

1. pary-ava-skanda m. (√skand) the act of jumping down (from a carriage) MBh

paryavasthā

1. pary-ava-√sthā Ā. -tiṣṭhate, to become firm or steady Bhag
2. to fill, pervade (acc.) MBh.: Caus. -sthāpayati, to comfort, encourage ib

⋙paryavasthā

1. pary-ava-sthā f

⋙paryavasthāna

1. pary-ava-sthāna n. opposition, contradiction L

⋙paryavasthātṛ

1. pary-ava-sthātṛ mfn. opposing
2. an antagonist, adversary MBh. Pāṇ. 5-2, 89

⋙paryavasthita

1. pary-ava-sthita mfn. standing, stationed
2. (with loc.) contained in, devoted or attached to, intent upon, occupied with MBh. R. Hariv
3. merry, content, comfortable, of good cheer ib

paryavāp

1. pary-avâp (ava + √āp), P. -avâpnoti, to study Divyâv

paryave

1. pary-avê (ava-√i), P. -avâiti (Pot. -avêyāt), to turn round, turn in the right direction AitBr
2. to pass, elapse ŚBr

⋙paryaveta

1. pary-ḍavêta mfn. elapsed, expired Kauś. HirGṛ

paryavekṣ

1. pary-avêkṣ (ava-√īkṣ), Ā. -avêkṣate, to regard from every side MBh. [Page 607, Column]
2. to look down upon KaushUp

paryaś

1. pary-aś √1. P. -aśnoti, (Pot. -aśyāt), to arrive at, reach, attain RV

paryaś

1. pary-aś √2. P. -aśnāti, to eat before another (acc.), to pass over a person at a meal (instr.) MBh

paryaśru

1. pary-aśru mfn. bathed in tears, shedding tears, tearful MBh. Kāv. Rājat

paryas

1. pary-as √1. P. pary-asti, (3. du. pári-ṣṭaḥ
2. 2. pl. pári-ṣṭha
3. pf. páry-āsa), to be in the way of (acc.) RV
4. to Pass or spend time ib

paryas

1. pary-as √2 P. Ā. pary-asyati, ○te, to throw or cast or place round AV. AitBr
2. to spread round, diffuse Kir
3. to entrap, ensnare (Ā. aor. 3. du. pary-āsiṣātām Pāṇ. 3-1, 52 Sch.)
4. to turn round, wallow (ind. p. pary-asya) Amar
5. to throw down, overturn, upset (aor. pary-āsthat) ŚBr. Mn. Kathās.: Pass. pary-asyate (aor. pary-āsthata Pāṇ. 3-1, 52 Sch.), to tall down, drop: Caus. pary-āsayati, to cause to roll down or shed (as tears) Ragh

⋙paryasana

1. pary-ḍasana n. throwing or tossing about Car
2. casting, sending W
3. putting off or away ib

⋙paryasta

1. pary-ḍasta mfn. thrown or cast about, spread, diffused MBh. Kum. Amar
2. surrounded, encompassed, ensnared R. Bhartṛ
3. strung, filed on (comp.) Daś
4. overturned, upset, inverted, changed Bhartṛ
5. struck, killed L
6. dismissed, laid aside ib
7. -vat mfn. containing the notion expressed by the word pary-asta AitBr
8. -vilocana (Kum.), -"ṣastâkṣá (AV.), mfn. having the eyes cast or directed round, rolling the eyes

⋙paryasti

1. pary-ḍasti f. sitting upon the heels or hams L

⋙paryastikā

1. pary-ḍastikā f. id. Suśr
2. a bed W
3. -"ṣkâkṛti mfn. one who has sprained both his shoulders L

≫paryāsa

1. pary-āsá m. edging, trimming ŚBr
2. rotation, resolution BhP
3. end, conclusion (N. of partic. concluding strophes in certain hymns) Br. ŚrS
4. inverted order or position W

⋙paryāsana

1. pary-ḍāsana n. (fr. Caus.) revolution MBh

⋙paryāsita

1. pary-ḍāsita See a-paryāsita

paryastamayam

1. pary-astamayam ind. about sunset ŚāṅkhŚr

paryahna

1. pary-ahna m. APrāt. Comm

paryākula

1. pary-ākula mf(ā)n. full of, filled with (comp.) MBh. R. Hariv
2. disordered, confused, excited, bewildered MBh. Kāv. &c
3. turbid (as water) MW

⋙paryākulatva

1. ○tva n. confusion, bewilderment Kum

≫paryākulaya

1. pary-ākulaya Nom. P. ○yati, to disturb, excite, bewilder Śak. (Pi.) i, 31/32

≫paryākulīkṛ

1. pary-ākulī-√kṛ id. ib. (v. l.)

⋙paryākulīkṛbhū

1. pary-ākulī-√kṛ--√bhū to be confused or bewildered R

paryākṛ

1. pary-ā-√kṛ (only Pass. p. -kriyamāṇa and -kṛta), to turn round AV.: Desid. (p. pary-ā-cikīrṣat) to wish to turn round TS

paryākṣip

1. pary-ā-√kṣip P. -kṣipati, to wind round, bind with (instr.) Kum

paryākhyāna

1. pary-ā-khyāna n. (√khyā) Pāṇ. 2-4, 54 Vārtt. 7 Pat

paryāgam

1. pary-ā-√gam P. -gacchati, to go round, elapse, last, live MBh

⋙paryāgata

1. pary-ḍā́gata mfn. revolved, anything that has made its revolution, elapsed, passed (as a year) TS
2. finished, done MBh
3. inveterate ib
4. (with punar) returned to life ib
5. (ifc.) encircled, ensnared, being in a person's power ib

paryāgal

1. pary-ā-√gal P. -galati, to drop or trickle down on every side Bhaṭṭ

paryāgā

1. pary-ā-√gā (only aor. -āgāt, 3. pl. -ā́gur), to pursue, be intent upon (acc.) RV. i, 88, 4
2. to perform a revolution, elapse (as time) MBh

paryācar

1. pary-ā-√car P. -cárati, to come near, approach RV. AV

paryācānta

1. pary-ācānta mfn. (√cam) sipped prematurely (as water in ācamana, q.v.)
2. (with annam), n. food left by a person after sipping Mn. iv, 212

paryācita

1. pary-ā-cita n. (prob.) N. of a place, g. ācitâdi

paryāṇa

1. paryāṇa n. (for pari-yāṇa
2. √yā) a circuit (or mfn. forming a circuit) AitBr. iv, 17) [Page 608, Column]
3. a saddle Var. Kathās

⋙paryāṇaya

1. paryāḍṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to saddle Nalac

⋙paryāṇita

1. paryāḍṇita mfn. saddled Kād

paryāṇah

1. pary-ā-ṇah (√nah), P. -ṇahyati, to cover up, cover ŚBr

⋙paryāṇaddha

1. pary-ḍā́ṇaddha mfn. covered (?) AV. xiv, 2, 12

⋙paryāṇahana

1. pary-ḍāṇahana See soma-paryāṇ○

paryāṇī

1. pary-ā-ṇī (√nī), P. -ṇayati (but Impv. pary-ânayata MBh. i, 5446), to lead round ŚBr. GṛS. MBh
2. to lead or bring forward RV. MBh

paryātan

1. pary-ā-√tan P. -tanoti, to spread round, encompass, surround ŚBr

paryādā

1. pary-ā-√dā Ā. -datte (Pot. -dadīta ind. p. -dāya), to make one's own, take away from (abl.) RV. Br
2. to take off (any liquid) Suśr. Car
3. to seize, snatch MBh
4. to appropriate, learn MBh

paryādāna

1. pary-ā-dāna n. (√do ?) end, exhaustion Divyâv

paryādru

1. pary-ā-dru P. -dravati, to run to and fro BhP

paryādhā

1. pary-ā-√dhā P. -dadhāti (Impv. 2. pl. -dhatta), to lay round, surround (with fire) AV

⋙paryādhādhātṛ

1. pary-ā-√dhḍādhātṛ m. a younger brother who has set up the sacred fire previously to the elder Gaut

≫paryāhita

1. pary-āhita m. an elder brother previously to whom the younger has set up the sacred fire Gaut. ĀpŚr

paryāntam

1. pary-āntam ind. (prob.) wṛ. for pary-antam, as far as, up to (comp.) Āpast

paryāp

1. pary-√āp P. -āpnoti (Impv. -āpnuhi
2. pf. -āpa), to reach, obtain, attain, gain RV. TS. ŚBr
3. to make an end of, be content MBh.: Caus. -āpayati (ind. p. -āpya), to perform, do Rājat.: Desid. parī7psati, to wish to obtain or reach, desire Mn. MBh. &c
4. to wish to preserve, guard MBh
5. to wish to get at, lie in wait or ambush ib

≫parīpsā

1. parī7psā f. (fr. Desid.) desire of obtaining or preserving MBh
2. haste, hurry Pāṇ. 3-4, 52

⋙parīpsu

1. parī7psu mfn. wishing to obtain or preserve MBh
2. desirous of finding out or ascertaining Kir. iii, 4

≫paryāpta

1. pary-āpta mfn. obtained, gained Uttarar
2. finished, completed, full Up. Kālid
3. extensive, spacious, large Hariv
4. abundant, copious, many Kāv
5. sufficient for (dat. or gen.)
6. adequate, equal to, a match for (gen., dat
7. loc. or inf., Pāṇ. 3-4, 66) MBh. Kāv. &c
8. limited in number MW
9. (am), ind. fully, completely, enough, one's fill Kāv
10. willingly, readily L
11. -kala mfn. having full digits (as the moon) Ragh
12. -kāma mfn. one whose desires are accomplished or allayed MuṇḍUp
13. -candra mf(ā)n. adorned by the full moon (as a night) Kum
14. -tā f. copiousness, abundance Kathās
15. satisfaction, gratification MW
16. -dakṣiṇa mfn. accompanied with liberal gifts (as a sacrifice) Ragh
17. -nayana mfn. having a sufficient number of eyes Hariv
18. -bhoga mfn. possessing or enjoying a sufficiency Mn. Yājñ
19. -vat mfn. able, capable Ragh. (cf. a-pary○)

⋙paryāpti

1. pary-ḍāpti (páry-), f. end, conclusion ŚBr
2. entireness, fulness, sufficiency MBh. Kathās. Rājat. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-4, 66)
3. adequacy, competency, fitness for (comp.) Kathās. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 16
4. obtaining, acquisition L
5. self-defence, warding off a blow L
6. (in phil.) distinction of objects according to their natural properties W

paryāpat

1. pary-ā-√pat P. -patati (pf. 3. pl. -petuḥ), to hasten forth, hurry or run away MBh. R
2. -patat mf(antī)n. hurrying or rushing about Śiś. v, 24

paryāplu

1. pary-ā-√plu Caus. -plāvayati, to make float round TBr

⋙paryāplāva

1. pary-ā-ḍplāvá m. turning round, revolution TS. Kāṭh

⋙paryāpluta

1. pary-ā-ḍpluta mfn. surrounded, encircled MBh

paryābhū

1. pary-ā-√bhū (only aor. pary-âbhūt), to turn upside down (intrans.) ŚBr

paryābhṛ

1. pary-ā-√bhṛ P. -bharati, to carry near, fetch from (abl.) RV

⋙paryābhṛta

1. pary-ā́bhṛta mfn. fetched or extracted from (abl.) ib

paryāmuc

1. pary-ā-√muc P. -muñcati, to make loose or take off on all sides Sāṃkhyak. Sch

paryāmṛś

1. pary-ā-√mṛś P. -mṛśati, to subdue, conquer, overpower MW

paryāya

1. pary-āya &c. See under 2. parī7. [Page 608, Column]

paryāyata

1. pary-āyata mfn. (√yam) extremely long or extended R

paryāyā

1. pary-ā-√yā (only Impv. -yāhi, -yātam), to approach from (abl.), come near RV

paryārin

1. pary-ārín mfn. (√4. ṛ) toiling a long time without success, attaining one's object in the end (after long effort) TS. ŚBr. Kāṭh

paryāruh

1. pary-ā-√ruh P. -róhati, to rise from (abl.) RV

paryālī

1. paryālī ind. (with √kṛ, bhū, and as), g. ūry-ādi

paryāloc

1. pary-ā-√loc Caus. -locayati (ind. p. -locya), to look after, attend to, consider, ponder Subh. Vet

⋙paryāloca

1. pary-ā-ḍloca m. consideration, reflection HPariś

⋙paryālocana

1. pary-ā-ḍlocana n. id. Kull
2. (ā), f. id. ib. ĀpŚr. Sch
3. plan, design Kathās

⋙paryālecita

1. pary-ā-ḍlecita mfn. considered, pondered Kull
2. -vat mfn. Pañc

paryāvadāna

1. pary-āvadāna n. = pary-ava-dāna Kāraṇḍ

paryāvap

1. pary-ā-vap √2. P. -vapati, to add ŚBr

paryāvasatha

1. pary-āvasatha m. = maṭha, Śīl

paryāvila

1. pary-āvila mfn. very turbid, much soiled Ragh

paryāvṛt

1. pary-ā-√vṛt Ā. -vártate (ep. also ○ti Pot. -vartet Hariv
2. pf. -vavarta, -vavṛte MBh
3. aor. pary-ấ-vart RV
4. ind. p. pari-vṛtya ĀpŚr.), to turn round (intrans
5. trans. only ind. p.), turn away from (abl.), return to (dat.) RV. &c. &c
6. to be changed into (instr.) Kād
7. to get possessed of (acc.) Hariv.: Caus. -vartayati, to turn or roll round (trans.) TS. ŚBr
8. to change or barter against (Impv. 2. sg. ○tāt) ChUp. i, 5, 2: Desid. -vívṛtsati, to wish to roll round RV

⋙paryāvarta

1. pary-ā-ḍvarta m. return, exchange BhP

⋙paryāvartana

1. pary-ā-ḍvartana m. N. of a hell ib
2. n. coming back, returning KātyŚr. Sch

⋙paryāvartita

1. pary-ā-ḍvartita mfn. turned round, subverted, reversed MW

paryāvṛta

1. pary-ā-vṛta mfn. (√1. vṛ) veiled, covered Mālatīm

paryāśvas

1. pary-ā-√śvas P. -śvasili, or -śvasati, to breathe out, recover breath, take heart, be at ease MBh. R.: Caus. -śvāsayati, ○te, to comfort, console MBh

⋙paryāśvasta

1. pary-ā-ḍśvasta mfn. comforted, consoled, tranquil, at ease MBh

paryās

1. pary-√ās Ā. -āste (3. pl. -āsate
2. Pot. 3. sg. -āsīta), to sit or assemble round any one (acc.) RV. ŚBr
3. to remain sitting or inactive RV
4. to sue for (acc.) ib. x, 40, 7

paryāsa

1. pary-āsa ○sana, See pary- √2. as

paryāhṛ

1. pary-ā-√hṛ P. -harati, to hand over to (dat.) ŚBr
2. to overturn or turn upside down ib. ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙paryāhāra

1. pary-ā-ḍhāra m. a yoke worn across the shoulders in carrying a load L
2. conveying W
3. a load ib
4. a pitcher ib
5. storing grain ib

paryāhve

1. pary-ā-√hve Ā. -hvayate, to pronounce the Āhāva (s.v.) before and after AitBr

≫paryāhāva

1. pary-ā-hāva m. a partic. formula which precedes and follows a verse ib. Sāy

paryuka

1. paryuka m. N. of a man Rājat

paryukta

1. páry-ukta mfn. (√vac) bewitched by words, conjured AV

paryukṣ

1. pary-√ukṣ P. Ā. -ukṣati, ○te (ind. p. -ukṣya), to sprinkle round ŚrS

⋙paryukṣaṇa

1. pary-ḍukṣaṇa n. sprinkling round, sprinkling GṛŚrS
2. (ī), f. a vessel for sprinkling Kauś

paryuta

1. pary-uta See pari-ve, p. 601

paryutthā

1. pary-ut-thā (√sthā), P. -ut-tiṣṭhati, to rise from (abl.) RV
2. to appear to (acc.) TāṇḍBr

⋙paryutthāna

1. pary-ḍutthāna n. standing up, rising L

paryutsuka

1. pary-utsuka mf(ā)n. very restless, much excited R. Mālav
2. eagerly desirous, longing for (dat.) Ratnâv

⋙paryutsukatva

1. ○tva n. an ardent longing Ragh

⋙paryutsukībhū

1. pary-utsuḍkī-√bhū to be sorrowful or regretful Śak

paryutsṛj

1. pary-ut-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to give up, leave, abandon L. [Page 608, Column]

paryudañcana

1. pary-ud-añcana n. (√añc) debt L

paryudayam

1. pary-udayam ind. about sunrise KātyŚr

paryudas

1. pary-ud-as √2. P. -asyati, to reject, exclude MBh

⋙paryudasana

1. pary-ud-ḍasana n. exclusion Yogas. Sch

⋙paryudasitavya

1. pary-ud-ḍasitavya mfn. to be excluded or denied Pat

⋙paryudasta

1. pary-ud-ḍasta mfn. rejected, excluded Kull. on Mn. iii, 280
2. -tva n. ĀpŚr. Sch. Sāy

≫paryudāsa

1. pary-ud-āsa m. a prohibitive rule, exception Pāṇ. Sch. Kull

paryudita

1. pary-udita See pari-vad, p. 600

paryudbhṛta

1. pary-úd-bhṛta mfn. (√bhṛ) brought out, extracted from (abl.) RV

paryudvas

1. pary-ud-vas √5. Caus. -vāsayati, to take away, remove AV

paryudvij

1. pary-ud-√vij (only fut. -vijiṣyati). to shrink from, be afraid of (acc.) R

paryupalip

1. pary-upa-√lip P. -limpati, to smear all round Gobh

paryupaviś

1. pary-upa-√viś P. -viśati, to sit down round or near (acc.) ŚBr. ŚrS

⋙paryupaveśana

1. pary-upa-ḍveśana n. sitting about KātyŚr

paryupasthā

1. pary-upa-√sthā P. -tiṣṭhati, to be or stand round (acc.)
2. to attend, serve, honour with (instr.) MBh. R
3. (Ā.) to join KātyŚr. Sch

⋙paryupasthāna

1. pary-upa-sthāna n. waiting upon, serving R
2. rising, elevation L

⋙paryupasthāpaka

1. pary-upa-sthāpaka mfn. leading to or upon KātyŚr. Sch

⋙paryupasthita

1. pary-upa-sthita mfn. standing round, surrounding (acc.) MBh. R
2. drawing nigh, imminent, impending, it
3. slipped, escaped (as a word) R
4. intent upon, devoted to (loc.) ib

paryupaspṛś

1. pary-upa-√spṛś (only ind. p. -spṛśya), to touch or use (water) for the use of ablution or bathing MBh

paryupahve

1. pary-upa-√hve Ā. -hávate, to call near, invite RV

paryupāgata

1. pary-upâgata mfn. (√gam) standing round, surrounding BhP

paryupāvṛtta

1. pary-upâ-vṛtta mfn. (√vṛt) returned, come back R

paryupās

1. pary-upâs (-upa-√ās), Ā. -upâste (3. pl. -upâsate, Pot. 3. sg. -upâsīta
2. impf. 3. sg. -upâsat), to sit round, surround, encompass MBh. Kāv. &c
3. to be present at, share in, partake of (acc.) MBh
4. to approach respectfully, attend upon, worship Mn. MBh. &c.: Pass. -upâsyate, to be attended by (instr.) Ragh. x, 63

⋙paryupasaka

1. pary-ḍupásaka mfn. worshipping, a worshipper MBh. BhP

⋙paryupāsana

1. pary-ḍupâsana n. sitting round Śak. i, 25/26 (in Prākr.)
2. encamping round MBh
3. friendliness, courtesy Pratāp
4. pardon, excuse Sāh
5. honour, service, worship Kāraṇḍ. (also ā f. Divyâv.)
6. joining in or concurrence with any act of reverence W

⋙paryupāsita

1. pary-ḍupâsita mfn. shared in, witnessed MBh
2. worshipped, reverenced
3. -pūrva-tva n. the having reverenced in a former birth Divyâv

⋙paryupāsitṛ

1. pary-ḍupâsitṛ mfn. moving round or about (acc.) MBh
2. showing respect or honour, a worshipper ib

⋙paryupāsīna

1. pary-ḍupâsīna mfn. sitting upon Mn. ii, 75
2. surrounded by (instr.) R

⋙paryupāsya

1. pary-ḍupâsya mfn. to be worshipped or served Jātakam

paryupta

1. pary-upta ○ti, See pari- √2. vap

paryulūkhalam

1. pary-ulūkhalam ind., g. -parimukhâdi

paryuṣaṇa

1. pary-uṣaṇa ○ṣita, ○ṣṭa, See pari- √5. vas, p. 600

paryūrṇu

1. pary-√ūrṇu Ā. -ūrṇute, to cover or conceal one's self MaitrS

paryūh

1. pary-ūh √1. P. Ā. -ūhati, ○te, (impf. -auhat), to heap or pile round, to surround with mounds or embankments AV. VS. TS. Br

⋙paryūhana

1. pary-ḍūhana n. sweeping or heaping together KātyŚr

paryṛṣ

1. pary-ṛṣ √1. P. pary-árṣati, to flow round, to procure from every side by flowing RV

paryṛṣ

1. pary-ṛṣ √2. P. -ṛṣati, (3. pl. aor. pary-āriṣan = -ārṣan), to embrace, clasp round, support Br. KātyŚr. [Page 609, Column]

⋙paryarṣaṇa

1. pary-árṣaṇa n. clasping round, supporting, making firm ŚBr

parye

1. pary-ê (-ā-√i), P. -âiti (ind. p. étya), to roam about AitBr
2. to go round, circumambulate (acc.) ŚBr
3. to come back, return ChUp

paryetṛ

1. pary-etṛ pary-ehi, See 2. parī7

paryeṣaṇa

1. pary-eṣaṇa &c. See parī7ṣ

paryoga

1. paryoga m. or n. (for pari-y○
2. cf. paryāṇa for pari-y○) a kind of vehicle Car

paryoṣṭham

1. pary-oṣṭham ind., g. pari-mukhâdi

parv

1. parv cl. 1. P. parvati, to fill Dhātup. xv, 68 (cf. √pūrv, pṝ, marv)

≫parva

1. parva in comp. for ○van

⋙parvakāra

1. ○kāra mfn. (prob.) = next MBh. v, 1227 ('making arrows' or 'putting on a foreign dress' Nīlak.)

⋙parvakārin

1. ○kārin mfn. one who for the sake of gain performs on common days such ceremonies as should be performed only on festivals VP

⋙parvakāla

1. ○kāla m. a periodic change of the moon R. MārkP
2. the time at which the moon at its conjunction or opposition passes through the node MBh. Var
3. -nirṇaya m. N. of wk
4. -rāśi m. time for festivals Jyot

⋙parvagāmin

1. ○gāmin m. one who approaches his wife on festivals VP

⋙parvagupta

1. ○gupta m. N. of a man Rājat

⋙parvatantravidhi

1. ○tantra-vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙parvadakṣiṇā

1. ○dakṣiṇā f. the teacher's fee for teaching a partic. portion of the Veda Gobh

⋙parvadivasa

1. ○divasa m. the day of a periodic change of the moon Hcat

⋙parvadhi

1. ○dhi m. 'period-container', the moon L

⋙parvanādī

1. ○nādī f. 'moment of the Parvan', moment of opposition or conjunction MW

⋙parvanirṇaya

1. ○nirṇaya m. N. of wk

⋙parvapuṣpikā

1. ○puṣpikā (L.),

⋙parvapuṣpī

1. ○puṣpī (Car.), f. Tiaridium Indicum

⋙parvapūrṇatā

1. ○pūrṇatā f. preparations for or completion of a festival L
2. joining, uniting W

⋙parvaprakāśa

1. ○prakāśa and m. N. of wks

⋙parvaprabodha

1. ○prabodha m. N. of wks

⋙parvabhāga

1. ○bhāga m. the wrist Śak

⋙parvabheda

1. ○bheda m. violent pain in the joints Suśr

⋙parvamālā

1. ○mālā f. N. of wk

⋙parvamitra

1. ○mitra m. N. of a man HPariś

⋙parvamūla

1. ○mūla n. the time of new moon and full moon L
2. (ā), f. a species of plant L

⋙parvayoni

1. ○yoni mfn. growing from joints or knots
2. m. a cane or reed W

⋙parvaratnāvalī

1. ○ratnâvalī f. N. of wk

⋙parvaruh

1. ○ruh m. (nom. ṭ) the pomegranate tree L

⋙parvavat

1. ○vat mfn. containing knots or joints ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙parvavarja

1. ○varja mfn. except the forbidden days of a month MW

⋙parvavallī

1. ○vallī f. a species of Dūrvā L

⋙parvavipad

1. ○vipad m. the moon Gal

⋙parvaśarkaraka

1. ○śarkaraka m. N. of a man Rājat

⋙parvaśas

1. ○śás ind. limb by limb, limb from limb, piece by piece (○śaḥ-√kṛ to cut to pieces) RV

⋙parvaśāka

1. ○śāka m. a species of pot-herb Car

⋙parvasaṃgraha

1. ○saṃgraha m. N. of wk

⋙parvasaṃdhi

1. ○saṃdhi m. the full and change of the moon, the junction of the 15th and 1st of a lunar fortnight MBh. R. Hariv

⋙parvasambhava

1. ○sambhava m. N. of wk

⋙parvāṅgula

1. parvâṅgula n. a partic. measure of length, AmṛitUp

⋙parvāvadhi

1. parvâvadhi m. a joint or knot L
2. a partic. period, the end of a Parvan &c. W

⋙parvāsphoṭa

1. parvâsphoṭa m. cracking the fingers (regarded as indecorous) Kām

⋙parveśa

1. parvêśa m. the regent of an astronomical node Var

≫parvaka

1. parvaka n. the knee-joint L

≫parvaṇa

1. parvaṇa m. N. of a demon MBh
2. (ī), f. the period of a change of the moon ib. Hariv
3. a species of pot-herb (= parva-śāka) Car
4. a partic. disease of the so-called juncture or Saṃdhi of the eye Suśr. (also [○N�IkA])
5. ifc. = parvan, a knot BhP

≫parvata

1. párvata mfn. (fr. parvan, Pāṇ. 5-2, 122 Vārtt. 10 Pat.) knotty, rugged (said of mountains) RV. AV. (according to ĀpŚr. Sch. = parutka, parva-vat)
2. m. a mountain, mountain-range, height, hill, rock (often personified
3. ifc. f. ā) RV. &c. &c
4. an artificial mound or heap (of grain, salt, silver, gold &c. presented to Brāhmans, cf. -dāna)
5. the number 7 (from the 7 principal mountain-ranges) Sūryas
6. a fragment of rock, a stone (adrayaḥ parvatāḥ, the stones for pressing Soma) RV
7. a (mountain-like) cloud ib. (cf. Naigh. i, 10)
8. a tree L
9. a species of pot-herb L
10. a species of fish (Silurus Pabda) L
11. N. of a Vasu Hariv
12. of a Ṛishi (associated with Nārada and messenger of the gods, supposed author of RV. viii, 12 ; ix, 104, 105, where he has the patr. Kāṇva and Kāśyapa) MBh. Kathās
13. of a son of Paurṇamāsa (son of Marīci and Sambhūti) MārkP
14. of a minister of king Purū-ravas Vikr
15. of a monkey R
16. of one of the 10 religious orders founded by Saṃkarâcārya's pupils (whose members add the word parvata to their names) W
17. (ī́), f. a rock, stone VS

⋙parvatakandara

1. ○kandara n. mountain-cave Hit

⋙parvatakāka

1. ○kāka m. a raven L

⋙parvatakīlā

1. ○kīlā f. the earth Gal

⋙parvatacyut

1. ○cyút mfn. shaking mountains (Maruts) RV. [Page 609, Column]

⋙parvataja

1. ○ja mfn. 'mountains-born'
2. (ā), f. a river L

⋙parvatajāla

1. ○jāla n. mountains-range Hariv. R

⋙parvatatṛṇa

1. ○tṛṇa n. 'mountains-grass', a species of grass L

⋙parvatadāna

1. ○dāna n. a gift in shape of a mṭmountains (cf. above) Cat
2. -paddhati f. N. of wk

⋙parvatadurga

1. ○durga n. an inaccessible mṭmountains Bhartṛ

⋙parvatadhātu

1. ○dhātu m. 'mṭmountains-metal', ore, AmṛitUp

⋙parvatanivāsa

1. ○nivāsa m. 'mṭmountains-dweller', the fabulous animal Śarabha Gal

⋙parvatapati

1. ○pati m. 'mountains-prince', lord of the mountains MBh

⋙parvatamastaka

1. ○mastaka m. n. mṭmountains-top Mn. MBh

⋙parvatamālā

1. ○mālā f. mountains-range Pañcad

⋙parvatamocā

1. ○mocā f. a species of Kadalī L

⋙parvatarāj

1. ○rāj m. 'mountains-king', a very high mountains Kāraṇḍ
2. N. of the Himâlaya MBh

⋙parvatarāja

1. ○rāja m. id
2. -kanyā (MW.), -putrī (Kum.), f. N. of Pārvatī or Durgā (daughter of Himâlaya)

⋙parvatarodhas

1. ○rodhas n. mṭmountains-slope L

⋙parvatavarṇanastotra

1. ○varṇana-stotra n. N. of ch. of ĀdiPur

⋙parvatavāsin

1. ○vāsin mfn. living in mountains
2. m. a mountaineer Var
3. (inī), f. nard, spikenard L
4. N. of Durgā L

⋙parvataśikhara

1. ○śikhara m. n. mountain-top Hit

⋙parvataśreṣṭha

1. ○śreṣṭha m. the best of mṭmountains MBh

⋙parvatastha

1. ○stha mfn. situated on a mṭmountains or hill ib

⋙parvatākāra

1. parvatâkāra mfn. mountains-shaped, formed like a mountains MW

⋙parvatāgra

1. parvatâgra n. mountains-top R

⋙parvatātmajā

1. parvatâtmajā f. mountains-daughter, N. of Durgā Hariv

⋙parvatādhārā

1. parvatâdhārā f. 'mountains-holder', the earth L

⋙parvatāri

1. parvatâri m. 'enemy of the mountains', N. of Indra (who clipped their wings) L

⋙parvatāvṛdh

1. parvatāvṛdh mfn. delighting in mṭmountains i.e. in the pressing-stones (said of Soma) RV

⋙parvatāśaya

1. parvatâśaya m. 'resting on mṭmountains', a cloud L

⋙parvatāśraya

1. parvatâśraya mfn. = ○ta-vāsin
2. m. (also) the fabulous animal Sarabha L

⋙parvatāśrayin

1. parvatâśrayin m. a mountaineer Var

⋙parvateśvara

1. parvatêśvara m. lord of the mountains MBh
2. N. of a man Mudr

⋙parvateṣṭhā

1. parvate-ṣṭhā́ mfn. dwelling in the heights (said of Indra) RV

⋙parvatopatyakā

1. parvatôpatyakā f. a land at the foot of a mountain Hit

≫parvataka

1. parvataka m. a mountain ( See eka-p○)
2. N. of a man Mudr
3. of a prince in the Himâlaya HPariś

≫parvatāyana

1. parvatāyana wṛ. for pārv○, q.v

≫parvati

1. parvatí f. a rock, stone TS

≫parvatī

1. parvatī́ f. of parvata, q.v

≫parvatī

1. parvatī ind. for ○ta

⋙parvatīkṛ

1. ○√kṛ to make into a mountain Bhartṛ

≫parvatīya

1. parvatī́ya mfn. belonging to or produced in mountains AV. Hariv. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 143)

≫parvatya

1. parvatyá mfn. = prec. RV. TS

≫parvan

1. párvan n. a knot, joint (esp. of a cane or other plant [cf. parus], but also of the body), limb, member (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c
2. a break, pause, division, section (esp. of a book) ŚBr. MBh. &c
3. the step of a staircase Ragh
4. a member of a compound Prāt. Nir
5. a period or fixed time RV. VS. ŚBr. GṛŚrS
6. (esp.) the Cāturmāsya festival, SrS
7. the days of the 4 changes of the moon (i.e. the full and change of the moon and the 8th and 14th of each half-month) GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c
8. a sacrifice performed on the occasion of a change of the moon R
9. the day of the moon's passing the node at its opposition or conjunction Var. Sūryas. MBh. &c
10. the moment of the sun's entering a new sign W
11. any partic. period of the year (as the equinox, solstice &c.) ib
12. a division of time, e.g. a half-month (24 in a year) MBh
13. a day (360) BhP
14. a festival, holiday W
15. opportunity, occasion ib
16. a moment, instant ib

≫parvarīṇa

1. parvarīṇa m. (L.) = parṇa-vṛnta-rasa
2. = pattra-cūrṇa-rasa
3. = parṇa-śirā
4. = dyūta-kambala
5. = garva
6. = māruta
7. = mṛtaka (n.)
8. n. = parvan

≫parvasa

1. parvasa m. N. of a son of Paurṇamāsa VP. (cf. parvata)
2. (ā), f. N. of the wife of Parvasa ib

≫parviṇī

1. parviṇī f. a holiday Rājat

parvita

1. parvita m. a species of fish, Silurus Pabda L

parśāna

1. párśāna m. (√pṛś = spṛś, or pṛṣ ?) a precipice, chasm RV. (Sāy. 'a cloud')

parśu

1. párśu m. a rib AV. TS. Br. [Zd. pereśu] ; a curved knife, sickle AV. Kauś. [Lat. falx
2. Gk. ?]
3. N. of a man RV. viii, 6, 46
4. pl. N. of a warrior-tribe Pāṇ. 5-3, 117 (cf. pāraśava)
5. f. the supporting or side wall of a well Nir. iv, 6
6. N. of a woman RV. x, 86, 23

⋙parśumaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. shaped like a curved knife Nir. iv, 3

≫parśukā

1. parśukā f. a rib Suśr

parśu

1. parśu m. (cf. paraśu and Uṇ. i, 34 Sch.) an axe, hatchet Hariv. R

⋙parśupāṇi

1. ○pāṇi m. 'axe in hand', N. of Gaṇêśa L
2. = next A

⋙parśurāma

1. ○rāma m. = paraśu-r○ L

≫parśūmat

1. parśū-mat or mfn. g. sidhmâdi

⋙parśūla

1. parśū-la mfn. g. sidhmâdi

≫parśvadha

1. parśvadha m. = paraśvadha, an axe, hatchet L. [Page 609, Column]

parṣ

1. parṣ (cf. pṛṣ), cl. 1. Ā. parṣate, to grow wet Dhātup. xvi, 12 (v. l. varṣ and sparṣ)

parṣa

1. parṣá m. (√parṣ, pṛṣ ?) a bundle, sheaf RV. x, 48, 7 (Nir. iii, 10)

parṣa

1. parṣa mfn. = paruṣa, rough, violent (as wind) BhP

parṣaṇi

1. parṣáṇi mfn. (√1. pṛ) carrying over or across (as a ship) RV. i, 131, 2. 2

⋙parṣaṇi

1. parṣáṇi Ved. inf. of √1. pṛ ib. x, 126, 3

⋙parṣika

1. parṣika ? g. purohitâdi

⋙parṣin

1. parṣín See iṣu-p○

≫parṣiṣṭha

1. párṣiṣṭha mfn. most mighty in delivering or rescuing RV. x, 126, 3

parṣad

1. parṣad f. = pari-ṣad, an assembly, audience, company, society GṛS. Yājñ. &c. (4 kinds of society Divyâv. 299, 14)

⋙parṣadbhīru

1. ○bhīru mfn. shy in society Var

⋙parṣadvala

1. ○vala mfn. surrounded by an assembly Pāṇ. 5-2, 112 Sch
2. m. an assistant at an assembly, a spectator L

≫parṣatka

1. parṣatka (ifc.) = pari-ṣad, an assembly Jātakam

parhāṇa

1. parhāṇa See a-parhāṇa

pal

1. pal cl. 1. P. palati, to go Dhātup. xx, 9 (perhaps invented to account for pālayati, or palâyate)

pala

1. pala m. (scarcely to be connected with prec.) straw L
2. = pāla g. jvalâdi
3. n. a partic. weight = 4 Karshas = 1/100 Tulā (rarely m
4. ifc. f. ā) Mn. Yājñ. Suśr. &c
5. a partic. fluid measure Nir. xiv, 7 KātyŚr. Sch
6. a partic. measure of time (= 1/60 Ghaṭī) Gaṇit. ; flesh, meat Yājñ. Suśr. [Cf. Lat. palea ; Fr. paille, Lith. pelai.]

⋙palakṣāra

1. ○kṣāra m. 'flesh-fluid', blood L

⋙palagaṇḍa

1. ○gaṇḍa m. a mason (as using straw ?) L

⋙palaṃkara

1. ○ṃ-kara m. 'flesh-maker', gall, bile L

⋙palaṃkaṣa

1. ○ṃ-kaṣa m. 'flesh-hurter', a Rākshasa L
2. a lion L
3. the sea Gal
4. bdellium L
5. (ā), f. N. of various plants (Asteracantha Longifolia, Butea Frondosa, Dolichos Sinensis &c.) Suśr. L
6. bdellium L
7. red lac Bhpr
8. a fly L

⋙palada

1. ○dá m. 'straw-giver (?)', a partic. material for building, (prob.) bundles of straw or reeds used for roofing and wainscoting AV
2. ifc. in names of villages (○dīya mfn. ) Pāṇ. 4-2, 142
3. (ī), f. N. of a village ib. 110

⋙palapīyūṣalatā

1. ○pīyūṣa-latā f. N. of wk. (on the canonical use of various meats)

⋙palapriya

1. ○priya m. 'fond of flesh', a Rākshasa or a raven L

⋙palabhā

1. ○bhā f. the equinoctial shadow at midday Sūryas. Sch
2. -khaṇḍana and -sādhana n. N. of wks

⋙palavibhā

1. ○vibhā f. = -bhā L

⋙palāgni

1. palâgni m. 'flesh-fire', the bilious humour L

⋙palāṅga

1. palâṅga (prob.) wṛ. for capal○, q.v

⋙palāda

1. palâda or m. 'flesh-eater', a Rākshasa L

⋙palādana

1. palâḍdana m. 'flesh-eater', a Rākshasa L

⋙palānna

1. palânna n. rice with meat Suśr. (v. r. yavânna)

⋙palārdha

1. palârdha n. a partic. weight (= 2 Karshas) Car

⋙palāli

1. palâli f. a heap of flesh A. 1

⋙palāśa

1. palâśa m. a Rākshasa L
2. mfn. cruel (lit. = next) L. 1

⋙palāśin

1. palâśin m. eating flesh Bhpr
2. m. = prec. L

≫palala

1. palala m. a Rākshasa L
2. n. ground sesamum Hariv. Var. Suśr. &c
3. a kind of sweetmeat made of ground sesamum and sugar L
4. mud, mire R
5. flesh L

⋙palalajvara

1. ○jvara m. gall, bile L. (cf. palâgni)

⋙palalapiṇḍa

1. ○piṇḍa n. a lump of ground sesamum ŚiraUp

⋙palalapriya

1. ○priya m. 'fond of flesh', a raven L

⋙palalapalalāśaya

1. ○palalâśaya m. 'fleshreceptacle', swelled neck, goitre L

⋙palalaudana

1. palalâudana n. a pap made of ground sesamum seeds Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 45

≫palāla

1. palāla m. n. a stalk, straw Mn. MBh. &c
2. the stalk of the Sorghum, Indian millet Suśr
3. m. N. of a demon inimical to children (anu-p○) AV
4. (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis of Skanda MBh
5. (ī́), f. a stalk, straw AV. (cf. Pat. on Pāṇ. 5-2, 100)

⋙palāladohada

1. ○dohada m. 'longing for straw', the mango tree (the fruit of which is sometimes ripened in straw) L

⋙palālabhāraka

1. ○bhāraka m. a load of straw Mn. xi, 134

⋙palālānupalāla

1. palālânupalālá m. du. Palāla and AnupṭAnupalāla (cf. above) AV

⋙palāloccaya

1. palālôccaya m. a heap of straw Kathās

≫palāli

1. palāli See pala

≫palālina

1. palālina mfn. Pāṇ. 5-2, 100 Vārtt. 1 Pat

≫palāva

1. palā́va m. chaff, husks AV
2. a fish-hook, Vāsav

≫palika

1. palika mf(ā)n. weighing a Pala Car. Hcat
2. (ifc. after a numeral) weighing so many Pala Yājñ. Suśr. &c

≫palya

1. palya n. a sack for corn (prob. containing a certain measure) ŚrS
2. a partic. high number Dharmaśarm

⋙palyakathāpuṣpāñjali

1. ○kathā-puṣpâñjali m. N. of wk

⋙palyavarcasa

1. ○varcasa n. Pat. on Pāṇ. 5-4, 78

⋙palyopama

1. palyôpama m. or n. a partic. high number W

≫palyalika

1. palyalika m. or n. N. of a place Cat. [Page 610, Column]

palakyā

1. palakyā (L.), palaṅkyā (Bhpr.), f. Beta Bengalensis

palakṣa

1. palakṣa mf(ī́)n. white VS. (cf. balakṣa)

palaṅkaṭa

1. palaṅkaṭa mfn. shy, timid L

palava

1. palava m. plava (√plu), a basket of wicker-work for catching fish L
2. N. of a man, Prav

palasa

1. palasa wṛ. for panasa R

palastijamadagni

1. palasti-jamadagní m. pl. the grey-haired Jamad-agnis (prob. a branch of this family of Ṛishis) RV. iii, 53, 16 (Sāy.)

palāka

1. palāka m. n. Siddh

palāṇḍu

1. palāṇḍu m. (rarely n.) an onion Mn. MBh. Suśr. &c. (cf. Uṇ. i, 38 Sch.)

⋙palāṇḍubhakṣita

1. ○bhakṣita mf(ā, or ī)n. one who has eaten onions Pāṇ. 4-1, 53 Sch

⋙palāṇḍumaṇḍana

1. ○maṇḍana n. N. of a comedy

palāpa

1. palāpa m. a halter L
2. an elephant's temples L

palāpahā

1. palāpahā wṛ. for mal○

palāy

1. palây (fr. palā = parā and √ay = i
2. Pāṇ. 8-2, 19 Sch.), Ā. pálâyate TS. Br. MBh. &c. (ep. also P
3. pf. palâyāṃ cakre Pañc
4. aor. apalâyiṣṭa Bhaṭṭ
5. fut. palâyiṣyate Hit
6. ○ti Śatr
7. ind. p. palâyya ŚBr. &c
8. inf. palâyitum Pañc.)
9. to flee, fly, run away, escape, cease, vanish TS. &c. &c

⋙palāyaka

1. palâḍyaka mfn. fleeing, a fugitive SaddhP

⋙palāyana

1. palâḍyana n. fleeing, flight, escape MBh. Kāv. &c. (-kriyāṃ-√kṛ, to take to flight Pañc.)
2. a saddle TS. Sch. (cf. paly-ayana, paryāṇa)
3. -parâyaṇa mfn. occupied in flight, fugitive W

⋙palāymanas

1. ○manas mfn. thinking of flṭflight MW
2. -viṣaya mfn. having flight for an object, bent on flṭflight ib

⋙palāyita

1. pálâyita mfn. flown, fled, defeated TS. Kathās. &c
2. n. gallop L. (v. l. pul○)

⋙palāyin

1. palâyin mfn. fleeing, flying, taking to flight MBh

palāśa

1. palāśá n. (for 1. See under pala) a leaf, petal, foliage (ifc. f. ī) ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
2. the blade of a sharp instrument (cf. paraśu-p○)
3. the blossom of the tree Butea Frondosa Pañc
4. = śmaśāna L
5. = paribhāṣaṇa L
6. m. (ifc. f. ā) the tree Butea Frondosa (its older name is parṇa, q.v.) Br. MBh. &c
7. Curcuma Zedoaria L
8. N. of Magadha L
9. (ifc. it denotes beauty, g. vyāghrâdi)
10. (ī), f. a species of climbing plant L
11. cochineal L
12. red lac L
13. mfn. green L. (wṛ. for pālāśa)

⋙palāśatā

1. ○tā f. the state of foliage, foliation Kathās

⋙palāśanagara

1. ○nagara n. N. of a town Siṃhâs

⋙palāśapattra

1. ○pattra n. a single leaf (esp. of the Butea Frondosa) Hariv. Pañc
2. m. N. of a Nāga L

⋙palāśaparṇī

1. ○parṇī f. Physalis Flexuosa L

⋙palāśapuṭa

1. ○puṭa m. n. a receptacle made of a folded leaf KātyŚr

⋙palāśaśātana

1. ○śātana m. an instrument for lopping foliage L

⋙palāśākhya

1. palāśâkhya m. the resin of Gardenia Gummifera L

⋙palāśāṅgā

1. palāśâṅgā or f. a kind of Curcuma L

⋙palāśāntā

1. palāḍśântā f. a kind of Curcuma L

≫palāśaka

1. palāśaka m. Butea Frondosa or Curcuma Zedoaria L
2. pl. N. of a place MBh
3. (ikā), f. a species of climbing plant L

≫palāśana

1. palāśana n. (?) Nir. xii, 29

≫palāśāmbhā

1. palāśāmbhā f. = ○śâṅgā L

≫palāśin

1. palāśin mfn. (for 1 See under pala) leafy, covered with foliage MBh
2. m. a tree Prasannar
3. a species of tree (= kṣīra-vṛkṣa) L
4. N. of a city or village (said to be the modern Plassey) Kshitîś
5. (inī), f. N. of sev. rivers MBh. MārkP

≫palāśila

1. palāśila and mfn. g. kāśâdi and utkarâdi

⋙palāśīya

1. palāḍśīya mfn. g. kāśâdi and utkarâdi

paliknī

1. paliknī See palita below

paligha

1. pali-gha m. a water-pot, pitcher, glass water-vessel L
2. a wall, rampart L
3. the gateway of a building L
4. an iron club or one studded with iron L. (= pari-gha
5. Pāṇ. 8-2, 22)

paliṅgu

1. paliṅgu m. N. of a man HirGṛ

palita

1. palitá mf(ā, or páliknī Pāṇ. 4-1, 39 Vārtt. 1. 2 Pat.) n. grey, hoary, old, aged RV. &c. &c
2. = pālayitṛ Nir. iv, 26
3. m. N. of a mouse MBh
4. of a prince Hariv. VP. (v. l. pāl○)
5. (paliknī), f. a cow for the first time with calf L
6. n. grey hair (also pl.) AV. &c. &c
7. a tuft of hair Daś
8. mud, mire L
9. heat, burning L
10. benzoin L
11. pepper L. [Cf
12. Gk. ?, ? &c. ; Lat. palleo, [610,] pallidus, pallus ; Lith. pálvas ; Slav. [plav�u] ; HGerm. falo, val, fahl ; Angl. Sax. fealo ; Eng. fallow.] [Page 610, Column]

⋙palitaṃkaraṇa

1. ○ṃ-karaṇa mf(ī)n. rendering grey, Vāsav. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 56)

⋙palitacchadman

1. ○cchadman mfn. (old age) lurking under grey hair Ragh. xii, 2

⋙palitadarśana

1. ○darśana n. the sight or appearance of grey hair Suśr

⋙palitambhaviṣṇu

1. ○m-bhaviṣṇu or mfn. becoming grey Pāṇ. 3-2, 57

⋙palitambhāvuka

1. ○m-bhāvuka mfn. becoming grey Pāṇ. 3-2, 57

⋙palitamlāna

1. ○mlāna mfn. grey and withered Kathās

⋙palitavat

1. ○vat mfn. grey-haired HPariś

≫palitin

1. palitin mfn. grey-haired MBh

paliyoga

1. pali-yoga m. = pari-y○ Pāṇ. 8-2, 22 Pat

palījaka

1. palī74jaka m. (fr. pali = pari and √īj = ej) 'stirrer, disturber', N. of a demon AV

palīśa

1. palīśa m. = palāśa Bhpr

paleśinī

1. paleśinī prob. wṛ. for palāśinī Inscr

palpūlana

1. pálpūlana n. lye, water impregnated with alkaline salt TS. AV. Kauś

≫palpūlaya

1. palpūlaya Nom. P. ○láyati, to wash with alkaline water, to tan TS. TBr

⋙palpūlita

1. palpūḍlita mfn. washed, tanned ŚrS. Baudh

palya

1. palya &c. See under pala

palyaṅka

1. paly-aṅka m. = pary-aṅka (Pāṇ. 8-2, 22) a bed, couch, bedstead Siṃhâs. Pañcad
2. a cloth wound round the loins while sitting on the heels and hams L
3. so sitting, squatting (cf. pary-aṅka) L

palyaṅg

1. paly-aṅg (pali = pari and √aṅg), Ā. paly-aṅgayate (ind. p. -aṅgya), to cause to go round, stir round ŚBr.: Pass. -aṅgyate, to turn round, revolve ib

palyay

1. paly-√ay (paly = pari and √ay = √i), Ā. paly-ayate ŚBr. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-2, 19)

≫palyayana

1. paly-ayana n. a saddle (= paryāṇa) L
2. a rein, bridle Vcar

palyāṇa

1. palyāṇa n. a saddle L. (also ○na Gal.)

⋙palyāṇaya

1. palyāḍṇaya Nom. ○yati, to saddle, Bhojacar

palyula

1. palyula or ○yūla Nom. P. ○layati, v. l. for palpūla Dhātup. xxxv, 29

pall

1. pall cl. 1. pallati, to go, move Dhātup. xv, 34 Vop. (invented after √pal, prob. to explain the following words)

≫palla

1. palla m. a large granary, barn Suśr
2. (ī), f. See below

⋙pallāraṇyamāhātmya

1. pallâraṇya-māhātmya n. N. of wk

≫pallaka

1. pallaka See dattâiraṇḍa-p○ under datta

≫palli

1. palli f. a small village, (esp.) a settlement of wild tribes L
2. a hut, house ib

⋙pallipañjaka

1. ○pañjaka m. pl. N. of a people VP

⋙pallivāha

1. ○vāha m. a species of wild grass L

≫pallikā

1. pallikā f. a small village &c. (= palli) L
2. a small house-lizard L

≫pallī

1. pallī f. a small village &c. (= palli) Kathās
2. a hut, house L
3. a city (esp. ifc., in N. of towns, e.g. triśira-p○, = Trichinopoly)
4. a partic. measure of grain KātyŚr. Sch
5. a small house-lizard L

⋙pallīdeśa

1. ○deśa m. N. of a district Cat

⋙pallīpatana

1. ○patana n. (prob.) prognostication by observing the falling of houselizards
2. -kārikā f. -phala n. -vicāra m. -śānti f. N. of wks

⋙pallīpati

1. ○pati m. the chief of a village or station Kathās

⋙pallīvicāra

1. ○vicāra m

⋙pallīvidhāna

1. ○vidhāna n. N. of wks

⋙pallīśa

1. ○"ṣśa (pallī7sa), m. = -pati L

⋙pallīśaraṭa

1. ○śaraṭa (?), in ○ṭayoḥ phalâphala-vicāra m. ○ṭayoḥ śānti f. -kāka-bhāsâdi-śakuna and -vidhāna n. N. of wks

pallava

1. pallava m. n. (ifc. f. ā) a sprout, shoot, twig, spray, bud, blossom (met. used for the fingers, toes, lips &c.) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. a strip of cloth, scarf, lappet Kād. Bālar. Rājat
3. spreading, expansion L. (cf. below)
4. strength L. (= bala
5. v. l. = vana, a wood)
6. red lac (alakta) L
7. a bracelet L
8. sexual love L
9. unsteadiness L
10. m. a partic. position of the hands in dancing Cat
11. a libertine, catamine L
12. a species of fish L
13. pl. N. of a people MBh. Pur. (v. l. for pahlava)
14. of a race of princes Inscr

⋙pallavagrāhin

1. ○grāhin mfn. putting forth young shoots, sprouting in all directions, diffusive, superficial (as knowledge) Hit
2. (with doṣa), m. the fault of prolixity or diffusiveness Gīt. Sch
3. ○hi-tā f. superficial knowledge, sciolism MW

⋙pallavadru

1. ○dru m. the Aśoka tree L

⋙pallavadhārin

1. ○dhārin mfn. bearing blossoms (as a flower) Ragh

⋙pallavapūra

1. ○pūra m. N. of a man L

⋙pallavamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of young shoots or twigs (cf. sulalita-latā-p○)

⋙pallavarāgatāmra

1. ○rāgatāmra mfn. red-coloured like a young shoots or twigs Ragh

⋙pallavāṅkura

1. pallavâṅkura m. a leaf-bud L. [Page 610, Column]

⋙pallavāṅguli

1. pallavâṅguli f. a young shoot like a finger Mālav

⋙pallavāda

1. pallavâda m. 'twig-eater', a deer L

⋙pallavādhāra

1. pallavâdhāra m. 'twig-holder', a branch L

⋙pallavāpīdita

1. pallavâpīdita mfn. bud-laden MBh

⋙pallavāstra

1. pallavâstra m. 'having blossoms for missiles', N. of the god of love L

≫pallava

1. pallava Nom. P. ○vati, to put forth young shoots Śatr

≫pallavaka

1. pallavaka m. a libertine, gallant Hcar
2. a species of fish (Cyprinus Denticulatus) L
3. (akā), f. N. of a woman Mṛicch
4. (ikā), f. a kind of scarf L
5. N. of a female attendant Kathās

≫pallavana

1. pallavana n. prolixity, useless speech Naish

≫pallavaya

1. pallavaya Nom. P. ○yati = 2. pallava Kāv
2. to spread, divulge (as news) Vcar
3. to make diffuse or prolix (= vi-stāraya) Gīt. Sch

≫pallavika

1. pallavika m. = (or v. l. for) pallavaka m. L

≫pallavita

1. pallavita mfn. sprouted, having young shoots (○taṃ vṛkṣaiḥ, 'young shoots have been put forth by the trees') Kāv
2. spread, extended Inscr. (alaṃ "ṣtena, 'enough of further amplification', A.)
3. (ifc.) filled, full of Kād
4. dyed red with lac L
5. m. the red dye of the lac insect W

≫pallavin

1. pallavin mfn. sprouting, having young shoots Kum
2. m. a tree L

≫pallavīkṛ

1. pallavī-√kṛ (ind. p. -kṛtya), to make or change into a very young shoot Kāvyâd

palli

1. palli pallī, See under √pall

palvala

1. palvala n. (m. Siddh.) a pool, small tank, pond. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. palus ; Lith. púrvas (?).] [610,]

⋙palvalakarṣaka

1. ○karṣaka mfn. ploughing a pool Hariv

⋙palvalatīra

1. ○tīra n. the bank or margin of a ploughing Pañc

⋙palvalapaṅka

1. ○paṅka m. the mud of a pṭploughing Kālid

≫palvalāvāsa

1. palvalâvāsa m. 'pṭpalvalâvāsa-dweller', a tortoise L

≫palvalībhū

1. palvalī-√bhū to become a pool Jātakam

≫palvalya

1. palvalyá mf(ā́)n. marshy, boggy TS

pav

1. pav cl. 1. Ā. pavate, to go Dhātup. xiv, 40 (v. l. for plav)

pava

1. pava m. (√pū) purification, winnowing corn Pāṇ. 3-3, 28 Sch
2. air, wind L
3. a marsh L
4. N. of a son of Nahusha VP
5. (ā́), f. purification RV
6. n. cow-dung L

⋙pavanāla

1. ○nāla (prob.) wṛ. for yava-nāla

≫pavana

1. pávana m. 'purifier', wind or the god of wind, breeze, air (ifc. f. ā) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. vital air, breath Suśr. Sarvad
3. the regent of the Nakshatra Svāti and the north-west region Var
4. N. of the number 5 (from the 5 vital airs) ib
5. a householder's sacred fire Hār
6. a species of grass L
7. N. of a son of Manu Uttama BhP
8. of a mountain ib
9. of a country in Bharata-kshetra W
10. (ī), f. a broom L
11. the wild citron-tree L. (v. l. pacanī)
12. N. of a river VP
13. n. or m. purification, winnowing of corn L
14. a potter's kiln, Śṛiṅgār
15. n. an instrument for purifying grain &c., sieve, strainer AV. ĀśvGṛ
16. blowing Kaṇ
17. water L
18. mfn. clean, pure L

⋙pavanakṣipta

1. ○kṣipta mfn. tempest-tossed MW

⋙pavanacakra

1. ○cakra n. whirlwind BhP. (cf. cakra-vāta)

⋙pavanaja

1. ○ja m. 'son of the wind', N. of Hanu-mat Dhūrtan

⋙pavanajava

1. ○java m. 'swift as wind', N. of a horse Kathās

⋙pavanatanaya

1. ○tanaya m. = -ja Ragh
2. N. of Bhīmasena Megh

⋙pavanadūta

1. ○dūta m. or n

⋙pavanapañcāśikā

1. ○pañcāśikā f. N. of 2 poems

⋙pavanapadavī

1. ○padavī f. path of the wind, the air Megh

⋙pavanapāvana

1. ○pāvana m. or n. N. of wk

⋙pavanaprabhava

1. ○prabhava m. (disease) coming from the wind of the body Suśr

⋙pavanabhū

1. ○bhū m. = -ja MW

⋙pavanayogasaṃgraha

1. ○yoga-saṃgraha m. N. of wk

⋙pavanaraṃhas

1. ○raṃhas mfn. swift as wind, Pracaṇḍ

⋙pavanavāhana

1. ○vāhana m. 'having wind as vehicle', fire L

⋙pavanavijaya

1. ○vijaya m. 'victory over the wṭwind or breath', N. of sev. Tantric wks

⋙pavanavyādhi

1. ○vyādhi m. disease or morbid state of the wind of the body, rheumatism W
2. N. of Uddhava (the friend and counsellor of Kṛishṇa) L

⋙pavanāghāta

1. pavanâghāta m. gust of wind Rājat

⋙pavanātmaja

1. pavanâtmaja m. = ○na-ja L
2. N. of Bhīma-sena Rājat
3. fire MatsyaP

⋙pavanāśa

1. pavanâśa m. 'feeding on air', a serpent, snake L

⋙pavanāśana

1. pavanâśana m. id. L
2. ○śanâsa m. 'snake-eater', a peacock L
3. N. of Garuḍa L

⋙pavanāśin

1. pavanâśin m. = ○nâśa MārkP

⋙pavanāhata

1. pavanâhata mfn. struck or shaken by the wind, rheumatic W

⋙pavaneṣṭa

1. pavanêṣṭa (prob.) wṛ. for yav○

⋙pavanotkampin

1. pavanôtkampin mfn. trembling in the wind Śak

⋙pavanodbhrānta

1. pavanôdbhrānta in -kārin mfn. 'agitating the air', N. of a partic. mode of fighting MW
2. -viici f. a wave raised by the winds ib

⋙pavanombuja

1. pavano'mbuja (!), m. Grewia Asiatica L

≫pavamāna

1. pávamāna mfn. being purified or strained, flowing clear (as Soma) RV
2. m. wind or the god of wind VS. TS. Kāv. Rājat
3. N. of a partic. Agni (associated with Pāvaka and Śuci and also regarded as a son of Agni by Svāhā or of Antar-dhāna and by Śikhaṇḍinī) TS. Br. Pur. [Page 611, Column]
4. N. of partic. Stotras sung by the Sāma-ga at the Jyotishṭoma sacrifice (they are called successively at the 3 Savanas bahiṣpavamâna, mādhyaṃdina and tṛtīya or ārbhava) TS. Br. ŚrS. (cf. RTL. 368)
5. N. of wk
6. N. of a prince and the Varsha in Śāka-dviipa ruled by him BhP

⋙pavamānaṭippana

1. ○ṭippana m. or n

⋙pavamānapañcasūkta

1. ○pañca-sū7kta n. pl.,

⋙pavamānapaddhati

1. ○paddhati f

⋙pavamānasūkta

1. ○sū7kta n. N. of wks

⋙pavamānavat

1. ○vat mfn. accompanied by the Pavamāna-stotra AitBr

⋙pavamānasākha

1. ○sâkha m. 'friend of the wind', fire Śiś

⋙pavamānasomayajña

1. ○somayajña m. N. of wk

⋙pavamānahavis

1. ○havis n. offerings to Agni invoked under the title of Pavamāna or Pāvaka or Śuci TBr. Sch

⋙pavamānahoma

1. ○homa m. = -havis
2. N. of wk
3. -paddhati f. -prayoga m. -vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙pavamānādhyāya

1. pavamānâdhyāya m. N. of wk

⋙pavamānoṣṭi

1. pavamānôṣṭi f. = ○na-havis TBr. Sch
2. N. of wk

⋙pavamānoktha

1. pavamānôktha n. the series of verses in the mid-day Pavamāna, AiBr

≫pavayitṛ

1. pavayitṛ́ m. a purifier TS

≫pavākā

1. pavākā f. a storm, whirlwind L

≫pavita

1. pavita mfn. purified, cleansed W
2. n. black pepper L

≫pavitṛ

1. pavitṛ́ m. a purifier AV. ŚBr. (cf. paiviitṛ)

≫pavitra

1. pavítra n. a means of purification, filter, strainer, straining-cloth &c. (made of thread or hair or straw, for clarifying fruits, esp. the Soma) RV. &c. &c
2. Kuśa grass (esp. two Kuśa leaves for holding offerings or for sprinkling and purifying ghee &c.) ŚBr. KātyŚr. Mn. &c. (ifc. also ko, See sa-pavitraka), a ring of Kuśa grass worn on the fourth finger on partic. occasions W
3. a purifying prayer or Mantra Mn. Yājñ. MBh
4. a means of purifying or clearing the mind RV. iii, 26, 8 ; 31, 6 &c
5. melted butter L
6. honey L
7. water L
8. rain or rubbing (varṣaṇa or gharṣaṇa) L
9. copper L
10. the vessel in which the Argha is presented L. (ifc. -ka MārkP.)
11. the Brāhmanical cord (cf. ○trâropaṇs)
12. N. of Vishṇu (also pṭpresented pavintrāṇām) MBh. (cf RTL. 106)
13. of Śiva ib
14. (with ādityānām and devānām) N. of Sāmans ArshBr
15. a kind of metre Col
16. m. N. of a partic. Soma-sacrifice belonging to the Rājasūya TāṇḍBr. Sch. ŚrS
17. Sesamum Indicum L
18. Nageia Putranjiva L
19. N. of a man, g. aśvâdi
20. of an Āṅgirasa (the supposed author of RV. ix, 67 ; 73 ; 83 ; 107) RAnukr
21. (pl.) N. of a class of deities in the 14th Manv-antara, Pur
22. (ā), f. N. of sev. plants (basil, saffron, the small Pippala tree &c.) L
23. of sev. rivers MBh. Pur
24. the 12th day of the light half of Śravaṇa (a festival in honour of Vishṇu) W
25. mf(ā)n. purifying, averting evil, pure, holy, sacred, sinless, beneficent Mn. MBh. &c

⋙pavitrakīrti

1. ○kīrti mfn. of spotless renown Dhūrtas

⋙pavitragiri

1. ○giri mṆ. of a place Cat

⋙pavitratarīkṛ

1. ○tarī-√kṛ to purify or sanctify in a high degree Kād

⋙pavitratā

1. ○tā f. purity, cleanness MārkP. Rājat

⋙pavitratva

1. ○tva n. id. Uttarar. Hcat
2. the being a means of purification Kāṭh. TāṇḍBr

⋙pavitradarbha

1. ○darbha m. purifying or holy Darbha grass R

⋙pavitradhara

1. ○dhara m. N. of a man Kathās

⋙pavitradhānya

1. ○dhānya n. 'pure grain, barley L

⋙pavitrapaṭhana

1. ○paṭhana n. recitation of a purifying prayer or Mantra MārkP

⋙pavitrapati

1. ○pati m. lord of purification or purity VS

⋙pavitrapāṇi

1. ○pāṇi mfn. holding Darbha grass in the hand Yājñ
2. m. N. of an ancient sage MBh

⋙pavitrapūta

1. ○pūta (○vítra-), mfn. clarified with a strainer ŚBr

⋙pavitrayoni

1. ○yoni mfn. of spotless origin, Pañc

⋙pavitraratha

1. ○ratha (vítra-), mfn. having the strainer as a chariot (Soma) RV

⋙pavitrarogaparihāraprayoga

1. ○roga-parihāra-prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙pavitravat

1. ○vat (○vitra-), mfn. having a purifying instrument (as a strainer or Darbha grass), cleansing, purifying RV. Br. GṛŚrS
2. N. of Agni AitBr
3. (ī), f. N. of a river BhP

⋙pavitrāropaṇa

1. pavitrâropaṇa n. 'putting on the Pavitra', investiture with the Brāhmanical cord, (esp.) investing the image of Krishna or another deity with the sacred thread, N. of a festival on the 12th day of the light half of Śrāvaṇa or Ashāḍha Pañc
2. -putra-daī7kādaśī f. and -vidhāna n. N. of wk

⋙pavitrārohaṇa

1. pavitrârohaṇa n. investing with the sacred thread (cf. ○ropaṇa), N. of a festival in honour of Durgā on the 8th day of the light half of Śrāvaṇa or Ashaḍha L

⋙pavitreṣṭi

1. pavitrêṣṭi f. N. of a partic. sacrifice (cf. above) Vas
2. N. of wk
3. -paddhati f. -prayoga m. -sūtra n. -hautra n. N. of wks

≫pavitraka

1. pavitraka m. a small sieve or strainer KātyŚr. ( See also under pavitra)
2. m. Poa Cynosuroides L
3. Artemisia Indica L
4. Ficus Religiosa or Glomerata L

≫pavitraya

1. pavitraya Nom. P ○yati, to cleanse, purify, render happy Kathās. Śatr. Pañcad

⋙pavitrita

1. paviḍtrita mfn. purified, sanctified, blessed, happy Mcar. [Page 611, Column] Caṇḍ. BrahmaP

≫pavitrin

1. pavitrin mfn. purifying, pure, clean MBh

≫pavitrī

1. pavitrī ind. in comp. for ○tra

⋙pavitrīkaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. purification, means of purifying W

⋙pavitrīkṛ

1. ○√kṛ to purify, cleanse MBh. BhP

⋙pavitrīkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. purified, cleansed, sanctified Pañc. Śāntiś

⋙pavitrībhū

1. ○√bhū (ind. p. -bhūya), to become pure or clean L

≫pavītṛ

1. pavītṛ́ m.= pavitṛ RV

≫pavyā

1. pávyā f. purification RV
2. = paví, the tire of a wheel (?) ib

pavaru

1. pávaru m. a species of pot-herb L. (v. l. pararu)

pavaṣṭurika

1. pavaṣṭurika m. N. of a man, g. śubhrâdi (not in Kāś.)

pavasta

1. pavásta n. (apa and √vas?) a cover or garment (?) AV. iv, 7, 6
2. du. heaven and earth RV. x, 27, 7

pavāru

1. pavāru ○ruka, v. l. for parāru, ○ruka

pavi

1. paví m. (perh. orig. 'brightness, sheen'
2. cf. pāvaka and Uṇ. iv, 138 Sch.) the tire of a wheel (esp. a golden tire on the chariot of the Aśvins and Maruts) RV. AitĀr
3. the metallic point of a spear or arrow ib
4. the iron band on a Soma-stone ib
5. an arrow Nir. xii, 30
6. a thunderbolt Naigh. ii, 20
7. speech ib. i, 11 fire L

⋙pavimat

1. ○mat mfn. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙pavīnasa

1. pavī-nasá m. 'having a nose like a spear-head', N. of a demon AV

≫pavīra

1. pavīra n. (fr. pāvii), a weapon with a metallic point, a lance, spear Nir. xii, 30

⋙pavīravat

1. pávīra-vat (RV. VS.) or (AV.), mfn. armed with lance or a goad

⋙pavīravat

1. pavīrá-vat (AV.), mfn. armed with lance or a goad
2. = next mfn

≫pavīrava

1. pávīrava mfn. having a metallic share (as a plough) TS
2. m. a thunderbolt RV

≫pavīru

1. pávīru m. N. of a man RV

pavinda

1. pavinda m. N. of a man, g. aśvâdi (f. ā, kāś.)

paś

1. paś only Pres. P. Ā. páśyati, ○te (cf. √dṛś and Pāṇ. 7-3, 78), to see (with na 'to be blind'), behold, look at, observe, perceive, notice RV. &c. &c
2. to be a spectator, look on (esp. p., e.g. tasya paśyataḥ, while he looks on, before his eyes Mn
3. paśyantī tiṣṭhati, she stands ind looks on Śak.)
4. to see a person (either 'visit' or 'receive as a visitor') MBh. R. &c
5. to live to see, experience, partake of. undergo, incur Mn. MBh. &c
6. to learn, find out ib
7. to regard or consider as, take for (acc. with acc. or adv. in vat) ib
8. to see with the spiritual eye, compose, invent (hymns, rites &c.) RV. Br. ŚāṅkhŚr
9. (also with sādhu) to have insight or discernment Mn. MBh. &c
10. to consider, think over, examine ib
11. to foresee ib
12. (paśyāmi, 'I See or l am convinced', and paśya, ○śyata, 'see, behold, look here!' often employed parenthetically or interjectionally MBh. Kāv. &c.) [Orig. identical with √spaś, q.v.]

≫paś

1. páś f. (only instr. pl. paḍbhís), sight or eye RV. iv, 2, 12

≫paśu

1. paśu ind. see, behold! L

≫paśya

1. paśya mf(ā)n. seeing, beholding, rightly understanding Up. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 137)

≫paśyat

1. paśyat mf(antī)n. seeing, beholding &c
2. (antī), f. a harlot L
3. N. of a partic. sound L

⋙paśyatohara

1. paśyatohara mfn. stealing before a person's eyes Pāṇ. 6-3, 21 Vārtt. 1 Pat

≫paśyata

1. paśyata mfn. visible, conspicuous AV

≫paśyanā

1. paśyanā f. See a-paśyanā

paś

1. paś cl. 10. P. pāśayati, to fasten, bind Dhātup. xxxiii, 45. [Cf. paṣ and pas ; Zd. pas ; Lat. pac-iscor, pax ; Goth. fahan ; Angl. Sax. fân.]

≫paśavya

1. paśavyá mfn. (fr. paśú) belonging or relating to cattle, fit or suitable for cattle TS. Br. Up. Yājñ. MBh
2. (with kāma), m. sexual love or intercourse BhP
3. n. a herd or drove of cattle RV

⋙paśavyātama

1. ○tama (○vyá-), mfn. most fit or suitable for cattle TS

⋙paśavyāvāhana

1. ○vā́hana mfn. = purīṣa-v○ ŚBr

≫paśu

1. paśu or m. (instr. paśúnā or ○śva

⋙paśu

1. páśu m. (instr. paśúnā or ○śva
2. dat. páśve or paśáve
3. gen. paśvás or ○śos
4. du. paśvā́
5. acc. pl. paśvás or ○śū́n) cattle, kine (orig. any tethered animal'
6. singly or collect. 'a herd'), a domestic or sacrificial animal (as opp. to mṛga, 'wild animal ; 5 kinds are enumerated, 'men, kine, horses, goats and sheep' [AV. xi, 2, 9 &c.], to which are sometimes added mules arid asses [MBh. vi, 155 &c.] or camels and dogs [AV. iii, 10, 6 Comm.]) RV. &c. &c. [Page 611, Column]
7. any animal or brute or beast (also applied contemptuously to a man
8. cf. nara-p○ and nṛ-p○)
9. a mere animal in sacred things i.e. an uninitiated person Cat
10. an animal sacrifice AitĀr. BhP
11. flesh RV. i, 166 6 an, ass L
12. a goat L
13. a subordinate deity and one of Śiva's followers L
14. (with Māheśvaras and Pāśupatas) the individual soul as distinct from the divine Soul of the universe RTL. 89
15. Ficus Glomerata L
16. (pl.) N. of a people MBh. (vḷ. patti)
17. n. cattle (only as acc.) before manyate [VS. xxiii, 3] and manyamāna [RV. iii, 53, 2] ; and pl. paśūni R. Kathās.) [Cf. Zd. pasu ; Lit. pecu ; Old Pruss. pecku ; Goth. faíhu ; Germ. fihu, vihe, Vieh ; Angl. Sax. feoh ; Eng. fee.] -karman n. the act of offering the victim, sacrifice ŚrS
18. copulation (as a merely animal act) ŚBr. Sch

⋙paśukalpa

1. ○kalpa m. the ritual of animal sacrifice ĀśvGṛ
2. -paddhati f. N. of wk

⋙paśukāma

1. ○kāma (○śú-), mfn. desirous of possessing cattle TS. Br

⋙paśukḷpti

1. ○kḷpti f. = -kalpa TBr. Sch

⋙paśukriyā

1. ○kriyā f. = -karman, Hariv' L

⋙paśugaṇa

1. ○gaṇa m. a group of sacrificial animal, ŚrS,

⋙paśugāyatrī

1. ○gāyatrī f. a parody of the sacred Gāyatri whispered into the ear of a sacrificial animal L. (paśu-pāśāya vidmahe śiraś-chedāya dhīmahi tan naḥ paśuḥ pracodayāt
2. RV. iii, 62, 10)

⋙paśughāta

1. ○ghāta m. slaughter of cattle Mṛicch

⋙paśughna

1. ○ghna mfn. slaughtering cattle Mn. v, 38 (cf. -han)
2. -tva n. RāmatUp

⋙paśucaryā

1. ○caryā f. acting like animals, copulation BhP

⋙paśucit

1. ○cít mfn. piled with animals (as a sacrificial fire) TS

⋙paśujanana

1. ○jánana mfn. producing cattle MaitrS

⋙paśujāta

1. ○jāta n. a species of animal MānGṛ
2. ○tīya mfn. pertaining to, the animal kingdom MW

⋙paśutantra

1. ○tantra n. = -kalpa ŚrS

⋙paśutas

1. ○tas ind. = abl. of paśu, cattle ṢaḍvBr

⋙paśutā

1. ○tā f. the state of an animal (esp. of a sacrificial animal)
2. bestiality, brutality Mn. MBh. Kāv

⋙paśutṛp

1. ○tṛ́p mfn. gratifying one's self with cattle i.e. stealing cattle RV

⋙paśutva

1. ○tva n. = -tā R. Prab. Rājat
2. (with Māheśvaras and Pāsupatas) the being the individual soul

⋙paśuda

1. ○da mfn. granting cattle L
2. (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attendant on Skanda MBh

⋙paśudā

1. ○dā or mfn. = prec. mfn. Kauś

⋙paśudāvan

1. ○dāvan mfn. = prec. mfn. Kauś

⋙paśudevata

1. ○devata mf(ā)n. invoking cṭcattle as a deity (said of a formula or ceremony), ĀśVGṛ

⋙paśudevatā

1. ○devatā f. the deity to whom the victim is offered ŚrS

⋙paśudharma

1. ○dharma m. the law of animals, manner of beasts (said of the re-marriage of widows) Mn. ix, 66
2. copulation L
3. the treatment of animals, manner in which animals are treated Pañc. 185/186 (○meṇa vyāpādayāmi)

⋙paśudharman

1. ○dharman m. the manner in which the animals sacrifice is performed ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙paśudhānyadhanarddhimat

1. ○dhānya-dhanarddhi-mat (r for ṛ), mfn. rich in cattle and corn and money R

⋙paśunātha

1. ○nātha m. 'lord of cattle', N. of Śiva L. (cf. -patī)

⋙paśupa

1. ○pa mfn. guarding or keeping cṭcattle
2. m. a herdsman MBh. Var

⋙paśupakṣīya

1. ○pakṣīya n. N. of wk

⋙paśupati

1. ○páti m. 'lord of animals' (or 'lṭlord of a servant named Paśu' or 'lord of the soul' RTL. 89), N. of the later Rudra-Śiva or of a similar deity (often associated in the Veda with Bhava, Śarva, Ugra, Rudra, Mahā-deva, Īśāna and others who together with Bhima are in later times regarded as manifestations of Rudra) AV. &c. &c
2. of Agni' TS. ŚBr
3. of Śiva MBh. &c. (according to one legend every deity acknowledged himself to be a mere paśu or animal when entreating Siva to destroy the Asura Tri-pura)
4. of a lexicographer
5. of a Scholiast &c
6. -dhara m. N. of a poet Cat
7. -nagara n. 'Śiva's town', N. of Kāśī or Benares ib
8. -nātha m. N. of a partic. form of Siva W
9. -purāṇa n. (prob.) = ŚivaP
10. -śarman m. N. of a man Cat
11. -śāsṭra n. the sacred book of the Pāśupatas revealed by Śiva Col
12. ○tī7śvara-nāhātmya and ○ty-askṭaka n. N. of wks

⋙paśupalvala

1. ○palvala n. Cyperus Rotundus L

⋙paśupā

1. ○pā́ m. a keeper of herds, herdsman RV
2. N. of Pūshan ib
3. du. N. of Pūshan and Revati TBr

⋙paśupāla

1. ○pāla m. = -pa Mn. MBh. &c. (-vat', ind. like a herdsman)
2. (pl.) N. of a people to the north-east of Madhya-deśa R. Var
3. of a king (or perhaps king of the Paśu-pālas) Pur
4. n. the country or kingdom of the Paśu-pālas Pur

⋙paśupālaka

1. ○pālaka m. a herdsman
2. (ikā), f. a herdsman wife Pāṇ. 4-1, 48 Pat

⋙paśupālana

1. ○pālana n. the tending or rearing of cattle (the duty of a Vaitya) Vishṇ

⋙paśupālya

1. ○pālya n. id' MW

⋙paśupāśa

1. ○pāśa m. the cord with which the victim is bound L
2. the chains which fetter the individual soul, the world of sense Prab

⋙paśupāśaka

1. ○pāśaka m. a kind of coitus L

⋙paśupuroḍāśa

1. ○puroḍāśá m. the cake offered at an animal sacrifice ŚBr. ŚrS
2. -mimaṃsā f. N. of wk

⋙paśupratiprasthātṛprayoga

1. ○pratiprasthātṛ-prayoga m

⋙paśuprayoga

1. ○prayoga m

⋙paśupraśna

1. ○praśna m

⋙paśuprāyaścitta

1. ○prāyaścitta n. N. of wks

⋙paśupreraṇa

1. ○prêraṇa n. the driving of cattle L

⋙paśubaneha

1. ○banéhá m. an animal sacrifice AV. &c. &c. [Page 612, Column]
2. N. of an Ekâha ŚāṅkhŚr N. of wk
3. -kārikā f. -paddhati f. -prayoga m. -prayoga-paddhati f. N. of wks
4. -yājin mfn. offering an animal sacrifice ŚBr
5. paśu--yūpá m. the post to which the victim is bound ib

⋙paśubandhaka

1. ○bandhaka m. a rope for tethering cattle L

⋙paśubali

1. ○bali m. N. of wk

⋙paśubhartṛ

1. ○bhartṛ m. -naltha MBh

⋙paśubheda

1. ○bheda m. a class or species of animal MW

⋙paśumat

1. ○mát mfn. connected with or relating to cattle or animals, rich in cattle or animal RV. &c. &c
2. connected with animal sacrifices TāṇḍBr
3. containing the word paśu AitBr
4. m. an owner of herds or cattle MBh
5. n. possession of cattle RV

⋙paśumata

1. ○mata n. erroneous or false doctrine Hariv

⋙paśumāra

1. ○māra m. the manner of slaughtering cṭcattle MBh., (am and eṇa), ind. according to the manner of slaughtering ib

⋙paśumāraka

1. ○māraka mfn. attended with the sacrifice of animals BhP

⋙paśumedha

1. ○medha m

⋙paśumaitrāvaruṇaprayoga

1. ○maitrāvaruṇa-prayoga m. N. of wks

⋙paśumohanikā

1. ○mohanikā f. 'animals stupefier', a species of plant L

⋙paśuyajña

1. ○yajña (VP.),

⋙paśuyāga

1. ○yāga (W.), m. an animals sacrifice

⋙paśuyājin

1. ○yājín mfn. offering ati anṭanimals sacrifice MaitrS

⋙paśuyūka

1. ○yūka m. a louse which infests cattle Gal

⋙paśurakṣaṇa

1. ○rakṣaṇa n. the tending of cṭcattle W

⋙paśurakṣi

1. ○rákṣi (RV.),

⋙paśurakṣin

1. ○rakṣin (Mn.), m. a herdsman

⋙paśurajju

1. ○rajju f. = -bandhaka L

⋙paśurāja

1. ○rāja m. 'king of beasts', a lion L

⋙paśurūpa

1. ○rūpá n. anything representing the sacrificial animal ŚBr

⋙paśuvat

1. ○vat ind. like an animals Kap
2. as in an animals Gaut
3. as in an animals sacrifice KātySr

⋙paśuvardhana

1. ○várdhana mfn. increasing cattle RV. ix, 94, 1 (wṛ. for paśur v○?)

⋙paśuvid

1. ○víd mfn. providing cattle AV

⋙paśuvīrya

1. ○vīrya n. the strength or power belonging to c, TāndBr

⋙paśuvedi

1. ○vedi f. the Vedi at the animal sacrifice KātyŚr. Sch

⋙paśuvrata

1. ○vrata (paśú-), mfn. acting or behaving like cattle MaitrS
2. the duty to serve as sacrificial victim, Jātakam

⋙paśuśiras

1. ○śiras (L.),

⋙paśuśīrṣa

1. ○śīrṣá (TS. &c.), n. the head, of an animal

⋙paśuśrapaṇa

1. ○śrapaṇá n. cooking a sacrṭsacrificial an' ŚBr
2. (-śrápaṇa, cattle. agni)' m. the fire on which the flesh of a sacrṭsacrificial animals is cooked ib

⋙paśuśrautasūtra

1. ○śrauta-sūtra n. N. of wk

⋙paśuṣā

1. ○ṣ�ā́ mfn. (dat. ṣé) bestowing cattle RV

⋙paśuṣad

1. ○ṣad (Hir.),

⋙paśuṣṭha

1. ○ṣṭha (TāṇḍBr.), mfn. being or dwelling (lit. sitting and standing) in cattle

⋙paśusakha

1. ○sakha m. 'friend of cattle', N. of a Śūdra MBh

⋙paśusani

1. ○sáni mfn. = -ṣa VS

⋙paśusamāmnāya

1. ○samāmnāya m. 'enumeration of sacrificial animals', N. of VS. xxix, 48
2. ○yika mfn. mentioned in this ch. Nir

⋙paśusambhava

1. ○sambhava mfn. produced by animals (as flesh, honey, butter &c.) Mn. viii, 329

⋙paśusādhana

1. ○sā́dhana mf(ī)n. leading or guiding cattle RV

⋙paśusūtra

1. ○sūtra n. N. of wk

⋙paśusoma

1. ○soma m. pl. the animal and Soma sacrifices Mn. xi, 27

⋙paśustoma

1. ○stoma m. N. of the Pañcadaśa-stoma TāṇḍBr

⋙paśuhan

1. ○han mf(ghnī)n. killing cattle ( See a-p○) AV

⋙paśuharītakī

1. ○harītakī f. the fruit of Spondias Mangifera L

⋙paśuhavya

1. ○havya n. an animal sacrifice Mn. iv, 28

⋙paśuhautra

1. ○hautra n. the office of the Hotṛi at an animals sacrifice, N. of wk
2. -prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙paśūkhā

1. paśū7khā f. the pot in which the sacred anṭanimals is cooked or roasted KātyŚr

⋙paśūdbhavā

1. paśū7dbhavā f. = paśu-yulka Gal

≫paśuka

1. paśuka = paśu in eka-
2. (ā), f. any small animal R

≫paśūkṛ

1. paśū-√kṛ to transform into an animal (esp. into a sacrificial victim) Mṛicch. Kathās

≫paśv

1. paśv in comp. for paśu before vowels

⋙paśvaṅga

1. ○aṅga n. a limb or part of a sacrificial animal, anything belonging to it MānGṛ
2. -tā f. Nyāyam

⋙paśvayana

1. ○ayaná n. a festival attended with anṭanimal sacrifices ŚBr

⋙paśvayantra

1. ○áyantra (?) RV. iv, 1, 14

⋙paśvavadāna

1. ○avadāna n. sacrifice or offering of animals W

⋙paśvācāra

1. ○ācāra m. N. of a partic. form of the worship of Devii L

⋙paśvijyā

1. ○ijyā f. animal sacrifice KātyŚr

⋙paśviḍā

1. ○iḍā f. the Iḍā (s.v.) part at the anṭanimal sacrifice L

⋙paśviṣ

1. ○íṣ mfn. wishing for cattle RV. (cf. gav-iṣ and paśva-iṣṭi)

⋙paśviṣṭakā

1. ○iṣṭakā́ f. a brick in the shape of an animal ŚBr

⋙paśviṣṭi

1. ○iṣṭi f. an Ishṭi (q.v.) performed at an animal sacrifice ĀpŚr

⋙paśvekādaśinī

1. ○ékādaśinī f. an aggregate of 11 sacrificial animals ŚBr

≫paśvaiṣṭi

1. páśva-iṣṭi mfn. (fr. acc. paśvas + i○ wishing for herds RV

paśca

1. paśca mfn. hinder, later, western, only ibc. or ind. = paścā, ○cāt Pāṇ. 5-3, 33. [Cf. uc-ca, nī-ca ; Lat. pos-t, pos-terus ; Lith. paskui, paskutínis.]

⋙paścānutāpa

1. paścânutāpa m. repentance, regret Hariv

⋙paśānupūrvī

1. paśânupūrvī f. a repeated or recurring series L

⋙paścāpin

1. paścâpin m. a servant TāṇḍBr. Sch. (W. r. for ○câyin?)

⋙paścārdha

1. paścârdhá m. the hinder side or part ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh
2. (e. ind. with gen. 'behind') Śak
3. the west side or part ŚBr. GṛŚrS
4. ○dhyá mfn. being on the west side ŚBr

≫paścā

1. paścā ind. (instr. of paśca) behind, after, later, westward, in the west (opp. to purā) RV. AV. Br. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 33)

⋙paścāja

1. ○já mfn. born later MaitrS. Kāṭh

⋙paścādoṣa

1. ○doṣá m. the later part of the evening VS. [Page 612, Column]

⋙paścāsomapa

1. ○somapa mfn. drinking the Soma later or afterwards Kāṭh
2. ○pītha m. the act of drinking &c. ib

≫paścāc

1. paścāc in comp. for ○cāt

⋙paścāccara

1. ○cará mfn. coming or approaching behind MaitrS. Kāṭh

⋙paścācchramaṇa

1. ○chramaṇa (for śr○), m. a Buddhist priest who walks behind another Buddhist priest in visiting the laity L

≫paścāt

1. paścā́t ind. (abl. of paśca) from behind, behind, in the rear, backwards RV. &c. &c
2. from or in the west, westwards AV. &c. &c
3. afterwards, hereafter, later, at last (pleonast. after tatas or an ind. p
4. with √tap, to feel pain after, regret, repent) Mn. MBh. &c
5. (as a prep. with abl. or gen.) after, behind ib
6. to the west Up. GṛŚrS

⋙paścātkarṇam

1. ○karṇám ind. behind the ear ŚBr

⋙paścātkāla

1. ○kāla m. subsequent time
2. (e), ind. subsequently, afterwards L

⋙paścātkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. left behind, surpassed Ragh. Kum

⋙paścāttara

1. ○tara mfn. following after (abl.) ĀśvŚr

⋙paścāttāpa

1. ○tāpa m. 'after-pain', sorrow, regret, repentance (○paṃ-√kri, to feel regret, repent) MBh. Kāv
2. (in dram.) repentance at something rejected or omitted from want of judgment Sāh
3. -samanvita (R.), .-hata (Hit.), mfn. smitten by repentance, regretful
4. ○pin mfn. feeling repentance, regretting (with a priv.) Yājñ

⋙paścāttiryakpramāṇa

1. ○tiryak-pramāṇa n. the hinder breadth KātySr. Sch

⋙paścātpariveṣya

1. ○pariveṣya n. second dish, dessert Bhpr

⋙paścātpādadviguṇa

1. ○pāda-dviguṇa mfn. (a skin) doubled or folded double by bending) the hind-foot (inwards) KātyŚr

⋙paścātpuroḍāśa

1. ○puroḍāśa (○cat-), mfn. followed or accompanied by the sacrificial cake MaitrS

⋙paścātpuromāruta

1. ○puro-māruta m. du. east and west wind Ragh

⋙paścātsad

1. ○sád mfn. sitting behind or towards the west VS

≫paścātāt

1. paścā́-tāt ind. from behind RV

≫paścād

1. paścād in comp. for ○cāt

⋙paścādakṣam

1. ○akṣám ind. behind the axle tree Br. KātyŚr

⋙paścādanvavasāyin

1. ○anvavasāyín mfn. following after i.e. adhering to, dependent upon (dat.) TS

⋙paścādapavarga

1. ○apavarga mfn. closed or completed behind KātyŚr

⋙paścādahas

1. ○ahas ind. in the afternoon MBh

⋙paścādukti

1. ○ukti f. repeated mention, repetition Vop

⋙paścādghāṭa

1. ○ghāṭa m. the neck Car

⋙paścāddaghvan

1. ○daghván mfn. staying behind, falling short of. MaitrS

⋙paścāddvārika

1. ○dvārika mfn. favourable to a warlike expedition in the west L

⋙paścādbaddhapuruṣa

1. ○baddha-puruṣa m. (Śak. vi, 0/1) or (ib. Pi. Mṛicch.), (a man) whose hands are bound behind

⋙paścādbāhubaddha

1. ○bāhu-baddha (ib. Pi. Mṛicch.), (a man) whose hands are bound behind

⋙paścādbhāga

1. ○bhāga m. hind-part L
2. west side Var
3. mfn. whose conjunction with the moon begins in the afternoon ib

⋙paścādvartin

1. ○vartin mfn. remaining behind, following after MW

⋙paścādvāta

1. ○vātá m. a wind from behind, a west wind TS

≫paścān

1. paścān in comp. for ○cāt

⋙paścānnata

1. ○nata mfn. sunk or depressed behind MW

⋙paścānmāruta

1. ○māruta m. a wind blowing from behind (opp. to puro-m○) Ragh

⋙paścānmukhāśrita

1. ○mukhâśrita mfn. turned westwards R

≫paścāl

1. paścāl in comp. for ○cāt

⋙paścālloka

1. ○loka mf(ā)n. having the world or men behind TS

≫paścāl

1. paścāl mf(ā)n. being behind, hinder, later, last, final (f. ā, with kriyā, the last rite i.e. burying the dead
2. with sâṃdhyā, the latter i.e. the evening twilight
3. with velā, evening time, close of day
4. with avasthā, last state i.e. verging on death) i GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c
5. west, western, westerly (ā f. with or sc. diś, the west) Mn. Kāv. &c
6. (e), ind. ii, the west Var
7. (ena), ind. id. ib
8. west of (with acc.) Lāṭy

⋙paścāljana

1. ○jana m. Pāṇ. the people in the west Var

⋙paścāltantra

1. ○tantra n. N. of a Tantra

⋙paścāltas

1. ○tas ind. from behind MBh

⋙paścāltāna

1. ○tāna (sc. āsana), n. a partic. manner of sitting Cat

⋙paścāldakṣiṇa

1. ○dakṣiṇa mfn. south-westerly Hcat

⋙paścāldarśana

1. ○darśana n. a last look (○naṃ-√dṛś, to take one's last look) R. Daś. -

⋙paścāldikpati

1. ○dik-pati m. regent of the western region', N. of Varuṇa Gal

⋙paścāldeśa

1. ○deśa m. N. of a district Romakas

⋙paścāldvāra

1. ○dvāra or mfn. = paścāddvārika L

⋙paścāldvārika

1. ○dvārika mfn. = paścāddvārika L

⋙paścālbhāga

1. ○bhāga m. the west side Var

⋙paścālraṅga

1. ○raṅga (cf. pūrva-r○) in -nātha-stotra n. -māhātmya n. -rāja-stava m. N. of wks

⋙paścimācala

1. paścimâcala m. the western mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to set
2. opp. to pūrvâc○), Vāsav

⋙paścimānupāka

1. paścimânupāka m. N. of a prince MBh

⋙paścimābhimukha

1. paścimâbhimukha mfn. directed towards the west MW

⋙paścimāmbudhi

1. paścimâmbudhi m. the western sea Daś

⋙paścimārdha

1. paścimârdha m. or n. hind-part or latter half. Var

⋙paścimāśāpati

1. paścimâśā-pati m. = ○ma-dik-p○ Hcat

⋙paścimetara

1. paścimêtara mfn. 'opposite of west', eastern Kād.'

⋙paścimottara

1. paścimôttara mf(ā)n. northwestern (○re, ○ratas and ○rasyām [sc. diśi], in the north-west) Var. Hcat
2. dik-pati m. 'regent of the north-wṭwest', N. of the god of wind L
3. -pūrva mfn. (pl.) western, northern, or eastern Mn. v, 92. [Page 612, Column]

paśya

1. paśya ○śyat &c. See 1. paś

paṣ

1. paṣ cl. 1. P. Ā. paṣati, ○te (v. l. for spaś Dhātup. xxi, 22)
2. cl, 10. P. paṣayati, to bind, to hinder, to touch, to go (xxxv, 10)
3. pāṣayati, to bind (v. l. for paś, xxxiii, 45)

paṣṭhavah

1. paṣṭha-váh m. (fr. paṣṭha = pṛṣṭha [?] + √vah
2. nom. ○vā́ṭ Vṣ. or vā́t ṭṣ) a bull four years old
3. N. of an Aṅgirasa, TaṇḍBr
4. (pasṭhauhī́), f: a heifer four years old, any young cow VS. Br. ŚrS

pas

1. pas cl. 1. P. Ā. pasati, ○te (vḷ. for spaś Dhātup. xxi, 22)
2. cl. 10. P. pāsayati, to bind (v. l. for paś, xxxiii, 45)

pasas

1. pásas n. the membrum virile, A.V. ŚBr. [Cf. Gk. [612,] ? for ? ; Lat. pe1nis for pesnis ; Lit. pisá, písti.]

pastya

1. pastyá n. (fr. pas and tya [?]
2. cf. paś-ca), a stall, stable (as the back-building? but cf. also Lat. postis) RV
3. (ā́), f. See below

⋙pastyasad

1. ○sád m. a member of a family RV

≫pastyā

1. pastyā́ f. homestead, dwelling, household (also pl.) RV
2. du. the 2 halves of the Soma-press ib. x, 96, 10
3. sg. the goddess of domestic affairs ib. iv, 55, 3 ; viii, 27, 5

⋙pastyāvat

1. ○vat (○tya), mfn. having (i.e. being kept in) a stall RV. ix, 97, 18
2. having a fixed habitation (m. a wealthy man), i, 151, 2
3. forming or offering a fixed habitation, ii, 11, 16 ; iv, 54, 5
4. belonging to the Soma-press, viii, 7, 29

paspaśa

1. paspaśa m. (√spaś) an introduction, preface, any introductory matter explanatory of the plan of a book Śiś. ii, 112 Sch
2. (ā), f. N. of the introduction of the Mahā-bhāshya of Patañ-jali
3. mfn. = niḥ-sāra Kpr. Sch

pahāḍī

1. pahāḍī f. (in music) N. of a Rāgiṇi (cf. pāhâḍikā)

pahlava

1. pahlava m. pl. N. of a people (the Parthians or Persians) Mn. x, 44 MBh. &c. (also spelt pahnava ; in the VP. they are said to be a degraded Kshatriya race conquered by Sagara and sentenced to wear beards)

pahlikā

1. pahlikā f. Pistia Stratiotes L

pā

1. pā cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. xxii, 27) píbati (Ved. and ep. also Ā. ○te ; rarely pipati, ○te Kāṭh. Br.), cl. 2. pāti, pāthás, pānti RV. AV. ; p. Ā. papāná RV., pípāna AV. (pf. P. papaú, 2. sg. papātha RV. ;papitha Pāṇ. 6-4, 64 Sch. ;papīyāt RV. ; p. papivás AV. ; Ā. pape, papire RV. ; p. papāná ib. ; aor. or impf. apāt RV. [Pāṇ. 2-4, 7] ; 3. pl. apuḥ [?] RV. i, 164, 7 ;-pāsta AV. xii, 3, 43 ; Prec. 3. sg. peyās RV. ; fut. pāsyati, ○te Br. &c. ;pātā Gr. ; ind. p. pītvā́ RV. &c. &c., ○tvii RV. ;-pāya AV. &c. &c. ;pītyā́ MBh. ;pāyam Kāvyâd. ; inf. píbadhyai RV. ;pātum MBh. &c. ;pā́tave AV. Br. ;pā́tavaī́ RV.), to drink, quaff, suck, sip, swallow (with acc., rarely gen.) RV. &c. &c
2. (met.) to imbibe, draw in, appropriate, enjoy, feast upon (with the eyes, ears &c.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
3. to drink up, exhaust, absorb BhP. Pañc
4. to drink intoxicating liquors Buddh.: Pass. pīyáte AV. &c. &c.: Caus. pāyayati, ○te (pf. pāyayām āsā MBh
5. aor. apīpyat Pāṇ. 7-4, 4
6. ind. p. pāyayitvā MBh
7. inf. pā́yayitavaí ŚBr.), to cause to drink, give to drink, water (horses or cattle) RV. &c. &c.: Desid. pipāsati (RV. also pipīṣati), to wish to drink, thirst ib.: Desid, of Caus. pipāyayiṣati, to wish or intend to give to drink Kāṭh.: Intens. pepīyate (p. ○yamāna also with pass meaning), to drink greedily or repeatedly Up. Hariv. [Cf. Gk. [612,] ?-?-?
8. Aeol. ?-? = ? ; Lat. pā-tus, po1tum, bibo for pi-bo ; Slav. pi-ja, pi-ti]

≫pā

1. pā mfn. drinking, quaffing &c. (cf. agre-, ṛtu-, madhu-, soma- &c. )

≫pātavya

1. pātavya mfn. to be drunk, drinkable Mn. MBh. &c

≫pātṛ

1. pātṛ́ (with gen
2. pā́tṛ with acc
3. unaccented with gen. or ifc.), one who drinks, a drinker RV. &c. &c

≫pātra

1. pā́tra n. (ifc. f. ā) a drinking-vessel, goblet, bowl, cup, dish, pot, plate, utensil &c., any vessel or receptacle RV. &c. &c
2. a meal (as placed on a dish) TS. AitBr
3. the channel of a river R. Kād. [Page 613, Column]
4. (met.) a capable or competent person, an adept in, master of (gen.), any one worthy of or fit for or abounding in (gen., loc., inf. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
5. an actor or an actor's part or character in a play Kālid. Sāh
6. a leaf L. (cf. pattra)
7. propriety, fitness W
8. an order, command ib
9. m. or n. a measure of capacity (= 1 Āḍhaka) AV. ŚBr. ŚrS
10. a king's counsellor or minister Rājat. Pañcar
11. (ī), f. See 1. pātrī

⋙pātrakaṭaka

1. ○kaṭaka m. or n. the ring on which an alms-bowl is suspended L

⋙pātraṭira

1. ○ṭira (?), m. (only L.) an ex-minister (W. 'an able or competent minister')
2. a metal vessel
3. mucus running from the nose
4. rust of iron
5. fire
6. a heron
7. a crow

⋙pātratara

1. ○tara mfn. worthier than (abl.) Hariv

⋙pātratā

1. ○tā f. the being a vessel or receptacle for (gen. or comp.) Kāv. Rājat. (with śītôṣṇayoh, endurance of heat and cold Subh.)
2. -next Yājñ. Hit

⋙pātratva

1. ○tva n. capacity, worthiness, dignity, honour Hit

⋙pātradhāraṇa

1. ○dhāraṇa n. keeping a superfluous almsbowl longer than is permitted, Buddh'

⋙pātranirnega

1. ○nirnegá m. a washer or cleaner of vessel TBr

⋙pātraparīṣṭi

1. ○parī7ṣṭi f. untimely effort to obtain a new alms-bowl Buddh

⋙pātrapāka

1. ○pāka wṛ. for pattra-p○

⋙pātrapāṇi

1. ○pāṇi m. cuphanded', N. of a demon inimical to children PārGṛ

⋙pātrapāla

1. ○pāla m. 'vessel-guiding', a large paddle used as a rudder L

⋙pātrabhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. 'become a recipient', worthy of receiving from (gen.) MBh
2. one who receives respectful treatment from (gen.) Hariv

⋙pātrabhṛt

1. ○bhṛt m. 'taking care of utensils', a servant W

⋙pātrabheda

1. ○bheda m. breaking a drinking-vessel or cup MW

⋙pātramelana

1. ○melana n. the bringing together of the characters of a play ib

⋙pātrayojana

1. ○yojana n. arrangement of vessels KātyŚr

⋙pātravandana

1. ○vandana n. 'adoration of vṭvessels', N. of wk

⋙pātravarga

1. ○varga m. a company of actors MW

⋙pātraśuddhi

1. ○śuddhi f. cleaning of vessels', N. of wk

⋙pātraśeṣa

1. ○śeṣa m. scraps of food, Divvâv

⋙pātrasaṃskāra

1. ○saṃskāra m. the cleaning of a vessel or dish L
2. the current of a river L

⋙pātrasaṃcāra

1. ○saṃcāra m. the handing round of vessels or dishes at a meal MBh

⋙pātrastha

1. ○stha mfn. being in a receptacle or dish MW

⋙pātrahasta

1. ○hasta (pā́○), mf(ā)n. holding any vessel in the hand AV. Śak

⋙pātrārtha

1. pātrârtha m. any object serving as a vṭvessel
2. pāṇibhyām "ṣrthaṃ-√kri, to use the hands as a vṭvessel SāmavBr

⋙pātrāvaleham

1. pātrâvaleham ind. licking a vessel or dish Buddh

⋙pātropakaraṇa

1. pātrôpakaraṇa n. ornaments of a secondary kind (as bells, chowries &c.) KālP

≫pātraka

1. pātraka n. a vessel, bowl, dish ( See ku- and carvita-)
2. (ikā), f. a cup, an alms-bowl or almsdish BhP

≫pātraya

1. pātraya Nom.P. ○yati, to use as a drinking vessel Bhartṛ

≫pātrasātkṛ

1. pātrasāt-√kṛ to make a worthy person possessed of anything Ragh

≫pātrika

1. pātrika mf(ī)n. measured or sown or filled by means of any vessel or with the measure Pātra, containing or possessing it &c. Pāṇ. 5-1, 46 &c. Sch
2. fit, adequate, appropriate W
3. n. a vessel, cup, dish (in ku- MBh. xii, 8327
4. B. -pātraka)

≫pātrin

1. pātrin mfn. possessing a drinking-vessel or a dish Mn. vi, 52
2. having fit or worthy persons W

≫pātriya

1. pā́triya mfn. worthy to partake of a meal TS. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-1, 68)

≫pātrī

1. pātrī f. (of pātra) a vessel, plate, dish, pot Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
2. a small or portable furnace W
3. N. of Durgā MBh

⋙pātrītas

1. ○tas ind. -abl. of patrī ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙pātrīnirṇejana

1. ○nirṇéjana n. water for rinsing a vessel ŚBr

≫pātrī

1. pātrī ind. in comp. for tra-√kṛ, to make anything a recipient or object of (gin.) Megh.' Bālar
2. to dignify, promote to honour (pp. -krita), Kalid

⋙pātrībhū

1. ○√bhū to become a fitting recipient or worthy object (pp. -bhūta) MBh

≫pātrīṇa

1. pātrīṇa mf(ā)n. measured or sown or filled &c. by means of a Pātra Pāṇ. 5-1, 53
2. cf. pātrika

≫pātrīya

1. pātrīya n. and a kind of sacrificial vessel L

⋙pātrīva

1. pātrīva mṇ. a kind of sacrificial vessel L

≫pātre

1. pātre loc. of pātra, in comp

⋙pātrebahula

1. ○bahula mfn. (pl.) frequently present at meals, parasitical, g. pātre-samistâdi and yuktârohâdi

⋙pātresamita

1. ○samita mfn. (pl.) id. ib
2. sg. a treacherous or hypocritical person L

≫pātrya

1. pātrya mfn. = pātriya L

≫pāna

1. pā́na n. drinking (esp. drinking spirituous liquors), draught RV. (only ifc.) AV. &c. &c
2. drinking the saliva i.e. kissing, Kāv' (cf. adhara-)
3. a drink, beverage ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c
4. a drinking-vessel, cup L
5. a canal L
6. m. a distiller or vender of spirituous liquors' an inn-keeper L

⋙pānakumbha

1. ○kumbha m. a drinking-vessel Hariv

⋙pānagoṣṭhikā

1. ○goṣṭhikā or f. a drinking-party

⋙pānagoṣṭhī

1. ○goṣṭhī f. a drinking-party
2. a tavern L

⋙pānaña

1. ○ña mfn. caused by drinking Suśr. [Page 613, Column]

⋙pānadoṣa

1. ○doṣa m. the vice of drinking, drunkenness Daś

⋙pānapa

1. ○pa mfn. drinking spirituous liquors MBh

⋙pānapara

1. ○para mfn. addicted to drinking W

⋙pānapātra

1. ○pātra n. a drinking-vessel, cup, goblet Kām. Kāv. Pur

⋙pānaprasakta

1. ○prasakta mfn. = -para
2. -hṛdaya mfn. VarBṛS

⋙pānabhājana

1. ○bhājana (L.),

⋙pānabhāṇḍa

1. ○bhāṇḍa (MBh.), n. id

⋙pānabhū

1. ○bhū (Kathās.),

⋙pānabhūmī

1. ○bhūm�ī (Hariv. Kāv.), f. a dṭdrinking-place, refrehment-room

⋙pānabhojana

1. ○bhojana n. eating and dṭdrinking Mālav

⋙pānamaṅgala

1. ○maṅgala n. a drinking-party, dṭdrinking-bout Kathās

⋙pānamatta

1. ○matta mfn. intoxicated ib

⋙pānamada

1. ○mada m. intoxication ib

⋙pānarata

1. ○rata mfn. = -para W

⋙pānavaṇij

1. ○vaṇij m. a vender of spirits, a distiller L

⋙pānavat

1. ○vat mfn. abounding in drink, rich in beverages ChUp

⋙pānavibhrama

1. ○vibhrama m. 'drink-giddiness', intoxication Cat

⋙pānaśauṇḍa

1. ○śauṇḍa mfn. = -para Pāṇ. 6-2, 2 Sch

⋙pānasindhu

1. ○sindhu -saindhava ib., vii, 3, 119 Sch

⋙pānāgāra

1. pānâgāra m. or n. a drinking-house, tavern MBh

⋙pānāghāta

1. pānâghāta m. 'drink-stroke', morbid state after drinking Gal

⋙pānājīśṇaka

1. pānâjīśṇaka n. 'indigestion from dṭdrinking', id. ib

⋙pānātyaya

1. pānâtyaya m. 'end of drinking', id. Suśr

≫pānaka

1. pānaka m. n. (ifc. f. ā) a draught, drink, beverage, potion MBh. Kathās. Suśr

⋙pānakarasarāgāsavayojana

1. ○rasa-rāgâsava-yojana n. sg. (BhP. Sch.), or pl. (Cat.) one of the 64 Kalās or arts

⋙pānakarasāsavarāgayojana

1. ○rasâsavarāga-yojana n. pl. (Cat.) one of the 64 Kalās or arts

≫pānika

1. pānika m. a vender of spirituous liquors R

≫pānila

1. pānila n. a drinking-vessel L

≫pānīya

1. pānīya mfn. to be drunk, drinkable Suśr
2. n. a beverage, drink ib. Pañc
3. water Mn. MBh. &c. (cfṆir.i, 16)

⋙pānīyakākikā

1. ○kākikā f. 'sea-crow', the cormorant Uṇ. i, 7 Sch

⋙pānīyakumārarasa

1. ○kumāra-rasa m. a partic. medicinal preparation Rasar

⋙pānīyagocara

1. ○gocara See dūre-pānīya-gocara

⋙pānīyacūrṇikā

1. ○cūrṇikā f. water-dust', sand L

⋙pānīyataṇḍulīya

1. ○taṇḍulīya n: a partic. herb Bhpr

⋙pānīyadūṣaka

1. ○dūṣaka mf(ikā)n. soiling or troubling water R

⋙pānīyanakula

1. ○nakula m. 'water-ichneumon', an otter L

⋙pānīyapala

1. ○pala n. a partic. measure of time (= pala) Gaṇit. Sch

⋙pānīyapṛṣṭhaja

1. ○pṛṣṭha-ja m. 'wṭwater-surface-born', Pistia Stratiotes L

⋙pānīyaphala

1. ○phala n. 'water-fruit', the seed of Euryala Ferox Bhpr

⋙pānīyamūlaka

1. ○mūlaka n. 'water-√', Vernonia Anthelmintica

⋙pānīyavarṇikā

1. ○varṇikā f. sand L. (prob. wṛ. for -cūrṇikā)

⋙pānīyavarṣa

1. ○varṣa m. rain Hit

⋙pānīyavārika

1. ○vārika m. the attendant of a convent who has the care of drinking-water Buddh

⋙pānīyaśālā

1. ○śālā or f. a place (esp. a shed on the road-side) where water is distributed L

⋙pānīyasālikā

1. ○sālikā f. a place (esp. a shed on the road-side) where water is distributed L

⋙pānīyaśīta

1. ○śīta mfn. too cold to drink L

⋙pānīyādhyakṣa

1. pānīyâdhyakṣa m. a water superintendent R. Sch

⋙pānīyāmalaka

1. pānīyâmalaka n. Flacourtia Cataphracta L

⋙pānīyārtham

1. pānīyârtham ind. for the sake of water Nal

⋙pānīyālu

1. pānīyâlu m. a species of bulbous plant L

⋙pānīyāśrā

1. pānīyâśrā f. Eleusine Indica L

≫pānta

1. pā́nta m. a drink, beverage (?) RV. (= pānīya Nir. vii, 25)

≫pāvan

1. pāvan mfn. drinking (only ifc
2. cf. asṛk-, gharma-, ghṛta- &c.)

pā

1. pā cl. 2. P. (Dhāt. xxiv, 48) pā́ti (Impv. pāhí
2. pr. p. P. pā́t Ā. pāná RV
3. pf. papau Gr
4. aor. apāsīt Rājat., Subj. pāsati RV
5. fut. pāsyati, pātā Gr
6. Prec. pāyāt Pāṇ. 6-4, 68 Sch
7. inf. pātum MBh.), to watch, keep, preserve
8. to protect from, defend against (abl.) RV. &c. &c
9. to protect (a country) i.e. rule, govern Rājat
10. to observe, notice, attend to, follow RV. AitBr.: Caus. pālayati, See √pāl: Desid. pīpāsati Gr.: Intens. pāpāyate, pāpeti, pāpāti ib., [Cf. Zd. pā, paiti
11. Gk. ?, ?, ?, &c. ; Lat. [613,] pa-sco, pa-bulum ; Lith. pe10-mu"ṣ]

≫pā

1. pā mfn. keeping, protecting, guarding &c. (ef. apâna-, ritā-, go-, tanū- &c.)

≫pāta

1. pāta mfn. (for 2. See p. 616, col. 3) watched, protected, preserved L

≫pātavya

1. pātavya mfn. to be guarded or protected Hariv

≫pātṛ

1. pātṛ́ mfn. defending, a defender or protector (with gen., acc. or ifc.) RV. &c. &c

≫pātra

1. pā́tra n. (?) RV. i, 121, 1

≫pāna

1. pāna mfn. observing, keeping ( See tanū-)
2. n. protection, defence ( See ib. and vāta-)

≫pānīya

1. pānīya mfn. to be cherished or protected or preserved W

≫pāvan

1. pāvan mfn. protecting (only ifc
2. cf. abhiśasti-, tanū-)

pāṃśu

1. pāṃśu ○śnka &c. = pāṃsu &c

pāṃsaka

1. pāṃsaka mfn. (√pas, paṃs) vitiating, spoiling
2. contemptible, vile W

≫pāṃsana

1. pāṃsana mf(ī)n. defiling, vitiating, disgracing, spoiling (ifc.) MBh. R. &c. (f. ā, only in voc. ○sane [perhaps wṛ. for ○sani] at the end of a Śloka)
2. contemptible, wicked, bad W
3. n. and (ā), f. contempt L

≫pāṃsava

1. pāṃsava mfn. (fr. pāṃsu) formed or consisting of dust BhP. [Page 613, Column]
2. (○vá), m. patron. of A-sat ŚBr
3. a. a kind of salt L

≫pāṃsavya

1. pāṃsavyá mfn. (fr. pāṃsu) VS. xvi, 45

≫pāṃsin

1. pāṃsin mfn. = ○sana (only f. voc. ○sini in kula-p○ R. ii, 73, 5, where B. ○sani
2. under. pāṃsana)

≫pāṃsu

1. pāṃsú m. crumbling soil, dust, sand (mostly pl.) AV. &c. &c
2. dung, manure L
3. the pollen of a flower MW
4. (prob.) the menses Car. (cf. rajas)
5. a species of plant Bhpr
6. a kind of camphor L
7. landed property L

⋙pāṃsukasīsa

1. ○kasīsa n. sulphate of iron L

⋙pāṃsukulī

1. ○kulī f. 'quantity of dust', a high road L

⋙pāṃsukūla

1. ○kūla n. a dust-heap, (esp.) a collections of rags out of a dust-hṭheap used by Buddhist monks for their clothing Divyâv
2. a legal document not made out in any partic. person's name L
3. -sīvana n. 'the sewing together of rags f-om a dṭdust-hṭheap', N. of the place where Gautama Buddha assumed his ascetic's dress Lalit. (C. pāṇḍu-s○)
4. ○lika mfn. one who wears clothes made of rags from a dṭdust-hṭheap Buddh

⋙pāṃsukṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. covered with dust, dusty Lalit

⋙pāṃsukrīḍana

1. ○krīḍana n. (Vāsav.),

⋙pāṃsukrīḍā

1. ○krīḍā f. (HPariś.) playing in the sand

⋙pāṃsukṣāra

1. ○kṣāra n. = -ja L

⋙pāṃsukhāla

1. ○khâla m. a sand-heap KātyŚr., Sch

⋙pāṃsuguṇṭhita

1. ○guṇṭhita mfn. covered with dust MBh. -catvara n. hail L

⋙pāṃsucandana

1. ○candana m. N. of Śiva L

⋙pāṃsucāmara

1. ○cāmara m. (only L.) a heap of dust
2. a tent or perfumed powder (= paṭa-vāsa)
3. a bank covered with Dūrvā grass
4. praise
5. a small cucumber

⋙pāṃsuja

1. ○ja n. 'earth-born', rock or fossil salt Car

⋙pāṃsujālika

1. ○jālika m. N. of Vishṇu L

⋙pāṃsudhāna

1. ○dhāna m. a heap of sand or dust Car

⋙pāṃsudhūmra

1. ○dhūmra mfn. dark red or dark with dust MW

⋙pāṃsudhvastaśiroruha

1. ○dhvasta-śiroruha mfn. having the hair soiled with dust MBh

⋙pāṃsunipāta

1. ○nipāta m. a shower of dust VarBṛS

⋙pāṃsupaṭala

1. ○paṭala n. a coating or mass of dust MW

⋙pāṃsupattra

1. ○pattra n. Chenopodium Album L

⋙pāṃsuparṇī

1. ○parṇī f. a species of Cocculus L

⋙pāṃsupiśāca

1. ○piśāca m. a class of imps or demons Lalit

⋙pāṃsubhava

1. ○bhava n. = -ja L

⋙pāṃsumardana

1. ○mardana m. dustdestroyer', an excavation for water round the √of a tree (= ālavāla) L

⋙pāṃsurāgiṇī

1. ○rāgiṇī f. a species of plant L

⋙pāṃsurāṣṭra

1. ○rāṣṭra n. N. of a country
2. m. pl. its inhabitants (B. pāṇḍu-r○) MBh

⋙pāṃsulavaṇa

1. ○lavaṇa n. a kind of salt Bhpr

⋙pāṃsulekhana

1. ○lekhana n. = -krīḍana Viddh

⋙pāṃsuvarṣa

1. ○varṣa m. or n. = -nipāta Mn. iv, 115

⋙pāṃsuvikarṣaṇa

1. ○vikarṣaṇa m. = -krīḍana MBh

⋙pāṃsusaṃcaya

1. ○saṃcaya m. a heap of sand R

⋙pāṃsusamuhana

1. ○samuhana (Mn.),

⋙pāṃsuhara

1. ○hara (Gaut.), mfn. raising dust (said of wind)'

⋙pāṃsūtkara

1. pāṃsū7tkara m. = -varṣa VarBṛS
2. caustic potash L
3. n. a kind of salt Bhpr

≫pāṃsuka

1. pāṃsuka n. pl, dust, sand MBh
2. (ā), f. a menstruous woman L
3. Pandanus Odoratissimus L

≫pāṃsura

1. pāṃsurá mfn. dusty, m. or n. a dusty place RV. i, 22, 7 (cf. Nir. xii, 19)
2. m. a gad-fly L
3. a cripple carried or moving about in a chair L. (cf. pāṃsuva)

≫pāṃsula

1. pāṃsulá mfn. dusty, sandy ŚBr. R. &c. (cf. g. sidhmâdi and Nir. xii, 19
2. m. or n. a dusty place VāyuP.)
3. ifc. sullied, defiled, disgraced by (Śak. v, 28)
4. disgracing, defiling (cf. kula-p○)
5. m. (only L.) a wicked or profligate man, a libertine
6. N. of Śiva and of one of his symbols (a sort of staff crossed at the upper end with transverse pieces representing the breast-bone and adjoining ribs and surmounted by a skull)
7. Guilandina Bontucella
8. (ā), f. the earth
9. a licentious woman Vcar
10. pāṃsukā L

⋙pāṃsulāvṛttiprakāśa

1. pāṃsulā-vṛtti-prakāśa m. N. of wk

≫pāṃsuva

1. pāṃsuva m. a cripple. L. (cf. pāṃsura)

pāka

1. pā́ka mfn. (either fr. √1. [pA+ka], 'drinking, sucking, or fr. √2. pac, 'ripening, growing') very young GṛS
2. simple, ignorant, inartificial, honest AV. TS. ĀśvŚr
3. m. the young of an animal ( See uluka-, kapata-)
4. a child, infant L
5. N. of a Daitya slain by Indra MBh. Pur. -trā́ ind. in simplicity, in a simple or honest way RV

⋙pākadurvā

1. ○durvā́ f. a species of plant ib

⋙pākadviṣ

1. ○dviṣ or m. 'foe or destroyer of the Daitya Pāka', N. of Indra L

⋙pākaniṣṃdana

1. ○niṣṃdana m. 'foe or destroyer of the Daitya Pāka', N. of Indra L

⋙pākayajña

1. ○yajña &c., See under 2. pāka

⋙pākavat

1. ○vát ind. simply, honestly RV

⋙pākasaṃsa

1. ○saṃsá mfn. speaking sincerely ib

⋙pākaśāsana

1. ○śāsana m. 'punisher of the Daitya Pāka' or 'instructor of the ignorant', N. of Indra MBh. Kāv. Pur. (cf. RV. i, 31, 14)
2. ○ni m. (patr. of prec.) N. of Jayanta L
3. of Arjuna MBh

⋙pākasutvan

1. ○sútvan mfn. offering Soma with a simple or sincere mind RV

⋙pākasthāman

1. ○sthāman (pā́ka), m. N. of a man RV

⋙pākahatṛ

1. ○hatṛ m. = -niṣūdana R

≫pākiman

1. pākiman m. g. pṛthv-ādi

≫pākyā

1. pākyā́ ind. in simplicity, in ignorance RV

pāka

1. pāka m. (√2. pac
2. ifc. f. ī) cooking, baking, roasting, boiling (trans' and intrans.) ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 614, Column]
3. burning (of bricks, earthenware &c.) ib
4. any cooked or dressed food BhP
5. digestion, assimilation of food Suśr
6. ripening, ripeness (of fruit or of a boil) KātyŚr. Mn. Var. Suśr
7. inflammation, suppuration Suśr
8. an abscess, ulcer ib
9. ripening of the hair i.e. greyness, old age L
10. maturity, full development (as of the mind &c.), completion, perfection, excellence Hariv. Kāv. &c
11. development of consequences, result (esp. of an act done in a former life) Var. Pañc. MārkP
12. any act having consequences. BhP
13. the domestic fire L
14. a cooking utensil L
15. general panic or revolution in a country W. (in comp. 2. pāka is not always separable from 1. pāka)

⋙pākakarmanibandha

1. ○karmanibandha m. N. of wk

⋙pākakuṭī

1. ○kuṭī f. a potter's kiln, pottery Gal

⋙pākakṛṣṇa

1. ○kṛṣṇa m. 'black when ripe', Carissa Carandas
2. -phala m. id. L

⋙pākakriyā

1. ○kriyā f. the act of cooking Cāṇ

⋙pākaja

1. ○ja mfn. produced by cooking or roasting Tarkas
2. n. 'obtaiued by boiling', black salt L
3. flatulence L
4. -tva n. production by warmth, capability of being affected by contact with fire Bhāshāp
5. -prakriyā f. -vicara m. N. of wks

⋙pākapaṇḍita

1. ○paṇḍita m. a master in the an of cooking Bhpr

⋙pākapātra

1. ○pātra n. a cooking utensil, a boiler &c. ib

⋙pākapuṭī

1. ○puṭī f. = -kuṭī L

⋙pākaphala

1. ○phala m. Carissa Carandas L. (cf. kṛṣṇa-ph○)

⋙pākabāli

1. ○bâli (pā́), m. (prob.) = -yajña AV

⋙pākabhāṇḍa

1. ○bhāṇḍa n. = -pātra Kathās

⋙pākabhedaka

1. ○bhedaka m. N. of a partic. class of criminals Hcat

⋙pākamatsya

1. ○matsya m. a species of fish, Sauśr
2. a species of venomous insect ib
3. a kind of fish sauce L

⋙pākayajña

1. ○yajñá m. (according to some) a cooked (according to others 'a simple or domestic') sacrifice (of 3 āaśvṅṛ., 4 ṃn. or 7 āapast. Baudh. ṅaut. forms or kinds) TS. Br. GṛŚrS. &c. (cf. IW. 188, n. 1)
2. N. of a man Gobh
3. -nirṇaya m. -paddhati f. -prakāśa m. -prayoga m. -vidhi m. N. of wks
4. ○ñika mfn. 'relating to the Pāka-yajña', performing it &c. Baudh
5. ○ñíya mf(ā)n. id. ŚBr. Kauś

⋙pākarañjana

1. ○rañjana n. the leaf of the Laurus Cassia L

⋙pākavatī

1. ○vatī f. a pause 3/4 of an instant between 2 short syllables, MāṇḍS

⋙pākaśālā

1. ○śālā f. 'cooking-room', a kitchen Dhūrtas

⋙pākaśāstra

1. ○śāstra n. the science of cṭcooking' Bhpr

⋙pākaśuklā

1. ○śuklā f. chalk L

⋙pākasaṃsthā

1. ○saṃsthā f. a form of the Pāka-yajña, SāṅkhGṛ

⋙pākasthāna

1. ○sthāna n. 'cooking-place', a kitchen or a potter's kiln L

⋙pākahaṃsa

1. ○haṃsa m. a kind of aquatic bird Car

⋙pākāgāra

1. pākâgāra m. or n. = ○ka-śālā, Kull'

⋙pākātīa

1. pākâtī7a mfn. over-ripe Bhpr

⋙pākātīsāra

1. pākâtīsāra m. chronic dysentery L

⋙pākātyaya

1. pākâtyaya m. obscuration of the cornea after inflammation Suśr

⋙pākādisaṃgraha

1. pākâdi-saṃgraha m. N. of wk

⋙pākādhyāya

1. pākâdhyāya m. N. of ch. of wk

⋙pākāri

1. pākâri m. 'digestion's foe (?)' = śveta-kāñcana L

⋙pākāru

1. pākârú m. N. of a partic. disease VS

⋙pākāvalī

1. pākâvalī f. N. of wk

≫pākala

1. pākalá mfn. quite black TS
2. bringing to ripeness (also a boil &c.), causing suppuration L
3. m. a species of fever Bhpr
4. fever in an elephant L
5. fire L
6. wind L
7. = bodhana-dravya (wṛ. for rādhana-d○?) L
8. (ā), f. Bignonia Suaveolens L. (ī), f. Cucumis Utilissimus L
9. n. Costus Speciosus or Arablcus Car

⋙pākali

1. pāḍkali f. a species of plant L

≫pākin

1. pākin mfn. becoming mature, ripening, being digested (ifc
2. cf a-, katu-, garbha- &c.)
3. promoting digestion Car

⋙pākima

1. pāḍkima mfn. cooked, burned (as earthenware), matured, ripened L
2. obtained by cooking or evaporation (as salt) Suśr
3. red-hot L

≫pāku

1. pāku See dūre- and phale-pāku

⋙kuka

1. kuka m. a cook L ....

≫pākya

1. pākya mfn. fit to cook, eatable KātyŚr. ChUp. (cf. bahu-.)
2. obtained by cooking or evaporation, Śuśr
3. ripening ( See kṛṣṭa.)
4. n. (sc. lavaṇa) a kind of salt Suśr
5. m. saltpetre L

≫pācaka

1. pācaka mf(ikā)n. cooking, roasting, baking MBh. Kāv. &c
2. causing digestion, digestive Suśr
3. bringing to maturity Tattvas
4. m. a cook Gṛihyās., (ikā f. a female cook
5. See below)
6. fire L
7. -tva n. Vop
8. -strī f. a female cook Vop
9. ○cikābhārya f. having a cook for a wife Pāṇ. 6-3, 37 Sch

≫pācata

1. pācata mfn. (fr. pacaṭ) Pat

≫pācana

1. pācana mf(ī)n. causing to cook or boil, softening, digestive Suśr
2. sour L
3. suppurative W
4. m. fire L
5. red ricinus L
6. acidity, sourness W
7. (ī), f. Terminalia Chebula L
8. n. the act of cooking or baking &c
9. causing a wound to close, a stypic for closing wounds Suśr
10. extracting extraneous substances from a wound &c. by means of cataplasms, a cataplasm ib
11. a dissolvent, digestive ib. Car
12. any medicinal preparation or decoction W
13. a sort of drink ib
14. penance, expiation L. [Page 614, Column]

⋙pācanaka

1. pāḍcanaka m. borax L
2. n. a dissolvent, digestive Car
3. a sort of drink W
4. causing a wound to close (by means of styptics &c.) ib.,

⋙pācanīya

1. pāḍcanīya mfn. to be cooked or digested
2. dissolving, digestive Suśr. Car

≫pācayitṛ

1. pācayitṛ mfn. cooking, digestive Suśr

≫pācala

1. pācala (only L.), m. a cook
2. fire
3. wind
4. -rādhana-dravya n. dissolving or a dissolvent

≫pācā

1. pācā

⋙pāci

1. pāḍci or f.cooking, maturing L

⋙pācikā

1. pāḍcikā f.cooking, maturing L

⋙pācī

1. pāḍcī f. a species of plant

⋙pācākaṭu

1. ○kaṭu m. Plumbago Ceylanica L

⋙pācya

1. pācya mfn. capable of being cooked or matured ŚvetUp

pākṣa

1. pākṣa mf(ī)n. (fr. pakṣa) belonging to a half month
2. relating to a side or party W

≫pākṣapātika

1. pākṣapātika mf(ī)n. (fr. pakṣa-pāta) partial, factious Kām

≫pākṣāyaṇa

1. pākṣāyaṇa mf(ī)n. belonging to or occurring in a Paksha or fortnight &c. W. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 80)

≫pākṣika

1. pākṣika mf(ī)n. (fr. pakṣa) favouring a party or faction Pur. Gaṇit
2. subject to an alternative, that which may or may not take place, possible but not necessary, optional Śaṃk. Pāṇ. Sch. Kull
3. m.an alternative W

⋙pākṣikasūtravṛtti

1. ○sūtra-vṛtti f. N. of wk

≫pākṣika

1. pākṣika m. (fr. pakṣin) a fowler, birdcatcher L

pākhaṇḍa

1. pākhaṇḍa m. = (and prob. only wṛ. for) pāṣaṇḍa, q.v

pāgala

1. pāgala mfn. (a word used in Bengāli) mad, deranged, demented BrahmaP

pāṅkta

1. pā́ṅkta mf(ī)n. (fr. paṅkti) consisting of five parts, fivefold Br. Up
2. relating to or composed in the Paṅkti metre VS. TS. AitBr. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 55 Sch.)
3. m. N. of a kind of Soma Suśr
4. n. (sc. sāman) N. of a Sāman Lāṭy

⋙pāṅktatā

1. ○tā f. (Śaṃk.),

⋙pāṅktatva

1. ○tvá n. (TS.) fivefoldness

≫pāṅktakākubha

1. pāṅktakākubha mf(ī)n. (fr. paṅkti-kakubh) beginning with the Paṅkti and ending with the Kakubh metre RPrāt

≫pāṅktīhari

1. pāṅktīhari m. (prob. patr. fr. paṅktī-hara) N. of a man Rājat

≫pāṅkteya

1. pāṅkteya (MBh.),

⋙pāṅktya

1. pāṅktya (Mn.), mfn. fit to be associated with, admissible into the row of castefellows at meals

pāṅktra

1. pāṅktrá m. a kind of mouse VS. (Mahīdh.)

pāṅgulya

1. pāṅgulya n. (fr. paṅgula) limping, hobbling Dhātup

⋙pāṅgulyahāriṇī

1. ○hāriṇī f. N. of a kind of shrub L

pācaka

1. pācaka ○cana &c. See col. 1

pāja

1. pāja m. (√paj?) N. of a man Rājat

≫pājaka

1. pājaka m. N. of a man (= prec.) ib
2. (with paṇḍita) N. of a poet Cat
3. a partic. kitchen utensil ĀpŚr

≫pājas

1. pā́jas n. firmness, vigour, strength RV
2. brightness, glitter, sheen (pl. shining colours) ib
3. du. heaven and earth (as the two firm or shining surfaces ; 'firmament'.)
4. food L

⋙pājasvat

1. ○vat (paáṭjas), mfn. firm, strong, brilliant RV

≫pājasya

1. pājasyá n. the region of the belly (of an animal)
2. the flanks, side VS. AV. ŚBr

≫pājrya

1. pājrya m. patr. fr. pajra ĀrshBr

pājika

1. pājika m. = prâjika, a falcon VarBṛS. Sch

pāñca

1. pāñca Vṛiddhi form of pañca (fr. pañcan), in comp

⋙pāñcakapāla

1. ○kapāla mf(ī)n. relating to or forming part of an oblation offered in 5 cups Pāṇ. 4-1, 88 Pat
2. ○lika n. vii, 3, 17 Kāś

⋙pāñcakarmika

1. ○karmika mfn. relating or applicable to the 5 kinds of treatment Car

⋙pāñcakalāpika

1. ○kalāpika n. Pāṇ. 5-1, 28 Vārtt. 1 Pat

⋙pāñcagatika

1. ○gatika mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 forms of existence L

⋙pāñcajanī

1. ○janī f. (fr. pañca-jana) patr. of Asiknī BhP

⋙pāñcajanīna

1. ○janīna mfn. g. prātijanâdi

⋙pāñcajanya

1. ○janya (pā́○), mf(ā)n. relating to the 5 races of men, containing or extending over them &c. RV. &c. Br. MBh
2. m. N. of Kṛishṇa's conch taken from the demon Pañca-jana MBh. Hariv. &c
3. fire L
4. fish or a species of fire L
5. N. of one of the 8 Upa-dviipas in Jambu-dviipa BhP
6. (ā), f. patr. of Asiknī ib
7. -dhama, -dhara and -nādin m. N. of Kṛishṇs L. (cf. above)
8. -vana n. N. of a wood Hār
9. ○nyāyani g. karṇâdi

⋙pāñcadaśa

1. ○daśa mf(ī)n. (fr. pañ-daśī) relating to the 15th day of a month, g. saṃdhi-velâdi,

⋙pāñcadaśya

1. ○daśya mfn. id. BhP
2. n. the aggregate of 15 ŚāṅkhSr

⋙pāñcanakha

1. ○nakha mf(ī)n. made of the skin of an animal with 5 claws MBh
2. n. (sc. māṃsa) the flesh of an animal with 5 claws Yājñ. Sch

⋙pāñcanada

1. ○nada mf(ī)n. relating to or prevailing in the Pañjāb MBh. [Page 614, Column]
2. m. a prince of the Pañjāb Var
3. pl. the inhabitants of the Pañjāb MBh. Var

⋙pāñcanāpiti

1. ○nāpiti (fr, pañca-nāpita) Pāṇ. 2-1, 51 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙pāñcaprasṛtikī

1. ○prasṛtikī f. (fr. pañca-prasṛta, or ○ti) a mixture of 4 kinds of grease (a handful of each) with grains of rice Car

⋙pāñcabhautika

1. ○bhautika mf(ī)n. (-bhūta) composed of or containing the 5 elements MBh. Suśr. &c
2. n. (with ādāna) the assumption of the 5 elements Yājñ

⋙pāñcamūlika

1. ○mūlika mf(ī) n. coming from the 5 roots Car

⋙pāñcayajñika

1. ○yajñika mf(ī)n. relating to or included in the 5 great religious acts ( See pañca-yajña) Mn. iii, 83 &c

⋙pāñcarātra

1. ○rātra m.pl. N. of a Vaishṇava sect following the doctrine of their sacred book called Pañcarātra Sarvad. Col. Cat
2. n. the doctrine of the Pāñcarātras ib. (also ○trya and ○traka)
3. N. of sev. wks
4. -prâyaścitta-vidhāna n. -mantra m. or n. -mahôpanī7ṣad f. -rakṣā f. rahasya n. -vacana n. -śrī-cūrṇa-paripālana n. -samgraha m. -sthāpana, n
5. ○trâgama m. ○trârādhana n. N. of wks

⋙pāñcarātrika

1. ○rātrika mf(ī)n. lasting 5 nights, (days) SāmavBr
2. m. 'connected with the P1ñcarātra, N. of Vishṇu MBh

⋙pāñcalohitika

1. ○lohitika n. Pāṇ. 5-1, 28 Vārtt. 1 Pat

⋙pāñcalauhitika

1. ○lauhitika n. ib. Kāś

⋙pāñcavarṇa

1. ○varṇa wṛ. for pañca-v○

⋙pāñcavārṣika

1. ○v�ārṣika mf(ī)n. 5 years old Jyot

⋙pāñcavalkika

1. ○valkika mf(ī)n. coming from the 5 kinds of bark Car

⋙pāñcavāja

1. ○vāja n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙pāñcavārṣika

1. ○vārṣika See above

⋙pāñcavidhya

1. ○vidhya n. (fr. pañca-vidhī), N. of a Sūtra treating of the 5 Vidhis of a Sāman L

⋙pāñcaśabdika

1. ○śabdika n. the fivefold music L

⋙pāñcaśara

1. ○śara mf(ī)n. belonging to the (5-arrowed) god of love Kathās

⋙pāñcārthika

1. pāñcārthika m. a follower or votary of Paśu-pati or Siva L

⋙pāñcaudanika

1. pāñcaudanika mf(ī)n. (fr. pañcaū7dana) Pāṇ. 4-3, 68 ; v, 1, 95 Sch

≫pāñcamāhnika

1. pāñcamāhnika mf(ī)n. (fr. pañcama + ahan) belonging to the fifth day ŚāṅkhŚr

≫pāñcamika

1. pāñcamika mf(ī)n. (fr. pañcama) treated of in the fifth book Kull. Cat

pāñcāla

1. pāñcāla mf(ī)n. relating or belonging to or ruling over the Pañcālas MBh. R. &c
2. m. a prince of the Pañcālas ib
3. (with bābhravya) N. of an author Cat
4. the country of the Pañcālas L
5. pl. the people of the Pañcālas MBh. Var. &c
6. an association of 5 guilds (carpenter, weaver, barber, washerman, and shoe-maker) L
7. (ī), f. See below
8. n. the language of the Pañcālas Cat

⋙pāñcālajātiviveka

1. ○jāti-viveka m. N. of wk

⋙pāñcāladeśa

1. ○deśa m. the country of the Pañcālas R

⋙pāñcālanātha

1. ○nātha (Var.),

⋙pāñcālapati

1. ○pati (BhP.), m. the king of the Pañcālas

⋙pāñcālaputrikā

1. ○putrikā f. N. of Draupadī Kāvyâd

⋙pāñcālarāja

1. ○rāja m. the king of the PṭPañcālas MBh

⋙pāñcālānuyāna

1. pāñcālânuyāna n. N. of a partic. play with puppets Cat. (cf. next, f.)

≫pāñcālaka

1. pāñcālaka mf(ikā)n. relating or belonging to the people of the Pañcālas MBh
2. m. a king of the Pañcālas ib
3. (ikā), f. a princess of the Pañcālas ib
4. a doll, puppet (also written ○calikā) L

≫pāñcālāyana

1. pāñcālāyana and m. patr. fr. pañcāla Pāṇ. 4-1, 99 ; 168 Sch

⋙pāñcāli

1. pāñḍcāli m. patr. fr. pañcāla Pāṇ. 4-1, 99 ; 168 Sch

≫pāñcālika

1. pāñcālika mf(ī)n.= ○laka
2. m. N. of a man Daś
3. (ikā), f. (with catuḥ-ṣaṣṭi) the 64 arts collectively Cat

≫pāñcālī

1. pāñcālī f. a princess of the Pañcālas, (esp.) N. of Draupadī MBh. Hariv. &c
2. (with or sc. rīti) N. of a partic. poetical style Daśar. Vām. &c
3. a doll, puppet L

⋙pāñcālīvivāhakathana

1. ○vivāha-kathana n

⋙pāñcālīsvayaṃvaravarṇana

1. ○svayaṃvara-varṇana n. N. of 2 wks

≫pāñcāleya

1. pāñcāleya m. metron. fr. pāñcālī MBh. (Nīlak.)

≫pāñcālya

1. pāñcālya mfn. = ○cāla mfn
2. m. = id. m. MBh

≫pāñci

1. pā́ñci m. (fr. pañcan) a patronymic ŚBr. (g. pahv-ādi)

⋙pāñcigrāma

1. ○grāma m. N. of a village Rājat

≫pāñcika

1. pāñcika m. N. of the leader of the Yakshas Buddh
2. of a man Hariv

pāñjara

1. pāñjara (fr. pañjara), mfn. relating or belonging to a cage Nalac

≫pāñjarya

1. pāñjarya g. saṃkāśâdi

pāṭ

1. pāṭ ind. an interjection used in calling L. (g. câdi)

pāṭa

1. pāṭa m. (√paṭ) breadth, expanse, extension L
2. (in geom.) the intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular or the figure formed by such an intersection Col
3. = vādya-tūrâtkara Vikr. iv, 13/14 Sch
4. (ā́), f. a species of plant AV. Kauś. (cf. pāṭhā)
5. regular order, series, succession W
6. (ī), f. See pāṭī

⋙pāṭāvalī

1. pāṭâvalī f. N. of wk

≫pāṭaka

1. pāṭaka m. a splitter, divider Hariv
2. (only L.) the half or any part or a kind of village
3. a shore, bank
4. a flight of steps leading to the water
5. a kind of musical instrument
6. a long span (= mahā-kiṣku) [Page 615, Column]
7. expense or loss of capital or stock
8. throwing dice
9. (ikā), f. See dina-pāṭikā

≫pāṭana

1. pāṭana n. splitting, dividing, tearing up, cutting to pieces, destroying MBh. Kāv. &c
2. (ā), f. a cut, incision Naish

⋙pāṭanakriyā

1. ○kriyā f. lancing an abscess or ulcer Suśr

≫pāṭanīya

1. pāṭanīya mfn. to be split or torn asunder Kād

≫pāṭita

1. pāṭita mfn. split, torn, broken, divided MBh. Kāv. &c
2. N. of a partic. fracture of the leg Suśr

≫pāṭin

1. pāṭin mfn. splitting, cleaving (ifc.) Hcat
2. m. a species of fish L

≫pāṭī

1. pāṭī f. arithmetic, Bījag
2. a species of plant L

⋙pāṭīkaumudī

1. ○kaumudī f

⋙pāṭīganita

1. ○ganita n

⋙pāṭīlilāvatī

1. ○lilāvatī f

⋙pāṭīsāra

1. ○sāra m. N. of wks

≫pāṭūpaṭa

1. pāṭūpaṭa mfn. (√paṭ). Pāṇ. 6-1, 12 Vārtt. 8 Pat. (pāṭup○ Vop.)

≫pātya

1. pātya mfn. to be lanced (as an ulcer) Car
2. n. a species of pot-herb L

pāṭaccara

1. pāṭaccara m. (fr. paṭaccara) a thief. robber Kāv

pāṭala

1. pāṭala mf(ā)n. pale red, pink, pallid Kauś. Var. Kāv
2. (f. ī) made of the Pāṭalī or forming a part of it, g. bilvâdi
3. m. a pale red hue, rose colour Rājat
4. Bignonia Suaveolens (the tree bearing the trumpet-flower) MBh. Kāv. &c
5. a species of rice ripening in the rains Suśr
6. Rottleria Tinctoria L
7. N. of a man Rājat
8. (ā), f. Bignonia Suaveolens Kāv
9. red Lodhra L
10. a kind of fresh water fish Suśr
11. a form of Durgā Tantras
12. of Dālkshāyaṇī MatsyaP
13. n. the trumpet-flower (also ā f.) MBh. Kāv. &c
14. saffron L

⋙pāṭalakīta

1. ○kīta m. a kind of insect, Vāsav

⋙pāṭalakusama

1. ○kusama n. the trumpetflower Var

⋙pāṭalagaṇḍalekha

1. ○gaṇḍa-lekha mfn. having the complexion of the cheek of a red hue Ragh

⋙pāṭalacakṣus

1. ○cakṣus mfn. having cataract in the eye, Sāṃkhyas. Sch. (wṛ. for paṭaía-c○?)

⋙pāṭaladruma

1. ○druma m. Rottleria Tinctoria L

⋙pāṭalapuṣpa

1. ○puṣpa n. the trumpet-flower MBh

⋙pāṭālacalamāhātmya

1. pāṭâlácala-māhātmya or n. N. of wk

⋙pāṭalādrimāhātmya

1. pāṭalâdrimāhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙pāṭalāpuṣpasaṃnibha

1. pāṭalā-puṣpa-saṃnibha n. the wood of Cerasus Puddum L

⋙pāṭalāvatī

1. pāṭalā-vatī f. N. of a river MBh. VP
2. N. of Durgā Tantras

⋙pāṭalopala

1. pāṭalôpala m. a ruby Śiś. xvii, 3

≫pāṭalaka

1. pāṭalaka mfn. pale red (N. of the 12th unknown quantity) Col

≫pāṭalaya

1. pāṭalaya Nom. P. ○yati, to dye pale red Kād. Śiś

≫pāṭali

1. pāṭali m.f. Biguonia Suaveolens Suśr
2. a species of rice L

⋙pāṭaliputra

1. ○putra n. N. of the capital of Magadha near the confluence of the Śoṇa and the Ganges (supposed to be the ancient Palibothra and the modern Patnā) Pat. Kap. Kathās. (esp. iii, 78) &c
2. m. pl. the inhabitants of this city Pāṇ. 2-3, 42 Kāś
3. -nāmadheya n. (sc. nagara) a city called Pāṭaliputra MW

⋙pāṭaliputraka

1. ○putraka mf(ikā)n. relating to or coming from Pāṭaliputra Pāṇ. 4-2, 123 Sch
2. n. the city Pāṭaliputra Kathās

≫pāṭalika

1. pāṭalika mfn. knowing the secrets of others L
2. one who knows time and place L
3. m. a pupil L
4. n. N. of a town (= pāṭali-putra) L

≫pāṭalita

1. pāṭalita mfn. made red, reddened W

≫pāṭalin

1. pāṭalin mfn. possessing trumpet-flowers Bālar

≫pāṭaliman

1. pāṭaliman m. a pale red or rose colour Prab

≫pāṭalī

1. pāṭalī f. Bignonia Suaveolens Suśr
2. = kaṭabhī and muṣkaka L
3. N. of a city Daś
4. of a daughter of king Mahêndra-varman Kathās

⋙pāṭalīputra

1. ○putra n. = ○li-p○ (above) HPariś

≫pāṭalīkṛ

1. pāṭalī-√kṛ to dye pale red Kād

≫pāṭalya

1. pāṭalya n. redness Kāv

≫pāṭalyā

1. pāṭalyā f. a multitude of trumpet-flowers L

pāṭava

1. pāṭava m. (fr. paṭu) a son or deseendant or pupil of Paṭu ŚBr. Pravar. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 119 Sch.)
2. mfn. clever, sharp, dexterous W
3. n. sharpness, intensity Suśr. Tattvas
4. skill, cleverness in (loc.) Kāv. Rājat. Hit
5. quickness, precipitation in (comp.) Kathās
6. health L

≫paṭavika

1. paṭavika mf(ī) ī. clever, cunning, fraudulent, Siś. xix, 56

pāṭahikā

1. pāṭahikā f. Abrus Precatorius (a small shrub) L

pāṭikāvāḍi

1. pāṭikāvāḍi N. of a village (prob. Putcabarry) Kshitîś

pāṭīra

1. pāṭīra m. (only L
2. cf. paṭīra), the sandal tree
3. a radish
4. a sieve
5. a cloud
6. a field
7. the pith or manna of the bamboo
8. tin
9. catarrh

pāṭūra

1. pāṭūrá m. a partic. part of an animal near the ribs TS

pāṭṭāraka

1. pāṭṭāraka mfn. (fr. paṭṭra), g. dhūmâdi. [Page 615, Column]

pāṭha

1. pāṭha m. (√paṭh) recitation, recital Kāv
2. reading, perusal, study (esp. of sacred texts) Śiksh. &c
3. a partic. method of reciting the text of the Veda (of which there are 5, viz. Saṃhitā, Pada, Krama, Jaṭā and Ghana RTL. 409)
4. the text of a book, SrS. MBh
5. the reading (of a text) Naish. Sch
6. = dhātu-pâṭha Vop
7. (ā), f. Clypea Hernandifolia L

⋙pāṭhaccheda

1. ○ccheda m. a break in recitation or in a text
2. a pause, caesura L

⋙pāṭhadoṣa

1. ○doṣa m. an error in a text, false reading L

⋙pāṭhaniścaya

1. ○niścaya m

⋙pāṭhaniściti

1. ○niściti f. repeated study of a tṭtext, repetition L

⋙pāṭhapraṇālī

1. ○praṇālī f. 'recitation-place', a place where the Vedas are recited or read L

⋙pāṭhamañijarī

1. ○mañijarī f. 'repetition-cluster', a small talking bird, Graculus Religiosa L

⋙pāṭhavat

1. ○vat mfn. well-read, learned Var

⋙pāṭhaviccheda

1. ○viccheda m. = -ccheda L

⋙pāṭhāntara

1. pāṭhântara n. 'another reading', a variation of the text in a book or manuscript
2. ○raya P. ○yati, to have a v. l. for (acc.) L

≫pāṭhaka

1. pāṭhaka m. a reciter, reader (ikā f. Pāṇ. 4-1, 4 Sch.)
2. a student, pupil Cat
3. a scholar, lecturer, preceptor, teacher (cf. dharma-, nakṣatra-, smṛti-) Mn. MBh. Pañc
4. a public reciter of the Purāṇas or other sacred works W
5. a Paṇḍit who declares what is the law or custom according to the scriptures ib

≫pāṭhana

1. pāṭhana m. (○nī f.), g. gaurâdi
2. n. recitation, teaching, lecturing Pañcad

⋙pāṭhanārambhapīṭhikā

1. pāṭhanârambha-pīṭhikā f. N. of wk

≫pāṭhika

1. pāṭhika mfn. conformable to the text Dāyabh
2. (○kāyana m. a patr. also pl. Saṃskārak.)
3. (ā), f. Clypea Hernandifolia L

≫pāṭhita

1. pāṭhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused or taught to read, instructed, taught, lectured Cāṇ. Pañc

≫pāṭhin

1. pāṭhin mfn. one who has read or studied any subject
2. knowing, conversant with (ifc.) MBh. Pur
3. m. a student
4. a Brāhman (esp. one who has finished his sacred studies) W
5. Plumbago Zeylanica (also pāṭhī-kuṭa) L

≫pāṭhīna

1. pāṭhīna m. = pāṭhaka L
2. Silurus Pelorius or Boalis (a kind of sheat-fish) Mn. Yājñ. Kathās. &c
3. a species of Moringa with red blossoms L

≫pāṭheya

1. pāṭheya mfn. g. nady-ādi

≫pāṭhya

1. pāṭhya mfn. to be recited R. Sāh
2. to be taught, needing instruction BhP

⋙pāṭhyaratnakośa

1. ○ratna-kośa m. N. of wk

pāḍalīpura

1. pāḍalī-pura n. = pāṭali-putra, Camp

pāḍinī

1. pāḍinī f. an earthen pot, a boiler L

pāṇa

1. pāṇa m. (√paṇ) a stake at play MBh. (cf. paṇa)
2. trade, traffic W
3. praise W

≫pāṇi

1. pāṇi m. a place of sale, shop, market W

pāṇa

1. pāṇa m. = pāṇi, the hand L

pāṇavika

1. pāṇavika mf(ī)n. (fr. paṇava) relating to a drum Kād
2. m. a drummer Pāṇ. 2-4, 2 Sch
3. a species of bird (belonging to the Pra-tuda class) Car

pāṇi

1. pāṇí m. (said to be fr. √paṇ) the hand RV. &c. &c. (often ifc. = holding in the hand, e.g. asi-p○, holding a sword in the, sword in hand
2. pāṇiṃ-√grah or ○ṇau-√kṛ, to take the hand of a bride, marry
3. ○niṃ√dā, to give the hand in marriage)
4. a hoof. RV. ii, 31, 2
5. N. of Sch. on the Daśa-rupaka Cat. [Orig palni ; Gk. ? ; Lat. palma ; Angl. Sax. [615,] folm ; Germ. fū0hlen ; Eng. feel.]

⋙pāṇikacchapikā

1. ○kacchapikā f. 'hand-tortoise', a partic. position of the fingers KālP

⋙pāṇikarṇa

1. ○karṇa m. 'hand-eared', N. of Śiva MBh

⋙pāṇikūrcan

1. ○kūrcan or m. N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh

⋙pāṇikūrcas

1. ○kūrḍcas m. N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh

⋙pāṇikhāta

1. ○khāta n. dug with the hand', N. of a sacred bathing-place MBh

⋙pāṇigata

1. ○gata mfn. being in the hand or at hṭhand, ready, present Naish

⋙pāṇigṛhīta

1. ○gṛhīta mfn. taken by the hand, married
2. (ā HPariś. or ī L.), f. a bride or wife

⋙pāṇigraha

1. ○graha m. taking (the bride) by the hṭhand, marriage. Var. Kathās. MW
2. ○hâdikṛtya-viveka m. N. of wk

⋙pāṇigrahaṇa

1. ○grahaṇa n. (ifc. f. ā) = -graha GṛS. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. -mantra m. a nuptial verse or hymn MBh. Hariv
3. -saṃskāra m. the ceremony of hand-taking Mn. iii, 43

⋙pāṇigrṣanika

1. ○grṣanika mfn. relating to marriage, nuptial Mn. MBh
2. n. a welding present MBh

⋙pāṇigrahaṇīya

1. ○grahaṇīya mfn. id. Gobh
2. (ā), f. N. of RV. x, 85 36 &c. ib

⋙pāṇigrahītṛ

1. ○grahītṛ m. hand-taker', a bridegroom, husband MBh

⋙pāṇigrāha

1. ○grāha m. id. ib. Mn. Gobh
2. hand taking, marriage W
3. (am), ind. taking by the hand -vat m. a bridegroom Sāy

⋙pāṇigrāhaka

1. ○grāhaka m. = -grahītri Daś

⋙pāṇigha

1. ○gha m. striking with the hand', a drummer or one who plays upon any hand-instrument [Page 615, Column]
2. a workman or handicraftsman L. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 55)

⋙pāṇighāta

1. ○ghāta m. a blow with the hand Siddh
2. a boxer W
3. (am), ind. striking with the hand upon (acc.) Pāṇ. 3-4, 37 Sch

⋙pāṇighna

1. ○ghná m. one who clasps the hand VS

⋙pāṇicandra

1. ○candra m. N. of a king Buddh

⋙pāṇicāpala

1. ○cāpala (Gaut.),

⋙pāṇicāpalya

1. ○cāpaḍlya (Yājñ.), n. fidgeting with the hand, snapping the fingers &c

⋙pāṇija

1. ○ja m. hand-grown', a finger-nail Gīt
2. Unguis Odoratus L

⋙pāṇitala

1. ○tala n. the palm of the hand, AśvSr. Mn. MBh. &c
2. a partic. weight (= 2 Tolakas) L

⋙pāṇitala

1. ○tala m. (in music) a partic. measure MBh

⋙pāṇidharma

1. ○dharma m. form of marriage MBh

⋙pāṇiṃdhama

1. ○ṃ-dhama mfn. crowded (as a path, where a person blows into his hands to make a noise and attract notice) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 37

⋙pāṇiṃdhaya

1. ○ṃ-dhaya mfn. drinking out of the hṭhand's Vop

⋙pāṇipallava

1. ○pallava m. n. hand-twig, the fingers MW

⋙pāṇipātra

1. ○pātra mfn. the hand as a drinking-vessel AruṇUp
2. mfn. drinking out of the hand Bhartṛ

⋙pāṇipāda

1. ○pāda n. sg. (Āpast.), m. pl. (Suśr.) the hand and feet
2. capala mfn. fidgeting with the hand's and feet Mn. iv, 177

⋙pāṇipīḍana

1. ○pīḍana n. pressing the hand (of a bride), marriage Kāv. Hcat

⋙pāṇipuṭa

1. ○puṭa

⋙pāṇipuṭaka

1. ○puḍṭaka m. or n. the hollow of the hand Kāv

⋙pāṇipūra

1. ○pūra mfn. filling the hand
2. ○rânna n. a handful of food Yājñ

⋙pāṇipraṇayin

1. ○praṇayin mfn. loved by (i.e. being or resting in) the hand (○yi-tāṃ sam-upâ-√gam, to be taken in the hand) Rājat
2. (inī), f. a wife ib

⋙pāṇipradāna

1. ○pradāna n. giving the hand (in confirmation of a promise) R

⋙pāṇibandha

1. ○bandha m. junction of the hand (in marriage) MBh

⋙pāṇibhuj

1. ○bhuj m. Ficus Glomerata L

⋙pāṇimat

1. ○mat mfn. possessed of hand MBh

⋙pāṇimarda

1. ○marda m. 'rubbing the blows (?)', Carissa Carandas (= kara-m○) L
2. (am), ind. by rubbing with the hand Car

⋙pāṇimānikā

1. ○mānikā f. a partic. weight (= -tala), ŚārṅgS

⋙pāṇimita

1. ○mita mfn. measured or measurable with the hand, very thin or slender (as a waist) Mālav

⋙pāṇimukta

1. ○mukta n. (sc. astra) a weapon thrown with the hand, a dart, spear L

⋙pāṇimukha

1. ○mukha mfn. whose mouth is the hṭhand ĀśvGṛ

⋙pāṇimūla

1. ○mūla n. 'hand-√', the wrist L

⋙pāṇiruh

1. ○ruh or ni.= -ja L

⋙pāṇiruha

1. ○ruha ni.= -ja L

⋙pāṇirekhā

1. ○rekhā f. a line on the hand MBh

⋙pāṇivāda

1. ○vāda m. = -ghná L. (also ○daka R.)
2. n. clapping the hand together R

⋙pāṇisaṃgraha

1. ○saṃgraha m

⋙pāṇisaṃgrahaṇa

1. ○saṃgraḍhaṇa n. clasping the hṭhand (in confirmation of a promise) R

⋙pāṇisaṃghaṭṭana

1. ○saṃghaṭṭana n. = -pīḍana Prasannar

⋙pāṇisargya

1. ○sargya mfn. twisted with the hṭhand (as a rope) Pāṇ. 3-1, 124 Vārtt. i Pat

⋙pāṇistha

1. ○stha mfn. being or held in the hṭhand Mn. iv, 74

⋙pāṇisvanika

1. ○svanika m. one who clasps the hṭhand together MBh

⋙pāṇihatā

1. ○hatā f. (sc. puṣ-kariṇī) N. of a lake (which the gods created for Gautama Buddha with a stroke of the hand) Lalit

≫pāṇika

1. pāṇika ifc. (f. ā) = 2. pāṇi, the hand Hcat
2. m. N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh. (v. l. kālika)
3. (ā), f. a kind of song or singing Yājñ
4. a kind of spoon L

≫pāṇin

1. pāṇin ifc. = 2. pâṇi, the hand MBh. R. &c
2. m.pl. N. of a family reckoned among the Kauśikas Hariv. VP

≫pāṇī

1. pāṇī in comp. for 2. pāṇi

⋙pāṇītala

1. ○tala n. a partic. measure (= pāṇi-t○) L

≫pāṇnu

1. pāṇnu loc. of 2. pāṇi in comp

⋙pāṇnukarana

1. ○karana n. the taking (of a bride) by the hand, marrying Naish

≫pāṇy

1. pāṇy in comp. for 2. pāṇi before vowels

⋙pāṇyāsya

1. ○āsya mfn. = pâṇi-mukha, ŚaṅkhGṛ. Mn

⋙pāṇyupakarṣam

1. ○upakarṣam ind. drawing near with the hand Pāṇ. 3-4, 49 Kāś

⋙pāṇyupaghātam

1. ○upaghātam ind. = pāṇi-ghâtam Pāṇ. 3-4, 37 Vārtt. 2 Pat

≫pāṇya

1. pāṇyá mf(á)n. (for 2. See p. 616) belonging to the hand ŚBr
2. m. patr. = kauṇḍinya Cat

pāṇina

1. pāṇina m. patr. fr. paṇin, Pā. ; vi, 4, 165 (prob.= next
2. iv,. i, 166 Kāś. on ii, 4, 21 and vi, 2, 14)

≫pāṇini

1. pāṇini m. (according to Pāṇ. 4-1, 95 patr. fr. pāṇina) N. of the most eminent of all native Sanskṛit grammarians (he was the author of the aṣtâdhyāyī and supposed author of sev. other works, viz. the Dhātu-pāṭha, Gaṇa-pātha, Liṅgânuśāsana and Śikshā
2. he was a Gāndhāra and a native of Salātura, situated in the North-West near Attok and Peshawar [see iv, 3, 94 and Śālāturīya]
3. he lived after Gautama Buddha but B.C. and is regarded as an inspired Muni
4. his grandfather's name was Devala and his mother's Dākshi see s.v. and ḍaksheya)
5. of a poet (by some identified with the grammarian)

⋙pāṇinikṛti

1. ○kṛti f. Pāṇ. 6-2, 151 Sch

⋙pāṇinidarśana

1. ○darśana n. N. of ch. of Sarvad

⋙pāṇinisūtravṛtti

1. ○sūtra-vṛ́tti

⋙pāṇinivyākaraṇadīpikā

1. ○vyākaraṇa-dīpikā f

[[]]

1. pāṇinisūtravṛttyarthasamgraha3pāṇini--sūtra-vṛtty-arthasamgraha m. N. of wks

≫pāṇinīya

1. pāṇinīya mfn. relating to Pāṇini, written or composed by Pāṇini &c. [Page 616, Column]
2. m. a disciple or follower of Pāṇini (or Pāṇ. 4-3, 99 Sch.) and his grammar, iv, 2, 64 Sch
3. n. (with or sc. vyākaraṇa) the system or grammar of PṭPāṇini, iv, 2, 66 ; 3, 115 Sch. Śiś. Kathās. Hcat

⋙pāṇinīyamatadarpaṇa

1. ○mata-darpaṇa m

⋙pāṇinīyaliṅgānuśāsana

1. ○liṅgânuśāsana n

⋙pāṇinīyaśīkṣā

1. ○śīkṣā f

⋙pāṇinīyasūtra

1. ○sūtra n. and,

⋙sūtrasārakośa

1. sūtra-sāra-kośa m. N. of wks

pāṇītaka

1. pāṇītaka m. N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh
2. pl. of a people VP. (v. l. karīti)

pāṇṭa

1. pāṇṭa (prob.) wṛ. for phāṇṭa Vait

pāṇḍa

1. pāṇḍa m. (ī f.), g. gaurâdi
2. wṛ. for pāṇḍya and pāṇḍu

⋙pāṇḍarājayaśobhūṣaṇa

1. ○rāja-yaśo-bhūṣaṇa n. N. of wk. Cat. (wṛ. for pāṇḍya-r○?)

pāṇḍaka

1. pāṇḍaka m. N. of a teacher VāyuP

pāṇḍara

1. pāṇḍara pāṇḍava, See under pāṇḍu

pāṇḍitya

1. pā́ṇḍitya n. (fr. paṇḍita) n. scholarship, erudition, learning, cleverness, skill, ŚPr. MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙pāṇḍityadarpaṇa

1. ○darpaṇa m. N. of wk

pāṇḍu

1. pāṇḍú mfn. (√paṇḍ?) yellowish white, white, pale ŚBr. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. jaundiced Car
3. m. jaundice Car
4. pale or yellowish white colour W
5. a white elephant L
6. Trichosanthes Dioeca L
7. a species of shrub L
8. N. of a son of Vyāsa by the wife of Vicitra-viirya and brother of Dhṛita-rāshṭra and Vidura (he was father of the five Pāṇḍavas) AV.Pariś. MBh. Hariv. &c
9. of a son of Janam-ejaya and brother of Dhṛita-rāshṭra MBh. i, 3745
10. of a son of Dhātri by Āyatī VP. (vḷ. prâṇa)
11. of an attendant of Śiva L
12. of a Nāgarāja L
13. pl. of a people in Madhya-deśa VarBṛS. (v. l. pāṇḍya and ○ḍva)
14. f. Glycine Debilis L

⋙pāṇḍukaṇṭaka

1. ○kaṇṭaka m. Achyranthes Aspera L

⋙pāṇḍukambala

1. ○kambala m. a white woollen covering or blanket, a warm upper garment R
2. the housings of a royal elephant W
3. a kind of stone L
4. -śilā f. N. of a part of the heavenly Paradise Divyāv
5. -saṃvrita (R.)
6. ○lin (Pāṇ. 4-2, 11), mfn. covered or lined with a white woollen blanket

⋙pāṇḍukaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa or n. (in med.) making or rending white Suśr

⋙pāṇḍukarman

1. ○karman n. (in med.) making or rending white Suśr

⋙pāṇḍugātra

1. ○gātra mfn. 'pale-bodied', pale white -tā f. paleness Suśr

⋙pāṇḍucchattra

1. ○cchattra Nom. P. ○trati, to resemble a yellow umbrella Prasannar

⋙pāṇḍucchāya

1. ○cchāya mfn. white-coloured Megh

⋙pāṇḍutaru

1. ○taru m. Anogeissus Latifolia L

⋙pāṇḍutā

1. ○tā f

⋙pāṇḍutva

1. ○tva n. whitish-yellow colour, paleness MBh. Suśr. &c

⋙pāṇḍutīrtha

1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place ŚivaP

⋙pāṇḍudāsa

1. ○dāsa m. N. of the patron of Srī-dhara Cat

⋙pāṇḍudukūla

1. ○dukūla n. a white winding-sheet Lalit
2. -sīvana n. 'sewing of the white- wṭwinding-shṭsheet', N. of a place (where Gautama Buddha made a white-wṭwinding-shṭsheet ) ib

⋙pāṇḍunāga

1. ○nāga m. a w elephant W
2. Rottlera Tinctoria L

⋙pāṇḍupattra

1. ○pattra n. a pale leaf (○trôdara n. a calyx of pale leaves) Śak
2. mfn. having pale leaves (-tā f.) Var

⋙pāṇḍupattrī

1. ○pattrī or f. a kind of fragrant substance L

⋙pāṇḍupatnī

1. ○patnī f. a kind of fragrant substance L

⋙pāṇḍuputra

1. ○putra m. a son of Pāṇḍu, any one of the Pāṇḍava princes MBh
2. (i), f. = -pattrī BhP. -pṛṣṭha mfn. 'white-backed', having no distinguished mark on the body, one from whom nothing great is to be expected L

⋙pāṇḍuphala

1. ○phala m. 'having yellow fruit', Trichosanthes Dioeca L
2. (ā), f. a species of gourd L
3. (ī), f. a species of shrub L

⋙pāṇḍubhāva

1. ○bhāva m. becoming yellowish-white Suśr

⋙pāṇḍubhūma

1. ○bhūma m. a whitish or chalky soil Yājñ. Sch
2. mfn. = -mṛttika mfn. Vop

⋙pāṇḍumukha

1. ○mukha mf(ī)n. pale-faced Kathās

⋙pāṇḍumṛttika

1. ○mṛttika mfn. having a whitish or chalky soil R
2. (ā), f. = -bhūma m. L. (also ○ka ibc.)

⋙pāṇḍumṛd

1. ○mṛd f. chalky a chalky soil L

⋙pāṇḍuraṅga

1. ○raṅga m. a kind of vegetable L
2. N. of sev. authors Cat
3. (ā), f. N. of a goddness(?) ib
4. -māhātmya n. -vgṭṭhala stotra n. ○gâṣṭaka n. N. of wks

⋙pāṇḍurāga

1. ○rāga m. whiteness, pallor W
2. Artemesia Indica L

⋙pāṇḍurāṣṭra

1. ○rāṣṭra m.pl. N. of a people MBh. (vḷ. pāṃsu-r○)

⋙pāṇḍuroga

1. ○roga m. 'yellow disease', jaundice Var. Suśr
2. -ghna and -nāśana mfn. destroying jaundice. Suśr
3. ○gin mfn. jaundiced ib

⋙pāṇḍulekha

1. ○lekha or n. an outline or sketchmade with a style or with chalk Yājñ. Sch. L

⋙pāṇḍulekhya

1. ○leḍkhya n. an outline or sketchmade with a style or with chalk Yājñ. Sch. L

⋙pāṇḍulomaparṇī

1. ○loma-parṇī (Bhpr.),

⋙pāṇḍulomaśā

1. ○lomaśā and f. Glycine Debilis'

⋙pāṇḍulomā

1. ○lomā (L.), f. Glycine Debilis'

⋙pāṇḍuloba

1. ○loba n. 'white metal', silver Daś

⋙pāṇḍuvarṇa

1. ○varṇa mfn. white Nal
2. ni. whiteness W

⋙pāṇḍuvarmadeva

1. ○varma-deva m. N. of a prince Inscr

⋙pāṇḍuśarkarā

1. ○śarkarā f. light-coloured gravel (the disease) GāruḍaP

⋙pāṇḍuśarmilā

1. ○śarmilā f. N. of Draupadī (the wife of the sons of Pāṇḍu) L

⋙pāṇḍusikata

1. ○sikata mfn. strewn with whise sand Śak. ii, 5

⋙pāṇḍusūdanarasa

1. ○sūdana-rasa m. a partic. preparation made of quicksilver Rasêndrac. [Page 616, Column]

⋙pāṇḍusopāka

1. ○sopāka or m. N. of a partic. mixed caste (the offspring of a Caṇḍāla by a Vaidehī mother) Mn. x, 37 (cf. MBh. xiii, 2588)

⋙pāṇḍusaupāka

1. ○saupāka m. N. of a partic. mixed caste (the offspring of a Caṇḍāla by a Vaidehī mother) Mn. x, 37 (cf. MBh. xiii, 2588)

≫pāṇḍara

1. pāṇḍara mf(ā)n. whitish-yellow, pale, white ŚBr. (cf. -vāsas) &c. &c
2. m. a species of plant L
3. N. of a mountain MārkP
4. of a Naga (also ○raka) MBh
5. of a sect (also ○raka) L
6. (ā), f. N. of a Buddhist Śakti or female energy MWB. 216 (cf. pâṇḍurā)
7. n. a jasmine blossom L
8. red chalk L

⋙pāṇḍaradanta

1. ○danta mfn. having white teeth or tusks (elephant) R

⋙pāṇḍaradvaragopura

1. ○dvara-gopura mfn. having white doors and city gates MBh

⋙pāṇḍarapuṣpikā

1. ○puṣpikā f. a species of plant (= śītalā) L

⋙pāṇḍarabhikṣu

1. ○bhikṣu m. 'a white-robed mendicant', N. of a partic. sect L

⋙pāṇḍaravāyasa

1. ○vāyasa m. a white crow (= something very rare) Kautukas

⋙pāṇḍaravāsas

1. ○vāsas (pā́○), mfn. white-robed ŚBr

⋙pāṇḍaravāsin

1. ○vāsin mfn. id. (v. 1. pāṇḍura-v○)
2. (inī), f. N. of a Buddh. Tantra deity L

⋙pāṇḍaretara

1. pāṇḍarêtara mfn. 'other than white', black, dark
2. -vāsas mfn. dark-robed Suśr

≫pāṇḍala

1. pāṇḍala prob. = ○ḍara in comp

⋙pāṇḍalameghā

1. ○meghā f. N. of a serpent-maid Kāraṇḍ

≫pāṇḍava

1. pāṇḍava m. a son or descendant of Pāṇḍu or a partisan of the Pāṇḍavas
2. (pl.) the 5 reputed sons of Pāṇḍu (Yudhi-shṭhira, Bhīma, Arjuna, Nakula and Saha-deva
3. Kuntī. and Mādrī) or their adherents MBh. Kāv. &c
4. N. of a mountain Lalit
5. of a country Cat
6. mf(ī)n. belonging to or connected with the Pāṇḍavas MBh

⋙pāṇḍavakulaprasūta

1. ○kulá-prasūta mfn. born from the race of the Pāṇḍavas Lalit

⋙pāṇḍavagītā

1. ○gītā f

⋙pāṇḍavacarita

1. ○carita n. N. of 2 poems

⋙pāṇḍavanakula

1. ○nakula m. N. of a Poet Cat

⋙pāṇḍavapurāṇa

1. ○purāṇa n. N. of a Pur

⋙pāṇḍavapratāpa

1. ○pratāpa m. N. of a poem (in Prākṛit) by Sridhara

⋙pāṇḍavavahni

1. ○vahni m.pl. 'the Pāṇḍava fires', N. of the 3 elder sons of Paṇḍu ('kindled on the Araṇi i.e. Pṛithi or Kuntī'
2. cf. pāṇḍavâraṇi and pṛthâraṇi) MW

⋙pāṇḍavasreṣṭka

1. ○sreṣṭka m. 'best of the sons of Pāṇḍu', N. of Yudhi-shthita MBh

⋙pāṇḍavānanda

1. pāṇḍavânanda m. N. of a drama

⋙pāṇḍavānīka

1. pāṇḍavânīka n. the army of the Pāṇḍavas Bhag

⋙pāṇḍavābhila

1. pāṇḍavâbhila m. N. of Kṛishṇa L

⋙pāṇḍavāraṇi

1. pāṇḍavâraṇi f. the Araṇi or mother of the Pāṇḍavas VP. (cf. ○va-vahni)

≫pāṇḍavāyana

1. pāṇḍavāyana m. (pl.) the children of Pāṇḍu L
2. (sg.) 'friend of the Pāṇḍavas', N. of Kṛishṇa L

≫pāṇḍavika

1. pāṇḍavika m. a kind of sparrow L

≫pāṇḍavīya

1. pāṇḍavīya mfn. = pāṇḍava mfn. MBh

≫pāṇḍaveya

1. pāṇḍaveya mfn. id. ib
2. m. a son of Pāṇḍu or an adherent of the Pāṇḍavas ib

≫pāṇḍuka

1. pāṇḍuka mfn. = pāṇḍu L
2. m. a pale or yellowish-white colour W
3. jaundice L
4. a species of rice Suśr. (cf. ○ḍūka)
5. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 9 treasures
6. N. of a son of Janam-ejaya and brother of Dhṛita-rāshṭra L
7. n. N. of a forest Śatr

⋙pāṇḍukin

1. pāṇḍuḍkin mfn. jaundiced Suśr

≫pāṇḍura

1. pāṇḍura mf(ā)n. whitish, white, pale, yellow R. Var. Suśr. &c
2. m. a form of jaundice L
3. Anogeissus Latifolia L
4. an Andropogon with white flowers L
5. N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
6. (ā), f. Glycine Debilis L
7. of a Buddhist deity Dharmas. iv (cf. pāṇḍarā)
8. n. the white leprosy, vitiligo L

⋙pāṇḍuratā

1. ○tā f. white colour, whiteness Pañc

⋙pāṇḍuradruma

1. ○druma m. Wrightia Antidysenterica Bhpr

⋙pāṇḍurapṛṣṭha

1. ○pṛṣṭha mfn. = pāṇḍu-p○ L

⋙pāṇḍuraphalī

1. ○phalī f. a species of shrub L

⋙pāṇḍuravāsin

1. ○vāsin mfn. white-robed MBh

⋙pāṇḍurekṣu

1. pāṇḍurêkṣu m. a kind of sugar-cane L

≫pāṇḍuraka

1. pāṇḍuraka mf(ikā)n. whitish Divyâv

≫pāṇḍuraya

1. pāṇḍuraya Nom. P. yati, to colour white, Vāsav

⋙pāṇḍurita

1. pāṇḍuḍrita mfn. white-coloured Kād
2. Balar

≫pāṇḍuriman

1. pāṇḍuriman m. white colour Naish

≫pāṇḍurīkaraṇa

1. pāṇḍurī-karaṇa n. colouring white Vcar

⋙pāṇḍurīkaraṇakṛ

1. ○√kṛ to colour white Kād

≫pāṇḍūka

1. pāṇḍūka m. a species of rice Var. (cf. pāṇḍuka)

≫pāṇḍya

1. pāṇḍya m. pl. N. of a people and country in the Dekhan (also vḷ. for pāṇḍu, m.pl. a people in Madhyaḍeśa) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. (sg.) a prince of the Paṇḍyas ib. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 168, Vartt. 3 Pat.)
3. N. of a son of Ākrīḍa Hariv
4. of the mountain range in the country of the Paṇḍyas MBh. R

⋙pāṇḍyadeśa

1. ○deśa m. the country of the PṭPaṇḍyas, Nīlak

⋙pāṇḍyanareśvara

1. ○narêśvara

⋙pāṇḍyanātha

1. ○nātha

⋙pāṇḍyarāja

1. ○rāja

⋙pāṇḍyarāṣṭrādhipa

1. ○rāṣṭrâdhipa m. a king or sovereign of the Paṇḍyas MBh. Hariv. &c

⋙pāṇḍyavāṭa

1. ○vāṭa m. or n. N. of a district in which pearls are found Var
2. ○taka mfn. situated in this district ib

≫pāṇḍv

1. pāṇḍv in comp. for pāṇḍu before vowels

⋙pāṇḍvarirasa

1. ○ari-rasa m. N. of a partic. medicinal preparation L

⋙pāṇḍvavabhāsa

1. ○avabhāsa mfn. appearing or looking pale Suśr

⋙pāṇḍvāmaya

1. ○āmaya m. 'yellowdisease', jaundice Suśr
2. ○yin mfn. jaundiced ib. Car

⋙pāṇḍvārti

1. ○ārti f. = -āmaya Car

≫pāṇḍva

1. pāṇḍvá n. an uncoloured woollen garment ŚBr. [Page 616, Column]
2. m.pl. N. of a people in Madhya-deśa (vṛ. for pāṇḍu and ○ḍya) Var

pāṇya

1. pāṇya mfn. (√paṇ) praiseworthy, excellent L. (For i. See p. 615, col. 3.)

pāt

1. pāt m. (√pat) falling
2. sin, wickedness W

≫pāta

1. pāta m. (for 1. See under √3. pā) flying, mode of flying, flight MBh
2. throwing one's self or falling into (loc.) or from (abl.), fall, downfall (also ifc. after what would be a gen. or abl. &c., e.g., gṛha-, fall of a house
3. parvata-, fall from a mountain
4. bhū-, fall on the earth) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
5. alighting, descending or causing to descend, casting or throwing upon, cast, fall (of a thunderbolt), throw, shot MBh. R. Pañcat
6. a stroke (of a sword &c.) Kathās
7. application (of ointment, of a knife &c.) Kāvyâd
8. casting or directing (a look or glance of the eyes) Ragh
9. decay of the body (deha-pāta), death Kathās. Bādar
10. (with garbhasya) fall of the fetus, miscarriage Suśr
11. an attack, incursion Var
12. a cass, possibility, ŚaṅkhBr
13. happening, occurrence, appearance Prab. Kathās. Daśar
14. a fault, error, mistake Sūryas
15. the node in a planet's orbit ib. (cf. IW. 179)
16. a malignant aspect ib
17. N. of Rāhu L
18. pl. N. of a school of the Yajur-veda ib

⋙pātabheda

1. ○bheda m. = tāla-kāla-kriyāviśeṣa L

⋙pātasāriṇī

1. ○sāriṇī f. N. of wk

⋙pātāṇḍinīya

1. pātâṇḍinīya (fr. pāta +?) N. of a school of the Yajur-veda Aryav

⋙pātādhikārodāharana

1. pātâdhikārôdāharana n. N. of wk

≫pātaka

1. pātaka mfn. causing to fall ( See garbha-)
2. n. (rarely m
3. ifc. f. ā), 'that which causes to fall or sink', sin, crime, loss of caste GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c

⋙pātakayoga

1. ○yoga m. incurring guilt, acting sinfully W

≫pātakin

1. pātakin mfn. guilty of a crime, wicked, sinful, a sinner (○ki-tva n.) Hariv. Kāv. Pur. &c

≫pātana

1. pātana mf(ī)n. (fr. Caus.) causing to fall, felling, laying low, striking off or down (with gen. or ifc.) MBh. Hariv. MārkP
2. n. the act of causing to fall &c
3. lowering, humbling W
4. the act of casting (as dice or a glance of the eyes) Kathās. (cf. akṣa-)
5. (with daṇḍasya) causing the rod to fall, chastising, punishing Mn
6. (with garbhasya) causing the fall of the fetus or abortion Yājñ
7. (with jalaukasām) application of leeches Suśr
8. removing, bringing away ib
9. causing to fall asunder, dividing Śaṃk
10. N. of a partic. process to which minerals (esp. quicksilver) are subjected Sarvad

≫pātanikā

1. pātanikā f. fitness, correspondence, Bhāmatī

≫pātanīya

1. pātanīya mfn. to be caused to fall upon, to be thrown or shot at (loc.) Śak. i, 10 (v. l.)

≫pātayitṛ

1. pātayitṛ mfn. one who causes to fall, thrower of (dice &c.) Pāṇ. 2-1, 10 Sch

≫pātāla

1. pātāla n. (rarely m
2. ifc. f. ā
3. perhaps fr. 2. pāta as antarāla fr. antar
4. Uṇ. i, 116) one of the 7 regions under the earth and the abode of the Nāgas or serpents and demons (cf. RTL. 102, n. 1 &c
5. sometimes used as a general N. for the lower regions or hells
6. in MBh. also N. of a town in the serpent-world), AruṇUp. MBh. Kāv. &c
7. an excavation, hole in the earth MBh
8. she submarine fire L
9. (in astrol.) the fourth house Var
10. N. of a Tirtha Cat
11. m. = yantra blow L
12. (in astron.) N. of Jupiter's year of 361 days
13. (in music) a kind of measure
14. N. of the attendant of the 14th Arhat of present Ava-sarpiṇī

⋙pātālaketu

1. ○ketu m. N. of a Daitya prince Prab

⋙pātālakhaṇḍa

1. ○khaṇḍa m. or n. N. of ch. of SkandaP

⋙pātālagaṅgā

1. ○gaṅgā f. the Ganges which flows throngh Patālā MW

⋙pātālagarudāhvaya

1. ○garudâhvaya m

⋙pātālagaruḍī

1. ○garuḍī f. a species of creeper Bhpr. L

⋙pātālatala

1. ○tala n. the bottom of PṭPatālā (○lam ind. down to Patālā) Hcar

⋙pātālanagarī

1. ○nagarī f. atown in Patālā Kathās

⋙pātālanilaya

1. ○nilaya m. an inhabitant of PṭPatālā, an Asura L
2. a serpent L

⋙pātālaprastha

1. ○prastha n. N. of a village of the Bāhīkas (○thika, mfn. ) Pat

⋙pātālabhogivarga

1. ○bhogi-varga m. N. of ch. of Amara-siṃha

⋙pātālayantra

1. ○yantra n. a sort of apparatus for distillation or for calcining and subliming metals L

⋙pātālavarṇana

1. ○varṇana n. 'description of PṭPatālā' N. of ch. of the Pātāla-khaṇḍa

⋙pātālavāsin

1. ○vāsin m. -nelaya MW

⋙pātālavijaya

1. ○vijaya m. 'victory over PṭPatālā' N. of a poem

⋙pātālāakas

1. pātāl^ākas m. an inhabitant of Pātāla, an Asura L

≫pātika

1. pātika m. Delphinus Gangeticus L

≫pātita

1. pātita mfn. (fr. Caus) made to fall, felled, struck down, lowered, depressed, overthrown R. Kālid. &c

≫pātitya

1. pātitya n. (fr. patita) loss of position or caste, degradation Pur. Kull

≫pātin

1. pātin mfn. flying MBh. Kāv. &c
2. falling, sinking Megh. Kathās
3. rising, appearing Kathās
4. being in (cf. antaḥ- and eka-)
5. causing to fall, throwing down, emitting (comp.) MBh. Var. Rājat. [Page 617, Column]

≫pātuka

1. pātuka mfn. falling or apt to fall (= patanaśīla Pāṇ. 3-2, 154)
2. falling down Śiś. iii, 3
3. Iosing caste or going to the lower regions MBh. xii, 3444
4. m. a precipice L
5. an aquatic animal (= jalahastin) L
6. N. of a poet Cat

≫pātya

1. pātya mfn. to be felled or caused to fall
2. to be inflicted or imposed (as a penalty) R

pātaṃga

1. pātaṃga mf(ī)n. (fr. pataṃ-ga) belonging to or peculiar to a grasshopper or moth Rājat
2. brown MBh. vi, 422

≫pātaṃgi

1. pātaṃgi m. 'the son of the Sun', N. of the Planet Saturn Var. Sch

pātañjala

1. pātañjala mf(ī)n. composed by Patañjali
2. m. a follower of the Yoga system of Patañjali Cat
3. n. the Yoga system of ra ib., (also ○līya n.)
4. the Mahā-bhāshya of Patañjali ib

⋙pātañjalatantra

1. ○tantra n

⋙pātañjaladarśana

1. ○darśana n

⋙pātañjalabhāṣya

1. ○bhāṣya n. (-varttika n.),

⋙pātañjalarahasya

1. ○rahasya n

⋙pātañjalasūtrabhāṣyavyakhyā

1. ○sūtra-bhāṣya-vyakhyā f

[[]]

1. pātañjalasūtravṛttibhāṣyacchāyā3pātañjala--sūtra-vṛtti-bhāṣya-cchāyā f. N. of wks

pātatriṇa

1. pātatriṇa m. vḷ. for pat○

pātatriṇa

1. pātatriṇa mfn. containing the word patatrin g. vimuktâdi

pātalya

1. pātalyá n. du. a partic. part of a carriage (= kilaka Sāy.) RV. iii, 53, 7

pātasāka

1. pātasāka m.= ?, a king Cat

pāti

1. pāti m.= pati, a master, lord, husband Uṇ. v, 5 Sch

≫pātivratya

1. pātivratya n. (fr. pati-vratā) devotedness to a husband, conjugal fidelity BhP

≫pātnil

1. pātnil Vṛddhi form of patnī (f. of pati) in comp

⋙pātnilvata

1. ○vatá mfn. belonging to Agni patnī-vat (s.v.) VS. TS. Br. ŚrS
2. containing the word patnil-vat ŚāṅkhBr

⋙pātnilśala

1. ○śala mfn. being in the patnī-śālā (a.v.), Lāṭy

≫pātya

1. pātya n. (for f. See above) dominion MBh

pātilī

1. pātilī f. (only L
2. fr. √pat?), a trap or snare for catching deer
3. a small earthen pot (used by mendicants)
4. a woman of a partic. class

pātṛ

1. pātṛ m. (for 1. 2. See under √1. and √3. pā) a species of Ocimum L

pāttigaṇaka

1. pāttigaṇaka n. fr. patti-gaṇaka g. udgātr-ādi

pāttrikya

1. pāttrikya n. (fr. pattrika), g. purohitâdi (Kāś.)

pātra

1. pātra 2 See √1. and √3. pā

pātraṭa

1. pātraṭa mfn. spare, thin L
2. m. a ragged garment (karpaṭa) or a cup, pot (karpara) L

pātha

1. pātha m. = patha g. jvalâdi
2. fire L
3. the sun L
4. n. water L
5. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

≫pāthas

1. pā́thas n. a spot, place RV. AV. Br. ŚrS
2. food Nir. viii, 17 air ib. vi, 7
3. water Kāv. Rājat

⋙pāthaspati

1. ○pati m. 'lord of the water, N. of Varuṇa Kathās

≫pāthika

1. pāthika m

⋙pāthikya

1. pāthiḍkya n. (fr. pathika), g. śivâdi and purohitâdi

≫pāthikārya

1. pāthikārya m. patr. fr. patki-kara g. kurv-ādi

≫pāthis

1. pā́this n. = pāthas KapS. (○thas MaitrS.)
2. = kīlāla L
3. n. the sea or the eye Uṇ. ii, 115 Sch

≫pātheya

1. pātheya n. (fr. pathin) provender or provisions &c. for a journey, viaticum MBh. Kāv. &c
2. = pāthona Jyot

⋙pātheyavat

1. ○vat mfn. furnished with provisions for a journey, provisioned Megh

⋙pātheyaśrāddha

1. ○śrāddha n. a kind of meal at a Śrāddha Cat

≫pātheyaka

1. pātheyaka mfn. g. dhūmâdi

≫pātho

1. pātho in comp. fo ○thas

⋙pāthoja

1. ○ja n. 'water-born', a lotus Kāv. Rājat
2. -"ṣjinī f. the lotus-plant Prasannar

⋙pāthoda

1. ○da and m. 'water-giver and -holder', a cloud Vcar

⋙pāthodhara

1. ○dhara m. 'water-giver and -holder', a cloud Vcar

⋙pāthodhi

1. ○dhi m. 'water-receptacle', the sea ib

⋙pāthonātha

1. ○nātha m. = pāthas-pati Mcar

⋙pāthonidhi

1. ○nidhi m. = -dhi L

⋙pāthobhāj

1. ○bhāj mfn. possessing room or space, SāṅkhBr

⋙pāthoruha

1. ○ruha n. 'water-grown', a lotus L

≫pāthya

1. pāthyá mfn. (prob.) being in the air, heavenly RV. vi, 16, 15 (N. of a Ṛishi Sāy.)

pāthona

1. pāthona m. (fr. Gk. ?) the sign of the zodiac [617,] Virgo Var. (cf. pārthona)

pāthnya

1. pāthnya m. a patr. of Dadh1ica Kāṭh

pād

1. pād (√2. pad), strong base of 3. pād, q.v
2. also ifc. ( See tri-p○, dvi-p○, su.p○)

≫pāda

1. pāda m. (ifc. f. ā, rarely ī) the foot (of men and animals) RV. &c. &c. (the pl. sometimes added to proper names or titles in token of respect, e.g. deva-pādāḥ, 'the king's majesty' Pañc. [Page 617, Column]
2. nārāyaṇap○, 'the venerable Nārāyaṇa' Sāh
3. pādaiḥ ind. on foot said of several persons. R
4. ○dayoḥ and ○de-√pat, to fall at a person's gen. feet Kāv. Hit)
5. the foot or leg of an inanimate object, column, pillar AV. ŚBr. MBh. &c
6. a wheel Śiś. xii, 21
7. a foot as a measure (= 12 Aṅgulas) ŚBr. ŚrS. MārkP
8. the foot or √of a tree Var
9. the foot or a hill at the foot of a mountain MBh. Kāv. &c
10. the bottom (dṛteh pādāt, 'from the bottom of a bag', v. l. pātrāt) MBh. v, 1047
11. a ray or beam of light (considered as the foot of a heavenly body) ib
12. a quarter, a fourth Part (the fourth of a quadruped being one out of 4) ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c. (pl. the 4 parts i. e. all things required for gen. Suśr.)
13. the quadrant (of a circle) Āryabh. Sch
14. a verse or line (as the fourth part of a regular stanza) Br. ŚrS. Prāt. &c
15. the caesura of a verse AgP., the chapter of a book (orig. only of a book or section of a book consisting of 4 parts, as the Adhyāyas of Pāṇini's grammar)

⋙pādakaṭaka

1. ○kaṭaka m. n

⋙pādakilikā

1. ○kilikā f. a foot-ring or ornament, anklet

⋙pādakuṭhārikā

1. ○kuṭhārikā f. a partic. position of the feet ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙pādakṛcchra

1. ○kṛcchra m. 'quarter-penance', a sort of position (eating and fasting on alternate nights) Yājñ

⋙pādakṣepa

1. ○kṣepa m. a kick with the foot Hariv

⋙pādagaṇḍira

1. ○gaṇḍira m. swelling of the legs and feet L

⋙pādagṛhya

1. ○gṛhya ind. seizing by the foot RV

⋙pādagranthi

1. ○granthi m. foot-knot', the ankle L

⋙pādagrahaṇa

1. ○grahaṇa n. laying hold of or clasping the feet (of a Brāhman or superior, as a mark of respectful salutation) Mn. Kum

⋙pādaghṛta

1. ○ghṛta n. melted butter for anointing the foot MBh

⋙pādacatura

1. ○catura or m. (L.) a slanderer

⋙pādacatvara

1. ○catvara m. (L.) a slanderer
2. a goat
3. a sand-bank
4. hail
5. Ficus Religiosa

⋙pādacāpala

1. ○cāpala (Gaut),

⋙pādacāpalya

1. ○cāpaḍlya (Yājñ.), n. carelessness in placing the feet

⋙pādacāra

1. ○cāra mfn. going on foot, walking Ragh
2. m. a foot-soldier Uttarar
3. walking on foot (eṇa ind. on foot) MBh. Kālid
4. the daily position of the planets W
5. N. of wk

⋙pādacārin

1. ○cārin mfn. going or fighting on foot, having feet, walking, moving BhP. Jātakam
2. m. a pedestrian, foot-soldier Kathās

⋙pādacihna

1. ○cihna n. foot-mark, fṭfoot-print MW

⋙pādacchedana

1. ○cchedana n. cutting: off a fṭfoot Mn. viii, 280

⋙pādaja

1. ○ja m. 'born from the foot (of Brahmā)', a Sūdra Hariv. 1

⋙pādajala

1. ○jala n. water for (washing) the feet L. 2

⋙pādajala

1. ○jala mfn. containing (i.e. mixed with) one fourth of water Bhpr

⋙pādajāha

1. ○jāha n. = -mūla L. (g. -karnâdi)

⋙pādatala

1. ○tala n. sole of the foot MBh. Suśr
2. (e), ind. (to fall) at a person's foot Amar
3. ○lâhati f. a kick Kuval

⋙pādatas

1. ○tas ind. from or at or near the feet (-taḥ-√kṛ, to place at the feet), ŚaṅkhGṛ. Mn. Kathās
2. by the Pāda (i.e. quarter of a verse), RPrāt
3. step by step, by degrees Kām

⋙pādatra

1. ○tra m. or n. 'foot-covering', a shoe Rājat. (cf. apa-pādatra)
2. -dhāraṇa n. wearing shoes Car

⋙pādatrāṇa

1. ○trāṇa n. = -tra Suśr

⋙pādadārikā

1. ○dārikā or f. 'feet-chap', a chilblain Suśr

⋙pādadārī

1. ○dāḍrī f. 'feet-chap', a chilblain Suśr

⋙pādadāha

1. ○dāha m. a burning sensation in the fṭfoot ib

⋙pādadhāvana

1. ○dhāvana n. Washing the foot MBh. R
2. ○nikā f. sand used for rubbing the foot L

⋙pādanakha

1. ○nakha m. a toe-nail Cat

⋙pādanamra

1. ○namra mfn. bowing down to the feet of any one ML

⋙pādanālikā

1. ○nālikā f. an ornament for the feet, an anklet L

⋙pādaniketa

1. ○niketa m. a foot-stool BhP

⋙pādanicrit

1. ○nicrit mfn. (a metre) wanting one syllable in each Pāda (wṛ. -ni-vrit) RPrāt

⋙pādaniṣka

1. ○niṣka m. a quarter of a Nishka (s.v.) Pāṇ. 6-3, 56 Pat

⋙pādanyāsa

1. ○nyāsa m. putting down or placing the feet R
2. casting rays (said of the moon) Śak
3. a dance or measured step MW. - 1. 2

⋙pādapa

1. ○pa See p. 618

⋙pādapatana

1. ○patana n. falling or bowing to another's feet, Ratnâv. Kathās

⋙pādapatita

1. ○patita mfn. fallen at anṭanother's foot Kathās

⋙pādapaddhati

1. ○paddhati f. a line of footsteps, a track, trail Pañc

⋙pādapadma

1. ○padma m. 'foot-lotus', a foot beautiful as a lotus Kāv
2. N. of a teacher (= padmapāda) Cat

⋙pādaparicāraka

1. ○paricāraka m. a humble servant Mcar

⋙pādapādadhāvana

1. ○pāda-dhāvana n. washing one foot with the other Gaut

⋙pādapālikā

1. ○pālikā f. an ornament for the feet, anklet L

⋙pādapāśa

1. ○pāśa m. a foot-rope or an anklet L
2. (ī), f. id. ib
3. = khaḍuka ib

⋙pādapīṭha

1. ○pīṭha m. a foot-stool MBh. R. &c
2. (○ṭhī-√kṛ), to make into a foot-stṭstool Kād

⋙pādapīṭhikā

1. ○pīṭhikā f. any common or vulgar trade (as that of a barber &c.) L
2. white stone W

⋙pādapūraṇa

1. ○pūraṇa mfn. filling out (a verse &c.), expletive RPrāt
2. n. the filling out a line or the measure of a verse Pāṇ. 6-1, 134

⋙pādaprakaraṇasaṃgati

1. ○prakaraṇa-saṃgati f. N. of wk

⋙pādaprakṣālana

1. ○prakṣālana n. washing the feet Āpast. Gaut

⋙pādapraṇāma

1. ○praṇāma m. bowing to the feet, prostration W

⋙pādapratiṣṭhāna

1. ○pratiṣṭhāna n. a foot-stool MBh

⋙pādapradhāraṇa

1. ○pradhāraṇa n. 'foot-covering', a shoe L

⋙pādaprasāraṇa

1. ○prasāraṇa n. stretching out the feet Gaut

⋙pādaprasveda

1. ○prasveda m. perspiration of the fṭfeet Hcat
2. ○din mfn. suffering from it ib

⋙pādaprahāra

1. ○prahāra m. 'feet-blow', a kick Kāv. [Page 617, Column]

⋙pādabaddha

1. ○baddha mfn. bound or held together by feet, consisting of verses (as a metre) Madhus

⋙pādabandha

1. ○bandha m. a tie or fetter for the feet MBh

⋙pādabandhana

1. ○bandhana n. id. L
2. a stock of cattle L

⋙pādabhaṭa

1. ○bhaṭa m. a foot-soldier Kathās

⋙pādabhāga

1. ○bhāga m. a fourth part, quarter MBh
2. mfn. amounting to a quarter L

⋙pādabhāj

1. ○bhāj mfn. possessing a quarter i.e. being only the fourth part of (gen.) with regard to (loc.) MBh
2. dividing into Pādas or verses L

⋙pādamaññarī

1. ○maññarī f. N. of a treatise on RV

⋙pādamadhyayamaka

1. ○madhya-yamaka n. paronomasia in the middle of the 4 verses of a stanza (as in Bhaṭṭ. x, 5)

⋙pādamātra

1. ○mātra n. the measure or distance of a foot, ŚrS
2. (○trá), mt(ī́)n. a foot long ŚBr

⋙pādamiśra

1. ○miśra = pan-miśra (Pāṇ. 6-3, 56)

⋙pādamudrā

1. ○mudrā f. the impression of a fṭfoot-step, any mark or sign Rājat
2. paṅkti f. a line of foot-steps, a track, trail Kathās

⋙pādamūla

1. ○mūla n. 'foot-√', the sole or heel (also as a polite designation of a person) Kāv. Pur. (○le ni-√pat, to fall at a person's feet R.)
2. the foot of a mountain Kathās

⋙pādayamaka

1. ○yamaka n. paronomasia within the Pādas or single verses Vām

⋙pādayuddha

1. ○yuddha n. 'foot.-fight', fighting on foot MW

⋙pādarakṣa

1. ○rakṣa m. 'foot-guard'
2. pl. armed men who run by the side of an elephant in battle to protect its feet MBh. Hariv

⋙pādarakṣaṇa

1. ○rakṣaṇa n

⋙pādarakṣikā

1. ○raḍkṣikā f. foot-covering', a shoe L

⋙pādarajas

1. ○rajas n. the dust of the feet MBh. Mālav

⋙pādarajju

1. ○rajju f. a rope or tether for the foot (of an elephant) L

⋙pādarathī

1. ○rathī f. 'foot-vehicle', a shoe L

⋙pādarohaṇa

1. ○rohaṇa m. 'growing from roots', the Indian fig-tree L

⋙pādalagna

1. ○lagna mfn. sticking or hanging on the feet, lying at a person's feet Cāṇ. Kathās

⋙pādalipta

1. ○lipta (and -sūri), m. N. of a scholar L

⋙pādalepa

1. ○lepa m. an unguent for the fee MārkP
2. -siddhi f. its effect Caṇḍ

⋙pādavat

1. ○vat (pā́da-), mfn. having foot AV. &c

⋙pādavandana

1. ○vandana n. saluting the foot', respectful saluation Yājñ
2. ○nika mfn. accompanied by a respectful saluation L

⋙pādavalimīka

1. ○valimīka m. elephantiasis L. (cf. valm○)

⋙pādavigraha

1. ○vigraha m. pl. (prob.) a mode of reading (cf. pāda-v○) Hariv. 12030 (v. l. kāma [for [krama?] v○])
2. mfn. one-footed (opp. to catuṣpāda) ib. 11305 0c

⋙pādavidhāna

1. ○vidhāna n. 'arrangement of verses', N. of a wk. ascribed to Śaunaka

⋙pādavirajas

1. ○virajas f. a shoe (lit. 'keeping the feet dustless '?) L

⋙pādavṛtta

1. ○vṛtta m. N. a Svarita separated from the preceding Udātta by a hiatus Prāt
2. du. the 2 component elements of a verse, i.e. the long and short syllable ib

⋙pādaveṣṭanika

1. ○veṣṭanika m. or n. (and ā f.) 'foot-covering', a stocking L

⋙pādaśabda

1. ○śabda m. the sound of foot-steps, Daś'

⋙pādaśas

1. ○śas ind. foot by foot, quarter by quṭquarter Mn. MBh
2. verse by verse MānGṛ

⋙pādaśākhā

1. ○śākhā f. 'foot-branch', a toe L

⋙pādaśuśruṣā

1. ○śuśruṣā f. obedience to (the feet of) any one (gen.) Hariv

⋙pādaśeṣa

1. ○śeṣa n. a quarter, fourth part (?) Hariv. 16218

⋙pādaśaila

1. ○śaila m. a hill at the foot of a mountain L

⋙pādaśotha

1. ○śotha m. 'feet-swelling', gout W

⋙pādaśauca

1. ○śauca n. cleaning the foot Yājñ

⋙pādasaṃhitā

1. ○saṃhitā f. the junction of words in a quarter of a stanza VPrāt

⋙pādasevana

1. ○sevana n

⋙pādasevā

1. ○seḍvā f. 'foot-salutation', service, duty Kāv

⋙pādastambha

1. ○stambha m. a supporting beam, pillar, post Yājñ. Sch

⋙pādasphoṭa

1. ○sphoṭa m. a sore or ulcer on the foot L

⋙pādasvedana

1. ○svedana n. causing perspiration in the feet
2. ○nika mfn. produced by it, g. akṣa-dyūtâdi

⋙pādaharṣa

1. ○harṣa m. numbness of the foot Suśr

⋙pādahāraka

1. ○hāraka mfn. taken away with the fṭfoot Pāṇ. Sch
2. m. a stealer with the foot (?) W

⋙pādahīnāt

1. ○hīnāt ind. without division or transition Suśr

⋙pādāṃśika

1. pādâṃśika mfn. greater or smaller by a part Car

⋙pādākulaka

1. pādâkulaka n. N. of 2 kinds of metre Col

⋙pādāgra

1. pādâgra n. the point or extremity of the foot
2. -sthita mfn. standing on tip-toe, Ratnâv,

⋙padāghāta

1. pádâghāta m. 'foot-blow', a kick Kathās

⋙pādāṅgada

1. pādāṅgada n

⋙pādāṅgadī

1. pādāṅgaḍdī f. 'foot-ring', an anklet L

⋙pādāhgulīyaka

1. pādâhgulīyaka n. a toe-ring L

⋙pādāṅguṣṭha

1. pā́dâṅguṣṭha m. foot-thumb', the great toe MBh
2. -śritâvani mfn. touching the ground with the toes, on tip-toe MW
3. ○ṭhikā f. a ring worn on the great toe W

⋙pādādi

1. pādâdi (ibc.), the beginning of a verse
2. -madhya-yamaka n. paronomasia at the beginning and in the middle of a verse (as Bhaṭt. x, 15)
3. -yamaka n. paronomasia at the beginning of a vṭverse (ib. x, 4)
4. ○dyanta-yamaka n. paronomasia at the beginning and end of a verse (ib. x, 11)

⋙pādādhiṣṭhāna

1. pādâdhiṣṭhāna n. a foot-stool L

⋙pādādhyāsa

1. pādâdhyāsa m. treading upon, kicking W

⋙pādānata

1. pādânata mfn. = ○da-namra ib

⋙pādānukramaṇī

1. pādânukramaṇī f. N. of wk

⋙pādānudhyāta

1. pādânudhyāta or ○dhyāna mfn. 'thought of by (the feet of) such a one', the rightful successor of any one (thought of by his predecessor), inscr

⋙pādānuprāsa

1. pādânuprāsa m. alliteration in verses Vām

⋙pādānta

1. pādânta m. extremity of the feet (○te, at a person's foot) Amar
2. a claw Pañc
3. the end of a verse
4. -yamaka n. paronomasia at the end of a verse (as Bhaṭṭ. x, 3). [Page 618, Column]

⋙pādāntara

1. pādântara n. the interval of a step
2. ○re ind. close by (with gen.) MBh
3. after the intṭinterval of a step Śak. (v. l. for pad○)

⋙pādāntikam

1. pādântikam ind. near to or towards (the feet of) any one MārkP

⋙pādābhivandana

1. pādâbhivandana or n. = ○da-vandana R

⋙pādābhivādana

1. pādâbhiḍvādana n. = ○da-vandana R

⋙pādāmbu

1. pādâmbu mfn. containing a fourth part of water L

⋙pādāmbhas

1. pādâmbhas n. water for washing the feet Yājñ

⋙pādāravinda

1. pādâravinda m. 'foot-lotus', the foot of a deity or a lover &c. Kāv
2. -śataka n. N. of a poem

⋙pādārghya

1. pādârghya n. 'offering to the feet', a donation to Brāhmans or other venerable persons W

⋙pādārdha

1. pādârdha n. half a quarter, an eighth Mn. viii, 404
2. half a line of a stanza W

⋙pādrpaṇa

1. pād7rpaṇa n. putting down or placing the feet Ragh

⋙pādāvanāma

1. pādâvanāma m. bowing to a person's feet Siś

⋙pādāvanektṛ

1. pādâvanektṛ m. one who washes another's foot Āpast

⋙pādāvaneja

1. pādâvaneja (!), m. washing another's fṭfoot BhP

⋙pādāvanejana

1. pādâvanejana mf(ī)n. used for washing the foot AitBr. Mn. &c
2. (ī), f. pl. water for washing the foot BhP

⋙pādāvanejya

1. pādâvanejya n. = ○ja TāṇḍBr

⋙pādāvarta

1. pādâvarta m. a wheel worked by the fṭfoot for raising water from a well L
2. a square foot KātyŚr. Sch

⋙pādāvasecana

1. pādâvasecana n. water used for washing the feet Mn. iv, 151

⋙pādāṣṭhīla

1. pādâṣṭhīla m. or n. the ankle MBh

⋙pādāsana

1. pādâsana n. a footstool W

⋙pādāsphālana

1. pādâsphālana n. trampling or shuffling of the feet, floundering W

⋙pādāhata

1. pādâhata mfn. kicked or trodden by the foot W

⋙pādāhati

1. pādâhati f. 'foot-blow', a kick, treading, trampling &c. Ratnâv. Kathās

⋙pādeṣṭakā

1. pādêṣṭakā f. the quarter of a brick Śulbas

⋙pādotphāla

1. pādôtphāla m. shuffling or moving the feet MW

⋙pādodaka

1. pādôdaka n. 'foot-water', water used for washing the feet MBh. &c
2. -tīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha Cat

⋙pādodara

1. pādôdara m. a serpent ('using the belly in place of feet') PraśnUp

⋙pādoddhūta

1. pādôddhūta n. stamping the foot MBh. VP

⋙pādona

1. pādôna mfn. less or smaller by a quarter Āpast

⋙pādopajīvin

1. pādôpajīvin mfn. 'living by a person's mercy (lit. feet)', a servant, messenger &c. Divyâv

⋙pādopadhāna

1. pādôpadhāna n

⋙pādopadhānī

1. pādôpadhāḍnī f. a cushion for the fṭfoot MBh

⋙padopasaṃgrahaṇa

1. padôpasaṃgrahaṇa n. clasping the fṭfoot (of a teacher) Gaut

≫pādaka

1. pādaká m. a small foot RV. viii, 33, 19
2. (ikā-), f. a sandal, shoe L
3. ifc. (f. ikā) = foot R. Kathās
4. mf(ikā)n. making a quarter of anything Var

≫pādapa

1. pāda-pa (√1. pā), m. (ifc. f. ā) 'drinking at foot or √', a tree, plant MBh. Kāv. &c. (-ka id. ifc. Kathās.)

⋙pādapakhaṇḍa

1. ○khaṇḍa m. a grove of trees L

⋙pādaparuhā

1. ○ruhā f. Vanda Roxburghī L

⋙pādapavivakṣā

1. ○vivakṣā f. N. of wk

⋙pādapopagata

1. pādapôpagata mfn. abiding under a tree (while expecting death) HPariś

⋙pādapopagamana

1. pādapôpagamana n. the abiding &c. ( See prec.) ib

≫pādapa

1. pāda-pa (√3. pā), m. a foot-stool or cushion for the feet L
2. (ā), f. a shoe, slipper L

≫pādaya

1. pādaya Nom. P. ○yati, to stretch out the feet Dhātup. xxxv, 85

≫pādavika

1. pādavika m. a traveller L

≫pādāt

1. pādāt m. a foot-soldier, footman L

≫pādāta

1. pādāta m. id. MBh. R. &c
2. n. infantry MBh. (g. bhikṣâdi)

≫pādāti

1. pādāti and m.= pādāt L. (cf. padāti)

⋙pādātika

1. pādāḍtika m.= pādāt L. (cf. padāti)

≫pādāyana

1. pādāyana m. patr. fr. pāda g. aitvâdi

≫pādāvika

1. pādāvika m. = pādātika L

≫pādika

1. pādika mf(ī)n. lasting for a quarter of the time Mn. iii, 1
2. amounting to + (n. with śata, 25 percent MBh
3. with or sc. ahar, daily wages Pat.)
4. versed in or studying the Pada-patha, g. ukthâdi Kāś

≫pādin

1. pādin mfn. footed, having feet ( See m)
2. having Pādas (as a, stanza) W
3. claiming or receiving a fourth part ŚrS. Mn. viii, 210
4. m. a footed aquatic or amphibious animal Suśr
5. the heir to a fourth part of an estate W

≫pādu

1. pādú m. a foot RV. (cf. Nir. iv, 15)
2. a place MānGṛ

≫pādukā

1. pādukā mf(ā or ī)n. going on foot or with feet W
2. (ā), f. See next

≫pādukā

1. pādukā f. a shoe or slipper MBh
2. kāv. &c. (also ○ka m. c. and in ○ka-vat mfn. having shoes Hcat.)
3. impression of the feet of a god or a holy person MWB. 508
4. (?) N. of Durgā or another deity (cf. comp. below)

⋙pādukākāra

1. ○kāra or m. a shoemaker L

⋙pādukākṛt

1. ○kṛt m. a shoemaker L

⋙pādukāmantra

1. ○mantra m

⋙pādukāsahasra

1. ○sahasra n

⋙pādukāsahasraparīkṣā

1. ○sahasra-parī7kṣā f. N. of wks

≫pādukin

1. pādukin mfn. having shoes, shoed Āpast

≫pādū

1. pādū, f. a shoe or slipper L

⋙pādūkṛt

1. ○kṛt m. a shoemaker Rājat. L. (also spelt ○du-kṛt)

≫pādūna

1. pādūna mfn. less or smaller by a quarter L. (cf. pādôna)

≫pādūlaka

1. pādūlaka m. a broom ĀpGṛ. Sch

≫pādegṛhya

1. pāde-gṛhya ind. = ○da-grihya g. mayuravyaṃsakâdi. [Page 618, Column]

⋙pādya

1. pā́dya mf(ā)n. relating or belonging to the foot Br. ŚrS. (n. with or sc. udaka, water used for washing the feet ib. &c.)
2. amounting to a quarter of anything, Śulbas

≫pādyaka

1. pādyaka mfn. pādya-prakāra g. sthūlâdi

pādakramika

1. pādakramika mfn. (fr. padakrama) one who recites or knows the Pada-krama, g. ukthâdi (Kāś. pada, krama for pada-k○)

pādavyākhyāna

1. pāda-vyākhyāna mfn. (fr. pada-v○), g. rig-ayanâdi

pādāraka

1. pādāraka m. the masts or ribs of a boat L

pādālika

1. pādālika m.= dhundhu-māra L. (v. l. pad○)

pādālinda

1. pādālinda m.= pādāraka L
2. (ī), f. a boat L

pāddhata

1. pāddhata n. (fr. pad-dhati) g. bhikṣâdi

pādma

1. pādma mf(ī)n. (fr. padma) relating to or treating of the lotus Pur
2. m. N. of a Kalpa or cosmic period ib
3. of Brahmā ib
4. n. = padma-purāṇa

⋙pādmanityapūjāvidhi

1. ○nitya-pūjā-vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙pādmapurāṇa

1. ○purāṇa n. = padma-p○

⋙pādmaprayoga

1. ○prayoga m

⋙pādmamaṇḍalārcana

1. ○maṇḍa-lârcana n

⋙pādmamantra

1. ○mantra m

⋙pādmavacana

1. ○vacana n

⋙pādmavedamantra

1. ○vedamantra m

⋙pādmasaṃhitā

1. ○saṃhitā f. (○tā-prayoga. m.) N. of wks. or chapter of wks

⋙pādmottara

1. pādmôttara n. (prob.) = Padma-PṭPurāṇa ii

pāna

1. pāna. 2. See p. 613, cols. 1 and 2

pāna

1. pāna m.= apâna, breathing out, expiration L

pānasa

1. pānasa mf(ī)n. (fr. panasa) prepared from the fruit of the Jaka or bread-fruit tree Kull. on Mn. xi, 95

pāntha

1. pāntha m. (fr. panthan) a wanderer, traveller MBh. Kāv. &c. (ifc. [f. ā] = accompanying. not moving from Naish.)
2. the sun (as the wanderer in the sky) L

⋙pānthatva

1. ○tva n. the life of a wanderer Kathās

⋙pānthadevatā

1. ○devatā f. pl. N. of a partic. class of deities Hcat

≫pānthāyana

1. pānthāyana mfn. g. pakṣâdi

pānnaga

1. pānnaga mf(ī)n. (fr. panna-ga) formed or consisting of snakes, having serpents, snaky Hariv

pānnāgāra

1. pānnāgāra mfn. fr. next Pāṇ. 4-2, 113 Sch

≫pānnāgāri

1. pānnāgāri m. patr fr. pannâgāra ib. iv, 2, 60 Sch

pānnejana

1. pānnéjana mf(ī)n. (fr. pan-nejana) used for washing the feet KātyŚr
2. n: a vessel in which the feet are washed ŚBr. KātyŚr

pāpa

1. pāpá (ŚBr. xiv, also pā́pa), mf(ī older than ā
2. Pāṇ. 4-1, 30)n. bad, vicious, wicked, evil, wretched, vile, low RV. &c. &c
3. (in astrol.) boding evil, inauspicious Var
4. m. a wicked man, wretch, villain RV. &c, &c
5. N. of the profligate in a drama Cat
6. of a hell VP
7. (ā), f. a beast of prey or a witch, Hcat
8. n. (ifc. f. ā) evil, misfortune, ill-luck, trouble, mischief. harm AV. &c. &c. often śāntam pāpam, 'heaven forefend that evil' R. Mṛicch. Kālid. &c.)
9. sin, vice, crime, guilt Br. Mn. MBh. &c
10. (ám), ind. badly, miserably, wrongly AV
11. (áyā), ind. id. RV. AV
12. -papáyâmuyā́, so badly, so vilely ib

⋙pāpakara

1. ○kara and mfn. 'wrong-doing', wicked, sinful W

⋙pāpakartṛ

1. ○kartṛ mfn. 'wrong-doing', wicked, sinful W

⋙pāpakarman

1. ○karman mfn. id
2. m. an ill-doer, criminal, sinner Mn. MBh. &c
3. n. a wicked deed, ○ma-kṛt mfn. wicked, an ill-doer R

⋙pāpakarmin

1. ○karmin mfn. 'wrong-doing', wicked, a villain or sinner MārkP

⋙pāpakalpa

1. ○kalpa m. a rogue or villain Mṛicch. =

⋙pāpakāraka

1. ○kāraka (Kautukas.),

⋙pāpakārin

1. ○kārin (ŚBr. &c.),

⋙pāpakṛt

1. ○kṛ́t (AV. &c., superl. -tama Mn. Bhag.), mfn. = -karmin

⋙pāpakṛta

1. ○kṛta n. an evil deed, sin, crime Nal

⋙pāpakṛtya

1. ○kṛtya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. -kṛt), to do wrong Pat

⋙pāpakṛtyā

1. ○kṛtyā́ f. an evil deed, sin, crime AV. &c. &c, =

⋙pāpakṛtvan

1. ○kṛ́tvan m. an evildoer, sinner, villain AV

⋙pāpakṣaya

1. ○kṣaya m. destruction of sin
2. -tirtha n. N. of a Tirtha SkandaP

⋙pāpagati

1. ○gati m. ill-fated R

⋙pāpagocara

1. ○gocara mfn. evidently involved in (the consequences of) sin W

⋙pāpagraha

1. ○graha m. an inauspicious planet (as Mars, Saturn, Rāhu, Ketu), Var'

⋙pāpaghna

1. ○ghna mf(ī)n. destroying sin or evil L
2. m. a sesamum plant L
3. (ī), f. See under -han

⋙pāpacara

1. ○cara m. 'walking in sin', N. of king in a Play Cat. [Page 618, Column]

⋙pāpacārin

1. ○cārin mfn. wrong-doing, criminal MBh

⋙pāpacetas

1. ○cetas mfn. evil-minded, wicked Mn. MBh

⋙pāpacelikā

1. ○celikā or f. Clypea Hernandifolia L

⋙pāpacelī

1. ○ceḍlī f. Clypea Hernandifolia L

⋙pāpacaila

1. ○caila n. an inauspicious garment Kauś

⋙pāpaja

1. ○ja mfn. springing from evil MW

⋙pāpajivā

1. ○jivā mfn. leading an evil ifc. a villain BhP

⋙pāpatara

1. ○tara mfn. worse, more or very wicked MBh. &c

⋙pāpatā

1. ○tā f. inauspiciousness VarBṛS. Sch

⋙pāpatimira

1. ○timira mfn. sin-bedarkened, blinded by sin MW

⋙pāpatva

1. ○tvá n. evil condition, misery, poverty. RV

⋙pāpada

1. ○da mfn. bringing misfortune, inauspicious Var

⋙pāpadarśana

1. ○darśana or mfn. looking at faults, malevolent R

⋙pāpadarśiṅ

1. ○darḍśiṅ mfn. looking at faults, malevolent R

⋙pāpadṛśvan

1. ○dṛśvan mfn. seeing guilt, knowing an act to be wicked W

⋙pāpadeśanā

1. ○deśanā f. instruction of the wicked Dharmas. xix

⋙pāpadṛṣṭi

1. ○dṛṣṭi mfn. evil-eyed MW

⋙pāpadhī

1. ○dhī mfn. evil-minded Nir

⋙pāpanakṣatra

1. ○nakṣatra n. an inauspicious constellation Kauś

⋙pāpanāpita

1. ○nāpita m. a vile or bad barber W

⋙pāpanāman

1. ○nāman (pāpá-), mfn. having a bad name ŚBr

⋙pāpanāśana

1. ○nāśana m. 'destroying the wicked', N. of Siva Śivag
2. N. of a temple of Vishṇu
3. -māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙pāpanāśin

1. ○nāśin mfn. sin-destroying, purifying W

⋙pāpanirati

1. ○nirati mfn. 'delighting in sin, wicked, a wretch W
2. f. attachment to evil, wickedness ib

⋙pāpaniścaya

1. ○niścaya mfn. having evil designs, malevolent MBh. R

⋙pāpaniṣkṛti

1. ○niṣkṛti f. atonement for sin MW

⋙pāpapati

1. ○pati m. 'sinful master', a paramour L

⋙pāpaparājita

1. ○parājita (pāpá-), mfn. ignominiously defeated TBr

⋙pāpapuṇya

1. ○puṇya n. pl. vicious or virtuous (deeds) MW

⋙pāpapurī

1. ○purī v. l. for a-pāpap○ (cf. pāpāpurī)

⋙pāpapuruṣa

1. ○puruṣa m. a villainous man (a personification of all sin or archetype of a sinner) Tantras

⋙pāpapuruṣa

1. ○puruṣa m. a villain, rascal Mn

⋙pāpapraśamanastava

1. ○praśamana-stava m. N. of wk

⋙pāpapriya

1. ○priya mfn. fond of evil, prone to sin Veṇis

⋙pāpaphala

1. ○phala mfn. having evil consequences, inauspicious Var

⋙pāpabandha

1. ○bandha m. a continuous series of misdeeds VP

⋙pāpabuddhi

1. ○buddhi f. evil intent R
2. mfn. evil-minded, wicked Mn. MBh
3. m. N. of a man Pañc

⋙pāpabhakṣaṇa

1. ○bhakṣaṇa m. 'devouring the wicked', N. of Kāla-bhairava (a son of Śiva) Cat

⋙pāpabhañjana

1. ○bhañjana m. 'breaking the wṭwicked', N. of a Brāhman Kathās

⋙pāpabhāj

1. ○bhāj mfn. partaking of sin, guilty Kum

⋙pāpabhāva

1. ○bhāva mfn. evil-minded MW

⋙pāpamati

1. ○mati mfn. id. Nal

⋙pāpamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting in evil, bad Jātakam

⋙pāpamitra

1. ○mitra n. a friend of sin -tva n. friendship with the wicked L

⋙pāpamukta

1. ○mukta mfn. freed from sin, purified W

⋙pāpamocana

1. ○mocana n. liberating from sin, N. of a Tirtha VP
2. (ī), f. (with ekādaśī) N. of wk

⋙pāpayakṣma

1. ○yakṣmá m. 'the evil disease', consumption TS. (also ○man Var. Hcat.)
2. -gṛhīta (○kṣmá), mfn. seized by consṭconsumption ib

⋙pāpayoni

1. ○yoni f. a bad or low birthplace (lit. 'womb', as punishment of sin) Mn. iv, 166

⋙pāparahita

1. ○rahita mfn. free from guilt, harmless Hit

⋙pāparākṣasī

1. ○rākṣasī f. an evil female demon, witch ĀśvGṛ

⋙pāparipu

1. ○ripu m. or n. 'enemy of sin', N. of a sacred bathing-place Kathās

⋙pāparoga

1. ○roga m. any bad disease (considered as the penalty of sin in a former life) Gobh. Mn
2. smallpox L
3. hemorrhoids Gal
4. ○gin mfn. suffering from a bad disease (cf. above) Mn

⋙pāparddhi

1. ○rddhi (r for ri), f. 'sin-thriving', hunting, chase Vcar. Pañc
2. ○dhika m. a hunter Nalac

⋙pāpaloka

1. ○loká m. the evil wor1d, place of suffering or of the wicked AV
2. ○kya mf(ā)n. belonging to it, hellish, infernal MBh

⋙pāpavasīyas

1. ○vasīyas mfn. 'bad-better', inverted, confused Gobh. Pañc. n= next

⋙pāpavasīyasa

1. ○vasīyasa (Kāṭh. TāṇḍBr.),

⋙pāpavayasa

1. ○vayasá (TS. ŚBr. &c.), n. inversion, confusion

⋙pāpavāda

1. ○vādá m. an inauspicious cry (of a bird) AV

⋙pāpavināśa

1. ○vināśa m. destruction of sin
2. -tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha (also ○zana-t○), Siṃhâls. Cat

⋙pāpavinigraha

1. ○vinigraha m. restraining wickedness W

⋙pāpaviniscaya

1. ○viniscaya mfn. intending evil R

⋙pāpaśamana

1. ○śamana mfn. removing crime W
2. n. a sin-offering ib
3. (ī), f. Prosopis Spicigera L

⋙pāpaśīla

1. ○śīla mf(ā)n. of bad character, wicked (-tva n.) Veṇis. Pañc

⋙pāpaśodhana

1. ○śodhana n. 'washing away sins', N. of a Tīrtha Kathās

⋙pāpasaṃśamana

1. ○saṃśamana mfn. removing sin R

⋙pāpasaṃkalpa

1. ○saṃkalpa mf(ā)n. evil-minded, malevolent ib

⋙pāpasama

1. ○sáma n. a bad year TS. Vait

⋙pāpasamācāra

1. ○samācāra mf(ā) n. of bad conduct MBh

⋙pāpasammita

1. ○sammita mfn. equal in sin or guilt W

⋙pāpasūdanatīrtha

1. ○sūdanatīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha Rājat. (cf. -vināśana-t○)

⋙pāpaskandha

1. ○skandha n. pl. accumulation of sin Kāraṇḍ

⋙pāpahan

1. ○han mf(ghnī)n. destroying sin or the wicked Mn
2. (ghnī), f. N. of a river
3. -ghnī-māhāsmya n. N. of wk

⋙pāpahara

1. ○hara mfn. removing evil
2. n. a means of removing evil Var
3. (ā), f. N. of a river MBh

⋙pāpahṛdaya

1. ○hṛdaya mf(ā)n. bad-hearted, Veṇls

⋙pāpākhyā

1. pāpâkhyā f. (sc. gati) N. of one of the 7 divisions of the planetary courses Var

⋙pāpāṅkuśā

1. pāpâṅkuśā f. N. of the 11th day in the light half of the month Āśvina Cat
2. (with ekādāśī) N. of wk

⋙pāpācāra

1. pāpâcāra mfn. ill-conducted, vicious MBh
2. m. N. of a king Dhūrtan. [Page 619, Column]

⋙pāpātman

1. pāpâtman mfn. evil-minded, wicked, a wretch, sinner (opp. to dharmâtman) Mn. MBh. &c

⋙pāpādhama

1. pāpâdhama mfn. the lowest of the wicked MW

⋙pāpānubandha

1. pāpânubandha m. bad result or consequences R
2. mfn. ill-intentioned ib

⋙pāpānuvasita

1. pāpânuvasita mfn. addicted to sin, sinful W

⋙pāpānta

1. pāpânta n. 'end of sin', N. of a Tirtha VāmP
2. ○tikā f. a kind of sin Divyāv

⋙pāpāpanutti

1. pāpâpanutti f. 'removal of sins', expiation W

⋙pāpārambhaka

1. pāpârambhaka mfn. intending evil Mālatīm. v, 23 (vḷ. ○bha-vat)

⋙pāpāvahīm

1. pāpâvahī́m ind. leaving sin behind TS

⋙pāpāśya

1. pāpâśya mfn. evil-intentioned L

⋙pāpāha

1. pāpâhá n. an unlucky day TBr

⋙pāpāhi

1. pāpâhi m. a snake, serpent MW

⋙pāpokta

1. pāpôkta mfn. addressed in ill-omened words ŚāṅkhBr

≫pāpaka

1. pā́paka mf(ikā, once akī)n. bad, evil ŚBr. &c. &c
2. m. a villain, rascal MBh
3. an evil or malignant planet Var
4. n. evil, wrong, sin MBh

≫pāpaya

1. pāpaya Nom. Ā- (only pā́payiṣṭa), to suffer a person to fall into misery on account of (abl.) TS

≫pāpala

1. pāpala mfn. imparting or incurring guilt W
2. n. a partic. measure L

≫pāpāya

1. pāpāya Nom. Ā. ○yate Vop

≫pāpin

1. pāpin mfn. wicked, sinful, bad
2. a sinner, criminal MBh. Kāv. &c

≫pāpiṣṭha

1. pā́piṣṭha mfn. worst, lowest, most wicked or bad AV. &c. &c

⋙pāpiṣṭhatama

1. ○tama (Daś.) and mfn. id

⋙pāpiṣṭhatara

1. ○tara (ChUp. MBh.), mfn. id

≫pāpīya

1. pāpīya mfn. = next MBh

≫pāpīyas

1. pā́pīyas mfn. worse, worse off, lower, poorer, more or most wicked or miserable TS. &c. &c
2. m. a villain, rascal Mn. R. &c
3. (with Buddhists) māraḥ pāpīyān, the evil spirit, the devil Lalit

⋙pāpīyastara

1. ○tara mfn. worse, more or most bad or wicked MBh

⋙pāpīyastva

1. ○tva n. wickedness, depravity Rājat

≫pāpman

1. pāpmán m. evil, unhappiness, misfortune, calamity, crime, sin, wickedness AV. &c. &c
2. evil demon, devil, Jātākam
3. mfn. hurtful, injurious, evil AV. AitBr

pāpacaka

1. pāpacaka mfn. (fr. √pac, Intens.) cooking repeatedly or very much Pāṇ. 1-1, 4 Vārtt. 6 Pat

pāpaṭhaka

1. pāpaṭhaka mfn. (fr. √paṭh, Intens.) reading repeatedly or very much ib

pāpati

1. pāpati mfn. (fr. √pat) falling or flying repeatedly Pāṇ. 3-2, 171 Vārtt.4

pāpayallava

1. pāpayallava m. (with sūri), N. of an author Cat

pāpāka

1. pāpāka m. N. of a poet ib

pāpāpurī

1. pāpāpurī f. N. of a town near Rāja-gṛiha Col. (also written pāvāpurī
2. cf. pāpapurī under pāpa)

pāman

1. pāmán in. (√pai?) a kind of skindisease, cutaneous eruption, scab AV. ChUp

≫pāma

1. pāma in comp. for ○man

⋙pāmaghna

1. ○ghna mf(ī)n. destroying skin-disease
2. mṣulphur L
3. (ī), f. a species of plant L

⋙pāmavat

1. ○vat mfn. having skin-disease Pāṇ. 5-2, 100

⋙pāmāri

1. pāmâri m. 'enemy of skin-disease', sulphur L

≫pāmana

1. pāmaná mfn. = pāma-vat ŚBr. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 100)

⋙pāmanambhāvuka

1. ○m-bhā́vuka mfn. becoming scabby TS

≫pāmara

1. pāmara mfn. affected with skin-disease L. (cf. g. aśmâdi)
2. wicked, vile, low, base W
3. m. man of lowest extraction Kāv. Rājat
4. a wretch, villain Hit
5. an idiot, fool Bādar. Sch
6. n. bad character, wickedness MW

⋙pāmaroddhārā

1. pāmarôddhārā f. 'removing skin-disease', a species of plant L

≫pāmā

1. pāmā f. a kind of skin-disease, herpes, scab (a form of mild leprosy) Car. (also pl.) Suśr

pāmāra

1. pāmāra m. N. of a family Cat

pāmāvaṭika

1. pāmāvaṭika v. l. for paramâv○

pāmpa

1. pāmpa mf(ī)n. belonging to or situated on the river Pampā Bhaṭṭ. (also ○pana MW.)

pāmpaka

1. pāmpaka m. N. of a poet Cat

pāmpālī

1. pāmpālī and pāmpī ind. (with √kri), Gaṇ. 97

pāy

1. pāy cl. 1. Ā. pāyayate, to void excrement, Praśn Up. iv, 2

≫pāyu

1. pāyú (ŚBr. xiv, pā́yu), ni. the anus VS. &c. &c

⋙pāyukṣālana

1. ○kṣālana n. washing or cleaning the anus
2. bhūmi f. (○mi-tā f.) and -veśman n. a water close, privy Rājat

⋙pāyubheda

1. ○bheda m. N. of 2 (of the 10) ways in which an eclipse terminates Var. [Page 619, Column]

⋙pāyūpastha

1. pāyū7pastha n. the anus and the organs of generation Mn. ii, 90

pāya

1. pāya n. (√1. pā) water L

⋙pāyaguṇḍa

1. ○guṇḍa m. N. of an author Cat

≫pāyaka

1. pāyaka mf(ikā)n. drinking (with gen. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 70
2. cf. taila-)

≫pāyana

1. pāyána n. causing or giving to drink RV. i, 116, 9 Kauś
2. (ā), f. watering, moistening Suśr

≫pāyam

1. pāyam

⋙pāyayitavai

1. pāyayitavai See under √1. pā

≫pāyin

1. pāyin mfn. drinking, sucking, sipping at (ifc
2. cf. ambu-, kṣīra- &c.)
3. (inī), f. (prob.) N. of a town
4. -māhātmya n. N. of wk

≫pāyya

1. pā́yya mfn. to be (or being) drunk L
2. to be caused to drink (with acc.) Suśr
3. n. drinking ( See pūrva-p○)
4. water L

pāyalisaṃgha

1. pāyali-saṃgha m. N. of a partic. sect of Jainas Bhadrab

pāyasa

1. pāyasa mf(ī)n. (fr. payas) prepared with or made of milk GṛŚrS
2. m. n. food prepared with made, (esp.) rice boiled in mṭmade or an oblation of made and rice and sugar ib. Mn. MBh. &c
3. the resin of Pinus Longifolia L

⋙pāyasadagdha

1. ○dagdha mfn. scalded by milk-porridge MW

⋙pāyasapiṇḍāraka

1. ○piṇḍāraka m. a rice-eater Mṛicch

⋙pāyasāpūpa

1. pāyasâpūpa m. a cake made of milk and rice &c. Mn. v, 7

≫pāyasika

1. pāyasika mf(ī)n. fond of boiled milk &c. Pāṇ. 4-2, 47 Vārtt. 17 Pat

pāyika

1. pāyika m. a foot-soldier, footman (prob. corrupted fr. pādātika)

pāyīka

1. pāyīka m. N. of a poet Cat

pāyu

1. pāyú m. (√3. pā
2. for 1. pāyu See col. s) a guard, protector RV. (esp. instr. pl. 'with protecting powers or actions, helpfully') AV
3. N. of a man RV. vi, 47, 24 (with bhāradvāja, author of vi, 75 ; x, 87)

≫pāyya

1. pāyya (prob.) protection ( See nṛ-, bahu.)

pāyya

1. pāyya n. a measure Pāṇ. 3-1, 129 (cf. vi, 2, 122)
2. practice, profession W

pāyya

1. pāyya mfn. low, vile, contemptible L

pāra

1. pārá mfn. (fr. √pṛ
2. in some meanings also fr. √pṝ) bringing across RV. v, 31, 8
3. n. (rarely m.) the further bank or shore or boundary, any bank or shore, the opposite side, the end or limit of anything, the utmost reach or fullest extent RV. &c. &c. (dūré pāré, at the farthest ends RV
4. pāraṃ-√gam &c. with gen. or loc., to reach the end, go through, fulfil, carry out as a promise, study or learn thoroughly as a science MBh. R. &c
5. paraṃ-√nī, to bring to a close, Yaljñ.)
6. a kind of Tushṭi (s.v.), Sāṃkhyas. Sch
7. m. crossing ( See duṣ- and su-)
8. quicksilver L
9. a partic. personification SāmavBr. Gaut
10. N. of a sage MārkP
11. of a son of Pṛithu-shena (Rucirâśva) and father of Nīpa Hariv
12. of a son of Samara and father of Pṛithu ib
13. of a son of Aṅga, and father of Divi-ratha VP
14. (pl.) of a class of deities under the 9th Manu BhP
15. (ā), f. N. of a river (said to flow from the Pāriyātra mountains or the central and western portion of the Vindhya chain) MBh. Pur
16. (ī), f. a milk-pail Śiś
17. any cup or drinking vessel Vcar. Rājat
18. pollen L
19. a rope for tying an elephant's feet L
20. a quantity of water or a town (pūra or pura) L
21. a small piece or quantity of anything Nalac

⋙pārakāṅkṣin

1. ○kāṅkṣin m. = pāri-k○ L

⋙pārakāma

1. ○kāma mfn. desirous of reaching the opposite bank AitBr

⋙pāraga

1. ○ga mf(ā)n. going to the opposite shore, crossing over MBh. R
2. one who has gone through or accomplished or mastered, knowing thoroughly, fully conversant or familiar with (gen., loc. or comp.), profoundly learned Mn. MBh. &c
3. n. keeping, fulfilling (of a promise) Hariv. 11565 (wṛ. for pāraṇa?)

⋙pāragata

1. ○gata mfn. one who has reached the opposite shore of (gen.), passed over in safety Bhartṛ
2. pure, holy W
3. m. (with Jainas) an Arhat or deified saint or teacher

⋙pāragati

1. ○gati f. going through, reading, studying L

⋙pāragamana

1. ○gamana n. reaching the opposite shore, crossing, going to the end of (comp.) R

⋙pāragāmin

1. ○gāmin mfn. passing over, crossing, landing Kāraṇḍ
2. n. = para-loka-hitaṃ karma MBh. xiii, 2127 (Nīlak.)

⋙pāracara

1. ○cara mf(ī)n. arrived at the opposite shore, emancipated for ever BhP

⋙pāratas

1. ○tas (pādrá-), ind. oppṭopposite the opposite bank or the further side, beyond (gen.) RV. 1. [Page 619, Column]

⋙pārada

1. ○da mf(ā)n. (for 2. See p. 620) leading across (comp.) Siṃhâs

⋙pāradaṇḍaka

1. ○daṇḍaka m. N. of a country (part of Orissa) L

⋙pāradarśaka

1. ○darśaka mfn. showing the oppṭoppositive shore BhP

⋙pāradarśana

1. ○darśana mfn. beholding the oppṭoppositive shore, surveying all things ib

⋙pāradṛśvan

1. ○dṛśvan mf(arī)n. one who has seen the oppṭoppositive shore, far-seeing, wise, completely familiar with or versed in (gen. or comp.) Kām. Ragh. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 94)

⋙pāradhvaja

1. ○dhvaja m. pl. 'banners from the further shore', partic. banners brought from Ceylon and borne in procession by the kings of Kāsmīra Rājat

⋙pāranetṛ

1. ○netṛ mfn. leading to the further shṭshore, making a person (gen.) conversant with (loc.) MBh

⋙pārapāra

1. ○pāra m. N. of Vishṇu VP
2. n. N. of a kind of Tushṭi (s.v.), Sāṃkhyas Sch

⋙pāramita

1. ○m-ita mfn. gone to the opposite shore
2. crossed, traversed
3. transcendent (as spiritual knowledge) W
4. (ā).f. (for ○ta-tā?) coming or leading to the oppṭoppositive shore, complete attainment, perfection in (comp.)
5. transcendental virtue (there are 6 or 10, viz. dānta, śīla, kṣānti, viirya, dhyāna, prajñā, to which are sometimes added satya, adhiṣṭhāna, maitra, upêkṣā) MWB. 128 (cf. Dharmas. xvii, xviii)

⋙pāravinda

1. ○vinda m. finding the opposite shore (?)', N. of a partic. personification SāmavBr

⋙pāraskanda

1. ○skanda v. l. for pari-sk○

⋙pārāpāra

1. pārâpāra n. the nearer and the further shṭshore, both banks (= and v. l. for pārâvāra) MatsyaP
2. m. the sea, ocean L

⋙pārāyaṇa

1. pārâyaṇa n. going over, reading through, perusing, studying, RPrāt Āpast
2. (esp.) reading a Purāṇa or causing it to be read W
3. the whole, totality MBh. xiii, 2701 Pāṇ. 3-2, 130 Sch
4. (esp.) complete text, causing collection of (cf. dkātu-pṭperusing nāma-p○)
5. N. of a gram. wk. (abridged fr. dhātu-p○)
6. (ī), f. (L.) action
7. meditation
8. light
9. N. of the goddess Sarasvatī
10. ○ṇa-krama m. ○ṇa-māhātmya n. ○ṇavidhi m. N. of wk
11. ○ṇika mfn. one who goes through or studies Pāṇ. 5-i, 72
12. m. a lecturer, reader of the Purāṇas W
13. a pupil, scholar W
14. Pl, N. of a partic. school of grammarians Cat
15. ○ṇīya n. N. of a grammar

⋙pārāvāra

1. pārâvāra n. the further and nearer shore, the two banks (○rasya nauḥ, a boat which plies from one side to the other MBh
2. ○re ib. or ○ra-taṭe Cat., on both banks
3. ○ra-taraṇârtham ind. for bringing over from one shore to the other Kull.)
4. m. the sea, ocean Prasannar. (cf. pārâpāra)
5. ○ra-jātāya Nom. to become sea-water Dharmaś
6. ○riṇa mfn. on both sides of a river, one who knows both sides or the whole of a subject W. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 93 Vārtt. 2 Pat.)

≫pāraka

1. pāraka mf(ī)n. carrying over, saving, delivering (cf. ugra-p○)
2. enabling to cross (a river or the world) W
3. satisfying, pleasing, cherishing ib
4. m. pl. N. of a People, R

≫pāraṇa

1. pāraṇa mfn. bringing over, delivering Hariv
2. m. a could (as 'crossing', sc. the sky) L
3. n. carrying through, accomplishing, fulfilling MBh
4. conclusion (esp. of a fast, with or sc. vrata-)
5. eating and drinking after a fast, breakfast (also ā f.) Kāv. Pur. Rājat
6. satisfaction, pleasure, enjoyment (also, ā f.) Ragh. Balar
7. going through, reading, perusal (also ā f. and ○ṇa-karman, n.) MBh. Hariv
8. completeness, the full text L ....

≫pāraṇi

1. pāraṇi m. a patr., g. taulvaly-ādi

≫pāraṇika

1. pāraṇika See mahā-p○

≫pāraṇīya

1. pāraṇīya mfn. having an attainable end, capable of being completed or brought to an end MBh. BhP

≫pāraya

1. pāraya

⋙pārayati

1. pāraḍyati See √pṛ, Caus

≫pāraya

1. pāraya mfn. (fr. prec.) able, adequate, fit for W
2. satisfying ib. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-1, 738)

≫pārayitṛ

1. pārayitṛ́ mfn. one who carries or will carry across ŚBr

≫pārayiṣṇu

1. pārayiṣṇú mfn. bringing to the opposite shore or to a happy issue, successful, victorious RV. &c. &c. (-tama mfn. best in accomplishing AitBr.)
2. m. N. of a partic. personification Gobh

≫pārīṇa

1. pārīṇa mfn. being on or crossing to the other side. W
2. (ifc.) well acquainted or completely familiar with (cf. trivarya-p○)
3. m. See under pāriṇa

≫pārīya

1. pārīya mfn. one who has gone through or studied, completely familiar with (comp.) Hcat

≫pāre

1. pāre loc. of s. pāra in comp

⋙pāregaṅgam

1. ○gaṅgam ind. on the other side of the Gaṅgā, beyond the Ganges Pāṇ. 2-1, 18, Seh

⋙pārejalam

1. ○jalam ind. on the other side of the water, on the opposite bank of a river Śiś

⋙pāretaraṃgiṇi

1. ○taraṃgiṇi ind. beyond the river Prasannar

⋙pāredhanva

1. ○dhanva m. or n. N. of a place
2. ○vaka mfn. Pat

⋙pārebaḍvā

1. ○baḍvā f. Pāṇ. 6-2, 42

⋙pāreviśokam

1. ○viśokam ind. on the other side of (the mountain) Viśoka Rājat. [Page 620, Column]

⋙pāreśmaśānam

1. ○śmaśānam ind. beyond or behind the burial-place Mālatīm

⋙pāresindhu

1. ○sindhu ind. on the other side of the Sindhu, beyond the Indus MBh

≫pārya

1. pārya mfn. being on the opposite side or bank TS
2. upper VS
3. last, final, decisive R
4. helping through, effective, successful ib
5. n. end, issue, decision ib

pāra

1. pāra (for 1. See p. 619), Vṛiddhi form of para in comp

⋙pārakulīna

1. ○kulīna mfn. = para-kule sādhuḥ g. pratijanâdi

⋙pārakṣudra

1. ○kṣudra (with yajus), n. N. of a partic. text ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙pāragrāmika

1. ○grāmika mf(ī)n. (-grāma) 'belonging to another village', hostile, inimical
2. (with vidhi), m. hostile action, hostility Daś

⋙pārajanmika

1. ○janmika mf(i)n. (-janman) relating to a future birth Buddh

⋙pārajāyika

1. ○jāyika (MBh.),

⋙pārajāyin

1. ○jāyin (Vishṇ.), m. (-jāyā) one who intrigues with another's wife, an adulterer

⋙pāratantra

1. ○tantra wṛ. for ○trya

⋙pāratantrika

1. ○tantrika mf(ī)n. (-tantra) belonging to or enjoined by the religious treatises of others Gṛihyss

⋙pāratantrya

1. ○tantrya n. dependence on others MBh. Pur. Rājat

⋙pāratalpika

1. ○talpika n. (-talpa) adultery Daś

⋙pāratrika

1. ○trika mf(ī)n. (-tra) relating to or advantageous in another world MBh

⋙pāratrya

1. ○trya mf(ā)n. (-tra), id. Mn. MBh. MārkP

⋙pāradaṇḍaka

1. ○daṇḍaka See under 1. pāra

⋙pāradārika

1. ○dārika mf(ī)n. (-dāra) relating to another's wife Cat
2. m. -jāyika Yājñ. MBh. Kathās

⋙pāradārin

1. ○dārin m. = prec. m. MBh

⋙pāradārya

1. ○dārya n. adultery Mn. Yājñ. MBh

⋙pāradeśika

1. ○deśika (W.),

⋙pāradeśya

1. ○deśya (Yājñ.), mfn. (-deśa) outlandish, foreign, abroad
2. m. a traveller or a foreigner

⋙pāradaurbalya

1. ○daurbalya n. the inferiority of each following member of a series to the preceding Jaim

⋙pāradhenu

1. ○dhenu or m. N. of a low mixed caste, an Āyogava (q.v.) W

⋙pāradhenuka

1. ○dheḍnuka m. N. of a low mixed caste, an Āyogava (q.v.) W

⋙pārabhṛta

1. ○bhṛta n. a present, offering (prob. wṛ. for prā-bhṛta) W
2. ○tīya mfn. relating to a present or offering, sacrificial
3. belonging to or coming from a cuckoo Mṛicch

⋙pārampara

1. ○m-para mfn. further, future (world) Kād

⋙pāramparī

1. ○m-parī f. regular succession, order Subh

⋙pāramparīṇa

1. ○m-parīṇa mfn. passing from one to another, hereditary L

⋙pāramparīya

1. ○m-parīya mfn. handed down, traditional Kull

⋙pāramparya

1. ○m-parya n. uninterrupted series or succession, tradition, intermediation, indirect way or manner (eṇa ind. successively, by degrees) Mn. MBh. &c

⋙pārakramāgata

1. ○kramâgata mfn. derived from tradition Mn. ii, 18
2. -prakaraṇa n. N. of wk
3. ○ryâgata mfn. = -kramâgata MBh. &c
4. ○ryôpadeśa m. traditional instruction Sūryas

⋙pārayugīṇa

1. ○yugīṇa mfn. (-yuga), Gaṇ. 338 Sch

⋙pāralokya

1. ○lokya mfn. (-loka) relating to the next world MBh

⋙pāralaukika

1. ○laukika mf(ī)n. id. ib. (with sahāya m. a comrade on the way to the next world)
2. N. of a place where pearls are found and the pearls found there VarBṛS
3. n. things or circumstances relating to the next world MBh. Hariv

⋙pāravargya

1. ○vargya mfn. (-varga) belonging to another party, inimical MBh

⋙pāravaśya

1. ○vaśya n. (-vaśa) dependence Kap

⋙pārastraiṇeya

1. ○straiṇeya m. (-strī) a son by another's wife, g. kalyāṇy-ādi

⋙pārahaṃsya

1. ○haṃsya mfn. (-haṃsa) relating to an ascetic who has subdued all his senses BhP

⋙pārārthya

1. pārārthya n. (2. parârtha) dependence on or devotedness to another, altruism, disinterestedness Kathās
2. -nirṇaya m. or -vivecana n. N. of wk

⋙pārāvarya

1. pārāvarya n. (parâvara) comprehensiveness, allsidedness Hariv
2. (eṇa), ind. on all sides, completely MBh

≫pārakya

1. pārakya mfn. = parakīya, belonging to another or a stranger, alien (opp. to sva), hostile Mn. MBh. &c
2. m. an enemy Hit

≫pārasyakulīna

1. pārasyakulīna mfn. = parasya kuls sādhuh g. pratijanâdi

pāra

1. pāra m.= pāla, a guardian, keeper ( brahma-dvāra-p○)

pāraka

1. pāraka See under 1. pāra

pārakāṅkṣin

1. pārakāṅkṣin m.= pārik○ L

pāraj

1. pāraj (nom. orak, according to Uṇ. ; i, 135 Sch. fr. 1. pāra), gold

pāraṭīṭa

1. pāraṭīṭa m. '(fr. 1. pāra?) a stone, rock L. (cf. pārāruka)

pāraṇa

1. pāraṇa ○ṇīya, See under 1. pāra, p. 619, col. 3

pārata

1. pārata m. (cf. 2. pārada) quicksilver Kathās. xxxvii, 232
2. pl. N. of a people Var. (also ○taka, v. l. in VP.)

pāratas

1. pāra-tas See p. 619, col. 2. [Page 620, Column]

pāratrika

1. pāratrika ○trya, See under 2. pāra

pārada

1. pārada m. (cf. pārata), quicksilver Var. Suśr. (-tva, n. Sarvad.)
2. m. N. of a partic. personification SāmavBr
3. pl. N. of a people or of a degraded tribe Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. IW. 229, n. 1)

⋙pāradakalpa

1. ○kalpa m. N. of wk

pārabava

1. pārabava n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

pārama

1. pārama Vṛiddhi form of parama in comp

⋙pāramagopucchika

1. ○gopucchika mfn. = parama-gopucchena krītam Pat

⋙pāramarṣa

1. ○rṣa ([pŚ+RSi]), mfn. coming from a great Ṛishi Sarvad

⋙pāramasthya

1. ○sthya n. (fr. paramastha), g. brāhmaṇâdi-. =

⋙pāramahaṃsa

1. ○haṃsa mf(ī)n. relating to Parama-haṃsa (s.v) id. ib
2. n. the state or condition of a Parama-hṭhaṃsa ib
3. -pari ind. relating to the most sublime meditation MW

⋙pāramārthika

1. pāramārthika mf(ī)n. (fr. paramârtha) relating to a high or spiritual object or to supreme truth, real, essential, true Śaṃk. BhP. Kull. (cf. IW. 108)
2. one who cares for truth Pañc
3. excellent, best W
4. ○thya n. the real full truth BhP

⋙pārameśvara

1. pārameśvara mf(ī)n. relating or belonging to or coming from the supreme god (Śiva) Prab. Kathās. Pur
2. m. or n. N. of wk
3. -puṇyâha-varcana n. -saṃhitā f. râradhana-vidhi m. ○rīya, and ○rya n. N. of wks

⋙pārameśvaraka

1. pārameśvaraka mf(ikā)n. composed by Parameśvara (= Paramâdîśvara) Āryabh. Comm

⋙pārameṣṭha

1. pārameṣṭha○ m. (fr. parame-ṣṭhin) patr. of Narada MBh
2. ○ṣṭhya mfn. relating or belonging to or coming from the supreme god (Brahmā) MBh. Hariv. Pur
3. relating to a king, royal (cf. below)
4. m. patr. of Nārada MBh. (v. l. ○ṣṭha)
5. n. highest position, supremacy AitBr. MBh. Pur
6. pl. the royal insignia BhP

⋙pāramaiśvarya

1. pāramaiśvarya n. (paramêśvara) supremacy, divinity Sarvad

≫pāramaka

1. pāramaka mf(ikā)n. = (and v. l. for) paramaka, supreme, chief. best MBh. R

≫pārami

1. pārami f. (?) extremity Divyâv

pāramita

1. pāram-ita pāraya &c. See under 1. pāra

pāravata

1. pāravata m. = pārāvata, a pigeon L

pāravargya

1. pāravargya ○vaśya, See under 2. pāra, col. 1

pāraśava

1. pāraśava mf(ī)n. (fr. paraśu
2. but also written pārasava) made of iron (only in sarvap○)
3. N. of a mine in which pearls are found and of the pearls found there VarBṛS
4. m. or n. iron L
5. m. N. of a mixed caste, the son of a Brāhman by a Śūdra woman (f. ī) Mn. MBh. (-tva n.) Var
6. a son by another's wife, a bastard L
7. pl. N. of a people in the south-west of Madhya-desa Var. MārkP

≫pāraśavāyana

1. pāraśavāyana m. patr. fr. pāraśava
2. g. bidâdi

≫pāraśavya

1. pāraśavya m. Patr. of Tirindira ŚāṅkhŚr

pāraśīka

1. pāraśīka = pārasīka

pāraśvadha

1. pāraśvadha and ○dhika mf(ī)n. (fr. paraśvadha) armed with an axe L. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-4, 58)

pāraṣada

1. pāraṣada v. l. for pāriṣada n

pārasa

1. pārasa mf(ī)n. Persian
2. (ī), f. See below

⋙pārasika

1. pāraḍsika mf(i)n. id. Col. (v. l. ○sīka)
2. m. pl. the Persian MBh. VP

⋙pārasī

1. pāraḍsī f. (with or sc. bhāṣā) the PṭPersian language
2. -jātaka n. N. of wk
3. -nāma-mākā f. a Sanskṛit-PṭPersian vocabulary
4. -prakāśa, or kośa m. Persian words explain in SṭSanskṛit
5. -vinoda m. Persian and Arab terms of astron. and astrol. explained in Sanskṛit

⋙pārasīka

1. pāraḍsīka mfn. Persian (cf. below), m. (pl.) the Persians Ragh. Kathās. &c
2. a Persian horse L
3. (prob. n.) Persia Bhpr
4. -taila n. 'Persian oil', Naphtha Vcar
5. -yamānī f. Hyoscyamus Niger L

⋙pārasikeya

1. pāraḍsikeya mf(ī)n. Persian Bhpr

pāraskanda

1. pāraskanda v. l. for pari-skanda

pāraskara

1. pāraskara m. (rather fr. paras + kara than fr. [pAra+kara]
2. but Pāṇ. 6-1, 157) N. of the author nf a Gṛihya-sūtra (forming a supplement to KātyŚrS.) and of a Dharnia-śāstra
3. N. of a district or a town Gaṇar. 15 Sch
4. mf(ī)n. composed by Pāraskara

⋙pāraskaragṛhyasutra

1. ○gṛhya-sutra n

⋙pāraskaragṛhyapariśiṣṭa

1. ○gṛhya-pariśiṣṭa n

⋙pāraskarapaddhati

1. ○paddhati f

⋙pāraskaragṛhyamantra

1. ○gṛhya-mantra m

⋙pāraskarasamṛti

1. ○samṛti f. N. of wks

pārasvata

1. pā́rasvata mf(ī)n. (fr. parasvat) relating &c. to the wild ass AV. [Page 620, Column]

pārāpata

1. pārāpata m. = (or v. l. for) pārāvata, a pigeon Kād

⋙pārāpatapadī

1. ○padī f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum or Leea Hirta L

≫pārāpataka

1. pārāpataka m. a kind of rice Suśr

pārāpāra

1. pārâpāra pārâyaṇa, See under 1. pāra, p. 619, col. 3

pārāruka

1. pārāruka m. a rock L. (cf. paraṭīṭa)

pārāvata

1. pā́rāvata mf(ī)n. (fr. parā-vat) remote, distant, coming from a distance, foreign RV. (instr. pl. 'from distant quarters' AV.)
2. m. N. of a tribe on the Yamunā RV. TāṇḍBr
3. (ifc. f. ā) a turtle-dove, pigeon MBh. Kāv. &c
4. a kind of snake Suśr
5. N. of a Nāga of the race of Airāvata, M Bh
6. a monkey L
7. Diospyros Embryopteris MBh. Hariv. Suśr
8. a mountain L
9. pl. N. of a class of deities under Manu Svārocisha Pur
10. (ī), f. the fruit of the Averrhoa Acida L
11. a form of song peculiar to cowherds L
12. N. of a river L
13. n. the fruit of Diospyros Embryopteris Hariv. Suśr

⋙pārāvataghnī

1. ○ghnī́ f. (of han) striking the distant (demon) or at a distance RV. vi, 61, 2

⋙pārāvatadeśa

1. ○deśa m. N. of a country Cat

⋙pārāvatapadī

1. ○padī f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum Bhpr. Car

⋙pārāvatamālāya

1. ○mālāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to resemble a flock of turtles Kād

⋙pārāvatasavarṇsa

1. ○savarṇsa m.pl. 'dovecoloured', N. of the horses of Dhṛishṭa-dyumna MBh
2. ○ṇâśva m. N. of Dhṛishṭa-dyumna ib

⋙pārāvatākha

1. pārāvatâkha m. 'dove-eyed', N. o f. a serpent-demon Kathās

⋙pārāvatāṅghripiccha

1. pārāvatâṅghri-piccha m. a kind of pigeon L

⋙pārāvatābha

1. pārāvatâbha mfn. pigeon-like Suśr

⋙pārāvatāśva

1. pārāvatâśva m. 'having doves for horses', N. of Dhṛishṭa-dyumna MBh. (cf. ○ta-savarṇa)

≫pārāvati

1. pārāvati m. patr. of Vasu-rocis L ....

pārāvadaghnī

1. pārāvada-ghnī wṛ. for pārāvata-ghnī

pārāvarya

1. pārāvarya See under 2. pāra

pārāvāra

1. pārâvāra See under 1. pāra

pārāśara

1. pārāśara mf(ī)n. proceeding or derived from Parāśara or Parāśarya Var. Pur. (cf. g. kaṇvâdi)
2. m. patr. (fr. parā-śara, and N. of the poet Vyāsa
3. pl. N. of a school) Pravar. Pur. L
4. (ī), f. See s.v
5. n. the rules of Parāśara for the conduct of the mendicant order W
6. -kalpika mfn. one who studies the PṭParāśara-kalpa
7. m. a follower of Parāśara Pat. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 60
8. -jātaha n. -śikṣā f. -sūtra n. -horā f. N. of wks

⋙pārāśari

1. pārāḍśari m. patr. of Vyāsa L

⋙pārāśarin

1. pārāḍśarin m. a mendicant of the order of Parāśarya L. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 110)
2. pl. N. of a phil. school RāmatUp

⋙pārāśarī

1. pārāḍśarī (pā́rā-.), f. patr. of Parāśara ŚBr
2. a wk. of Parāśara
3. -kauṇḍinī-pútra and ○rī-pútra (pā́○). m. N. of 2 teachers ŚBr
4. paddhati f. -mukura m. -mūla n. -vyākhyā f. -horā f. N. of wks

⋙pārāśariya

1. pārāḍśariya n. a wk. of Parāśara Cat

⋙pārāśarya

1. pārāḍśarya (pā́rā-), m. patr. fr. parā-śara (N. of Vyāsa) ŚBr. &c. &c. (cf. P5ṇ. iv. 3, 110)
2. n. a wk' of Parāśara Cat
3. -vijaya m. N. of wk. (= parāśara-v○)

⋙pārāśaryāyaṇa

1. pārāḍśaryāyaṇa (pā́rā-), m. patr. fr. pārā-śarya ŚBr

pāri

1. pāri Vṛiddhi form of pari in comp

⋙pārikāṅkṣaka

1. ○kāṅkṣaka and m. a contemplative Brāhman (in the fourth period of life) L

⋙pārikāṅkṣakṣin

1. ○kāṅkṣaḍkṣin m. a contemplative Brāhman (in the fourth period of life) L

⋙pārikārmika

1. ○kārmika m. (-karman) one who takes charge of the lesser vessels or utensils L

⋙pārikuṭa

1. ○kuṭa m. an attendant, servant AitBr. (Sāy.)

⋙pārikṣi

1. ○kṣi (1), m. N. of a man L

⋙pārikṣit

1. ○kṣit (m.c.) and m. (-kṣit) patr. of Janam-ejaya Br. MBh

⋙pārikṣita

1. ○kṣitá m. (-kṣit) patr. of Janam-ejaya Br. MBh
2. (○tī), f. N. of AV. xx, 127, 7-10
3. ○tī́ya m. the brother of Pari-kshit ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. Sch

⋙pārikṣepaka

1. ○kṣepaka (or ○pika), m. or n. (√kṣip) objection (?) Car

⋙pārikha

1. ○kha (fr. pari-khā), g. palady-ādi

⋙pārikhīya

1. ○khīya mfn. (fr. pārikha) Pāṇ. 4-2, 141 Sch

⋙pārikheya

1. ○kheya mf(ī)n. (fr. pari-kha) surrounded by a ditch ib. v, 1, 17

⋙pārigrāmika

1. ○grāmika mf(ī)n, (-grāmam) situated round a village ib. iv, 3, 61

⋙pārijāta

1. ○jāta m. the coral tree, Erythrina Indica (losing its leaves in June and then covered with large crimson flowers) MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c
2. the wood of this tree R
3. N. of one of the 5 trees of paradise produced at the churning of the ocean and taken possession of by Indra from whom it was afterwards taken by Kṛishṇa) MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. IW. 519)
4. fragrance Var
5. N. of sev. wks. (esp. ifc
6. cf. dāna-)
7. of a Nāga MBh
8. of a Ṛishi ib
9. of an author of Mantras (with Śiktas). Cat
10. -ka m. the coral tree or its wood, Śutr. Pur
11. N. of a Ṛishi MBh
12. of other men Hcar. (-ratnâkara m. N. of wk.)
13. m. or n. N. of a drama (= ○ta-karaṇa) [Page 621, Column]
14. -maya mf(ī)n. made of flowers of the celestial Pāṇ. Kathās
15. -ratnâkara m. N. of wk. (prob. = ○taka-ratn○)
16. -vat mfn. possessing the celṭcelestial Pāri Hariv
17. -vṛtta-kkaṇḍa n. -vyākaraṇa n. N. of wks
18. -sarasvatī-mantra m. pl. N. of Partic. magical formulas Cat
19. -haraṇa n. 'robbing the Pāri tree', N. of chs. of Hariv. and VP., also of a comedy by Gopālaḍasa
20. (ṇa-campū), f. N. of a poem)
21. ○tâcala-māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙pāriṇāmika

1. ○ṇāmika mf(i)n. (-ṇāma) digestible Subh (wṛ. pari-ṇ○)
2. subject to development or evolution
3. (with bhāva m.) natural disposition Śaṃk. Sarvad

⋙pāriṇāyya

1. ○ṇāyya (-ṇāya) property or paraphernalia received by a woman at the time of marriage Vas
2. = (or v. l. for) next Kathās

⋙pāriṇāhya

1. ○ṇāhya n. (-ṇāha) household furniture and utensils Mn. ix, 11

⋙pāritathyā

1. ○tathyā f. (-tathya) a string of pearls for binding the hair L

⋙pāritoṣika

1. ○toṣika mf(ī)n. (-toṣa) gratifying, satisfactory W
2. n. a reward, gratuity Kāv. Rājat

⋙pāridṛḍhi

1. ○dṛḍhi m. (ī f.) patr. fr. pari-dṛḍhi Pat

⋙pāridheya

1. ○dheya m. patr. fr. pari-dhi g. śubhrâdi

⋙pāridhvajika

1. ○dhvajika m. (-dhvaja) a standard-bearer L

⋙pāripanthika

1. ○panthika m. (fr. pari-pantham) a highwayman, robber, thief. L. (Pāṇ. 4-4, 36)

⋙pāripāṭya

1. ○pāṭya n. (-pāṭī) regularity, methodicalness W

⋙pāripātra

1. ○pātra &c., wṛ. for. yātra below

⋙pāripāna

1. ○pāna ī. drink (?) Divyâv

⋙pāripānthika

1. ○pānthika wṛ. for panthika above

⋙pāripārśva

1. ○pārśva (Prob. n.), retinue, attendants, bystanders (in a play) Hariv
2. ○svaka mf(ikā)n. standing at the side attending on MBh
3. m. (with or sc. nara) a servant, attendant ib
4. an assistant of the manager of a play Bhar
5. (ikā), f. a chamber-maid, Malāv
6. ○śvika mfn. = ○śvaka R. Mālav

⋙pāripālya

1. ○pālya n. governorship Rājat

⋙pāripela

1. ○pela n. = pari-pelava L

⋙pāriplava

1. ○plava mf(ā)n. swimming MBh. Kāv
2. moving to and fro, agitated, unsteady, tremulous
3. wavering, irresolute ib
4. (pā́ri-), 'moving in a circle', N. of partic. legends recited at the Aśva-medha and repeated at certain intervals throughout the year ŚBr. ŚrS. Bādar
5. m. a boat R. (vḷ. pari-pl○)
6. a class of gods in the 5th Manv-antara Hariv
7. (ā), f. a small spoon used at sacrifices, Āryav. (cf. pari-plavā)
8. n. N. of a Tīrtha MBh
9. -gata mfn. being in a boat R
10. -tā f. -tva n. unsteadiness, inconstancy Hcar. Rājat
11. -dṛṣṭi (BhP.) or -netra (Ragh.), mfn. having tremulous or swimming eyes
12. -prabha mfn. spreading tremulous lustre R
13. -mati mfn. fickleminded MBh
14. ○viiya n. an oblation connected with the recitation of a PṭPāri legend ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙pāriplāvya

1. ○plāvya m. a goose L
2. n. agitation, tremulousness W

⋙pāribarha

1. ○barha m. sg. and pl. = pari-b○ MBh
2. N. of a son of Garuḍa ib

⋙pāribhadraka

1. ○bhadraka m. Erythrina Fulgens Indica Bālar. Suśr
2. Azadirachta Indica L
3. Pinus Deodora or Longifolia L
4. N. of a son of Yajña-bāhu BhP
5. n. N. of a Varsha in Śālmala-dviipa ruled by Pāribhadra ib

⋙pāribadraka

1. ○badraka m. Erythrina Fulgens MBh. Suśr
2. Azadirachta Indica L
3. pl. N. of a family MBh
4. n. = next L

⋙pāribhavya

1. ○bhavya n. (-bhū) Costus Speciosus or Arabicus Bhpr

⋙pāribhāvya

1. ○bhāvya n. id. L
2. security, bail (= prātibh○) Dāyabh

⋙pāribhāṣika

1. ○bhāṣika mf(ī)n. (-bhāṣā) conventional, technical Suśr. Sarvad
2. -tva n. Kap

⋙pāribhogika

1. ○bhogika m. or n. objects possessed or used by Buddha MWB. 495

⋙pārimaṇḍalya

1. ○maṇḍalya n. (-maṇḍala) globularness, spherical shape Bādar. Sch

⋙pārimāṇya

1. ○māṇya n. (-māṇa) circumference, compass MBh

⋙pārimitya

1. ○mitya n. (-mita) the being confined, limitation Sāh

⋙pārimukhika

1. ○mukhika mf(ī)n. (fr. pari-mukham) being before the eyes, near, present Pāṇ. 4-4, 29

⋙pārimukhya

1. ○mukhya mf(ā)n. id
2. n. nearness, presence ib. iv, 3, 58 Vārtt. Pat

⋙pāriyātra

1. ○yātra m. (ifc. f. ā) N. of the western Vindhya range MBh. Var. Suśr. &c. (also -ka L.)
2. N. of a man (son of Ahīna-gu) Ragh. Pur. ○trika m. an inhabitant of the Pāri range Var

⋙pāriyānika

1. ○yānika n. (-yāna) a travelling carriage. L

⋙pārirakṣaka

1. ○rakṣaka or m. (-rakṣā) a Brāhman in the fourth period of life, a Bhikshu or Sarinyāsī L

⋙pārirakṣika

1. ○rakṣika m. (-rakṣā) a Brāhman in the fourth period of life, a Bhikshu or Sarinyāsī L

⋙pārivatsa

1. ○vatsa m. a calf belonging to (cows) Hariv. (v. l. pari-v○)

⋙pārivittya

1. ○vittya n. (-vitta) the being unmarried while a younger brother is married, Yāiñ

⋙pārivṛḍhi

1. ○vṛḍhi m. (ī f.) patr. fr. pari-vṛḍha Pat
2. ○ḍhya n. (fr. id.), g. dṛḍhâdi

⋙pārivettrya

1. ○vettrya n. (-vettṛ) the marriage of a younger brother before the elder VP

⋙pārivedya

1. ○vedya n. id. Yājñ. Sch

⋙pārivrajya

1. ○vrajya wṛ. for -vrājya

⋙pārivrājaka

1. ○vrājaka mf(ī)n. intended for a religious mendicant, Kaul
2. n. the life of a religious mendicant, g. yuvâdi- ○jya n. id MBh. (cf. Pāṇ. vii, 3, 60 Sch.)

⋙pāriśikṣā

1. ○śikṣā f. N. of wk

⋙pāriśīla

1. ○śīla m. = apūpa, a cake L. =

⋙pāriśeṣya

1. ○śeṣya n. (-śeṣa) result, consequence TPrāt. Sch
2. (āt), ind. consequently, therefore, ergo (also with preceding atas or tasmāt) ib. Śaṃk. &c. [Page 621, Column]

⋙pāriṣatka

1. ○ṣatka mfn. = pariṣadam adkī7te veda vā g. ukthâdi

⋙pāriṣada

1. ○ṣada mf(ī)n. (-ṣad) fit for an assembly, decent Car
2. relating to a village pariṣad g. palady-ādi
3. m. a member of an assembly, assessor at a council, auditor, spectator MBh. Kāv. &c. (R. B. also -ṣad) pl. the retinue or attendants of a god MBh. BhP
4. n. taking part in an assembly BhP

⋙pāriṣadaka

1. ○ṣadaka mf(ī)n. done by an assembly, g. kulālâdi

⋙pāriṣādya

1. ○ṣâdya m. a member of an assembly, spectator, councillor Rājat. Divyâv. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-4, 44 ; 101)

⋙pāriṣeṇya

1. ○ṣeṇya m. patr. fr. pari-skeṇa Pat

⋙pārisāraka

1. ○sāraka mfn. containing the word pari-sāraka g. vimuktâdi

⋙pārisīrya

1. ○sīrya mfn. (fr. pari-sīram), g. pari-mukhâdi

⋙pārihanavya

1. ○hanavya mfn. (fr. pari-hanu) ib

⋙pārihārika

1. ○hārika mf(ī) n. (-hāra) having immunity, privileged Subh
2. taking away, seizing W
3. surrounding ib
4. m. a maker of garlands L
5. (ī), f. a kind of riddle, Cat

⋙pārihārāṇī

1. ○hārāṇī (?), Deśīn

⋙pārihārya

1. ○hārya m. a bracelet MBh. Kād. Rājat
2. n. taking, seizure W

⋙pārihāsya

1. ○hāsya n. (-hāsa) jest, joke fun
2. (ena), ind. in fun BhP

⋙pārīkṣit

1. pārīkṣit m. = next MBh. xii, 5596

⋙pārīkṣita

1. pârīkṣita mf(ī)n. relating to or treating of or derived from Pari-kshit Pur
2. m. patr. of Janam-ejaya MBh
3. N. of a sovereign to whom the BhP. is supposed to have been addressed and of his successor W

⋙pāriṇahya

1. pā́riṇahya n. (fr. parī-ṇah) household furniture or utensils TS
2. vḷ. for pāri-ṇ○ Mn. ix, 11

≫pāry

1. pāry in comp. for pāri before vowels

⋙pāryantika

1. ○antika mf(ī)n. (-anta) final, concluding, last MW

⋙pāryavasānika

1. ○avasānika mfn. (-avasāna) verging to the close MBh

⋙pāryāptika

1. ○āptika mfn. one who has said pary-āptam i.e., 'enough' Pāṇ. 4-1, Vartt. 2

⋙pāryulukhalya

1. ○ulukhalya mfn. (fr. pary-ulūkhalam), g. pari-mukhâdi, on Pāṇ. 4-3, 58 Vārtt. 1

⋙pāryoṣṭhya

1. ○oṣṭhya mfn. (fr. paryoṣṭhyam) ib

pāriṇa

1. pāriṇa ○ṇaka, and pārīṇa m. N. of a man Pravar

pāritavat

1. pārita-vat mfn. containing the word pāriśa, or other forms of the Caus. of √pṝ, SāṅkhBr

pārindra

1. pārindra m.= pārīndra, a lion L

pārila

1. pārila patr. fr. parila g. śivâdi

≫pārileya

1. pārileya m. (patr. fr. prec.?), N. of an elephant Jātakam

pāriśa

1. pāriśa m. Thespesia Populneoides L. (cf. pārīṣa and phalīśa)

pārī

1. pārī pārīṇa, See under 1. pāra and pāriṇa

pārīndra

1. pārīndra m. a lion Kāv. (cf. pārindra)
2. a large snake, boa L

pārīya

1. pārīya See under 1. pāra

pārīraṇa

1. pārīraṇa m.= parīraṇa L

pārīṣa

1. pārīṣa m.= pāriśla Bhpr

pāru

1. pāru m.= peru, the sun Uṇ. iv, 101 Sch
2. fire L

pārucchepa

1. pārucchepa mf(ī)n. derived from Paruc-chepa Br
2. (ī), f. pl. N. of partic. verses Vait
3. n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

≫pārucchepi

1. pārucchepi m. patr. fr. paruc-chepa RAnukr

pāruṣaka

1. pāruṣaka m. or u. a species of flower L. (cf. parūṣaka)

pāruskika

1. pāruskika mfn. (fr. paruṣa) harsh, violent Divyâv

≫pāruṣeya

1. pāruṣeyá mf(ī)n. spotted, freckled AV

≫pāruṣṇa

1. pāruṣṇá m. (fr. paruṣṇī f. of ○ruṣa) a kind of bird VS

≫pāruṣya

1. pā́ruṣya n. (fr. paruṣa) roughness Suśr. (cf. tvak-p○)
2. shagginess, dishevelled state (of the hair) Subh
3. harshness (esp. of language), reproach, insult (also pl.) AV. &c. &c
4. violence (in word or deed
5. cf. daṇḍa-p○, vāk-p○)
6. squalor MW
7. the grove of Indra L. (also -ka Divyâv.)
8. aloe wood L
9. m. N. of Bṛihas-pati, the planet Jupiter L

pāregaṅgam

1. pāre-gaṅgam pāre-taramiṇi &c. See under 1. pāra

pāreraka

1. pāreraka m. a sword, scimitar (?) W

pārevata

1. pārevata m. a kind of date L. [Page 621, Column]

pārokṣa

1. pārokṣa mf(ī)n. (fr. paro'kṣa) undiscernible, mysterious (v. l. for next) BhP

≫pārokṣya

1. pârokṣya mf(ā)n. undiscernible, invisible, hidden ib
2. n. mysteriousness, mystery ib

pārovarya

1. pārovarya n. (fr. paro-'varam) tradition Nir. xiii, 12

pārghaṭa

1. pārghaṭa n. = arghaṭa, ashes L. (cf. pārpara)

pārjanya

1. pārjanyá mf(ā)n. relating or belonging to Parjanya VS. ŚBr. MBh. &c

pārṇa

1. pārṇa mf(ī)n. (fr. parṇa) made or consisting of leaves, raised from leaves (as a tax) L
2. made of the wood of the Butea Frondosa, TāṇḍlBr. Gobh
3. m. a hut made of leaves Gal
4. patr., g. śivâdi

⋙pārṇavalka

1. ○valka mfn. (fr. pārṇavalkya), g. kaṇvâdi

⋙pārṇavalki

1. ○valki m. patr. of Nigada L

⋙pārṇavalkya

1. ○valkya m. patr. fr. parṇa-valka g. gargâdi

pārtha

1. pārtha m. (fr. pṛthi) patr. of Tānva RAnukr
2. n. N. of 12 sacred texts (ascribed to Pṛithi Vainya and repeated during the ceremony of unction in the Rāja-sūya sacrifice) Br. KātyŚrS
3. of sev. Sāmans Br. Lāṭy

≫pārthya

1. pārthyá m. a descendant of Pṛithi RV. x, 93, 15

pārtha

1. pārtha m. (fr. pṛthā) metron. of Yudhi-shṭhira or Bhīma-sena or Arjuna (esp. of the last
2. pl. the 5 sons of Pa2ṇu) MBh. (cf. IW. 381, n. 4)
3. N. of a king of Kaśrrīra (son of Paṅgu) and of another man Rājat
4. Terminalia Arjuna L

⋙pārthakirāta

1. ○kirāta m. N. of the Kirātârjunīya Cat

⋙pārthaja

1. ○ja m. a son of Partha Rājat

⋙pārthaparākrama

1. ○parākrama m. N. of a drama

⋙pārthapura

1. ○pura n. N. of a city near the confluence of the Go-dāvarī and Vidarbhā Col

⋙pārthamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of sons of Pṛitha MBh

⋙pārthavijaya

1. ○vijaya m. N. of wk

⋙pārthasārathi

1. ○sārathi m. Arjuna's chariotetr', N. of Kṛishṇa RTL. 107
2. -miśra m. N. of an author or sev. authors Cat

⋙pārthastuti

1. ○stuti f. N. of a Stotra
2. -ṭīkā f. N. of the Comm. on it

pārtha

1. pārtha m.= pārthiva, a prince, king L

pārtha

1. pārtha or pārthona m. (in astron.) = ? as (the Virgo of the zodiac)

pārthakya

1. pārthakya n. (fr. pṛthak) severalty, difference, variety Sāh

≫pārthagarthya

1. pārthagarthya n. (fr. prithag-artha) difference of purpose or meaning &c. Śaṃk

pārthava

1. pārthava mf(ī)n. belonging or peculiar to Pṛithu BhP
2. m. Patr. fr. pṛthu Pravar
3. n. width, great extent ĀpŚr. Sch

≫pārthavi

1. pārthavi wṛ. for pārthiva n. Hariv

≫pārthiva

1. pā́rthiva mf(ī or ā
2. Pāṇ. 4-1, 85, Varit. 2) u. (fr. pṛthivii f. of pṛthu) earthen, earthy, earthly, being in or relating to or coming from the earth, terrestrial RV. &c. &c
3. (from m. below) fit for kings or princes, royal, princely MBh. Hariv
4. m. an inhabitant of the earth RV. AV
5. a lord of the earth, king, prince, warrior Mn. MBh. &c
6. an earthen vessel L
7. a partic. Agni Gṛihyās
8. the 19th (or 53rd) year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years Var
9. (pl.) N. of a family belonging to the Kauślikas Hariv
10. (ī), f. 'earth-born', N. of Sītā Ragh
11. of Lakshmī L
12. (with śānti) N. of wk
13. n. (pl.) the regions of the earth RV
14. an earthy substance Hariv. (v. l. ○thavi) Suśr
15. Tabernaemontana Coronaria L

⋙pārthivatā

1. ○tā f

⋙pārthivatva

1. ○tva n. the dignity or rank of king, royalty MBh

⋙pārthivanandinī

1. ○nandinī f. the daughter of a king MW

⋙pārthivapūjana

1. ○pūjana n. (and -vidhi, m.),

⋙pārthivapujā

1. ○pujā f. N. of wks

⋙pārthivarṣabha

1. ○rṣabha (r for ṛ), 'k bull', an excellent king MW

⋙pārthivaliṅga

1. ○liṅga n. characteristic or attribute of a king
2. -pujana-vidhi m. -pūjā f. -pujârādhana n. māhātmya, n. -lakṣaṇa n. -vidhāna n. ○gôdyāpana n. N. of wks. or chs. of wks

⋙pārthivaśreṣṭha

1. ○śreṣṭha m. best of kings MBh

⋙pārthivasutā

1. ○sutā f. a king's daughter MBh

⋙pārthivātmajā

1. pārthivâtmajā f. id. ib

⋙pārthivādhama

1. pārthivâdhama m. the lowest or meanest of kings MW

⋙pārthivārcanavidhi

1. pārthivârcanavidhi m. N. of wk. Pārthivêndra, m. the chief or greatest of princes MW

⋙pārthivesvara

1. pārthivêsvara m. id
2. -cintāmaṇi, ni. (ṇi-paddhati f.), pūjanavidhi and. -pūjā-vidhi m. N. of wks

≫pārthuraśma

1. pārthuraśmá n. (fr. pṛthu-raśmi) N. of sev. Sāmans Br. Lāṭy

pārda

1. pārda m. a species of tree Gaṇar. 300 Sch
2. (ā), f. N. of a woman ib

⋙pārdāvat

1. pārdā-vat mfn. ib. [Page 622, Column]

≫pārdākī

1. pārdākī f. a species of plant ib

pārdāyanī

1. pārdāyanī f. (fr. pardi, or pardin) Pāṇ. 4-2, 99 Pat

pārpara

1. pārpara m. (only L.) a handful of rice
2. consumption or some other disease
3. a filament of the Nauclea Cadamba
4. ashes
5. N. of Yama
6. = jarāṭa (?)

pārya

1. pārya See under 1. pāra, p. 620

pāryantika

1. pāryantika &c. See under pāry, p. 621, col. 2

pārvaṇa

1. pārvaṇa mf(ī)n. (fr. parvan) belonging or relating to a division of time or to the changes of the moon (such as at new or full moon)
2. increasing, waxing, full (as the moon
3. parvaṇau śaśi-divākarau, moon and sun at the time of full moon Ragh. xi, 82) GṛŚrS. Kāv. Pur. &c
4. m. a halfmonth (= pakṣa) Jyot
5. oblations offered at new and full moon GṛS

⋙pārvaṇacaṭaśraddhaprayoga

1. ○caṭa-śráddha-prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙pārvaṇacandrikā

1. ○candrikā m. N. of wk

⋙pārvaṇaśrāddha

1. ○śrāddha n. a ceremony in honour of ancestors performed at the conjunction of sun and moon i.e. at new moon and at other periods of the moon's changes RTL. 305
2. N. of wk
3. -paddhati f. -prayoga m. -vidhi m. N. of wks

≫pārvāyānāntīya

1. pārvāyânāntīya mf(ā)n. belonging to the days of new and full moon and to the solstices Mn

pārvata

1. pārvata mf(ī)n. (fr. parvata) being in or growing on or coming from or consisting of mountains
2. mountainous, hilly MBh. Hariv. Pur. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 67, 8ch.)
3. m. Melia Bukayun L
4. (ī), f. See below

≫pārvatāyana

1. pārvatāyana m. patr. of a chamberlain, Sak. vi, 7/8 (vḷ. parv○ and vātāyana)
2. Pāṇ. 4-1, 103

≫pārvati

1. pārvati m. patr. of Daksha ŚBr
2. Pan. ib

≫pārvatika

1. pārvatika n. a multitude of mountains, mountain-range L

≫pārvatī

1. pā́rvatī f. (of ○ta) a mountain stream Naigh. i, 13
2. Boswellia Thurifera L
3. Grislea Tomentosa L
4. a kind of pepper L
5. = kṣudra-pāṣāṇa-bhedā or jīvanī L
6. a kind of fragrant earth L
7. a female cowherd or Gopī L
8. N. of the god Śiva's wife (as daughter of Hima-vat, king of the snowy mountains) Up. MBh. Kāv. &c. (RTL. 79)
9. of Draupadī L. (wṛ. for pārṣatī)
10. of sev. other women Cat of a river VP
11. of a cave in mount Meru Hariv

⋙pārvatīkṣetra

1. ○kṣetra n. 'district of Pārvatī (Durgā)', N. of one of the 4 esp. sacred districts of Orissa L

⋙pārvatīdharmaputraka

1. ○dharma-putraka m. 'adopted son of Pārvatī' N. of Paraśu-rāma, Bllar

⋙pārvatīnandana

1. ○nandana m. 'son of PṭPārvatī' N. of Kārttikeya L

⋙pārvatīnātha

1. ○nātha m. 'lord of PṭPārvatī, N. of sev. men (the father of Tripurâri and the fṭfather of Dharma-siṃha) Cat

⋙pārvatīnetra

1. ○netra m. (in music) a kind of measure

⋙pārvatīpati

1. ○pati m. 'husband of PṭPārvatī', N. of Śiva, Balar

⋙pārvatīpariṇaya

1. ○pariṇaya m. 'marriage of PṭPārvatī', N. of a poem and a drama

⋙pārvatīpaścāttāpavarṇana

1. ○paścāttāpa-varṇana n

⋙pārvatīpravartana

1. ○pravartana n

⋙pārvatīprasādana

1. ○prasādana n. N. of wks

⋙pārvatīprāṇanātha

1. ○prâṇa-nātha m. 'lord of the life of Pārvatī N. of Siva Bālar

⋙pārvatīmokṣaṇa

1. ○mokṣaṇa n. N. of ch. of GaṇP

⋙pārvatīlocana

1. ○locana m. (in music) a kind of measure

⋙pārvatīśvara

1. ○"ṣśvara (○tI7zv○), m. = ○tī-nātha
2. -liṅga n. N. of a Liṅga SkandaP

⋙pārvatīsakha

1. ○sakha m. 'friend of PṭPārvatī', N. of Śiva' L

⋙pārvatīsampradāna

1. ○sampradāna n. N. of ch. of BrahmaP

⋙pārvatīsahasranāman

1. ○sahasra-nāman n

⋙pārvatīstotra

1. ○stotra n. N. of wks

⋙pārvatīsvayaṃvara

1. ○svayaṃvara m. N. of a drama

≫pārvatīya

1. pārvatīya mfn. living or dwelling in the mountains, mountainous
2. m. a mountaineer MBh. R. &c
3. Juglans Regia L
4. N. of a sovereign ruling in the mountains MBh
5. (pl.) of a mountains tribe L

≫pārvateya

1. pārvateya mf(ī)n. belonging or relating to the mountains, mountains-born W
2. m. N. of a prince of mountaineers MBh. (cf. ○tīya)
3. (tī́), f. N. of the smaller or upper mill-stone VS
4. n. antimony L

pārśava

1. pārśava m. (fr. 1. parśu) a prince of the Parśus Pāṇ. 5-3, 117

≫pārśukā

1. pārśukā f. = parśukā, a rib L

≫pārśva

1. pārśvá n. (rarely m. g. ardharcâdi
2. ifc. f. ā fr. 1. parśu) the region of the ribs (pl. the ribs), side, flank (either of animate or inanimate objects) RV. &c. &c
3. the side = nearness, proximity (with gen. or ifc
4. ayaḥ, on both sides
5. am, aside, towards
6. e, at the side, near [opp. to dura-tas]
7. āt, away, from
8. by means of, through) MBh. Kāv. &c
9. a curved knife ŚBr
10. a side of any square figure W
11. the curve or circumference of a wheel ib
12. (only n.) a multitude of ribs, the thorax W. [Page 622, Column]
13. the extremity of the fore-axle nearest the wheel to which the outside horses of a four-horse chariot are attached L
14. a fraudulent or crooked expedient L
15. m. the side horse on a chariot MBh
16. N. of an ancient Buddhist teacher
17. (with Jainas) N. of the 23rd Arhat of the present Ava-sarpiṇī and of his servant
18. (du.) heaven and earth L
19. mfn. near, proximate (cf. comp. below)

⋙pārśvaga

1. ○ga mfn. going at a person's side, accompanying, being in close proximity to (gen. or comp.), an attendant
2. m.pl. attendants, retinue, Kav. Rājat

⋙pārśvagata

1. ○gata mfn. being at the side, attending, accompanying, being close to or beside Kāv. Var
2. sheltered, screening MW

⋙pārśvagamana

1. ○gamana n. the act of going by the side, accompanying, Kathās

⋙pārśvacandra

1. ○candra m. N. of an author Cat

⋙pārśvacara

1. ○cara m. an attendant
2. pl. attendants, retinue Ragh

⋙pārśvatas

1. ○tás ind. by or from the side, at the side, near, sideways, aside (with gen. or ifc.), VS. Br. &c

⋙pārśvada

1. ○da m. 'turning the side towards ai, other', an attendant
2. pl. attendants, retinue MBh. (vḷ. pārṣada)

⋙pārśvadāha

1. ○dāha m. a borning pain in the sṭside L

⋙pārśvadeva

1. ○deva m. N. of an author Cat

⋙pārśvadeśa

1. ○deśa m. the region of the sṭside, the ribs L

⋙pārśvadruma

1. ○druma m. pl. the trees at the sṭside or on every side MW

⋙pārśvanātha

1. ○nātha m. N. of a Jaina teacher (predecessor of Mahā-virā) MWB. 530
2. -kātvya n. -gītā f. -caritra n. -daśa-bhāva-visaha, m. -namaskāra m. -puraṇa n. -stava m. -stuti f. N. of wks. -parivartana n. 'turning round', N. of a festival on the 11th day of the light half of the month Bhādra (on which Vishṇu is supposed to turn upon the other side in his sleep) Col

⋙pārśvaparivartita

1. ○parivartita mfn. turned sidewards Mālav

⋙pārśvaparivartin

1. ○parivartin mfn. being or going by the side of (comp.) Ragh

⋙pārśvapippala

1. ○pippala n. a species of Harītaki Bhpr

⋙pārśvabhaṅga

1. ○bhaṅga m. pain in the side Suśr

⋙pārśvabhāga

1. ○bhāga m. side-portion', the side or flank (of an elephant) L

⋙pārśvamaṇḍalin

1. ○maṇḍalin m. N. of a partic. posture in dancing Cat

⋙pārśvamānī

1. ○mānī f. the longer side of an oblong or the side of a square, Śulbas

⋙pārśvaruj

1. ○ruj f. = -bhaṅsga Suśr

⋙pārśvavaktra

1. ○vaktra m. 'whose face is in his side', N. of one of Śiva's attendants Hariv

⋙pārśvavartin

1. ○vartin mfn. standing by the sṭside, an attendant
2. m.pl. attendants, retinue Kāv

⋙pārśvavivartin

1. ○vivartin mfn. being by the sṭside of, living with (gen.) Kathās

⋙pārśvaśaya

1. ○śaya mfn. lying of sleeping on the side Pāṇ. 3-2, 15 Vārtt. 1

⋙pārśvaśāyin

1. ○śāyin m. id., N. of a partic. position of the moon Var

⋙pārśvaśūla

1. ○śūla m. a shooting pain in the side, stitch, pleurisy Suśr

⋙pārśvasaṃstha

1. ○saṃstha mfn. lying on the sṭside Vet

⋙pārśvasaṃhita

1. ○saṃhita mfn. laid together (sṭside by side) Lāṭy

⋙pārśvasaṃdhāna

1. ○saṃdhāna n. laying together (bricks) with their sides, Sulbas'

⋙pārśvasūtraka

1. ○sūtraka m. or n. a kind of ornament L

⋙pārśvastha

1. ○stha mf(ā)n. standing at the side, being near or close to, adjacent, proximate MBh. Kāv. &c
2. m. an associate, companion
3. (esp.) a stage manager's assistant (said to serve as a sort of chorus, sometimes an actor in the prelude who explains the plot) L

⋙pārśvasthita

1. ○sthita mfn. standing at the side, being near or close Rājat

⋙pārśvānucara

1. pārśvânucara m. 'attending at the sṭside', an attendant, body. servant Ragh

⋙pārśvāyāta

1. pārśvâyāta mfn. one who has approached close to Kathās

⋙pārśvārti

1. pārśvârti f. pain in the side pleurisy Car

⋙pārśvāvamarda

1. pārśvâvamarda m. id. ib

⋙pārśvāsanna

1. pārśvâsanna mfn. sitting by the sṭside, standing next, present Kathās

⋙pārśvāsīna

1. pārśvâsīna mfn. sitting by the side ib

⋙pārśvāsthi

1. pārśvâsthi n. 'side-bone', a rib Sāy

⋙pārśvaikādaśī

1. pārśvâikādaśī f. = ○śva-parivartana L

⋙pārśvodarapriya

1. pārśvôdarapriya crab L

⋙pārśvopapārśva

1. pārśvôpapārśva m. du. flank and shoulder-blade Nal

⋙pārśvopapīḍam

1. pārśvôpapīḍam ind. (to laugh) so as to hold one's sides Kathās. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-4, 49 Kāś.)

≫pārśvaka

1. pārśvaka m. a rib Yājñ
2. n. a by-way, dishonest means Hcat
3. mfn. one who seeks wealth or other objects by indirect or side means Pāṇ. 5-2, 75

≫pārśvatīya

1. pārśvatīya mfn. (fr. pārśva-tas) being on or belonging to or situated at the side, g. gahâdi

≫pārśvala

1. pārśvala mfn. g. sidhmâdi

≫pārśvika

1. pārśvika mfn. lateral, belonging to the side W. = ○śvaka, mfn. L
2. m. a sidesman, associate W
3. a juggler ib
4. N. of an ancient teacher Buddh
5. ī. = ○śvaka n. Vishṇ. Nār

≫pārśvya

1. pārśvya m. du. heaven and earth Naigh. iii, 30 (v. l. for pārvau). Cf. antaḥ-pārśvya

pārśava

1. pārśava m. (fr. 2. parśu) a warrior armed with an axe W

pārśva

1. pārśva See col. 1

pārṣaki

1. pārṣaki m. patr. Pravar

pārṣata

1. pārṣata mf(ī)n. (fr. priṣata) belonging to the spotted antelope, made of its skin &c. Kauś. Mn. Yājñ. MBh. [Page 622, Column]
2. m. patr. of Dru-pada and his son Dhṛishṭa-dyumna MBh
3. (ī), f. patr. of Draupadī ib
4. of Durgā (wṛ. for pārvatī) L
5. Boswellia Thurifera L
6. = jīvanī L

≫pārṣad

1. pārṣad Vṛiddhi form of pṛṣad in comp

⋙pārṣadaṃśa

1. ○aṃśa mfn. g. utsâdi

⋙pārṣadaśva

1. ○aśva m. patr. ĀśvGṛ

⋙pārṣadvāṇa

1. ○vāṇá m. a patron. RV

pārṣad

1. pārṣad f. (cf. next) an assembly L
2. pl. the attendance or retinue of a god. BhP

≫pārṣada

1. pārṣada m. (fr. parṣad) an associate, companion, attendant (esp. of a god), RamatUp. MBh. Suśr. (pl. attendance, retinue Hariv. BhP. Lalit.)
2. a member of an assembly, spectator Prasannar
3. n. a text-book received by any partic. grammatical school (a N. given to the Prātiśākhyas) Nir. i, 17
4. N. of wk

⋙pārṣadaṭīkā

1. ○ṭīkā f. N. of wk

⋙pārṣadatā

1. ○tā f. the office of an attendant (esp. of the attṭattendant of a god) BhP

⋙pārṣadapariśiṣṭa

1. ○pariśiṣṭa n

⋙pārṣadavṛtti

1. ○vṛtti f

⋙pārṣadavyākhyā

1. ○vyākhyā f. N. of wks

≫pārṣadaka

1. pārṣadaka vḷ. for pāriṣadaka g. kulālâdi

⋙pārṣadīya

1. pārṣaḍdīya mfn. conformable to the received text-book of any partic. grammatical school RPrāt

⋙pārṣadya

1. pārṣaḍdya m. = pārtṣadya, a member of an assembly, assessor
2. m.pl.= pārṣada pl. L

pārṣika

1. pārṣika m. metron. of (ā), f. N. of a woman, g. śivâdi

≫pārṣikya

1. pārṣikya n. (fr. parṣika), g. -purohitâdi

pārṣī

1. pārṣī (?), f. dung L

pārṣṭika

1. pārṣṭika wṛ. for pārṣṭhika

pārṣṭeya

1. pā́rṣṭeya mf(ī)n, (fr. pṛṣṭi) being within the ribs AV

pārṣṭhika

1. pārṣṭhika mfn. being after the manner of the Pṛishṭhya (Ṣaḍ-aha) ŚrS

pārṣṇi

1. pā́rṣṇi f. (L. also m
2. rarely pārṣṇī, f
3. fr. √pṛṣ ? Uṇ. iv, 52 Sch.) the heel RV. &c. &c
4. the extremity of the fore-axle to which the outside horses of a four-horse chariot are attached (the two inner horses being harnessed to the dhur, or chariot-pole) MBh
5. the rear of an army (○ṇim √grah with gen., to attack in the rear) MBh. Hariv. Kāv
6. the back W
7. a kick ib
8. enquiry, asking ib
9. a foolish or licentious woman L
10. N. of a plant (= kuntī or kumbhī) L

⋙pārṣṇikṣeman

1. ○kṣeman m. N. of a divinity MBh

⋙pārṣṇiga

1. ○ga mfn. following a person's heels or the rear of an army L

⋙pārṣṇigraha

1. ○graha mfn. seizing or threatening from behind BhP
2. m. a follower, either an ally who supports or an enemy who attacks the rear of a king MW

⋙pārṣṇigrahaṇa

1. ○grahaṇa n. attacking or threatening an enemy in the rear MBh

⋙pārṣṇigrāha

1. ○grāha mfn. attacking in the rear
2. 'heel-catcher', an enemy in the rear or a commander in the rear of an army (applied also to hostile planets) Mn. MBh. &c

⋙pārṣṇighāta

1. ○ghāta m. a kick with the heels Kathās

⋙pārṣṇitra

1. ○tra n. a rear-guard reserve L

⋙pārṣṇiprahāra

1. ○prahāra m. = -ghāta Kathās

⋙pārṣṇiyantṛ

1. ○yantṛ m. a charioteer who drives side-horse MBh

⋙pārṣṇivāh

1. ○v�āh or m. 'drawing (i.e. harnessed to) the extremities of the axle-tree'

⋙pārṣṇivalha

1. ○valha m. 'drawing (i.e. harnessed to) the extremities of the axle-tree'
2. an outside horse MBh

⋙pārṣṇisārathi

1. ○sārathi m. du. the two charioteers who drive the outside horses (cf. prec.) MBh

⋙parṣṇyabhighāta

1. parṣṇy-abhighāta m: -"ṣṇi-ghāta Kathās

≫pārṣṇīla

1. pārṣṇīla mfn. g. sidhmâdi

≫pārṣṇuvi

1. pārṣṇuvi (!), m. a patron. Cat

pāl

1. pāl cl. 10. P. (Dhātup. xxxii, 69) pālayati (○te
2. also regarded as Caus. of √2. pā [Pāṇ. 7-3, 37 Vārtt. 2, pat.], but rather Nom. of pāla below
3. p. P. pālayat Ā. ○layāna
4. pf. ○layām āsa
5. aor. apīpalat), to watch, guard, protect, defend, rule, govern
6. to keep, maintain, observe (a promise or vow) AV. Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

≫pāla

1. pāla m. (ifc. f. ā) a guard, protector, keeper R. Hariv
2. a herdsman Mn. Gaut. Yājñ. MBh
3. protector of the earth, king. prince BhP
4. (also n.) a spitting spittoon (as 'recipient' ?) L
5. N. of a serpent-demon of the race of Vāsuki MBh
6. of a prince Cat
7. (with bhatṭa) N. of an author ib
8. (ī), f. a herdsman's wife MBh. v, 3608
9. an oblong pond (as 'receptacle' of water?) Var. (cf. pāli)

⋙pālakavirāja

1. ○kavi-rāja m. N. of a poet Cat. (cf. śrī-k"ṣ-r○)

⋙pālakāvya

1. ○kāvya n. N. of a poem Cat. (wṛ. for ○kāpya?
2. below.)

⋙pālaghna

1. ○ghna m. a mushroom L

⋙pālavaṇīj

1. ○vaṇīj wṛ. for pāna-v○

≫pālaka

1. pālaka mf(ikā)n. guarding, protecting, nourishing W
2. m. a guardian, protector MBh. (ikā f.)
3. a foster-father Rājat
4. a prince, ruler, sovereign ib. BhP. [Page 623, Column]
5. a world-protector (= loka-p○) Kām
6. a horse-keeper, groom L
7. a maintainer, observer MārkP
8. a species of plant with a poisonous bulb Suśr
9. Plumbago Zeylanica L
10. a horse L
11. N. of sev. princes Mṛicch. Kathās. Pur
12. n. a spittoon Gal. (cf. pāla above)

⋙pālakagotra

1. ○gotra n. the family or tribe of one's adoptive parents MW

⋙pālakākhyā

1. pālakâkhyā f. N. of the mother of Pālakāpya (below)

≫pālana

1. pālana mf(ī)n. guarding, nourishing (○nī jananī f. a foster-mother) MārkP
2. n. the act of guarding, protecting, nourishing, defending Mn. MBh. &c
3. maintaining, keeping, observing MBh. Kāv. &c
4. the milk of a cow that has recently calved L. (-karman n. superintendence Śak
5. -vṛtti f. a partic. manner of subsistence Baudh.)

⋙pālanīya

1. pāḍlanīya mfn. to be guarded or protected or maintained or observed MBh. ○layitṛ mfn. protecting, cherishing
2. a protector or guardian Kauś. MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙pāli

1. pāḍli m. (prob.) a protector, ruler (cf. go-pāli and prajā-p○)

⋙pālita

1. pāḍlita mfn. guarded, protected, cherished, nourished MBh. R. &c
2. m. Trophis Aspera L
3. N. of a prince (son of Parā-jit or Parā-vṛit) Hariv. Pur. (vḷ. palita)
4. of a poet Cat
5. (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh

⋙pālin

1. pāḍlin mfn. protecting, guarding, keeping Śukas. BhP
2. m. (ifc.) a ruler, king of. BhP
3. N. of a son of Pṛithu Hariv
4. (inī), f. Ficus Heterophylla L

⋙pālīvrata

1. pāḍlī-vrata n. a partic. observance Cat

⋙pāleya

1. pāḍleya mfn. (fr. pāla), g. saṃkāśâdi. ○īya mfn. = ○lanīya MBh. Kathās
2. being under any one's (gen.) protection or guardianship Rājat

pālakāpya

1. pālakāpya m. N. of an ancient sage or Muni (= kareṇu-bhū or = dhanvan-tari) L
2. of an author Cat
3. n. N. of his wk. (cf. pālakāvya above)

pālakka

1. pālakka m. or n. N. of a country Inscr

pālakyā

1. pālakyā f. Beta Bengalensis Car

pālaṅka

1. pālaṅka (only L.), m. Boswellia Thurifera
2. a species of bird
3. m. and (ī), f. Beta Bengalensis (also ○kikā Bhpr.)
4. (ī), f. gum olibanum, incense L

≫pālaṅkya

1. pālaṅkya n. and (ā), f. incense Suśr
2. Beta Bengalensis Bhpr

pālaṅgin

1. pālaṅgin m. pl N. of a school called after a disciple of Vaiśampāyana Pāṇ. 4-3, 104 Sch

pālada

1. pālada mfn. (fr. pala-da), Pān iv 2, 110

pālala

1. pālala mf(ī)n. (fr. palala) made of powdered sesamum seed Suśr

pālavi

1. pālavi f. a kind of vessel Hariv

pālahāri

1. pālahāri m. (patr. fr. palahara?) N. of a man Rājat

pālāgala

1. pālāgalá m. a runner, messenger (according to others 'a bearer of false tidings') ŚBr. KātyŚr. Sch
2. (ī), f. the fourth and least respected wife of a prince ib

pālāśa

1. pā́lāśa mf(ī)n. (fr. palāśa) coming from or belonging to the tree Butea Frondosa, made of its wood Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
2. green Var
3. m. Butea Frondosa MBh. (m. c. for patāśa)

⋙pālāśakarman

1. ○karman n. N. of a partic. ceremony ĀpGṛ. Sch

⋙pālāśakalpa

1. ○kalpa and m. N. of wks

⋙pālāśavidhi

1. ○vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙pālāśakhaṇḍa

1. ○khaṇḍa and m. N. of Magadha L

⋙pālāśaṣaṇḍa

1. ○ṣaṇḍa m. N. of Magadha L

≫pālaśaka

1. pālaśaka mfn. (fr. palāśa), g. varāhâdi

≫pālāśi

1. pālāśi m. (patr. fr. palāśa) Pravar

pāli

1. pāli f. (in most meanings and ifc. f. also ii [under. pāla]
2. according to Uṇ. iv, 529 Sch. fr. √pal) the tip or lobe of the ear, the outer ear Suśr. (cf. karṇa- and śravaṇa-p○)
3. a boundary, limit, margin, edge MBh. Kāv. &c
4. a row, line, range Ratnâv. Siś. Gīt
5. a dam, dike, bridge Rājat
6. a pot, boiler HPariś
7. a partic. measure of capacity (= prastha) L
8. prescribed food, maintenance of a scholar during the period of his studies by his teacher L
9. the lap, bosom L
10. a circumference L
11. a mark, spot L
12. a louse L
13. a woman with a beard L. = praśaṃsā L. (○lī ifc. to denote praise, Gaṇ.)
14. = prabedha L

⋙pāliṃhira

1. ○ṃ-hira m. (wṛ. for -hara, 'seizing by the tip of the ear' ?) a kind of snake Suśr

⋙pālijvara

1. ○jvara m. a kind of fever L. [Page 623, Column]

⋙pālibhaṅga

1. ○bhaṅga m. bursting of a dike Rājat

⋙pālyāmaya

1. pālyāmaya m. a disease of the outer ear Suśr

≫pālikā

1. pālikā f. (cf. under pāla) the tip of the ear L
2. a margin, edge L
3. a pot or boiler HPariś
4. a cheese or butter knife L

pālita

1. pālita See under √pāl

pālitya

1. pā́litya n. (fr. palita) greyness (of age), hoariness AV
2. mfn. g. saṃkāśâdi

pālinda

1. pālinda m. incense L
2. Jasminum Pubescens W
3. (ī), f. Ichnocarpus Frutescens Suśr. (also ○ndi)
4. = next L

≫pālindhī

1. pālindhī f. a species of Ipomoea with dark blossoms L

pālisāyana

1. pālisāyana m. patr. Pravar

pālīvata

1. pālīvata m. a species of tree Var. (prob. = pārevata)

pālohaya

1. pālohaya (!), m. patr. Pravar

pāllaka

1. pāllaka mfn. (fr. pallī), g. dhūmâdi

pāllavā

1. pāllavā f. (fr. pallava, sc. krīḍā) a game played with twigs L

≫pāllavika

1. pāllavika mfn. diffusive, digressive Car

pālvala

1. pālvala mf(ī)n. (fr. palvala) coming from a tank or pool Suśr

⋙pālvalatīra

1. ○tīra mfn. (fr. palvalatīra) Pāṇ. 4-2, 106 Sch

pāva

1. pāva mfn. (√pū) only in hiraṇya-p○, q.v
2. m. (in music) a partic. wind-instrument
3. (ā), f. See col. 3

≫pāvaka

1. pāvaká mf(ā́)n. pure, clear, bright, shining RV. VS. AV. (said of Agni, Sūrya and other gods, of water, day and night &c
2. according to native Comms. it is mostly = sodhaka', cleansing, purifying')
3. m. N. of a partic. Agni (in the Purāṇas said to be a son of Agni Abhimānin and Svāhā or of Autardhāna and Śikhaṇḍinī) TS. TBr. KātyŚr. Pur
4. (ifc. f. ā) fire or the god of fire Up. MBh. Kāv. &c
5. N. of the number 3 (like all words for 'fire', because fire is of three kinds, See agni) Sūryas
6. a kind of Rishi, a saint, a person purified by religious abstraction or one who purified from sin MBh
7. Prenina Spinosa L
8. Plumbago Zeylanica or some other species L
9. Semecarpus Anacardium L
10. Carthamus Tinctoria L
11. Embelia Ribes L
12. (ikā), f. (in music) = pāva
13. (ī), f. the wife of Agni L

⋙pāvakavat

1. ○vat mfn. containing the word or having the name pāvaka
2. N. of a partic. Agni AitBr. ŚrS

⋙pāvakavarcas

1. ○varcas (ká-), mfn. brightly resplendent (as Agni) RV

⋙pāvakavarṇa

1. ○varṇa (○ká-), mfn. of pure or brilliant aspect ib. VS. Gaut

⋙pāvakaśocis

1. ○śocis (○kâ-), mfn. (voc. ○ce) shining brightly RV

⋙pāvakasuta

1. ○suta m. patr. of Su-darśana MBh

⋙pāvakātmaja

1. pāvakâtmaja m. patr. of Skanda ib

⋙pāvakāraṇi

1. pāvakâraṇi m. Premna Spinosa L

⋙pāvakārcis

1. pāvakârcis f. a flash of fire MBh

⋙pāvakāstra

1. pāvakâstra n. a fiery weapon Uttarar. vi, 5/6

⋙pāvakeśvara

1. pāvakêśvara n. N. of a Tirtha ŚivaP

≫pāvaki

1. pāvaki m. 'son of Fire', N. of Skanda MBh. Hariv. R
2. of Su-darśana MBh
3. of Vishṇu Hariv

≫pāvakīya

1. pāvakīya mfn. coming from the god of fire or relating to him Cat
2. fiery (said of weapons), Bilar. vii, 33 (cf. pāvakâstra)

≫pāvana

1. pāvana mf(ī)n. purifying, purificatory
2. pure, holy Mn. MBh. &c
3. living on wind Nīlak
4. m. a partic. fire Kull. on Mn.iii, 185
5. fire L
6. incense L
7. a species of Verbesina with yellow flowers L
8. a Siddha (s.v.) L
9. N. of Vyāsa L
10. of one of the Viśve Devāh MBh
11. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP
12. (ī), f. Terminalia Chebula L
13. holy basil L
14. a cow L
15. N. of a river MBh. R
16. the Ganges or the goddess Gaṅgā W
17. n. the act or a means of cleansing or purifying, purification, sanctification Mn. MBh. &c
18. penance, atonement L
19. watee L
20. cow-dung L
21. the seed of Elaeocarpus Ganitrus (of which rosaries are made) L
22. Costus Speciosus L
23. a sectarial mark L
24. = adhyāsa L

⋙pāvanatva

1. ○tva n. the property of cleansing or purifying Sāh

⋙pāvanadhvani

1. ○dhvani m. a conch-shell L

≫pāvamāna

1. pāvamāná mf(ī)n. (fr. pavamāna) relating to Soma juice (while being purified by a strainer) or to Agni Pavamāna TS. AV. TāṇḍBr. Gobh
2. m. pl. the authors of the Pāvamānī hymns or verses ŚāṅkhGṛ
3. (lī́-), f. sg. or pl. N. of partic. hymns (esp. those of RV. ix AV. xix, 71 &c.) Br. GṛŚrS. Mn. &c. (also ○māna, m.)
4. n. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr

≫pāvita

1. pāvita mfn. (fr. √pū, Caus.) cleansed, purified Mn. MBh. &c

≫pāvitra

1. pāvitra n. a kind of metre Col. (wṛ. for pav○?). [Page 623, Column]

⋙pāvitrāyaṇa

1. pāvitrāyaṇa m. patr. fr. pavitra, g. aśvâdi

≫pāvitrya

1. pāvitrya n. purity Siṃhâs

≫pāvinī

1. pāvinī f. (prob.) wṛ. for pāvanī MBh. iii, 10543

≫pāvya

1. pāvya mfn. to be cleansed or purified Bhaṭṭ

pāvan

1. pāvan. 2 See under √1. 3. pā

pāvara

1. pāvara m. or n. the die or side of a die which is marked with 2 dots or points (prob. corrupted fr. dvā-para) Mṛicch. ii, 8

pāvaṣṭurikeya

1. pāvaṣṭurikeya m. patr. fr. pavaṣṭurika g. śubhrâdi

pāvā

1. pāvā f. N. of a city near Rāja-gṛiha Buddh

⋙pāvāpurī

1. ○purī f. id. ib. (also written pāpā-p○)

pāvindāyana

1. pāvindāyana m. metron. fr. pavindā g. aśvâdi (Kāś.)

pāvīrava

1. pā́vīrava mf(ī)n. (fr. paviiru) proceeding from or relating to the thunderbolt
2. (ī), f. (with or sc. kanyā), 'daughter of lightning', the noise of thunder RV

pāśa

1. pā́śa m. (once n. ifc. f. ā
2. fr. √3. paś) a snare, trap, noose, tie, bond, cord, chain, fetter (lit. and, fig.) RV. &c. &c
3. (esp.) the noose as attribute of Siva or Yama RTL. 81 ; 290
4. (with Jainas) anything that binds or fetters the soul, i.e. the outer world, nature Sarvad. (cf. also RTL. 89)
5. selvage, edge, border (of anything woven), ŚrGṛS
6. a die, dice MBh
7. (in astrol.) a partic. constellation
8. (ifc. it expresses either contempt e.g. chattra-p○, a shabby umbrella', or 0admiration e.g. karṇa-p○, 'a beautiful ear'
9. after a word signifying, hair' abundance, quantity e.g. keśa-p○, 'a mass of hair')
10. (ī), f. a rope, fetter Siś. xviii, 57 (cf. also 2. pāśī)

⋙pāśakaṇṭha

1. ○kaṇṭha mfn. having a noose round the neck Kathās

⋙pāśakapālin

1. ○kapālin mfn. having a noose and a skull HPariś

⋙pāśakrīḍā

1. ○krīḍā f. 'dice-play', gambling Siṅhās

⋙pāśajāla

1. ○jāla n. the outer world conceived as a net (cf. above) Sarvad

⋙pāśatva

1. ○tva n. the state or condition of the outer world or nature ib

⋙pāśadyumna

1. ○dyumna (pā́ta-), m. N. of a man RV

⋙pāśadhara

1. ○dhara m. 'holding a noose', N. of Varuṇa Hariv

⋙pāśapāṇi

1. ○pāṇi m. 'noose in hand', id. ṢaḍvBr

⋙pāśabaddha

1. ○baddha mfn. noosed, snared, caught, bound W

⋙pāśabandha

1. ○bandha m. a noose, snare, halter, net Hit

⋙pāśabandhaka

1. ○bandhaka m. a bird-catcher Pañc

⋙pāśabandhana

1. ○bandhana n. a snare, fetter BhP
2. mfn. hanging in a snare Kathās

⋙pāśabhṛt

1. ○bhṛt m. = -dhara Var. Ragh

⋙pāśarajju

1. ○rajju f. a fetter, rope Kathās

⋙pāśavat

1. ○vat mfn. having or possessing a noose (as Varuṇa) MBh

⋙pāśahasta

1. ○hasta mfn. noose in hand VP m. N. of Yama Kathās

⋙pāśānta

1. pāśânta m. the back of a garment (opp. to daśā) Var

⋙pāśābhidhānā

1. pāśâbhidhānā f. N. of the 12th day of a half-month Hcat

≫pāśaka

1. pāśaka m. a snare, trap, noose (ifc
2. cf. kaṇṭha-, daṇḍa-)
3. a die HPariś
4. (ikā), f. a strap of leather on a plough Kṛishis

⋙pāśakakevalī

1. ○kevalī f. N. of wk. (also spelled pāśākevalī or pāśaka-keralī)

⋙pāśakapīṭha

1. ○pīṭha m. or n. a gaming-table Mṛicch

≫pāśaya

1. pāśaya Nom.P. ○śayati, to bind Nir. iv, 2 Dhātup. xxxiii, 45

≫pāśāya

1. pāśāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become a rope Kāv

≫pāśika

1. pāśika m. one who snares animals, a birdcatcher Var
2. N. of a man Rājat
3. (ā), f. See under pāśaka

≫pāśita

1. pāśita mfn. tied, fettered, bound, snared Daś. AgP

≫pāśin

1. pāśín mfn. having a net or noose, laying snares
2. m. a bird-catcher, trapper Āpast
3. N. of Varuṇa MBh. Hariv
4. of Yama RTL. 290
5. of a son of Dhṛita-rāshira MBh

≫pāśila

1. pāśila mfn. (fr. pāśa), g. kāśâdi

≫pāśivāṭa

1. pāśi-vāṭa m. pl. N. of a people MBh

≫pāśyā

1. pāśyā f. a multitude of nooses or ropes, a net Pāṇ. 4-2, 49

pāśava

1. pāśava mf(ī)n. (fr. paśu) derived from or belonging to cattle or animals (with māṃsa n. animals food) Kauś. Vet. Suśr
2. n. a flock, herd W

⋙pāśavapālana

1. ○pālana n. 'nourishing flocks', pasturage or meadow grass L

⋙pāśavamata

1. ○mata n. an erroneous doctrine Hariv

≫pāśuka

1. pāśuka mf(ī)n. relating to cattle (esp. to the sacrificial animal) ŚrS. (cf. Pan, iv, 3, 72)

⋙pāśukacāturmāsya

1. ○cāturmāsya n. N. of wk

⋙pāśukādiprayoga

1. pāśukâdi-prayoga m. N. of ch. of Sāyaṇa's Yajña-tantra -sudhā-nidhi

≫pāśupata

1. pāśupata mf(ī)n. relating or sacred to or coming from Śiva Paśu-pati MBh. Kāv. &c
2. m. a follower or worshipper of Śiva Paśu-pati Kathās. Rājat. (cf. RTL. 59) [Page 624, Column]
3. Agati Grandiflora L
4. Getonia Floribunda L
5. n. = -jñāna MBh. N. of a celebrated weapon given by Siva to Arjuna MBh. iii, 1650 &c
6. of a place sacred to Śiva Paśu-pati Cat

⋙pāśupatajñāna

1. ○jñāna n. the doctrine of the Pāśupatas Cat

⋙pāśupatabrahmopaniṣad

1. ○brahmôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up

⋙pāśupatayoga

1. ○yoga m. the system of the pṭplace Sarvad
2. -prakaraṇa n. -vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙pāśupatavrata

1. ○vrata n. = -yoga MBh
2. N. of the 40th Pariś. of AV
3. -vivaraṇa n. N. of a ch. of LiṅgaP

⋙pāśupatavratin

1. ○vratin m. a follower of Siva Paśu-pati
2. ○ti-viśa mfn. wearing the dress of a follower of SṭSiva Paśu-pati Rājat

⋙pāśupataśāstra

1. ○śāstra n. -jñāna Sarvad

⋙pāśupatāstra

1. pāśupatâstra n. Śiva's trident MBh

⋙pāśupatopaniṣad

1. pāśupatôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up

≫pāśupalya

1. pāśupalya n. (fr. paśu-pāla) the breeding and rearing of cattle Yājñ. MBh. &c

≫pāśubandhaka

1. pāśubandhaka mf(ikā)n. and ○bandhika mf(ī)n. (fr. paśu-bandha) relating to the slaughter of a sacrificial animal

pāśī

1. pāśī f. (for 1. See under pāśa) a stone Kauś. 83 ; 85 (vḷ. pásī ; cf. pāṣáṇa, pāṣī)

pāścāttya

1. pāścāttya or pāścātya mf(ā) n. (fr. paścāt or paścā) hinder, western, posterior, last MBh. R. Pañc

⋙pāścāttyanirayāmṛta

1. ○nirayâmṛta n. N. of wk

⋙pāścāttyabhāga

1. ○bhāga m. the hinder part (of a needle, i.e. its eye) ŚārṅgP

⋙pāścāttyarātri

1. ○rātri (only au ind.), towards the end of the night Kathârṇ

⋙pāścātyākarasambhava

1. pāścātyâkarasambhava n. a species of salt coming from the West (= romaka) L

pāṣaka

1. pāṣaka m. an ornament for the feet BrahmaP

pāṣaṇḍa

1. pāṣaṇḍa mf(ī)n. (wrongly spelt pākhaṇḍa) heretical, impious MBh. Pur
2. m. a heretic, hypocrite, impostor, any one who falsely assumes the characteristics of an orthodox Hindū, a Jaina, Buddhist ib. &c
3. m. or n. false doctrine, heresy Mn. BhP

⋙pāṣaṇḍakhaṇḍana

1. ○khaṇḍana n. N. of wk

⋙pāṣaṇḍacapeṭikā

1. ○capeṭikā f. N. of wk

⋙pāṣaṇḍatā

1. ○tā f. heresy, heterodoxy, Inscr

⋙pāṣaṇḍadalana

1. ○dalana n

⋙pāṣaṇḍamukhacapeṭikā

1. ○mukha-capeṭikā f

⋙pāṣaṇḍamukhamardana

1. ○mukhamardana n. N. of wks

⋙pāṣaṇḍaviḍambana

1. ○viḍambana n. N. of a comedy

⋙pāṣaṇḍastha

1. ○stha mfn. addicted to heresy, belonging to an heretical sect Mn. ix, 225

⋙pāṣaṇsyacapeṭikā

1. pāṣaṇsya-capeṭikā f. = ○da-mukha-capetikā

≫pāṣāṇḍaka

1. pāṣāṇḍaka or (L.),

⋙pāṣāṇḍika

1. pāṣāṇḍḍika (L.),

⋙pāṣāṇḍin

1. pāṣāṇḍḍin (Mn. Yājñ. &c.), m. a heretic (cf. IW. 219 ; 299)

≫pāṣāṇḍa

1. pāṣāṇḍa

⋙pāṣāṇḍin

1. pāṣāṇḍḍin vḷ. for pâṣaṇḍa, ○ḍin

≫pāṣāṇḍya

1. pāṣāṇḍya n. heresy Yājñ

pāṣāṇa

1. pāṣāṇa m. (ifc. f. ā
2. according to Uṇ. ii, 90 Sch. fr. √paṣ
3. cf. pāśī) a stone Br. MBh. &c
4. (ī), f. a small stone used as a weight L
5. a spear A

⋙pāṣāṇagardabha

1. ○gardabha m. a hard swelling on the maxillary joint Suśr

⋙pāṣāṇaghātadāyin

1. ○ghāta-dāyin mfn. throwing or striking with a stone Kathās

⋙pāṣāṇacaturdaśī

1. ○caturdaśī f. the 14th day in the light half of the month Mārgaśīrsha (on which a festival of Gaurī is celebrated, when cakes made of rice and shaped like large pebbles are eaten) BhavP

⋙pāṣāṇacayanibaddha

1. ○caya-nibaddha mfn. surrounded with a coping of stone (as a well) Pañc

⋙pāṣāṇadāraka

1. ○dāraka or m. a stone-cutter's chisel L

⋙pāṣāṇadāraṇa

1. ○dāraṇa m. a stone-cutter's chisel L

⋙pāṣāṇabheda

1. ○bheda m. Plectranthus Scutellarioides Car
2. -rasa m. its juice Rasar

⋙pāṣāṇabhedaka

1. ○bhedaka m. = bheda Bhpr

⋙pāṣāṇabhedana

1. ○bhedana m. id. or Lycopodium Imbricatum L

⋙pāṣāṇabhedin

1. ○bhedin m. id. or Coleus Aniboinicus L

⋙pāṣāṇamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting or made of stone Kull

⋙pāṣāṇavajrakarasa

1. ○vajraka-rasa m. a partic. medicinal preparation Rasar

⋙pāṣāṇaśilā

1. ○śilā f. a flat stone Siṃhâs

⋙pāṣāṇasaṃdhi

1. ○saṃdhi m. a cave or chasm in a rock L

⋙pāṣāṇasetubandha

1. ○setu-bandha m. a barrier or dam of stone Rājat

⋙pāṣāṇahṛdaya

1. ○hṛdaya mfn. stone-hearted, cruel MW

≫pāṣi

1. pāṣi f. = silā, a stone or = śakti, a spear Sāy. on RV. i, 56, 6 (cf. 2. pāśī)

≫pāṣya

1. pāṣyá n. pl. stones, a rampart of stones RV
2. du. the two stones for pressing the Soma ib

pāṣṭhauha

1. pāṣṭhauha n. (fr. paṣṭha-vāh) N. of a Sāman Br. Lāṭy

pāsa

1. pāsa m. vḷ. for yāsa
2. (ī), f. vḷ. for pāśī

pāstya

1. pāstyá mfn. belonging to a house, domestic
2. n. (?) household RV. iv, 21, 6

pāhaṇapura

1. pāhaṇa-pura n. N. of a place Romakas

pāhāḍikā

1. pāhāḍikā and pāhidā, f. (in music) N. of Rāgiṇīs (cf. pahāḍī). [Page 624, Column]

pāhāta

1. pāhāta m. the Indian mulberry tree, Morus Indicadir (= brahma-dāru) L

pi

1. pi cl. 6. P. piyati, to go, move Dhātup. xxviii, 112 (cf. √2. pī)

pi

1. pi See under api

piṃś

1. piṃś and piṃṣ, See √piś and piṣ

piṃs

1. piṃs cl. 1. 10. piṃsati, ○sayati, to speak
2. to shine Dhātup. xxxiii, 89

pika

1. piká m. the Indian cuckoo, Cuculus Indicus VS. Kāv. &c
2. (ī), f. a female cuckoo Kathās

⋙pikanikara

1. ○nikara m. a pseudonym of a poet Cat

⋙pikapriyā

1. ○priyā f. 'dear to the cuckoo', a species of Jambū L

⋙pikabaudhu

1. ○baudhu m. cuckoo's friend', the mango tree L

⋙pikabādhava

1. ○bādhava m. 'id.', the spring L

⋙pikabhakṣā

1. ○bhakṣā f. 'cuckoo's food' = bhūmi-jambū L

⋙pikarāga

1. ○rāga and m. 'cuckoo's favourite', the mango tree L

⋙pikavallabha

1. ○vallabha m. 'cuckoo's favourite', the mango tree L

⋙pikasvarā

1. ○svarā f. cuckoo's note', N. of a Surâṅganā, Sinhâs

⋙pikākṣa

1. pikâkṣa n. 'cuckoo's eye', = rocanī L

⋙pikāṅga

1. pikâṅga m. cuckoo-shaped', a partic. bird L

⋙pikānanda

1. pikânanda m. 'cuckoo's joy', the spring L

⋙pikekṣaṇā

1. pikêkṣaṇā f. cuckoo's eye', Asteracantha Longifolia L

pikka

1. pikka m. an elephant 20 years old (= vikka), any yaung elephant L
2. (ā), f. a collection or string of 13 pearls weighing a Dharaṇa VarBṛS. lxxxi, 17 (cf. piccā)

piṅga

1. piṅga piṅgara, piṅgala, See under √piñj, col. 3

picaṇḍa

1. picaṇḍa m. n. the belly or abdomen L
2. m. a partic. part or limb of an animal L

⋙picaṇḍaka

1. picaṇḍḍaka mfn. = ○de kuśalaḥ g. ākarṣâdi
2. (íkā), f. the calf of the leg or the instep L

⋙picaṇḍika

1. picaṇḍḍika

⋙picaṇḍin

1. picaṇḍḍin (g. tundâdi),

⋙picaṇḍila

1. picaṇḍḍila (KāśīKh.), mfn. big-bellied, corpulent

≫piciṇḍa

1. piciṇḍa m. = picaṇḍa L
2. -vat mfn. corpulent L

⋙piciṇḍikā

1. piciṇḍḍikā f

⋙piciṇḍila

1. piciṇḍila mfn. = picaṇḍikā, ○ḍila

picila

1. picila m. an elephant Gal

picu

1. picu m. cotton Car
2. Vangueria Spinosa Suśr
3. a sort of grain L
4. a Karsha or weight of 2 Tolas Suśr
5. a kind of leprosy L
6. N. of Bhairava or of one of his 8 faces L
7. of an Asura L

⋙picutūla

1. ○tūla n. cotton L

⋙picumanda

1. ○manda or m. the Nimb tree, Azadirachta Indica L

⋙picumarda

1. ○marda m. the Nimb tree, Azadirachta Indica L

⋙picuvaktrā

1. ○vaktrā f. N. of a Yoginī Hcat

≫picavya

1. picavya m. the cotton plant L

≫picuka

1. picuka m. Vangueria Spinosa Suśr

≫picukīya

1. picukīya mfn. g. utkarâdi

≫picula

1. picula m. a species of tree (Barringtonia Acutangula or Tamarix Indica) L. (cf. IW. 423, 3)
2. cotton L
3. a kind of cormorant or sea crow L

picc

1. picc cl. 10. P. piccayati, to press flat, squeeze Dhātup. xxxii, 40 (vḷ. for pich, q.v.)

≫piccaṭa

1. piccaṭa mfn. pressed flat, squeezed L
2. m. inflammation of the eyes, ophthalmia L
3. n. a substance pressed flat, cake (cf. tila-p○)
4. tin or lead L

≫piccita

1. piccita mfn. = piccaṭa Suśr

piccā

1. piccā f. a collection or string of 16 pearls weighing a Dharaṇa VarBṛS. lxxxi, 17 (vḷ. pivā
2. cf. pikkā)

picciṭa

1. picciṭa and ○ṭaka m. a species of venomous insect Suśr

picchorā

1. picchorā f. a pipe, flute ŚrS

≫piccholā

1. piccholā f. id. ib. = oṣadhi L

pich

1. pich cl. 10 P. picchayati, to press flat, squeeze, expand, divide Dhātup. xxxli, 20 (vḷ. pice
2. above.)
3. cl. 6. P. picchati, to inflict pain, hurt Dhātup. xxviii, 16 Vop

≫piccha

1. piccha n. a feather of a tail (esp. of a peacock, prob. from, n. its, being spread or expanded) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. (pl.) the feathers of an arrow KātyŚr. Sch
3. a tail (also m.) L
4. a wing L
5. a crest L
6. (ā), f. the scum of boiled rice and of other grain L
7. the gum of Bombax Heptaphyllum L
8. slimy saliva Car
9. the venomous saliva of a snake L
10. a multitude, mass, heap Car
11. the calf of the leg Var
12. a sheath or cover L
13. the areca-nut L
14. a row or line L
15. a diseased affection of a horse's feet L
16. Dalbergia Sissoo L
17. = mocā and picchila L
18. armour, a sort of cuirass L

⋙picchabāṇa

1. ○bāṇa m. 'arrow feathered', a hawk L

⋙picchalatikā

1. ○latikā f. a tail-feather Bālar

⋙picchavat

1. ○vat mfn. having a tail, tailed W

⋙picchāsrāva

1. picchâsrāva m. slimy saliva Car. [Page 624, Column]

⋙pitcchaka

1. pitcchaka m. or n. a tail-feather Cat. (cf. citra-p○)
2. (ikā), f. a bunch of peacock's tailfeathers (used by conjurors) Ratnâv

≫picchana

1. picchana n. pressing flat, squeezing Car

≫picchala

1. picchala mfn. slimy, slippery, smeary MBh. Kād. (vḷ. picchila)
2. m. N. of a Nāga of the race of Vāsuki MBh
3. (ā), f. N. of sev. plants (Dalbergia Sissoo, Bombax Heptaphyllum &c.) L
4. of a river MBh. (vḷ. pitchilā)

⋙picchaladalā

1. ○dalā f. Zizyphus Jujuba L

⋙picchaḻāṅga

1. picchaḻâṅga m. Pimelodus Gagora (= gargara) Gal

≫picchitikā

1. picchitikā (!), f. Dalbergia Sissoo L. (wṛ. for picchilikā?)

≫picchila

1. picchila mf(ā)n. slimy, lubricous, slippery, smeary (opp. to viśada) MBh. Suśr. (-tva n.), &c
2. having a tail W
3. m. Cordia Latifolia L
4. Tamarix Indica L
5. (ā), f. N' of a river MBh. (vḷ. picchalā)
6. of sev. trees and other plants (Dalbergia Sissoo, Bombax Heptaphyllum, Basella Lucida or Rubra, a kind of grass &c.) L

⋙picchilacchadā

1. ○cchadā f. Basella Cordifolia L

⋙picchilatvac

1. ○tvac m. Grewia Elastica L
2. an orange tree or orange-peel L

⋙picchilabīja

1. ○bīja n. the fruit of Dillenia Indica L

⋙picchilasāra

1. ○sāra m. the gum of Bombax Heptaphyllum L

⋙picchilātantra

1. picchilā-tantra n. N. of a Tantra

≫picchilaka

1. picchilaka m. Grewia Elastica L

≫picchilīkṛ

1. picchilī-√kṛ to make slippery or smeary Kād

≫piñcha

1. piñcha n. a wing (= piccha) L

pijavana

1. pijavana m. N. of a man Nir. ii, 24 (cf. paijavana)

pijūla

1. pijūla m. N. of a man, g. aśvādi

piñcadeva

1. piñca-deva m. N. of a man Rājat

piñj

1. piñj cl. 2. Ā. piṅkte, to tinge, dye, paint Dhātup. xxiv, 18 ; 20
2. to join ib. (cf. √pṛc)
3. to sound ib
4. to adore ib. Vop
5. cl.10. P. piñjayati, to kill
6. to be strong
7. to give or to take (?)
8. to dwell Dhātup. xxxii, 31
9. to shine
10. to speak, xxxiii, 84
11. to emit a sound Nir. iii, 18. [Cf. Lat. pingo?]

≫piṅga

1. piṅga mf(ā)n. yellow, reddish-brown, tawny MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. g. kaḍārâdi)
2. m. yellow (the colour) L
3. a buffalo L.: a mouse L
4. N. of one of the sun's attendants L
5. of a man ĀśvŚr. (cf. paiṅgi, ○gin)
6. (piṅgá, in one place pínga), N. of a kind of divine being (?) AV. viii, 6, 6 ; 18 &c
7. (píngā), f. a bow-string RV. viii, 58, 9 (Sāy
8. cf. piṅgala-jya)
9. a kind of yellow pigment (cf. go-rocanā)
10. the stalk of Ferula Asa Foetida L
11. turmeric, Indian saffron L
12. bamboo manna W
13. N. of a woman MBh
14. of Durgā W
15. a tubular vessel of the human body which according to the Yoga system is the channel of respiration and circulation for one side ib
16. (ī), f. Mimosa Suma ib
17. n. orpiment L
18. a young animal MW

⋙piṅgakapiśā

1. ○kapiśā f. 'reddish-brown', a species of cockroach L

⋙piṅgacakṣus

1. ○cakṣus m. 'yellow-eyed', a crab L

⋙piṅgajaṭa

1. ○jaṭa m. 'having yellow-braided hair', N. of Śiva L

⋙piṅgatīrtha

1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha MBh

⋙piṅgadanta

1. ○danta m. 'yellow-toothed', N. of a man Kathās

⋙piṅgadṛś

1. ○dṛś m. 'yellow-eyed', N. of Śiva Gal

⋙piṅgadeha

1. ○deha m. 'yellow-bodied', id. Śivag

⋙piṅgamūla

1. ○mūla m', having a reddish √', a carrot L

⋙piṅgalocana

1. ○locana mfn. having root-brown eyes Var

⋙piṅgavarṇavatī

1. ○varṇavatī f. turmeric L

⋙piṅgasāra

1. ○sāra m. yellow orpiment L

⋙piṅgasphaṭika

1. ○sphaṭika m. 'yṭyellow-crystal', a kind of gem L

⋙piṅgākṣa

1. piṅgâkṣá mf(i)n. = ○ga-locana VS. ŚBr. &c
2. m. an ape R
3. N. of Agni MBh
4. of śiva L
5. of a Rakshas Cat
6. of a Daitya Kathās
7. of a wild man KāśīKh
8. of a bird (one of the 4 sons of Droṇa) MārkP
9. (ī), f. N. of a deity presiding over families Cat
10. of one of Skanda's attendant Mātṛis MBh

⋙piṅgāsya

1. piṅgâsya m. 'tawny-faced', a species of fish, Pilemodius Pangasius L

⋙piṅgekṣaṇa

1. piṅgêkṣaṇa mfn. = ○ga-locana Var
2. N. of Śiva L

⋙piṅgesa

1. piṅgêsa m. 'lord of the yellow hue', N. of Agni MBh

⋙piṅgesvara

1. piṅgêsvara m. id.', N. of a being attendant on Pārvatī L

≫piṅgara

1. piṅgara m. N. of a man MW

≫piṅgala

1. piṅgalá mf(ā́ and ī)n. (cf. g. gaurâdi and kaḍārâdi), reddish-brown, tawny, yellow, goldcoloured AV. &c. &c,
2. (in alg. also as N. of the 10th unknown quantity)
3. having reddish-bṭbrown eyes KātyŚr. Sch
4. m. yellow colour W
5. fire. L
6. an ape L
7. an ichneumon L
8. a small kind of owl L
9. a small kind of lizard L
10. a species of snake Suśr
11. a partic. vegetable poison L
12. (with Jainas) N. of a treasure
13. the 51st (or 25th) year in a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter Var
14. N. of Śiva or a kindred being GṛS. Gaut. &c. [Page 625, Column]
15. of an attendant of Śiva Kathās
16. of an attendant of the Sun L
17. of a Rudra VP
18. of a Yaksha MBh
19. of a Dānava Kathās
20. of a Nāga or serpent-demon MBh. i, 1554 (the supposed author of the Chandas or treatise on metre regarded as one of the Vedâṅgas, identified by some with Patañjali, author of the Mahā-bhāshya)
21. of sev. ancient sages MBh. R. &c
22. pl. N. of a people MārkP
23. (ā), f. a species of bird L
24. a kind of owl Var
25. Dalbergia Sissoo L
26. = karṇikā L
27. a kind of brass L
28. a partic. vessel of the body (the right of 3 tubular vessels which according to the Yoga philosophy are the chief passages of breath and air
29. ChUp. viii, 6, 1)
30. a kind of yellow pigment (= go-rocanā) L
31. N. of Lakshmī Gal
32. of a courtezan who became remarkable for her piety MBh
33. of the female elephant of the South quarter L
34. of an astrological house or period W
35. heart-pea W
36. n. a partic. metal L
37. yellow orpiment L

⋙piṅgalakāṇva

1. ○kāṇva m. N. of a teacher Pat

⋙piṅgalagāndhāra

1. ○gāndhāra m. N. of a Vidyā-dhara Kathās

⋙piṅgalacchandaḥsūtra

1. ○cchandaḥsūtra n. N. of Piṅgala's work on metrics
2. ○dovṛtti and ○do-vyākyā f. n. of Comms. on this wk

⋙piṅgalajya

1. ○jya mfn. having a brown string (Śiva's bow) MBh. vii, 6148 (cf. piṅgā)

⋙piṅgalatattvaprakaśikā

1. ○tattva-prakaśikā (and ○śinī), f. N. of wks

⋙piṅgalatva

1. ○tva n. a tawny or yellow colour R

⋙piṅgalanāga

1. ○nāga m. the serpent-demon Piṅgala IW. 153

⋙piṅgalaprakāśa

1. ○prakāśa m

⋙piṅgalapradyota

1. ○pradyota m

⋙piṅgalamataprakāśa

1. ○mata-prakāśa m. N. of wks

⋙piṅgalaroman

1. ○roman mfn. tawny-haired (said of a Piśāca) Hariv

⋙piṅgalaloha

1. ○loha n. a kind of metal L

⋙piṅgalavatsajīva

1. ○vatsájīva m. N. of a man Divyāv

⋙piṅgalavārttika

1. ○vārttika n

⋙piṅgalavṛtti

1. ○vṛtti f

⋙piṅgalasāra

1. ○sāra m. (and -vikāśinī f.),

⋙piṅgalasutra

1. ○sutra n. N. of wks

⋙piṅgalākṣa

1. piṅgalâkṣa mfn. having reddish-brown eyes TPrāt. Sch
2. m. N. of Śiva MW

⋙piṅgalātantra

1. piṅgalātantra n

⋙piṅgalāmata

1. piṅgalā-mata n

⋙piṅgālāmṛta

1. piṅgâlâmṛta n

⋙piṅgalārthadīpa

1. piṅgalârtha-dīpa m

⋙piṅgalāryā

1. piṅgalâryā f. N. of wks

⋙piṅgalāśvara

1. piṅgalâśvara n. N. of a Liṅga Cat. (-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha ib
2. -māhātmya n. N. of wk. ib.)
3. (ī), f. a form of Dākshāyaṇī ib

≫piṅgalaka

1. piṅgalaka mf(ikā́)n. reddish-brown, yellow, tawny AV
2. m. N. of a Yaksha MBh
3. of a man (pl. his descendants), g. upakâdi
4. of a lion Pañc
5. (ikā), f. a variety of the owl (= piṅgalā) Var
6. a sort of crane L
7. a kind of bee Suśr
8. N. of a woman Kathās

⋙piṅgalita

1. piṅgalita mf(ā)n. made reddishbrown, become tawny Kathās

⋙piṅgalin

1. piṅgalin mfn. reddish-brown R

⋙piṅgaliman

1. piṅgaliman m. tawny or yellow colour Kāv

≫piṅgāśa

1. piṅgāśa m. (only L.) the chief of a community of wild tribes
2. the head man or proprietor of a village
3. a kind of fish, Pimelodius Pangasius (= piṅgâsya)
4. (ī), f. = nālikā or nīlikā
5. n. virgin gold

≫piṅgiman

1. piṅgiman m. tawny or yellow colour Hariv

≫piñja

1. piñja mfn. confused, disturbed in mind L
2. full of (cf. pari-p○)
3. m. the moon L
4. a species of camphor L
5. (ā), f. hurting, injuring L
6. turmeric L
7. cotton L
8. a species of tree resembling the vinepalm L
9. a switch L
10. (ī), f. See tila-piñjī
11. n. strength, power L

≫piñjaṭa

1. piñjaṭa m. the concrete rheum of the eyes L

≫piñjana

1. piñjana n. a bow or bow-shaped instrument used for cleaning cotton L

≫piñjara

1. piñjara mf(ā)n. reddish-yellow, yellow or tawny, of a golden colour MBh. Kāv. &c
2. m. a tawnybrown colour W. (also -tā f. Kathās
3. -tva n. Kād.)
4. a horse (prob. bay or chestnut) L
5. N. of a mountain MārkP
6. n. (only L.) gold
7. yellow orpiment
8. the flower of Mesua Roxburghī
9. wṛ. for pañjara ('skeleton' or 'cage')

⋙piñjaraka

1. piñjaḍraka m. N. of a Nāga MBh
2. n. orpiment L

⋙piñjaraya

1. piñjaḍraya Nom. P. ○yati, to dye reddish-yellow, Ratnâv
2. ○rita mfn. coloured rṭreddiṣ-y○ Daś

⋙piñjarika

1. piñjaḍrika n. a kind of musical instrument Kathās. ○riman, m. a rṭreddiṣ-y○ colour Kād

⋙piñjarīkṛ

1. piñjaḍrī-√kṛ to dye rṭreddiṣ-y○ ib

≫piñjala

1. piñjala mfn. (fr. piñja) extremely confused or disordered (cf. ut-piñjala)
2. (ā), f. N. of a river MBh
3. (ī). a bunch of stalks or grass Gobh. (cf. piñjula)
4. n. (L.) id
5. Curcuma Zerumbet
6. yellow orpiment

⋙piñjalaka

1. piñjaḍlaka mfn. See ut-piñjalaka, samut-p○

≫piñjāna

1. piñjāna n. gold L

≫piñjikā

1. piñjikā f. a roll of cotton from which threads are spun L

≫piñjula

1. piñjula n. a bunch of stalks or grass (in darbha-piñjulai) MaitrS

⋙jūla

1. jūla n. ○jūlil f. id. Br. GṛŚrS

⋙jūlaka

1. jūlaka m. N. of a man
2. pl. his descendants, g. upaskâdi

≫piñjūṣa

1. piñjūṣa m. the wax of the ear L

≫piñjeṭa

1. piñjeṭa n. the excretion or concrete rheum of the eyes L. (cf. piñjaṭa). [Page 625, Column]

⋙piñjota

1. piñjota f. the rustling of leaves L

piṭ

1. piṭ cl. 1. P. peṭati, to sound, to assemble or heap together Dhātup. ix, 24

≫piṭa

1. piṭa m. or n. a basket, box L
2. a roof L
3. a sort of cupboard or granary made of bamboos or canes W

≫piṭaka

1. piṭaka mf(ā)n. (usually n.) a basket or box MBh. R
2. &c. (ifc. ikā MānGṛ.)
3. a granary W
4. a collection of writings (cī. tri-p○)
5. a boil, blister Car. (printed piṭhaka) Jātakam
6. a kind of ornament on Indra's banner MBh. Var
7. m. N. of a man (also piṭāka), g. śivâdi L

≫piṭākyā

1. piṭâkyā f. a multitude of baskets, g. pāśâdi

piṭaṅkākī

1. piṭaṅkākī or piṭaṅkokī f. Cucumis Colocynthis L

piṭaṅkāśa

1. piṭaṅkāśa m. Silurus Pabda L

piṭṭaka

1. piṭṭaka n. the tartar or secretion of the teeth L. (cf. kiṭṭa, kiṭṭaka, pippikā)

piṭṭaya

1. piṭṭaya Nom. P. (fr. piṭṭa = piṣṭa?) ○yati, to stamp or press into a solid mass KātyŚr. Sch

⋙piṭṭita

1. piṭṭita mfn. pressed flat L

piṭh

1. piṭh cl. 1. P. peṭhati, to inflict or feel pain Dhātup. ix, 54

≫piṭha

1. piṭha m. pain, distress W

≫piṭhaka

1. piṭhaka wṛ. for piṭaka

≫piṭhana

1. piṭhana n. = anu-śāsana (?) Lalit

≫piṭhara

1. piṭhara mf(ī)n. a pot, pan MBh. Var. &c
2. m. an addition to a building shaped like a hollow vessel L
3. a kind of hut or store-room W
4. N. of a partic. Agni Hariv
5. of a Dānava MBh. Hariv
6. n. a churning stick L
7. the √of Cyperus Rotundus L

⋙piṭharapāka

1. ○pāka m. the union of cause and effect (i.e. of atoms) by means of heat Sarvad

≫piṭharaka

1. piṭharaka m. or n. (ikā f. Divyâv.) a pot, pan (cf. next)
2. m. N. of a Nāga Hariv

⋙piṭharakakapāla

1. ○kapāla n. a fragment of a pot, potsherd Bhartṛ

piṭhīnas

1. píṭhīnas m. N. of a man RV. (cf. paiṭhīnasi)

piḍaka

1. piḍaka m. (and ā f.) a small boil, pimple, pustule Rājat. Suśr

⋙piḍakāvat

1. piḍaḍkā-vat and ○kin mfn. having boils or pustules Suśr

piṇḍ

1. piṇḍ cl. r. Ā. 10.P. piṇḍate, ○ḍayati, to roll into a lump or ball, put together, join, unite, gather, assemble Dhātup. viii, 21
2. xxxii, 110 (prob. Nom. fr. next)

≫piṇḍa

1. píṇḍa m. (rarely n.) any round or roundish mass or heap, a ball, globe, knob, button, clod, lump, piece (cf. ayaḥ-., māṃsa- &c.) RV. (only i, 162, 19 and here applied to lumps of flesh) TS. ŚBr. &c. &c
2. a roundish lump of food, a bite, morsel, mouthful
3. (esp.) a ball of rice or flour &c. offered to the Pitṛis or deceased ancestors, a Śrāddha oblation (RTL. 293 ; 298-310) GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c
4. food, daily bread, livelihood, subsistence MBh. Kāv. &c
5. any solid mass or material object, the body, bodily frame Ragh. Śaṃk. Vajracch
6. the calf of the leg Mālatīm. v, 16
7. the flower of a China rose L
8. a portico or partic. part of a house L
9. power, force, an army L
10. m. (du.) the fleshy parts of the shoulder situated above the collar-bone MBh
11. (du.) the two projections of an elephant's frontal sinus L
12. the embryo in an early stage of gestation L
13. a partic. kind of incense Var. ('myrrh' or 'olibanum' L.)
14. meat, flesh L
15. alms Mālatīm. (cf. -pāta below)
16. Vangueriya Spinosa L
17. quantity, collection L
18. (in arithm.) sum, total amount
19. (in astron.) a sine expressed in numbers
20. (in music) a sound, tone
21. N. of a man, g. naḍâdi
22. n. (L.) iron
23. steel
24. fresh butter
25. (ā), f. a kind of musk L
26. (ī), f. See 1. piṇḍī

⋙piṇḍakanda

1. ○kanda m. a species of bulbous plant (= piṇḍâíu) L

⋙piṇḍakaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. = -nirvapaṇa, PSrGṛ

⋙piṇḍakharjūra

1. ○kharjūra m. (Kād.), ○rikā and ○rī f. (L.) a species of date tree

⋙piṇḍagosa

1. ○gosa m. gum myrrh W

⋙piṇḍatarkaka

1. ○tarkaka m. pl. 'inquirers for the Śrāddha oblation (?)', ancestors preceding, the great-grandfather (who eat the remnants of the oblation made to the Pitṛis) Gṛihyās. Baudh. (v. l. -tarkuka [also para-tarkaka or ○kuka], -takṣaka, -takṣuka, piṇḍa-tarkya, piṇḍidaka)

⋙piṇḍatas

1. ○tas ind. from a ball or lump MW

⋙piṇḍatā

1. ○tā f. condition of a body Mcar

⋙piṇḍataila

1. ○taila n. ○laka m. incense, olibanum L

⋙piṇḍatva

1. ○tva n. being a lump or ball, density, condensation (-tvam ā-√gam, to become thick or intense) Kathās

⋙piṇḍada

1. ○da mf(ā) ī. offering or qualified to offer oblations to deceased ancestors Yājñ. MBh
2. m. the nearest male relation W. [Page 625, Column]
3. a son Gal
4. a patron or master Bhartṛ
5. (ā), f. a mother MBh. (Nilak.) Cf. sa-piṇḍa

⋙piṇḍadātṛ

1. ○dātṛ mfn. = -da mfn. Yājñ. Kāraṇḍ

⋙piṇḍadāna

1. ○dāna n. the offering of balls of rice &c. (to deceased ancestors) Baudh. Sāh
2. the offering of Śrāddha oblations on the evening of new moon Nir. KātyŚr. Sch. Kull
3. -giving alms Kāv

⋙piṇḍanidhāna

1. ○nídhāna n. = -nirapaṇa, ApGr

⋙piṇḍaniryukti

1. ○niryukti f. N. of wk

⋙piṇḍanirvapaṇa

1. ○nirvapaṇa n. the oblation of balls of rice &c. to deceased ancestors Mn. iii, 248 ; 261

⋙piṇḍanivṛtti

1. ○nivṛtti f. cessation of relationship by the Śrāddha oblations (cf. -sambandha) Gaut

⋙piṇḍapada

1. ○pada n. a kind of arithmetical calculation Jyot

⋙piṇḍapāta

1. ○pāta m. giving alms
2. -víā f. the hour for giving alms Mālatīm. iii, 0/1
3. ○tika m. a receiver of alms Buddh

⋙piṇḍapatra

1. ○patra n. the vessel in which Śrāddha oblations are offered L
2. an alms-dish Kāraṇḍ
3. alms ib

⋙piṇḍanirhāraka

1. ○nirhāraka m. a class of attendants in a monastery Divyāv

⋙piṇḍapāda

1. ○pāda and m. 'thick-footed', an elephant L

⋙piṇḍapādya

1. ○pāḍdya m. 'thick-footed', an elephant L

⋙piṇḍapitṛyajiña

1. ○pítṛ-yajiña m. the oblation to deceased ancestors on the evening of new moon GṛŚrS
2. -prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙piṇḍapuṣya

1. ○puṣya m. (L) Jonesia Asoka
2. the China rose
3. the pomegranate tree
4. n. (L.) the flower of Jonesia soka
5. of the China rose
6. of Tibernaemonsana Coronaria
7. of a lotus

⋙piṇḍapuṣpaka

1. ○puṣpaka m. Chenopodium Album L

⋙piṇḍaprada

1. ○prada mfn. = -da mfn. Kād

⋙piṇḍaphala

1. ○phala mfn. bearing (long) round fruits MBh
2. (ā), f. a kind of bitter gourd Car

⋙piṇḍabīja

1. ○bīja m. Nerium Odorum L

⋙piṇḍabījaka

1. ○bījaka m. Pterospermum Acerifolium L

⋙piṇḍabhañjanaśānti

1. ○bhañjana-śānti f. N. of wk

⋙piṇḍabhāj

1. ○bhāj mfn. partaking of the Śrāddha oblation
2. m. pl. deceased ancestors Śak
3. -bhāk-tva n. Śaṃk

⋙piṇḍabhṛti

1. ○bhṛti f. means of subistence, livelihood R

⋙piṇḍamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of a lump of clay Mṛicch

⋙piṇḍamātropajīvin

1. ○mātrôpajīvin mfn. subsisting on a mere morsel Yājñ

⋙piṇḍamusta

1. ○mustá f. Cyperus Pertenuis L

⋙piṇḍamūla

1. ○mūla and n. Daucus Cirota L

⋙piṇḍamūlaka

1. ○mūḍlaka n. Daucus Cirota L

⋙piṇḍayajña

1. ○yajña m. oblation of balls of rice &c. to deceased ancestors Yājñ

⋙piṇḍarohiṇika

1. ○rohiṇika m. Flacourtia Sapida L

⋙piṇḍalakṣaṇa

1. ○lakṣaṇa n

⋙piṇḍaśikṣā

1. ○śikṣā f. N. of wks

⋙piṇḍalepa

1. ○lepa m. the particles or fragments of the Śrāddha oblations which cling to the hands (they are offered to the three ancestors preceding the great-grandfather) Kull. on Mn. v, 69 (cf. -tarkaka)

⋙piṇḍalopa

1. ○lopa m. a neglect or cessation of SṭŚrāddha oblations MW

⋙piṇḍaviśuddhidīpikā

1. ○viśuddhidīpikā f. N. of wk

⋙piṇḍaveṇu

1. ○veṇu m. a species of bamboo L

⋙piṇḍaśarkarā

1. ○śarkarā f. sugar prepared from Yavanāla Gal

⋙piṇḍaśīrṣa

1. ○śīrṣa mfn. having a (long) round head MBh

⋙piṇḍasambandha

1. ○sambandha m. relationship qualifying a living individual to offer Śrāddha oblations to a dead person Gaut
2. ○dhin mfn. qualified to receive the Śrāddha oṭoblations from a living person MārkP

⋙piṇḍasektṛ

1. ○sektṛ m. N. of a serpent-demon MBh

⋙piṇḍastha

1. ○stha mfn. 'mingled in a lump', mixed together Var

⋙piṇḍasveda

1. ○sveda m. a hot poultice Car

⋙piṇḍaharitāla

1. ○haritāla n. a partic. kind of orpiment Bhpr

⋙piṇḍākṣara

1. piṇḍâkṣara mfn. containing a conjunct consonant Vām

⋙piṇḍāgra

1. piṇḍâgra n. a small morsel of a Piṇḍa Mn

⋙piṇḍānvāhārya

1. piṇḍânvāhārya or n. a partic. Śrāddha ceremony in which meat is eaten aftet offering the balls of rice &c. Mn. iv, t 2 2 ; 123

⋙piṇḍānvāhāryaka

1. piṇḍânvāhārḍyaka n. a partic. Śrāddha ceremony in which meat is eaten aftet offering the balls of rice &c. Mn. iv, t 2 2 ; 123

⋙piṇḍābhra

1. piṇḍâbhra n. hail L

⋙piṇḍāyasa

1. piṇḍâyasa n. steel L

⋙piṇḍālaktaka

1. piṇḍâlaktaka m. a red dye Mālatīm

⋙piṇḍālu

1. piṇḍâlu m. a species of Cocculus L
2. Dioscorea Globosa L
3. ○luka n. a kind of bulbous plant L
4. ○lūka m. or n. a batatas L

⋙piṇḍāśa

1. piṇḍâśa

⋙piṇḍāśaka

1. piṇḍâḍśaka and m. 'eating morsels', a beggar L

⋙piṇḍāśin

1. piṇḍâḍśin m. 'eating morsels', a beggar L

⋙piṇḍāśma

1. piṇḍâśma m. Pāṇ. 5-4, 94 Kāś

⋙piṇḍāhvā

1. piṇḍâhvā f. the resin of Gardenia Gummifera L

⋙piṇḍodakakriyā

1. piṇḍôdaka-kriyā f. the ceremony of offering balls of rice &c. and water MW

⋙piṇḍoddharaṇa

1. piṇḍôddharaṇa n. participating in Śrāddha offerings, presenting them to common ancestors W

⋙piṇḍopajīvin

1. piṇḍôpajīvin mfn. living on morsels offered by another, nourished by another Mcar

⋙piṇḍopaniṣad

1. piṇḍôpaniṣad f. N. of an UP

≫piṇḍaka

1. piṇḍaka m. n. a lump, ball, knob Hariv. Suśr
2. a fragment, morsel L
3. a round protuberance (esp. on an elephant's temples) MBh
4. the ball of rice &c. offered at Śrāddhas (cf. tri-p○)
5. m. a species of bulbous plant ( = piṇḍâlu) L
6. Daucus Carota L
7. incense, myrrh L
8. a sine expressed in numbers Sūryas
9. a Piśāca L
10. (ikā), f. a globular fleshy swelling(in the shoulders, arms, legs, &c
11. esp. the calf of the leg) Vishṇ. Yājñ. MBh. &c
12. a base or pedestal for the image of a deity or for a Liṅga Var. Kād. AgP
13. a bench for lying on Car
14. the nave of a wheel L
15. a species of musk L

≫piṇḍana

1. piṇḍana n. forming globules or round masses BhP
2. forming balls of rice &c. for a Śrāddha (?) Cat
3. m. a mound or bank W. (cf. piṇḍala). [Page 626, Column]

≫piṇḍaya

1. piṇḍaya

⋙piṇḍayati

1. piṇḍaḍyati See √piṇḍ

≫piṇḍaraka

1. piṇḍaraka m. or n. a bridge MW. (cf. next)

≫piṇḍala

1. piṇḍala m. a bridge, causeway
2. a passage over a stream or a raised path across inundated fields L. (cf. piṇḍana, piṇḍila)

≫piṇḍaśa

1. piṇḍaśa m. a beggar, mendicant living on alms (cf. piṇḍâśa under piṇḍa)

≫piṇḍāta

1. piṇḍāta m. incense L

≫piṇḍāra

1. piṇḍāra m. a beggar, religious mendicant L
2. a buffalo-herdsman or cowherd L
3. Trewia Nudiflora Var
4. an expression of censure L
5. N. of a Nāga MBh
6. n. a kind of vegetable Bhpr

⋙piṇḍāraka

1. piṇḍāḍraka m. N. of a Nāga MBh
2. of a Vṛishṇi MBh
3. of a son of Vasu-deva and Rohinī Hariv
4. n. N. of a sacred bathing-place MBh. Hariv. Pur

≫piṇḍi

1. piṇḍi f. the nave of a wheel L. (cf. piṇḍī, ○ḍikā)

⋙piṇḍitailika

1. ○tailika m. incense Gal. (cf. piṇḍatailaka)

⋙piṇḍipāla

1. ○pāla wṛ. for bhinadipāla

≫piṇḍika

1. piṇḍika n. the penis LiṅgaP
2. (ā), f. See piṇḍaka

≫piṇḍita

1. piṇḍita mfn. rolled into a ball or lump, thick, massy, densified MBh. Kāv. &c
2. mixed, mingled with (comp.) Var
3. heaped, collected, united, added MBh. R
4. (ifc. after a numeral) repeated, counted, numbered Var
5. multiplied L

⋙piṇḍitadruma

1. ○druma mfn. full of trees R

⋙piṇḍitamūlya

1. ○mūlya n. a payment in a lump sum Divyâv

⋙piṇḍitasneha

1. ○sneha mfn. containing a thick fatty substance (as the brain) Kull. on Mn. v, 133

⋙piṇḍitārtha

1. piṇḍitârtha m. the condensed i.e. abridged meaning, the chief point or matter Mālav. i, 16

≫piṇḍin

1. piṇḍin mfn. possessing or receiving the Śrāddha oblations L
2. m. an offerer of balls of rice &c. to the Pitṛis L
3. a beggar L
4. a male creature (lit. 'having a body'), JaimBh1r
5. Vangueria Spinosa Bhpr
6. (inī), f. N. of an Apsaras VP

≫piṇḍila

1. piṇḍila (only L.), mfn. having large calves
2. skilled in calculations
3. m. a skilful arithmetician, an astrologer or astronomer
4. a bridge, causeway, mound
5. (ā), f. Cucumis Maderaspatanus

≫piṇḍī

1. piṇḍī f. (g. gaurâdi) a ball, lump, lump of food ĀpŚr
2. a pill L
3. the nave of a wheel L
4. a kind of tree Daś. (Tabernaemontina Coronaria or a species of date tree L.)
5. Cucurbita Lagenaria L
6. performance of certain gesticulations accompanying the silent repetition of prayers &c. in meditation on real or divine knowledge W
7. N. of a woman, g. kurv-ādi

⋙piṇḍīkhaṇḍa

1. ○khaṇḍa m. or n. a small wood of Tabernaemontana Coronaria trees (or 'of Aśoka trees' W.) Daś

⋙piṇḍījaṅgha

1. ○jaṅgha m. N. of a man
2. pl. his descendants, g. yaskâdi

⋙piṇḍītagara

1. ○tagara or m. a species of Tabernaemontana Coronaria L

⋙piṇḍītagaraka

1. ○tagaḍraka m. a species of Tabernaemontana Coronaria L

⋙piṇḍītaru

1. ○taru m. a thorny Gardenia L

⋙piṇḍīpuṣpa

1. ○puṣpa m. Jonesia Asoka L

⋙piṇḍīlepa

1. ○lepa m. a kind of unguent

⋙piṇḍīśūra

1. ○śūra m. 'cake-hero', a cowardly boaster, poltroon L

≫piṇḍī

1. piṇḍī ind. in comp. for piṇḍa

⋙piṇḍīkaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. making into a lump or ball Kull. on Mn. i, 18

⋙piṇḍīkṛ

1. ○√kṛ (ind. p. -kṛtya), to make into a lump or ball, press together, join, unite, concentrate MBh. &c
2. to identify with (raha) Śaṃk

⋙piṇḍīkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. made into a lump or bṭball, heaped, collected, joined, united MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙piṇḍībhāva

1. ○bhāva m. the being rolled together in to a ball Tarkas

⋙piṇḍībhū

1. ○√bhū to be made into a lump or ball, to become a solid body L

⋙piṇḍībhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. lumped, heaped, joined, united VPrāt

≫piṇḍītaka

1. piṇḍītaka m. Vangtieria Spinosa (n. the fruit) Bhpr
2. Tabernaemontana Coronaria L
3. a species of basil L

≫piṇḍīra

1. piṇḍīra mfn. sapless, arid, dry L
2. m. the pomegranate tree Hariv
3. = hiṇḍīra L

≫piṇḍola

1. piṇḍola m. N. of a man Buddh

≫piṇḍoli

1. piṇḍoli and f. leavings of a meal L

⋙piṇḍolikā

1. piṇḍoḍlikā f. leavings of a meal L

piṇḍipāla

1. piṇḍipāla wṛ. for bhindipāla, q.v

piṇyā

1. piṇyā f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum L

≫piṇyāka

1. piṇyāka mṇ. oil-cake Mn. Āpast. MBh. &c
2. Asa Foetida L
3. incense L
4. saffron L
5. (ā), f. a species of plant L

pit

1. pit See 1. 2. a-pit

pitarisūra

1. pitari-sūra pitā-putra &c. See under pitri

pitu

1. pitú m. once n. (√pī, pyai) juice, drink, nourishment, food RV. AV. TS. VS. AitBr. (cf. Naigh. ii, 7.)

⋙pitukṛt

1. ○kṛ́t mfn. providing food RV

⋙pitubhāj

1. ○bhā́j mfn. enjoying food ib

⋙pitubhṛt

1. ○bhṛt mfn. bringing food ib

⋙pitumat

1. ○mát mfn. abounding in or accompanied by meat and drink, nourishing RV. AitBr. TBr. [Page 626, Column]

⋙pituṣaṇi

1. ○ṣáṇi (ṣ for s), mfn. bestowing food RV

⋙pitustoma

1. ○stoma m. 'praise of food', N. of RV. i, 187

≫pitūya

1. pitūya Nom. P. ○yati (only p. gen. ○yatás), to desire food RV

pituḥputra

1. pituḥ-putra &c. See under pitṛ

pitṛ

1. pitṛ́ in. (irreg. acc. pl. pitaras MBh
2. gen. pl. pitriṇām BhP.) a father RV. &c. &c. (in the Veda N. of Bṛihas-pati, Varuṇa, Prajā-pati, and esp. of heaven or the sky
3. antarā pitaraṃ mātaraṃ ca, 'between heaven and earth' RV. x, 88, 15)
4. m. du. (○tarau) father and mother, parents RV. &c. &c. (in the Veda N. of the Araṇis q.v. and of heaven and earth)
5. pl. (○taras) the fathers, forefathers, ancestors, (esp.) the Pitṛis or deceased ancestors (they are of 2 classes, viz. the deceased father, grandfathers and great-grandfathers of any partic. person, and the progenitors of mankind generally
6. in honour of both these classes rites called Srāddhas are performed and oblations called Piṇḍas q.v. are presented
7. they inhabit a peculiar region, which, according to some, is the Bhuvas ar region of the air, according to others, the orbit of the moon, and are considered as the regents of the Nakshatras Maghā and Mūla
8. RTL. 10 &c.) RV. &c. &c
9. a father and his brothers, father and uncles, paternal ancestors Mn. ii, 151 &c. R. Kathās
10. a partic. child's-demon Suśr. [Origin fr. √3 pā very doubtful ; Zd. pita
11. Gk. ? ; Lat. pater, ñup-piter ; Goth. [626,] fadar ; Germ. Vater ; Eng. father.]

⋙pitṛkarman

1. ○karman n. a rite. performed in honour of the Pitris, obsequial rites, ŚankhŚr. Mn

⋙pitṛkalpa

1. ○kalpa m. precepts relating to rites in honour of the Pitris Hariv
2. N. of a partic. Kalpa (s.v.), Brahmā's day of new moon L

⋙pitṛkāṇḍa

1. ○kāṇḍa m. or n. N. of wk

⋙pitṛkānana

1. ○kānana n. 'ancestor-grove', place frequented by the Pitris, place of the departed R. Kathās

⋙pitṛkārya

1. ○kārya n. = -karman Mn. MBh. &c.,

⋙pitṛkilbiṣa

1. ○kilbiṣá n. an offence committed against the Pitris ŚBr

⋙pitṛkulyā

1. ○kulyā f. 'rivulet of the PṭPitris', N. of a river rising in the Malaya mountains MārkP

⋙pitṛkṛta

1. ○kṛta (○tṛ́-), mfn. done against or by a father AV
2. committed against the Pitris VS

⋙pitṛkṛtya

1. ○kṛtya n. (Hariv.),

⋙pitṛkriyā

1. ○kriyā f. (Ragh.) = -karman

⋙pitṛgaṇa

1. ○gaṇa m. a group or class of PṭPitris Mn. iii, 194
2. (ā), f. N. of Durgā(?) L

⋙pitṛgāthā

1. ○gāthā f. pl., songs of the PṭPitris', N. of partic. songs MārkP

⋙pitṛgāmin

1. ○gāmin mfn. belonging or pertaining to a father W

⋙pitṛgīta

1. ○gīta n. pl. = -gāthā VP. Sch
2. ○tā-kathana n. N. of wk

⋙pitṛgṛha

1. ○gṛha n. house of the fathers, place of the dead L

⋙pitṛgraha

1. ○graha m. 'Pitri-demon', a partic. demon causing diseases MBh

⋙pitṛgrāma

1. ○grāma m. 'Pitṛi village', place of the dead L

⋙pitṛghātaka

1. ○ghātaka (Kathās.),

⋙pitṛghātin

1. ○ghātin (Rājat.),

⋙pitṛghna

1. ○ghna (RāmatUp.), m. a parricide

⋙pitṛceṭa

1. ○ceṭa (?), m. N. of a man Buddh

⋙pitṛtama

1. ○tama (○tṛ́-tama), m. (with pitṝṇām) the most fatherly of fathers RV. iv, 17, 17

⋙pitṛtarpaṇa

1. ○tarpaṇa n. the refreshing of the PṭPitris (with water thrown from the right hand), offering water &c. to deccased ancestors Mn. ii, 171 &c. (cf. RTL. 394, 1 ; 410)
2. the part of the hand between the thumb and forefinger (sacred to the Pitris) L
3. sesamum L

⋙pitṛtas

1. ○tas ind. from the father, on the fṭfather side ĀśvGṛ

⋙pitṛtithi

1. ○tithi f. the day of newmoon (sacred to the Pitris) L

⋙pitṛtīrtha

1. ○tīrtha n. 'Tirtha (s.v.) of the PṭPitris', N. of the place called Gayā L
2. apartic. part of the hand (= -tarpaṇa), KatyŚr. Sch

⋙pitṛmāhāsmya

1. ○mâhāsmya n. N. of ch. of SivaP

⋙pitṛtva

1. ○tva n. fatherhood, paternity
2. the state or condition of a Pitṛi or deified progenitor MBh. R. &c

⋙pitṛdatta

1. ○datta mfn. given by a father (as a woman's peculiar property) MW
2. N. of a man (-ka, endearing form
3. cf. pitṛka) Pāṇ. 5-3, 83 Vārtt. 1 Pat

⋙pitṛdayitā

1. ○dayitā f. N. of wk

⋙pitṛdāna

1. ○dāna or n. an oblation to the PṭPitris L

⋙pitṛdānaka

1. ○dāḍnaka n. an oblation to the PṭPitris L

⋙pitṛdāya

1. ○dāya m. property inherited from a father, patrimony R

⋙pitṛdina

1. ○dina n. the day of new moon (cf. -tithi) A

⋙pitṛdeva

1. ○deva m.pl. the Pitris and the gods Mn. iii, 18
2. a partic. class of divine beings R. (= kavyavāhanâdayaḥ Sch.)
3. mfn. worshipping a father TĀr
4. connected with the Pitris and the gods BhP

⋙pitṛdevata

1. ○devata mf(ā)n. having the PṭPitris for deities, sacred to them, AIśvGṛ
2. (ā), f. pl. the Pitris and the gods R

⋙pitṛdevatya

1. ○devatyá mfn. = prec. mfn. TS. Br. Kauś
2. n. = daivatya Pāṇ. 5-3, 45 Vārtt.9 Pat

⋙pitṛdaivata

1. ○daivata mf(ī)n. relating to the worship of the Pitris, ŚāṅkhGr. R
2. n. N. of the 10th lunar mansion Maghā (presided over by the Pitris) Var
3. = next R

⋙pitṛdaivatya

1. ○daivatya n. a sacrifice offered to the Pitris on the day called Ashṭakā R

⋙pitṛdravya

1. ○dravya n. 'father's substance', patrimony Yājñ. n. 118

⋙pitṛdrohin

1. ○drohin mfn. plotting against one's father Daś

⋙pitṛnāman

1. ○nāman mfn. called after a fṭfather's name MW. [Page 626, Column]

⋙pitṛpakṣa

1. ○pakṣa m. the half month of the PṭPitris, N. of the dark half in the Gauṇa Āśvina (particularly dedicated to the performance of the Śrāddha ceremonies) RTL. 388
2. the paternal side or party or relationship MBh
3. pl. the fathers or ancestors Hariv
4. mfn. being on the father's side Kull. on Mn. ii, 32

⋙pitṛpaṅktvidhāna

1. ○paṅkt-vidhāna n. conferring the rights of a Sa-piṇḍa (s.v.) Gal

⋙pitṛpati

1. ○pati m. 'lord of the Pitris', N. of Yama MārkP
2. pl. the Pitris and the Prajā-patis BhP

⋙pitṛpada

1. ○pada n. the world or state of the PṭPitris W

⋙pitṛpaddhati

1. ○paddhati f. N. of wk

⋙pitṛpāṇa

1. ○pāṇa W. r. for -yāṇa

⋙pitṛpātra

1. ○pātra n. a cup os vessel used at Śrāddha rites W

⋙pitṛpitṛ

1. ○pitṛ m. a father's father L

⋙pitṛpīta

1. ○pīta (pitṛ.), mfn. drunk by the PṭPitris TS. TBr

⋙pitṛpūjana

1. ○pūjana n. worship of the PṭPitris Mn. iii, 262

⋙pitṛpaitāmaha

1. ○paitāmaha mf(ī)n. inherited or derived from father and grandfather, ancestral (with nāman n. the names of father and grand father) MBh. R. &c
2. m.pl. (and ibc.) father and grand father, ancestors ib. (mostly m. c. for -pitāmaha)

⋙pitṛpaitāmahika

1. ○paitāmahika mfn. = prec. mfn., Pañc'

⋙pitṛprasū

1. ○prasū f. a father's mother W
2. 'mother of the Pitris', twilight (the time when the Pitris are abroad) L

⋙pitṛprāpta

1. ○prâpta mfn. received from a fṭfather, inherited patrimonially W

⋙pitṛpriya

1. ○priya m. 'dear to the Pitris', Eclipta Prostrata L

⋙pitṛbandhu

1. ○bandhu m. a kinsman by the fṭfather's side L
2. (ú), n. relationship by the father's side AV

⋙pitṛbāndhava

1. ○bāndhava m. = prec. m. L

⋙pitṛbhakta

1. ○bhakta mfn. devoted to a fṭfather A

⋙pitṛbhakti

1. ○bhakti f. filial duty to a fṭfather W
2. N. of wk
3. -taraṃgiṇī f. N. of wk

⋙pitṛbhūti

1. ○bhūti m. N. of Sch. on KātyŚr

⋙pitṛbhogiṇa

1. ○bhogiṇa mfn. (fr. -bhoga) Pāṇ. 5-1, 9 Sch

⋙pitṛbhojana

1. ○bhojana n. a father's food W
2. m. Phaseolus Radiatus T

⋙pitṛbhrātṛ

1. ○bhrātṛ m. a father's brother W

⋙pitṛmat

1. ○mát (AV. pitṛ-mat), mfn. having a father MBh. R. &c
2. having an illustrious father VS. ŚBr
3. accompanied by or connected with the Pitris AV. VS. &c
4. mentioning the Pitris (as a hymn) AitBr

⋙pitṛmandira

1. ○mandira n. = gṛha MārkP. W

[[]]

1. pitṛmātṛguruśuśrūṣādhyānavat3pitṛ́--mātṛ-guru-śuśrūṣā-dhyānavat mfn. only intent on obeying father and mother and teacher SaṃhUp

⋙pitṛmātṛmaya

1. ○mātṛ-maya mf(ī)n. one who thinks only of father and mother Subh

⋙pitṛmātṛhina

1. ○mātṛ-hina mfn. destitute of fṭfather and mother, orphan MW

⋙pitṛmātrartha

1. ○mātrartha mfn. one who begs for his father and mother Mn. xi, 1

⋙pitṛmedha

1. ○medha m. oblation made to the PṭPitris ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c
2. N. of wk
3. -sāra m. -sūtra n. N. of wks

⋙pitṛyajña

1. ○yajñá m.= -medha RV. &c. &c

⋙pitṛyāṇa

1. ○yā́ṇa (Ved.) and mfn. trodden by or leading to the Pitris (path) RV. AV. ChUp

⋙pitṛyāna

1. ○yāna mfn. trodden by or leading to the Pitris (path) RV. AV. ChUp
2. m. (with or scil. pathin) the path leading to the PṭPitris RV. AV. MBh. &c
3. n. (-yāna), id. BhP
4. the vehicle of the Pitris, a car to convey virtuous persons after their decease to heaven W

⋙pitṛrāj

1. ○rāj

⋙pitṛrāja

1. ○rāja or m. 'king of the Pitris', N. of Yama MBh

⋙pitṛraljan

1. ○raljan m. 'king of the Pitris', N. of Yama MBh

⋙pitṛrūpa

1. ○rūpa mfn. appearing in the shape of an ancestor, ApSr
2. m. N. of a Rudra MBh

⋙pitṛliṅga

1. ○liṅga m. (scil., mantra) a verse or formula addressed to the Pitris L

⋙pitṛloka

1. ○loká m. a father's house AV. xiv, 2, 52
2. the world or sphere of the Pitris AV. ŚBr. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 28)

⋙pitṛvaṃśa

1. ○vaṃśa m. the paternal family GṛS
2. ○sya mfn. belonging to it Kāv. = -1

⋙pitṛvat

1. ○vat mfn. having a father living W. -2

⋙pitṛvat

1. ○vát ind. like a father Mn. vii, 80
2. like the Pitris, as if for the Pitris &c. RV. GṛŚrS

⋙pitṛvadha

1. ○vadha n. murder of a father, parricide RāmatUp

⋙pitṛvana

1. ○vana n. = -kānana MBh. Kāv. &c
2. ○ne-cara m. 'haunting the groves of the dead', N. of Śiva W
3. a demon, goblin, Vetāla &c. L

⋙pitṛvartin

1. ○vartin m. 'staying with ancestors', N. of king Brahma-datta Hariv

⋙pitṛvasati

1. ○vasati f. 'abode of Pitris', place of the dead L

⋙pitṛvākpara

1. ○vāk-para mfn. obedient to (the voice of) parents W

⋙pitṛvitta

1. ○vittá mfn. acquired by ancestors RV
2. n. patrimony Var

⋙pitṛveśman

1. ○veśman n. a father's house Pañc

⋙pitṛvrata

1. ○vrata m. a worshipper of the PṭPitris Bhag
2. n. worship of the Pitris W

⋙pitṛśarman

1. ○śarman m. N. of a Dānava Kathās

⋙pitṛśravaṇa

1. ○śrávaṇa mfn. bringing honour to a father RV

⋙pitṛśrāddha

1. ○śrāddha n. N. of the rites in which the Pitris are worshipped W

⋙pitṛṣad

1. ○ṣád mfn. living unmarried with a fṭfather RV
2. 'dwelling with the Pitris', N. of Rudra PārGṛ

⋙pitṛṣadana

1. ○ṣádana mfn. inhabited by the PṭPitris AV. VS

⋙pitṛṣvasṛ

1. ○ṣvasṛ f. a father's sister MBh
2. ○sāmātula (ibc.), paternal aunt and maternal uncle ib
3. ○srīya m. a father's sister's son ib

⋙pitṛsaṃyukta

1. ○saṃyukta mfn. connected with (the worship of) the Pitris ĀpGṛ

⋙pitṛsaṃhitā

1. ○saṃhitā f. N. of wk

⋙pitṛsadman

1. ○sadman n. = -vasati MBh

⋙pitṛsaṃnibha

1. ○saṃnibha mfn. like a father, fatherly L

⋙pitṛsāmānya

1. ○sāmānya n. the Pitris collectively W

⋙pitṛsū

1. ○sū f. = -prasū L

⋙pitṛsūkta

1. ○sū7kta n. N. of a Vedic hymn Cat

⋙pitṛsthāna

1. ○sthāna m. one who takes the place of a father', a guardian (also ○nīya) W
2. the sphere of the Pitris ib

⋙pitṛsvasṛ

1. ○svasṛ

⋙pitṛsvasrīya

1. ○svasrīya incorrect for -ṣvasṛ, ○rīya

⋙pitṛhatyā

1. ○hatyā f. = -vadha MW

⋙pitṛhan

1. ○han m. a parricide AV.Paipp. [Page 627, Column]

⋙pitṛhū

1. ○hū mfn. invoking the Pitris
2. f. (sc. dvār) N. of the southern aperture of the human body i.e. the right ear BhP. (cf. deva-hū)

⋙pitṛhūya

1. ○hū́ya n. invoking or summoning the Pitṛis ŚBr

≫pitari

1. pitari loc. of pitṛ in comp

⋙pitariśūra

1. ○śūra m. 'a hero against his father', a cowardly boaster, g. pātre-samitâdi

≫pitā

1. pitā nom. of pitṛ in comp

⋙pitāputra

1. ○putrá m. du. father and son AV. &c. &c
2. pl. father and sons MaitrS
3. -virodha, ni. a contest between father and sons Yājñ
4. -samāgama m. N. of a Buddh. Sūtra ○trīya mfn. relating to father and sons (with sampradāna n. transmission of bodily capacities and powers from father to sṭsons) L
5. containing the words pitṛ and putra Anup

⋙pitāmaha

1. ○mahá m. a paternal grandfather AV.&c. &c
2. N. of Brahmā Mn. MBh. &c
3. of sev. authors Cat
4. pl. the Piṭris or ancestors Yājñ. MBh
5. (ī), f. a paternal grandmother MBh. Kathās. Pur
6. -saṃhitā f. N. of wk
7. -saras n. N. of a place of pilgrimage (also ○hasya saraḥ) MBh
8. -smṛti f. N. of wk

⋙pitāsumatisaṃvāda

1. ○sumati-saṃvāda m. N. of ch. of Brahmavp

≫pituḥ

1. pituḥ gen. of pitṛ in comp

⋙pituḥputra

1. ○putra m. the father's son Pāṇ. 6-3, 23 Sch

⋙pituḥṣvasṛ

1. ○ṣvasṛ or father's the fṭfathers's sister Pāṇ. 6-3, 24 ; viii, 3, 85

⋙pituḥsvasṛ

1. ○svasṛ father's the fṭfathers's sister Pāṇ. 6-3, 24 ; viii, 3, 85

≫pitṛka

1. pitṛka ifc. (f. ā) = pitṛ, father (cf. jīva-, aneka-, sa.)
2. endearing dimin. for pitṛ-datta, q.v

≫pitṛvya

1. pitṛvya m. a father's brother, paternal uncle Mn. MBh. &c. (also -ka HPariś.)
2. any elderly male relation Pañc. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. patrūs.]

⋙pitṛvyaghātin

1. ○ghātin m. the murderer of his father's brother Pāṇ. 3-2, 86 Sch

⋙pitṛvyaputra

1. ○putra m. a father's brother's son, cousin Mālav

≫pitr

1. pitr in comp. for piṭṛ before vowels

⋙pitrarjita

1. ○arjita mfn. acquired by or derived from a father (as property) MW

⋙pitrartham

1. ○artham ind. for a father's sake ib

⋙pitrādyanta

1. ○ādy-anta mfn. beginning and ending with (a rite to) the Pitṛis (as a Śrāddha), Mī. iii, 205

≫pitrya

1. pitrya mf(ā)n. derived from or relating to a father, paternal, patrimonial, ancestral RV. &c. &c
2. relating or consecrated to the Pitṛis Mn. MBh. &c. (with tīrtha n. = pitṛ-t○ Mn. ii, 59
3. with diś f. the south ŚāṅkhGṛ
4. with pra-diś id. RV.)
5. m. the eldest brother (who takes the place of a father) L
6. the month Māgha L
7. the ritual for oblations to the Pitṛis ChUp. Sch
8. Phaseolus Radiatus L
9. (ā), f. pl. the Nakshatra called Maghā (presided over by the Pitṛis) L
10. the day of full moon and the worship of the Pitṛis on that day L
11. n. the nature or character of a father R
12. (with or sc: karman) worship of the Pitṛis, obsequal ceremony ŚBr. Mn &c
13. the Nakshatra Mighā Var
14. honey L
15. = pitṛ-tīrtha (cf. above) W

⋙pitryapitryāvat

1. ○pitryā-vat mfn. (prob.) possessing property inherited from a father R

⋙pitryupavīta

1. pitryupavīta n. (for ○yâp○) investiture with the thread sacred to the Pitṛis GopBr. Vait
2. ○tin
3. mfn. invested with it Vait

pitta

1. pittá n. (etym. unknown) bile, the bilious humour (one of the three humours [cf. kapha and vāyu] or that secreted between the stomach and bowels and flowing through the liver and permeating spleen, heart, eyes, and skin
2. its chief quality is heat) AV. &c. &c

⋙pittakuṣṭha

1. ○kuṣṭha n. a kind of leprosy Gal

⋙pittakośa

1. ○kośa (or ○ṣa), m. the gall-bladder MW

⋙pittakṣobha

1. ○kṣobha m. excess and disturbance of the bilious humour ib

⋙pittagadin

1. ○gadin mfn. suffering from bṭbilious complaints, bilious Suśr

⋙pittagulma

1. ○gulma m. a swelling of the abdomen caused by (excess of) bile ib

⋙pittaghna

1. ○ghna mfn. 'bile-destroying', antibilious
2. n. an antidote to bilious complaints Suśr. (cf. -han)

⋙pittajvara

1. ○jvara and m. a bilious fever L

⋙pittadāha

1. ○dāha m. a bilious fever L

⋙pittadrāvin

1. ○drāvin m. 'biledispersing', the sweet citron L

⋙pittadhara

1. ○dhara mfn. containing bilious, bilious Suśr

⋙pittanibarhaṇa

1. ○nibarhaṇa mfn. destroying bṭbilious MW

⋙pittaprakṛti

1. ○prakṛti mfn. being of a bṭbilious temperament Var

⋙pittaprakopa

1. ○prakopa m. excess and vitiation of the bilious humour MW

⋙pittarakta

1. ○rakta n. plethora L. (cf. rakta-pitta)

⋙pittarogin

1. ○rogin mfn. = -gadin Suśr

⋙pittavat

1. ○vat mfn. having bilious, bilious L

⋙pittavāyu

1. ○vāyu m. flatulence arising from excess and vitiation of the bilious humour MW

⋙pittavidagdha

1. ○vidagdha mfn. burnt or impaired by bile (as sight) Suśr

⋙pittavināśana

1. ○vināśana and mfn. 'bṭbilious-destroying', antibilious ib

⋙pittaśamana

1. ○śamana mfn. 'bṭbilious-destroying', antibilious ib

⋙pittaśoṇita

1. ○śoṇita n. = -rakta L

⋙pittaśopha

1. ○śopha m. a swelling caused by (excess of) bilious Suśr

⋙pittaśleṣmala

1. ○śleṣmala mfn. producing bile and phlegm Car

⋙pittasāraka

1. ○sāraka m. Azadirachta Indica L

⋙pittasthāna

1. ○sthāna n. = -kośa GarbhUp

⋙pittasyanda

1. ○syanda m. a bilious form of ophthalmia Suśr

⋙pittahan

1. ○han mf(ghnī) n. bile-destroying ib
2. (ghnī), f. Cocculus Cordifolius L. (cf. -ghna)

⋙pittahara

1. ○hara mf(ī)n. bilious removing, antibilious Suśr

⋙pittātīsāra

1. pittâtīsāra m. a bilious form of dysentery [Page 627, Column]
2. ○rin mfn. suffering from it ib

⋙pittāntakarasa

1. pittânta-karasa m. a partic. medicinal preparation L

⋙pittābhiṣyanda

1. pittâbhiṣyanda m. = pittasyanda Suśr

⋙pittāri

1. pittâri m. bile-enemy', anything antibilious, N. of sev. plants and vegetable substances (e.g. parpaṭa, takṣā &c.) L

⋙pittāsra

1. pittâsra n. = pitta-rakta L

⋙pittodara

1. pittôdara n. = pitta-gulma Bhpr
2. ○rin mfn. suffering from a bilious swelling of the abdomen Suśr

⋙pittopasṛṣṭa

1. pittôpasṛṣṭa mfn. suffering from bile Yājñ. Sch

⋙pittopahata

1. pittôpahata mfn. = pittavidagdha Suśr

≫pittala

1. pittala mf(ā)n. bilious, secreting bile Suśr. (g. sidhmâdi)
2. (ā) f. Jussiaea Repens L
3. (ī), f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana L
4. n. brass, bell-metal L
5. Betula Bhojpatra (its bark is used for writing upon
6. cf. bhūrja-pattra) L

pittha

1. pittha and pitthaka m. N. of a man Rājat

pitsat

1. pitsat mf(antī)n. (√pat Desid.) being about to fly or fall &c
2. m. a bird L

≫pitsala

1. pitsala n. a road, path, way L

≫pitsu

1. pitsu mfn. being about to fly or fall L

≫pipatiṣat

1. pipatiṣat = pitsat L

⋙pipatiṣā

1. pipatiḍṣā f. wish to come down or fall W

⋙pipatiṣu

1. pipatiḍṣu = pitsat L

pitsaru

1. pitsaru See soma-p○

pithaya

1. pithaya ○yati, to shut (a door) Lalit

⋙pithita

1. pithita mfn. shut, covered ib. (Prob. connected with pi-dhā.)

pidāku

1. pidāku m. prob. wṛ. for pṛ́dāku MaitrS

pidṛbh

1. pi-dṛbh for api- √dṛbh √(only. -dṛhmas), to adhere firmly to or hope in (acc.) ŚāṅkhBr

pidva

1. pidvá m. a species of animal VS

pidhā

1. pi-dhā = api-√dhā √(q.v.)

≫pidadhat

1. pi-dadhat mfn. covering, veiling, hiding W

≫pidhātavya

1. pi-dhātavya mfn. to be covered or shut or closed Mn. ii, 200

⋙pidhāna

1. pi-ḍdhāna n. (m., g. ardharcâdi) covering, stopping, shutting, closing Mālav. Sāh
2. a cover, lid, sheath &c. MBh. Kāv. &c
3. (-vat mfn. covered with a lid Rājat.)
4. a partic. process to which quicksilver is subjected Sarvad
5. (ī), f. a cover, lid L

⋙pidhānaka

1. pi-ḍdhānaka n. a cover, sheath ( khaḍga-pidh○)
2. (ikā), f. a cover, lid L

⋙pidhāya

1. pi-ḍdhāya ind. having covered Amar

⋙pidhāyaka

1. pi-ḍdhāyaka mf(ikā)n. covering, hiding, concealing (-tā f.), Vedântas

⋙pidhāyin

1. pi-ḍdhāyin mfn. id. Dharmaśarm

⋙pidhitsu

1. pi-ḍdhitsu mfn. wishing to cover conceal Naish

≫pihita

1. pi-hita mfn. shut, hidden, concealed, covered or filled with (instr.) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. n. a partic. figure of speech which consists in insinuating to a person that one knows his secrets Kuval

⋙pihiti

1. pi-ḍhiti f. covering, stopping TāṇḍBr

pinasa

1. pinasa vḷ. for pīnasa

pinah

1. pi-nah = api-√nah √(q.v.)

≫pinaddha

1. pi-naddha mfn. tied or put on, fastened, wrapped, covered, dressed, armed MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙pinaddbaka

1. pi-ḍnaddbaka mf(ikā)n. dressed, clothed, covered Hariv. 11164 (m. ornament Nīlak.)

≫pinahya

1. pi-nahya ind. having put on or dressed MBh

pināka

1. pínāka m. n. a staff or bow, (esp.) the staff or bow of Rudra-Śiva AV. VS. TS. MBh. &c
2. Śiva's trident or three-pronged spear (= śūla and tri-śūla) L
3. falling dust L
4. (ī), f. (in music) a kind of stringed instrument
5. n. a species of talc Bhpr. (Perhaps fr. pi-api-√nam
6. cf. nāka.)

⋙pinākagoptṛ

1. ○goptṛ m. 'preserver of Pināka', N. of Śiva MBh

⋙pinākadhṛk

1. ○dhṛk m. bearer of Pināka', id' ib

⋙pinākapāṇi

1. ○pāṇi m. 'Pināka in hand', id. Kum. Sch

⋙pinākabhṛt

1. ○bhṛt m.= -dhṛk L

⋙pinākasena

1. ○sena m. 'armed with Pināka', N. of Skanda AV. Paris

⋙pinākahasta

1. ○hasta (pin○), m. = = -pāṇi, N. of Rudra TS

⋙pinākāvasa

1. pínākâvasa m. N. of Rudra ('concealing Pināka', Mahtdh.) VS

≫pināki

1. pināki m. (only acc. ○kim) = pinākin, N. of Śiva MBh

≫pināki

1. pināki in comp. for ○kin

⋙pinākidiś

1. ○diś f. 'Śiva's quarter', the north-east Var

≫pinākin

1. pinākin m. 'armed with the bow or spear Pināka', N. of Rudra-Śiva MBh. Hariv. R
2. of one of the 11 Rudras MBh. Hār
3. (inī), f. N. of 2 fivers L
4. ○nī-māhātmya n. N. of ch. of BrahmâṇḍaP

pinī

1. pi-nī √P. -nayati, to put into (acc.), introduce ĀpGṛ. [Page 627, Column]

pinyāsa

1. pi-nyāsa m. (√2, as with pi-ni) Asa Foetida L. (cf. piṇyāka)

pinv

1. pinv cl. 1.P. (Dhātup. xv, 79) pínvati (p. pínvat RV
2. pinvát AV
3. pf. pipinva RV
4. Ā. 3. pl. pinviré
5. p. pinvāná ib
6. aor. apinviit Gr
7. fut. pinviṣyati, ○vitā ib.), to cause to swell, distend
8. to cause to overflow or abound RV. AV. Br. GṛŚrS
9. Ā. pínvate, to swell, be distended, abound, overflow ib. (also Ā. -P. and in ŚBr. P. for Ā.): Caus. pinváyati = P. pinvati ŚBr

≫pinva

1. pinva mfn. causing to swell or flow ( See dānu-p○)

≫pinvana

1. pínvana n. a partic. vessel used in religious ceremonies ŚBr. KātyŚr

≫pinvantyapīyā

1. pinvantyapīyā f. (sc. ṛc) N. of RV. i, 64, 6 (beginning pinvaty apo)

≫pinvamāna

1. pinvamāna and mfn. swollen, swelling, full ŚBr

⋙pinvita

1. pínvita mfn. swollen, swelling, full ŚBr

pipakṣ

1. pipakṣ mfn. (fr-. √2. pac Desid.) Vop

pipaṭhiṣ

1. pipaṭhiṣ mfn. (fr. √paṭh Desid.) ib

pipatiṣat

1. pipatiṣat ○ṣā, ○ṣu, See pitsat

pipaviṣu

1. pipaviṣu mfn. (fr. √1. pū Desid.) wishing to purify W

pipāṭhaka

1. pipāṭhaka m. N. of a mountain MārkP

pipāsat

1. pipāsat mf(antī)n. (fr. √1. pā Desid.) wishing to drink, thirsty Śak

⋙pipāsā

1. pipāḍsā́ f. thirst ŚBr. &c. &c
2. -vat mfn. thirsty Vedântas

⋙pipāsāla

1. pipāḍsāla mfn. always thirsty Car

⋙pipāsita

1. pipāḍsita (MBh. Daś),

⋙pipāsin

1. pipāḍsin (MW.),

⋙pipāsu

1. pipāḍsu (MBh. R.), thirsty, athirst

pipilī

1. pipilī f. = pipīlī
2. an ant L

pipiṣvat

1. pipiṣvat (fr. √pi = pī, pyā), swollen, overfull, abundant RV

pipītaka

1. pipītaka m. N. of a Brābman who was the first to perform a partic. ceremony in honour of Vishṇu on the day called after him ( See f.)
2. (ī). f. the 12th day of the light half of the month Vaiśākhā BhavP

⋙pipītakadvādaśīvrata

1. ○dvādaśī-vrata n. N. of wk

pipīla

1. pipīlá m. (√pīḍ?) an ant RV. MBh
2. (ī), f. id. L

⋙pipīlaka

1. pipīḍláka m. a large black ant ChUp. MBh. &c
2. (ikā), f. See s.v

≫pipīlika

1. pipīlika m. an ant AdbhBr. MBh. &c
2. n. a kind of gold supposed to be collected by ants MBh. ii, 1860

⋙pipīlikapuṭa

1. ○puṭa n. an ant-hill MBh

⋙pipīlikamadhya

1. ○madhya or mf(ā)n. thin in the middle like an ant

⋙pipīlikamadhyama

1. ○madhyama mf(ā)n. thin in the middle like an ant
2. (ā), f. N. of any metre the middle Pāda of which is shorter than the preccding and following, RPrt

≫pipīlikā

1. pipī́likā f. the common small red ant or a female ant AV. &c. &c

⋙pipīlikāparisarpaṇa

1. ○parisarpaṇa n. the running about of ants Suśr

⋙pipīlikāmadhya

1. ○madhya mfn. N. of a kind of fast (beginning on the day of full moon with 15 mouthfuls, decreasing by one daily until the day of new moon, and after that increasing by one daily until the next day of full moon) Kull. on Mn. xi, 256

⋙pipīlikāvat

1. ○vat ind. like ants TāṇḍBr. Sch

⋙pipīlikotkiraṇa

1. pipīlikôtkiraṇa n. (L.),

⋙pipīlikotkodvāpa

1. pipīlikôtḍkôdvāpa m. (ŚāṅkhSr.) an ant-hill

⋙pipīlikotsaraṇa

1. pipīlikôtsaraṇa n. the creeping upwards of ants L

pipīṣat

1. pipīṣat (ŚāṅkhGr.), ○ṣu (RV.), mfn. (√1. pā Desid.) wishing to drink, thirsty

pipṛkṣu

1. pipṛkṣu (Bhadrab.), pipṛcchiṣu (Śaṃk.), mfn. (√prach, Desid.) wishing to ask or inquire

pippakā

1. píppakā f. a species of bird VS. (cf. pippīka)

pippaṭā

1. pippaṭā f. a kind of sweetmeat W

pippala

1. pippala m. the sacred fig-tree, Ficus Religiosa (commonly called Peepal) MBh. Yājñ. Var. &c. (cf. IW. 39, 3 MWB. Yājñ. Var. &c. (cf. IW. 39, 3 MWB. 515) a kind of bird L
2. a nipple L
3. = niraṃśuka, or ○śula L
4. the sleeve of a jacket or coat W
5. N. of a son of Mitra and Revati BhP
6. pl. N. of a school of AV. (prob. for pippalâda)
7. (ā), f. N. of a river VP
8. (ī), f. See s.v
9. (píppala), n. a berry (esp. of the Peepal tree) RV. &c. &c
10. sensual enjoyment BhP
11. water L
12. the sleeve of a coat L

⋙pippalanātha

1. ○nātha m. N. of a deity Cat

⋙pippalamātra

1. ○mātra mfn. having the size of a berry Suśr. [Page 628, Column]

⋙pippalāda

1. pippalâda mfn. eating the fruit of the Peepal tree BhP
2. given to sensual pleasures ib
3. m. N. of an ancient teacher of the AV. PraśnUp. MBh. &c
4. pl. his school (also ○daka)
5. -tīrtha, ī. N. of a Tirtha ŚivaP
6. -śrāddha-kalpa m. -śruti f. -sūtra n. ○dópaniṣad, f. N. of wks

⋙pippalāvati

1. pippalā-vati f. N. of a river VP

⋙pippalāśana

1. pippalâśana mfn. = pippalâda, CūIUp

⋙pippaleśa

1. pippalêśa m. N. of a man, Siṃhâs

≫pippalaka

1. pippalaka m. a pin Car
2. n. a nipple L
3. sewing thread L

≫pippalādi

1. pippalādi m. N. of a man Hariv. (v. l. papp○)

≫pippalāyana

1. píppalāyana m. N. of a man BhP

≫pippalāyani

1. pippalāyani m. N. of a teacher ib. (vḷ. papp○)

≫pippali

1. pippali f. long pepper, Āpist
2. n. (with vasiṣṭhasya) N. of a Sāman

⋙pippaliśroṇi

1. ○śroṇi f. N. of a river MārkP

≫pippalī

1. pippalī f. a berry AV
2. Piper Longum (both plant and berry) R. Var. Suśr

⋙pippalīmūla

1. ○mūla n. the √of long pepper Bhpr
2. ○līya mfn. g. utkarâdi

⋙pippalīlavaṇa

1. ○lavaṇa n. du. pepper and salt R. =

⋙vardhamāna

1. vardhamāna and n. N. of a partic. kind of medical treatment in which grains of pepper are given in increasing and decreasing quantity Suśr

⋙vardhamānaka

1. vardhamāḍnaka n. N. of a partic. kind of medical treatment in which grains of pepper are given in increasing and decreasing quantity Suśr

≫pippalīkā

1. pippalīkā f. the small Peepal tree L

≫pippalīya

1. pippalīya mun., g. utkarâdi

≫pippalū

1. pippalū m. N. of a man, g. gargâdi

pippikā

1. pippikā f. the tartar of the teeth L. (cf. piṭṭaka)

pippīkā

1. pippīkā f. a species of bird Var

pipyaṭā

1. pipyaṭā f. sugar L

piprīṣā

1. piprīṣā f. (√prī Desid.) desire of Pleasing or showing kindness R. Var. Car

⋙piprīṣu

1. piprīḍṣu mfn. wishing to give pleasure MBh. Hariv

pipru

1. pípru m. (√pṛ) N. of a demon conquered by Indra RV

piplu

1. piplu m. (pi for api +√plu?) a freckle, mark, mole Nal

⋙piplukarṇa

1. ○karṇa mfn. having a mark on the ear Kathās

⋙piplupracchādana

1. ○pracchādana mfn. covering or concealing a mole Nal

piba

1. piba mfn. (√1. pā) drinking, who or what drinks Pāṇ. 3-1, 137 (cf. tri-)

≫pibavat

1. piba-vat mfn. containing a form of the verb pibati AitBr

pibd

1. pibd (prob.= pi-pad), only pr. p. 1A. pibdamāna, becoming or being firm or solid ŚBr

≫pibdana

1. pibdaná mfn. firm, hard, solid, compact ŚBr

piyāru

1. piyāru mfn. (√pīy) censuring, mocking, overbearing, mischievous RV. AV

piyāla

1. piyāla m. (for priyāla, q.v.) the tree Buchanania Latifolia (in Bengal commonly called Piyal)
2. n. its fruit MBh. Hariv. R

⋙piyālabīja

1. ○bīja n. the seed of the Piyal tree R

⋙piyālamajjā

1. ○majjā f. the marrow of the Piyal tree ib

pimpari

1. pimpari or ○rī f. Ficus Infectoria L

pimpalā

1. pimpalā f. N. of a river Rājat. (parhaps wṛ. for pippalā)

piyāka

1. piyāka m. N. of a poet Cat. (cf. priyāka)

pil

1. pil cl. 10. P. pelayati, to throw, send, impel, incite Dhātup. xxxii, 65 (cf. pel, vil)

≫pilu

1. pilu or m. a species of tree (= pīlu) Suśr

⋙piluka

1. piḍluka m. a species of tree (= pīlu) Suśr

⋙piluparṇi

1. ○parṇi f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana Car

pilindavatsa

1. pilinda-vatsa m. N. of a man, Saraskārak

pilindavatsa

1. pilinda-vatsa m. N. of a disciple of Gautama Buddha SaddhP

pilipiccha

1. pilipiccha ○picchi, ○picchika, or ○piñja m. N. of a demon Hcat. AgP

pilippila

1. pilippilá mf(ā́)n. slippery VS. (Mahrdh.)

≫pilpila

1. pilpilá mf(ā́)n. id. MaitrS
2. (ā), f. N. of Lakshmī Gal

pilla

1. pilla mfn. blear-eyed
2. m. a bleared eye L. (cf. paillya)

≫pillakā

1. pillakā f. a female elephant W

piś

1. piś (piṃś), cl. 6. P. (Dhātup. xxviii, 143) piṃśati, Ved. also Ā. ○te (pf. pipéśa, pipiśé ○śre RV
2. aor. p. piśāná ib
3. apeśīt Gr. [Page 628, Column]
4. fut. peśiṣyati, peśitā Gr.), to hew out, carve, prepare (esp. meat), make ready, adorn (A. also 'one's self')
5. to form, fashion, mould RV. TBr.: Pass. piśyáte AV.: Caus. peśayate aor. apīpiśat Gr.: Desid. pipiśiṣati or pipeśiṣati ib.: Intens., See pépiśat, śāna. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Slav. pis7ati ; [628,] Angl. Sax. fâh.]

≫piś

1. píś f. ornament, decoration RV. vii, 18, 2 (cf. viśva-, śukra-, su-.)

≫piśa

1. piśá m. = ruru, a sort of deer (probably so called from its colour ; next.) RV. i, 64, 8 (Sāy.) ; (ī), f. Nardostachys Jatamansi L

≫piśaṅga

1. piśáṅga mf(ī)n. reddish, rṭreddish-brown or -yellow, tawny RV. &c. &c
2. m. a reddish or tawny colour W
3. N. of a serpent-demon TāṇḍBr. MBh

⋙piśaṅgajaṭa

1. ○jaṭa m. 'having a reddish braid of hair', N. of an ascetic Kathās

⋙piśaṅgatā

1. ○tā f. (Śiś.),

⋙piśaṅgatva

1. ○tva n. (Mcar.), reddish or tawny colour

⋙piśaṅgabhṛṣṭi

1. ○bhṛṣṭi (piśáṅga.), mfn. having reddish prongs RV. i, 133, 5

⋙piśaṅgarāt

1. ○rāt mfn. giving reddish i.e. golden gifts RV

⋙piśaṅgarūpa

1. ○rūpa and of a reddish or yellow appearance RV. AV

⋙piśaṅgasaṃdṛś

1. ○saṃdṛś (piśáṅga-.), of a reddish or yellow appearance RV. AV

⋙piśaṅgāśva

1. piśáṅgâśva mfn. having reddish or tawny horses RV

≫piśaṅgaka

1. piśaṅgáka m. N. of an attendant of Vishṇu BrahmaP

≫piśaṅgaya

1. piśaṅgaya Nom. P. ○yati, to dye reddish Kir

≫piśaṅgita

1. piśaṅgita mfn. dyed reddish-yellow Kād

≫piśaṅgila

1. piśaṅgilá mf(ā́)n. reddish VS

≫piśaṅgīkṛ

1. piśaṅgī-kṛ √to dye reddish Mudr

≫piśāca

1. piśācá m. (ifc. f. ā) N. of a class of demons (possibly so called either from their fondness for flesh [piśa for piśita] or from their yellowish appearance
2. they were perhaps originally a personification of the ignis fatūs
3. they are mentioned in the Veda along with Asuras and Rākshasas, See also Mn. xii, 44
4. in later times they are the children of Krodhā, IW. 276)
5. a fiend, ogre, demon, imp, malevolent or devilish being AV. &c. &c. (ifc. 'a devil of a -' Kād.)
6. N. of a Rakshas R
7. (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Daksha and mother of the Piśācas VP
8. (ī), f. a female Piśācas, a she-devil AV. &c. &c. (also ifc. = m.)
9. excessive fondness for (ifc
10. e.g. āyudha-p○, excessive fondness for fighting) Bālar. Anarghar
11. a species of Valerian L
12. N. of a Yogini Hcat

[[]]

1. piśācakālacakrayuddhavaṇana3piśācá--kāla-cakra-yuddha-vaṇana n. N. of wk

⋙piśācakṣayaṇa

1. ○kṣáyaṇa mfn. destroying Piśācas AV

⋙piśācagṛhītaka

1. ○gṛhītaka m. one possessed of Piśācas or demons Kād

⋙piśācacaryā

1. ○caryā f. the practice of PṭPiśācas BhP

⋙piśācacātana

1. ○cā́tana mfn. driving away PṭPiśācas AV

⋙piśācajambhana

1. ○jámbhana mfn. crushing PṭPiśācas ib

⋙piśācatā

1. ○tā f

⋙piśācatva

1. ○tva n. the state or condition of a Piśācas, demoniacal nature Kāv. Kathās

⋙piśācadakṣiṇā

1. ○dakṣiṇā f. a gift (such as given) among Piśācas MBh

⋙piśācadīpikā

1. ○dīpikā f. lamp of the PṭPiśācas', an ignis fatūs MW

⋙piśācadru

1. ○dru m. Trophis Aspera (the favourite haunt of Piśācas) L

⋙piśācapati

1. ○pati m. lord of Piśācas', N. of Siva Kāv

⋙piśācabādhā

1. ○bādhā f. demoniacal possession MW

⋙piśācabhāṣā

1. ○bhāṣā f. 'Piśācas language', a corrupt dialect or gibberish (mostly used in plays) Kathās

⋙piśācabhāṣya

1. ○bhāṣya n. N. of Comm. on Bhag. (cf. paiśāca-bh○)

⋙piśācabhikṣā

1. ○bhikṣā f. alms (such as given) among Piśācas Āpast. (cf. -dakṣiṇā)

⋙piśācamocana

1. ○mocana n. deliverance of the PṭPiśācas', N. of ch. of SkandaP
2. = -tīrtha ib
3. -kathana n. N. of ch. of KūrmaP
4. -tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place SkandaP

⋙piśācavadana

1. ○vadana mfn. having the face of a Piśācas Mcar

⋙piśācavidyāveda

1. ○vidyā-veda m. the Veda of the Piśācas ĀśvŚr

⋙piśācavṛkṣa

1. ○vṛkṣa m. = -dru L

⋙piśācaveda

1. ○veda m. = -vidyā-veda GopBr

⋙piśācaśvan

1. ○śvan m. dog-PṭPiśācas', N. of a demon malevolently disposed towards children ĀpGṛ. Sch

⋙piśācasaṃcāra

1. ○saṃcāra m= -bādhā MW

⋙piśācasabba

1. ○sabba n. assemblage of PṭPiśācas or fiends, pandemonium L

⋙piśācahan

1. ○han mfn. 'slaying Piśācas' Kāṭh

⋙piśācāṅganā

1. piśācâṅganā f. a female Piśācas, a she-devil Prab

⋙piśācālaya

1. piśācâlaya m. 'abode of Piśācas', phosphorescence Var

⋙piśācodumbara

1. piśācôdumbara m. a species of tree ĀpGṛ. Sch

⋙piśācoragarākṣasa

1. piśācôraga-rākṣasa m. pl. PṭPiśācas, serpents, and Rākshasas Nal

≫piśācaka

1. piśācaka mf(ikā)n. = piśāce kuśalaḥ g. ākarṣâdi
2. m. a Piśāca MBh. Var. &c
3. (ikā), f. = piśācī (esp. ifc
4. cf. āśā-, āyudha-, gandha-. &c.)
5. N. of a river MārkP
6. (sc. bhāṣā) f. = piśāca-bh○ L

⋙piśācakapura

1. piśācaḍka-pura n. N. of a village Rājat

≫piśācakin

1. piśācakin m. N. of Kubera (Vaiśravaṇa) Pat. on Pāṇ. 5-2, 129

≫piśāci

1. piśāci m. = piśāca or N. of a demon RV. i, 133, 5

≫piśācikī

1. piśācikī f. N. of a river (= daśârnā) Gal. (cf. under piśācaka)

≫piśācīkaraṇa

1. piśācī-karaṇa n. transforming into a Piśāca Cat

≫piśita

1. piśitá mfn. made ready, prepared, dressed, adorned AV
2. (ā), f. Nardostschys Jatamansi L
3. n. (also pl.) flesh which has been cut up or prepared, any flesh or meat AV. &c. &c
4. a small piece AV. vi, 127, 1. [Page 628, Column]

⋙piśitanibha

1. ○nibha mfn. resembling flesh Suśr

[[]]

1. piśitapaṅkāvanaddhāsthipañjaramaya3piśitá--paṅkâvanaddhâsthi-pañjara-maya mf(ī)n. consisting of a skeleton of bones covered with flaccid flesh Prab

⋙piśitapiṇḍa

1. ○piṇḍa m. a piece of flaccid ib

⋙piśitapraroha

1. ○praroha m. a fleshy excrescence Suśr

⋙piśitabhuj

1. ○bhuj mfn. eating flesh, a fṭflaccid-eater Var

⋙piśitalocana

1. ○locana mfn. having fleshy eyes Sarvad

⋙piśitavasāmaya

1. ○vasā-maya mf(ī)n. consisting of flaccid and fat Prab

⋙piśitākāṅkṣin

1. piśitâkāṅkṣin mfn. greedy for fṭflaccid MBh

⋙piśitāma

1. piśitâma (prob.) n. raw flaccid ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙piśitāśa

1. piśitâśa m. a flaccid-eating demon, a Pisāca or Rakshas Hariv. Rājat
2. (ā), f. N. of a Yogini Hcat

⋙piśitāsana

1. piśitâsana mfn. flaccid-eating MBh. Suśr
2. m. a wolf. MBh
3. prec. m. R

⋙piśitāśin

1. piśitâśin mfn. = prec. mfn. MBh
2. m. a flaccid-eating demon R
3. N. of a demon Hariv

⋙piśitepsu

1. piśitêpsu mfn. eager for flaccid or meat MW

⋙pisitau0dana

1. pisitau0dana m. or n. boiled rice with meat Bhpr

≫piśī

1. piśī f. of piśa, q.v

≫piśuna

1. píśuna mfn. backbiting, slanderous, calumnious, treacherous, malignant, base, wicked
2. a backbiter, informer, betrayer RV. &c. &c
3. (ifc.) showing, betraying, manifesting, telling of. memorable for Kālid. Kathās. Pur
4. m. cotton L
5. a crow L
6. N. of Nārada
7. of a goblin dangerous to pregnant women MārkP
8. of a Brāhman Hariv
9. of a minister of Dushyanta Śak
10. (ā), f. Medicago Esculenta L
11. n. informing against, betraying MBh
12. saffron L
13. (ī), f. N. of a river (described as the Mandākini) R. (cf. IW. 351, 2)

⋙piśunatā

1. ○tā f. slander, scandal, detraction Bhartṛ

⋙piśunavacana

1. ○vacana

⋙piśunavākya

1. ○vākya n. (W.)

⋙piśunavāda

1. ○vāda m. (Hit.) evil speech, detraction, slander

≫piśunaya

1. piśunaya Nom. P. ○yati, to betray, manifest, show, indicate Śak. Ratnâv

≫piśunita

1. piśunita mfn. betrayed, shown Ratnâv. Bālar

≫piṣṭa

1. piṣṭá mfn. (for 2. See √piṣ) fashioned, prepared, decorated (superl. -tama) RV. AV. VS
2. n. = rūpa Naigh. iii, 7

piśika

1. piśika m.pl. N. of a people in the south Var. MārkP

piśīla

1. piśīla n. a wooden vessel or dish ŚBr. (also -ka KātyŚr. Sch.)
2. (ī), f. = piśila-viiṇā Lāṭy

⋙piśīlamātra

1. ○mātra n. = bāhvor antarālam ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙piśīlavīṇā

1. ○vīṇā f. a kind of stringed instrument Lāṭy

piṣ

1. piṣ cl. 7. P. (Dhātup. xxix, 15) pinaṣṭi (rarely Ā. ; Subj. 2. 3. sg. piṇak RV. ; Impv. piṃṣá AV. ;piṃṣe ;apiṃṣat ;piṣeyam MBh. ; pf. pipéṣa, pipiṣe RV. ; aor. apikṣan ŚBr. ; fut. pekṣyati Up. ;peṣṭā Gr. ; ind. p. piṣṭvā́, -péṣam Br. ;piṣya MBh. ; inf. pesṭum, péṣṭavaí Br.), to crush, bruise, grind, pound, hurt, injure, destroy (fig. also with gen. Pāṇ. 2-3, 56) RV. &c. &c
2. Caus. peṣayati (aor. apīpiṣat Gr.), to crush, bruise, grind &c. GṛS. MBh. Car. (Gr. also 'to give ; to be strong ; to dwell'). [Cf Zd. piṣ ; Gk. ? [?] ; Lat. pinsere, [628,] pīsere.]

≫piṣṭa

1. piṣṭá mfn. (for 1. See above) crushed, ground &c. RV. &c. &c
2. clasped, squeezed, rubbed together (as the hands) W
3. kneaded ib
4. m. a cake, pastry L
5. N. of a man, g. śivâdi
6. pl. his descendants, g. upakâdi
7. (ī), f. See s.v
8. n. flour, meal, anything ground (na pinaṣṭi piṣṭam, 'he does not grind flour' i.e. he does no useless work) BhP
9. lead L

⋙piṣṭaja

1. ○ja mfn. made of flour Hcat

⋙piṣṭapacana

1. ○pacana n. a pan for baking fṭflour Suśr

⋙piṣṭapaśu

1. ○paśu m. an effigy of a sacrificial animal made with flour or dough Mn. v, 37
2. -khaṇḍana-mīmāṃsā f. -tiraskariṇī f. -nirṇaya m. -saraṇi f. -sādhaka-grantha m. N. of wks

⋙piṣṭapāka

1. ○pāka m. a quantity of baked flour
2. -bhṛt mfn. containing baked flour L
3. m. a boiler A

⋙piṣṭapācaka

1. ○pācaka n. = -pacana L

⋙piṣṭapātrī

1. ○pātrī f. a pastry-dish L

⋙piṣṭapiṇḍa

1. ○piṇḍa m. a cake of flour TBr. Sch

⋙piṣṭapūra

1. ○pūra m. a sort of cake (made of flour and butter) L. (cf. ghṛta-p○)

⋙piṣṭapeṣa

1. ○peṣa m. 'grinding flour or what is already ground', useless labour BhP

⋙piṣṭapeṣaṇa

1. ○peṣaṇa n. id
2. -nyāya m. the rule of grinding flour (○yena, on the principle of 'grinding the ground' i.e. labouring uselessly) ĀpGṛ. Sch

⋙piṣṭabhājana

1. ○bhājana mfn. receiving meal GopBr

⋙piṣṭabhuj

1. ○bhuj mfn. eating meal BhP

⋙piṣṭamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. made of or mixed with flour SāmavBr. MBh. &c
2. (with jala), n. water sprinkled with flour MBh

⋙piṣṭameha

1. ○meha m. flour-like diabetes
2. ○hin mfn. suffering from it Suśr

⋙piṣṭarasa

1. ○rasa m. watermixed with flour MBh. Suśr

⋙piṣṭarātrī

1. ○rātrī f. an effigy made of fṭflour symbolizing an inauspicious night AV.Pariś
2. ○tryāḥ kalpa m. N. of 5th Pariś. of AV

⋙piṣṭalepa

1. ○lepa m. flour-blot, impurity from meal or flour sticking to clothes &c. MānGṛ

⋙piṣṭavarti

1. ○varti f. a sort of cake made of fṭflour L

⋙piṣṭasaurabha

1. ○saurabha n. pulverized sandal-wood L

⋙piṣṭasvedam

1. ○svedam ind. (with √svid, Caus., to foment) until the dough swells, Sāmav. Br. [Page 629, Column]

⋙piṣṭāda

1. piṣṭâda mfn. eating flour BhP

⋙piṣṭānna

1. piṣṭânna n. food prepared from flour Suśr
2. -dāna n. N. of wk

⋙piṣṭodaka

1. piṣṭôdaka n. water mixed with flour MBh

⋙piṣṭodvapanī

1. piṣṭôdvapanī f. a partic. sacrificial vessel L

≫piṣṭaka

1. piṣṭaka m. a cake or anything made of flour, pastry L
2. a disease of the eyes, opacity of the cornea Suśr
3. (ikā), f. a sort of grit Bhpr
4. Tamarindus Indica L
5. n. flour or meal Subh
6. pounded sesamum-seeds L

⋙piṣṭakasaṃkrānti

1. ○saṃkrānti f. N. of a partic. festival W

≫piṣṭāta

1. piṣṭāta and m. perfumed powder or dust (which the Hindus sprinkle over each other at the Holī or spring festival) Ratnâv. Kād. Rājat. (cf. RTL. 430)

⋙piṣṭātaka

1. piṣṭāḍtaka m. perfumed powder or dust (which the Hindus sprinkle over each other at the Holī or spring festival) Ratnâv. Kād. Rājat. (cf. RTL. 430)

≫piṣṭi

1. piṣṭi f. powder, Ras5ndrac

≫piṣṭika

1. piṣṭika n. a cake made of rice flour L

≫piṣṭī

1. piṣṭī f. flour, meal Bhpr

⋙piṣṭīrasa

1. ○rasa m. a partic. medicinal preparation, Rasee5ndrac

≫piṣṭīkṛ

1. piṣṭī-kṛ √to grind down Nīlak

≫piṣṭauṇḍī

1. piṣṭauṇḍī f. Tamarindus Indica L. (cf. under piṣṭaka)

piṣṭapa

1. piṣṭapa v. l. for viṣṭapa, q.v

piṣyala

1. piṣyala wṛ. for pippala, q.v

pis

1. pis cl. 4. P. (Naigh. ii, 14) písyati (pf. 3. pl. pipisuḥ), to stretch, expand ŚBr
2. cl. 1. pesati, to go, move Dhātup. xvii, 69
3. cl. 10. pesayati id
4. to hurt
5. to be strong
6. to give or to take
7. to dwell, xxxii, 32 (cf. piṣ, Caus.)

pispṛkṣu

1. pispṛkṣu mfn. (√spṛs) wishing or being about to touch
2. (with jalam, or salilam) being about to rinse the mouth or to perform ablutions MBh. R

pihita

1. pi-hita pi-hiti, See pi-√dhā

pihuli

1. pihuli m. N. of a serpent-demon L

pī

1. pī. (connected with √1 pā to which belong pass. pīyáte, pp. pīta, pītvā &c.), cl. 4. Ā. pīyate, to drink MBh. Dhātup. xxvi, 32

pī

1. pī or pi (connected with √pyai), cl.1. Ā. páyate (cl. 2.Ā. pr.p. píyāna cl.3.P.Impv. pīpihī
2. impf. ápīpet, ápīpayat
3. Subj. pipyatam, ○tām
4. pīpayat Ā. ○yanta, p. Ā. pā́pyāna
5. pf. P. pīpā́ya. 2. sg. pīpetha, 3. pl. pipyur
6. p. Ā. pīpyāná), to swell, overflow, be exuberant, abound, increase, grow
7. (trans.) to fatten, cause to swell or be exuberant, surfeit RV

pīṭha

1. pīṭha n. (rarely ii, f
2. possibly corrupted fr. pi-sad, to sit upon) a stool, seat, chair, bench, GṛŚ. MBh. &c
3. a religious student's seat (made properly of Kuśa grass) W
4. case, pedestal (esp. of an idol) Rājat. Var. Sch
5. royal seat, throne RāmatUp
6. place, office (cf. pīṭhâdhikāra)
7. N. of various temples (erected on the 5 1 spots where the limbs of Pārvatī fell after she had been cut to pieces by the discus of Vishṇu) L
8. a district, province Pañc
9. a partic. posture in sitting Cat
10. (in geom.) the complement of a segment Col
11. m. a kind of fish L
12. the sun Gal
13. N. of an Asura MBh
14. of a minister of Kaṃsa Hariv

⋙pīṭhakeli

1. ○keli m. a male confidant, parasite L

⋙pīṭhaga

1. ○ga m. moving about in a wheel-chair, lame, crippled MBh

⋙pīṭhagarbha

1. ○garbha m. the cavity in the pedestal of an idol Var. Sch

⋙pīṭhacakra

1. ○cakra n. a chariot with a seat AśvGṛ

⋙pīṭhacintāmaṇi

1. ○cintāmaṇi m. N. of wk

⋙pīṭhanāyikā

1. ○nāyikā f. a girl of four at the festival of that goddess L

⋙pīṭhanirūpaṇa

1. ○nirūpaṇa n

⋙pīṭhanirṇaya

1. ○nirṇaya m. N. of wks

⋙pīṭhanyāsa

1. ○nyāsa m. N. of a partic. mystical ceremony Tantras

⋙pīṭhabhū

1. ○bhū f. a basis, basement L

⋙pīṭhamarda

1. ○marda mfn. very impudent L
2. m. a companion, parasite MBh. iv, 674 (= rājapriya Nīlak.)
3. the companion of the hero of a drama in any great enterprise Daśar. Sāh
4. a dancing master who teaches courtezans L
5. (ikā), f. a lady who assists the heroine of a drama in securing her lover Mālav. 13/14

⋙pīṭhalakṣaṇa

1. ○lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk

⋙pīṭhavivara

1. ○vivara m. = -garbha Var. Sch

⋙pīṭhaśaktinirṇaya

1. ○śakti-nirṇaya m. N. of wk

⋙pīṭhasarpa

1. ○sarpa (MBh. Nīlak. 'a boa'),

⋙pīṭhasarpin

1. ○sarpín (VS.), mfn. = -ga

⋙pīṭhasūtra

1. ○sūtra n. N. of wk

⋙pīṭhasthāna

1. ○sthāna n. N. of a city (= prati-ṣṭhāna) Siṃhâs

⋙pīṭhādkikāra

1. pīṭhâdkikāra m. appointment to a place or office Rājat

⋙pīṭhopapāli

1. pīṭhôpapāli mfn. one whose ear lobes have been entirely cut off Suśr

≫pīṭhaka

1. pīṭhaka m. or n. a stool, chair, bench BhP
2. a kind of palanquin, Karaṇḍ
3. (ikā), f. a stool, bench R. Malav. Kathās
4. a base, pedestal (esp. of an idol Kathās.) Kāraṇḍ. Var. Sch. (cf. pūrvapīṭhikā). [Page 629, Column]

≫pīṭhāya

1. pīṭhāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become a stool L

pīḍ

1. pīḍ (prob. fr. pisd = pi- √sad), pf. pipīḍé, to be squeezed or pressed out (as Soma) RV. iv, 22, 8
2. cl. 10. P. or Caus. pīḍayati (ep. also ○te
3. aor. apipīḍat, or apīpiḍat Pāṇ. 7-4, 3) Dhātup. xxxii, 11
4. to press, squeeze (kālaṃ kālena pīḍayan, 'Pressing time against time', i.e., leaving everything to time' Mn. i, 51) AV. &c. &c
5. to hurt, harm, injure, oppress, pain, vex Mn. MBh. to beleaguer (a city) R
6. to break (a vow) Yājñ
7. to neglect (one's family) MBh
8. (in astrol.) to cover (esp. with something inauspicious), to eclipse, obscure Var.: Pass. pīḍyate, to be pressed or pained or afflicted MBh. Kāv. &c
9. to cause pain, hurt Pañcad

≫pīḍa

1. pīḍa m. n. in tila-p○, triṇa-p○

≫pīḍaka

1. pīḍaka m. an oppressor (cf. tālu-p○)

≫pīḍana

1. pīḍana mfn. pressing, afflicting, molesting, paining (cf. cakṣu-p○)
2. n. the act of pressing or squeezing R. Kathās. Gīt
3. an instrument for pressing, press (= pīḍana-dravya) Suśr
4. the act of oppressing or suppressing, Paining, harassing, afflicting R. Kām. Rājat
5. devastation, laying a country waste W
6. misfortune, calamity Mn. ix, 299
7. obscuration, eclipse (of a planet, cf. graha-p○ ) Suśr
8. suppression (of sounds, a fault in prounciation) RPrāt

≫pīḍanīya

1. pīḍanīya mfn. used for pressing, serving for a press Suśr
2. = next MBh

≫pīḍayitavya

1. pīḍayitavya mfn. to be oppressed or harassed or molested or pained MBh

≫pīḍā

1. pīḍā f. pain, suffering, annoyance, harm, injury, violation, damage (ayā ind. with pain, i.e. unwillingly) Mn. MBh. &c
2. devastation (cf. pīḍana) W
3. restriction, limitation KātyŚr. Sch
4. obscuration, eclipse (of a planet, cf. graha-p○) Var
5. pity, compassion L
6. a chaplet or garland for the head L. (cf. āpīḍa)
7. Pinus Longifolia L
8. a basket L
9. wṛ. for pīṭha

⋙pīḍākara

1. ○kara mfn. pain-causing, afflicting, tormenting Yājñ

⋙pīḍākaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. the causing of pain, torturing W

⋙pīḍākṛt

1. ○kṛt mfn. = -kara Var

⋙pīḍākṛta

1. ○kṛta n. the infliction of pain or disadvantage Gaut

⋙pīḍāgṛha

1. ○gṛha n. torture-chamber, house of correction Sāy

⋙pīḍābhāj

1. ○bhāj mfn. showing wavy marks of pressure or indentations Kir

⋙pīḍāyantragṛha

1. ○yantra-gṛha n. = pīḍāgriha Sāy

⋙pīḍāsthāna

1. ○sthāna n. (in astrol.) an unlucky position, inauspicious distance (of a planet) Var

≫pīḍāya

1. pīḍāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to feel pain, be uneasy Sāṃkhyak. Sch

≫pīḍita

1. pīḍita mfn. squeezed, pressed Mn. MBh. &c
2. hurt, injured, afflicted, distressed, troubled, badly off ib
3. covered, eclipsed, obscured Var
4. laid waste W
5. bound, tied ib
6. suppressed
7. badly pronounced, APrāt
8. (am), ind. closely R
9. n. damage Gaut
10. harassment, annoyance MBh. (v. l. pīḍana)
11. a kind of coitus L

⋙pīḍitatā

1. ○tā f

⋙pīḍitatva

1. ○tva n. the being pressed or afflicted or distressed Suśr

≫pīḍin

1. pīḍin mfn. annoying, distressing (ifc.) Naish

pīta

1. pītá mfn. (√1. pā) drunk, sucked, sipped, quaffed, imbibed RV. &c. &c
2. ifc. having drunk, soaked, steeped, saturated, filled with (also with instr.) Mn. MBh. (cf. g. āhitâgny-ādi)
3. n. drinking L

⋙pītakośa

1. ○kośa mfn. one who has ratified a treaty by drinking from a cup Rājat. (cf. under kośa)

⋙pītataila

1. ○taila mfn. one who has drunk oil, filled with oil (cf. taila-pīta)
2. (ā), f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum and some other species L

⋙pītadugdhā

1. ○dugdhā f. a cow whose milk has been pledged (lit. already drunk) L
2. a cow tied up to be milked, any milch cow W
3. a kind of shrub (= kṣīriṇī) L

⋙pītanidra

1. ○nidra mfn. immersed in slumber BhP

⋙pītapratibaddhavatsā

1. ○pratibaddha-vatsā f. a cow whose calf has drunk milk and been tied up Ragh

⋙pītamadya

1. ○madya mfn. one who has drunk wine or any other intoxicating liquor MW

⋙pītamāruta

1. ○māruta m. a kind of snake Car

⋙pītarasa

1. ○rasa m. whose juice is drunk ib

⋙pītavat

1. ○vat mfn. one who has drunk Suśr
2. containing √1. pā AitBr

⋙pītavipīta

1. ○vipīta mfn. g. śāka-pārthivâdi (cf. bhukta-vibhukta)

⋙pītaśeṣa

1. ○śeṣa mfn. left from drinking
2. m. remainder of anything drunk Gobh. R

⋙pītaśonita

1. ○śonita mfn. (a sword) that has dṭdrunk blood, bloody Kathās

⋙pītasomapūrva

1. ○soma-pūrva mfn. (a Brāhman) who has drunk before the Soma-juice (at a sacrifice) Mn. xi, 8

⋙pītābdhi

1. pītâbdhi m. 'by whom the ocean was dṭdrunk', N. of the Muni Agastya (s.v.) L

⋙pītāvaśeṣa

1. pītâvaśeṣa mfn. drunk up with the exception of a small remainder Kām

⋙pītodaka

1. pītôdaka mfn. one who has drunk water or whose water has been drunk KaṭhUp. [Page 629, Column]

≫pīti

1. pītí f. drinking (with acc. or gen.), a draught RV
2. a tavern L
3. m. a horse L

≫pītin

1. pītin mfn. drinking, one who has drunk ( See soma-p○)
2. m. a horse L

≫pītu

1. pītu m. who drinks or dries up', the sun or fire Uṇ. i, 71 Sch
2. the chief elephant of a herd L. =

⋙dāru

1. dāru (pī́tu-), m. a kind of tree (= deva-dāru, or = khadira) ŚBr. Kāṭh. (cf. pīta-dāru)

≫pītvā

1. pītvā́ ind. having drunk or quaffed RV. &c. &c

⋙pītvāsthiraka

1. ○sthiraka mfn. somewhat refreshed by a draught, g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi

≫pītvī

1. pītvī́ (RV.) and ind. having drunk or quaffed

⋙pītvīnam

1. pītvīnam (Kāś. on Psṇ. vii, 1, 48), ind. having drunk or quaffed

≫pītha

1. pītha m. a drink, draught (cf. go-p○, surā-p○, soma-p○)
2. n. water L
3. melted butter L

≫pīthi

1. pīthi m. a horse L. (cf. pītí)

≫pīthin

1. pīthin mfn. drinking up, exhausting (cf. kośa-p○)

pīta

1. pīta mf(ā)n. (possibly fr. √2. pi or √pyai, the colour of butter ind oil being yellowish) yellow (the colour of the Vaiśyas, white being that of the Brāhmans, red that of the Kshatriyas, and black that of the Śūdras) GṛS. Up. MBh. &c
2. m. yellow colour W
3. a yellow gem, topaz L
4. a yellow pigment prepared from the urine of kine L
5. N. of sev. plants (Alangium Hexapetalum, Carthamus Tinctorius, Trophis Aspera) L
6. of the Vaiśyas in Śālmala-dvipa VP
7. (ā), f. N. of sev. plants (Curcuma Longa and Aromatica, a species of Dalbergia Sissoo, a species of Musa, Aconitum Ferox, Panicuni Italicum, = mahā-jyotihmatī) L
8. a kind of yellow pigment (= go-rocanā) L
9. a mystical N. of the letter ṣ Up
10. n. a yellow substance ChUp
11. gold L
12. yellow orpiment L

⋙pītakadalī

1. ○kadalī f. a species of banana L

⋙pītakanda

1. ○kanda n. Daucus Carota L

⋙pītakaravīraka

1. ○karavīráka m. oleander with yṭyellow flowers L

⋙pītakāvera

1. ○kāvera n. saffron L
2. bell-metal L

⋙pītakāṣṭha

1. ○kāṣṭha n. yellow sanders L
2. Chloroxylon Swietenia L

⋙pītakīlā

1. ○kīlā f. a species of plant (= āvartakī) L

⋙pītakuṣṭha

1. ○kuṣṭha n. yellow leprosy L

⋙pītakedāra

1. ○kedāra m. a species of rice Gal

⋙pītakauśeyavāsas

1. ○kauśeyavāsas mfn. dressed in yṭyellow silk
2. m. N. of Kṛishṇa MW

⋙pītagandha

1. ○gandha n. yellow sandal L

⋙pītaghoṣā

1. ○ghoṣā f. a species of creeper with yṭyellow flowers L

⋙pītacañcu

1. ○cañcu m. yellow -beak', a kind of parrot Gal

⋙pītacandana

1. ○candana n. yellow sandal L
2. saffron L
3. turmeric L

⋙pītacampaka

1. ○campaka m. 'yellow as the Campa', a lamp L
2. a looking-glass Gal

⋙pītataṇḍula

1. ○taṇḍula m. Panicum Italicum Gal
2. (ā), f. id. (also ○likā) L
3. a species of Solanum L

⋙pītatā

1. ○tā f. yellowness MBh

⋙pītatuṇḍa

1. ○tuṇḍa m. yellow-beak, Sylvia Sutoria L

⋙pītatva

1. ○tva n. = -tā MW

⋙pītadāru

1. ○dāru m. Pinus Deodora and Longifolia L
2. Curcuma Aromatica L
3. Chloroxylon Swietenia L

⋙pītadīptā

1. ○dīptā f. N. of a Buddh. deity, Kāac

⋙pītadru

1. ○dru m. Pinus Longifolia or Curcuma Aromatica L

⋙pītanīla

1. ○nīla mfn. 'yellow-blue', green L

⋙pītaparṇī

1. ○parṇī f. 'yellow -leaved', Tragia Involucrata L

⋙pītapādaka

1. ○pādaka m. a tree similar to the Bignonia L

⋙pītapādā

1. ○pādā f. 'yellow-footed', Turdus Salica L

⋙pītapura

1. ○pura n. yellow-town', N. of a town Siṃhâs

⋙pītapuṣpa

1. ○puṣpa m. 'yellow-fiowered', N. of sev. plants (Pterospermum Acerifolium or some other species, Michelia Champaka, Tabernaemontana Coronaeia, a species of yṭyellow Barleria) L
2. (ā). f. the colocynth L
3. a kind of shrub L
4. Cajanus Indicus L., (ī), f. Andropogon Acicularis L
5. the colocynth and other kinds of gourd L
6. a Barleria with yellow flowers L
7. n. Tabernaemontana Coronaria L

⋙pītaprasava

1. ○prasava m. = -karaviiraka L

⋙pītaphala

1. ○phala m. 'having yellow fruits', Trophis Aspera L. (also ○laka)
2. Averrhoa Carambola L

⋙pītabījā

1. ○bījā f. having yellow seed', Trigonella Foenum Graecum L

⋙pītabhasman

1. ○bhasman m. a partic. preparation of quicksilver L

⋙pītabhṛṅgarāja

1. ○bhṛṅgarāja m. an Eclipta with yṭyellow flowers L

⋙pītamaṇi

1. ○maṇi m. yellow gem', a topaz L

⋙pītamaṇḍūka

1. ○maṇḍūka m. a kind of yellow frog L

⋙pītamastaka

1. ○mastaka m. yellow-head', Loxia Philippensis L

⋙pītamākṣika

1. ○mākṣika n. yellow pyrites L

⋙pītamāñjiṣṭha

1. ○māñjiṣṭha mfn. yellowish-red MW

⋙pītamuṇḍa

1. ○muṇḍa m. = -mastaka L

⋙pītamudga

1. ○mudga m. a yellow variety of the Phaseolus Mungo W

⋙pītamustā

1. ○mustā f. a species of Cyperus L

⋙pītamūlaka

1. ○mūlaka n. Daucns Carota L

⋙pītayūthī

1. ○yūthī f. yellow jasmine L

⋙pītarakta

1. ○rakta mfn. yellowishred, orange (-cchāya mfn. orange-coloured) L
2. m. = next L

⋙pītaratna

1. ○ratna m.= -maṇi L

⋙pītaratnaka

1. ○ratnaka m. a species of yellow gem ( = go-meda) Bhpr

⋙pītarambhā

1. ○rambhā f. a kind of Musa L

⋙pītarāga

1. ○rāga mfn. of a yellow colour
2. m. yellowness W
3. m. or n. the fibres of the lotus &c. L
4. n. wax L

⋙pītarohiṇī

1. ○rohiṇī f. Gmelina Arborea L

⋙pītaloha

1. ○loha yellow metal, queen's mṭmetal or a mixed metal resembling gold W

⋙pītavarṇa

1. ○varṇa m. 'yellow-coloured', a species of parrot Gal

⋙pītavarṇaka

1. ○varṇaka m. Pimelodus Gagora. L. (cf. gargara). [Page 630, Column]

⋙pītavālukā

1. ○vālukā f. turmeric L

⋙pītavāsas

1. ○vāsas mfn. dressed in yellow, m. N. of Vishṇu MBh. R

⋙pītavṛkṣa

1. ○vṛkṣa m. yellow tree', Pinus Longifolia Bhpr
2. a species of Śyonāka L

⋙pītaśāla

1. ○śāla or m. Terminalia Tomentosa L

⋙pītaśālaka

1. ○śālaka m. Terminalia Tomentosa L

⋙pītasāra

1. ○sāra m. a yellow gem (= go-medaka) L
2. the sandal tree L
3. Alangium Hexapetaluni L
4. Citrus Medica L
5. olibanum L
6. n. yellow sanders L

⋙pītasāraka

1. ○sāraka m. Alangium Hexapetalum L
2. Azadirachta Indica L

⋙pītasāri

1. ○sāri n. antimony L

⋙pītaskandha

1. ○skandha m. 'yellow-shouldered', a hog L

⋙pītasphaṭika

1. ○sphaṭika m. 'yellow crystal', a topaz L

⋙pītasphoṭa

1. ○sphoṭa m. 'yellow pustules', the itch or scab L

⋙pītaharita

1. ○harita mfn. 'yellowish-green'
2. -cchāya mfn. of a yellow-gṭgreen colour L

⋙pītāṅga

1. pītâṅga m. a kind of frog L
2. a species of Syoāka L

⋙pītāmbara

1. pītâmbara mfn. dressed in yellow clothes
2. m. N. of Vishṇu-Krishna Gīt
3. a dancer or actor L
4. a religious mendicant wearing yellow garments W
5. N. of sev. men and authors (also with śarman and bhaṭṭa)
6. ○rāpaddhati f. N. of wk

⋙pītāmlāna

1. pītâmlāna m. yellow amaranth L

⋙pītāruṇa

1. pītâruṇa mfn. yellowish-red
2. m. N. applied to mid-dawn L. (cf. nīlâruṇa)

⋙pītāvabhāsa

1. pītâvabhāsa mfn. of yellow appearance (-tā f.) Suśr

⋙pītāśman

1. pītâśman m. yellow stone', a topaz L

≫pītaka

1. pītaka mf(ikā)n. yellow MBh. R. Suśr. (also applied to the 4th unknown quantity Col.) m. yellow amaranth L
2. Odina Pennata L
3. (ikā), f. saffron L
4. turmeric L
5. yellow jasmine L
6. n. (only L.) orpiment
7. brass
8. honey
9. saffron
10. yellow sanders
11. aloe wood
12. Curcuma Aromatica
13. Terminalia Tomentosa, a species of Śyonāka

⋙pītakadruma

1. ○druma m. Curcuma Aromatica L

⋙pītakamākṣika

1. ○mākṣika n. yellow pyrites MBh. (cf. pīta-m○)

≫pītana

1. pītana m. a species of tree (Spondias Mangifera Pentaptera Tomentosa or Ficus Infectoria) L
2. n. orpiment L
3. saffron L
4. Pinus Deodora L

≫pītanaka

1. pītanaka m. Spondias Mangifera L

≫pītala

1. pītala mfn. yellow L
2. m. yellow colour W
3. n. brass ib

≫pītalaka

1. pītalaka n. brass L

≫pītiman

1. pītiman m. a yellow colour Vām

pīti

1. pīti f. (√3. pā
2. for 1. See p. 629) protection ( See nṛ-p○)

≫pītha

1. pītha m. id. ( See go-p○)

≫pīthya

1. pīthya n. id. ( See go-p○)

pītu

1. pītu See p. 629, col. 3

pīthī

1. pīthī f. (prob.) = viithī Divyâv. (others, 'market-place')

pīthe

1. pīthe m. N. of a chief builder Inscr

pīdārī

1. pīdārī f. N. of a mother or female deity RTL. 228

pīna

1. pīna mf(ā)n. (√2. pī) swelling, swollen, full, round, thick, large, fat, fleshy, corpulent muscular MBh. Kāv. &c
2. (with sveda), m. profuse perspiration Suśr

⋙pīnakakudmat

1. ○kakud-mat mfn. having a fat hump Pañc

⋙pīnatarala

1. ○tarala mfn. having a large central gem Hariv

⋙pīnatā

1. ○tā f

⋙pīnatva

1. ○tva n. fatness, corpulency, compactness, denseness Kāv

⋙pīnanitambā

1. ○nitambā f.' having full hips', N. of a metre Col

⋙pīnavakṣas

1. ○vakṣas mfn. fullbreasted, large-chested MW. =

⋙pīnaśroṇipayodhara

1. ○śroṇi-payodhara mfn. having swelling hips and breasts Nal

⋙pīnastana

1. ○stana m. the full breast (of a woman) Vikr.v, 15

⋙pīnāṃsa

1. pīnâṃsa m. a high shoulder MBh
2. mfn. fat-shouldered ib

⋙pīnāyatakakudmat

1. pīnâyata-kakudmat mfn. having a full and prominent hump Pañc

⋙pīnottuṅgastanī

1. pīnôttuṅga-stanī f. (a woman) having a large and prominent breast MW

⋙pīnodhas

1. pīnôdhas (MBh.),

⋙pīnodhnī

1. pīnôḍdhnī (L.), f. (a cow) with full or swelling udders

≫pīnara

1. pīnara mfn. g. aśmâdi

≫pīpivas

1. pīpivás mf(pipyúhī)n. swelling, overflowing, exuberant, flowing with (gen. or acc.) RV

≫pīyūkṣa

1. pīyū́kṣa mn. the milk of a cow during the first seven days after calving, biestings
2. (met.) any thick fluid, cream, juice RV. AV. Kauś. Suśr
3. nectar (the drink of immortality produced at the churning of the ocean of milk) Kāv. &c

⋙pīyūkṣakaṇikā

1. ○kaṇikā f. 'nectar-drop' N. of Comm

⋙pīyūkṣatā

1. ○tā f. condition or quality of nectar Kāv

⋙pīyūkṣagarala

1. ○garala n. nectar and poison Hit

⋙pīyūkṣadyuti

1. ○dyuti and m. nectar -rayed, the moon Kāv

⋙pīyūkṣadhāman

1. ○dhāman m. nectar -rayed, the moon Kāv

⋙pīyūkṣadhārā

1. ○dhārā f. stream of nectar, N. of sev. works
2. -kir m. 'pouring out streams of nectar', the moon (whose rays are said to be filled with nectar) Viddh

⋙pīyūkṣapūrṇa

1. ○pūrṇa mfn. full of nectar, nectar-like Kāv

⋙pīyūkṣabhānu

1. ○bhānu m. = -dyuti ib

⋙pīyūkṣabhuj

1. ○bhuj m. 'nectar-quaffer', a god ib

⋙pīyūkṣamayūkha

1. ○mayūkha (Kāv.),

⋙pīyūkṣamahas

1. ○mahas and m. = -dyuti

⋙pīyūkṣaruci

1. ○ruci (L.), m. = -dyuti

⋙pīyūkṣalaharī

1. ○laharī f. 'stream of nectar', N. of a poem

⋙pīyūkṣavarṇa

1. ○varṇa mfn. milk-white white L
2. m. a white horse Gal

⋙pīyūkṣavarṣa

1. ○varṣa m. a shower of nectar
2. ṣāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become or turn into a shṭshower of nectar Bhartṛ. [Page 630, Column]

⋙pīyūkṣasāgara

1. ○sāgara m. 'sea of nectar', N. of sev. wks

≫pīyūṣa

1. pīyūṣa Nom. P. ○ṣati, to become or turn into nectar MW

≫pīva

1. pī́va mfn. fat RV. AitBr
2. (ā), f. water L

≫pīva

1. pīva Nom. P. ○vati, to be fat or corpulent Dhātup. xv, 55

≫pīva

1. pī́va in comp.= pī́vas

⋙pīvopavasana

1. pī́vôpavasana mfn. covered with fat VS. (cf. payâpavasana and Pāṇ. 6-3, 109 Vārtt. 6 Pat.)

≫pīvan

1. pī́van mf(arī)n. swelling, full, fat, strong, robust RV. &c. &c
2. m.wind L
3. (arī), f. a young woman L
4. a cow, l
5. Asparagus Racemosus L
6. Desmodium Gangeticum Bhpr
7. N. of a spiritual daughter of the Barhi-shad Pitṛis and wife of Veda-śiras Hariv
8. of a princess of Vidarbha MārkP. [Cf. Gk. ? [630,] for ?, ?.]

≫pīvara

1. pīvara mfn. fat, stout, large, plump, thick, dense, full of or abounding with (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. m. a tortoise L
3. N. of one of the Saptarshis under Manu Tāmasa MārkP
4. of a son of Dyuti-mat VP
5. (ā), f. Physalis Flexuosus L
6. Asparagus Racemosus Bhpr
7. N. of a daughter of the Gandharva Huhu Kathās
8. n. N. of a Varsha in Krauñica-dvipa VP

⋙pīvaratva

1. ○tva n. thickness, density Dhūrtas

⋙pīvarastanī

1. ○stanī f. a woman with large breasts or a cow with a large udder L

≫pīvarī

1. pī́varī f. of pī́van, q.v

≫pīvarī

1. pīvarī ind. for pīvara

⋙pīvarīkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. fattened MBh

≫pīvas

1. pī́vas n. fat RV. AV. [Cf. Gk. ?.] [630,]

⋙pīvaḥsphāka

1. pīvaḥsphāká mfn. swelling with fat AV

⋙pīvasvat

1. pī́vas-vat mfn. abundant, exuberant RV

≫pīvasa

1. pīvasá mf(ā)n. swelling, swollen, abounding with fat, fat, abundant RV. TBr

≫pīviṣṭha

1. pī́viṣṭha mfn. extremely fat ŚBr

≫pīvo

1. pī́vo in comp.= pīvas

⋙pīvoanna

1. ○anna (pī́), mfn. having rich or abundant food RV

⋙pīvoaśva

1. ○aśva (pī́○), mfn. having fat horses

⋙pīvorūpa

1. ○rūpa mfn. having a fat appearance AitBr

pīnasa

1. pī-nasa m. (prob. fr. pī = api + nas
2. cf. apī-nasa) cold (affecting the nose), catarrh Suśr

⋙pīnasanāśana

1. ○nāśana mfn. destroying catarrh ib
2. (ā), f. Cucumis Utilissimus

≫pīnasita

1. pīnasita (Var.),

⋙pīnasin

1. pīnaḍsin (Suśr.), mfn. -having a cold Suśr

pīpari

1. pīpari m. a tree kindred to Ficus Infectoria L

pības

1. pī́bas See pī́vas

pīy

1. pīy cl. r.P. pī́yati, to blame, abuse, revile, scoff, deride RV. AV. Nir. iv, 25
2. to gladden (cf. Uṇ. iv, 76)

≫pīyaka

1. pī́yaka m. 'abuser', (prob.) N. of a class of demons AV

≫pīyatnu

1. pīyatnú mfn. scornful RV

≫pīyu

1. pīyú m. scornful, injurious RV
2. m. (L.) an owl
3. a crow
4. fire
5. gold
6. time

pīyukṣā

1. pīyukṣā f. a species of tree
2. (-vaṇa = -vana Pāṇ. 8-4, 5)

≫pīyūkṣila

1. pīyūkṣila mfn. g. kāśâdi

pīl

1. pīl cl. 1. pīlati, to check or stop, to become stupid Dhātup. xv, 14

≫pīlu

1. pīlu m. (cf.Uṇ. i, 38 Sch.) a species of tree (Careya Arborea or Salvadora Persica L.) MBh. R. &c
2. a group of palm trees or the stem of the palm L
3. a flower L
4. the blossoms of Saccharum Sara L
5. a piece of bone (asthi-khanda) L
6. an arrow L
7. a worm L
8. an atom Sarvad
9. an elephant (cf. Aribic ?, Persian ?) L
10. (ú), n. the fruit of the Pilu tree AV

⋙pīlukuṇa

1. ○kuṇa m. the season of the ripening of the Pilu fruit Pāṇ. 5-2, 24 (cf. pailukuṇa)

⋙pīlupati

1. ○pati m. a keeper of elephants L

⋙pīlupattra

1. ○pattra m. Sanseviera Roxburghiana L

⋙pīluparṇī

1. ○parṇī f. id. L
2. Momordica Monidelpha L
3. a kind of drug L

⋙pīlupāka

1. ○pāka m. the junction of atoms caused by heat Sarvad

⋙pīlumatī

1. ○matī (pīlú-), f. (with dyaus) the central or middle region of the sky (between Udan-vati and Pra-dyaus) AV. =

⋙pīluvana

1. ○vana n. a forest consisting of Pīlu trees Buddh

⋙pīluvaha

1. ○vaha n. N. of a district Pāṇ. 6-3, 121 (cf. pailuvahaka).'

⋙pīluvādin

1. ○vādin m. one who asserts the eternity of atoms Śaṃkar

⋙pīlusāra

1. ○sāra mṆ. of a mountain (also called pīlu-giri) Buddh
2. stūpa m. N. of a Stupa ib

≫pīluka

1. pīluka m. N. of a tree L. (cf. kāha-pīluka, kāla-p○ an ant L. (cf. pīlaka)

≫pīlunī

1. pīlunī f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana L. [Page 630, Column]

pīlaka

1. pīlaka m. an ant L. (cf. pipīla and pīluka)

pīlā

1. pīlā f. N. of an Apsaras AV
2. of a woman L

pīṣ

1. pīṣ = √piṣ in apīṣan AV. iv, 6, 7

pu

1. pu mfn. cleaning, purifying ( See su-pú)

puṃyāna

1. puṃ-yāna &c. See under 2. puṃs

puṃs

1. puṃs cl. 10. puṃsayati, to crush, grind Dhātup. xxxii, 94 (Nom. fr. next?)

puṃs

1. púṃs m. (the strong cases from pumāns [Pāṇ. 7-1, 8]
2. sg. nom. púmān
3. voc. púmas or púman
4. acc. púmāṃsam
5. du. nom. púmāṃsau
6. pl. nom. púmāṃsas [irreg. puṃsas MBh. iii, 1382]
7. the weak from puṃs [e.g. sg. instr. puṃsā́
8. loc. puṃsí acc. pl. puṃsás], which loses its s before consonants [e.g. instr. pl. pum-bhís
9. loc. pl. puṃsú]
10. for puṃs, ibc, See Pāṇ. 8-3, 6) a man, a male being RV. &c. &c
11. (in gram.) a masculine (word) ŚBr. Pāṇ. Vop
12. a human being MBh. Kāv. &c
13. a servant, attendant BhP
14. the soul, spirit, spirit of man (= puruṣa
15. with para or parama, the Supreme Spirit, Soul of the Universe, Vishṇu) KapS. Tattvas. Sāṃkhyak. MBh. Pur. Kathās

⋙puṃskaṭī

1. ○kaṭī f. a man's hip L

⋙puṃskarmāśaya

1. ○karmâśaya m. the qualities of man as dependant on the acts done in a previous existence Sarvad

⋙puṃskāmā

1. ○kāmā f. a woman desirous of a lover or husband Pāṇ. 8-3, 6 Kāś

⋙puṃskṛtyā

1. ○kṛ́tyā ind. by applying masculine forms ŚBr

⋙puṃskokila

1. ○kokila m. the male of the Indian cuckoo (-tva n.) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙puṃstraya

1. ○traya n. three generations Hcat

⋙puṃstva

1. ○tva n. the being a man (opp. to strī-bhāva) Pur
2. manhood, virility Yājñ. Suśr
3. semen virile Hariv
4. (in gram.) masculineness, the masculine gender L. Pāṇ. Sch
5. -doṣa m. 'want of manhood', impotence Gal
6. -vigraha m. Andropngon Schoenanthus L

⋙puṃsputra

1. ○putra m. a male child, boy Pāṇ. 8-3, 6 Kāś

⋙puṃsprajanana

1. ○prajanana n. the male organ of generation Nir

⋙puṃspravāda

1. ○pravāda m. any grammatical or case form in the masculine gender RPrāt

⋙puṃsvat

1. ○vat (púṃs-), mfn. containing a male being TS

≫puṃ

1. puṃ in comp. for 2. puṃs

⋙puṃyāna

1. ○yāna n. (prob.) = nara-y○, a palanquin APrāt. Sch

⋙puṃyuj

1. ○yuj (L.), and m. (Pāṇ. 4-1, 48) connection with or relation to a man

⋙puṃyoga

1. ○yoga m. (Pāṇ. 4-1, 48) connection with or relation to a man

⋙puṃratna

1. ○ratna n. a jewel of a man, an excellent man Rājat

⋙puṃrāśī

1. ○rāśī m. a male sign of the zodiac (as Aries &c.) Var

⋙puṃrūpa

1. ○rūpa n. the form or shape of a man (○paṃ √kṛ, to assume the form of a man) MW
2. (púṃ-), mf(ā) n. having the form of a man MaitrS

⋙puṃlakṣman

1. ○lakṣman n. the mark of a man, manliness Rājat

⋙puṃliṅga

1. ○liṅga n. id. MBh
2. the male organ W
3. the masculine gender Kum. Sch
4. mf(ā)n. having the mark of a man AgP
5. (in gram.) being masculine
6. -tā f. Kum. Sch

⋙puṃvat

1. ○vat ind. like a man, like or in or with a man &c. MBh. Kāv
2. like or in or with the masculine gender ŚrS. Pāṇ. Vop. (-vad-vidhāna n. ceremonies as on the birth of a male MW.)

⋙puṃvatsa

1. ○vatsa (púṃ-), m. a bull-calf. ŚBr
2. mf(ā) n. having (or surrounded by) bull-calves BrahmaP

⋙puṃvṛṣa

1. ○vṛṣa m. the musk rat L

⋙puṃveṣa

1. ○veṣa mf(ā)n. wearing male attire, dressed like a man Kathās

⋙puṃvyañjana

1. ○vyañjana n. the mark or attribute of a man ĀpŚr

⋙puṃśabda

1. ○śabda m. a masculine word L

⋙puṃsavana

1. ○savana mfn. bringing forth a male, producing a male child BhP. Car
2. n. (with or sc. vrata), 'male-production rite', N. of the 2nd of the 12 Saṃsksras performed in the third month of gestation and before the period of quickening GṛS. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 353 ; 355)
3. a fetus BhP
4. milk L
5. -prayoga and ○nâdi-prayora m. N. of wks

⋙puṃsuvana

1. ○súvana n. bringing forth a male child AV

⋙puṃsū

1. ○sū f. bringing forth only male children ĀpGṛ

⋙puṃstrī

1. ○strī du. a male and a female child Mn. iii, 49

≫puṃ

1. puṃ incomp. before k, j, &c

⋙puṃkandā

1. ○kandā f. a species of plant L

⋙puṃkṣira

1. ○kṣira n

⋙puṃkṣura

1. ○kṣura m. Pāṇ. 8-3, 9 Kāś

⋙puṃkheṭa

1. ○khe'ṭa m. a male planet L

⋙puṃkhyāna

1. ○khyāna n. Siddh. on Pāṇ. 8-3, 6

⋙puṃgava

1. ○gava m. (ifc. f. ā) a bull Lāṭy. Hariv
2. a hero, eminent person, chief of ifc. cf kuru-p○, gaja-p○ &c.)
3. a kind of drug L
4. -ketu m. 'marked by a bull', N. of Śiva Kum

⋙puṃguṇajantu jīva

1. ○guṇa-jantu jīva m. the living or animal soul combined with the qualities of man Tattvas

⋙puṃjanman

1. ○janman n. the birth of a male child
2. ○ma-kara and ○ma-da mfn. causing or granting it Var
3. ○ma-yoga m. a constellation under which male children are born ib

⋙puṃdāna

1. ○dāna n. APrāt. Sch

⋙puṃdāsa

1. ○dāsa m. a male slave Pāṇ. 8-3, 6 Kāś

⋙puṃdevata

1. ○devata mfn. addressed to a male deity (as a hymn) Cat. [Page 631, Column]

⋙puṃdhvaja

1. ○dhvaja m. male-marked', a mṭmale animal L

⋙puṃnakṣatra

1. ○nakṣatra n. a male Nakshatia Kauś
2. any constellation under which males are procreated W

⋙puṃnapuṃsaka

1. ○napuṃsaka n. masculine and neuter L

⋙puṃnāga

1. ○nāga m. 'elephant among men', any distinguished man L
2. a white elephant L
3. N. of a plant (Rottleria Tinctoria or Calophyllum Inophyllum) L
4. a white lotus L
5. a nutmeg L

⋙puṃnāṭa

1. ○nāṭa m. Cassia Tora Bhpr

⋙puṃnāḍa

1. ○nāḍa m. id. ib
2. N. of a prince Inscr

⋙puṃnāmadheya

1. ○nāmadheya mfn. that which is called man', a male Kauś. R

⋙puṃnāman

1. ○nāman (púṃ-.), mfn. having a masculine name ŚBr. MBh. &c
2. m. Rottleria Tinctoria L

≫puṃś

1. puṃś in comp. for 2. puṃs (cf. Pāṇ. 8-3, 6)

⋙puṃścalī

1. ○calī f. 'running after men', a harlot, courtezan AV. &c. &c. (-cala m. a fornicator VarBṛS. xxiii, 5)
2. ○lī-putra, m. a harlot's son Mṛicch
3. ○líya m. id. Rājat

⋙puṃścalū

1. ○calū́ f. a harlot VS
2. m. a whoremonger KātyŚr

⋙puṃścihna

1. ○cihna n. 'male-mark', membrum virile L

⋙puṃścora

1. ○cora m. a male thief L

⋙puṃśchagalā

1. ○chagalā f. having a kid (as its young) ĀpŚr

≫puṃsa

1. puṃsa in comp. for 2. puṃs. -1

⋙puṃsavat

1. ○vat mfn. having a son SāṅkhGṛ. (cf. puṃs-vat) 2

⋙puṃsavat

1. ○vat ind. like (with) a man HPariś

puṃsāka

1. puṃsâka See na-p○

≫puṃsānuja

1. puṃsânuja m. (instr. of puṃs + an○) having an elder brother (?) Pāṇ. 6-3, 3 Vārtt. 2 (cf. pum-anuja)

≫puṃsī

1. puṃsī f. a cow which has a bull-calf. Kauś

≫puṃska

1. puṃska (ifc., f. ā) = puṃs g. ura-ādi (cf. uktap○, bhāṣita-p○)

≫pum

1. pum in comp. for 2. puṃs

⋙pumanujā

1. ○anujā f. 'born after a male child', having an elder brother Pāṇ. 3-2, 100 Kāś. (cf. puṃsânuja)

⋙pumapatya

1. ○apatya n. male offspring L

⋙pumartha

1. ○artha m. the aim of man (-tā f.) TBr. Sch
2. (am), ind. for the sake of the soul KapS

⋙pumākhya

1. ○ākhya mfn. designated as male or masculine Pāṇ. 8-3, 6 Sch
2. (ā), f. a name or designation for male beings L. Pāṇ. 4-1, 48 Sch

⋙pumācāra

1. ○ācāra m. the custom or usage of men Pāṇ. 8-3, 6 Sch

⋙pumpaśu

1. ○paśu m. a man as sacrificial victim Kathās

⋙pumprakṛti

1. ○prakṛti f. the nature or character of a man Var

⋙pumbhāva

1. ○bhāva m. the being a man, manhood, masculine gender Daś

⋙pumbhūman

1. ○bhūman m. a word of the mascṭmasculine gender in the pl. number L

⋙pummantra

1. ○mantra m. a magical formula regarded as male Sarvad

⋙pummṛga

1. ○mṛga m. a male antelope, Mahidh

puṃsoka

1. puṃsoka m. N. of a poet Cat

puṃsti

1. puṃsti n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

puka

1. puka m.= dāna Gaṇar. 299

≫pukin

1. pukin mfn. g. prêkṣâdi

pukkaśa

1. pukkaśa pukkaṣa m. wṛ. for pulkasa, q.v

≫pukkasa

1. pukkasa m. id
2. (ī), f. the indigo plant L
3. = kalikā or kālikā L

puklaka

1. púklaka or púlkaka, m.= pulkasa MaitrS

puṅkha

1. puṅkha m. the shaft or feathered part of an arrow (which comes in contact with the bowstring) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. a hawk, falcon L
3. = maṅgalâcāra L

≫puṅkhita

1. puṅkhita mfn. shafted or feathered (as an arrow)
2. śara mfn. having or armed with shafted or feathered arrows (as the god of love) Amar

puṅkhilatīrtha

1. puṅkhila-tīrtha n. N. of a place of pilgrimage (= rāma-t○) ŚivaP

puṅga

1. puṅga mṇ.a heap, collection, quantity (cf. puñja) L
2. (ī), f. N. of a partic. kind of woman BrahmaP

puṅgala

1. puṅgala wṛ. for puḍgala

puṅgava

1. puṅgava See p. 630, col. 3

puccha

1. púccha m. n. (ifc. f. ā, or ī Pāṇ. 4-i, 55 Vārtt. 1-3) a tail, the hinder part AV. &c.&c
2. last or extreme end (as of a year) ŚāṅkhBr

⋙pucchakaṇṭaka

1. ○kaṇṭaka m. 'whose sting is in its tail', a scorpion A

⋙pucchajāha

1. ○jāha n. = -dhi MW

⋙pucchadā

1. ○dā f. a bulbous plant used as a remedy for sterility L. (cf. putra-dā)

⋙pucchadhi

1. ○dhí m. the √of the tail AV

⋙pucchabandha

1. ○bandha m. a (horse's) tail-band or crupper Gal

⋙pucchabrahmavāda

1. ○brahmavāda m. N. of a Vedânta wk
2. -khaṇḍana n. -nirākaraṇa n. N. of wks

⋙pucchamūla

1. ○mūla n. = -dhi. L

⋙pucchalakṣaṇa

1. ○lakṣaṇa n. N. of a Nyāya wk
2. -kroḍa m. ṭikā f. -dīdhiti-ṭikā f. -prakāśa m. -vivecana n. ○ṇânugama m. N. of wks

⋙pucchavat

1. ○vat mfn. having a tail, tailed Kathās. [Page 631, Column]

⋙pucchāgra

1. pucchâgra n. tip of the tail Hit
2. (prob. m.) N. of a mountain W

⋙pucchāṇḍaka

1. pucchâṇḍaka m. N. of a Nāga of the race of Takshaka MBh

⋙pucchāsyacārin

1. pucchâsya-cārin mfn. moving along with tail and mouth Suśr

⋙pucchesvara

1. pucchêsvara m. or n. (?) N. of a place Inscr

⋙pucchoṭikā

1. pucchôṭikā f. (p○ +?) = puccha-bandha Gal

≫pucchaka

1. pucchaka (ifc. f. ikā
2. cf kroṣṭu-pucchikā)
3. = puccha L
4. m. N. of a man Cat

≫pucchaya

1. pucchaya See ut-pucchaya

≫pucchala

1. pucchala See kapúcchala

≫pucchin

1. pucchin mfn. = puccha-vat
2. m. a cock L
3. Calotropis Gigantea L

pucchaṭi

1. pucchaṭi n. or ṭī f. snapping or cracking the fingers L. (cf. mucuṭī)

puch

1. puch cl. 1. P. pucchati, to be careless Dhātup. vii, 35 (v. l. for yuch, much)

puñja

1. puñja m. (mostly ifc
2. f. ā) a heap, mass, quantity, multitude MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙puñjarāja

1. ○rāja m. N. of a grammarian Cat

⋙puñjaśas

1. ○śas ind. in heaps or numbers MBh

≫puñjaya

1. puñjaya Nom. P. ○yati, to heap, press together Kād. Bālar

≫puñjātuka

1. puñjātuka n. = phalelāṅku (?) L

≫puñji

1. puñji f. = puñja L

⋙puñjiṣṭha

1. ○ṣṭha mfn. heaped, accumulated
2. (puñjí-), m. a fisherman or a birdcatcher VS. AśvŚr. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-3, 97)

≫puñjika

1. puñjika m. hail L

⋙puñjikasthalā

1. ○sthalā (VS. &c.),

⋙puñjikasthalī

1. ○sthalī (BhP.),

⋙puñjikāstanā

1. puñjiḍkā-stanā (MārkP.) and N. of an Apsaras

⋙puñjikāsthalā

1. puñjiḍkāsthalā (L.), N. of an Apsaras

≫puñjita

1. puñjita mfn. heaped, made up into a ball, pressed or put together Kāv. Rājat

≫puñjiṣṭha

1. puñjiṣṭha See puñji

≫puñjī

1. puñjī in comp. for puñja

⋙puñjīkartavya

1. ○kartavya mfn. to be heaped or collected Bhaṭṭ. Sch

⋙puñjīkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. heaped, collected Mahīdh

⋙puñjīkṛtya

1. ○kṛtya ind. by heaping or collecting KātyŚr. Sch

⋙puñjībhū

1. ○bhū mfn. to be heaped or gathered or pressed or collected together Kād. Hcar

puñjīla

1. puñjīla See darbha-p○

puṭ

1. puṭ cl. 6. P. (Dhātup. xxviii, 74) puṭati, to clasp, fold, envelop in (instr.) Bhpr
2. to rub together with (instr. ib.)
3. cl. 1. P. poṭati, to grind, pound, Dhātup. ix, 38 (v. l. for muṭ)
4. cl. 10. P. puṭayati, to be in contact with, xxxv, 58 poṭayati, to speak or to shine (bhāṣârthe or bhāsârthe), xxxiii, 80
5. to grind or pound, xxxii, 72 Vop
6. to be small, xxxii, 24 (v. l. for puṭṭ)

≫puṭa

1. puṭa m. n. a fold, pocket, hollow space, slit, concavity (ifc. f. ā) Mn. MBh. &c. (also ī f. Śāntiśs.)
2. a cloth worn to cover the privities (also ī f.) W
3. a horse's hoof. L
4. an eyelid (cf. -bheda)
5. m. a cup or basket or vessel made of leaves ŚBr. (cf. ūṣa-) Mn. MBh. &c
6. a casket (= sampuṭa) L
7. the enveloping or wrapping of any substance (esp. for baking or heating it
8. cf. puṭa-pāka) Bhpr
9. any cake or pastry filled with seasoning or stuffing of any kind ib
10. N. of a metre (= śkī-puṭa) L
11. of a man, g. aśvâdi
12. n. a nutmeg L
13. two vessels joined together (for the sublimation of medicinal substances) W

⋙puṭakanda

1. ○kanda m. a species of bulbous plant L

⋙puṭagrīva

1. ○grīva m. 'hollow-necked', a churn L
2. a copper vessel L

⋙puṭadhenu

1. ○dhenu f. a not yet full-grown cow with a calf Hcat

⋙puṭapāka

1. ○pāka m. a partic. method of preparing drugs (the various substances being wrapped up in leaves, covered with clay, and heated in fire) Car. Bhpr
2. digesting, subliming W
3. -yukti f. the application of the method called puṭa-pāka Suśr

⋙puṭabhid

1. ○bhid mfn. burst or cleft asunder Var

⋙puṭabheda

1. ○bheda m. a bend or the mouth of a river L
2. 'parting of the eye-lids', opening Uttarar. vi, 3
3. a town L
4. a kind of musical instrument L

⋙puṭabhedaka

1. ○bhedaka mfn. = -bhid Var

⋙puṭabhedana

1. ○bhedana n. a town, city MBh

⋙puṭāññali

1. puṭâññali m. the two hollowed hands put together (cf. añjali) Hcat

⋙puṭāpuṭikā

1. puṭâpuṭikā f. g. śākapārthivâdi

⋙puṭālu

1. puṭâlu m. a species of bulbous plant L

⋙puṭāhvaya

1. puṭâhvaya m. = puṭa-pāka, Susr

⋙puṭoṭaja

1. puṭôṭaja n. a white umbrella or parasol L

⋙puṭodaka

1. puṭôdaka n. 'having water in its hollow or interior', a cocoa-nut L

≫puṭaka

1. puṭaka m. a fold, pocket, slit, cavity Kāv. Pur
2. a partic. position of the hands Cat
3. a bag or vessel made of a leaf doubled over in a funnelshape Rājat
4. (ikā), f. a bag or vessel (cf. m.) Pañc
5. a bi-valved shell L
6. cardamoms L
7. n. a nutmeg L
8. a water-lily L

⋙puṭakānuvāsana

1. puṭakânuvāsana n. a funnel-like enema Kauś. Sch. [Page 631, Column]

≫puṭakinī

1. puṭakinī f. (fr. puṭaka g. puṣkarâdi) a lotus or group of lotuses, Vāsav

⋙puṭakinīpattra

1. ○pattra n. a lotus-leaf Śak. (in Prākṛit)

≫puṭana

1. puṭana n. enveloping, wrapping up Bhpr

≫puṭannaṭa

1. puṭan-naṭa m.Cyperus Rotundus L. (cf. kuṭannaṭa)

≫puṭita

1. puṭita mfn. split, torn up (= pāṭita) L
2. sewn, stitched (= syūta) L
3. rubbed, ground W
4. contracted W
5. n. the hollow of the hands (= hastapuṭa) L
6. = ahi-puṭa (?) L

≫puṭī

1. puṭī f. See puṭa

≫puṭī

1. puṭī ind. (with √kṛ) to make into a funnelshaped vessel Bālar

puṭṭ

1. puṭṭ cl. 10. P. puṭṭayati, to be or become small, diminish Dhātup. xxxii, 24 (v. l. puṭ)

puḍ

1. puḍ cl. 6. P. puḍati, to leave, quit Dhātup. xxviii, 90
2. cl. 1.P. poḍati, to grind, pound, ix, 38 (v. l. for muṭ)

puṇ

1. puṇ cl. 6. P. puṇati, to act piously or virtuously Dhātup. xxviii, 43 (invented to serve as base for puṇya, ni-puṇa &c.?)
2. cl. 10. P. poṇayati, to collect, accumulate (v. l. for pūl, pūlyati)

≫puṇaka

1. puṇaka m. N. of a man Hcar. Sch

≫puṇika

1. puṇika m. N. of a man, Kāś
2. (ā), f. N. of a woman L

puṇatāmakara

1. puṇatāmakara m. N. of Mahādeva (the author of the Ātmatva-jāti-vicāra &c.) Cat

puṇṭ

1. puṇṭ cl. 10 P. puṇṭayati, to speak or to shine Dhātup. xxxiii, 118

puṇḍ

1. puṇḍ cl. 1. P. puṇṇḍati, to rub, grind, reduce to powder Dhātup. ix, 38 (v. l. for muṭ)

puṇḍa

1. puṇḍa m. = puṇḍra, a mark, sign L

⋙puṇḍakakṣa

1. ○kakṣa and wṛ. for puṇḍra-k○ and -v○

⋙puṇḍavardhana

1. ○vardhana wṛ. for puṇḍra-k○ and -v○

puṇḍarin

1. puṇḍarin m. Ḥibiscus Mutabilis L

puṇḍarisrajā

1. puṇḍari-srajā́ f. either, a lotuswreath' (if puṇḍari is substituted for puṇḍarīka) or 'a wreath of Hibiscus Mutabilis' ( See above) TS. TBr

puṇḍarīka

1. puṇḍárīka n. (√puṇ [?]
2. Uṇ. iv, 20 Sch.) a lotus-flower (esp. a white lotus
3. ifc. expressive of beauty, g. vyāghrâdi) RV. &c.&c. (it is sacred to Śikhin, one of the Buddhas MWB. 515)
4. a white umbrella L
5. a kind of drug L
6. (m. or n. ?) a mark on the forehead Śatr
7. N. of a Tīrtha MBh
8. m. a kind of sacrifice MBh
9. a species of rice Suśr
10. a kind of fragrant mango L
11. Artemisia Indica L
12. a variety of the sugar-cane L
13. a tiger L
14. a kind of bird L
15. a kind of serpent L
16. a kind of leprosy L
17. fever in an elephant L
18. white (the colour) L
19. N. of a Nāga MBh
20. of the elephant of the south-east quarter Ragh
21. of an ancient king MBh
22. of a son of Nabha or Nabhas Hariv
23. of a Brāhman renowned for filial piety, and afterwards worshipped as the god Viṭhobl RTL. 263
24. (with Jainas) of a Gaṇa-dhara Śatr
25. of a hermit (son of Sveta-ketu and Lakshmi) Kād
26. of a poet Cat
27. of a mountain Śatr
28. (ā), f. N. of an Apsaras MBh
29. of a daughter of Vasishṭha (wife of Prâṇa or Pāṇḍu) VP
30. of a river in Krau3ñca-dvipa ib

⋙puṇḍarīkakavi

1. ○kavi m. N. of a poet Cat

⋙puṇḍarīkadalopama

1. ○dalôpama mfn. resembling a lotus-leaf. L

⋙puṇḍarīkanayana

1. ○nayana mfn. lotus-eyed
2. m. N. of Vishnu or Kṛishṇa VP
3. a species of bird Gal

⋙puṇḍarīkapalāśākṣa

1. ○palâśâkṣa mfn. lotus. (leaf.) eyed R

⋙puṇḍarīkapura

1. ○pura n. N. of a town
2. -māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙puṇḍarīkapurāna

1. ○purāna n. N. of a Pur

⋙puṇḍarīkaplava

1. ○plava m. a species of bird L. =

⋙puṇḍarīkamukha

1. ○mukha mf(ī)n. lotus-faced Mālatīm
2. (ī), f. a kind of leech Suśr

⋙puṇḍarīkalocana

1. ○locana mfn. = -nayana mfn

⋙puṇḍarīkavat

1. ○vat (○ka-), mfn. abounding with lotus-flowers AV
2. m. N. of a mountain in Krauñcadviipa VP

⋙puṇḍarīkavanamahātmya

1. ○vana-máhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙puṇḍarīkaviṭhala

1. ○viṭhala m. N. of an author who lived under Akbār Cat

⋙puṇḍarikākṣa

1. puṇḍarikâkṣa m. 'lotus-eyed', N. of Vishṇu or Kṛishṇa MBh. Kāv. &c
2. of an author Cat
3. a species of aquatic bird Car
4. n. N. of a partic. drug L
5. -stotra n. ○kópaniṣad f. N. of wks

⋙puṇḍarīkātapatra

1. puṇḍarīkâtapatra n. having the lotus for an umbrella (said of the autumn) Ragh

⋙puṇḍarikānvaya

1. puṇḍarikânvaya m. an elephant of PṭPāṇḍu's ( See above) race, an elephant with peculiar marks Gal

⋙puṇḍarīkekṣaṇa

1. puṇḍarīkêkṣaṇa m., lotus-eyed', N. of Vishṇu or Kṛishṇa MBh

⋙puṇḍarīkodaraprabha

1. puṇḍarīkôdaraprabha mfn. resplendent as the interior of a white lotus MW

≫puṇḍarīkinī

1. puṇḍarīkinī f. N. of a town in Videha HPariś

≫puṇḍarīyaka

1. puṇḍarīyaka m. N. of one of the Viśvc Devā?. MBh. [Page 632, Column]
2. n. the flower of Hibiscus Mutabilis L
3. a kind of drug (prob. = next) Bhpr

≫puṇḍarya

1. puṇḍarya n. a medicinal plant used as a remedy far diseased eyes L

puṇḍra

1. puṇḍra m. N. of a son of the Daitya Bali (ancestor of the Puṇḍras) MBh
2. (pl.)of a people and their country (the modern Bengal and Behar) AitBr. MBh. &c
3. of a son of Vasu-deva VP
4. sugar-cane (or a red viriety of it) L
5. Gaertnera Racemosa L
6. Ficus Infectoria L
7. Clerodendrum Phlomoides L
8. a white lotus-flower L
9. a worm L
10. m. or n. a mark or line made on the forehead with ashes or colouring substances to distinguish Vaishṇavas fr. Śaivas &c., a sectarian mark KātyŚr. Sch. RTL. 66 ; 67 (cf. ūrdhva-p○, tri-p○)
11. n. N. of a mythical city between the mountains Hima-vat and Hemakūṭa VāyuP

⋙puṇḍrakakṣa

1. ○kakṣa m. N. of a mountain, Divyáv. (wṛ. puṇḍa-k○)

⋙puṇḍrakeli

1. ○keli m. an elephant L

⋙puṇḍranagara

1. ○nagara n. 'city of the Puṇḍras', N. of a town (cf. pauṇḍranāgara)

⋙puṇḍravardhana

1. ○vardhana n. N. of a town in Gauḍa Pañc. (wṛ. puṇḍa-v○)

⋙puṇḍravidhi

1. ○vidhi m

⋙puṇḍrastotra

1. ○stotra n. N. of wks

⋙puṇḍrekṣu

1. puṇḍrêkṣu m. sugar-cane L

≫puṇḍraka

1. puṇḍraka m. (pl.) the Puṇḍras (s.v.) Mn. x, 44(vḷ. pauṇḍ○) MBh
2. (sg.) a prince of the Puṇḍras MBh
3. N. of sev. plants (= puṇḍra) L
4. a frontal sectarian mark ( See ūrdhva-p○. tri-p○)
5. a man who lives by breeding silk-worms Col
6. N. of a poet (also puṇḍroka) Cat

≫puṇḍhra

1. puṇḍhra wṛ. for puṇḍra, a sectarian mark

puṇya

1. púṇya mf(ā)n. (perhaps fr. √2. pusk, according to Uṇ. v, 15 from √pū
2. •, See also √puṇ) auspicious, propitious, fair, pleasant, good, right, virtuous, meritorious, pure, holy, sacred RV. &c. &c
3. ni. N. of a poet Cat
4. of another man Buddh
5. m. or n. N. of a lake MBh
6. (ā), f. holy basil L
7. Physalis Flexuosa L
8. N. of a daughter of Kratu and Saṃnati VP
9. n. (ifc. f. ā) the good or right, virtue, purity, good work, meritorious act, moral or religious merit MBh. Kāv. &c
10. a religious ceremony (esp. one performed by a wife in order to retain her husband's affections and to obtain a son
11. also -ka) MBh. Hariv
12. a brick trough for watering cattle W

⋙puṇyakartṛ

1. ○kartṛ (MBh.),

⋙puṇyakarman

1. ○karman (ib. R. &c.), mfn. acting right, virtuous, pious

⋙puṇyakāla

1. ○kāla m. an auspicious time Hcat
2. -tā f. auspiciousness of time Sūryas
3. -vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙puṇyakīrti

1. ○kīrti mfn. bearing a good name, famous, celebrated MBh
2. m. N. of a man (whose shape was assumed by Vishṇu) SkandaP

⋙puṇyakuṭa

1. ○kuṭa m. a great multitude of meritorious acts Kāraṇḍ

⋙puṇyakṛt

1. ○kṛ́t mfn. = -kartṛ ŚBr. MBh. &c
2. m. N. of one of the Viśve Devā? MBh

⋙puṇyakṛtyā

1. ○kṛtyā́ (ŚBr.),

⋙puṇyakriyā

1. ○kriyā (Āpast.), f. a good or meritorious action

⋙puṇyakṣetra

1. ○kṣetra n. a holy place, a place of pilgrimage VarBṛS. Sch
2. N. of Buddha Divyāv

⋙puṇyagandha

1. ○gandha (pú○), mfn. sweet-scented, fragrant RV. MBh. Ragh
2. m. Michelia Champaka L. =

⋙puṇyagandhi

1. ○gandhi (pú○ AV.),

⋙puṇyagandhin

1. ○gandhin (MBh.), mfn. sweet-scented, fragrant

⋙puṇyagṛha

1. ○gṛha n. a house of charity, an alms-house or a temple R

⋙puṇyageha

1. ○geha n. a house i.e. a place or seat of virtue Daś

⋙puṇyajana

1. ○janá m. a good or honest man L
2. (pl.) good people (N. of a class of supernatural beings AV. &c. &c
3. in later times N. of the Yakshas and of a partic. class of Rākshasas Kāv. Pur.)
4. ○nêśvara m. lord of Yakshas', N. of Kubera Ragh

⋙puṇyajanman

1. ○janman (pú○), mfn. of pure or holy origin MaitrS

⋙puṇyajala

1. ○jala mfn. having pure water ML

⋙puṇyajita

1. ○jita mfn. gained or attained by good works ChUp. Kāv

⋙puṇyatara

1. ○tara mfn. purer, holier, ○rī- √kṛ, to make purer or holier Ragh

⋙puṇyatā

1. ○tā f. (MBh.),

⋙puṇyatva

1. ○tva n. (Kum.) purity, holiness

⋙puṇyatīrtha

1. ○tīrtha n. a sacred shrine or place of pilgrimage Hit
2. N. of a Tirtha W
3. mf(ā)n. abounding with Tirthas R

⋙puṇyatṛṇa

1. ○tṛṇa n. a sacred grass (N. of the white variety of Kuśa grass) L

⋙puṇyadarśana

1. ○darśana mf(ā)n. of beautiful appearance Ragh
2. m. Coracias Indica L

⋙puṇyaduh

1. ○duh mfn. yielding or granting happiness or beatitude MBh

⋙puṇyanātha

1. ○nātha m. (with upâdhyāya) N. of a man Cat

⋙puṇyanāman

1. ○nāman m. N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
2. ○ma-ślokâvalī f. N. of wk

⋙puṇyanivaha

1. ○nivaha mfn. conferring religious merit, meritorious BhP

⋙puṇyapāpekṣitṛ

1. ○pāpêkṣitṛ mfn. seeing good and bad deeds Mn. viii, 91

⋙puṇyapālarājakathā

1. ○pāla-rāja-kathā f. N. of wk

⋙puṇyapāvana

1. ○pāvana m. or n. a proper N. Cat

⋙puṇyapuṇyatā

1. ○puṇyatā f. perfect holiness Rājat

⋙puṇyapuruṣa

1. ○puruṣa m. a man rich in religious merit, a pious man MW

⋙puṇyapratāpa

1. ○pratāpa m. the efficacy of virtue or of religious merit ib

⋙puṇyaprada

1. ○prada mfn. = -nivaha Hariv

⋙puṇyaprasava

1. ○prasava m. pl. (with Buddhists) N. of one of the 18 classes of gods of the world of form Dharmas. [Page 632, Column]

⋙puṇyaphala

1. ○phala n. the fruit or reward of good works Mn. iii, 95 &c
2. mfn. having or receiving good fruit R
3. m. N. of the garden of Lakshmi L

⋙puṇyabala

1. ○bala m. N. of a king of Puṇya-vati, Avadānas
2. N. of one of the 10 forces of a Bodhi-sattva, Dharmas:

⋙puṇyabharita

1. ○bharita mfn. abounding in holiness or bliss Śatr

⋙puṇyabhāj

1. ○bhāj (Kad.),

⋙puṇyabhājin

1. ○bhājin (Śatr.), mfn. partaking of bliss, happy

⋙puṇyabhu

1. ○bhu f. 'the holy land', N. of Āryāvarta (s.v.) L

⋙puṇyabhumi

1. ○bhumi f. id. L
2. the mother of a male child W

⋙puṇyamanya

1. ○manyá mfn. thinking one's self good MaitrS

⋙puṇyamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of good or of merit Prab

⋙puṇyamahas

1. ○mahas mfn. of pure glory Mcar. i, : 18

⋙puṇyamaheśākhya

1. ○mahêśâkhya mfn. named, holy and great lord', Divya'v

⋙puṇyamitra

1. ○mitra m. N. of a Buddhist patriarch

⋙puṇyayoga

1. ○yoga m. the effect of virtuous actions in a former life W

⋙puṇyarāja

1. ○rāja m. N. of an author Cat

⋙puṇyarātra

1. ○rātra m. an auspicious night L

⋙puṇyarāśi

1. ○rāśi m. N. of a man L
2. of a mountain Śatr

⋙puṇyalakṣmīka

1. ○lakṣmīka (pú○), mfn. auspicious, prosperous ŚBr

⋙puṇyalabdha

1. ○labdha mfn. attained by good works MBh

⋙puṇyaloka

1. ○loka (pú○), mfn. belonging to or sharing in a better world ŚBr

⋙puṇyavat

1. ○vat mfn. righteous, virtuous, honest MBh
2. auspicious, happy Kathās. Hit
3. (ī), f. N. of a country Avadānaś

⋙puṇyavarjita

1. ○varjita m. 'destitute of virtue', N. of a fictitious country Kautukas

⋙puṇyavardhana

1. ○vardhana mfn. 'increasing merit' Hariv
2. n. N. of a city Vet. (cf. puṇḍra-v○)

⋙puṇyavarman

1. ○varman m. N. of a prince of Vidarbha Daś

⋙puṇyavallabha

1. ○vallabha m. N. of a man L

⋙puṇyavāgbuddhikarmin

1. ○vāg-buddhikarmin mfn. pure in word and thought and deed MBh

⋙puṇyavijita

1. ○vijita mfn. acquired by merit, merited MW

⋙puṇyaśakuna

1. ○śakuna m. a bird of good omen MBh

⋙puṇyaśālā

1. ○śālā f. a house of charity, alms-house L

⋙puṇyaśila

1. ○śila mfn. of a virtuous disposition, virtuous, pious, righteous MBh

⋙puṇyaśeṣa

1. ○śeṣa m. N. of a prince L

⋙puṇyasrīka

1. ○srīka mfn. = -lakṣmīka Mcar

⋙puṇyaśrlgarbha

1. ○śrl-garbha m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva L

⋙puṇyaśloka

1. ○śloka mf(ā)n. 'well spoken of' of good fame or reputation BhP. (○kêya-karman mfn. one whose actions must be praised in auspicious verses ib.)
2. m. N. of Nala or Yudhi-shṭhira or Kṛishṇa MBh. Pur
3. (ā), f. N. of Sitā or Draupadī Pur

⋙puṇyasaṃcaya

1. ○saṃcaya m. a store of virtue or religious merit MW

⋙puṇyasama

1. ○sáma n. a good year TS. Vait
2. (am), ind., g. tiṣṭhadgvādi

⋙puṇyasambhāra

1. ○sambhāra m. = -saṃcaya Kāraṇḍ
2. (with Buddhists) the equipment of meritorious acts Dharmas

⋙puṇyasāra

1. ○sāra m. N. of a prince, Kathlrṇ

⋙puṇyasundara

1. ○sundara (or -gaṇī), m. N. of a grammarian Cat

⋙puṇyasena

1. ○sena m. N. of a prince Kathās
2. of another man Buddh

⋙puṇyaskandha

1. ○skandha m. = -saṃcaya Kāraṇḍ

⋙puṇyastambhakara

1. ○stambha-kara (?), m. N. of a man Cat

⋙puṇyasthāna

1. ○sthāna n. a sacred place, consecrated ground Yājñ

⋙puṇyākara

1. puṇyâkara m. N. of the father of Śaṃkara Cat

⋙puṇyāgni

1. puṇyâgni m. the public fire kept burning in a city square for the use of all Subh

⋙puṇyātman

1. puṇyâtman mfn. 'Pure-souled', virtuous, pious Kāv. Hit

⋙puṇyānagara

1. puṇyā-nagara n. N. of a town Cat

⋙puṇyānandanātha

1. puṇyânanda-nātha m. N. of an author Cat

⋙puṇyānubhāva

1. puṇyânubhāva m. pleasing majesty or dignity Uttarar. iv, 22

⋙puṇyālaṃkṛta

1. puṇyâlaṃkṛta m. 'adorned by virtue', N. of a demon Lalit

⋙puṇyāśaya

1. puṇyâśaya mfn. = ○ṇya-śīla Hcar

⋙puṇyāha

1. puṇyâhá n. a happy or auspicious day
2. wishing a person a happy or auspicious day (○haṃ with √vac, Caus.' to wish a person acc. a happy or aṭauspicious day') Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
3. -prayoga m. -mantra, N. of wks
4. -vācana n. proclaiming or wishing an auspicious day MBh
5. N. of wk. (also ○na-prayoga, m.)
6. mfn. Pāṇ. 5-1, 11 Vārtt. 3 Pat
7. -śabda (BhavP.) and -svana (MBh.), m. = -vācana n

⋙puṇyaikakarman

1. puṇyâika-karman mfn. doing only virtuous actions Hit

⋙puṇyodaka

1. puṇyôdáka mfn. having sacred waters Megh
2. (ā), f. N. of a river in the next world MBh

⋙punyodaya

1. punyôdaya m. the occurrence of good fortune (resulting from virtuous acts done in a former life) Hit

⋙puṇyodyāna

1. puṇyôdyāna mfn. having beautiful gardens MW

≫puṇyaka

1. puṇyaka n. N. of a partic. ceremony performed by a woman (= puṇya n. q.v.) MBh. Hariv
2. the present made to a wife on the occasion of the PṭPuṇyaka ceremony Hariv

⋙puṇyakavrata

1. ○vrata n. the worship of Kṛishṇa for a year with daily presents (to be performed by a woman desirous of a son) BrahmaP

≫puṇyīkṛ

1. puṇyī-kṛ √to sanctify, consecrate HPariś

put

1. put or pud (a word invented to explain putra or put-tra, See Mn. ix, 138, and Nir. ii, 11), hell or a partic. hell (to which the childless are condemned) MBh.: Kāv. and C. [Page 632, Column]

⋙punnāman

1. pun-nāman mfn. having the name Put, called Put Mn. ix, 138

puta

1. puta m. (du.) the buttocks L
2. a kind of metre Col. (prob. wṛ. for puṭa, cf. śrī-puṭa)

puttala

1. puttala m. (prob. fr. putra) a puppet, doll, small statue, effigy, image (-dahana n. -vidhāna n. and -vidhi m. burning an effigy in place of the body of one who has died abroad) Cat
2. (ī), f. = m
3. an idol
4. ○lī-cālana n. a partic. game with dolls Gal
5. ○lī-pūjā f. idol-worship, idolatry MW

≫puttalaka

1. puttalaka m. (and ikā f.) = puttala, ○lī
2. ○liko vidhiḥ = puttala-v○ above

≫puttikā

1. puttikā f. a doll, puppet BhP
2. the white ant or termite (so called from its doll-like form) Mn. MBh. Pañc
3. = pataṃgikā, a small kind of bee Bhpr
4. a gnat Nīlak. = pluṣi Śaṃk. Sāy

putra

1. putrá m. (etym. doubtful, perhaps fr. √2. puṣ
2. traditionally said to be a comp. put-tra, 'preserving from the hell called Put' Mn. ix, 138) a son, child RV. &c. &c. (also the young of an animal
3. Pāṇ. 8-1, 15 Sch
4. ifc. it forms diminutives, cf. dṛṣat-p○ and śilā-p○
5. voc. sg. du. pl. often used to address young persons, my son, my children &c.'
6. du. 'two sons' or, a son and a daughter'
7. Pāṇ. 1-2, 68)
8. a species of small venomous animal (= putraka) Cat
9. (in astrol.) N. of the fifth house Var
10. N. of a son of Brahmishṭha Ragh
11. of a son of Priya-vrata VP. &c. &c
12. (ī), f. a daughter MBh. Hariv. &c
13. a doll or puppet ( See dāru-putrī)
14. ifc. used to form diminutives ( See asi-putrī)
15. a species of plant L. ; N. of Pārvati L. [Cf. Zd. puthra ; Gk. ? and Lat. puer (?).] [632,]

⋙putrakandā

1. ○kandā f. a bulbous plant (stipposed to cause fecundity) L

⋙putrakarman

1. ○karman n. a ceremony relating to a son MBh

⋙putrakalatranāśabhīta

1. ○kalatra-nāśa-bhīta mfn. fearful of the destruction of wife and children MW

⋙putrakāma

1. ○kāma (putrá-), mfn. desirous of sons or children
2. -kṛthṇa-pañcamī-vrata n. N. of a partic. observance Cat
3. ○méṣṭi f. an: oblation made by one desirous of offspring ĀśvŚr

⋙putrakāmika

1. ○kāmika mf(ī)n. (a sacrifice) aiming at the birth of a son MBh

⋙putrakāmya

1. ○kāmya Nom. P. ○yati, to wish for a son, Śāntiś. (cf. P1ṇ. iii, 1, 9 Sch.)

⋙putrakāmyā

1. ○kāmyā́ f. wish for sons or children AV. R. &c
2. ○myêṣṭi f. N. of wk

⋙putrakārya

1. ○kārya n. = -karman MBh

⋙putrakṛt

1. ○kṛt mf. an adopted child MW

⋙putrakṛtaka

1. ○kṛtaka mfn. adopted as a child, Ṣak

⋙putrakṛtya

1. ○kṛtya mfn. the duty of a son ib

⋙putrakṛtha

1. ○kṛthá m. or n. the bringing forth or procreation of children RV

⋙putrakramadīpikā

1. ○krama-dīpikā f. N. of wk

⋙putraghnī

1. ○ghnī See -han

⋙putrajagdhī

1. ○jagdhī f. 'one who has devoured her children', an unnatural mother Pāṇ. 8-8, 48 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙putrajananī

1. ○jananī f. a species of plant L

⋙putrajāta

1. ○jāta mfn. one to whom a son is born, having a son, g. āhitâgny-ādi

⋙putrajīva

1. ○jīva wṛ. for

⋙putraṃjīva

1. ○ṃ-jīva

⋙putraṃjīvaka

1. ○ṃ-jīḍvaka m. 'giving life to children', Putranjiva Roxburghī (from its seeds are made necklaces which are suppose, to keep children in good health) L

⋙putratā

1. ○tā f. (AitBr.),

⋙putratva

1. ○tva n. (MBh. &c.) sonship, filial relationship

⋙putratīrtha

1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place (also of 2 chs. of PadmaP.) Cat

⋙putrada

1. ○da mfn. giving sons or offspring W
2. (ā), f. N. of a kind of shrub L.: of a species of bulbous plant L
3. = vandhyā-karkoṭakī L

⋙putradātrī

1. ○dātrī f. 'child-giver', N. of a creeping plant (growing in Mālava and supposed to promote fecundity) L

⋙putradāra

1. ○dāra n. son (child) and wife Mn. iv, 239 &c

⋙putradharma

1. ○dharma m. filial duty
2. -tas ind. according to the ceremonies usual on the birth of a son MW

⋙putranāman

1. ○nāman mfn. having the name son, called son, MānGṛŚrS

⋙putraniveśana

1. ○niveśana n. the habitation or abode of a son MW

⋙putrapiṇḍapālana

1. ○piṇḍa-pālana m. (with upavāsa) 'cherishing the body of a son', N. of a ceremony Śak. ii, 16/17 (MW. p. 51, n. 1
2. vḷ. -pāraṇa)

⋙putrapitṛ

1. ○pitṛ m. du. son and father Kathās

⋙putraputra

1. ○putra m. a son's son, a grandson Gal
2. ○trâdinī f. an unnatural mother ( See putra-jagdhī and Pāṇ. 8-8, 48 Vārtt. 2 Pat.)

⋙putrapura

1. ○pura n. N. of a town Kathās

⋙putrapautra

1. ○pautra n. sg. and m. pl. sons and grandsons Mn. MBh. &c
2. ○traka n. sg. id. Subh
3. ○trin mfn. having sons and grandsons MBh
4. ○trīṇa mfn. transmitted to sons and grandsons, hereditary Pāṇ. 5-2, 10 (○ṇa-tā f. Bhaṭt.)

⋙putrapratigrahavidhi

1. ○pratigrahavidhi m. N. of wk

⋙putrapratinidhi

1. ○prati-nidhi m. a substitute for a son (as an adopted son &c.),

⋙putraprada

1. ○prada mfn. giving sons or children (in -śivastotra n. N. of a Stotra)
2. (ā), f. N. of a species of Solanum L

⋙putrapravara

1. ○pravara m. the eldest son MBh. BhP

⋙putrapriya

1. ○priya mfn. dear to a son Veṇis
2. m. 'fond of of offspring', N. of a kind of bird R. [Page 633, Column]

⋙putraphalabhaktṛ

1. ○phalabhaktṛ mfn. enjoying the advantage of having a son MW

⋙putrabhadrā

1. ○bhadrā f. a species of plant L

⋙putrabhāga

1. ○bhāga m. a son's share or portion Mn. ix, 215

⋙putrabhāṇḍa

1. ○bhāṇḍa n. a substitute for a son, one who is to be regarded as a son Mcar. Bālar

⋙putrabhāva

1. ○bhāva m. sonship, filial relation Nir. iii, 4
2. 5

⋙putrabhūya

1. ○bhūya n. id. HPariś

⋙putramaya

1. ○máya mf(ī)n. consisting or formed of a son ŚBr

⋙putramartyā

1. ○martyā f. the dying of sons ĀpŚr

⋙putramoṭikāputra

1. ○moṭikāputra (?) Divyâv

⋙putrarodam

1. ○rodam ind. (with √rud) to weep over a son ChUp

⋙putralābha

1. ○lābha m. obtaining a son or sons MW. -i

⋙putravat

1. ○vat ind. like a son or sons, as with a son &c. Mn. MBh. -2

⋙putravat

1. ○vat (putrá-), mfn. having a son or sons or children VS. Mn. MBh. &c

⋙putravadhū

1. ○vadhū f. a son's wife, daughter-in-law L

⋙putravala

1. ○vala mfn. = 2. -vat L

⋙putravidya

1. ○vidya n. = -lābha AV

⋙putraśṛṅgī

1. ○śṛṅgī f. Odina Pinnata L

⋙putraśreṇī

1. ○śreṇī f. Salvinia Cucullata Suśr
2. Odina Pinnata L
3. Anthericum Tuberosum L

⋙putrasakha

1. ○sakha m. fond or a friend of children Hariv

⋙putrasaṃkarin

1. ○saṃkarin mfn. mixing or confusing children (through mixed marriages) MBh

⋙putrasaṃgraha

1. ○saṃgraha m. N. of wk

⋙putrasaptamī

1. ○saptamī f. the 7th day in the light half of the month Āśvina Cat
2. -vrata-kathā f. N. of wk

⋙putrasahasraka

1. ○sahasraka mf(ikā)n. having 1000 sons MBh

⋙putrasahasrin

1. ○sahasrin mfn. id. ib

⋙putrasāmaprayoga

1. ○sāmaprayoga m. N. of wk

⋙putrasū

1. ○sū f. the mother of a son W

⋙putrasena

1. ○sena (putrá-), m. N. of a man MaitrS

⋙putrasneha

1. ○sneha m. love of or for a son MBh
2. -maya mf(ī)n. consisting in the love for a son BhP

⋙putrasvīkāra

1. ○svīkāra m. making one's own i.e. adopting a son
2. nirūpaṇa n. -nirṇaya m. -vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙putrahata

1. ○hata mfn. 'whose sons have been killed', N. of Vasishtha TāṇḍBr. (ī), f. = jagdhī Pāṇ. 8-4, 48 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙putrahan

1. ○han mf(ghnī)n. killing a child Car. Suśr

⋙putrahīna

1. ○hīna mfn. sonless, childless (-tva n.) MW

⋙putrācārya

1. putrâcārya m. (a father) having his son for his teacher Mn. iii, 160

⋙putrādinī

1. putrâdinī f. = putra-jagdhī Pāṇ. 8-4, 48 (when used literally spelt with two t's, e.g. puttrâdinīvyāghrī, 'a tigress eating her young' ib. Sch.)

⋙putrānnāda

1. putrânnâda mfn. eating the food of a son, living at a son's expense L

⋙putrārthin

1. putrârthin mf(iṇī)n. wishing for a son MBh

⋙putrejyā

1. putrêjyā f. (prob.) putrêṣṭi
2. -prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙putrepsu

1. putrêpsu mfn. wishing for a son W

⋙putreṣṭi

1. putrêṣṭi f. a sacrifice performed to obtain male children or one performed at the time of adoption L
2. -prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙putreṣṭikā

1. putrêṣṭikā f. = putrêṣti

⋙putraiśvarya

1. putrâiśvarya n. 'son's proprietorship', a resignation of property or power by a father to his son W

⋙putraiṣaṇā

1. putrâiṣaṇā f. desire or longing for a son ŚBr

⋙putrotpattipaddhati

1. putrôtpattipaddhati f. N. of wk

⋙putrotsaṅgā

1. putrôtsaṅgā f. pregnant with a son MBh

≫putraka

1. putraká m. a little son, boy, child (often used as a term of endearment
2. ifc. f. ikā) RV. &c. &c
3. a puppet, doll, figure of stone or wood or lac &c. (cf. kṛtrima-, jatu-, śilā-
4. g. yāvâdi)
5. a rogue, cheat L
6. a species of small venomous animal (enumerated among the Mūshikas) Suśr
7. a grasshopper L
8. a fabulous animal with 8 legs (= śarabha) W
9. hair L
10. a species of tree L
11. a grinding-stone Gobh. Sch
12. N. of the supposed founder of Pāṭaliputra Kathās
13. of a mountain L
14. (akā), f. = next Pāṇ. 7-3, 45 Vārtt. 10 Pat

≫putrikā

1. putrikā f. a daughter (esp. a daughter appointed to raise male issue to be adopted by a father who has no sons) Mn. MBh. &c
2. a puppet, doll, small statue Bhartṛ. Kathās
3. (ifc. = a diminutive
4. cf. asikhaḍga.)
5. the cotton or down of the tamarisk W

⋙putrikāpuntra

1. ○puntra m. a daughter's son who by agreement or adoption becomes the son of her father ŚāṅkhŚr. Sch

⋙putrikāpūrvaputra

1. ○pūrva-putra m. the son of a daughter adopted before (cf. above) MBh

⋙putrikāprasū

1. ○prasū f. the mother of a dṭdaughter L

⋙putrikābhartṛ

1. ○bhartṛ m. a daughter's husband MW

⋙putrikāsuta

1. ○suta m. a daughter's son, a grandson W

≫putrin

1. putrín mf(íṇī)n. having a son or sons, possessing children (m. and f. the father or the mother of a son or of children generally) RV. &c. &c
2. (iṇī), f. Siphonantus Indica and another plant L
3. (with piḍakā) a pustule which has small plant round it Suśr
4. ○ṇy-āpta mfn. born of one who is already mother of a son Mn. ix, 143

≫putriya

1. putriya mf(ā)nṛelating to a son (cf. a-p○)

≫putriya

1. putriya Nom. P. ○yáti, to wish for a son or children AV

≫putrī

1. putrī f. of putra, q.v

≫putrī

1. putrī in comp. for putra,

⋙putrīkaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. the adoption of sons
2. -mīmāṃsā f. N. of wk

⋙putrīkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. adopted as a son Ragh. Rājat. √[Page 633, Column]

⋙putrībhū

1. ○bhū to become a son BhP

≫putrīya

1. putrīya mf(ā)n. relating to a son, procuring a son MBh. Kāv. Suśr
2. m. a disciple Divyâv

⋙putrīyavargaprayoga

1. ○varga-prayoga m

⋙putrīyasthālīpākaprayoga

1. ○sthālīpāka-prayoga m. N. of wks

≫putrīya

1. putrīya Nom. P. ○yáti, to wish for a son or children RV. vii, 96, 4 (pr. p. ○yát)
2. to treat like a son Pāṇ. 3-1, 10 Sch. (Desid. puputrīyiṣati, putitrīyiṣati or putrīyiyiṣati Pāṇ. 6-1, 3 Vārtt. 4 Pat
3. puputitrīyiyiṣiṣati Vop.)

≫putrīyā

1. putrīyā f. the desire of or wish for a son Pāṇ. 3- 102 Sch

≫putrīyitṛ

1. putrīyitṛ mfn. one who wishes for a son Pāṇ. 3-2, 170 Sch

≫putrya

1. putrya mf(ā)n. = putriya or ○trīya ṢaḍvBr. GṛS

⋙putryapaśavya

1. ○paśavya mf(ā)n. fit for sons and cattle SaṃhUp

puth

1. puth cl.4.P. puthyati, to hurt Dhātup. xxxvi. 12: Caus. pothayati (Ā.p. pothayāna fut., pothayiṣye), to crush, kill, destroy MBh. Hariv
2. to overpower or drown (one sound by another) Kathās
3. to speak or to shine (bhāṣârthe, or bhāsârthe) Dhātup. xxxiii, 102

≫pothita

1. pothita mfn. hurt, injured, killed, destroyed MBh. R

pudaka

1. pudaka m. pl. N. of a people VP

pudgala

1. pudgala mf(ā)n. beautiful, lovely, handsome MārkP
2. m. the body Hit. i, 41, v. l
3. (with Jainas) material object (including atoms) Śaṃk. MWB. 535
4. the soul, personal entity Lalit
5. man Var
6. the Ego or individual (in a disparaging sense) SaddhP
7. N. of Śiva MBh. (= deha Nīlak.)
8. a horse of the colour of rockcrystal Gal

⋙pudgalapati

1. ○pati m. a prince, king Var

≫puddala

1. puddala wṛ. for prec

puna

1. puna mfn. (√1. pū) purifying, cleansing (only ifc., cf. kim-p○, kulam-p○ &c.)

punar

1. púnar ind. back, home, in an opposite direction RV. &c. &c. (with √1. gam, yā, to go back or away
2. with √dā, to give back, restore
3. with √bhū, to turn round
4. with √as and dat., to fall back upon)
5. again, once more (also with bhūyas) ib. (with √bhū, to exist again, be renewed, become a wife again, re= marry)
6. again and again, repeatedly ib. (mostly púnaḥ p○ which with na = nevermore)
7. further, moreover, besides ib. (also punar aparam
8. ādau-punar-paścāt, at first-then-later)
9. however, still, nevertheless MBh. Kāv. &c. (at the end of a verse it lays stress on a preceding atha vā, api vā, or vā alone
10. punar api, even again, on the other hand, also
11. kadā p○, at any time, ever
12. kim p○, how much more or less? however
13. pṭpreceding-p○, now-now
14. at one time - at another time)

⋙punarapagama

1. ○apagama m. going away again (a, punar-ap○) Kām

⋙punarabhidhāna

1. ○abhidhāna n. mentioning agṭagain Kull

⋙punarabhiṣeka

1. ○abhiṣeka m. anointing agṭagain AitBr

⋙punarabhyākāram

1. ○abhyākāram ind. drawing near repeatedly to one's self ib

⋙punarabhyāghāram

1. ○abhyāghāram ind. (prob.) wṛ. for prec. GopBr

⋙punarabhyāvartam

1. ○abhyāvartam ind. while repeating, under repetition TāṇḍBr

⋙punarabhyunnīta

1. ○abhyunnīta mfn. poured upon again Jaim

⋙punararthin

1. ○arthin mfn. requesting agṭagain
2. ○thi-tā f. repeated request BhP

⋙punarasu

1. ○asú mfn. breathing or coming to life again ŚBr

⋙punarāgata

1. ○āgata mfn. come back again, returned Mn. Hit

⋙punarāgama

1. ○āgama m. coming back, return ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙punarāgamana

1. ○āgamana n. id. MBh. R. &c
2. being born again, re-birth Sarvad

⋙punarāgāmin

1. ○āgāmin mfn. coming back, returning Nir. iv, 16

⋙punarāgrantham

1. ○āgrantham ind. by repeatedly twining round AitBr

⋙punarājāti

1. ○ājāti f. re-birth GopBr

⋙punarādāyam

1. ○ādāyam ind. repeatedly Br. GṛŚrS

⋙punarādi

1. ○ādi mfn. beginning afresh, repeated TāṇḍBr

⋙punarādhāna

1. ○ādhāna n. renewing or replacing a consecrated fire Mn. v, 168
2. N. of wk
3. -dhāryâgnihotraprayoga (?), m. -prayoga m. -śrauta-sūsra, n. ○nâgnihotra n. N. of wks

⋙punarādheya

1. ○ādhéya mfn. to be renewed or replaced (on the altar, said of fire) TBr. ĀśvŚr
2. n. renewing or replacing the consecrated fire TS. Br. ŚrS
3. m. N. of a Soma festival KātyŚr
4. -prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙punarādheyaka

1. ○ādheyaka n. = -ādheya n. TBr. Sch

⋙punarādheyika

1. ○ādheyika mf(ī)n. relating to the act of replacing the consecrated fire KātyŚr. Sch

⋙punarānayana

1. ○ānayana n. leading back MBh

⋙punarābhāva

1. ○ābhāva m. re-appearing (á-punar-ābh○) MaitrS

⋙punarāmnāna

1. ○āmnāna n. mentioning again Lāṭy

⋙punarāyana

1. ○âyana n. coming back, return ĀśvŚr

⋙punarālambha

1. ○ālambhá m. seizing or taking hold of again TS

⋙punarāvarta

1. ○āvarta m. return, re-birth [Page 633, Column]
2. -nandā f. N. of a sacred bathing. place MBh

⋙punarāvartaka

1. ○āvartaka mfn. recurring (fever) Car

⋙punarāvartana

1. ○āvartana See a-punar-āv○

⋙punarāvartin

1. ○āvartin mfn. returning (to mundane existence) Yājñ
2. leading back (to mundane existence) Bhag. Hariv
3. subject to successive births W

⋙punarāvṛtta

1. ○āvṛtta mfn. repeated AitBr

⋙punarāvṛtti

1. ○āvṛtti f. return, re-appearance, re-birth Yājñ
2. repetition ĀśvŚr

⋙punarāsṛta

1. ○ā́sṛta mfn. run hither again (as a chariot) MaitrS. (-āsṛtá?)

⋙punarāhāra

1. ○āhāra m. taking up again KātyŚr
2. (am), ind. bringing hither repeatedly ĀpGṛ

⋙punarukta

1. ○ukta mf(ā)n. said again, reiterated, repeated MBh. R. &c. (ibc. and am ind. repeatedly)
2. superfluous, useless Vikr. iii, 7/8 Hcar
3. n. repetition, useless repetition, tautology ŚrS. MBh. Kāv. &c
4. -janman m. 'whose birth is repeated', a Br1hman L
5. -tā f. -tva n. repetition, (esp.) useless repeated, tautology Sāh
6. -bhuktaviṣaya mfn. (an occupation) in which the objects of sense are repeatedly enjoyed Bhartṛ
7. -vadābhāsa m. seeming tautology (a figure of speech) Sāh
8. -vādin mfn. repeating the same things, talking idly Śak

⋙punaruktāya

1. ○uktāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to occur repeatedly Bālar

⋙punarukti

1. ○ukti f. = -ukta n. Prāt
2. a mere empty word Vcar
3. -mat mfn. tautological Prāt

⋙punaruktīkṛ

1. ○uktī-kṛ to render superfluous or useless Kathās

⋙punarutthāna

1. ○utthāna n. rising again, resurrection MW

⋙punarutpatti

1. ○utpatti f. re-appearance, re-birth Col

⋙punarutpādana

1. ○utpādana n. reproduction ChUp

⋙punarutsṛṣṭa

1. ○utsṛṣṭá mfn. let loose again (as a bull, goat &c.) TS. KātyŚr

⋙punarutsyūta

1. ○utsyūtá mfn. sewed or mended again, patched up TS. Lāṭy. &c

⋙punarupagamana

1. ○upagamana n. coming back, returning Kathās

⋙punarupanayana

1. ○upanayana n. a second initiation of a Brāhman (when the first has been vitiated by partaking of forbidden food
2. cf. punaḥ-saṃskāra) Cat
3. -prayoga m. -vidhāna n. -vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙punarupalabdhi

1. ○upalabdhi f. obtaining again Vikr

⋙punarupasadana

1. ○upasadana n. repeated performance Gaut

⋙punarupākaraṇa

1. ○upâkaraṇa n. repeated beginning of study Gobh

⋙punarupāgama

1. ○upâgama m. coming back, return Kathās

⋙punarupoḍhā

1. ○upôḍhā f. married again, re-married MW

⋙punargamana

1. ○gamana n. going or setting out agṭagain Pañc

⋙punargarbhavatī

1. ○garbha-vatī f. pregnant agṭagain Hit

⋙punargava

1. ○gava m. Pāṇ. 2-2, 18 Vārtt. 4 Pat

⋙punargeya

1. ○geya mfn. to be sung again (a-punar-g○) L

⋙punargrahaṇa

1. ○grahaṇa n. repeatedly taking up (with a ladle &c.) KātyŚr
2. repetition ib

⋙punarjanman

1. ○janman n. re-birth, metempsychosis Bhag. Hit
2. mfn. born again, regenerated (a-punar-j○) Kathās
3. ○ma-jaya m. 'victory over re-birth', liberation, final emancipation W
4. ○mâkṣepa m. N. of wk

⋙punarjāta

1. ○jāta mf(ā)n. born again, regenerated MBh. &c

⋙punarjīvātu

1. ○jīvātu f. rebirth TāṇḍBr

⋙punarḍīna

1. ○ḍīna n. a partic. manner of flying MBh

⋙punarṇava

1. ○ṇava (púnar.), mf(ā)n. renewed, restored to life or youth MaitrS. MānŚr. (also punarṇavá
2. cf. -nava)

⋙punartta

1. ○tta mf(ā)n. = punar-datta, given back, restored TāṇḍBr

⋙punardarśana

1. ○darśana n. seeing again Kāv
2. (āya), ind., au revoir' Mṛicch

⋙punardātṛ

1. ○dātṛ m. giving again, a rewarder, recompenser ĀśvŚr

⋙punardāya

1. ○dā́ya ind. giving again, restoring RV

⋙punardārakriyā

1. ○dārakriyā f. taking a second wife (after the death of the first) Mn. v, 168

⋙punardīyamāna

1. ○dīyamāna See á-pṭpreceding-d○

⋙punardyūta

1. ○dyūta n. repeated gambling MBh

⋙punardhenu

1. ○dhenu f. a cow that again gives milk Lāṭy

⋙punarnava

1. ○nava (púnar-.), mf(ā)n. becoming new or young again, renewed AV. Br. &c. (also punar-navá
2. cf. punar-ṇ○)
3. m. a finger-nail (cf. -bhava) L
4. (ā), f. hog-weed, Boerhavia Procumbens Suśr
5. ○vā-maṇḍūra n. a partic. medicinal preparation Rasar

⋙punarnigrantham

1. ○nigrantham ind. intertwining again AitBr

⋙punarnitunna

1. ○nitunna mfn. thrust in or pierced again Kāṭh
2. = next ib

⋙punarninṛtta

1. ○ninṛtta mfn. again repeated in detail AitBr

⋙punarnivartam

1. ○nivartam ind. returning (a-pṭpreceding-n○) TāṇḍBr

⋙punarniṣkṛta

1. ○niṣkṛtá mfn. repaired or mended again TS. Kāṭh

⋙punarbandhayoga

1. ○bandhayoga m. tying or fettering again Kap

⋙punarbāla

1. ○bāla mfn. become a child agṭagain R. (cf., ?)
2. ○lya n. second childhood, weakness from old age ib

⋙punarbhakṣya

1. ○bhakṣya mfn. to be enjoyed agṭagain (aṭagain-pṭpreceding-bh○) TBr

⋙punarbhava

1. ○bhava mfn. born again BhP
2. ni. new birth, transmigration MBh. Kāv. &c
3. a finger-nail L. (cf. -nava)
4. a species of Punar-navā with red flowers L

⋙punarbhavin

1. ○bhavin (?), m. the sentient soul (existing again after the dissolution of one body in another form) W

⋙punarbharyā

1. ○bharyā f. a second wife = re-marriage Kāv

⋙punarbhāva

1. ○bhāva m. new birth (aṭagain-pṭpreceding-bh○) Prab

⋙punarbhāvin

1. ○bhāvin mfn. being born agṭagain (aṭagain-pṭpreceding-bh○) Hariv

⋙punarbhū

1. ○bhū mfn. being renewed, restored to life or youth RV. AV
2. f. a virgin widow re-married AV. &c. &c
3. re-existence W

⋙punarbhoga

1. ○bhoga m. repeated enjoyment or fruition, perception of pleasure or pain as a reward of former actions Col

⋙punarmagha

1. ○magha (púnar-), mfn. 'having repeated gifts', avaricious, covetous AV. [Page 634, Column]
2. repeatedly offering oblations or granting gifts ib. TS. TBr

⋙punarmanya

1. ○manyá mfn. (prob.) again thinking of. remembering RV

⋙punarmāra

1. ○māra m. repeated dying (a-pṭpreceding-m○) VP

⋙punarmṛta

1. ○mṛta n. (a-pṭpreceding-m○), id. BhP

⋙punarmṛtyu

1. ○mṛtyú m. id. GopBr

⋙punaryajña

1. ○yajñá m. a repeated sacrifice ŚBr

⋙punaryātrā

1. ○yātrā f. a repeated procession. L

⋙punaryāman

1. ○yāman mfn. useful again (cf. yāta-y○) ŚāṅkhBr

⋙punaryuddha

1. ○yuddha n. renewal of war Cat

⋙punaryuvan

1. ○yuvan (púnar-), mfn. agṭagain young ŚBr
2. ○va-tva n. Car

⋙punarlābha

1. ○lābha m.obtaining again, recovery MBh

⋙punarlekhana

1. ○lekhana n. writing down agṭagain Yājñ. Sch

⋙punarvaktavya

1. ○vaktavya mfn. to be repeated
2. -tā f. Kull

⋙punarvacana

1. ○vacana n. saying again, repetition, ŚāṅlchBr

⋙punarvaṇya

1. ○vaṇya See ajīta-pṭpreceding-v○

⋙punarvat

1. ○vat mfn. containing the word punar AitBr

⋙punarvatsa

1. ○vatsa m. a weaned calf that begins to suck again, Laty
2. (with kāṇva) N. of the author of Ry. viii, 7 Anukr

⋙punarvaraṇa

1. ○varaṇa n. choosing again KātyŚr

⋙punarvasu

1. ○vasu (púnar-), m. 'restoring goods', N. of the 5th or 7th lunar mansion RV., &c.&c. (mostly du., Pāṇ. 1-2, 61
2. -tvá n. MaitrS.)
3. . of Vishṇu or Kṛishṇa MBh
4. of Śiva L
5. of Kātyāyana or Vararuci L
6. of a son of Taittiri (son of Abhijit and father of Āhuka) Hariv
7. of a son of Abhijit (Ari-dyota) and father of Āhuka Pur
8. of other men Pāṇ. 1-2, 61 Sch
9. of a partic. world L
10. commencement of wealth L

⋙punarvāda

1. ○vāda m. repetition, tautology Kap

⋙punarviroha

1. ○viroha m. sprouting again (of plants) Car

⋙punarvivāha

1. ○vivāha mṣecond marriage Sāy
2. -vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙punarhan

1. ○hán mfn. destroying in return RV

⋙punarhavis

1. ○havis (púnar-), n. repeated sacrificial oblation ŚBr

≫punaḥ

1. punaḥ in comp. for punar

⋙punaḥkaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. making again, re-making, transforming Baudh. Vait

⋙punaḥkarman

1. ○karman n. a repeated action, SāṅkhBr

⋙punaḥkāma

1. ○kāma m: a repeated wish ĀpŚr

⋙punaḥkriyā

1. ○kriyā f. = -karman KātyŚr

⋙punaḥpada

1. ○pada n. 'repeated verse or line', a refrain Br
2. mf(ā)n. containing a repeated ib

⋙punaḥparājaya

1. ○parājaya m. losing again (a-punaḥ-p○) AitBr

⋙punaḥparidhāna

1. ○paridhāna n. putting on (a garment) again KātyŚr

⋙punaḥpāka

1. ○pāka m. repeated cooking or baking Mn. Yājñ

⋙punaḥpunā

1. ○punā f. N. of a river (the Punpun in S. Behar, perhaps so called from its windings), Vāyup

⋙punaḥpratinivartana

1. ○pratinivartana n. coming back again, return R

⋙punaḥpratyupakāra

1. ○pratyupakāra m. retribution, retaliation Pañc

⋙punaḥpramāda

1. ○pramāda m. repeated negligence Āpast

⋙punaḥprayoga

1. ○prayoga m. repetition Vait
2. ○gá-rūpa mfn. ŚBr

⋙punaḥpravṛddha

1. ○pravṛddha mfn. grown again (n. impers.) Pāṇ. 2-2, 18 Vārtt. 4 Pat

⋙punaḥprādhyeṣaṇa

1. ○prâdhyeṣaṇa n. repeated invitation to study, Śāṅkh Gr

⋙punaḥprāpya

1. ○prâpya mfn. to be obtained again, recoverable MW

⋙punaḥprāyaṇīya

1. ○prâyaṇīya mfn. (a ceremony &c.) at which the Prâyaṇīya (s.v.) is repeated ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙punaḥprepsā

1. ○prepsā f. desire of obtaining again Kathās

⋙punaḥśramaṇa

1. ○śramaṇa wṛ. for puraḥ-śr○ (?) Divyâv

⋙punaḥsaṃskāra

1. ○saṃskāra m. renewed investiture, repetition of any Saṃskāra Mn. R
2. N. of wk. (cf. punar-upanayana)

⋙punaḥsaṃskṛta

1. ○saṃskṛta mfn. fitted up again, repaired, mended ŚāṅkhBr. KātyŚr

⋙punaḥsaṃgama

1. ○saṃgama m. meeting again, reunion Kathās

⋙punaḥsaṃdarśana

1. ○saṃdarśana n. seeing one another again, R

⋙punaḥsaṃdhāna

1. ○saṃdhāna n. uniting again, re-uniting Sāh
2. re-kindling of the household fire Saṃskārak
3. -prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙punaḥsambhava

1. ○sambhava mfn. coming into existence ag (a-p"ṣ-s○) Rājat

⋙punaḥsara

1. ○sará mf(ā́)n. running back RV
2. N. of the Achyranthes, Aspera (the flowers of which are turned back) AV

⋙punaḥsiddha

1. ○siddha mfn. prepared or cooked again Gaut

⋙punaḥsukha

1. ○sukha mfn. again agreeable or pleasant Pāṇ. 2-2, 18 Vārtt. 4 Pat

⋙punaḥstuti

1. ○stuti f. repeated praise, a rṭrepeated ceremony ŚāṅkhBr

⋙punaḥstoma

1. ○stoma m. N. of an Ekâha Br. Gaut. Vait

≫punaś

1. punaś in comp. for punar

⋙punaścandrā

1. ○candrā f. N. of a river MBh

⋙punaścara

1. ○cara mfn. running back, returning AV. Paipp

⋙punaścarvaṇa

1. ○carvaṇa n. chewing the cud, ruminating Siddh

⋙punaściti

1. ○cití f. piling up again TS. ŚBr. &c

≫punas

1. punas in comp. for punar

⋙punastati

1. ○tati f. a repeated sacrificial perfomance, SāṅkhBr

⋙punastarām

1. ○tarām ind. over and over again Śiś. xvii, 6

≫punā

1. punā in comp. for punar

⋙punārāja

1. ○rāja m. a new king Pat
2. ○jâbhiṣeka m. the consecration of a new king Vas

punāna

1. punāna punita, See √pū

punth

1. punth cl. r. P. punthati, to give or suffer pain Dhātup. iii, 7 (v. l. yunth)

puṃdāna

1. puṃ-dāna &c. See p. 630, col. 3

pundra

1. pundra wṛ. for puṇḍra. [Page 634, Column]

puṃnakṣatra

1. puṃ-nakṣatra &c. See under puṃ, p. 631, col. 1

pupūtani

1. pupūtáni (?) RV. x, 132, 6

pupūṣat

1. pupūṣat mf(antī)n. (√pū Desid.) wishing to cleanse or purify W

≫pupūṣā

1. pupūṣā f. the wish or desire to cleanse or purify ib

puppuṭa

1. puppuṭa m. N. of a partic. disease (swelling of the palate and gums) Suśr. (also -ka)

pupphula

1. pupphula m. flatulency, wind in the stomach L

pupphusa

1. pupphusa m. the lungs L. (cf. phupphusa)
2. the pericarp or seed-pod of a lotus L

pum

1. pum pum-anujā &c. See p. 631

pur

1. púr f. (√pṝ) only instr. pl. pūrbhís, in abundance, abundantly RV. v, 66, 4

pur

1. pur cl. 6. P. purati, to precede, go before, lead Dhātup. xxviii, 56 (prob. invented to furnish an etymology for puras and purā below)

≫pura

1. pura (for 2. See p. 635), in comp. for puras

⋙purauṣṇih

1. ○uṣṇih f. N. of a metre, Rprāt

⋙puraetṛ

1. ○etṛ́ m. one who goes before, a guide, leader RV. AV. VS. Br

⋙puraga

1. ○ga mfn. (for puro-ga) inclined or disposed towards (comp.) MārkP
2. ○gā-vaṇa n. N. of a forest Pāṇ. 8-4, 4

⋙purajyotis

1. ○jyotis n. N. of the region or the world of Agni L. (wṛ. for puro-j ?)

⋙puratas

1. ○tas ind. before (in place or time), in front or in presence of (gen. or comp.) KaṭhUp. MBh. &c
2. -taḥ- √kṛ, to place in front, cause to precede, honour R. Kathās

≫puraḥ

1. puraḥ in comp. for puras

⋙puraḥpāka

1. ○pāka mf(ā)n. whose fulfilment approaches near (as a hope or prayer) Kum

⋙puraḥprasravaṇa

1. ○prasravaṇa (puráh-), mfn. pouring or streaming forth RV. viii, 100, 9

⋙puraḥprahartṛ

1. ○prahartṛ m. one who fights in the front (of the battle) Ragh

⋙puraḥphala

1. ○phala mfn. having fruit well advanced, promising fruit ib

⋙puraḥśukram

1. ○śukram ind. while Sukra (the planet Venus) is before one's eyes Kum. iii, 43

⋙puraḥsad

1. ○sád mfn. sitting in front, presiding RV. i, 73, 3
2. sitting to. wards the east VS. TS

⋙puraḥsara

1. ○sará mf(ī)n. going before or in advance
2. m. a forerunner, precursor, harbinger, attendant AV. &c.&c
3. ifc. (f. ā) attended or preceded by, connected with MBh. Kāv. &c
4. (am), ind. along with, among, after, by means of (comp.) Kathās. Pañc. Pur

⋙puraḥstha

1. ○stha mfn. standing before one's eyes, clearly visible, Mālatim

⋙puraḥsthātṛ

1. ○sthātṛ́ mfn. standing at the head, a leader RV

⋙puraḥsthāyin

1. ○sthāyin mfn. = -stha MW

⋙puraḥsthita

1. ○sthita mfn. impending, imminent Śak. (v. l.)

⋙puraḥsphurat

1. ○sphurat mfn. opening or becoming manifest before any one W

≫puraś

1. puraś in comp. for puras

⋙puraścakram

1. ○cakram ind. before the wheel ĀpŚr

⋙puraścaraṇa

1. ○caraṇa mfn. making preparations, preparatory to (comp
2. -tā f.) MBh
3. n. a preparatory or introductory rite, preparation ŚBr
4. -karman n. id. ib
5. -kaumudī f. -kaustubha m. or n
6. -candrikā f. -dīpikā f. -paddhati (and ○ti-mālā), f. -prapañca m. -rasôllāsa m. -vidhi m. -viveka, ns. N. of wks

⋙puraścaryā

1. ○caryā f. = -caraṇa n. Kāv
2. -rasâmbudhi m. N. of wk

⋙puraśchada

1. ○chada m. a nipple L
2. Imperata Cylindrica L

≫puras

1. purás ind. in front, in advance, forward
2. (as prep.) before (of place and time), in the presence or before the eyes of (gen., abl., acc. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
3. in comparison with (gen.) Vcar
4. in or from or towards the east, eastward VS. Br. &c. (dakṣimataḥpuraḥ, towards the south-east MBh.)
5. previously, first, first of all Ratnâv. iii, 7. [Cf. pra purā, pūrva
6. Gk., ?', before.']

⋙puraskaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. [634,] the act of placing in front &c
2. making perfect (?) W

⋙puraskaraṇīya

1. ○karaṇīya (W.),

⋙puraskartavya

1. ○kartavya (Hit.), mfn. to be placed in front or honoured or prepared or fitted out or made complete

⋙puraskāra

1. ○kāra m. placing in front, honouring, preference, distinction Kāv. Hit
2. accompanying, attending (ifc. 'preceded or accompanied by, joined or connected with, including') MBh
3. arranging, putting in array, making complete W
4. attacking, assailing &c. ib

⋙puraskārya

1. ○kārya mfn. = -kartavya
2. to be appointed to, be be charged or commissioned with (loc. or inf.) MBh. Kāv. root

⋙puraskṛ

1. ○kṛ (P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute), to place before or in front, cause to precede RV. &c. &c
2. to make one's leader, place in office, appoint MBh
3. to respect, honour MBh. Kāv. &c
4. to place above all, prefer, choose, attend to ib
5. to show, display R. Rājat

⋙puraskṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. placed in front &c
2. honoured, esteemed, attended, accompanied by, possessed of, occupied with (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. [Page 634, Column]
3. attacked, assailed, accused &c. L
4. (am), ind. among, amidst, with (comp.) MBh
5. -madhyama-krama mfn. taking or adopting a middle course MW

⋙puraskṛtya

1. ○kṛtya ind. having placed in front or honoured &c
2. often = regarding, concerning, on account of, about MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙puraskriyā

1. ○kriyā f. a preceding action, preparatory rite Cat
2. showing honour, demonstration of respect Ragh
3. -caryā f. N. of wk

≫purastāj

1. purastāj in comp. for ○tāt

⋙purastājjapa

1. ○japa m. a prayer murmured before Siṃhâs

⋙purastājjyotiṣmatī

1. ○jyotiṣmatī (Col.), f

⋙purastājjyotis

1. ○jyotis (RPrst.), n. N. of a metre

≫purastāt

1. purástāt ind. before, forward, in or from the front, in the first place, in the beginning RV. &c. &c
2. in or from the east, eastward ib
3. in the preceding part (of a book), above RPrāt
4. (but also) further on i.e. below Suśr
5. (as prep.) before (of place or time), in front or in presence or before the eyes of (gen., abl., acc. or comp.) RV. &c.&c
6. in comparison with (gen.) Vcar

⋙purastātkratu

1. ○kratú m. a sacrifice which begins immediately ŚBr

⋙purastāttiryakpramāṇa

1. ○tiryak-pramāṇa n. the width in front KātyŚr

⋙purastāttna

1. ○tna mfn. preceding, going before, Ṣagurus

⋙purastātpuroḍāśa

1. ○puroḍāśa (○rást○), mfn. preceded or accompanied by a Puroḍāśa (s.v.) MaitrS

⋙purastātpṛṣṭhya

1. ○pṛṣṭhya n. N. of a partic. Sattra TāṇḍBr

⋙purastātpravaṇa

1. ○pravaṇa (○rást○), mfn. bent forward TS

⋙purastātstobha

1. ○stobha m. a preceding Stobha (s.v.) Lāṭy
2. mfn. preceded by a Stobha ib

⋙purastātsvāhākāra

1. ○svāhā-kāra m. (ĀpŚr. Sch.),

⋙purastātsvāhākṛti

1. ○svāhākṛti f. (○rást○ TS. ŚBr.) preceded by the exclamation Svāhā

≫purastād

1. purastād in comp. for ○tāt

⋙purastādagniṣṭoma

1. ○agni-ṣṭoma mfn. beginning with an Agni-shṭoma (s.v.) Vait

⋙purastādanūka

1. ○anūka n. the longitudinal streaks on the back part of an altar KātyŚr. Sch. (cf. prāg-an○)

⋙purastādapakarṣa

1. ○apakarṣa m. anticipation Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 29

⋙purastādapavāda

1. ○apavāda m. an anticipatory exception Vprāt. Sch

⋙purastāducca

1. ○ucca mfn. high in the east KātyŚr

⋙purastādudarka

1. ○udarka mfn. beginning with the refrain AitBr

⋙purastādududhāra

1. ○ududhāra (○rást○), m. a part given in advance ŚBr

⋙purastādupacāra

1. ○upacāra mfn. accessible from the east KātyŚr

⋙purastādupayāma

1. ○upayāma (rást○), mfn. preceded by the Upayāma verses (s.v.) TS

⋙purastādgranthi

1. ○granthi (○rást○), mfn. having the knot turned towards the east ŚBr

⋙purastāddaṇḍa

1. ○daṇḍa mfn. having the handle towards the east Lāṭy

⋙purastāddhoma

1. ○dhoma (for homa), m. an introductory sacrifice Vait. Gobh
2. -bhāj (ĀpŚr. Sch.) and -vat (Kauś), mfn. having an iṭintroductory sacrifice

⋙purastādbṛhatī

1. ○bṛhatī f. a species of the Bṛihatī metre RPrāt

⋙purastādbhāga

1. ○bhāga (○rást○), mfn. one who receives his share before another TS

⋙purastādvadana

1. ○vadaná n. preface, introduction ŚBr

≫purastān

1. purastān in comp. for ○tāt

⋙purastānmukha

1. ○mukha mfn. standing before a person's face Mṛicch

≫purastāl

1. purastāl in. comp. for ○tāt

⋙purastāllakṣaṇa

1. ○lakṣaṇa (○rást○), mf(ā)n. having one's characteristic in front or at the beginning ŚBr

⋙purastāllakṣman

1. ○lakṣman (○rást○), mfn. marked in front or at the beginning TS

≫purā

1. purā́ ind. (cf. pra, puras, pūrva) before, formerly, of old (with na, never') RV. &c. &c
2. in a previous existence VarYogay
3. (with pres. = pf.) from of old, hitherto, up to the present time (also with sma, Pāṇ. 3-2, 122
4. with na, never yet) RV. &c. &c
5. at first, in the beginning Bhartṛ. (opp. to paścā, paścāt Pāṇ. 5-3, 33 Kāś.)
6. soon, shortly (with pres.= fut.), Kālid. Naish
7. (as prep., mostly in earlier language, with abl., rarely with dat. or gen.) before
8. securely from
9. except, beside
10. (with pres.= fut. [Pāṇ. 3-3,], once with Pot.) ere, before (sometimes with na or na and yāvat [followed by tāvat], with mā or yadi MBh. Kāv. &c.)

⋙purākathā

1. ○kathā f. a story of the past, an old legend BhP

⋙purākalpa

1. ○kalpa m. a former creation, former age (loc. sg. or pl. in the olden time) Up. MBh. &c
2. = prec. MBh
3. the performance of sacrificial acts in former times AitBr. (pref.)
4. -vid mfn. knowing former times, familiar with the past MBh

⋙purākṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. done formerly or long ago MBh
2. begun, commenced W
3. n. an action performed long ago
4. -phala n. the result of it Var

⋙purākṛti

1. ○kṛti f. a former mode of action Hariv

⋙purāga

1. ○ga g. kṛśâśvâdi (cf. pura-ga)

⋙purājā

1. ○jā́ mfn. former, existing from old, primeval RV

⋙purāmathanavallabha

1. ○mathana-vallabha n. a kind of Agallochum used as a perfume L

⋙purāyoni

1. ○yoni mfn. of ancient origin or lineage (said of kings) MBh

⋙purāvasu

1. ○vasu m. N. of Bhtshma L

⋙purāvid

1. ○vid m. knowing the events of former times GopBr. Mn. MBh. &c

⋙purāvṛtta

1. ○vṛtta mf(ā)n. that which has occurred or one who has lived in former times, long past, ancient MBh. Pur
2. n. former mode of action, any event or account or history of the past ib
3. -kathā f. an old story or legend Hit. (also ○ttâkhyāna n. W. [Page 635, Column]
4. ○na-kathana n. telling old stories MW.)
5. -sáh or -sā́h mfn. (nom. -ṣtāṭ
6. Pāṇ. 8-3, 56) superior from ancient times RV. (Sāy. 'conqueror of cities')

⋙purāhita

1. ○hitá (○râh○), mfn. set before first ŚBr. 1

⋙purodbhava

1. purôdbhava mfn. (for 2. See under 2. pura) of prior origin W

⋙puropanīta

1. purôpanīta mfn. formerly obtained or possessed W

≫purāṇa

1. purāṇá mf(ī or ā)n. belonging to ancient or olden times, ancient, old (also= withered, worn out, opp. to nūtana, nava) RV. &c. &c
2. m. a Karsha or measure of silver (= 16 Paṇas of cowries) Mn. viii, 136 (also n. L.)
3. N. of a Ṛishi Kāṭh
4. pl. the ancients MW
5. n. a thing or event of the past, an ancient tale or legend, old traditional history. AV. &c. &c
6. N. of a class of sacred works (supposed to have been compiled by the poet Vyāsa and to treat of 5 topics [cf. pañca-lakṣaṇa]
7. the chief Purāṇas are 18, grouped in 3 divisions: viz. 1. Rājasa exalting Brahmā [e.g. the Brahma, Brahmâṇḍa, Brahmavaivarta, Mārkaṇḍeya, Bhavishya, Vāmana]
8. 2. Sāttvika exalting Vishṇu [e.g. the Vishṇu, Bhāgavata, Nāradiya, Garuḍa, Padma, Varāha]
9. 3. Tāmasa exalting Siva [e.g. the Śiva, Liṅga, Skanda, Agni or in place of it the Vāyu, Matsya, Kūrma]
10. by some the Padma are divided into 4, and by others into 6 groups
11. IW. 509 &c.)
12. N. of wk. (containing an index of the contents of a number of Padma and some other wks.)

⋙purāṇakalpa

1. ○kalpa m. = purā-k○ BhP

⋙purāṇaga

1. ○ga m. 'singing of the past', N. of Brahmā L
2. a reciter of the Purāṇas W

⋙purāṇagir

1. ○gir m. 'praising the past', N. of Brahmā Gal

⋙purāṇagīta

1. ○gīta m. 'sung by the ancients', id. Gal

⋙purāṇadānamāhātmya

1. ○dāna-māhātmya n. N. of ch. of BrahmāṇḍaP

⋙purāṇadṛṣṭa

1. ○dṛṣṭa mfn. seen or approved by ancient sages Vas
2. ○ṭânta-śataka n. N. of a poem

⋙purāṇadvitīyā

1. ○dvitīyā f. the former wife L

⋙purāṇapañcalakṣaṇa

1. ○pañca-lakṣaṇa n

⋙purāṇapañjī

1. ○pañjī f

⋙purāṇapadārthasaṃgraha

1. ○padârtha-saṃgraha m. N. of wks

⋙purāṇapuruṣa

1. ○puruṣa m. 'primeval male', N. of Vishṇu, Sinhás

⋙purāṇaprokta

1. ○prôkta mfn. proclaimed by ancient sages Pāṇ. 4-3, 105

⋙purāṇamahimopavarṇana

1. ○mahimopavarṇana n. N. of ch. of PadmaP. ii

⋙purāṇamāhātmya

1. ○māhātmya n. N. of ch. of LiṅgaP

⋙purāṇaratna

1. ○ratna n. N. of wk

⋙purāṇavat

1. ○vát ind. as of old RV

⋙purāṇavid

1. ○víd mfn. knowing the things or events of the past AV
2. knowing the Padma Prab

⋙purāṇavidyā

1. ○vidyā f

⋙purāṇaveda

1. ○veda m. knowledge of the things or events of the past ŚrS

⋙purāṇaśravaṇa

1. ○śravaṇa n. hearing or studying the Padma
2. mahiman m. -māhātmya n. -vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙purāṇasaṃhitā

1. ○saṃhitā f. a collection of the Padma BhP

⋙purāṇasaṃgraha

1. ○saṃgraha m

⋙purāṇasamuccaya

1. ○samuccaya m

⋙purāṇasarvasva

1. ○sarvasva n. =

⋙purāṇasāra

1. ○sāra and m. N. of wks

⋙purāṇasārasaṃgraha

1. ○sāra-saṃgraha m. N. of wks

⋙purāṇasiṃha

1. ○siṃha m. N. of Vishṇu as man-lion R

⋙purāṇānta

1. purāṇânta mṆ. of Yama L

⋙purāṇārkaprabhā

1. purāṇârka-prabhā f

⋙purāṇārṇava

1. purāṇârṇava m

⋙purāṇārthaprakāśaka

1. purāṇârtha-prakāśaka m. N. nf wks

⋙purāṇāvatāra

1. purāṇâvatāra m. N. of ch. of PadmaP

⋙purānokta

1. purānôkta mfn. enjoined by or written in the Padma MW

≫purāṇaka

1. purāṇaka ifc. (f. ikā) = purāṇa, a partic. coin (cf. tri-p○)

≫purāṇīya

1. purāṇīya mfn. See tri-p○ and pañca-p○

≫purāṇya

1. purāṇya Nom' P. ○ṇyati, to talk of the past, relate past events, g. kaṇḍv-ādi

≫purātana

1. purā-tana mf(ī)n. belonging to the past, former, old, ancient (e ind. formerly, in olden times) Mn. MBh. &c
2. used-up, worn out Suśr
3. m. pl. the ancients Rājat
4. n. an ancient story, old legend R
5. a Purāṇa Hcat

⋙purātanayogasaṃgraha

1. ○yoga-saṃgraha m. N. of wk

≫puro

1. puro in comp. for puras

⋙puroagni

1. ○agni (puró-), m. the foremost Agni, fire in front VS

⋙purokṣam

1. ○'kṣám ind. before the axle-tree ŚBr

⋙puroga

1. ○ga mf(ā)n. going before, leading, a leader, chief principal (ifc. preceded or accompanied by) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙purogata

1. ○gata mfn. standing or being in front or before a person's eyes Ragh
2. preceded, gone before W

⋙purogati

1. ○gati m. a dog L

⋙purogantṛ

1. ○gantṛ m. a messenger who goes before Pāṇ. Sch

⋙purogama

1. ○gama mfn. = -ga MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙purogamana

1. ○gamana n. going before, preceding W

⋙purogava

1. ○gavá m. one who precedes, a leader (f. ○ví) RV. AV

⋙purogā

1. ○gā́ m. a leader RV. VS. &c

⋙purogāmin

1. ○gāmin mfn. going before, preceding
2. m. a leader or a dog L

⋙puroguru

1. ○guru mfn. heavy before or in front, TāṇḍdBr

⋙purogranthi

1. ○granthi mfn. = purastādg○ ĀpŚr

⋙purojanman

1. ○janman mfn. born before
2. ○ma-tā f. priority of birth Ragh

⋙purojava

1. ○java mfn. excelling in speed, swifter than(comp.) BhP
2. m. one who goes before, a servant, attendant (ifc. accompanied by, furnished with), Divyâtv
3. N. of a son of Medhâtithi and the Varsha ruled by hini BhP
4. of Práṇa ib

⋙purojiti

1. ○jiti (puró-), f. previous possession or acquisition RV

⋙purojyotis

1. ○jyotis mfn. preceded by light or radiance AitBr

⋙puroḍāś

1. ○ḍāś (or -lā́ś nom. -ḻā́s), m. a mass of ground rice rounded into a kind of cake (usually divided into pieces, placed on receptacles [Page 635, Column]
2. cf. kapāla) and offered as an oblation in fire RV. &c. &c

⋙puroḍāśa

1. ○ḍāśá m. id. AV. &c. &c. (RTL. 367)
2. any oblation Mn. v, 23
3. the leavings of an offering L
4. Soma juice L
5. a prayer recited while offering oblations in fire Pāṇ. Sch
6. -tā f. state or condition of an oblation
7. acc. with √nī, to offer in fire, burn Pārvat
8. -bṛgalá n. a piece of the sacrificial cake ŚBr
9. -bhuj. m. eater of the sacrificial cake, a god Śiś
10. -vatsā (ḍāśá-), f. having a sacrificial cake for a calf. AV
11. -sviṣṭakṛt m. the Svishṭakṛit connected with the sṭsacrificial cake AitBr
12. -hara m. 'receiver of the sacrificial cake', N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ
13. ○śika mf(ī)n. Pāṇ. 4-3, 70
14. sín mfn. connected with the sacrificial cake TS
15. ○śīya mfn. relating to or destined for the sṭsacrificial cake ĀpŚr
16. ○śâḍā́ f. the Iḍā portion of the sacrificial cake ŚBr
17. ○śyá mfn. = ○śīya MaitrS

⋙purodha

1. ○dha (m.c.) or m. 'placed at the head', chief priest of a king, domestic chaplain MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙purodhas

1. ○dhas m. 'placed at the head', chief priest of a king, domestic chaplain MBh. Kāv. &c
2. N. of a man Saṃskārak. root

⋙purodhā

1. ○dhā P.A. -dadhāti, -dhatte, (Ā.) to place before or at the head, to appoint (esp. to priestly functions), charge, commission RV. &c. &c
2. to propose (as a prize) RV. v, 86, 5
3. (P.) to place foremost, value highly, esteem, honour, be intent upon or zealous for, take to heart RV. &c. &c

⋙purodhā

1. ○dhā f. charge, commission, (esp.) the rank and office of a Purohita TS. AV. Br
2. -kāma (-dhā́-), mfn. desirous of the rank of a PṭPurohita TBr

⋙purodhātṛ

1. ○dhātṛ m. the giver of a commission, the appointer of a Purohita AitBr

⋙purodhāna

1. ○dhāna n. priestly ministration Sāy

⋙purodhānīya

1. ○dhānīya m. = puro-hita TāṇḍBr

⋙purodhikā

1. ○dhikā f. preferred to other women, a favourite wife Hariv

⋙puroniḥsaraṇa

1. ○niḥsaraṇa n. going out first Kāv

⋙puronuvākyā

1. ○'nuvākyā́ f. (sc. ṛc) an introductory or invitatory verse AV. TS. Br
2. ○kyâ-vat mfn. having an intṭintroductory verse ŚBr

⋙purobalāka

1. ○balāka mfn. 'having (only) cranes in front of one's self', overtaking all others (said of Parjanya) ṢaḍvBr

⋙purobhaktakā

1. ○bhaktakā f. breakfast Divyâv

⋙purobhāga

1. ○bhāga m. the front or forepart (mama "ṣge, before me) Daś
2. officiousness, obtrusiveness (○gam √muc, to quit the field, retire discomfited) Hariv. Kād
3. malevolence, envy Mālav
4. mf(ā)n. standing before a person's eyes R
5. obtrusive, meddlesome MW

⋙purobhāgin

1. ○bhāgin mfn. taking the first share, obtrusive, forward Kālid
2. grudging, censorious, malevolent Rājat

⋙purobhāvin

1. ○bhāvin mfn. impending, imminent Kathās

⋙purobhū

1. ○bhū́ mfn. being in front or at the head of, excelling, superior to (acc.) RV

⋙puromāruta

1. ○māruta m. a wind blowing from before or in front, east wind (opp. to paścānṃ○) Ragh

⋙puromukha

1. ○mukha mfn. having its face or aperture directed towards the east, Kaus

⋙puroyāvan

1. ○yā́van mfn. going in front, leading RV

⋙puroyudh

1. ○yúdh or mfn. fighting before or in front RV

⋙puroyodha

1. ○yodhá mfn. fighting before or in front RV

⋙puroratha

1. ○rathá mfn. 'one whose chariot is foremost', leaving all behind, pre-eminent, superior RV

⋙purorukka

1. ○rukka See a-puror○

⋙puroruc

1. ○rúc mfn. shining in front or in the east RV
2. f. N. of partic. Nivid formularies recited at the morning oblation in the Ājya ceremony before the principal hymn or any part of it TS. Br
3. -rug-adhyāya m. N. of wk
4. -ruṅ-mat mfn. furnished with Parjanya ŚBr

⋙purovat

1. ○vat ind. as before BhP

⋙purovatsa

1. ○vatsa m. N. of a man L

⋙purovartin

1. ○vartin mfn. being before a person's eyes, Mallin
2. forward, obtrusive Nīlak. on Hariv

⋙purovasu

1. ○vasu mfn. preceded or accompanied by wealth TBr

⋙purovāta

1. ○vātá m.= -mārnta (ifc. f. ā) TS. &c. &c
2. the wind preceding a thunderstorm ChUp
3. -sáni mfn. bringing east wind TS

⋙purovāda

1. ○vāda m. a former mention Nyāyam

⋙purovṛtta

1. ○vṛtta mf(ā)n. being or going before, preceding Hariv

⋙purovṛṣendra

1. ○vṛṣêndra mfn. preceded or accompanied by an excellent bull BhP

⋙purohavis

1. ○havis (puró-), mfn. having the sacrifice in front or towards the east TS

⋙purohita

1. ○hita (puro-.), mfn. placed foremost or in front, charged, commissioned, appointed
2. m. one holding a charge or commission, an agent
3. (esp.) a family priest, a domestic chaplain RV. &c. &c. (RTL. 352 &c.)
4. -karman n. N. of 3rd Pariś. of AV
5. -tva n. the rank of a Purohita MBh

⋙purohiti

1. ○hiti f. priestly ministration (= puro-dhāna, Sly.) RV

⋙purohitikā

1. ○hitikā f. a favourite wife (cf. puro-dhikā) or N. of a woman, g. śivâdi

pur

1. púr f. (in nom. sg. and before consonants pūr) a rampart, wall, stronghold, fortress, castle, city, town (also of demons) RV. &c. &c
2. the body (considered as the stronghold of the puruṣa, q.v.) BhP
3. the intellect (= mahat) VP
4. N. of a Daśa-rātra KātyŚr. [Perhaps fr. √pṝ and orig. identical with 1. pur
5. Gk., ?] [635,]

≫pura

1. pura (for 1. See p. 634, col. 2), n. (ifc. f. ā) a fortress, castle, city, town (a place containing large buildings surrounded by a ditch and extending not less than one Kos in length [Page 635, Column] ; if it extends for half that distance it is called a kheṭa, if less than that, a karvaṭa or small market town ; any smaller cluster of houses is called a grāma or village W.) Mn. MBh. &c
2. the female apartments, gynaeceum MBh. (cf. antaḥ-p○, nārī-p○ &c.)
3. a house, abode, residence, receptacle BhP. Tattvas
4. an upper story L
5. a brothel L
6. 'the city' Gk. ? i.e. Pāṭali-putra or Patnā L
7. = tri-pura, the 3 strong holds of the Asuras Kathās
8. the body (cf. 3. pur) BhP
9. the skin L
10. a species of Cyperus L
11. N. of a constellation Var
12. a leaf rolled into the shape of a funnel L. (prob. wṛ. for puṭa)
13. N. of the subdivisions of the Vedanta wk. tripurī or tripuṭī (perhaps also wṛ. for puṭa) Cat
14. mf(ā)n. a kind of resin, bdellium, Susr. L
15. m. N. of an Asura= tri-pura (cf. pura-jit), of another man, g. kurv-ādi
16. (ā), f. a stronghold, fortress (cf. agni-purā and aśma-p○)
17. a kind of perfume L
18. (ī), f. a fortress, castle, town TĀr. MBh. &c
19. N. of a town (the capital of Kaliṅga, noted for the worship of Jagan-nātha or Kṛishṇa IW. 244, n. 1)
20. the sanctuary or adytum of a temple Inscr
21. the body BhP
22. N. of one of the 10 orders of mendicants (said to be founded by disciples of Śaṃkara, the members of which add the word purī to their names) W

⋙purakoṭṭa

1. ○koṭṭa n. 'city-stronghold', a citadel
2. -pāla m. the governor of a citadel Pañc

⋙purajana

1. ○jana m. sg. town-folk, citizens, Ratnâv

⋙purajānu

1. ○jānu vḷ. for puru-j○ VP

⋙purajit

1. ○jit m. 'conqueror of fortresses or of Pura', N. of Śiva Kathās
2. of a prince (son of Aja and father of Arishta-nemi) BhP

⋙purataṭī

1. ○taṭī f. a small market-town L

⋙puratoraṇa

1. ○toraṇa n. 'city-arch', the outer gate of a city MW

⋙puradāha

1. ○dāha m. burning of the 3 fortresses (= tripura-d○) Kathās

⋙puradevatā

1. ○devatā f. the tutelary deity of a town W

⋙puradvāra

1. ○dvāra n. (ifc. f. ā), a city gate Mn. R

⋙puradviṣ

1. ○dviṣ m. 'foe of Pura', N. of Śiva BhP

⋙puranārī

1. ○nārī f. 'townwoman', a courtezan Dhūrtan

⋙puraniveśa

1. ○niveśa m. the founding of a city MW

⋙purapakṣin

1. ○pakṣin m. 'townbird', a bṭburning living in a city, tame burning (opp. to vanyap○) Var

⋙purapāla

1. ○pāla

⋙purapālaka

1. ○pāḍlaka m. the governor of a cṭcity BhP

⋙purabhid

1. ○bhid (Prasannar.),

⋙puramathana

1. ○mathana (Bālar.),

⋙puramathitṛ

1. ○mathitṛ (Ānand.), m. 'destroyer of fortresses or of Pura', N. of Śiva

⋙puramārga

1. ○mārga m. the street of a town Ragh

⋙puramālinī

1. ○mālinī f. 'crowned with castles', N. of a river MBh

⋙purarakṣa

1. ○rakṣa (Daś),

⋙purarakṣin

1. ○rakṣin (Kathās.), m. a watchman of a town, constable

⋙purarāṣṭra

1. ○rāṣṭra n. pl. cities and kingdoms MW

⋙purarodha

1. ○rodha m. the siege of a fortress or city ib

⋙puraloka

1. ○loka m. sg. = -jana Pañcad

⋙puravadhū

1. ○vadhū f. = -nār-ī, Sinhâs

⋙puravara

1. ○vara n. 'chief town', a king's residence Jātakam

⋙puravāsin

1. ○vāsin mfn. dwelling in a town, a citizen MBh

⋙puravāstu

1. ○vāstu n. ground suitable for the foundation of a city Hariv

⋙puravairin

1. ○vairin (Prasann.),

⋙puraśāsana

1. ○śāsana (Kum.), m. 'foe or chastiser of Pura', N. of Śiva

⋙purahan

1. ○han m. 'slayer of Pura', N. of Vishṇu BhP

⋙purahita

1. ○hita n. the welfare of a city MW

⋙purāṭṭa

1. purâṭṭa m. a watch-tower on a city wall R

⋙purādhipa

1. purâdhipa (Kathās.),

⋙purādhyakṣa

1. purâḍdhyakṣa (MBh.), m. the governor of a city or fortress, prefect of police

⋙purārāti

1. purârāti m. = pura-dviṣ Kathās

⋙purāri

1. purâri m. id ib. Kum
2. N. of Vishṇu (-tva n.) BhP

⋙purārdhavistara

1. purârdha-vistara mfn. being of the extent of half a town L
2. m. part of a town, a suburb, ward, division W

⋙purāvatī

1. purā-vatī f. 'rich in castles, N. of a river MBh. (cf. pura-mālinī)

⋙purāsuhṛd

1. purâsuhṛd m. = pura-dviṣ L

⋙purotsava

1. purôtsava m. 'townfestival', a fṭfortress solemnized in a city Kathās. 2

⋙pugrodbhava

1. pugrôdbhava (for 1. See under purā), m. (or ā f.) 'growing in towns', N. of a plant L

⋙purodyāna

1. purôdyāna n. 'city garden', a pleasure-garden belonging to a town, park MBh. R. &c

⋙puroka

1. puróka m. 'town-dweller (?)', N. of a poet Cat

⋙puraukas

1. purâukas m. an inhabitant of a town or of Tripura L

≫puraṃ

1. puraṃ acc. of 3. púr or 2. pura, in comp

⋙puraṃjana

1. ○jana m. the living principle, life, soul (personified as a king) BhP
2. N. of Varuṇa Gal
3. (ī), f. understanding, intelligence (personified as the wife of a king) ib
4. -carita and -nāṭaka n. N. of dramas

⋙puraṃjaya

1. ○jaya m. 'city-conqueror', N. of a hero on the side of the Kurus MBh
2. of a son of Śṛiñjaya and father of Janam-ejaya Hariv
3. of a son of Bhajamāna and Śṛinjari (or Śṛiñjayā) ib
4. (= kakut-stha) N. of a son of Śaśâda VP
5. of a son of Vindhyi-śakti ib
6. of Medhāvin MatsyaP
7. of an elephant (son of Airāvaṇa) Hariv

⋙puraṃda

1. ○da m. = -dara, N. of Indra L

⋙puraṃdara

1. ○dará m. 'destroyer of strongholds', N. of Indra RV. &c. &c. (also of the IṭIndra of the 7th Manv-antara Pur.) [Page 636, Column]
2. of Agni RV
3. of Śiva Śivag
4. a thief, house-breaker L
5. of a man Siṃhâs
6. (ā), f. N. of Gaṅgā or another river L
7. n. Piper Chaba L
8. -cāpa m. Indra's bow, the rainbow Var
9. -pura n. Indra's city (○râtithi m. 'guest of IṭIndra's city' i.e. dead) Daś
10. N. of another city L
11. (ī), f. N. of a town in Mālava Vcar
12. -harit f. Indra's quarter of the sky, the east Prasannar

≫puraya

1. púraya m. N. of a man RV
2. (n.?) a castle, town Gal

≫puri

1. puri loc. of 3. pur, in comp

⋙puriśaya

1. ○śayá mfn. (invented to explain puruṣa) reposing in the fortress or fastness (i.e. the body) ŚBr. GopBr

≫puri

1. puri f. a town or a river Uṇ. iv, 142 Sch

⋙purikāya

1. ○kāya m. N. of a prince VP
2. (ā), f. N. of a town ib

≫purikā

1. purikā f. N. of a town MBh. Hariv

≫purī

1. purī f. See under 2. pura

⋙purīkāya

1. ○kāya m. N. of a king VP. (cf. puri-k○)

⋙purīdāsa

1. ○dāsa m. N. of the author of Caitanya-candrôdaya (also called kavikarṇa-pūra) Cat

⋙purīndrasena

1. ○"ṣndra-sena (purând○), m. N. of a prince VP

⋙purīmat

1. ○mat m. N. of a king BhP

⋙purīmoha

1. ○moha m. the thorn-apple, Datura L

⋙purīloka

1. ○loka m. pl. town's-folk, citizens Siṃhâs

⋙purīśreṣṭhā

1. ○śreṣṭhā f. 'best of towns', N. of Kāśī or Benares Gal

⋙puryaṣṭa

1. pury-aṣṭa or n. the eight constituent parts of the body Kull. on Mn. i, 56

⋙puryaṣṭaka

1. pury-aṣḍṭaka n. the eight constituent parts of the body Kull. on Mn. i, 56

≫purohan

1. puró-han mfn. (acc. pl. of 3. pur+ h○) destroying strongholds RV

≫purya

1. púrya mfn. being in a stronghold or fastness RV

≫pūḥkāmya

1. pūḥ-kāmya Nom. (fr. 3. pur + kāma), P. ○yati, to wish for a castle or town L

≫pūr

1. pūr in comp. for 3. pur before cons

⋙pūrjayana

1. ○jáyana n. 'conquest of a fortress', N. of a partic. ceremony MaitrS

⋙pūrdevī

1. ○devī f. the tutelary goddess of a town BhP

⋙pūrdvār

1. ○dvār f

⋙pūrdvāra

1. ○dvāra n. the gate of a city L

⋙pūrpati

1. ○pati (pū́r-), m. the lord of a castle or city RV

⋙pūrbhid

1. ○bhíd mfn. one who breaks down strongholds or fottresses ib

⋙pūrbhidya

1. ○bhídya n. the breaking down strongholds or fortresses ib

⋙pūrmārga

1. ○mārga m. a road leading to a town, Siṃhiâs

⋙pūryāṇa

1. ○yā́ṇa mfn. leading to the fortress (i.e. to the celestial world) AV

purañjara

1. purañjara m. the armpit L

puraṭa

1. puraṭa n. gold L

puraṇa

1. puraṇa m. (√pṝ) the sea, ocean Uṇ. ii, 81 Sch

puraṇḍa

1. puraṇḍa m. pl. N. of a dynasty VP. (cf. puruṇḍa)

puratas

1. pura-tas See p. 634, col. 2

puraṃdhi

1. puraṃdhi mfn. (etym. much contested
2. prob. fr. acc. of 1. or 3. pur and √dhā, 'bearing fulness' or 'bearing a body') prolific, not barren (lit. and fig.), bountiful, munificent, liberal RV. VS. TS
3. f. a woman, wife RV. i, 116, 7 ; 1 3 ; 117, 19 &c
4. liberality, munificence, kindness (shown by gods to man, e.g. RV. i, 5, 3 ; 158 2 &c
5. or by man to gods in offering oblations, e.g. i, 123, 6 ; 134, 3 &c
6. also personified as goddess of abundance and liberality, e.g. vii, 36, 8 &c.)

⋙puraṃdhivat

1. ○vat (púr). mfn. abundant, copious RV. ix, 72, 4

≫puraṃdhri

1. puraṃdhri or f. (perhaps at first identical with prec. and later connected with √dhṛ) a wife, woman (esp. a married woman having or able to bear children) Kālid. Kathās. Rājat

⋙puraṃdhrī

1. puraṃḍdhrī f. (perhaps at first identical with prec. and later connected with √dhṛ) a wife, woman (esp. a married woman having or able to bear children) Kālid. Kathās. Rājat

puralā

1. puralā (?), f. N. of Durgā L

puravī

1. puravī f. (in music) N. of a Ragiṇi (cf. puruvii)

puras

1. puras purastāt, See p. 634

purā

1. purā See p. 634, col. 3

purāṭaṅka

1. purāṭaṅka m. N. of a man Cat. (cf. pauraṇṭaka)

purāṇa

1. purāṇa purātana, See p. 635

purātala

1. purātala n. the region below the seven worlds L. (cf. talâtala)

purādhas

1. purādhas m. N. of an Āngirasa ĀrshBr. (v. l. pra-rādhas)

purāsaṇī

1. purāsaṇī or ○sinī f. a species of creeper L

puri

1. puri. and 2 purī. See above. [Page 636, Column]

puritat

1. puritat wṛ. for purītat L

purīkaya

1. purīkáya m. a species of aquatic animal AV

purīkaṣeṇa

1. purīkaṣeṇa m. N. of a king VP

purītat

1. purītát m. n. (fr. 3. pur, or purī + √tan?) the pericardium or some other organ near the heart
2. the intestines VS. AV. ŚBr. KaushUp. (cf. parī-tat and pulītat)

purīṣa

1. púrīṣa n. (√pṝ) earth, land RV
2. (esp.) crumbling or loose earth, rubbish (perhaps 'that which fills up', as opp. to that which flows off, 'the solid' opp. to the fluid), rubble, anything used to fill up interstices in a wall VS. TS. ŚBr. GṛŚrS
3. feces, excrement, ordure ŚBr. &c. &c. (ifc. f. ī BhP.)
4. a disk, orb (e.g. sūryasya i.e. 'fulness of the sun' ?) RV. x, 27, 21
5. (with ātharvaṇa) N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
6. (ī), f. N. of a partic. religious observance BhP. (= cayana Sch.)

⋙purīṣanigrahaṇa

1. ○nigrahaṇa mfn. stopping or obstructing the bowels Suśr

⋙purīṣapada

1. ○pada n. N. of partic. passages insetted (to fill up) in the recitation of the Mahānāmnī verses Br. ŚrS

⋙purīṣabhīru

1. ○bhīru m. N. of a prince BhP

⋙purīṣabheda

1. ○bheda m. diarrhoea Car

⋙purīṣabhedin

1. ○bhedin mfn. 'loosening the feces', relaxing the bowels MW

⋙purīṣamūtrapratighāta

1. ○mūtra-pratighāta m. obstruction of the solid and liquid excretions Cat

⋙purīṣavat

1. ○vat (púr○), mfn. furnished with rubbish or loose earth (used for filling interstices) TS
2. (ī), f. N. of a kind of brick ŚBr

⋙purīṣavāhaṇa

1. ○vā́haṇa or mf(ī)n. removing rubbish or refuse VS. TS. Kāṭh. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 65)

⋙purīṣavāhana

1. ○vāhana mf(ī)n. removing rubbish or refuse VS. TS. Kāṭh. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 65)

⋙purīṣavirañjanīya

1. ○virañjanīya mfn. changing the colour of the feces L

⋙purīṣasaṃgrahaṇīya

1. ○saṃgrahaṇīya mfn. making the feces more solid ib

⋙purīṣādhāna

1. purīṣâdhāna n. 'receptacle of excrement', the rectum Yājñ

⋙purīṣotsarga

1. purīṣôtsarga m. the voiding of excrement Pañc. Hit

≫purīṣaṇa

1. purīṣaṇa n. the voiding of excrement Var
2. m. excrement, feces L
3. the rectum or anus Gal

≫purīṣama

1. purīṣama m. Phaseolus Radiatus L

≫purīṣaya

1. purīṣaya Nom. P. ○yati, to void excrement L

≫purīṣita

1. purīṣita mfn. voided, evacuated (as excrement)
2. voided upon, g. tārakâdi

≫purīṣin

1. purīṣín mfn. possessing land or inhabiting it or extending over it RV
2. 'bearing or carrying rubbish', N. of the Sarayū or of another river, v, 53, 9

≫purīṣya

1. purīṣyá mfn. being in the, earth (said of fire) RV. TS. VS
2. rich in land ŚBr
3. excremental AitBr

⋙purīṣyāvāhana

1. ○vāhana mf(ī)n. (prob.) = purīṣa-v○ Pāṇ. 3-2, 65

puru

1. purú mf(pūrvií)n. (√pṝ) much, many, abundant (only [pur�U], ○rū́ṇi, ○rūṇām and sev. cases of f. pūrvii
2. in later language only ibc.) RV. &c. &c. ([○r�ú]. much, often, very also with a compar. or superl.
3. with simā, everywhere
4. with tirás, far off, from afar
5. purârú, far and wide
6. purú víśva, one and all, every RV.)
7. m. the pollen of a flower L
8. heaven, paradise L
9. (cf. pūru) N. of a prince (the son of Yayāti and Śarmishṭhā and sixth monarch of the lunar race) MBh. Śak
10. of a son of Vasu-deva and Saha-devā BhP
11. of a son of Madhu VP
12. of a son of Manu Cākshusha and Naḍvalā Pur. [Cf. Old Pers. paru ; Gk. ? ; Goth. filu ; Angl. Sax. ftolu ; Germ. viel.] [636,]

⋙purukārakavat

1. ○kāraka-vat mfn. having many agents or factors BhP

⋙purukutsa

1. ○kútsa m. N. of a man RV
2. of a descendant of Ikshvāku ŚBr
3. of a son of Māndhātṛi Hariv
4. of another man VP

⋙purukutsava

1. ○kutsava m. N. of an enemy of Indra GāruḍaP

⋙purukutsānī

1. ○kútsānī f. N. of a woman (prob. wife of Puru-kutsa) RV

⋙purukṛt

1. ○kṛ́t mfn. = -kṛtvan ib
2. increasing (with gen.) ib

⋙purukṛtvan

1. ○kṛ́tvan mfn. achieving great deeds, efficacious ib

⋙purukṛpā

1. ○kṛpā f. abundant mercy or compassion BhP

⋙purukṣu

1. ○kṣú mfn. rich in food ib
2. liberally granting (with gen.) ib

⋙purugūrta

1. ○gūrtá mfn. welcome to many RV

⋙purucetana

1. ○cétana mfn. visible to many, very conspicuous ib. TBr

⋙puruja

1. ○ja mfn. much L. (cf. puruha)
2. m. N. of a prince (the son of Suśānti) BhP

⋙purujāta

1. ○jātá mfn. variously manifested or appearing RV

⋙purujāti

1. ○jāti m. = -ja m. Hariv. Pur

⋙purujit

1. ○jit m. 'conquering many, N. of a hero on the side of the Pāṇḍus and brother of Kunti-bhoja MBh
2. of a prince the son of Rucaka BhP
3. of a son of Ānaka ib

⋙puruṇāman

1. ○ṇāman (purú-.), mfn. having many names (said of Indra) RV

⋙puruṇītha

1. ○ṇīthá n. a song for many voices, choral song ib

⋙purutama

1. ○táma ([pur�U-]), mfn. very much or many, abundant, frequent, ever-recurring ib

⋙purutman

1. ○tmán mfn. existing variously ib. [Page 636, Column]

⋙purutrā

1. ○trā́ ind. variously, in many ways or places or directions
2. many times, often RV. VS. AV

⋙puruda

1. ○da n. gold L. (cf. puraṭa)

⋙purudaṃsaka

1. ○daṃśaka m. 'many-teethed', a goose (so called from its serrated beak) L

⋙purudaṃsa

1. ○dáṃsa mfn. abounding in mighty or wonderful deeds RV

⋙purudaṃsu

1. ○dáṃsu mfn. id. ib
2. m. N. of Indra L

⋙purudatra

1. ○datra mfn. rich in gifts RV

⋙purudama

1. ○dáma mfn. possessed of or belonging to many houses AV

⋙purudaya

1. ○daya mfn. abounding in compassion BhP

⋙purudasma

1. ○dasmá mfn. -daṃsa RV. VS

⋙purudasyu

1. ○dasyu mfn. (people), consisting chiefly in robbers BhP

⋙purudina

1. ○dína n. pl. many days RV

⋙purudevacampu0

1. ○deva-campu0 f. N. of a poem

⋙purudrapsa

1. ○drapsá mfn. abounding in drops of water (said of the Maruts) ib

⋙purudruh

1. ○drúh mfn. injuring greatly ib

⋙purudha

1. ○dhá (before 2 consonants) or ind, variously, frequently RV. AV

⋙purudhā

1. ○dhā́ ind, variously, frequently RV. AV
2. -pratīka (-dhá-), mfn. appearing variously RV

⋙purunihṣidh

1. ○nihṣídh or mfn. repelling many (foes) ib

⋙purunihṣidhvan

1. ○nihḍṣidhvan mfn. repelling many (foes) ib

⋙puruniṣṭhā

1. ○niṣṭhā mfn. excelling among many ib

⋙purunṛmṇa

1. ○nṛmṇá mfn. displaying great valour ib

⋙purupanthā

1. ○pánthā m. (nom. ○thās) N. of a man ib

⋙purupaśu

1. ○paśu mfn. rich in cattle ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙puruputra

1. ○putrá mf(ā́)n. having many sons or children RV

⋙purupeśa

1. ○péśa or mfn. multiform ib

⋙purupeśas

1. ○péśas mfn. multiform ib

⋙puruprajāta

1. ○prajātá mfn. variously propagated ib

⋙purupraśasta

1. ○praśastá mfn. praised by many ib

⋙purupriya

1. ○priyá mf(ā́)n. dear to many RV. VS

⋙purupraiṣa

1. ○prâi4ṣa or mfn. inciting many RV

⋙purupraiṣa

1. ○prâiṣá mfn. inciting many RV

⋙puruprauḍha

1. ○prauḍha mfn. possessing much self-confidence BhP

⋙purubhuj

1. ○bhuj mfn. enjoying much RV

⋙purubhū

1. ○bhū́ mfn. being or appearing in many places (superl. -tama) ib

⋙purubhūta

1. ○bhūta wṛ. for -hūta Hariv

⋙purubhojas

1. ○bhójas mfn. containing many means of enjoyments, greatly nourishing RV
2. m. a cloud L

⋙purumadga

1. ○madga (?), m. N. of a man ĀrshBr. (wṛ. -mahna)

⋙purumanas

1. ○manas mfn. (formed for the explanation of 2. puṃs) Nir. ix, 15

⋙purumantu

1. ○mántu mfn. full of wisdom, intelligent RV

⋙purumandra

1. ○mandrá mfn. delighting many ib

⋙purumāya

1. ○māyá (RV.),

⋙purumāyin

1. ○māyin (BhP.), mfn. possessing various arts or virtues, wonderful

⋙purumāyya

1. ○mâyya m. N. of a man RV

⋙purumitra

1. ○mitrá m. N. of a man RV
2. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh. Hariv

⋙purumīḍha

1. ○mīḍhá (AV. &c.),

⋙purumīḻha

1. ○mīḻhá (RV.), m. N. of a man (with the patr. Āṅgirasa or Sauhotra
2. the supposed author of RV. iv, 43 ; 44)
3. of a son of Su-hotra MBh
4. of a grandson of Su-hotra and son of Hastin (Bṛihat) Hariv. Pur
5. of a man with the patr. Vaidadaśvi TāṇḍBr

⋙purumedba

1. ○médba (RV.) or (SV.), mfn. endowed with wisdom

⋙purumedhas

1. ○méḍdhas (SV.), mfn. endowed with wisdom
2. N. of a man with the patr. Āṅgirasa (author of RV. viii, 89 ; 90)

⋙pururatha

1. ○rátha mfn. having many chariots RV

⋙pururavasa

1. ○ravasa wṛ. for purū-r○ below MārkP

⋙pururājavaṃśakrama

1. ○rāja-vaṃśa-krama m. N. of a poem

⋙pururāvan

1. ○rā́van m. 'much-howling', N. of a demon VS

⋙pururuc

1. ○rúc mfn. shining brightly RV

⋙pururuj

1. ○ruj mfn. subject to many diseases BhP

⋙pururūpa

1. ○rūpa mf(ā) multiform, variegated RV
2. forming various shapes VS. AV

⋙purulampaṭa

1. ○lampaṭa mfn. very lascivious BhP

⋙puruvartman

1. ○vártman mfn. having many ways or paths AV

⋙puruvarpas

1. ○várpas mfn. multiform, variegated RV

⋙puruvaśa

1. ○vaśa m. N. of a prince VP

⋙puruvāja

1. ○vā́ja mf(ā)n. powerful, very strong RV. 1

⋙puruvaara

1. ○vaára mfn. having an ample tail or mane (as a horse or ox) ib. -2

⋙puruvāra

1. ○vā́ra mfn. rich in gifts ib
2. -puṣṭi mfn. granting treasured riches ib

⋙puruviśruta

1. ○viśruta m. 'much renowned', N. of a son of Vasu-deva BhP

⋙puruvīra

1. ○vī́ra mf(ā)n. possessed of many men or male offspring RV

⋙puruvepas

1. ○vépas mfn. much excited or exciting ib

⋙puruvrata

1. ○vratá mfn. having many ordinances (said of Soma) ib

⋙puruśakti

1. ○śakti mfn. possessing various powers BhP

⋙puruśāka

1. ○śā́ka m. helpful (superl. -tama) RV. AV

⋙puruśiṣṭa

1. ○śiṣṭa m. N. of a man (cf. pauruśiṣṭi)

⋙puruścandra

1. ○ścandrá mfn. much-shining, resplendent RV

⋙puruṣanti

1. ○ṣánti (Padap. -sánti), m. N. of a man RV. TāṇḍBr

⋙puruṣṭuta

1. ○ṣṭutá mfn. highly lauded, praised by many RV. MBh. Hariv
2. m. N. of Śiva Śivag

⋙purusambhṛta

1. ○sambhṛtá mfn. accumulated by many RV

⋙purusena

1. ○sena m. N. of a poet Cat

⋙puruspārha

1. ○spārhá (TBr.) and mfn. much desired

⋙puruspṛh

1. ○spṛh (RV.), mfn. much desired

⋙puruhanman

1. ○hanman m. N. of a man (author of RV. viii, 59, 2) with the patr. Āṅgirasa (RAnukr.) or Vaikhānasa (TaṇḍBr.)

⋙puruhāni

1. ○hāni f. a great loss Kāv

⋙puruhuta

1. ○huta m. N. of a prince AgP

⋙puruhūta

1. ○hūtá mfn. much invoked or invoked by many RV. &c. &c
2. m. N. of Indra Mn. MBh. &c, (-kāṣṭhā f. Indra's quarter i.e. the east Dhūrtan
3. -dviṣ m. Indra's foe, N. of Indra-jit MW.)
4. (ā), f. N. of a form of Dākshāyani MatsyaP

⋙puruhūti

1. ○hūti f. manifold invocation BhP

⋙puruhotra

1. ○hotra m. N. of a son of Anu ib

⋙purūdvaha

1. purū7dvaha m. N. of a son of the 11th Manu MārkP

⋙purūruṇā

1. purū7rúṇā ind. far and wide RV. [Page 637, Column]

≫puruha

1. puruha or mfn. much, many L

⋙puruhu

1. puruḍhu mfn. much, many L

≫purū

1. purū in comp. for ○ru

⋙purūtama

1. ○táma mfn. See under puru

⋙purūravas

1. ○rávas mfn. crying much or loudly RV. i, 31, 4
2. m. N. of an ancient king of the lunar race (the lover of Urvaśī [RV. x, 95 ŚBr. xi, 5, 1 and Kalidāsa's drama Vikramorvaśī], son of Budha and Iḷā, father of Āyus and ancestor of Puru Duhyanta, Bharata, Kuru, Dhṛita-rāshṭra and Pāṇḍu, supposed to have instituted the 3 sacrificial fires [VS. v,] ; according to Nir. x, 46 he is one of the beings belonging to the middle region of the universe, and is possibly to be connected with the Sun as Urvaśī is with the Dawn ; according to others a Viśva-deva or a P1rvaṇa-śrāddha-deva) RV. &c. &c

⋙purūravasa

1. ○ravasa m. = prec. m. MārkP

⋙purūruc

1. ○rúc mfn. much shining SV. (cf. puru-ruc)

⋙purūvasu

1. ○vásu mfn. abounding in goods or riches RV. AitBr

⋙purūvṛt

1. ○vṛ́t mfn. moving in various ways AV

≫purūcī

1. purūcī́ f. (of an unused purv-añc) abounding, abundant, full, comprehensive RV. AV

≫purvaṇīka

1. purv-aṇīka mfn. variously manifested or appearing RV

puruñja

1. puruñja or puruṇḍa m. pl. N. of a dynasty VP

purudvat

1. purudvat m. N. of a prince Hariv. Pur

puruvī

1. puruvī f. (in music) N. of a Rāgiṇi

puruṣa

1. púruṣa m. (m. c. also pū́r○
2. prob. fr. √pṝ and connected with puru, pūru ifc. f. ā, rarely ī
3. Pāṇ. 4-i, 24) a man, male, human being (pl. people, mankind) RV. &c. &c
4. a person, (pumān puruṣaḥ, a male person ŚāṅkhGṛ. Mn
5. daṇḍaḥp○, punishment personified Mn
6. esp. grammatical pers
7. with prathama, madhyama, uttama = the 3rd, 2nd, 1st pers. Nir. Pāṇ.), an officer, functionary, attendant, servant Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. tat-p○)
8. a friend L
9. a follower of the Sāṃkhya Philosophy (?) L
10. a member or representative of a race or generation TS. Br. Mn. &c
11. the height or measure of a man (= 5 Aratnis = 120 Aṅgulas) ŚBr. Śulbas. Var
12. the pupil of the eye ŚBr
13. (also with nārāyaṇa) the primaeval man as the soul and original source of the universe (described in the Purusba-sûkta, q.v.) RV. ŚBr. &c
14. the personal and animating principle in men and other beings, the soul or spirit AV. &c. &c
15. the Supreme Being or Soul of the universe (sometimes with para, parama, or uttama
16. also identified with Brahmā, Vishṇu, Śiva and Durgā) VS. ŚBr. &c. &c
17. (in Sāṃkbya) the Spirit as passive and a spectator of the Prakṛiti or creative force IW. 82 &c
18. the, 'spirit' or fragrant exhalation of plants RV. x, 51, 8
19. (with sapta) N. of the divine or active principles from the minute portions of which the universe was formed Mn. i, 19
20. N. of a Pāda in the Mahsnāmnī verses Lāṭy
21. of the Ist, 3rd, 5th, 7th, 9th and 11th signs of the zodiac Jyot
22. of a son of Manu Cākshusha BhP
23. of one of the 18 attendants of the sun L
24. pl. men, people (cf. above)
25. N. of the Brāhmans of Krauñca-dvipa BhP
26. (with pañca) N. of 5 princely personages or miraculous persons born under partic. constellations, Var
27. Rottleria Tinctoria L
28. Clerodendrum Phlomoides L
29. (ī), f. a woman, female RV. &c. &c
30. m. or n. = puruṣaka m. n. Śiś. v, 56 Sch
31. n. (!) N. of mount Meru L

⋙puruṣakāma

1. ○kāma mfn. desirous of men TāṇḍBr

⋙puruṣakāra

1. ○kāra m. human effort (opp. to daiva, fate) Mn. Yājñ
2. manly act, virility, heroism MBh. Kāv. &c
3. haughtiness, pride Pat
4. N. of a grammarian Cat
5. -phala n. the fruit or result of human effort L
6. -mīmāṃsā f. N. of wk

⋙puruṣakuṇapa

1. ○kuṇapá n. a human corpse TS

⋙puruṣakesarin

1. ○kesarin m. 'man-lion', N. of Vishṇu in his 4th appearance on earth, Sak. (cf. nara-siṃha)

⋙puruṣakṣīra

1. ○kṣīrá n. human milk MaitrS

⋙puruṣakṣetra

1. ○kṣetra n. a male or uneven zodiacal sign or astrological house, Var,

⋙puruṣagati

1. ○gati f. N. of a Sāman Gaut

⋙puruṣagandhi

1. ○gandhi (pu○), mfn. smelling of men AV

⋙puruṣagātra

1. ○gātra mfn. endowed with human or manly limbs Kauś

⋙puruṣaghnī

1. ○ghnī f. (with strī) a woman who kills her husband Yājñ. (cf
2. pūruṣa-han)

⋙puruṣacchandasa

1. ○cchandasá n. 'man's metre', the metre suited for men, i.e. the Dvi-padā ŚBr

⋙puruṣajana

1. ○jana m. sg. men, people Pañcad

⋙puruṣajātaka

1. ○jātaka N. of wk

⋙puruṣajīvana

1. ○jī́vana mf(ī)n. enlivening or animating men AV

⋙puruṣajñāna

1. ○jñāna n. knowledge of men or mankind Mn. vii, 211

⋙puruṣatantra

1. ○tantra mfn. dependent on the subject, subjective (-tva, n.) Śaṃk

⋙puruṣatā

1. ○tā (○ṣá-), f. manhood, manliness
2. ind. (as instr.) after the manner of men, among men RV. [Page 637, Column]

⋙puruṣatejas

1. ○tejas (pú○), mfn. having a man's energy or manly vigour AV

⋙puruṣatrā

1. ○trā́ ind.= -tā ind. RV. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-4, 56)

⋙puruṣatva

1. ○tva n. manhood, manliness MBh. Pur
2. -tvá-tā ind. after the manner of men RV

⋙puruṣadaghna

1. ○daghna mfn. of the height or measure of a man W

⋙puruṣadatta

1. ○datta m. N. of a man Mudr

⋙puruṣadantikā

1. ○dantikā f. N. of a medicinal √L

⋙puruṣadamyasārathi

1. ○damyasārathi m. a driver or guide of men (compared with young draught-oxen) Divyâv

⋙puruṣadravyasampad

1. ○dravyasampad f. abundance of men and material MW

⋙puruṣadvayasa

1. ○dvayasa mf(ī)n. = -daghna L

⋙puruṣadviṣ

1. ○dviṣ m. an enemy of Vishṇu MW

⋙puruṣadveṣin

1. ○dveṣin mfn. man-hating, misanthropic W
2. (iṇī), f. an ill-tempered or fractious woman ib

⋙puruṣadharma

1. ○dharma m. personal rule or precept KātyŚr

⋙puruṣadhaureyaka

1. ○dhaureyaka m. a man superior to other people Hcat

⋙puruṣanāya

1. ○nāya m. 'man superior to other people Hcat

⋙puruṣanāya

1. ○nāya m. 'manleader', a prince ChUp

⋙puruṣaniyama

1. ○niyama m. (in gram.) a restriction as to person

⋙puruṣaniṣkrayaṇa

1. ○niṣkráyaṇa mfn. one who redeems a person TS

⋙puruṣapati

1. ○pati m. 'lord of men', N. of Rāma MW

⋙puruṣaparīkṣā

1. ○parī7kṣā f. 'trial of man', N. of a collection of moral tales

⋙puruṣapaśu

1. ○paśu m. a beast of man, a brutal man Pañc. VP
2. a man as a sacrificial victim BhP
3. the soul compared with animal IW. 85
4. a human animal, man W

⋙puruṣapaṃgava

1. ○paṃgava m. 'man-bull', an eminent or excellent man W

⋙puruṣapuṇḍarīka

1. ○puṇḍarīka m. 'man-lotus', = prec. ib., (with Jainas) N. of the 6th black Vāsudeva

⋙puruṣapura

1. ○pura n. N. of the capital of Gāndhāra, the modern Peshāwar (? L

⋙puruṣaprabhu

1. ○prabhu m. N. of a prince VP

⋙puruṣabahumāna

1. ○bahumāna m. the respect or esteem of mankind Bhartṛ

⋙puruṣamātra

1. ○mātrá mf(ī)n. of the height or measure of a man ŚBr. KātyŚr
2. n. the size of a man TS

⋙puruṣamānin

1. ○mānin mfn. fancying one's self a man or hero (○ní-tva, n.) MBh

⋙puruṣamukha

1. ○mukha mf(ī)n. having the face of a man Kauś

⋙puruṣamṛga

1. ○mṛgá m. a male antelope VS. TS. Sch

⋙puruṣamedha

1. ○medhá m. the sacrifice of a man Br. MBh. &c
2. N. of the supposed author of VS. xx, 30 (perhaps wṛ. for puru-medha, q.v.),

⋙puruṣayogin

1. ○yogin mfn. relating to a Person or subject KātyŚr

⋙puruṣayoni

1. ○yoni (pú○), mfn. descended from or begotten by a man (male) MaitrS

⋙puruṣarakṣas

1. ○rakṣas n. a demon in the form of a man Kauś

⋙puruṣarāja

1. ○rājá m. a human king TS

⋙puruṣarūpa

1. ○rūpa n. the shape of a man AitBr
2. (pú○), mfn. = next ŚBr

⋙puruṣarūpaka

1. ○rūpaka mfn. shaped like a man AitBr

⋙puruṣareṣaṇa

1. ○réṣaṇa (AV.),

⋙puruṣareṣin

1. ○reṣin (Kauś.), mfn. hurting men

⋙puruṣarṣabha

1. ○rṣabha (r for ṛ), m. = -puṃgava MBh. R

⋙puruṣavacas

1. ○vacas mfn. called Purusha ChUp

⋙puruṣavat

1. ○vat mfn. accompanied by men ŚBr

⋙puruṣavadba

1. ○vadbá m. manslaughter, murder AV
2. slaughter of a husband Vet

⋙puruṣavara

1. ○vara m. the best of men VP
2. N. of Vishṇu MBh
3. of a prince VP

⋙puruṣavarjita

1. ○varjita mfn. destitute of human beings, desolate MW

⋙puruṣavāc

1. ○vā́c mfn. having a human voice VS. ŚBr

⋙puruṣavāha

1. ○vāha m. 'Vishṇu's vehicle', N. of Garuḍa BhP

⋙puruṣavāham

1. ○vāham ind. (with vahati, he moves in such a way as to be) borne or drawn along by men Pāṇ. 3-4, 43

⋙puruṣavidha

1. ○vidha (pú○), mfn. man-like, having a human form (-tá f.) ŚBr. TUp

⋙puruṣavyāgbra

1. ○vyāgbrá m. 'man-tiger', N. of a demon ŚBr
2. = -śārdūla MBh. R
3. a vulture L

⋙puruṣavrata

1. ○vrata n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙puruṣaśārdūla

1. ○śārdūla m. 'man-tiger', an eminent man W

⋙puruṣaśiras

1. ○śiras n. a human head KātyŚr

⋙puruṣaśīrṣa

1. ○śīrṣá n. id. ŚBr
2. ○ṣaka m. or n. N. of an instrument used by thieves Daś

⋙puruṣasaṃskāra

1. ○saṃskāra m. a ceremony performed on a (dead) person Āpast

⋙puruṣasamaveya

1. ○samavêya m. a number of men W

⋙puruṣasammita

1. ○sammita (pú○), mfn. man-like TBr

⋙puruṣasāman

1. ○sāman n. N. of a Sāman ĀpŚr

⋙puruṣasāmudrikalakṣaṇa

1. ○sāmudrika-lakṣaṇa n. 'divination, from bodily signs', N. of wk

⋙puruṣasiṃha

1. ○siṃha m. 'man-lion', an eminent man or hero Kāv
2. (with Jainas) N. of the 5th of the black Vāsudevas L

⋙puruṣasūkta

1. ○sū7kta n. 'the Purusha hymn', N. of RV. x, 90 (describing the Supreme Soul of the universe and supposed to be comparatively modern) RTL. 17 ; 23 &c
2. -bhāṣya n. vidhāna n. -vyākhyā f. -vyākhyāna n. -ṣoḍa-śôpacāra-vidhi m. ○ktôpaniṣad f. N. of wks

⋙han

1. han mfn. only f. -ghnī, q.v

⋙puruṣāṃsaka

1. puruṣâṃsaka m. N. of a teacher, g. śaunakâdi (Kāś. ○ṣāsaka)

⋙puruṣākāra

1. puruṣâkāra mfn. of human form or shape (-tā f.) Hcat

⋙puruṣākṛti

1. puruṣâkṛti f. the figure of a man ŚrS

⋙puruṣāṅga

1. puruṣâṅga m. n. the male organ of generation MW. (cf. narâṅga)

⋙puruṣāana

1. púruṣâāna mfn. of human descent or origin ŚBr

⋙puruṣād

1. puruṣâd mfn. eating or destroying men RV. AV

⋙puruṣāda

1. puruṣâda mf(ī)n. id
2. m. a cannibal, a Rakshas (-tva n.) MBh. R. BhP
3. (pl.) N. of a race of cannibals in the east of Madhya-deśa Var. [Page 637, Column]

⋙puruṣādaka

1. puruṣâdaka mfn. men-devouring MBh. R
2. (pl.) N. of certain cannibals MārkP

⋙puruṣādya

1. puruṣâdya m. 'first of men', N. of Vishṇu L
2. (with Jainas) N. of Adi-nātha or of Ṛishabha (the first Arhat of present Avasarpiṇi)

⋙puruṣādhama

1. puruṣâdhama m. 'lowest or vilest of men', an outcast, the worst of servants W

⋙puruṣādhikāra

1. puruṣâdhikāra m. manly office or duty Kir

⋙puruṣānṛta

1. puruṣânṛta n. falsehood respecting men Mn. ix, 71

⋙puruṣāntara

1. puruṣântara n. another man or person, a mediator, interposer R. (am ind. by a mediator, indirectly Vikr. ii, 16)
2. another or a succeeding generation MārkP
3. (-vedin mfn. knowing the heart of mankind MW
4. ○râtman m. 'man's inner self.' the soul L.)
5. m. (sc. saṃdhi) an alliance negotiated by warriors chosen by both parties Kām. Hit

⋙puruṣāyaṇa

1. puruṣâyaṇa mf(ā)n. going to or uniting with the soul PraśnUp

⋙puruṣāyata

1. puruṣâyata mfn. of the length of a man Hcat

⋙puruṣāyuṣa

1. puruṣâyuṣa n. the duration of a man's life, age of man Ragh. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-4, 77)
2. -ka n. id. Gal

⋙puruṣārtha

1. puruṣârtha m. any object of human pursuit
2. any one of the four objects or aims of existence (viz. kāma, the gratification of desire
3. artha, acquirement of wealth
4. dharma, discharge of duty
5. mokṣa, final emancipation) Mn. Prab. Kap. (-tva n.) Sāṃkhyak. &c
6. human effort or exertion MBh. R. &c
7. (am), ind. for the sake of the soul Kap
8. for or on account of man W
9. -kāra m. -kaumudī f. -cintāmaṇi m. N. of wks
10. -trayīmaya mf(ī)n. intent only upon the 3 objects of man (kāma, artha and dharma) Siṃhâs
11. -prabodha m. -prabodhiṇī f. -ratnâkara m. -siddhy-upáya m. -sudhā-nidhi m. -sūtra-vṛtti f. ○rthânuśāsana n. N. of wks

⋙puruṣāvatāra

1. puruṣâvatāra m. human incarnation Siṃhâs

⋙puruṣāśin

1. puruṣâśin m. 'man-eater', a Rākshasa W

⋙puruṣāstha

1. puruṣâsthá n. a human bone AV
2. ○sthimālin m. 'wearing a necklace of human skulls', N. of Śiva L

⋙puruṣāhuti

1. puruṣâhutí f. an invocation addressed to men TS

⋙puruṣendra

1. puruṣéndra m. 'lord of men', a king
2. -tā f. sovereignty MBh

⋙puruṣeṣita

1. puruṣêṣita (pú○), mfn. caused or instigated by men AV

⋙puruṣokti

1. puruṣôkti f. the name or title of man W
2. ○ktika mfn. having only the name of man, destitute, friendless ib

⋙puruṣottama

1. puruṣôttama See below

⋙puruṣopahāra

1. puruṣôpahāra m. the sacrifice of a man Hcar

≫puruṣaka

1. puruṣaka ifc. = puruṣa, a man, male Pat
2. m. n. standing on two feet like a man, the rearing of a horse, prancing Śiś. v, 56

≫puruṣāya

1. puruṣāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to behave or act like a man, play the man Hariv

⋙puruṣāyita

1. puruḍṣāyitá mfn. acting like a man, playing the man (esp. in sexual intercourse) Amar. Sch. (-tva n.)
2. n. a kind of coitus Kpr. Kuval

≫puruṣibhū

1. puruṣi-bhū √to become a man R. Kathās

≫puruṣottama

1. puruṣôttama m. the best of men, an excellent or superior man Hariv. Sāh
2. the best of servants, a good attendant Kāv
3. the highest being, Supreme Spirit, N. of Vishnu or Kṛishṇa MBh. Kāv. &c. (IW. 91, n. 3 &c.)
4. = -kṣetra Cat
5. (with Jainas) an Arhat
6. N. of the fourth black Vāsudeva
7. a Jina (one of the generic terms for a deified teacher of the Jaina sect)
8. N. of sev. authors and various men (also -dāsa, -dīkṣita, -deva, -deva-śarman, -paṇḍita, -prasāda, -bhaṭṭa, -bhaṭṭâtmaja, -bhāraty-ācārya, -miśra, -manu-sudhīndra, -sarasvatī ○mâcāya, ○mânanda-tīrtha, ○mânanda-yati, ○mâśrama)

⋙puruṣottamakṣetra

1. ○kṣetra n. 'district of the Supreme Being', N. of a district in Orissa sacred to Vishṇu BrahmaP
2. -tattva and -mākātmya n. N. of wks

⋙puruṣottamakhaṇḍa

1. ○khaṇḍa m. or n

⋙puruṣottamacaritra

1. ○caritra n. N. of wks

⋙puruṣottamatīrtha

1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha
2. -prayoga-tattva n. N. of wk

⋙puruṣottamapattra

1. ○pattra n

⋙puruṣottamapurāṇa

1. ○purāṇa

⋙puruṣottamapurīmāhātmya

1. ○purī-māhātmya n

[[]]

1. puruṣottamaprakāśakṣetravidhi3puruṣôttama--prakāśa-kṣetra-vidhi m

⋙puruṣottamamantra

1. ○mantra m

⋙puruṣottamamāhātmya

1. ○māhātmya n

⋙puruṣottamavāda

1. ○vāda m

⋙puruṣottamaśāstrīya

1. ○śāstrīya n

⋙puruṣottamasahasranāman

1. ○sahasra-nāman n. N. of wks

≫puruṣya

1. puruṣyá mfn. pertaining to man, human RV

purūravas

1. purū-ravas See col. 1

puroga

1. puro-ga &c. See p. 635, col. 1

purocana

1. purocana m. N. of a man MBh

puroṭi

1. puroṭi m. = pattra-jhaṃkāra, or pura-saṃskārā L. ('the current of a river' W.)

puroḍās

1. puro-ḍās ○sa &c. See p. 635

purya

1. purya pury-aṣṭa, See p. 636. [Page 638, Column]

purv

1. purv (cf. pṝ), cl. 1. P. pūrvati, to fill Dhātup. xv, 67
2. cl. 10. pūrvayati, to dwell, xxxii, 126

purvaṇīka

1. purv-aṇīka See p. 637, col. 1